diff --git a/.github/workflows/vale.yml b/.github/workflows/vale.yml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..614fd99d904 --- /dev/null +++ b/.github/workflows/vale.yml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +name: Lint with Vale + +on: + push: + branches: + - main + pull_request: + +jobs: + vale-lint: + runs-on: ubuntu-latest + + steps: + # Step 1: Checkout the repository + - name: Checkout code + uses: actions/checkout@v3 + + # Step 2: Install Vale + - name: Install Vale + run: | + sudo apt update + sudo snap install vale + vale --version + + # Step 3: Run Vale linter + - name: Run Vale linter + run: | + vale --minAlertLevel=error docs/ + continue-on-error: false diff --git a/.vale-ignore b/.vale-ignore new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c840b0fc837 --- /dev/null +++ b/.vale-ignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +lx0amx3m1b diff --git a/README.md b/README.md index e4cc9af9bdd..cfdfc22b570 100644 --- a/README.md +++ b/README.md @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ To suggest changes, follow the steps: 10. Click **Create pull request**. 11. To confirm that the PR is ready to merge, set a [label](https://docs.github.com/en/issues/using-labels-and-milestones-to-track-work/managing-labels#applying-a-label), like **in progress**, **tech review needed**, or **TW review needed**. -That’s it! Your pull request has been created. Once we review and approve the changes, they will be published on the documentation website. +That's it! Your pull request has been created. Once we review and approve the changes, they will be published on the documentation website. ## Contributors diff --git a/_archive/release-notes/release-notes-202212.0/security-release-notes-202212.0.md b/_archive/release-notes/release-notes-202212.0/security-release-notes-202212.0.md index e47bd5740c2..445bc04c46e 100644 --- a/_archive/release-notes/release-notes-202212.0/security-release-notes-202212.0.md +++ b/_archive/release-notes/release-notes-202212.0/security-release-notes-202212.0.md @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ Make sure that for the spryker/file-manager-gui module, the current version is e ## Cross Domain Script Include The application loads a subset of included JavaScript files from third-party domains. -If the application included a script from an external domain, then the application is entrusting that domain with the application’s data and functionality. It has to trust that the external domain is secure enough to prevent an attacker from modifying the script to perform malicious actions within the application. +If the application included a script from an external domain, then the application is entrusting that domain with the application's data and functionality. It has to trust that the external domain is secure enough to prevent an attacker from modifying the script to perform malicious actions within the application. **Changes:** diff --git a/_drafts/acp-apps-development/develop-an-app/app-configuration-translation.md b/_drafts/acp-apps-development/develop-an-app/app-configuration-translation.md index 89ca3ee2ca0..c5d3defc13e 100644 --- a/_drafts/acp-apps-development/develop-an-app/app-configuration-translation.md +++ b/_drafts/acp-apps-development/develop-an-app/app-configuration-translation.md @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Translations for all configurations in all locales are contained in the same fil ``` -The translation configuration file has a very simple structure: it’s a JSON object. The keys of this object represent translation keys, that are the pieces of information from a configuration file that should be translated. The values are simple objects with the structure `"{locale name}": "{translated value}"`. +The translation configuration file has a very simple structure: it's a JSON object. The keys of this object represent translation keys, that are the pieces of information from a configuration file that should be translated. The values are simple objects with the structure `"{locale name}": "{translated value}"`. You can translate the following properties of configuration: diff --git a/_drafts/acp-apps-development/develop-an-app/app-configuration.md b/_drafts/acp-apps-development/develop-an-app/app-configuration.md index f03dcb16faa..d16d7b4c566 100644 --- a/_drafts/acp-apps-development/develop-an-app/app-configuration.md +++ b/_drafts/acp-apps-development/develop-an-app/app-configuration.md @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Common properties of a widget are: "id": "notification" }, "notificationType": "info", - "content": "Don’t have credentials yet? Visit admin.usercentrics.eu/#/login to create your account." + "content": "Don't have credentials yet? Visit admin.usercentrics.eu/#/login to create your account." } } } @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Common properties of a widget are: select Single selection: Image Multi-selection: - Similar to the radio widget, but instead of radio buttons, you can use select for selection in a dropdown. Besides, this widget also allows multiple options selection by setting multiple: true.
Properties:In case you don’t need to have separate labels and values, you can use multipleOptions or enum instead of oneOf.
See example for select without oneOf under this table. + Similar to the radio widget, but instead of radio buttons, you can use select for selection in a dropdown. Besides, this widget also allows multiple options selection by setting multiple: true.
Properties:In case you don't need to have separate labels and values, you can use multipleOptions or enum instead of oneOf.
See example for select without oneOf under this table. app-status @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ The returned object looks like this: ``` ### Order of fields -The `properties` within the form configuration are to define the form’s fields and their corresponding widgets. By default, the fields are displayed in that order also. In some cases, you can use the `order` or `fieldsets` property to change the order of the fields. +The `properties` within the form configuration are to define the form's fields and their corresponding widgets. By default, the fields are displayed in that order also. In some cases, you can use the `order` or `fieldsets` property to change the order of the fields. The `order` property changes the order of the fields within the form: @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ Here is an example of the full configuration: "id": "notification" }, "notificationType": "info", - "content": "Don’t have credentials yet? Visit admin.usercentrics.eu/#/login to create your account." + "content": "Don't have credentials yet? Visit admin.usercentrics.eu/#/login to create your account." }, "userCentricIntegrationType": { "type": "string", @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ This is how the configuration looks in the Back Office: ![full-configuration](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/aop/dev/app-configuration/full-configuration.png) ## Translation appendix -Translation for an app configuration is provided in the `app-store-suite/app/config//translation.json` file. Each field defined in the JSON’s `properties` needs to match its corresponding translation entity in the `translation.json` file. For example, to translate the `title` of the widget `isLiveMode`, we provide `"title": "isLiveMode"` in the app configuration JSON. +Translation for an app configuration is provided in the `app-store-suite/app/config//translation.json` file. Each field defined in the JSON's `properties` needs to match its corresponding translation entity in the `translation.json` file. For example, to translate the `title` of the widget `isLiveMode`, we provide `"title": "isLiveMode"` in the app configuration JSON. *translation.json* file example: diff --git a/_drafts/acp-apps-development/develop-an-app/app-manifest.md b/_drafts/acp-apps-development/develop-an-app/app-manifest.md index 3d3e42a9560..f5db635f90b 100644 --- a/_drafts/acp-apps-development/develop-an-app/app-manifest.md +++ b/_drafts/acp-apps-development/develop-an-app/app-manifest.md @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ For the manifest, make sure to follow these conditions: |description | Full description of the app. New line symbols and HTML tags are not allowed. | "description": "BS PAYONE GmbH is headquartered in Frankfurt am Main and is one of the leading omnichannel-payment providers in Europe. In addition to providing customer support to numerous Savings Banks (Sparkasse) the full-service payment service provider also provides cashless payment transaction services to more than 255,000 customers from stationary trade to the automated and holistic processing of e-commerce and mobile payments." | |developedBy | Optional. Provides information about who developed the App. | "developedBy": "Spryker Systems GmbH" | |url | URL to a homepage of the application provider (not visible in the AppCatalog). | "url": "https://www.payone.com/DE-en" | -|isAvailable | Shows if the application is currently available. Possible values:
| "isAvailable": true | +|isAvailable | Shows if the application is currently available. Possible values:
| "isAvailable": true | |businessModels | An array of suite types that are compatible with the application. Possible values: | See *businessModels example* under this table. | |categories | An array of categories that the application belongs to. Possible values: | See *categories example* under this table. | |pages | Adds additional content to the application detail page. This part contains an object with a page type and its blocks.
Possible page types (object keys):Each page can contain no or multiple blocks. Each block should be specified by an object with the following keys: | See *pages example* under this table. | diff --git a/_drafts/acp-apps-development/develop-an-app/develop-an-app.md b/_drafts/acp-apps-development/develop-an-app/develop-an-app.md index a44e43a45e3..29d42f359f2 100644 --- a/_drafts/acp-apps-development/develop-an-app/develop-an-app.md +++ b/_drafts/acp-apps-development/develop-an-app/develop-an-app.md @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ git commit -m "first commit" After running these commands, you get a new local repository that needs to be linked with your remote one. -If not done yet, create a new remote repository by opening your [Github account](https://github.com/newConnect). After you have created the new repository, GitHub will display instructions on how to proceed. Execute the commands from the list below, as you don’t need some of the first steps proposed by GitHub since you’ve already initialized Git and you already have the `README.md` file from the cloned repository. +If not done yet, create a new remote repository by opening your [Github account](https://github.com/newConnect). After you have created the new repository, GitHub will display instructions on how to proceed. Execute the commands from the list below, as you don't need some of the first steps proposed by GitHub since you've already initialized Git and you already have the `README.md` file from the cloned repository. ```bash git branch -M main @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ You can also execute this step later. {% endinfo_block %} -Now, you have done the groundwork that enables you to develop an app. You created a new repository that contains the boilerplate code for almost any app you’d like to build. +Now, you have done the groundwork that enables you to develop an app. You created a new repository that contains the boilerplate code for almost any app you'd like to build. ### Validation @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ The configuration file contains all necessary form fields for inputs required by ### Translation -The translation file contains all translations for the form fields you’ve previously defined. You can use the Hello World [example translation file](/docs/acp/user/develop-an-app/code-snippets/translation-json-file.html) and update it to your needs. Add this file to `config/app/translation.json` of your app. +The translation file contains all translations for the form fields you've previously defined. You can use the Hello World [example translation file](/docs/acp/user/develop-an-app/code-snippets/translation-json-file.html) and update it to your needs. Add this file to `config/app/translation.json` of your app. ### Validation diff --git a/_drafts/acp-apps-development/develop-an-app/sync-api.md b/_drafts/acp-apps-development/develop-an-app/sync-api.md index e79aafa1658..56298793a63 100644 --- a/_drafts/acp-apps-development/develop-an-app/sync-api.md +++ b/_drafts/acp-apps-development/develop-an-app/sync-api.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Spryker uses schema files to generate code for your project, including predefine ## Code generation -You can use the Sync API’s OpenAPI schema file to generate code with the help of [Spryks](/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/spryks/spryks.html). +You can use the Sync API's OpenAPI schema file to generate code with the help of [Spryks](/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/spryks/spryks.html). You can control the code generator with the following parts of the schema file: - Paths - Extension diff --git a/_drafts/deprecated-devvm/installing-spryker-with-development-virtual-machine/configuring-debugging-in-devvm/configuring-debugging-in-a-devvm-below-version-91.md b/_drafts/deprecated-devvm/installing-spryker-with-development-virtual-machine/configuring-debugging-in-devvm/configuring-debugging-in-a-devvm-below-version-91.md index 5cf9af29880..bafba31ea54 100644 --- a/_drafts/deprecated-devvm/installing-spryker-with-development-virtual-machine/configuring-debugging-in-devvm/configuring-debugging-in-a-devvm-below-version-91.md +++ b/_drafts/deprecated-devvm/installing-spryker-with-development-virtual-machine/configuring-debugging-in-devvm/configuring-debugging-in-a-devvm-below-version-91.md @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ To debug with PhpStorm: 3. Select *Listen for PHP Debug Connections* ![listen-to-php-debug-button](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Developer+Guide/Installation/Debugging/Configuring+debugging+in+Vagrant/listen-php-debug-connections.png). -4. Select *Debug* ![debug-button](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Developer+Guide/Installation/Debugging/Configuring+debugging+in+Vagrant/debug-button.png). You should get the message: “Waiting for incoming connection with IDE key ‘PHPSTORM’”. +4. Select *Debug* ![debug-button](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Developer+Guide/Installation/Debugging/Configuring+debugging+in+Vagrant/debug-button.png). You should get the message: Waiting for incoming connection with IDE key ‘PHPSTORM’. ### Debugging console commands @@ -136,6 +136,6 @@ To manage debugging sessions directly in a browser, configure browser bookmarkle 2. Bookmark the generated links. -As a Chrome user, you can install the “Xdebug helper” extension. Under options set the IDE Key to “PhpStorm”. Everybody else can then generate bookmarklets with IDE key set to “PhpStorm” ([Debugger bookmarklets generator for PhpStorm](http://www.jetbrains.com/phpstorm/marklets/)). +As a Chrome user, you can install the Xdebug helper extension. Under options set the IDE Key to **PhpStorm**. Everybody else can then generate bookmarklets with IDE key set to **PhpStorm** ([Debugger bookmarklets generator for PhpStorm](http://www.jetbrains.com/phpstorm/marklets/)). Now you can manage debugging sessions using the bookmarks you've created. diff --git a/_drafts/deprecated-devvm/installing-spryker-with-development-virtual-machine/configuring-debugging-in-devvm/configuring-debugging-in-devvm.md b/_drafts/deprecated-devvm/installing-spryker-with-development-virtual-machine/configuring-debugging-in-devvm/configuring-debugging-in-devvm.md index a190347ec97..43656aeaedb 100644 --- a/_drafts/deprecated-devvm/installing-spryker-with-development-virtual-machine/configuring-debugging-in-devvm/configuring-debugging-in-devvm.md +++ b/_drafts/deprecated-devvm/installing-spryker-with-development-virtual-machine/configuring-debugging-in-devvm/configuring-debugging-in-devvm.md @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ To debug with PhpStorm: 4. For **Ide Key(session id)**, enter *PHPSTORM*. 3. Select *Listen for PHP Debug Connections* ![listen-to-php-debug-button](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Developer+Guide/Installation/Debugging/Configuring+debugging+in+Vagrant/listen-php-debug-connections.png). -4. Select *Debug* ![debug-button](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Developer+Guide/Installation/Debugging/Configuring+debugging+in+Vagrant/debug-button.png). You should get the message: “Waiting for incoming connection with IDE key ‘PHPSTORM’”. +4. Select *Debug* ![debug-button](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Developer+Guide/Installation/Debugging/Configuring+debugging+in+Vagrant/debug-button.png). You should get the message: Waiting for incoming connection with IDE key ‘PHPSTORM’. ### Debugging console commands diff --git a/_drafts/deprecated-devvm/installing-spryker-with-development-virtual-machine/configuring-spryker-with-devvm/configuring-spryker-after-installing-with-devvm.md b/_drafts/deprecated-devvm/installing-spryker-with-development-virtual-machine/configuring-spryker-with-devvm/configuring-spryker-after-installing-with-devvm.md index 68a85f3ac4a..b3ea7d8df1a 100644 --- a/_drafts/deprecated-devvm/installing-spryker-with-development-virtual-machine/configuring-spryker-with-devvm/configuring-spryker-after-installing-with-devvm.md +++ b/_drafts/deprecated-devvm/installing-spryker-with-development-virtual-machine/configuring-spryker-with-devvm/configuring-spryker-after-installing-with-devvm.md @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ export VM_IP_PREFIX="10.10.0." For non-standard setups you have the option to disable shared folder with Spryker code. -If you decide not to use shared folders feature, it’s your responsibility to get Spryker code into the `/data/shop/development/current` directory of your VM. For example, you can use a file synchronization utility like [Unison](https://www.cis.upenn.edu/~bcpierce/unison/). +If you decide not to use shared folders feature, it's your responsibility to get Spryker code into the `/data/shop/development/current` directory of your VM. For example, you can use a file synchronization utility like [Unison](https://www.cis.upenn.edu/~bcpierce/unison/). ```bash export VM_SKIP_SF=1 @@ -110,7 +110,13 @@ A common Spryker Project is like a typical web project. There is the project lev To optimize the performance of the system, you can enable the Opcache. This is not recommend for development, because you may get strange results. To activate the Opcache, just put the following lines at the end of the `php.ini` and `restart.php`. -This configuration is not optimized for production environments! + +{% info_block warningBox %} + +This configuration is not optimized for production environments. + +{% endinfo_block %} + ```bash sudo nano /etc/php7.2/fpm/php.ini diff --git a/_drafts/deprecated-devvm/installing-spryker-with-development-virtual-machine/configuring-spryker-with-devvm/updating-node.js-in-devvm-to-the-latest-version.md b/_drafts/deprecated-devvm/installing-spryker-with-development-virtual-machine/configuring-spryker-with-devvm/updating-node.js-in-devvm-to-the-latest-version.md index bf9ec40fa57..220d5a073b1 100644 --- a/_drafts/deprecated-devvm/installing-spryker-with-development-virtual-machine/configuring-spryker-with-devvm/updating-node.js-in-devvm-to-the-latest-version.md +++ b/_drafts/deprecated-devvm/installing-spryker-with-development-virtual-machine/configuring-spryker-with-devvm/updating-node.js-in-devvm-to-the-latest-version.md @@ -53,4 +53,4 @@ You can specify an exact version instead of *stable*: `sudo n [version]`. For ex 2. Restart the console to apply the changes. -That’s it. You now how the latest stable Node.js inside your devvm. +That's it. You now how the latest stable Node.js inside your devvm. diff --git a/_drafts/deprecated-devvm/troubleshooting-spryker-in-vagrant-issues/macos-issues/mac-osx-installation-fails-or-project-folder-can-not-be-mounted-due-to-sip.md b/_drafts/deprecated-devvm/troubleshooting-spryker-in-vagrant-issues/macos-issues/mac-osx-installation-fails-or-project-folder-can-not-be-mounted-due-to-sip.md index 5ee07635002..7d304b10899 100644 --- a/_drafts/deprecated-devvm/troubleshooting-spryker-in-vagrant-issues/macos-issues/mac-osx-installation-fails-or-project-folder-can-not-be-mounted-due-to-sip.md +++ b/_drafts/deprecated-devvm/troubleshooting-spryker-in-vagrant-issues/macos-issues/mac-osx-installation-fails-or-project-folder-can-not-be-mounted-due-to-sip.md @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ To solve this problem, disable SIP during the installation: 1. Reboot your Mac and hold down the Command+R as it boots. 2. Wait for entering the recovery environment. -3. Click on the “Utilities” menu and select “Terminal”. +3. Click on the **Utilities** menu and select **Terminal**. 4. Type `csrutil disable` in the terminal and press Enter. 5. Type `reboot`. diff --git a/_drafts/docs-updates.md b/_drafts/docs-updates.md index 6179031074f..e61b5082c0c 100644 --- a/_drafts/docs-updates.md +++ b/_drafts/docs-updates.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ In March 2024, we have added and updated the following pages: ### New pages - [Contribute to Oryx](/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/oryx/contribute-to-oryx.html): Learn how you can contribute to the development of the Oryx frontend framework. -- [Jenkins operational best practices](/docs/ca/dev/best-practices/jenkins-operational-best-practices.html): Implement Spryker’s best practices to enhance the stability and performance of the Jenkins component in your Spryker PaaS environment. +- [Jenkins operational best practices](/docs/ca/dev/best-practices/jenkins-operational-best-practices.html): Implement Spryker's best practices to enhance the stability and performance of the Jenkins component in your Spryker PaaS environment. - [Security release notes 202403.0](/docs/about/all/releases/security-release-notes-202403.0.html). - [Retrieve and use payment details from third-party PSPs](/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/retrieve-and-use-payment-details-from-third-party-psps.html): how to retrieve and use payment details from third-party payment service providers (PSPs). - [Install the Comments + Merchant B2B Contract Requests feature](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-features/install-the-comments-merchant-b2b-contract-requests-feature.html). @@ -333,11 +333,11 @@ In October 2023, we have added and updated the following pages: - [Additional logic in dependency provider](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/additional-logic-in-dependency-provider.html): Resolve issues with additional logic in dependency provider - [Dead code checker](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/dead-code-checker.html): Check if there is dead code that extends core classes in your project. - [Minimum allowed shop version](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/minimum-allowed-shop-version.html): Learn how to resolve issues with project upgradability when your projects contains old package dependencies that are already not supported. -- [Multidimensional array](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/multidimensional-array.html): Resolve issues with the multidimensional arrays inside the dependency provider’s methods. +- [Multidimensional array](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/multidimensional-array.html): Resolve issues with the multidimensional arrays inside the dependency provider's methods. - [PHP version](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/php-version.html): Make sure the allowed and consistent PHP version is used in different project parts. - [Plugin registration with restrictions](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/plugin-registration-with-restrintions.html): Resolve isues related to plugin registration with restrictions. - [Security checker](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/spryker-security-checker.html): Check if your PHP application depends on PHP packages with known security vulnerabilities. -- [Single plugin argument](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/single-plugin-argument.html): Resolve issues related to single plugin arguments inside the dependency provider’s methods. +- [Single plugin argument](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/single-plugin-argument.html): Resolve issues related to single plugin arguments inside the dependency provider's methods. - - [Container set function](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/container-set-function.html): Check how plugins are registered in the dependency provider on the project level. - [Spryker dev packages checker](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/spryker-dev-packages-checker.html): Check if all your Spryker packages have valid version constraints to prevent issues with Spryker Code Upgrader. - [Spryker security checker](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/spryker-security-checker.html): Learn how to check for security fixes in the Spryker modules. @@ -492,11 +492,11 @@ In June 2023, we have added and updated the following pages: - [Additional logic in dependency provider](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/additional-logic-in-dependency-provider.html): Resolve issues with additional logic in dependency provider. - [Dead code checker](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/dead-code-checker.html): Check if there is dead code that extends core classes in your project. - [Minimum allowed shop version](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/minimum-allowed-shop-version.html): Learn how to resolve issues with project upgradability when your projects contains old package dependencies that are already not supported. -- [Multidimensional array](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/multidimensional-array.html): Resolve issues with the multidimensional arrays inside the dependency provider’s methods. +- [Multidimensional array](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/multidimensional-array.html): Resolve issues with the multidimensional arrays inside the dependency provider's methods. - [PHP version](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/php-version.html): Make sure the allowed and consistent PHP version is used in different project parts. - [Plugin registration with restrictions](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/plugin-registration-with-restrintions.html): Resolve isues related to plugin registration with restrictions. - [Security checker](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/spryker-security-checker.html): Check if your PHP application depends on PHP packages with known security vulnerabilities. -- [Single plugin argument](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/single-plugin-argument.html): Resolve issues related to single plugin arguments inside the dependency provider’s methods. +- [Single plugin argument](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/single-plugin-argument.html): Resolve issues related to single plugin arguments inside the dependency provider's methods. - [Integrate profiler module](/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/Integrate-profiler-module.html). @@ -517,11 +517,11 @@ In May 2023, we have added and updated the following pages: - [Additional logic in dependency provider](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/additional-logic-in-dependency-provider.html): Resolve issues with additional logic in dependency provider - [Dead code checker](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/dead-code-checker.html): Check if there is dead code that extends core classes in your project. - [Minimum allowed shop version](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/minimum-allowed-shop-version.html): Learn how to resolve issues with project upgradability when your projects contains old package dependencies that are already not supported. - - [Multidimensional array](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/multidimensional-array.html): Resolve issues with the multidimensional arrays inside the dependency provider’s methods. + - [Multidimensional array](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/multidimensional-array.html): Resolve issues with the multidimensional arrays inside the dependency provider's methods. - [PHP version](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/php-version.html): Make sure the allowed and consistent PHP version is used in different project parts. - [Plugin registration with restrictions](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/plugin-registration-with-restrintions.html): Resolve isues related to plugin registration with restrictions. - [Security checker](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/spryker-security-checker.html): Check if your PHP application depends on PHP packages with known security vulnerabilities. - - [Single plugin argument](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/single-plugin-argument.html): Resolve issues related to single plugin arguments inside the dependency provider’s methods. + - [Single plugin argument](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/upgradability-guidelines/single-plugin-argument.html): Resolve issues related to single plugin arguments inside the dependency provider's methods. - [Add variables in the Parameter Store](/docs/ca/dev/add-variables-in-the-parameter-store.html) - [Change default branch](/docs/ca/devscu/set-the-target-branch-for-spryker-code-upgrader.html): Learn how to change the default branch in Spryker CI diff --git a/_drafts/drafts-dev/cleaning-up-devvm.md b/_drafts/drafts-dev/cleaning-up-devvm.md index 0bdaf4f69b5..ea5fa9c2216 100644 --- a/_drafts/drafts-dev/cleaning-up-devvm.md +++ b/_drafts/drafts-dev/cleaning-up-devvm.md @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ cd /data/shop/development/current 1. **Clear the Elasticsearch service:** -Make sure the Elasticsearch service is up and running; if it’s not, restart it with: +Make sure the Elasticsearch service is up and running; if it's not, restart it with: ```bash sudo /etc/init.d/elasticsearch restart diff --git a/_drafts/drafts-dev/roadmap.md b/_drafts/drafts-dev/roadmap.md index 654f7dced43..8969ff5d96e 100644 --- a/_drafts/drafts-dev/roadmap.md +++ b/_drafts/drafts-dev/roadmap.md @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ The roadmap contains features and not architectural items, enhancements, technol | FEATURE/ENHANCEMENT | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | -|Configurable product | Support for products that need to be configured before the purchase: | +|Configurable product | Support for products that need to be configured before the purchase: | | Enhanced security for Storefront login | | |Click and Collect | | -|Service and appointment scheduling| | -|Pick and Collect application || +|Service and appointment scheduling| | +|Pick and Collect application || |Multistore - channels and stores|Channels decouple *what* you sell from *how* it's presented.
**Channels:****Stores:**| |API enhancements| | |Back-Office UI improvements | | @@ -71,10 +71,10 @@ The roadmap contains features and not architectural items, enhancements, technol | FEATURE/ENHANCEMENT | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | Integrating a Marketplace into Spryker | | -| Support of multiple Marketplace models | | +| Support of multiple Marketplace models | | | Product and offers | | | Split order | | -|Marketplace Storefront|| +|Marketplace Storefront|| |Merchant Portal |The Merchants can:| | Back Office for the Operator |The Operator can: | @@ -86,8 +86,8 @@ The roadmap contains features and not architectural items, enhancements, technol | FEATURE/ENHANCEMENT | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | -|Customers with retail locations|| -|Retail location profile || +|Customers with retail locations|| +|Retail location profile || |Store Locator || @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ The roadmap contains features and not architectural items, enhancements, technol | FEATURE/ENHANCEMENT | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | -| Making integrations simpler | The App Store will make creating integrations faster and make it fundamentally easier to integrate them into a project: | +| Making integrations simpler | The App Store will make creating integrations faster and make it fundamentally easier to integrate them into a project: | |Connecting instead of installing integrations to SCCOS | Integrations will be hosted independently of SCCOS and will not have to be integrated into code, but connected to: | | Accessing the App Store | App Store portal catalog will be a standalone application available via: | diff --git a/_fes-paused/dev/front-end-enablement-service.md b/_fes-paused/dev/front-end-enablement-service.md index 058947d9582..6d1db2b84de 100644 --- a/_fes-paused/dev/front-end-enablement-service.md +++ b/_fes-paused/dev/front-end-enablement-service.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ FES is structured around four key concepts: * Frontends are continuously updated with code changes deployed automatically. * Page layout and structure are managed with Spryker Experience Builder. -Combined, they let you make changes without developers’ help, decouple and speed up frontend and backend development cycles. +Combined, they let you make changes without developers' help, decouple and speed up frontend and backend development cycles. ### Spryker Launchpad @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ The default frontend template is a Storefront based on a [progressive web applic The Launchpad is a multi-tenant application that interacts with the following components: * SCCOS environment running on [Spryker PaaS](https://spryker.com/en/paas-cloud/). -* GitHub repository that stores frontends’ code. +* GitHub repository that stores frontends' code. * Netlify hosting provider, where frontends are built and distributed across a CDN. ![launchpad-architecture](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/9cb232d7-e48c-48da-a53d-d78b4ba577c4.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Developers can switch the application between multiple repositories. For example ![continuous-development](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/fes/dev/front-end-enablement-service.md/continuous-development.png) ### Spryker Experience Builder -The Experience Builder lets content managers manage the structure and layout of frontends without developer’s help. It is in development, and we will release it soon. +The Experience Builder lets content managers manage the structure and layout of frontends without developer's help. It is in development, and we will release it soon. ## What projects can use FES? Any project running on PaaS and with up-to-date APIs can use FES for its frontends. diff --git a/_includes/checking-elasticsearch-indices-via-a-cli.md b/_includes/checking-elasticsearch-indices-via-a-cli.md index 03cd8293c3d..bceccb2dd40 100644 --- a/_includes/checking-elasticsearch-indices-via-a-cli.md +++ b/_includes/checking-elasticsearch-indices-via-a-cli.md @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Check `SPRYKER_SEARCH_HOST ` and `SPRYKER_SEARCH_PORT` values as follows: ### Check the health and status of Elasticsearch indices -1. Connect to the environment’s VPN. +1. Connect to the environment's VPN. 2. Set the variables: diff --git a/_includes/checking-jenkins-system-information.md b/_includes/checking-jenkins-system-information.md index ecd130c70c1..c258cfce4f4 100644 --- a/_includes/checking-jenkins-system-information.md +++ b/_includes/checking-jenkins-system-information.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ ![jenkins-ip-address](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/cloud-docs/_includes/checking-jenkins-system-information.md/jenkins-ip-address.png) -5. Using the IP address you’ve copied, open the Jenkins Web UI at `https://{PRIVATE_IPV4_ADDRESS}/script`. +5. Using the IP address you've copied, open the Jenkins Web UI at `https://{PRIVATE_IPV4_ADDRESS}/script`. 6. On the *Script Console* page, insert the following script and select **Run**. ```bash diff --git a/_includes/checking-rabbitmq-status.md b/_includes/checking-rabbitmq-status.md index 93b54fb3ab9..697f9a7144e 100644 --- a/_includes/checking-rabbitmq-status.md +++ b/_includes/checking-rabbitmq-status.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Check the details as follows: ### Check RabbitMQ node status and errors -1. Using the login details you’ve checked in the [Check RabbitMQ connection details](#check-rabbitmq-connection-details), log into the RabbitMQ Management interface at `http://rabbitmq.{ENVIRONMENT_NAME}.{SPRYKER_BROKER_API_HOST}:{SPRYKER_BROKER_API_PORT}` +1. Using the login details you've checked in the [Check RabbitMQ connection details](#check-rabbitmq-connection-details), log into the RabbitMQ Management interface at `http://rabbitmq.{ENVIRONMENT_NAME}.{SPRYKER_BROKER_API_HOST}:{SPRYKER_BROKER_API_PORT}` 2. In the *Nodes* section of the **Overview** tab, check the node status. If all the columns are green, the node is working properly. ![status-of-nodes](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/cloud-docs/_includes/checking-rabbitmq-status.md/status-of-nodes.png) diff --git a/_includes/checking-redis-system-information-via-a-cli.md b/_includes/checking-redis-system-information-via-a-cli.md index b93ed9a7d9e..9df62605157 100644 --- a/_includes/checking-redis-system-information-via-a-cli.md +++ b/_includes/checking-redis-system-information-via-a-cli.md @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Check `SPRYKER_KEY_VALUE_STORE_PORT` and `SPRYKER_KEY_VALUE_STORE_HOST` values a ### Check Redis system information -1. Connect to the desired environment’s VPN. +1. Connect to the desired environment's VPN. 2. Set the environment variables: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/content-management-system/manage-in-the-back-office/navigation/reference-information-navigation-node-types.md b/_includes/pbc/all/content-management-system/manage-in-the-back-office/navigation/reference-information-navigation-node-types.md index 78577447452..36d1509932a 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/content-management-system/manage-in-the-back-office/navigation/reference-information-navigation-node-types.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/content-management-system/manage-in-the-back-office/navigation/reference-information-navigation-node-types.md @@ -8,12 +8,12 @@ Depending on the type of the node, there is various node related information that can be managed: -* Localized title (**all types of nodes**): This is the name of the node exactly how it will be displayed in the store (for example, if you link a category to your node, the node name can be even different from the name of the category). -* Localized custom CSS class (**all types of nodes**): If the class is defined in the shop, then a correct class reference will define the look and feel of the node. This is also localized, which means that for different locales, you can have different appearances for the same node. -* Active/not active (**all types of nodes**): If necessary, you can also completely deactivate a node. This will also make the node and the nodes below it invisible in your shop for as long as it’s inactive. -* Localized category URL (**only for “Category” type**): When you are assigning a category to the node, you can search by the category name to select the correct category URL you want to assign. Keep in mind that this also is localized information, so for multiple locales, you will need to make sure that you select the same category for all locales. If your category has multiple parents in the category tree, the same category can have different URLs. In this case, you will need to pick one of those URLs. -* Localized CMS page URL (**only for “CMS” type**): When you are assigning a CMS page to the node, you can search by the CMS page name to select the correct CMS page URL you want to assign. Keep in mind that this is also localized information, so for multiple locales, you will need to make sure that you select the same CMS page for all locales. -* Link (**only for “Link” type**): This is the relative path of your internal link. For example, if you would like to link a login page that is under “/login”, then this is exactly what you will use as an input for the Link field. -* External URL (**only for “External URL” type**): If you would like to link an external URL to your nodes, you will use this field to define the absolute URL. This could be used, for example, to link your corporate website page in your shop. Unlike internal links, the URL of the external link should be absolute, which means it needs to include the protocol as well as domain, e.g., https://mydomain.com/page +* Localized title (all types of nodes): This is the name of the node exactly how it will be displayed in the store (for example, if you link a category to your node, the node name can be even different from the name of the category). +* Localized custom CSS class (all types of nodes): If the class is defined in the shop, then a correct class reference will define the look and feel of the node. This is also localized, which means that for different locales, you can have different appearances for the same node. +* Active/not active (all types of nodes): If necessary, you can also completely deactivate a node. This will also make the node and the nodes below it invisible in your shop for as long as it's inactive. +* Localized category URL (only for **Category** type): When you are assigning a category to the node, you can search by the category name to select the correct category URL you want to assign. Keep in mind that this also is localized information, so for multiple locales, you will need to make sure that you select the same category for all locales. If your category has multiple parents in the category tree, the same category can have different URLs. In this case, you will need to pick one of those URLs. +* Localized CMS page URL (only for **CMS** type): When you are assigning a CMS page to the node, you can search by the CMS page name to select the correct CMS page URL you want to assign. Keep in mind that this is also localized information, so for multiple locales, you will need to make sure that you select the same CMS page for all locales. +* Link (only for **Link** type): This is the relative path of your internal link. For example, if you would like to link a login page that is under **/login**, then this is exactly what you will use as an input for the Link field. +* External URL (only for **External URL** type): If you would like to link an external URL to your nodes, you will use this field to define the absolute URL. This could be used, for example, to link your corporate website page in your shop. Unlike internal links, the URL of the external link should be absolute, which means it needs to include the protocol as well as domain, e.g., https://mydomain.com/page {% wistia 2iepfhl6fu 960 720 %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/data-exchange/202311.0/spryker-integration-apps.md b/_includes/pbc/all/data-exchange/202311.0/spryker-integration-apps.md index 9b3f15e3f7d..df41a6dd467 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/data-exchange/202311.0/spryker-integration-apps.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/data-exchange/202311.0/spryker-integration-apps.md @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ The middleware allows customers to configure data that is to be transferred to S {% info_block infoBox "Cold data handling" %} -Akeneo handles the so-called “cold data”. Cold data is product information directly linked to the product that describes product properties. The Akeneo PIM Integration App doesn't include the transfer of “hot data” such as stock or pricing. +Akeneo handles the so-called "cold data". Cold data is product information directly linked to the product that describes product properties. The Akeneo PIM Integration App doesn't include the transfer of "hot data" such as stock or pricing. {% endinfo_block %} -For details on how to import data from Akeneo to Spryker, see [Configure the Akeneo PIM Integration App](/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202311.0/spryker-middleware-powered-by-alumio/integration-apps/akeneo-pim-integration-app/configure-the-akeneo-pim-integration-app/configure-the-akeneo-pim-integration-app.html). \ No newline at end of file +For details on how to import data from Akeneo to Spryker, see [Configure the Akeneo PIM Integration App](/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202311.0/spryker-middleware-powered-by-alumio/integration-apps/akeneo-pim-integration-app/configure-the-akeneo-pim-integration-app/configure-the-akeneo-pim-integration-app.html). diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/data-exchange/202404.0/spryker-integration-apps.md b/_includes/pbc/all/data-exchange/202404.0/spryker-integration-apps.md index 9b3f15e3f7d..ab8ef5b6ce6 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/data-exchange/202404.0/spryker-integration-apps.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/data-exchange/202404.0/spryker-integration-apps.md @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ The middleware allows customers to configure data that is to be transferred to S {% info_block infoBox "Cold data handling" %} -Akeneo handles the so-called “cold data”. Cold data is product information directly linked to the product that describes product properties. The Akeneo PIM Integration App doesn't include the transfer of “hot data” such as stock or pricing. +Akeneo handles the so-called "cold data". Cold data is product information directly linked to the product that describes product properties. The Akeneo PIM Integration App doesn't include the transfer of "hot data" such as stock or pricing. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/data-exchange/202410.0/spryker-integration-apps.md b/_includes/pbc/all/data-exchange/202410.0/spryker-integration-apps.md index 9b3f15e3f7d..ab8ef5b6ce6 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/data-exchange/202410.0/spryker-integration-apps.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/data-exchange/202410.0/spryker-integration-apps.md @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ The middleware allows customers to configure data that is to be transferred to S {% info_block infoBox "Cold data handling" %} -Akeneo handles the so-called “cold data”. Cold data is product information directly linked to the product that describes product properties. The Akeneo PIM Integration App doesn't include the transfer of “hot data” such as stock or pricing. +Akeneo handles the so-called "cold data". Cold data is product information directly linked to the product that describes product properties. The Akeneo PIM Integration App doesn't include the transfer of "hot data" such as stock or pricing. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202311.0/orders-response-attributes.md b/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202311.0/orders-response-attributes.md index 7eb753fc7c6..72b18742f9a 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202311.0/orders-response-attributes.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202311.0/orders-response-attributes.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ | RESOURCE | ATTRIBUTE | TYPE | DESCRIPTION | | --------------- | ------ | ---| - | -| itemStates | Array | Statuses of the order’s items in the [state machine](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{page.version}}/base-shop/datapayload-conversion/state-machine/order-process-modelling-via-state-machines.html). | +| itemStates | Array | Statuses of the order's items in the [state machine](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{page.version}}/base-shop/datapayload-conversion/state-machine/order-process-modelling-via-state-machines.html). | | createdAt | String | Date and time when the order was created. | | currencyIsoCode | String | ISO 4217 code of the currency that was selected when placing the order. | | priceMode | String | Price mode that was active when placing the order. Possible values: | diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202311.0/product-reviews-response-attributes.md b/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202311.0/product-reviews-response-attributes.md index 1d0a7321136..51a33cd494e 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202311.0/product-reviews-response-attributes.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202311.0/product-reviews-response-attributes.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ | RESOURCE | ATTRIBUTE | TYPE | DESCRIPTIONS | | --- | --- | --- | --- | -| product-reviews | nickname | String | Customer’s nickname. | +| product-reviews | nickname | String | Customer's nickname. | | product-reviews | rating | Integer | Rating given to the product by a customer. | | product-reviews | summary | String | Review summary. | | product-reviews | description | String | Full review. | diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202404.0/orders-response-attributes.md b/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202404.0/orders-response-attributes.md index 7eb753fc7c6..72b18742f9a 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202404.0/orders-response-attributes.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202404.0/orders-response-attributes.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ | RESOURCE | ATTRIBUTE | TYPE | DESCRIPTION | | --------------- | ------ | ---| - | -| itemStates | Array | Statuses of the order’s items in the [state machine](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{page.version}}/base-shop/datapayload-conversion/state-machine/order-process-modelling-via-state-machines.html). | +| itemStates | Array | Statuses of the order's items in the [state machine](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{page.version}}/base-shop/datapayload-conversion/state-machine/order-process-modelling-via-state-machines.html). | | createdAt | String | Date and time when the order was created. | | currencyIsoCode | String | ISO 4217 code of the currency that was selected when placing the order. | | priceMode | String | Price mode that was active when placing the order. Possible values: | diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202404.0/product-reviews-response-attributes.md b/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202404.0/product-reviews-response-attributes.md index 1d0a7321136..51a33cd494e 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202404.0/product-reviews-response-attributes.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202404.0/product-reviews-response-attributes.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ | RESOURCE | ATTRIBUTE | TYPE | DESCRIPTIONS | | --- | --- | --- | --- | -| product-reviews | nickname | String | Customer’s nickname. | +| product-reviews | nickname | String | Customer's nickname. | | product-reviews | rating | Integer | Rating given to the product by a customer. | | product-reviews | summary | String | Review summary. | | product-reviews | description | String | Full review. | diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202410.0/orders-response-attributes.md b/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202410.0/orders-response-attributes.md index 7eb753fc7c6..72b18742f9a 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202410.0/orders-response-attributes.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202410.0/orders-response-attributes.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ | RESOURCE | ATTRIBUTE | TYPE | DESCRIPTION | | --------------- | ------ | ---| - | -| itemStates | Array | Statuses of the order’s items in the [state machine](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{page.version}}/base-shop/datapayload-conversion/state-machine/order-process-modelling-via-state-machines.html). | +| itemStates | Array | Statuses of the order's items in the [state machine](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{page.version}}/base-shop/datapayload-conversion/state-machine/order-process-modelling-via-state-machines.html). | | createdAt | String | Date and time when the order was created. | | currencyIsoCode | String | ISO 4217 code of the currency that was selected when placing the order. | | priceMode | String | Price mode that was active when placing the order. Possible values: | diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202410.0/product-reviews-response-attributes.md b/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202410.0/product-reviews-response-attributes.md index 1d0a7321136..51a33cd494e 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202410.0/product-reviews-response-attributes.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/glue-api-guides/202410.0/product-reviews-response-attributes.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ | RESOURCE | ATTRIBUTE | TYPE | DESCRIPTIONS | | --- | --- | --- | --- | -| product-reviews | nickname | String | Customer’s nickname. | +| product-reviews | nickname | String | Customer's nickname. | | product-reviews | rating | Integer | Rating given to the product by a customer. | | product-reviews | summary | String | Review summary. | | product-reviews | description | String | Full review. | diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/enable-gift-cards.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/enable-gift-cards.md index fada0bdabb7..ce588693384 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/enable-gift-cards.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/enable-gift-cards.md @@ -27,15 +27,15 @@ spryker/product-management:"^0.12.0" | PLUGIN | DESCRIPTION | WHERE TO INSTALL | STRATEGY | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | `GiftCardCalculatorPlugin` | Splits applicable and non-applicable Gift Cards. Creates payment methods for applicable Gift Cards. |`CalculationDependencyProvider::getQuoteCalculatorPluginStack` | - | -| `GiftCardCurrencyMatchDecisionRulePlugin` |Doesn’t allow using a Gift Card with a different currency rather than the one the customer has used while performing the payment. | `GiftCardDependencyProvider::getDecisionRulePlugins` | - | -| `GiftCardIsActiveDecisionRulePlugin` | Doesn’t allow using inactive Gift Cards. |`GiftCardDependencyProvider::getDecisionRulePlugins` | - | +| `GiftCardCurrencyMatchDecisionRulePlugin` |Doesn't allow using a Gift Card with a different currency rather than the one the customer has used while performing the payment. | `GiftCardDependencyProvider::getDecisionRulePlugins` | - | +| `GiftCardIsActiveDecisionRulePlugin` | Doesn't allow using inactive Gift Cards. |`GiftCardDependencyProvider::getDecisionRulePlugins` | - | | `GiftCardDiscountableItemFilterPlugin` |Restricts using a Gift Card for another Gift Cards in a cart. The plugin filters out Gift Cards from discountable items. |`DiscountDependencyProvider::getDiscountableItemFilterPlugins` | - | | `GiftCardIsUsedDecisionRulePlugin` | As a part of the replacement strategy, this plugin does not allow using a Gift Card twice. |`GiftCardDependencyProvider::getDecisionRulePlugins` | Replacement | | `GiftCardMetadataExpanderPlugin` | Populates Gift Card information when it's in the cart. | `CartDependencyProvider::getExpanderPlugins` | - | | `GiftCardCheckoutDoSaveOrderPlugin` | Saves a Gift Card with populated data when an order is placed. Keeps Gift Card as an order payment method. | `CheckoutDependencyProvider::getCheckoutOrderSavers` | - | | `GiftCardPaymentMethodFilterPlugin` | Now, every payment method is compatible with a Gift Card in the cart. The plugin filters out all incompatible payment methods from available ones during checkout payment methods step. | `PaymentDependencyProvider::getPaymentMethodFilterPlugins` | - | | `GiftCardCheckoutPreConditionPlugin` | Confirms that a Gift Card is not used at the moment and that payment method amount assigned to the Gift Card is no more than the Gift Card amount itself.. | `CheckoutDependencyProvider::getCheckoutPreConditions` | - | -| `GiftCardRecreateValueProviderPlugin` |For replacement: defines a Gift Card leftover. It’s simply a Gift Card amount for this strategy. | `GiftCardDependencyProvider::getValueProviderPlugin` | Replacement | +| `GiftCardRecreateValueProviderPlugin` |For replacement: defines a Gift Card leftover. It's simply a Gift Card amount for this strategy. | `GiftCardDependencyProvider::getValueProviderPlugin` | Replacement | | `CreateGiftCardCommandPlugin` | It is an order management system command to create a Gift Card based on a paid order item (a Gift Card item). | `OmsDependencyProvider::extendCommandPlugins` | - | | `ReplaceGiftCardsCommandPlugin` | For placement strategy: creates a new Gift Card based on leftover from the previous one. | `OmsDependencyProvider::extendCommandPlugins` | Replacement | | `IsGiftCardConditionPlugin` | This plugin is used to define an order management system state machine process routing. | `OmsDependencyProvider::extendConditionPlugins` | - | @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ spryker/product-management:"^0.12.0" | `GiftCardUsageMailTypePlugin` | Sends an e-mail on Gift Card usage to its user. | `MailDependencyProvider::MAIL_TYPE_COLLECTION` | - | | `ShipGiftCardByEmailCommandPlugin` | An order management system command which triggers Gift Card electronic shipment. |`OmsDependencyProvider::extendCommandPlugins` | - | | `NopaymentHandlerPlugin` | A payment method placeholder that is used when an order is paid by only a Gift Card without a real payment method. | `CheckoutDependencyProvider::extendPaymentMethodHandler` | - | -| `NopaymentCheckoutPreConditionPlugin` | Doesn’t allow placing an order with a price to pay more than 0 with a NoPayment payment method. | `CheckoutDependencyProvider::getCheckoutPreConditions` | - | +| `NopaymentCheckoutPreConditionPlugin` | Doesn't allow placing an order with a price to pay more than 0 with a NoPayment payment method. | `CheckoutDependencyProvider::getCheckoutPreConditions` | - | | `PriceToPayPaymentMethodFilterPlugin` | Filters payment methods based on cart totals. | `PaymentDependencyProvider::getPaymentMethodFilterPlugins` | - | | `PaymentFormFilterPlugin` | Each payment method provides its subforms. The plugin filters them out based on an available payment method list. | `CheckoutDependencyProvider::getPaymentFormFilterPlugins` | - | | `PaymentCalculatorPlugin` | Distributes total prices to payment methods. Calculates price to pay to quote totals. | `CalculationDependencyProvider::getQuoteCalculatorPluginStack` | - | diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-availability-notification-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-availability-notification-feature.md index 157d743a9f6..0d0f4fabc09 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-availability-notification-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-availability-notification-feature.md @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ To verify the email links are correct, make sure that the following configuratio 1. Add a new product and make it unavailable. 2. As a customer, subscribe to the product's availability notifications on the Storefront. 3. Make the product available. -4. In your mailbox, open the email about the product’s availability. +4. In your mailbox, open the email about the product's availability. 5. Check if the link to the product opens the correct Product Details page. The link should have the correct hostname. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-prices-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-prices-feature.md index d8ca3aaee73..ee9cb11b2d3 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-prices-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-prices-feature.md @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ There can only be one default currency per store. {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Import requirements” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Import requirements" %} * The `.csv` files must have an empty line in the end. * For each `currency_code` entry in the CSV files, there must be a respective `code` entry in the `spy_currency` database table. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-dynamic-multistore.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-dynamic-multistore.md index 1a8ff669686..696d5c4d657 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-dynamic-multistore.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-dynamic-multistore.md @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ if (getenv('SPRYKER_CURRENT_REGION')) { You also can check this configuration in the file `config/Zed/cronjobs/jenkins.php` in the [Spryker Suite repository](https://github.com/spryker-shop/suite/blob/master/config/Zed/cronjobs/jenkins.php). -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Run the following commands: @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ DE,"[{""application"": null, ""timezone"": ""Europe/Berlin""}]" | application_context_collection | ✓ | string | `[{""application"": null, ""timezone"": ""Europe/Berlin""}]` | Defines a store context collection in JSON. | -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-alternative-products-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-alternative-products-glue-api.md index bbb0d69cae2..52ca753813b 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-alternative-products-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-alternative-products-glue-api.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/alternative-products-rest-api:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following module is installed: @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following endpoints are available: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-glue-api.md index 00c82d25f6d..eb7a93c8977 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-glue-api.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/catalog-search-rest-api:"^2.1.2" spryker/catalog-search-products-resource-relationship:"^1.1.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have occurred in transfer objects: @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} If `CatalogSearchResourceRoutePlugin` and `CatalogSearchSuggestionsResourceRoutePlugin` are installed correctly, the following endpoints should now be available: `https://glue.mysprykershop.com/catalog-search?q={% raw %}{{{% endraw %}q_term{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}` @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ If `CatalogSearchResourceRoutePlugin` and `CatalogSearchSuggestionsResourceRoute {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} To make sure that `CatalogSearchAbstractProductsResourceRelationshipPlugin` and `CatalogSearchSuggestionsAbstractProductsResourceRelationshipPlugin` are functioning correctly, do the following: Send a request to `https://glue.mysprykershop.com/catalog-search?q={% raw %}{{{% endraw %}q_term{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}&include=abstract-products` and verify that the response includes relationships to `abstract-products` resources. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-merchant-product-restrictions.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-merchant-product-restrictions.md index 66b1f11bde1..3c3d528f847 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-merchant-product-restrictions.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-merchant-product-restrictions.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/merchant-relationship-product-lists-rest-api:"^0.1.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have occurred in transfer objects: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-checkout-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-checkout-glue-api.md index 6b8a4335052..2e3e5fb1aaf 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-checkout-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-checkout-glue-api.md @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Setting `CheckoutRestApiConfig::IS_PAYMENT_PROVIDER_METHOD_TO_STATE_MACHINE_MAPP {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} For the `checkout-data` endpoint to keep returning shipment methods, keep `Pyz\Glue\CheckoutRestApi\CheckoutRestApiConfig::isShipmentMethodsMappedToAttributes()` set to true. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-cms-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-cms-glue-api.md index 73dc5e13543..5a7e6876c2e 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-cms-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-cms-glue-api.md @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Make sure that the following changes have been applied in the transfer objects: {% endinfo_block %} -2. Update the UUID for the CMS pages that had existed before you’ve added the column: +2. Update the UUID for the CMS pages that had existed before you've added the column: ```bash console uuid:generate Cms spy_cms_page diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-company-account-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-company-account-glue-api.md index 63492de17c3..a746f950399 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-company-account-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-company-account-glue-api.md @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ To verify that feature is set up correctly go throw the following steps: 2. [Retrieve available company users](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/company-account/glue-api-search-by-company-users.html#retrieve-available-company-users). -3. Using the company user ID you’ve retrieved in the previous step, [authenticate as a company user](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-company-user.html#authenticate-as-a-company-user). +3. Using the company user ID you've retrieved in the previous step, [authenticate as a company user](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-company-user.html#authenticate-as-a-company-user). Check that the response contains all the necessary data. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-content-items-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-content-items-glue-api.md index bafe624ae30..7910422788b 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-content-items-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-content-items-glue-api.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker/content-banners-rest-api:"^2.1.0" spryker/content-product-abstract-lists-rest-api:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Ensure that the following modules have been installed in `vendor/spryker`: @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have been applied in transfer objects, see `src/Generated/Shared/Transfer/` folder: @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following endpoints return the result with the all necessary data. For example: - https://glue.mysprykershop.com/content-banners/{content_key}- diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-customer-account-management-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-customer-account-management-glue-api.md index 2c093ca9bc9..32cc5a2784b 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-customer-account-management-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-customer-account-management-glue-api.md @@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ Ensure that the addresses resource relationship is registered correctly: {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Ensure that you’ve set up `AccessTokenRestRequestValidatorPlugin`: +Ensure that you've set up `AccessTokenRestRequestValidatorPlugin`: 1. Send the `POST https://glue.mysprykershop.com/refresh-tokens` request without the `Authorization` header or with an outdated or incorrect authentication token. @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ Ensure that you’ve set up `AccessTokenRestRequestValidatorPlugin`: {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Ensure that you’ve set up `FormatAuthenticationErrorResponseHeadersPlugin`: +Ensure that you've set up `FormatAuthenticationErrorResponseHeadersPlugin`: 1. Retrieve an authentication token for a user. @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ Ensure that you’ve set up `FormatAuthenticationErrorResponseHeadersPlugin`: {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Ensure that you’ve set up `RestUserFinderByAccessTokenPlugin`: +Ensure that you've set up `RestUserFinderByAccessTokenPlugin`: 1. Retrieve an authentication token for a user. @@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ Ensure that you’ve set up `RestUserFinderByAccessTokenPlugin`: {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Ensure that you’ve set up `OauthRefreshTokenSaverPlugin`: +Ensure that you've set up `OauthRefreshTokenSaverPlugin`: 1. Send the request: `POST https://glue.mysprykershop.com/access-tokens`. @@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ Ensure that you’ve set up `OauthRefreshTokenSaverPlugin`: {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Ensure that you’ve set up `OauthRefreshTokenReaderPlugin` and `OauthRefreshTokenRevokerPlugin`: +Ensure that you've set up `OauthRefreshTokenReaderPlugin` and `OauthRefreshTokenRevokerPlugin`: 1. Send the request: `DELETE https://glue.mysprykershop.com/refresh-tokens/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}refresh_token}`[.](#) 2. Check that the refresh token has been revoked: run the following SQL query and check that the `spy_oauth_refresh_token::revoked_at` database field is not empty. @@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ Ensure that you’ve set up `OauthRefreshTokenReaderPlugin` and `OauthRefreshTok {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Ensure that you’ve set up `OauthRefreshTokensReaderPlugin` and `OauthRefreshTokensRevokerPlugin`: +Ensure that you've set up `OauthRefreshTokensReaderPlugin` and `OauthRefreshTokensRevokerPlugin`: 1. Prepare several refresh tokens. @@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ Check that the `spy_oauth_refresh_token::revoked_at` values of all the records r {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Ensure that you’ve set up `OauthRefreshTokenCheckerPlugin`: +Ensure that you've set up `OauthRefreshTokenCheckerPlugin`: 1. Send the following request with a revoked refresh token: `POST https://glue.mysprykershop.com/refresh-tokens` @@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ Ensure that you’ve set up `OauthRefreshTokenCheckerPlugin`: {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Ensure that you’ve set up `OauthRefreshTokenRemoverPlugin`: +Ensure that you've set up `OauthRefreshTokenRemoverPlugin`: 1. Delete expired refresh tokens: @@ -902,13 +902,13 @@ Ensure that you’ve set up `OauthRefreshTokenRemoverPlugin`: console oauth:refresh-token:remove-expired ``` -2. Check that all the expired refresh tokens older than defined by the removal interval you’ve configured in `Spryker\Shared\Oauth\OauthConfig::getRefreshTokenRetentionInterval()` were deleted. +2. Check that all the expired refresh tokens older than defined by the removal interval you've configured in `Spryker\Shared\Oauth\OauthConfig::getRefreshTokenRetentionInterval()` were deleted. {% endinfo_block %} {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -To make sure that you’ve activated `AddressByCheckoutDataResourceRelationshipPlugin`, send the `POST https://glue.mysprykershop.com/checkout-data?include=addresses` request and check that the response contains the information from the addresses resource. +To make sure that you've activated `AddressByCheckoutDataResourceRelationshipPlugin`, send the `POST https://glue.mysprykershop.com/checkout-data?include=addresses` request and check that the response contains the information from the addresses resource. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-multiple-carts-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-multiple-carts-glue-api.md index f3045c5b42a..da10c969050 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-multiple-carts-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-multiple-carts-glue-api.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker/multi-carts-rest-api:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following modules have been installed: @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following changes have been applied in transfer objects: {% endinfo_block %} @@ -89,13 +89,13 @@ Make sure that the following endpoints are available: {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that it's possible to create more than one cart. {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that after creating several carts, a response from the `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/carts` request contains data about all created carts. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-navigation-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-navigation-glue-api.md index c59ed7ec7b5..6604f493eec 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-navigation-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-navigation-glue-api.md @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker/navigations-rest-api:"^2.0.0" spryker/navigations-category-nodes-resource-relationship:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following changes have been applied in transfer objects: @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ class NavigationsRestApiConfig extends SprykerNavigationsRestApiConfig } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} The verification for this step can be provided once the resource is provided in the *Set up Behavior* section below. @@ -147,19 +147,19 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} `NavigationsResourceRoutePlugin` is set up correctly if the following endpoint is available: *https://glue.mysprykershop.com/navigations/{navigationId}* {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Now, it's possible to verify that the configuration of NavigationsRestApiConfig is done correctly. Perform the "https://glue.mysprykershop.com/navigations/{navigationId}" request and check that each node of the type you set up in the configuration (category and CMS pages in the example "resourceId" is filled with the valid foreign key.) {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Send a request to *https://glue.mysprykershop.com/navigations/MAIN_NAVIGATION?include=category-nodes*. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-payments-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-payments-glue-api.md index d78a841f6cb..ce35f87534d 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-payments-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-payments-glue-api.md @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/payments-rest-api:"1.1.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-labels-feature-integration.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-labels-feature-integration.md index aa0a2d61947..3d7dbe627a8 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-labels-feature-integration.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-labels-feature-integration.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/product-labels-rest-api:"^1.0.1" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following module is installed: @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes are present in transfer objects: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-price-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-price-glue-api.md index ba6c579b233..e87e15df42c 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-price-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-price-glue-api.md @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ class ProductPricesRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerProductPricesRestApi {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -To verify that you’ve activated `PriceProductVolumeRestProductPricesAttributesMapperPlugin`: +To verify that you've activated `PriceProductVolumeRestProductPricesAttributesMapperPlugin`: 1. Create an abstract product with a volume price. 2. Send the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/abstract-products/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}sku{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}/abstract-product-prices` request and make sure that the response contains volume prices data. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-glue-api.md index 9a41765b029..a87d5472ab6 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-glue-api.md @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ class ProductsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerProductsRestApiDependency "averageRating": 4, "reviewCount": 5, "name": "Asus Transformer Book T200TA", - "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light—just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you’re free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You’ll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance—with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", + "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light—just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you're free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You'll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance—with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", "attributes": { "product_type": "Hybrid (2-in-1)", "form_factor": "clamshell", @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ class ProductsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerProductsRestApiDependency "averageRating": 4, "reviewCount": 5, "name": "Asus Transformer Book T200TA", - "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light—just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you’re free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You’ll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance—with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", + "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light—just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you're free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You'll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance—with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", "attributes": { "product_type": "Hybrid (2-in-1)", "form_factor": "clamshell", diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-relations-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-relations-glue-api.md index bb383798ab1..be2af351a3f 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-relations-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-relations-glue-api.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: ```bash composer require spryker/related-products-rest-api:"^1.0.0" spryker/up-selling-products-rest-api:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following modules have been installed: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-tax-sets-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-tax-sets-glue-api.md index b0c717401da..324fb6c96f1 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-tax-sets-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-tax-sets-glue-api.md @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Run the following command: console tax-sets:uuid:update ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the uuid field is filled out for all records in the `spy_tax_set` table. You can run the following SQL-query for it and make sure that the result is 0 records.
`SELECT COUNT(* {% endinfo_block %} FROM spy_tax_set WHERE uuid IS NULL;`) diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-quotation-process-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-quotation-process-glue-api.md index f8cf1755e52..2dae71b2558 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-quotation-process-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-quotation-process-glue-api.md @@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ class QuoteRequestsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerQuoteRequestsRestApi "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "118", "name": "Fujitsu ESPRIMO E420", - "description": "Energy Efficiency As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu’ approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficiency of our products. The Fujitsu ESPRIMO E420 features proven technology regarding Intel® chipset and processor and an 85% energy efficient power supply. Fujitsu is committed to eliminating the use of harmful and potentially harmful substances in its products and production processes in order to minimize risk to end users and to the environment. This strategy is captured in Environmental Guideline FTS03230 and forms the basis on which all Fujitsu's products are designed. Especially for Fujitsu ESPRIMO PCs this means that all used printed circuit boards are halogen free. Furthermore they are compliant with several certificates awarding environmental conscience such as ENERGY STAR® and EPEAT.", + "description": "Energy Efficiency As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu' approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficiency of our products. The Fujitsu ESPRIMO E420 features proven technology regarding Intel® chipset and processor and an 85% energy efficient power supply. Fujitsu is committed to eliminating the use of harmful and potentially harmful substances in its products and production processes in order to minimize risk to end users and to the environment. This strategy is captured in Environmental Guideline FTS03230 and forms the basis on which all Fujitsu's products are designed. Especially for Fujitsu ESPRIMO PCs this means that all used printed circuit boards are halogen free. Furthermore they are compliant with several certificates awarding environmental conscience such as ENERGY STAR® and EPEAT.", "attributes": { "processor_cache": "6 MB", "bus_type": "DMI", @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ class QuoteRequestsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerQuoteRequestsRestApi ], "metaTitle": "Fujitsu ESPRIMO E420", "metaKeywords": "Fujitsu,Tax Exempt", - "metaDescription": "Energy Efficiency As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu’ approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficien", + "metaDescription": "Energy Efficiency As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu' approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficien", "attributeNames": { "processor_cache": "Processor cache type", "bus_type": "Bus type", @@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ class QuoteRequestsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerQuoteRequestsRestApi "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "124", "name": "HP ProDesk 400 G3", - "description": "New powerful processors Give your business the strong foundation it needs for growth with the affordable and reliable HP ProDesk 400 SFF. Designed with essential security and manageability features, the HP ProDesk 400 helps keep your business growing. New 6th Gen Intel® Core™ processors bring powerful processing with Intel® HD 530 Graphics. Available DDR4 memory helps meet the demands of today’s businesses. HP ProDesks are rigorously tested to help ensure reliability. During the HP Total Test Process, PCs experience 120,000 hours of performance trials to help get you through your business day. The HP ProDesk 400 SFF helps affordably build a solid IT infrastructure for your growing business and fits in smaller workspaces for easy deployment.", + "description": "New powerful processors Give your business the strong foundation it needs for growth with the affordable and reliable HP ProDesk 400 SFF. Designed with essential security and manageability features, the HP ProDesk 400 helps keep your business growing. New 6th Gen Intel® Core™ processors bring powerful processing with Intel® HD 530 Graphics. Available DDR4 memory helps meet the demands of today's businesses. HP ProDesks are rigorously tested to help ensure reliability. During the HP Total Test Process, PCs experience 120,000 hours of performance trials to help get you through your business day. The HP ProDesk 400 SFF helps affordably build a solid IT infrastructure for your growing business and fits in smaller workspaces for easy deployment.", "attributes": { "processor_codename": "Skylake", "bus_type": "DMI3", @@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ class QuoteRequestsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerQuoteRequestsRestApi "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "119", "name": "Fujitsu ESPRIMO E920", - "description": "Green IT Fujitsu is committed to eliminating the use of harmful and potentially harmful substances in its products and production processes in order to minimize risk to end users and to the environment. This strategy is captured in Environmental Guideline FTS03230 and forms the basis on which all Fujitsu's products are designed. Especially for Fujitsu ESPRIMO PCs this means that all used printed circuit boards are halogen free. Furthermore they are compliant with several certificates awarding environmental conscience such as ENERGY STAR® and EPEAT. As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu’ approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficiency of our products. The Fujitsu ESPRIMO E920 features latest technology regarding Intel® chipset and processor and optional an up to 94% energy efficient power supply. Furthermore it delivers enhanced power management settings and optional 0-Watt power consumption in off-mode.", + "description": "Green IT Fujitsu is committed to eliminating the use of harmful and potentially harmful substances in its products and production processes in order to minimize risk to end users and to the environment. This strategy is captured in Environmental Guideline FTS03230 and forms the basis on which all Fujitsu's products are designed. Especially for Fujitsu ESPRIMO PCs this means that all used printed circuit boards are halogen free. Furthermore they are compliant with several certificates awarding environmental conscience such as ENERGY STAR® and EPEAT. As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu' approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficiency of our products. The Fujitsu ESPRIMO E920 features latest technology regarding Intel® chipset and processor and optional an up to 94% energy efficient power supply. Furthermore it delivers enhanced power management settings and optional 0-Watt power consumption in off-mode.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "32 GB", "intel_smart_cache": "yes", diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-tax-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-tax-glue-api.md index a2944658629..f68eb821be7 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-tax-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-tax-glue-api.md @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Run the following command: console uuid:generate Tex spy_tax_set ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the `uuid` field is populated for all records in the `spy_tax_set` table. You can run the following SQL query for it and make sure that the result is 0 records.
`SELECT COUNT(* {% endinfo_block %} FROM spy_tax_set WHERE uuid IS NULL;`) @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency
-{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following endpoint is available:
`http://mysprykershop.com/abstract-products/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}abstract_sku{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}/product-tax-sets`
Send a request to `http://mysprykershop.com/abstract-products/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}abstract_sku{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}?include=product-tax-sets`. Make sure that the response includes relationships to the `product-tax-sets` resources. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-wishlist-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-wishlist-glue-api.md index af9c0f0da4b..0c2d44b650d 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-wishlist-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-glue-api/install-the-wishlist-glue-api.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/wishlists-rest-api:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following module has been installed: @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ console propel:install console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have occurred in the database: @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Make sure that the following changes have occurred in the database: {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have occurred in transfer objects: @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Run the following command: console uuid:update Wishlist spy_wishlist ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the `uuid` field is populated for all records in the `spy_wishlist` table. For this purpose, run the following SQL query and make sure that the result is 0 records: @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following endpoints are available: `http:///glue.mysprykershop.com/wishlists` diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-microsoft-azure-active-directory.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-microsoft-azure-active-directory.md index d82ee9b0791..5d7d451c52a 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-microsoft-azure-active-directory.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-microsoft-azure-active-directory.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ This page describes the Microsoft Azure Active Directory and how to install it. ## General information -Azure Active Directory is Microsoft’s multi-tenant, cloud-based directory and identity management service. For an organization, Azure AD helps employees sign up to multiple services and access them anywhere over the cloud with a single set of login credentials. +Azure Active Directory is Microsoft's multi-tenant, cloud-based directory and identity management service. For an organization, Azure AD helps employees sign up to multiple services and access them anywhere over the cloud with a single set of login credentials. The [SprykerEco.Oauth-Azure](https://github.com/spryker-eco/oauth-azure) enables OAuth 2.0 authentication via Microsoft Azure Active Directory. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ class SecurityGuiDependencyProvider extends SprykerSecurityGuiDependencyProvider {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure you’ve activated `AzureAuthenticationLinkPlugin` by checking the **Login with Microsoft Azure** button on the Back Office login page. +Make sure you've activated `AzureAuthenticationLinkPlugin` by checking the **Login with Microsoft Azure** button on the Back Office login page. {% endinfo_block %} @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ class SecurityOauthUserDependencyProvider extends SprykerSecurityOauthUserDepend {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure you’ve activated `AzureOauthUserClientStrategyPlugin`: +Make sure you've activated `AzureOauthUserClientStrategyPlugin`: 1. On the Back Office login page, select **Login with Microsoft Azure**. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-alternative-products-inventory-management-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-alternative-products-inventory-management-feature.md index 8ae9d7439e8..34ece785bc9 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-alternative-products-inventory-management-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-alternative-products-inventory-management-feature.md @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ class ProductAlternativeDependencyProvider extends SprykerProductAlternativeDepe } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that you can see alternatives for not available products on the product details page. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-approval-process-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-approval-process-feature.md index 579ad7b6eb3..d5da65a7dbe 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-approval-process-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-approval-process-feature.md @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Import the glossary data: console data:import glossary ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the configured data has been added to the `spy_glossary` table in the database. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-availability-notification-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-availability-notification-feature.md index 755cd86a704..1c46cc9c95a 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-availability-notification-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-availability-notification-feature.md @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ class AvailabilityNotificationConfig extends SprykerAvailabilityNotificationConf } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} We recommend setting `AVAILABILITY_NOTIFICATION_CHECK_PRODUCT_EXISTS` to true. Make sure that don't catch the previously mentioned exception somewhere in your Pyz code but use the check of `$availabilityNotificationSubscriptionResponseTransfer->getIsSuccess()`. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-cart-prices-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-cart-prices-feature.md index 7df4fd06cc3..91660a6f4bd 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-cart-prices-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-cart-prices-feature.md @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Install the required features: composer require spryker/price-cart-connector:"^6.9.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following modules have been installed: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-category-filters-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-category-filters-feature.md index f1680c1cd6e..5dc75437ba5 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-category-filters-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-category-filters-feature.md @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ vendor/bin/console transfer:generate npm run zed ``` -8. Update Zed’s navigation cache to show the new items for the Product Category Filter management user interface: +8. Update Zed's navigation cache to show the new items for the Product Category Filter management user interface: ```shell vendor/bin/console application:build-navigation-cache ``` diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-category-management-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-category-management-feature.md index 8894184c2c4..35e907e62bd 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-category-management-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-category-management-feature.md @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ cameras-and-camcorder,demoshop,Kameras & Camcorders,Cameras & Camcorders,Kameras | is_searchable | | bool | 1 | Defines if the category is displayed in the search. If the value is `0`, the category cannot be found in the catalog search. | | is_root || bool | 0 | Defines if the category. is a root category: `0` – non-root category, `1` – root category. | | is_main || bool | 1 | Defines if the category is main. | -| node_order || int | 90 | When displayed with other categories, defines their order based on the comparison of this parameter’s values. | +| node_order || int | 90 | When displayed with other categories, defines their order based on the comparison of this parameter's values. | | template_name | | string | Catalog (default) | Human-readable name of the category template. | @@ -1209,13 +1209,13 @@ class UrlStorageDependencyProvider extends SprykerUrlDependencyProvider {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -To make sure that you’ve integrated category image handling successfully, check that, in the Back Office, you can manage category images when creating and editing categories. +To make sure that you've integrated category image handling successfully, check that, in the Back Office, you can manage category images when creating and editing categories. {% endinfo_block %} {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure you’ve integrated category store assignments successfully by checking that you can manage store relations when creating and editing categories in the Back Office. +Make sure you've integrated category store assignments successfully by checking that you can manage store relations when creating and editing categories in the Back Office. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-cms-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-cms-feature.md index 46524e3a960..10f4f46fc02 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-cms-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-cms-feature.md @@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ class FormDependencyProvider extends SprykerFormDependencyProvider ```yaml page_key,template_name,is_searchable,is_active,publish,url.de_DE,url.en_US,name.de_DE,name.en_US,meta_title.de_DE,meta_title.en_US,meta_keywords.de_DE,meta_keywords.en_US,meta_description.de_DE,meta_description.en_US,placeholder.title.de_DE,placeholder.title.en_US,placeholder.content.de_DE,placeholder.content.en_US cms-page--1,Placeholders Title & Content,1,1,1,/de/impressum,/en/imprint,Impressum,Imprint,Impressum,Imprint,Impressum,Imprint,Impressum,Imprint,

Impressum

,

About

,"

Demoshop
Julie-Wolfthornstraße 1
10555 Berlin

Telefon: 030 5678909
E-Mail: info@spryker.com

Vertreten durch:
Spryker
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: 56789

Registereintrag:
Eingetragen im Handelsregister.
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: 34567888456789

Umsatzsteuer-ID:
Umsatzsteuer-Identifikationsnummer nach §27a Umsatzsteuergesetz:
34567

Quelle: Nachfolgend möchten wir Sie über unsere Datenschutzerklärung informieren. Sie finden hier Informationen über die Erhebung und Verwendung persönlicher Daten bei der Nutzung unserer Webseite. Wir beachten dabei das für Deutschland geltende Datenschutzrecht. Sie können diese Erklärung jederzeit auf unserer Webseite abrufen.

Wir weisen ausdrücklich darauf hin, dass die Datenübertragung im Internet (z.B. bei der Kommunikation per E-Mail) Sicherheitslücken aufweisen und nicht lückenlos vor dem Zugriff durch Dritte geschützt werden kann.

Die Verwendung der Kontaktdaten unseres Impressums zur gewerblichen Werbung ist ausdrücklich nicht erwünscht, es sei denn wir hatten zuvor unsere schriftliche Einwilligung erteilt oder es besteht bereits eine Geschäftsbeziehung. Der Anbieter und alle auf dieser Website genannten Personen widersprechen hiermit jeder kommerziellen Verwendung und Weitergabe ihrer Daten.

Personenbezogene Daten
Sie können unsere Webseite ohne Angabe personenbezogener Daten besuchen. Soweit auf unseren Seiten personenbezogene Daten (wie Name, Anschrift oder E-Mail Adresse) erhoben werden, erfolgt dies, soweit möglich, auf freiwilliger Basis. Diese Daten werden ohne Ihre ausdrückliche Zustimmung nicht an Dritte weitergegeben. Sofern zwischen Ihnen und uns ein Vertragsverhältnis begründet, inhaltlich ausgestaltet oder geändert werden soll oder Sie an uns eine Anfrage stellen, erheben und verwenden wir personenbezogene Daten von Ihnen, soweit dies zu diesen Zwecken erforderlich ist (Bestandsdaten). Wir erheben, verarbeiten und nutzen personenbezogene Daten soweit dies erforderlich ist, um Ihnen die Inanspruchnahme des Webangebots zu ermöglichen (Nutzungsdaten). Sämtliche personenbezogenen Daten werden nur solange gespeichert wie dies für den geannten Zweck (Bearbeitung Ihrer Anfrage oder Abwicklung eines Vertrags) erforderlich ist. Hierbei werden steuer- und handelsrechtliche Aufbewahrungsfristen berücksichtigt. Auf Anordnung der zuständigen Stellen dürfen wir im Einzelfall Auskunft über diese Daten (Bestandsdaten) erteilen, soweit dies für Zwecke der Strafverfolgung, zur Gefahrenabwehr, zur Erfüllung der gesetzlichen Aufgaben der Verfassungsschutzbehörden oder des Militärischen Abschirmdienstes oder zur Durchsetzung der Rechte am geistigen Eigentum erforderlich ist.

Auskunftsrecht
Sie haben das jederzeitige Recht, sich unentgeltlich und unverzüglich über die zu Ihrer Person erhobenen Daten zu erkundigen. Sie haben das jederzeitige Recht, Ihre Zustimmung zur Verwendung Ihrer angegeben persönlichen Daten mit Wirkung für die Zukunft zu widerrufen. Zur Auskunftserteilung wenden Sie sich bitte an den Anbieter unter den Kontaktdaten im Impressum.

","

Demoshop
Julie-Wolfthornstraße 1
10555 Berlin

Telephone: 030 5678909
E-Mail: info@spryker.com

Represented by
Spryker
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Hamburg
Register Number: 56789

Register Entry:
Entry in Handelsregister.
Register Court: Hamburg
Register number: 34567888456789

Source: Muster-Vorlagen.net – Impressum Generator



Disclaimer:

Accountability for content
The contents of our pages have been created with the utmost care. However, we cannot guarantee the contents' accuracy, completeness or topicality. According to statutory provisions, we are furthermore responsible for our own content on these web pages. In this context, please note that we are accordingly not obliged to monitor merely the transmitted or saved information of third parties, or investigate circumstances pointing to illegal activity. Our obligations to remove or block the use of information under generally applicable laws remain unaffected by this as per §§ 8 to 10 of the Telemedia Act (TMG).

Accountability for links
Responsibility for the content of external links (to web pages of third parties) lies solely with the operators of the linked pages. No violations were evident to us at the time of linking. Should any legal infringement become known to us, we will remove the respective link immediately.

Copyright
Our web pages and their contents are subject to German copyright law. Unless expressly permitted by law (§ 44a et seq. of the copyright law), every form of utilizing, reproducing or processing works subject to copyright protection on our web pages requires the prior consent of the respective owner of the rights. Individual reproductions of a work are allowed only for private use, so must not serve either directly or indirectly for earnings. Unauthorized utilization of copyrighted works is punishable (§ 106 of the copyright law).

" -cms-page--2,Placeholders Title & Content,1,1,1,/de/agb,/en/gtc,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,

Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen (AGB)

,

General Terms and Conditions (GTC)

,"

Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen (AGB)

]]> content

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.


§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-E-Mail. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.


§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.


§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.


§ 5 Gewährleistung

(1) Die Gewährleistungsrechte des Kunden richten sich nach den allgemeinen gesetzlichen Vorschriften, soweit nachfolgend nichts anderes bestimmt ist. Für Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden gegenüber dem Anbieter gilt die Regelung in § 6 dieser AGB.

(2) Die Verjährungsfrist für Gewährleistungsansprüche des Kunden beträgt bei Verbrauchern bei neu hergestellten Sachen 2 Jahre, bei gebrauchten Sachen 1 Jahr. Gegenüber Unternehmern beträgt die Verjährungsfrist bei neu hergestellten Sachen und bei gebrauchten Sachen 1 Jahr. Die vorstehende Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen gilt nicht für Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden aufgrund einer Verletzung des Lebens, des Körpers, der Gesundheit sowie für Schadensersatzansprüche aufgrund einer Verletzung wesentlicher Vertragspflichten. Wesentliche Vertragspflichten sind solche, deren Erfüllung zur Erreichung des Ziels des Vertrags notwendig ist, z.B. hat der Anbieter dem Kunden die Sache frei von Sach- und Rechtsmängeln zu übergeben und das Eigentum an ihr zu verschaffen. Die vorstehende Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen gilt ebenfalls nicht für Schadensersatzansprüche, die auf einer vorsätzlichen oder grob fahrlässigen Pflichtverletzung des Anbieters, seiner gesetzlichen Vertreter oder Erfüllungsgehilfen beruhen. Gegenüber Unternehmern ebenfalls ausgenommen von der Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen ist der Rückgriffsanspruch nach § 478 BGB.

(3) Eine Garantie wird von dem Anbieter nicht erklärt.


§ 6 Haftungsausschluss

(1) Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden sind ausgeschlossen, soweit nachfolgend nichts anderes bestimmt ist. Der vorstehende Haftungsausschluss gilt auch zugunsten der gesetzlichen Vertreter und Erfüllungsgehilfen des Anbieters, sofern der Kunde Ansprüche gegen diese geltend macht.

(2) Von dem unter Ziffer 1 bestimmten Haftungsausschluss ausgenommen sind Schadensersatzansprüche aufgrund einer Verletzung des Lebens, des Körpers, der Gesundheit und Schadensersatzansprüche aus der Verletzung wesentlicher Vertragspflichten. Wesentliche Vertragspflichten sind solche, deren Erfüllung zur Erreichung des Ziels des Vertrags notwendig ist, z.B. hat der Anbieter dem Kunden die Sache frei von Sach- und Rechtsmängeln zu übergeben und das Eigentum an ihr zu verschaffen. Von dem Haftungsausschluss ebenfalls ausgenommen ist die Haftung für Schäden, die auf einer vorsätzlichen oder grob fahrlässigen Pflichtverletzung des Anbieters, seiner gesetzlichen Vertreter oder Erfüllungsgehilfen beruhen.

(3) Vorschriften des Produkthaftungsgesetzes (ProdHaftG) bleiben unberührt.


§ 7 Abtretungs- und Verpfändungsverbot

Die Abtretung oder Verpfändung von dem Kunden gegenüber dem Anbieter zustehenden Ansprüchen oder Rechten ist ohne Zustimmung des Anbieters ausgeschlossen, sofern der Kunde nicht ein berechtigtes Interesse an der Abtretung oder Verpfändung nachweist.


§ 8 Aufrechnung

Ein Aufrechnungsrecht des Kunden besteht nur, wenn seine zur Aufrechnung gestellte Forderung rechtskräftig festgestellt wurde oder unbestritten ist.


§ 9 Rechtswahl & Gerichtsstand

(1) Auf die vertraglichen Beziehungen zwischen dem Anbieter und dem Kunden findet das Recht der Bundesrepublik Deutschland Anwendung. Von dieser Rechtswahl ausgenommen sind die zwingenden Verbraucherschutzvorschriften des Landes, in dem der Kunde seinen gewöhnlichen Aufenthalt hat. Die Anwendung des UN-Kaufrechts ist ausgeschlossen.

(2) Gerichtsstand für alle Streitigkeiten aus dem Vertragsverhältnis zwischen dem Kunden und dem Anbieter ist der Sitz des Anbieters, sofern es sich bei dem Kunden um einen Kaufmann, eine juristische Person des öffentlichen Rechts oder ein öffentlich-rechtliches Sondervermögen handelt.


§ 10 Salvatorische Klausel
Sollte eine Bestimmung dieser Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen unwirksam sein, wird davon die Wirksamkeit der übrigen Bestimmungen nicht berührt.



Quelle: General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.


Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.


Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.


Cookies

We do not use cookies for tracking purposes. You can choose to have your computer warn you each time a cookie is being sent, or you can choose to turn off all cookies. You do this through your browser (like Internet Explorer) settings. Each browser is a little different, so look at your browser's Help menu to learn the correct way to modify your cookies. If you disable cookies off, some features will be disabled that make your site experience more efficient and some of our services will not function properly.


Google

Google's advertising requirements can be summed up by Google's Advertising Principles. They are put in place to provide a positive experience for users. https://support.google.com/adwordspolicy/answer/1316548?hl=en We use Google AdSense Advertising on our website. Google, as a third-party vendor, uses cookies to serve ads on our site. Google's use of the DART cookie enables it to serve ads to our users based on previous visits to our site and other sites on the Internet. Users may opt-out of the use of the DART cookie by visiting the Google Ad and Content Network privacy policy.


Implementation

We along with third-party vendors, such as Google use first-party cookies (such as the Google Analytics cookies) and third-party cookies (such as the DoubleClick cookie) or other third-party identifiers together to compile data regarding user interactions with ad impressions and other ad service functions as they relate to our website. Users can set preferences for how Google advertises to you using the Google Ad Settings page. Alternatively, you can opt out by visiting the Network Advertising initiative opt out page or permanently using the Google Analytics Opt Out Browser add on.



" +cms-page--2,Placeholders Title & Content,1,1,1,/de/agb,/en/gtc,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,

Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen (AGB)

,

General Terms and Conditions (GTC)

,"

Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen (AGB)

]]> content

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.


§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-E-Mail. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.


§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.


§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.


§ 5 Gewährleistung

(1) Die Gewährleistungsrechte des Kunden richten sich nach den allgemeinen gesetzlichen Vorschriften, soweit nachfolgend nichts anderes bestimmt ist. Für Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden gegenüber dem Anbieter gilt die Regelung in § 6 dieser AGB.

(2) Die Verjährungsfrist für Gewährleistungsansprüche des Kunden beträgt bei Verbrauchern bei neu hergestellten Sachen 2 Jahre, bei gebrauchten Sachen 1 Jahr. Gegenüber Unternehmern beträgt die Verjährungsfrist bei neu hergestellten Sachen und bei gebrauchten Sachen 1 Jahr. Die vorstehende Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen gilt nicht für Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden aufgrund einer Verletzung des Lebens, des Körpers, der Gesundheit sowie für Schadensersatzansprüche aufgrund einer Verletzung wesentlicher Vertragspflichten. Wesentliche Vertragspflichten sind solche, deren Erfüllung zur Erreichung des Ziels des Vertrags notwendig ist, z.B. hat der Anbieter dem Kunden die Sache frei von Sach- und Rechtsmängeln zu übergeben und das Eigentum an ihr zu verschaffen. Die vorstehende Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen gilt ebenfalls nicht für Schadensersatzansprüche, die auf einer vorsätzlichen oder grob fahrlässigen Pflichtverletzung des Anbieters, seiner gesetzlichen Vertreter oder Erfüllungsgehilfen beruhen. Gegenüber Unternehmern ebenfalls ausgenommen von der Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen ist der Rückgriffsanspruch nach § 478 BGB.

(3) Eine Garantie wird von dem Anbieter nicht erklärt.


§ 6 Haftungsausschluss

(1) Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden sind ausgeschlossen, soweit nachfolgend nichts anderes bestimmt ist. Der vorstehende Haftungsausschluss gilt auch zugunsten der gesetzlichen Vertreter und Erfüllungsgehilfen des Anbieters, sofern der Kunde Ansprüche gegen diese geltend macht.

(2) Von dem unter Ziffer 1 bestimmten Haftungsausschluss ausgenommen sind Schadensersatzansprüche aufgrund einer Verletzung des Lebens, des Körpers, der Gesundheit und Schadensersatzansprüche aus der Verletzung wesentlicher Vertragspflichten. Wesentliche Vertragspflichten sind solche, deren Erfüllung zur Erreichung des Ziels des Vertrags notwendig ist, z.B. hat der Anbieter dem Kunden die Sache frei von Sach- und Rechtsmängeln zu übergeben und das Eigentum an ihr zu verschaffen. Von dem Haftungsausschluss ebenfalls ausgenommen ist die Haftung für Schäden, die auf einer vorsätzlichen oder grob fahrlässigen Pflichtverletzung des Anbieters, seiner gesetzlichen Vertreter oder Erfüllungsgehilfen beruhen.

(3) Vorschriften des Produkthaftungsgesetzes (ProdHaftG) bleiben unberührt.


§ 7 Abtretungs- und Verpfändungsverbot

Die Abtretung oder Verpfändung von dem Kunden gegenüber dem Anbieter zustehenden Ansprüchen oder Rechten ist ohne Zustimmung des Anbieters ausgeschlossen, sofern der Kunde nicht ein berechtigtes Interesse an der Abtretung oder Verpfändung nachweist.


§ 8 Aufrechnung

Ein Aufrechnungsrecht des Kunden besteht nur, wenn seine zur Aufrechnung gestellte Forderung rechtskräftig festgestellt wurde oder unbestritten ist.


§ 9 Rechtswahl & Gerichtsstand

(1) Auf die vertraglichen Beziehungen zwischen dem Anbieter und dem Kunden findet das Recht der Bundesrepublik Deutschland Anwendung. Von dieser Rechtswahl ausgenommen sind die zwingenden Verbraucherschutzvorschriften des Landes, in dem der Kunde seinen gewöhnlichen Aufenthalt hat. Die Anwendung des UN-Kaufrechts ist ausgeschlossen.

(2) Gerichtsstand für alle Streitigkeiten aus dem Vertragsverhältnis zwischen dem Kunden und dem Anbieter ist der Sitz des Anbieters, sofern es sich bei dem Kunden um einen Kaufmann, eine juristische Person des öffentlichen Rechts oder ein öffentlich-rechtliches Sondervermögen handelt.


§ 10 Salvatorische Klausel
Sollte eine Bestimmung dieser Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen unwirksam sein, wird davon die Wirksamkeit der übrigen Bestimmungen nicht berührt.



Quelle: General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.


Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.


Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.


Cookies

We do not use cookies for tracking purposes. You can choose to have your computer warn you each time a cookie is being sent, or you can choose to turn off all cookies. You do this through your browser (like Internet Explorer) settings. Each browser is a little different, so look at your browser's Help menu to learn the correct way to modify your cookies. If you disable cookies off, some features will be disabled that make your site experience more efficient and some of our services will not function properly.


Google

Google's advertising requirements can be summed up by Google's Advertising Principles. They are put in place to provide a positive experience for users. https://support.google.com/adwordspolicy/answer/1316548?hl=en We use Google AdSense Advertising on our website. Google, as a third-party vendor, uses cookies to serve ads on our site. Google's use of the DART cookie enables it to serve ads to our users based on previous visits to our site and other sites on the Internet. Users may opt-out of the use of the DART cookie by visiting the Google Ad and Content Network privacy policy.


Implementation

We along with third-party vendors, such as Google use first-party cookies (such as the Google Analytics cookies) and third-party cookies (such as the DoubleClick cookie) or other third-party identifiers together to compile data regarding user interactions with ad impressions and other ad service functions as they relate to our website. Users can set preferences for how Google advertises to you using the Google Ad Settings page. Alternatively, you can opt out by visiting the Network Advertising initiative opt out page or permanently using the Google Analytics Opt Out Browser add on.



" cms-page--3,Placeholders Title & Content,1,1,1,/de/datenschutz,/en/privacy,Datenschutzerklärung,Data Privacy,Datenschutzerklärung,Data Privacy,Datenschutzerklärung,Data Privacy,Datenschutzerklärung,Data Privacy,

Datenschutzerklärung

,

Data Privacy Policy

,"

Die Nutzung unserer Seite ist ohne eine Angabe von personenbezogenen Daten möglich. Für die Nutzung einzelner Services unserer Seite können sich hierfür abweichende Regelungen ergeben, die in diesem Falle nachstehend gesondert erläutert werden. Ihre personenbezogenen Daten (z.B. Name, Anschrift, E-Mail, Telefonnummer, u.ä.) werden von uns nur gemäß den Bestimmungen des deutschen Datenschutzrechts verarbeitet. Daten sind dann personenbezogen, wenn sie eindeutig einer bestimmten natürlichen Person zugeordnet werden können. Die rechtlichen Grundlagen des Datenschutzes finden Sie im Bundesdatenschutzgesetz (BDSG) und dem Telemediengesetz (TMG). Nachstehende Regelungen informieren Sie insoweit über die Art, den Umfang und Zweck der Erhebung, die Nutzung und die Verarbeitung von personenbezogenen Daten durch den Anbieter

Wir weisen darauf hin, dass die internetbasierte Datenübertragung Sicherheitslücken aufweist, ein lückenloser Schutz vor Zugriffen durch Dritte somit unmöglich ist.

Auskunft/Widerruf/Löschung

Sie können sich aufgrund des Bundesdatenschutzgesetzes bei Fragen zur Erhebung, Verarbeitung oder Nutzung Ihrer personenbezogenen Daten und deren Berichtigung, Sperrung, Löschung oder einem Widerruf einer erteilten Einwilligung unentgeltlich an uns wenden. Wir weisen darauf hin, dass Ihnen ein Recht auf Berichtigung falscher Daten oder Löschung personenbezogener Daten zusteht, sollte diesem Anspruch keine gesetzliche Aufbewahrungspflicht entgegenstehen.

der Anwaltskanzlei Weiß & Partner

","

Our website may be used without entering personal information. Different rules may apply to certain services on our site, however, and are explained separately below. We collect personal information from you (e.g. name, address, email address, telephone number, etc.) in accordance with the provisions of German data protection statutes. Information is considered personal if it can be associated exclusively to a specific natural person. The legal framework for data protection may be found in the German Federal Data Protection Act (BDSG) and the Telemedia Act (TMG). The provisions below serve to provide information as to the manner, extent and purpose for collecting, using and processing personal information by the provider.

Please be aware that data transfer via the internet is subject to security risks and, therefore, complete protection against third-party access to transferred data cannot be ensured.

Information/Cancellation/Deletion

On the basis of the Federal Data Protection Act, you may contact us at no cost if you have questions relating to the collection, processing or use of your personal information, if you wish to request the correction, blocking or deletion of the same, or if you wish to cancel explicitly granted consent. Please note that you have the right to have incorrect data corrected or to have personal data deleted, where such claim is not barred by any legal obligation to retain this data.

Sample Data Privacy Policy Statement provided by the Law Offices of Weiß & Partner

" cms-page--4,Placeholders Title & Content,1,0,1,/de/loremde,/en/lorem,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,"{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} chart('testChart', 'testChart') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Donec quam felis, ultricies nec, pellentesque eu, pretium quis, sem.","{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} chart('testChart', 'testChart') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Donec quam felis, ultricies nec, pellentesque eu, pretium quis, sem." cms-page--5,Placeholders Title & Content,1,1,0,/de/dolorde,/en/dolor,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,"Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Donec quam felis, ultricies nec, pellentesque eu, pretium quis, sem.","Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Donec quam felis, ultricies nec, pellentesque eu, pretium quis, sem." diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-content-items-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-content-items-feature.md index fc8addae7b0..cc12d8789e3 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-content-items-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-content-items-feature.md @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ class TwigDependencyProvider extends SprykerTwigDependencyProvider {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure that you’ve configured the content items: +Make sure that you've configured the content items: 1. Add a content item to a CMS block or page. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-inventory-management-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-inventory-management-feature.md index 25c593a82d9..aa6dc5e12c0 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-inventory-management-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-inventory-management-feature.md @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Sony Experts MER000006 Warehouse 1,Wallstrasse 58,,,53507,Dernau,,DE,+49 2643 48 |comment | optional | string | | Any related comment. | -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-navigation-module.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-navigation-module.md index 54e6f58818a..4ecc372a3cb 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-navigation-module.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-navigation-module.md @@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ To prepare your project to work with Navigation: 2. Install the new database tables By running `vendor/bin/console propel:diff`. Propel will generate a migration file with the changes. 3. Apply the database changes by running `vendor/bin/console propel:migrate`. 4. Generate ORM models by running `vendor/bin/console propel:model:build`. -5. After running this command you’ll find some new classes in your project under `\Orm\Zed\Navigation\Persistence` namespace. +5. After running this command you'll find some new classes in your project under `\Orm\Zed\Navigation\Persistence` namespace. - It’s important to make sure that they extend the base classes from the Spryker core, e.g.: + It's important to make sure that they extend the base classes from the Spryker core, e.g.: * `\Orm\Zed\Navigation\Persistence\SpyNavigation` extends `\Spryker\Zed\Navigation\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyNavigation` * `\Orm\Zed\Navigation\Persistence\SpyNavigationNode` extends `\Spryker\Zed\Navigation\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyNavigationNode` @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ The `Navigation` module ships with a twig extension that provides the `spyNaviga * `$navigationKey`: Reference of a navigation menu by its key field (for example, "MAIN_NAVIGATION"). * `$template`: Template path used to render the navigation menu (for example, `"@application/layout/navigation/main.twig"`). -To enable the navigation twig function, register `\Spryker\Yves\Navigation\Plugin\Provider\NavigationTwigServiceProvider` in your application’s bootstrap. +To enable the navigation twig function, register `\Spryker\Yves\Navigation\Plugin\Provider\NavigationTwigServiceProvider` in your application's bootstrap. ```php -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Check cart product image expander plugins - make sure you can see images related to cart items in the cart page in Yves. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-product-configuration-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-product-configuration-feature.md index 05be4c6171a..6c0df9d6715 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-product-configuration-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-product-configuration-feature.md @@ -2244,7 +2244,7 @@ console frontend:date-time-product-configurator:build {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the frontend part has been built: -1. Check that the folder `public/Configurator/dist` exists, and it’s not empty. +1. Check that the folder `public/Configurator/dist` exists, and it's not empty. 2. Check that you can access the configurator at `https://date-time-configurator-example.mysprykershop.com/`. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-product-measurement-unit-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-product-measurement-unit-feature.md index 88112f38069..95c979f900e 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-product-measurement-unit-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-product-measurement-unit-feature.md @@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ Make sure that checkout workflow works with measurement unit by ordering item wi {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure that abstract products which have measurement units don’t have `add_to_cart_sku` field at Elasticsearch document. +Make sure that abstract products which have measurement units don't have `add_to_cart_sku` field at Elasticsearch document. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-feature.md index 9dc58977d40..e28e6e6a9c4 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-feature.md @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ Make sure that `averageRating` and `reviewCount` attributes are present in `conc "averageRating": 4, "reviewCount": 5, "name": "Asus Transformer Book T200TA", - "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light — just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you’re free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You’ll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance — with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", + "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light — just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you're free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You'll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance — with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", "attributes": { "product_type": "Hybrid (2-in-1)", "form_factor": "clamshell", @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ Make sure that the response contains product-reviews as a relationship and produ "averageRating": 4, "reviewCount": 5, "name": "Asus Transformer Book T200TA", - "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light — just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you’re free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You’ll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance — with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", + "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light — just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you're free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You'll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance — with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", "attributes": { "product_type": "Hybrid (2-in-1)", "form_factor": "clamshell", diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-product-sets-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-product-sets-feature.md index 5a6d0a8f441..2afaf413179 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-product-sets-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-product-sets-feature.md @@ -170,12 +170,12 @@ You can reorder product sets in the Back Office. See [Reorder product sets](/doc diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-promotions-and-discounts-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-promotions-and-discounts-feature.md index 9ec1219174b..07fe4edb163 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-promotions-and-discounts-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-promotions-and-discounts-feature.md @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ Make sure that you can submit the *Discount Create* and *Discount Update* forms [//]: # (```) [//]: # () -[//]: # (When using promotion discount with voucher code, you will get the error message that voucher is not correct. It’s because voucher code is a product offered as promotion and not yet added to cart.) +[//]: # (When using promotion discount with voucher code, you will get the error message that voucher is not correct. It's because voucher code is a product offered as promotion and not yet added to cart.) [//]: # () [//]: # (You have to modify `\Pyz\Yves\Discount\Handler\VoucherHandler::addFlashMessages` to handle discounts with promotions.) diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-queue-data-import-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-queue-data-import-feature.md index e4bc6d9b4c1..c5485eb6eda 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-queue-data-import-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-queue-data-import-feature.md @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/data-import:"1.5.0" spryker/data-import-extension:"1.1.0" --update-with-dependencies` ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following modules have been installed: @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate` ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have been applied in the transfer objects: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-quick-add-to-cart-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-quick-add-to-cart-feature.md index 212c108129f..8bb1f3b3721 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-quick-add-to-cart-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-quick-add-to-cart-feature.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker-feature/quick-add-to-cart:"{{page.version}}" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following changes have been applied in transfer objects: @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker-feature/quick-add-to-cart:"^master" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ class RouterDependencyProvider extends SprykerRouterDependencyProvider } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following URLs are available on Yves: @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ class QuickOrderPageDependencyProvider extends SprykerQuickOrderPageDependencyPr } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make the following checks at https://mysprykershop.com/quick-order: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-quotation-process-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-quotation-process-feature.md index bb88ca4e510..17b51edb3a6 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-quotation-process-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-quotation-process-feature.md @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ class QuoteConfig extends SprykerQuoteConfig } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that when you converted quote request to quote, JSON data in the database column `spy_quote.quote_data` of the corresponding quote contains `quoteRequestVersionReference`. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-reclamations-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-reclamations-feature.md index c38991b1300..08fb1c971d9 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-reclamations-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-reclamations-feature.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker-feature/reclamations: "{{page.version}}" --update-with-dependencies` ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following modules have been installed: @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ console propel:install console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have been applied by checking your database: @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Make sure that the following changes have been applied by checking your database {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes were implemented in the transfer objects: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-resource-sharing-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-resource-sharing-feature.md index 56f4be383c4..8b628e15812 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-resource-sharing-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-resource-sharing-feature.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker-feature/resource-sharing: "{{page.version}}" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ console propel:install console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes applied by checking your database: @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Make sure that the following changes applied by checking your database: {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes in transfer objects have been applied: @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker-feature/resource-sharing: "{{page.version}}" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-return-management-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-return-management-feature.md index dcfebd65e76..255154ab773 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-return-management-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-return-management-feature.md @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ class SalesConfig extends SprykerSalesConfig {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure the order detail page in the Back Office shows a table with order’s returns in the **Returns** section. +Make sure the order detail page in the Back Office shows a table with order's returns in the **Returns** section. Make sure that when the `StateHistoryOrderItemExpanderPlugin` is not configured and `SalesConfig::isHydrateOrderHistoryToItems()` is false, the order item state history is not shown in the order items table on the order detail page. @@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ class DataImportDependencyProvider extends SprykerDataImportDependencyProvider } ``` -Adjust your project’s corresponding .yml configuration file to enable import as a part of full import. +Adjust your project's corresponding .yml configuration file to enable import as a part of full import. **data/import/config/full_import_config.yml** diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-search-widget-for-concrete-products-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-search-widget-for-concrete-products-feature.md index cc941ae1c34..3867c19f349 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-search-widget-for-concrete-products-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-search-widget-for-concrete-products-feature.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ To start the feature integration, overview and install the necessary features: ### 1) Check the installed modules -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Apply database changes and generate entity and transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes are present in the transfer objects: @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ class ShopApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerShopApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following widgets were registered: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-uuid-generation-console-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-uuid-generation-console-feature.md index 02e3b8fc53d..affc9e13f2f 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-uuid-generation-console-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/install-the-uuid-generation-console-feature.md @@ -83,6 +83,6 @@ class ConsoleDependencyProvider extends SprykerConsoleDependencyProvider {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -To make sure you’ve set up `UuidGeneratorConsole`, run `console | grep uuid:generate` and check that the command is found. +To make sure you've set up `UuidGeneratorConsole`, run `console | grep uuid:generate` and check that the command is found. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-merchant-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-merchant-feature.md index 13e0aea4c71..85ba70453fa 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-merchant-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-merchant-feature.md @@ -971,17 +971,17 @@ To import data: ``` merchant_reference,contact_person_role,contact_person_title,contact_person_first_name,contact_person_last_name,contact_person_phone,banner_url,logo_url,public_email,public_phone,description_glossary_key.en_US,description_glossary_key.de_DE,banner_url_glossary_key.en_US,banner_url_glossary_key.de_DE,delivery_time_glossary_key.en_US,delivery_time_glossary_key.de_DE,terms_conditions_glossary_key.en_US,terms_conditions_glossary_key.de_DE,cancellation_policy_glossary_key.en_US,cancellation_policy_glossary_key.de_DE,imprint_glossary_key.en_US,imprint_glossary_key.de_DE,data_privacy_glossary_key.en_US,data_privacy_glossary_key.de_DE,is_active,fax_number -MER000001,E-Commerce Manager,Mr,Harald,Schmidt,+49 30 208498350,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-logo.png,info@spryker.com,+49 30 234567891,Spryker is the main merchant at the Demo Marketplace.,Spryker ist der Haupthändler auf dem Demo-Marktplatz.,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,1-3 days,1-3 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.","

Spryker Systems GmbH

Julie-Wolfthorn-Straße 1
10115 Berlin
DE

Phone: +49 (30) 2084983 50
Email: info@spryker.com

Represented by
Managing Directors: Alexander Graf, Boris Lokschin
Register Court: Hamburg
Register Number: HRB 134310

","

Spryker Systems GmbH

Julie-Wolfthorn-Straße 1
10115 Berlin
DE

Phone: +49 (30) 2084983 50
Email: info@spryker.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Alexander Graf, Boris Lokschin
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: HRB 134310

",Spryker Systems GmbH values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Spryker Systems GmbH.,1,+49 30 234567800 -MER000002,Country Manager DE,Ms,Martha,Farmer,+31 123 345 678,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-logo.png,hi@video-king.nl,+31 123 345 777,"Video King is a premium provider of video equipment. In business since 2010, we understand the needs of video professionals and enthusiasts and offer a wide variety of products with competitive prices. ","Video King ist ein Premium-Anbieter von Videogeräten. Wir sind seit 2010 im Geschäft, verstehen die Bedürfnisse von Videoprofis und -enthusiasten und bieten eine große Auswahl an Produkten zu wettbewerbsfähigen Preisen an. ",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,2-4 days,2-4 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Video King

Gilzeweg 24
4854SG Bavel
NL

Phone: +31 123 45 6789
Email: hi@video-king.nl

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Amsterdam
Register Number: 1234.4567

,

Video King

Gilzeweg 24
4854SG Bavel
NL

Telefon: +31 123 45 6789
Email: hi@video-king.nl

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: Amsterdam
Registernummer: 1234.4567

,Video King values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Video King.,1,+31 123 345 733 +MER000001,E-Commerce Manager,Mr,Harald,Schmidt,+49 30 208498350,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-logo.png,info@spryker.com,+49 30 234567891,Spryker is the main merchant at the Demo Marketplace.,Spryker ist der Haupthändler auf dem Demo-Marktplatz.,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,1-3 days,1-3 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.","

Spryker Systems GmbH

Julie-Wolfthorn-Straße 1
10115 Berlin
DE

Phone: +49 (30) 2084983 50
Email: info@spryker.com

Represented by
Managing Directors: Alexander Graf, Boris Lokschin
Register Court: Hamburg
Register Number: HRB 134310

","

Spryker Systems GmbH

Julie-Wolfthorn-Straße 1
10115 Berlin
DE

Phone: +49 (30) 2084983 50
Email: info@spryker.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Alexander Graf, Boris Lokschin
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: HRB 134310

",Spryker Systems GmbH values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Spryker Systems GmbH.,1,+49 30 234567800 +MER000002,Country Manager DE,Ms,Martha,Farmer,+31 123 345 678,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-logo.png,hi@video-king.nl,+31 123 345 777,"Video King is a premium provider of video equipment. In business since 2010, we understand the needs of video professionals and enthusiasts and offer a wide variety of products with competitive prices. ","Video King ist ein Premium-Anbieter von Videogeräten. Wir sind seit 2010 im Geschäft, verstehen die Bedürfnisse von Videoprofis und -enthusiasten und bieten eine große Auswahl an Produkten zu wettbewerbsfähigen Preisen an. ",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,2-4 days,2-4 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Video King

Gilzeweg 24
4854SG Bavel
NL

Phone: +31 123 45 6789
Email: hi@video-king.nl

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Amsterdam
Register Number: 1234.4567

,

Video King

Gilzeweg 24
4854SG Bavel
NL

Telefon: +31 123 45 6789
Email: hi@video-king.nl

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: Amsterdam
Registernummer: 1234.4567

,Video King values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Video King.,1,+31 123 345 733 MER000006,Brand Manager,Ms,Michele,Nemeth,030/123456789,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-logo.png,support@sony-experts.com,+49 30 234567691,"Capture your moment with the best cameras from Sony. From pocket-size to professional-style, they all pack features to deliver the best quality pictures. Discover the range of Sony cameras, lenses and accessories, and capture your favorite moments with precision and style with the best cameras can offer.","Halten Sie Ihren Moment mit den besten Kameras von Sony fest. Vom Taschenformat bis hin zum professionellen Stil bieten sie alle Funktionen, um Bilder in bester Qualität zu liefern. -Entdecken Sie das Angebot an Kameras, Objektiven und Zubehör von Sony und fangen Sie Ihre Lieblingsmomente mit Präzision und Stil mit den besten Kameras ein, die das Unternehmen zu bieten hat.",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-banner.png,1-3 days,1-3 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Sony Experts

Matthias-Pschorr-Straße 1
80336 München
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@sony-experts.com

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Munich
Register Number: HYY 134306

,

Sony Experts

Matthias-Pschorr-Straße 1
80336 München
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@sony-experts.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: München
Registernummer: HYY 134306

,Sony Experts values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Sony Experts.,1,+49 30 234567600 +Entdecken Sie das Angebot an Kameras, Objektiven und Zubehör von Sony und fangen Sie Ihre Lieblingsmomente mit Präzision und Stil mit den besten Kameras ein, die das Unternehmen zu bieten hat.",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-banner.png,1-3 days,1-3 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Sony Experts

Matthias-Pschorr-Straße 1
80336 München
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@sony-experts.com

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Munich
Register Number: HYY 134306

,

Sony Experts

Matthias-Pschorr-Straße 1
80336 München
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@sony-experts.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: München
Registernummer: HYY 134306

,Sony Experts values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Sony Experts.,1,+49 30 234567600 MER000004,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,0, MER000003,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,0, MER000007,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,0, MER000005,Merchandise Manager,Mr,Jason,Weidmann,030/123456789,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-logo.png,support@budgetcamerasonline.com,+49 30 234567591,"DSLR and mirrorless cameras are by far the most popular with filmmakers on a tight budget when you can't afford multiple specialist cameras. Budget Cameras is offering a great selection of digital cameras with the lowest prices.","DSLR- und spiegellose Kameras sind bei Filmemachern mit knappem Budget bei weitem am beliebtesten, wenn sie sich bestimmte Spezialkameras nicht leisten können. -Budget Cameras bietet eine große Auswahl an Digitalkameras mit den niedrigsten Preisen.",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-banner.png,2-4 days,2-4 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Budget Cameras

Spitalerstraße 3
20095 Hamburg
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@budgetcamerasonline.com

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Hamburg
Register Number: HXX 134305

,

Budget Cameras

Spitalerstraße 3
20095 Hamburg
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@budgetcamerasonline.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: HXX 134305

,Budget Cameras values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Budget Cameras.,1,+49 30 234567500 +Budget Cameras bietet eine große Auswahl an Digitalkameras mit den niedrigsten Preisen.",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-banner.png,2-4 days,2-4 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Budget Cameras

Spitalerstraße 3
20095 Hamburg
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@budgetcamerasonline.com

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Hamburg
Register Number: HXX 134305

,

Budget Cameras

Spitalerstraße 3
20095 Hamburg
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@budgetcamerasonline.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: HXX 134305

,Budget Cameras values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Budget Cameras.,1,+49 30 234567500 ``` diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-cart-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-cart-feature.md index 136a4c86a37..2143df8046b 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-cart-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-cart-feature.md @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ class CartDependencyProvider extends SprykerCartDependencyProvider {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure that you can’t add an item with `merchantReference` and `sku` that do not belong to the same `MerchantProduct`(see `spy_merchant_product_abstract`). +Make sure that you can't add an item with `merchantReference` and `sku` that do not belong to the same `MerchantProduct`(see `spy_merchant_product_abstract`). {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-feature.md index e62d632fd1e..ebdc8fc786f 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202307.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-feature.md @@ -482,8 +482,8 @@ Make sure that when the following entities get updated through the ORM, the corr | TARGET ENTITY | EXAMPLE EXPECTED DATA IDENTIFIER | EXAMPLE EXPECTED DATA FRAGMENT | |---------------|-------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| -| ProductOffer | kv:product_offer:offer2 | {“id_product_offer”:1,“id_merchant”:6,“product_offer_reference”:“offer1",“merchant_sku”:“GS952M00H-Q11"} | -| ProductOffer | kv:product_concrete_product_offers:093_24495843 | [“offer3”,“offer4"] | +| ProductOffer | kv:product_offer:offer2 | {"id_product_offer":1,"id_merchant":6,"product_offer_reference":"offer1","merchant_sku":"GS952M00H-Q11"} | +| ProductOffer | kv:product_concrete_product_offers:093_24495843 | ["offer3","offer4"] | {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/enable-gift-cards.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/enable-gift-cards.md index fada0bdabb7..ce588693384 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/enable-gift-cards.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/enable-gift-cards.md @@ -27,15 +27,15 @@ spryker/product-management:"^0.12.0" | PLUGIN | DESCRIPTION | WHERE TO INSTALL | STRATEGY | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | `GiftCardCalculatorPlugin` | Splits applicable and non-applicable Gift Cards. Creates payment methods for applicable Gift Cards. |`CalculationDependencyProvider::getQuoteCalculatorPluginStack` | - | -| `GiftCardCurrencyMatchDecisionRulePlugin` |Doesn’t allow using a Gift Card with a different currency rather than the one the customer has used while performing the payment. | `GiftCardDependencyProvider::getDecisionRulePlugins` | - | -| `GiftCardIsActiveDecisionRulePlugin` | Doesn’t allow using inactive Gift Cards. |`GiftCardDependencyProvider::getDecisionRulePlugins` | - | +| `GiftCardCurrencyMatchDecisionRulePlugin` |Doesn't allow using a Gift Card with a different currency rather than the one the customer has used while performing the payment. | `GiftCardDependencyProvider::getDecisionRulePlugins` | - | +| `GiftCardIsActiveDecisionRulePlugin` | Doesn't allow using inactive Gift Cards. |`GiftCardDependencyProvider::getDecisionRulePlugins` | - | | `GiftCardDiscountableItemFilterPlugin` |Restricts using a Gift Card for another Gift Cards in a cart. The plugin filters out Gift Cards from discountable items. |`DiscountDependencyProvider::getDiscountableItemFilterPlugins` | - | | `GiftCardIsUsedDecisionRulePlugin` | As a part of the replacement strategy, this plugin does not allow using a Gift Card twice. |`GiftCardDependencyProvider::getDecisionRulePlugins` | Replacement | | `GiftCardMetadataExpanderPlugin` | Populates Gift Card information when it's in the cart. | `CartDependencyProvider::getExpanderPlugins` | - | | `GiftCardCheckoutDoSaveOrderPlugin` | Saves a Gift Card with populated data when an order is placed. Keeps Gift Card as an order payment method. | `CheckoutDependencyProvider::getCheckoutOrderSavers` | - | | `GiftCardPaymentMethodFilterPlugin` | Now, every payment method is compatible with a Gift Card in the cart. The plugin filters out all incompatible payment methods from available ones during checkout payment methods step. | `PaymentDependencyProvider::getPaymentMethodFilterPlugins` | - | | `GiftCardCheckoutPreConditionPlugin` | Confirms that a Gift Card is not used at the moment and that payment method amount assigned to the Gift Card is no more than the Gift Card amount itself.. | `CheckoutDependencyProvider::getCheckoutPreConditions` | - | -| `GiftCardRecreateValueProviderPlugin` |For replacement: defines a Gift Card leftover. It’s simply a Gift Card amount for this strategy. | `GiftCardDependencyProvider::getValueProviderPlugin` | Replacement | +| `GiftCardRecreateValueProviderPlugin` |For replacement: defines a Gift Card leftover. It's simply a Gift Card amount for this strategy. | `GiftCardDependencyProvider::getValueProviderPlugin` | Replacement | | `CreateGiftCardCommandPlugin` | It is an order management system command to create a Gift Card based on a paid order item (a Gift Card item). | `OmsDependencyProvider::extendCommandPlugins` | - | | `ReplaceGiftCardsCommandPlugin` | For placement strategy: creates a new Gift Card based on leftover from the previous one. | `OmsDependencyProvider::extendCommandPlugins` | Replacement | | `IsGiftCardConditionPlugin` | This plugin is used to define an order management system state machine process routing. | `OmsDependencyProvider::extendConditionPlugins` | - | @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ spryker/product-management:"^0.12.0" | `GiftCardUsageMailTypePlugin` | Sends an e-mail on Gift Card usage to its user. | `MailDependencyProvider::MAIL_TYPE_COLLECTION` | - | | `ShipGiftCardByEmailCommandPlugin` | An order management system command which triggers Gift Card electronic shipment. |`OmsDependencyProvider::extendCommandPlugins` | - | | `NopaymentHandlerPlugin` | A payment method placeholder that is used when an order is paid by only a Gift Card without a real payment method. | `CheckoutDependencyProvider::extendPaymentMethodHandler` | - | -| `NopaymentCheckoutPreConditionPlugin` | Doesn’t allow placing an order with a price to pay more than 0 with a NoPayment payment method. | `CheckoutDependencyProvider::getCheckoutPreConditions` | - | +| `NopaymentCheckoutPreConditionPlugin` | Doesn't allow placing an order with a price to pay more than 0 with a NoPayment payment method. | `CheckoutDependencyProvider::getCheckoutPreConditions` | - | | `PriceToPayPaymentMethodFilterPlugin` | Filters payment methods based on cart totals. | `PaymentDependencyProvider::getPaymentMethodFilterPlugins` | - | | `PaymentFormFilterPlugin` | Each payment method provides its subforms. The plugin filters them out based on an available payment method list. | `CheckoutDependencyProvider::getPaymentFormFilterPlugins` | - | | `PaymentCalculatorPlugin` | Distributes total prices to payment methods. Calculates price to pay to quote totals. | `CalculationDependencyProvider::getQuoteCalculatorPluginStack` | - | diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-availability-notification-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-availability-notification-feature.md index 157d743a9f6..0d0f4fabc09 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-availability-notification-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-availability-notification-feature.md @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ To verify the email links are correct, make sure that the following configuratio 1. Add a new product and make it unavailable. 2. As a customer, subscribe to the product's availability notifications on the Storefront. 3. Make the product available. -4. In your mailbox, open the email about the product’s availability. +4. In your mailbox, open the email about the product's availability. 5. Check if the link to the product opens the correct Product Details page. The link should have the correct hostname. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-prices-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-prices-feature.md index d8ca3aaee73..ee9cb11b2d3 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-prices-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-prices-feature.md @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ There can only be one default currency per store. {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Import requirements” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Import requirements" %} * The `.csv` files must have an empty line in the end. * For each `currency_code` entry in the CSV files, there must be a respective `code` entry in the `spy_currency` database table. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-dynamic-multistore.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-dynamic-multistore.md index 9cf6f7e48c8..272dc8ec0e1 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-dynamic-multistore.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-dynamic-multistore.md @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ if (getenv('SPRYKER_CURRENT_REGION')) { You also can check this configuration in the file `config/Zed/cronjobs/jenkins.php` in the [Spryker Suite repository](https://github.com/spryker-shop/suite/blob/master/config/Zed/cronjobs/jenkins.php). -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Run the following commands: @@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ DE,FR -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-alternative-products-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-alternative-products-glue-api.md index bbb0d69cae2..52ca753813b 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-alternative-products-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-alternative-products-glue-api.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/alternative-products-rest-api:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following module is installed: @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following endpoints are available: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-glue-api.md index 00c82d25f6d..eb7a93c8977 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-glue-api.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/catalog-search-rest-api:"^2.1.2" spryker/catalog-search-products-resource-relationship:"^1.1.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have occurred in transfer objects: @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} If `CatalogSearchResourceRoutePlugin` and `CatalogSearchSuggestionsResourceRoutePlugin` are installed correctly, the following endpoints should now be available: `https://glue.mysprykershop.com/catalog-search?q={% raw %}{{{% endraw %}q_term{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}` @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ If `CatalogSearchResourceRoutePlugin` and `CatalogSearchSuggestionsResourceRoute {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} To make sure that `CatalogSearchAbstractProductsResourceRelationshipPlugin` and `CatalogSearchSuggestionsAbstractProductsResourceRelationshipPlugin` are functioning correctly, do the following: Send a request to `https://glue.mysprykershop.com/catalog-search?q={% raw %}{{{% endraw %}q_term{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}&include=abstract-products` and verify that the response includes relationships to `abstract-products` resources. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-merchant-product-restrictions.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-merchant-product-restrictions.md index 66b1f11bde1..3c3d528f847 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-merchant-product-restrictions.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-merchant-product-restrictions.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/merchant-relationship-product-lists-rest-api:"^0.1.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have occurred in transfer objects: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-checkout-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-checkout-glue-api.md index c4420ace72e..85f571765fb 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-checkout-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-checkout-glue-api.md @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Setting `CheckoutRestApiConfig::IS_PAYMENT_PROVIDER_METHOD_TO_STATE_MACHINE_MAPP {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} For the `checkout-data` endpoint to keep returning shipment methods, keep `Pyz\Glue\CheckoutRestApi\CheckoutRestApiConfig::isShipmentMethodsMappedToAttributes()` set to true. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-cms-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-cms-glue-api.md index 73dc5e13543..5a7e6876c2e 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-cms-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-cms-glue-api.md @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Make sure that the following changes have been applied in the transfer objects: {% endinfo_block %} -2. Update the UUID for the CMS pages that had existed before you’ve added the column: +2. Update the UUID for the CMS pages that had existed before you've added the column: ```bash console uuid:generate Cms spy_cms_page diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-company-account-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-company-account-glue-api.md index 63492de17c3..a746f950399 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-company-account-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-company-account-glue-api.md @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ To verify that feature is set up correctly go throw the following steps: 2. [Retrieve available company users](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/company-account/glue-api-search-by-company-users.html#retrieve-available-company-users). -3. Using the company user ID you’ve retrieved in the previous step, [authenticate as a company user](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-company-user.html#authenticate-as-a-company-user). +3. Using the company user ID you've retrieved in the previous step, [authenticate as a company user](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-company-user.html#authenticate-as-a-company-user). Check that the response contains all the necessary data. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-content-items-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-content-items-glue-api.md index bafe624ae30..7910422788b 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-content-items-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-content-items-glue-api.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker/content-banners-rest-api:"^2.1.0" spryker/content-product-abstract-lists-rest-api:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Ensure that the following modules have been installed in `vendor/spryker`: @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have been applied in transfer objects, see `src/Generated/Shared/Transfer/` folder: @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following endpoints return the result with the all necessary data. For example: - https://glue.mysprykershop.com/content-banners/{content_key}- diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-customer-account-management-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-customer-account-management-glue-api.md index 2c093ca9bc9..32cc5a2784b 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-customer-account-management-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-customer-account-management-glue-api.md @@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ Ensure that the addresses resource relationship is registered correctly: {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Ensure that you’ve set up `AccessTokenRestRequestValidatorPlugin`: +Ensure that you've set up `AccessTokenRestRequestValidatorPlugin`: 1. Send the `POST https://glue.mysprykershop.com/refresh-tokens` request without the `Authorization` header or with an outdated or incorrect authentication token. @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ Ensure that you’ve set up `AccessTokenRestRequestValidatorPlugin`: {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Ensure that you’ve set up `FormatAuthenticationErrorResponseHeadersPlugin`: +Ensure that you've set up `FormatAuthenticationErrorResponseHeadersPlugin`: 1. Retrieve an authentication token for a user. @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ Ensure that you’ve set up `FormatAuthenticationErrorResponseHeadersPlugin`: {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Ensure that you’ve set up `RestUserFinderByAccessTokenPlugin`: +Ensure that you've set up `RestUserFinderByAccessTokenPlugin`: 1. Retrieve an authentication token for a user. @@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ Ensure that you’ve set up `RestUserFinderByAccessTokenPlugin`: {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Ensure that you’ve set up `OauthRefreshTokenSaverPlugin`: +Ensure that you've set up `OauthRefreshTokenSaverPlugin`: 1. Send the request: `POST https://glue.mysprykershop.com/access-tokens`. @@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ Ensure that you’ve set up `OauthRefreshTokenSaverPlugin`: {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Ensure that you’ve set up `OauthRefreshTokenReaderPlugin` and `OauthRefreshTokenRevokerPlugin`: +Ensure that you've set up `OauthRefreshTokenReaderPlugin` and `OauthRefreshTokenRevokerPlugin`: 1. Send the request: `DELETE https://glue.mysprykershop.com/refresh-tokens/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}refresh_token}`[.](#) 2. Check that the refresh token has been revoked: run the following SQL query and check that the `spy_oauth_refresh_token::revoked_at` database field is not empty. @@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ Ensure that you’ve set up `OauthRefreshTokenReaderPlugin` and `OauthRefreshTok {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Ensure that you’ve set up `OauthRefreshTokensReaderPlugin` and `OauthRefreshTokensRevokerPlugin`: +Ensure that you've set up `OauthRefreshTokensReaderPlugin` and `OauthRefreshTokensRevokerPlugin`: 1. Prepare several refresh tokens. @@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ Check that the `spy_oauth_refresh_token::revoked_at` values of all the records r {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Ensure that you’ve set up `OauthRefreshTokenCheckerPlugin`: +Ensure that you've set up `OauthRefreshTokenCheckerPlugin`: 1. Send the following request with a revoked refresh token: `POST https://glue.mysprykershop.com/refresh-tokens` @@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ Ensure that you’ve set up `OauthRefreshTokenCheckerPlugin`: {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Ensure that you’ve set up `OauthRefreshTokenRemoverPlugin`: +Ensure that you've set up `OauthRefreshTokenRemoverPlugin`: 1. Delete expired refresh tokens: @@ -902,13 +902,13 @@ Ensure that you’ve set up `OauthRefreshTokenRemoverPlugin`: console oauth:refresh-token:remove-expired ``` -2. Check that all the expired refresh tokens older than defined by the removal interval you’ve configured in `Spryker\Shared\Oauth\OauthConfig::getRefreshTokenRetentionInterval()` were deleted. +2. Check that all the expired refresh tokens older than defined by the removal interval you've configured in `Spryker\Shared\Oauth\OauthConfig::getRefreshTokenRetentionInterval()` were deleted. {% endinfo_block %} {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -To make sure that you’ve activated `AddressByCheckoutDataResourceRelationshipPlugin`, send the `POST https://glue.mysprykershop.com/checkout-data?include=addresses` request and check that the response contains the information from the addresses resource. +To make sure that you've activated `AddressByCheckoutDataResourceRelationshipPlugin`, send the `POST https://glue.mysprykershop.com/checkout-data?include=addresses` request and check that the response contains the information from the addresses resource. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-multiple-carts-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-multiple-carts-glue-api.md index f3045c5b42a..da10c969050 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-multiple-carts-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-multiple-carts-glue-api.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker/multi-carts-rest-api:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following modules have been installed: @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following changes have been applied in transfer objects: {% endinfo_block %} @@ -89,13 +89,13 @@ Make sure that the following endpoints are available: {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that it's possible to create more than one cart. {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that after creating several carts, a response from the `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/carts` request contains data about all created carts. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-navigation-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-navigation-glue-api.md index c59ed7ec7b5..6604f493eec 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-navigation-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-navigation-glue-api.md @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker/navigations-rest-api:"^2.0.0" spryker/navigations-category-nodes-resource-relationship:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following changes have been applied in transfer objects: @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ class NavigationsRestApiConfig extends SprykerNavigationsRestApiConfig } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} The verification for this step can be provided once the resource is provided in the *Set up Behavior* section below. @@ -147,19 +147,19 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} `NavigationsResourceRoutePlugin` is set up correctly if the following endpoint is available: *https://glue.mysprykershop.com/navigations/{navigationId}* {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Now, it's possible to verify that the configuration of NavigationsRestApiConfig is done correctly. Perform the "https://glue.mysprykershop.com/navigations/{navigationId}" request and check that each node of the type you set up in the configuration (category and CMS pages in the example "resourceId" is filled with the valid foreign key.) {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Send a request to *https://glue.mysprykershop.com/navigations/MAIN_NAVIGATION?include=category-nodes*. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-payments-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-payments-glue-api.md index d78a841f6cb..ce35f87534d 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-payments-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-payments-glue-api.md @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/payments-rest-api:"1.1.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-labels-feature-integration.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-labels-feature-integration.md index aa0a2d61947..3d7dbe627a8 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-labels-feature-integration.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-labels-feature-integration.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/product-labels-rest-api:"^1.0.1" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following module is installed: @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes are present in transfer objects: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-price-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-price-glue-api.md index ba6c579b233..e87e15df42c 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-price-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-price-glue-api.md @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ class ProductPricesRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerProductPricesRestApi {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -To verify that you’ve activated `PriceProductVolumeRestProductPricesAttributesMapperPlugin`: +To verify that you've activated `PriceProductVolumeRestProductPricesAttributesMapperPlugin`: 1. Create an abstract product with a volume price. 2. Send the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/abstract-products/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}sku{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}/abstract-product-prices` request and make sure that the response contains volume prices data. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-glue-api.md index 9a41765b029..a87d5472ab6 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-glue-api.md @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ class ProductsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerProductsRestApiDependency "averageRating": 4, "reviewCount": 5, "name": "Asus Transformer Book T200TA", - "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light—just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you’re free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You’ll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance—with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", + "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light—just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you're free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You'll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance—with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", "attributes": { "product_type": "Hybrid (2-in-1)", "form_factor": "clamshell", @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ class ProductsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerProductsRestApiDependency "averageRating": 4, "reviewCount": 5, "name": "Asus Transformer Book T200TA", - "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light—just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you’re free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You’ll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance—with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", + "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light—just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you're free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You'll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance—with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", "attributes": { "product_type": "Hybrid (2-in-1)", "form_factor": "clamshell", diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-relations-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-relations-glue-api.md index bb383798ab1..be2af351a3f 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-relations-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-relations-glue-api.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: ```bash composer require spryker/related-products-rest-api:"^1.0.0" spryker/up-selling-products-rest-api:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following modules have been installed: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-tax-sets-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-tax-sets-glue-api.md index b0c717401da..324fb6c96f1 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-tax-sets-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-tax-sets-glue-api.md @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Run the following command: console tax-sets:uuid:update ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the uuid field is filled out for all records in the `spy_tax_set` table. You can run the following SQL-query for it and make sure that the result is 0 records.
`SELECT COUNT(* {% endinfo_block %} FROM spy_tax_set WHERE uuid IS NULL;`) diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-quotation-process-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-quotation-process-glue-api.md index f8cf1755e52..2dae71b2558 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-quotation-process-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-quotation-process-glue-api.md @@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ class QuoteRequestsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerQuoteRequestsRestApi "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "118", "name": "Fujitsu ESPRIMO E420", - "description": "Energy Efficiency As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu’ approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficiency of our products. The Fujitsu ESPRIMO E420 features proven technology regarding Intel® chipset and processor and an 85% energy efficient power supply. Fujitsu is committed to eliminating the use of harmful and potentially harmful substances in its products and production processes in order to minimize risk to end users and to the environment. This strategy is captured in Environmental Guideline FTS03230 and forms the basis on which all Fujitsu's products are designed. Especially for Fujitsu ESPRIMO PCs this means that all used printed circuit boards are halogen free. Furthermore they are compliant with several certificates awarding environmental conscience such as ENERGY STAR® and EPEAT.", + "description": "Energy Efficiency As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu' approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficiency of our products. The Fujitsu ESPRIMO E420 features proven technology regarding Intel® chipset and processor and an 85% energy efficient power supply. Fujitsu is committed to eliminating the use of harmful and potentially harmful substances in its products and production processes in order to minimize risk to end users and to the environment. This strategy is captured in Environmental Guideline FTS03230 and forms the basis on which all Fujitsu's products are designed. Especially for Fujitsu ESPRIMO PCs this means that all used printed circuit boards are halogen free. Furthermore they are compliant with several certificates awarding environmental conscience such as ENERGY STAR® and EPEAT.", "attributes": { "processor_cache": "6 MB", "bus_type": "DMI", @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ class QuoteRequestsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerQuoteRequestsRestApi ], "metaTitle": "Fujitsu ESPRIMO E420", "metaKeywords": "Fujitsu,Tax Exempt", - "metaDescription": "Energy Efficiency As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu’ approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficien", + "metaDescription": "Energy Efficiency As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu' approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficien", "attributeNames": { "processor_cache": "Processor cache type", "bus_type": "Bus type", @@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ class QuoteRequestsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerQuoteRequestsRestApi "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "124", "name": "HP ProDesk 400 G3", - "description": "New powerful processors Give your business the strong foundation it needs for growth with the affordable and reliable HP ProDesk 400 SFF. Designed with essential security and manageability features, the HP ProDesk 400 helps keep your business growing. New 6th Gen Intel® Core™ processors bring powerful processing with Intel® HD 530 Graphics. Available DDR4 memory helps meet the demands of today’s businesses. HP ProDesks are rigorously tested to help ensure reliability. During the HP Total Test Process, PCs experience 120,000 hours of performance trials to help get you through your business day. The HP ProDesk 400 SFF helps affordably build a solid IT infrastructure for your growing business and fits in smaller workspaces for easy deployment.", + "description": "New powerful processors Give your business the strong foundation it needs for growth with the affordable and reliable HP ProDesk 400 SFF. Designed with essential security and manageability features, the HP ProDesk 400 helps keep your business growing. New 6th Gen Intel® Core™ processors bring powerful processing with Intel® HD 530 Graphics. Available DDR4 memory helps meet the demands of today's businesses. HP ProDesks are rigorously tested to help ensure reliability. During the HP Total Test Process, PCs experience 120,000 hours of performance trials to help get you through your business day. The HP ProDesk 400 SFF helps affordably build a solid IT infrastructure for your growing business and fits in smaller workspaces for easy deployment.", "attributes": { "processor_codename": "Skylake", "bus_type": "DMI3", @@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ class QuoteRequestsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerQuoteRequestsRestApi "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "119", "name": "Fujitsu ESPRIMO E920", - "description": "Green IT Fujitsu is committed to eliminating the use of harmful and potentially harmful substances in its products and production processes in order to minimize risk to end users and to the environment. This strategy is captured in Environmental Guideline FTS03230 and forms the basis on which all Fujitsu's products are designed. Especially for Fujitsu ESPRIMO PCs this means that all used printed circuit boards are halogen free. Furthermore they are compliant with several certificates awarding environmental conscience such as ENERGY STAR® and EPEAT. As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu’ approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficiency of our products. The Fujitsu ESPRIMO E920 features latest technology regarding Intel® chipset and processor and optional an up to 94% energy efficient power supply. Furthermore it delivers enhanced power management settings and optional 0-Watt power consumption in off-mode.", + "description": "Green IT Fujitsu is committed to eliminating the use of harmful and potentially harmful substances in its products and production processes in order to minimize risk to end users and to the environment. This strategy is captured in Environmental Guideline FTS03230 and forms the basis on which all Fujitsu's products are designed. Especially for Fujitsu ESPRIMO PCs this means that all used printed circuit boards are halogen free. Furthermore they are compliant with several certificates awarding environmental conscience such as ENERGY STAR® and EPEAT. As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu' approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficiency of our products. The Fujitsu ESPRIMO E920 features latest technology regarding Intel® chipset and processor and optional an up to 94% energy efficient power supply. Furthermore it delivers enhanced power management settings and optional 0-Watt power consumption in off-mode.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "32 GB", "intel_smart_cache": "yes", diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-tax-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-tax-glue-api.md index a2944658629..f68eb821be7 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-tax-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-tax-glue-api.md @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Run the following command: console uuid:generate Tex spy_tax_set ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the `uuid` field is populated for all records in the `spy_tax_set` table. You can run the following SQL query for it and make sure that the result is 0 records.
`SELECT COUNT(* {% endinfo_block %} FROM spy_tax_set WHERE uuid IS NULL;`) @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency
-{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following endpoint is available:
`http://mysprykershop.com/abstract-products/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}abstract_sku{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}/product-tax-sets`
Send a request to `http://mysprykershop.com/abstract-products/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}abstract_sku{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}?include=product-tax-sets`. Make sure that the response includes relationships to the `product-tax-sets` resources. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-wishlist-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-wishlist-glue-api.md index af9c0f0da4b..0c2d44b650d 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-wishlist-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-glue-api/install-the-wishlist-glue-api.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/wishlists-rest-api:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following module has been installed: @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ console propel:install console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have occurred in the database: @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Make sure that the following changes have occurred in the database: {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have occurred in transfer objects: @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Run the following command: console uuid:update Wishlist spy_wishlist ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the `uuid` field is populated for all records in the `spy_wishlist` table. For this purpose, run the following SQL query and make sure that the result is 0 records: @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following endpoints are available: `http:///glue.mysprykershop.com/wishlists` diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-microsoft-azure-active-directory.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-microsoft-azure-active-directory.md index d82ee9b0791..5d7d451c52a 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-microsoft-azure-active-directory.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-microsoft-azure-active-directory.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ This page describes the Microsoft Azure Active Directory and how to install it. ## General information -Azure Active Directory is Microsoft’s multi-tenant, cloud-based directory and identity management service. For an organization, Azure AD helps employees sign up to multiple services and access them anywhere over the cloud with a single set of login credentials. +Azure Active Directory is Microsoft's multi-tenant, cloud-based directory and identity management service. For an organization, Azure AD helps employees sign up to multiple services and access them anywhere over the cloud with a single set of login credentials. The [SprykerEco.Oauth-Azure](https://github.com/spryker-eco/oauth-azure) enables OAuth 2.0 authentication via Microsoft Azure Active Directory. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ class SecurityGuiDependencyProvider extends SprykerSecurityGuiDependencyProvider {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure you’ve activated `AzureAuthenticationLinkPlugin` by checking the **Login with Microsoft Azure** button on the Back Office login page. +Make sure you've activated `AzureAuthenticationLinkPlugin` by checking the **Login with Microsoft Azure** button on the Back Office login page. {% endinfo_block %} @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ class SecurityOauthUserDependencyProvider extends SprykerSecurityOauthUserDepend {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure you’ve activated `AzureOauthUserClientStrategyPlugin`: +Make sure you've activated `AzureOauthUserClientStrategyPlugin`: 1. On the Back Office login page, select **Login with Microsoft Azure**. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-alternative-products-inventory-management-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-alternative-products-inventory-management-feature.md index 8ae9d7439e8..34ece785bc9 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-alternative-products-inventory-management-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-alternative-products-inventory-management-feature.md @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ class ProductAlternativeDependencyProvider extends SprykerProductAlternativeDepe } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that you can see alternatives for not available products on the product details page. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-approval-process-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-approval-process-feature.md index 579ad7b6eb3..d5da65a7dbe 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-approval-process-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-approval-process-feature.md @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Import the glossary data: console data:import glossary ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the configured data has been added to the `spy_glossary` table in the database. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-availability-notification-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-availability-notification-feature.md index 755cd86a704..1c46cc9c95a 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-availability-notification-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-availability-notification-feature.md @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ class AvailabilityNotificationConfig extends SprykerAvailabilityNotificationConf } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} We recommend setting `AVAILABILITY_NOTIFICATION_CHECK_PRODUCT_EXISTS` to true. Make sure that don't catch the previously mentioned exception somewhere in your Pyz code but use the check of `$availabilityNotificationSubscriptionResponseTransfer->getIsSuccess()`. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-cart-prices-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-cart-prices-feature.md index 7df4fd06cc3..91660a6f4bd 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-cart-prices-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-cart-prices-feature.md @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Install the required features: composer require spryker/price-cart-connector:"^6.9.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following modules have been installed: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-category-filters-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-category-filters-feature.md index f1680c1cd6e..5dc75437ba5 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-category-filters-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-category-filters-feature.md @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ vendor/bin/console transfer:generate npm run zed ``` -8. Update Zed’s navigation cache to show the new items for the Product Category Filter management user interface: +8. Update Zed's navigation cache to show the new items for the Product Category Filter management user interface: ```shell vendor/bin/console application:build-navigation-cache ``` diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-category-management-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-category-management-feature.md index 8894184c2c4..35e907e62bd 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-category-management-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-category-management-feature.md @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ cameras-and-camcorder,demoshop,Kameras & Camcorders,Cameras & Camcorders,Kameras | is_searchable | | bool | 1 | Defines if the category is displayed in the search. If the value is `0`, the category cannot be found in the catalog search. | | is_root || bool | 0 | Defines if the category. is a root category: `0` – non-root category, `1` – root category. | | is_main || bool | 1 | Defines if the category is main. | -| node_order || int | 90 | When displayed with other categories, defines their order based on the comparison of this parameter’s values. | +| node_order || int | 90 | When displayed with other categories, defines their order based on the comparison of this parameter's values. | | template_name | | string | Catalog (default) | Human-readable name of the category template. | @@ -1209,13 +1209,13 @@ class UrlStorageDependencyProvider extends SprykerUrlDependencyProvider {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -To make sure that you’ve integrated category image handling successfully, check that, in the Back Office, you can manage category images when creating and editing categories. +To make sure that you've integrated category image handling successfully, check that, in the Back Office, you can manage category images when creating and editing categories. {% endinfo_block %} {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure you’ve integrated category store assignments successfully by checking that you can manage store relations when creating and editing categories in the Back Office. +Make sure you've integrated category store assignments successfully by checking that you can manage store relations when creating and editing categories in the Back Office. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-cms-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-cms-feature.md index 46524e3a960..10f4f46fc02 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-cms-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-cms-feature.md @@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ class FormDependencyProvider extends SprykerFormDependencyProvider ```yaml page_key,template_name,is_searchable,is_active,publish,url.de_DE,url.en_US,name.de_DE,name.en_US,meta_title.de_DE,meta_title.en_US,meta_keywords.de_DE,meta_keywords.en_US,meta_description.de_DE,meta_description.en_US,placeholder.title.de_DE,placeholder.title.en_US,placeholder.content.de_DE,placeholder.content.en_US cms-page--1,Placeholders Title & Content,1,1,1,/de/impressum,/en/imprint,Impressum,Imprint,Impressum,Imprint,Impressum,Imprint,Impressum,Imprint,

Impressum

,

About

,"

Demoshop
Julie-Wolfthornstraße 1
10555 Berlin

Telefon: 030 5678909
E-Mail: info@spryker.com

Vertreten durch:
Spryker
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: 56789

Registereintrag:
Eingetragen im Handelsregister.
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: 34567888456789

Umsatzsteuer-ID:
Umsatzsteuer-Identifikationsnummer nach §27a Umsatzsteuergesetz:
34567

Quelle: Nachfolgend möchten wir Sie über unsere Datenschutzerklärung informieren. Sie finden hier Informationen über die Erhebung und Verwendung persönlicher Daten bei der Nutzung unserer Webseite. Wir beachten dabei das für Deutschland geltende Datenschutzrecht. Sie können diese Erklärung jederzeit auf unserer Webseite abrufen.

Wir weisen ausdrücklich darauf hin, dass die Datenübertragung im Internet (z.B. bei der Kommunikation per E-Mail) Sicherheitslücken aufweisen und nicht lückenlos vor dem Zugriff durch Dritte geschützt werden kann.

Die Verwendung der Kontaktdaten unseres Impressums zur gewerblichen Werbung ist ausdrücklich nicht erwünscht, es sei denn wir hatten zuvor unsere schriftliche Einwilligung erteilt oder es besteht bereits eine Geschäftsbeziehung. Der Anbieter und alle auf dieser Website genannten Personen widersprechen hiermit jeder kommerziellen Verwendung und Weitergabe ihrer Daten.

Personenbezogene Daten
Sie können unsere Webseite ohne Angabe personenbezogener Daten besuchen. Soweit auf unseren Seiten personenbezogene Daten (wie Name, Anschrift oder E-Mail Adresse) erhoben werden, erfolgt dies, soweit möglich, auf freiwilliger Basis. Diese Daten werden ohne Ihre ausdrückliche Zustimmung nicht an Dritte weitergegeben. Sofern zwischen Ihnen und uns ein Vertragsverhältnis begründet, inhaltlich ausgestaltet oder geändert werden soll oder Sie an uns eine Anfrage stellen, erheben und verwenden wir personenbezogene Daten von Ihnen, soweit dies zu diesen Zwecken erforderlich ist (Bestandsdaten). Wir erheben, verarbeiten und nutzen personenbezogene Daten soweit dies erforderlich ist, um Ihnen die Inanspruchnahme des Webangebots zu ermöglichen (Nutzungsdaten). Sämtliche personenbezogenen Daten werden nur solange gespeichert wie dies für den geannten Zweck (Bearbeitung Ihrer Anfrage oder Abwicklung eines Vertrags) erforderlich ist. Hierbei werden steuer- und handelsrechtliche Aufbewahrungsfristen berücksichtigt. Auf Anordnung der zuständigen Stellen dürfen wir im Einzelfall Auskunft über diese Daten (Bestandsdaten) erteilen, soweit dies für Zwecke der Strafverfolgung, zur Gefahrenabwehr, zur Erfüllung der gesetzlichen Aufgaben der Verfassungsschutzbehörden oder des Militärischen Abschirmdienstes oder zur Durchsetzung der Rechte am geistigen Eigentum erforderlich ist.

Auskunftsrecht
Sie haben das jederzeitige Recht, sich unentgeltlich und unverzüglich über die zu Ihrer Person erhobenen Daten zu erkundigen. Sie haben das jederzeitige Recht, Ihre Zustimmung zur Verwendung Ihrer angegeben persönlichen Daten mit Wirkung für die Zukunft zu widerrufen. Zur Auskunftserteilung wenden Sie sich bitte an den Anbieter unter den Kontaktdaten im Impressum.

","

Demoshop
Julie-Wolfthornstraße 1
10555 Berlin

Telephone: 030 5678909
E-Mail: info@spryker.com

Represented by
Spryker
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Hamburg
Register Number: 56789

Register Entry:
Entry in Handelsregister.
Register Court: Hamburg
Register number: 34567888456789

Source: Muster-Vorlagen.net – Impressum Generator



Disclaimer:

Accountability for content
The contents of our pages have been created with the utmost care. However, we cannot guarantee the contents' accuracy, completeness or topicality. According to statutory provisions, we are furthermore responsible for our own content on these web pages. In this context, please note that we are accordingly not obliged to monitor merely the transmitted or saved information of third parties, or investigate circumstances pointing to illegal activity. Our obligations to remove or block the use of information under generally applicable laws remain unaffected by this as per §§ 8 to 10 of the Telemedia Act (TMG).

Accountability for links
Responsibility for the content of external links (to web pages of third parties) lies solely with the operators of the linked pages. No violations were evident to us at the time of linking. Should any legal infringement become known to us, we will remove the respective link immediately.

Copyright
Our web pages and their contents are subject to German copyright law. Unless expressly permitted by law (§ 44a et seq. of the copyright law), every form of utilizing, reproducing or processing works subject to copyright protection on our web pages requires the prior consent of the respective owner of the rights. Individual reproductions of a work are allowed only for private use, so must not serve either directly or indirectly for earnings. Unauthorized utilization of copyrighted works is punishable (§ 106 of the copyright law).

" -cms-page--2,Placeholders Title & Content,1,1,1,/de/agb,/en/gtc,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,

Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen (AGB)

,

General Terms and Conditions (GTC)

,"

Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen (AGB)

]]> content

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.


§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-E-Mail. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.


§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.


§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.


§ 5 Gewährleistung

(1) Die Gewährleistungsrechte des Kunden richten sich nach den allgemeinen gesetzlichen Vorschriften, soweit nachfolgend nichts anderes bestimmt ist. Für Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden gegenüber dem Anbieter gilt die Regelung in § 6 dieser AGB.

(2) Die Verjährungsfrist für Gewährleistungsansprüche des Kunden beträgt bei Verbrauchern bei neu hergestellten Sachen 2 Jahre, bei gebrauchten Sachen 1 Jahr. Gegenüber Unternehmern beträgt die Verjährungsfrist bei neu hergestellten Sachen und bei gebrauchten Sachen 1 Jahr. Die vorstehende Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen gilt nicht für Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden aufgrund einer Verletzung des Lebens, des Körpers, der Gesundheit sowie für Schadensersatzansprüche aufgrund einer Verletzung wesentlicher Vertragspflichten. Wesentliche Vertragspflichten sind solche, deren Erfüllung zur Erreichung des Ziels des Vertrags notwendig ist, z.B. hat der Anbieter dem Kunden die Sache frei von Sach- und Rechtsmängeln zu übergeben und das Eigentum an ihr zu verschaffen. Die vorstehende Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen gilt ebenfalls nicht für Schadensersatzansprüche, die auf einer vorsätzlichen oder grob fahrlässigen Pflichtverletzung des Anbieters, seiner gesetzlichen Vertreter oder Erfüllungsgehilfen beruhen. Gegenüber Unternehmern ebenfalls ausgenommen von der Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen ist der Rückgriffsanspruch nach § 478 BGB.

(3) Eine Garantie wird von dem Anbieter nicht erklärt.


§ 6 Haftungsausschluss

(1) Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden sind ausgeschlossen, soweit nachfolgend nichts anderes bestimmt ist. Der vorstehende Haftungsausschluss gilt auch zugunsten der gesetzlichen Vertreter und Erfüllungsgehilfen des Anbieters, sofern der Kunde Ansprüche gegen diese geltend macht.

(2) Von dem unter Ziffer 1 bestimmten Haftungsausschluss ausgenommen sind Schadensersatzansprüche aufgrund einer Verletzung des Lebens, des Körpers, der Gesundheit und Schadensersatzansprüche aus der Verletzung wesentlicher Vertragspflichten. Wesentliche Vertragspflichten sind solche, deren Erfüllung zur Erreichung des Ziels des Vertrags notwendig ist, z.B. hat der Anbieter dem Kunden die Sache frei von Sach- und Rechtsmängeln zu übergeben und das Eigentum an ihr zu verschaffen. Von dem Haftungsausschluss ebenfalls ausgenommen ist die Haftung für Schäden, die auf einer vorsätzlichen oder grob fahrlässigen Pflichtverletzung des Anbieters, seiner gesetzlichen Vertreter oder Erfüllungsgehilfen beruhen.

(3) Vorschriften des Produkthaftungsgesetzes (ProdHaftG) bleiben unberührt.


§ 7 Abtretungs- und Verpfändungsverbot

Die Abtretung oder Verpfändung von dem Kunden gegenüber dem Anbieter zustehenden Ansprüchen oder Rechten ist ohne Zustimmung des Anbieters ausgeschlossen, sofern der Kunde nicht ein berechtigtes Interesse an der Abtretung oder Verpfändung nachweist.


§ 8 Aufrechnung

Ein Aufrechnungsrecht des Kunden besteht nur, wenn seine zur Aufrechnung gestellte Forderung rechtskräftig festgestellt wurde oder unbestritten ist.


§ 9 Rechtswahl & Gerichtsstand

(1) Auf die vertraglichen Beziehungen zwischen dem Anbieter und dem Kunden findet das Recht der Bundesrepublik Deutschland Anwendung. Von dieser Rechtswahl ausgenommen sind die zwingenden Verbraucherschutzvorschriften des Landes, in dem der Kunde seinen gewöhnlichen Aufenthalt hat. Die Anwendung des UN-Kaufrechts ist ausgeschlossen.

(2) Gerichtsstand für alle Streitigkeiten aus dem Vertragsverhältnis zwischen dem Kunden und dem Anbieter ist der Sitz des Anbieters, sofern es sich bei dem Kunden um einen Kaufmann, eine juristische Person des öffentlichen Rechts oder ein öffentlich-rechtliches Sondervermögen handelt.


§ 10 Salvatorische Klausel
Sollte eine Bestimmung dieser Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen unwirksam sein, wird davon die Wirksamkeit der übrigen Bestimmungen nicht berührt.



Quelle: General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.


Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.


Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.


Cookies

We do not use cookies for tracking purposes. You can choose to have your computer warn you each time a cookie is being sent, or you can choose to turn off all cookies. You do this through your browser (like Internet Explorer) settings. Each browser is a little different, so look at your browser's Help menu to learn the correct way to modify your cookies. If you disable cookies off, some features will be disabled that make your site experience more efficient and some of our services will not function properly.


Google

Google's advertising requirements can be summed up by Google's Advertising Principles. They are put in place to provide a positive experience for users. https://support.google.com/adwordspolicy/answer/1316548?hl=en We use Google AdSense Advertising on our website. Google, as a third-party vendor, uses cookies to serve ads on our site. Google's use of the DART cookie enables it to serve ads to our users based on previous visits to our site and other sites on the Internet. Users may opt-out of the use of the DART cookie by visiting the Google Ad and Content Network privacy policy.


Implementation

We along with third-party vendors, such as Google use first-party cookies (such as the Google Analytics cookies) and third-party cookies (such as the DoubleClick cookie) or other third-party identifiers together to compile data regarding user interactions with ad impressions and other ad service functions as they relate to our website. Users can set preferences for how Google advertises to you using the Google Ad Settings page. Alternatively, you can opt out by visiting the Network Advertising initiative opt out page or permanently using the Google Analytics Opt Out Browser add on.



" +cms-page--2,Placeholders Title & Content,1,1,1,/de/agb,/en/gtc,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,

Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen (AGB)

,

General Terms and Conditions (GTC)

,"

Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen (AGB)

]]> content

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.


§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-E-Mail. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.


§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.


§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.


§ 5 Gewährleistung

(1) Die Gewährleistungsrechte des Kunden richten sich nach den allgemeinen gesetzlichen Vorschriften, soweit nachfolgend nichts anderes bestimmt ist. Für Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden gegenüber dem Anbieter gilt die Regelung in § 6 dieser AGB.

(2) Die Verjährungsfrist für Gewährleistungsansprüche des Kunden beträgt bei Verbrauchern bei neu hergestellten Sachen 2 Jahre, bei gebrauchten Sachen 1 Jahr. Gegenüber Unternehmern beträgt die Verjährungsfrist bei neu hergestellten Sachen und bei gebrauchten Sachen 1 Jahr. Die vorstehende Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen gilt nicht für Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden aufgrund einer Verletzung des Lebens, des Körpers, der Gesundheit sowie für Schadensersatzansprüche aufgrund einer Verletzung wesentlicher Vertragspflichten. Wesentliche Vertragspflichten sind solche, deren Erfüllung zur Erreichung des Ziels des Vertrags notwendig ist, z.B. hat der Anbieter dem Kunden die Sache frei von Sach- und Rechtsmängeln zu übergeben und das Eigentum an ihr zu verschaffen. Die vorstehende Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen gilt ebenfalls nicht für Schadensersatzansprüche, die auf einer vorsätzlichen oder grob fahrlässigen Pflichtverletzung des Anbieters, seiner gesetzlichen Vertreter oder Erfüllungsgehilfen beruhen. Gegenüber Unternehmern ebenfalls ausgenommen von der Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen ist der Rückgriffsanspruch nach § 478 BGB.

(3) Eine Garantie wird von dem Anbieter nicht erklärt.


§ 6 Haftungsausschluss

(1) Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden sind ausgeschlossen, soweit nachfolgend nichts anderes bestimmt ist. Der vorstehende Haftungsausschluss gilt auch zugunsten der gesetzlichen Vertreter und Erfüllungsgehilfen des Anbieters, sofern der Kunde Ansprüche gegen diese geltend macht.

(2) Von dem unter Ziffer 1 bestimmten Haftungsausschluss ausgenommen sind Schadensersatzansprüche aufgrund einer Verletzung des Lebens, des Körpers, der Gesundheit und Schadensersatzansprüche aus der Verletzung wesentlicher Vertragspflichten. Wesentliche Vertragspflichten sind solche, deren Erfüllung zur Erreichung des Ziels des Vertrags notwendig ist, z.B. hat der Anbieter dem Kunden die Sache frei von Sach- und Rechtsmängeln zu übergeben und das Eigentum an ihr zu verschaffen. Von dem Haftungsausschluss ebenfalls ausgenommen ist die Haftung für Schäden, die auf einer vorsätzlichen oder grob fahrlässigen Pflichtverletzung des Anbieters, seiner gesetzlichen Vertreter oder Erfüllungsgehilfen beruhen.

(3) Vorschriften des Produkthaftungsgesetzes (ProdHaftG) bleiben unberührt.


§ 7 Abtretungs- und Verpfändungsverbot

Die Abtretung oder Verpfändung von dem Kunden gegenüber dem Anbieter zustehenden Ansprüchen oder Rechten ist ohne Zustimmung des Anbieters ausgeschlossen, sofern der Kunde nicht ein berechtigtes Interesse an der Abtretung oder Verpfändung nachweist.


§ 8 Aufrechnung

Ein Aufrechnungsrecht des Kunden besteht nur, wenn seine zur Aufrechnung gestellte Forderung rechtskräftig festgestellt wurde oder unbestritten ist.


§ 9 Rechtswahl & Gerichtsstand

(1) Auf die vertraglichen Beziehungen zwischen dem Anbieter und dem Kunden findet das Recht der Bundesrepublik Deutschland Anwendung. Von dieser Rechtswahl ausgenommen sind die zwingenden Verbraucherschutzvorschriften des Landes, in dem der Kunde seinen gewöhnlichen Aufenthalt hat. Die Anwendung des UN-Kaufrechts ist ausgeschlossen.

(2) Gerichtsstand für alle Streitigkeiten aus dem Vertragsverhältnis zwischen dem Kunden und dem Anbieter ist der Sitz des Anbieters, sofern es sich bei dem Kunden um einen Kaufmann, eine juristische Person des öffentlichen Rechts oder ein öffentlich-rechtliches Sondervermögen handelt.


§ 10 Salvatorische Klausel
Sollte eine Bestimmung dieser Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen unwirksam sein, wird davon die Wirksamkeit der übrigen Bestimmungen nicht berührt.



Quelle: General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.


Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.


Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.


Cookies

We do not use cookies for tracking purposes. You can choose to have your computer warn you each time a cookie is being sent, or you can choose to turn off all cookies. You do this through your browser (like Internet Explorer) settings. Each browser is a little different, so look at your browser's Help menu to learn the correct way to modify your cookies. If you disable cookies off, some features will be disabled that make your site experience more efficient and some of our services will not function properly.


Google

Google's advertising requirements can be summed up by Google's Advertising Principles. They are put in place to provide a positive experience for users. https://support.google.com/adwordspolicy/answer/1316548?hl=en We use Google AdSense Advertising on our website. Google, as a third-party vendor, uses cookies to serve ads on our site. Google's use of the DART cookie enables it to serve ads to our users based on previous visits to our site and other sites on the Internet. Users may opt-out of the use of the DART cookie by visiting the Google Ad and Content Network privacy policy.


Implementation

We along with third-party vendors, such as Google use first-party cookies (such as the Google Analytics cookies) and third-party cookies (such as the DoubleClick cookie) or other third-party identifiers together to compile data regarding user interactions with ad impressions and other ad service functions as they relate to our website. Users can set preferences for how Google advertises to you using the Google Ad Settings page. Alternatively, you can opt out by visiting the Network Advertising initiative opt out page or permanently using the Google Analytics Opt Out Browser add on.



" cms-page--3,Placeholders Title & Content,1,1,1,/de/datenschutz,/en/privacy,Datenschutzerklärung,Data Privacy,Datenschutzerklärung,Data Privacy,Datenschutzerklärung,Data Privacy,Datenschutzerklärung,Data Privacy,

Datenschutzerklärung

,

Data Privacy Policy

,"

Die Nutzung unserer Seite ist ohne eine Angabe von personenbezogenen Daten möglich. Für die Nutzung einzelner Services unserer Seite können sich hierfür abweichende Regelungen ergeben, die in diesem Falle nachstehend gesondert erläutert werden. Ihre personenbezogenen Daten (z.B. Name, Anschrift, E-Mail, Telefonnummer, u.ä.) werden von uns nur gemäß den Bestimmungen des deutschen Datenschutzrechts verarbeitet. Daten sind dann personenbezogen, wenn sie eindeutig einer bestimmten natürlichen Person zugeordnet werden können. Die rechtlichen Grundlagen des Datenschutzes finden Sie im Bundesdatenschutzgesetz (BDSG) und dem Telemediengesetz (TMG). Nachstehende Regelungen informieren Sie insoweit über die Art, den Umfang und Zweck der Erhebung, die Nutzung und die Verarbeitung von personenbezogenen Daten durch den Anbieter

Wir weisen darauf hin, dass die internetbasierte Datenübertragung Sicherheitslücken aufweist, ein lückenloser Schutz vor Zugriffen durch Dritte somit unmöglich ist.

Auskunft/Widerruf/Löschung

Sie können sich aufgrund des Bundesdatenschutzgesetzes bei Fragen zur Erhebung, Verarbeitung oder Nutzung Ihrer personenbezogenen Daten und deren Berichtigung, Sperrung, Löschung oder einem Widerruf einer erteilten Einwilligung unentgeltlich an uns wenden. Wir weisen darauf hin, dass Ihnen ein Recht auf Berichtigung falscher Daten oder Löschung personenbezogener Daten zusteht, sollte diesem Anspruch keine gesetzliche Aufbewahrungspflicht entgegenstehen.

der Anwaltskanzlei Weiß & Partner

","

Our website may be used without entering personal information. Different rules may apply to certain services on our site, however, and are explained separately below. We collect personal information from you (e.g. name, address, email address, telephone number, etc.) in accordance with the provisions of German data protection statutes. Information is considered personal if it can be associated exclusively to a specific natural person. The legal framework for data protection may be found in the German Federal Data Protection Act (BDSG) and the Telemedia Act (TMG). The provisions below serve to provide information as to the manner, extent and purpose for collecting, using and processing personal information by the provider.

Please be aware that data transfer via the internet is subject to security risks and, therefore, complete protection against third-party access to transferred data cannot be ensured.

Information/Cancellation/Deletion

On the basis of the Federal Data Protection Act, you may contact us at no cost if you have questions relating to the collection, processing or use of your personal information, if you wish to request the correction, blocking or deletion of the same, or if you wish to cancel explicitly granted consent. Please note that you have the right to have incorrect data corrected or to have personal data deleted, where such claim is not barred by any legal obligation to retain this data.

Sample Data Privacy Policy Statement provided by the Law Offices of Weiß & Partner

" cms-page--4,Placeholders Title & Content,1,0,1,/de/loremde,/en/lorem,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,"{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} chart('testChart', 'testChart') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Donec quam felis, ultricies nec, pellentesque eu, pretium quis, sem.","{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} chart('testChart', 'testChart') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Donec quam felis, ultricies nec, pellentesque eu, pretium quis, sem." cms-page--5,Placeholders Title & Content,1,1,0,/de/dolorde,/en/dolor,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,"Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Donec quam felis, ultricies nec, pellentesque eu, pretium quis, sem.","Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Donec quam felis, ultricies nec, pellentesque eu, pretium quis, sem." diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-content-items-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-content-items-feature.md index fc8addae7b0..cc12d8789e3 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-content-items-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-content-items-feature.md @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ class TwigDependencyProvider extends SprykerTwigDependencyProvider {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure that you’ve configured the content items: +Make sure that you've configured the content items: 1. Add a content item to a CMS block or page. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-inventory-management-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-inventory-management-feature.md index b1c8d518947..f778dbbc267 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-inventory-management-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-inventory-management-feature.md @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ Sony Experts MER000006 Warehouse 1,Wallstrasse 58,,,53507,Dernau,,DE,+49 2643 48 | comment | optional | string | | Any related comment. | -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following: * The CSV files have an empty line at the end. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-navigation-module.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-navigation-module.md index 54e6f58818a..4ecc372a3cb 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-navigation-module.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-navigation-module.md @@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ To prepare your project to work with Navigation: 2. Install the new database tables By running `vendor/bin/console propel:diff`. Propel will generate a migration file with the changes. 3. Apply the database changes by running `vendor/bin/console propel:migrate`. 4. Generate ORM models by running `vendor/bin/console propel:model:build`. -5. After running this command you’ll find some new classes in your project under `\Orm\Zed\Navigation\Persistence` namespace. +5. After running this command you'll find some new classes in your project under `\Orm\Zed\Navigation\Persistence` namespace. - It’s important to make sure that they extend the base classes from the Spryker core, e.g.: + It's important to make sure that they extend the base classes from the Spryker core, e.g.: * `\Orm\Zed\Navigation\Persistence\SpyNavigation` extends `\Spryker\Zed\Navigation\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyNavigation` * `\Orm\Zed\Navigation\Persistence\SpyNavigationNode` extends `\Spryker\Zed\Navigation\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyNavigationNode` @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ The `Navigation` module ships with a twig extension that provides the `spyNaviga * `$navigationKey`: Reference of a navigation menu by its key field (for example, "MAIN_NAVIGATION"). * `$template`: Template path used to render the navigation menu (for example, `"@application/layout/navigation/main.twig"`). -To enable the navigation twig function, register `\Spryker\Yves\Navigation\Plugin\Provider\NavigationTwigServiceProvider` in your application’s bootstrap. +To enable the navigation twig function, register `\Spryker\Yves\Navigation\Plugin\Provider\NavigationTwigServiceProvider` in your application's bootstrap. ```php -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Check cart product image expander plugins - make sure you can see images related to cart items in the cart page in Yves. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-product-configuration-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-product-configuration-feature.md index 05be4c6171a..6c0df9d6715 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-product-configuration-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-product-configuration-feature.md @@ -2244,7 +2244,7 @@ console frontend:date-time-product-configurator:build {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the frontend part has been built: -1. Check that the folder `public/Configurator/dist` exists, and it’s not empty. +1. Check that the folder `public/Configurator/dist` exists, and it's not empty. 2. Check that you can access the configurator at `https://date-time-configurator-example.mysprykershop.com/`. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-product-measurement-unit-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-product-measurement-unit-feature.md index 88112f38069..95c979f900e 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-product-measurement-unit-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-product-measurement-unit-feature.md @@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ Make sure that checkout workflow works with measurement unit by ordering item wi {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure that abstract products which have measurement units don’t have `add_to_cart_sku` field at Elasticsearch document. +Make sure that abstract products which have measurement units don't have `add_to_cart_sku` field at Elasticsearch document. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-product-offer-service-points-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-product-offer-service-points-feature.md index f111df98182..8196947f35b 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-product-offer-service-points-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-product-offer-service-points-feature.md @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ class ConsoleDependencyProvider extends SprykerConsoleDependencyProvider console data:import:product-offer-service ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that entities were imported to the following database tables respectively: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-feature.md index 9dc58977d40..e28e6e6a9c4 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-feature.md @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ Make sure that `averageRating` and `reviewCount` attributes are present in `conc "averageRating": 4, "reviewCount": 5, "name": "Asus Transformer Book T200TA", - "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light — just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you’re free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You’ll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance — with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", + "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light — just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you're free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You'll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance — with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", "attributes": { "product_type": "Hybrid (2-in-1)", "form_factor": "clamshell", @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ Make sure that the response contains product-reviews as a relationship and produ "averageRating": 4, "reviewCount": 5, "name": "Asus Transformer Book T200TA", - "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light — just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you’re free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You’ll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance — with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", + "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light — just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you're free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You'll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance — with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", "attributes": { "product_type": "Hybrid (2-in-1)", "form_factor": "clamshell", diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-product-sets-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-product-sets-feature.md index 5a6d0a8f441..2afaf413179 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-product-sets-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-product-sets-feature.md @@ -170,12 +170,12 @@ You can reorder product sets in the Back Office. See [Reorder product sets](/doc diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-promotions-and-discounts-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-promotions-and-discounts-feature.md index 9ec1219174b..07fe4edb163 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-promotions-and-discounts-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-promotions-and-discounts-feature.md @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ Make sure that you can submit the *Discount Create* and *Discount Update* forms [//]: # (```) [//]: # () -[//]: # (When using promotion discount with voucher code, you will get the error message that voucher is not correct. It’s because voucher code is a product offered as promotion and not yet added to cart.) +[//]: # (When using promotion discount with voucher code, you will get the error message that voucher is not correct. It's because voucher code is a product offered as promotion and not yet added to cart.) [//]: # () [//]: # (You have to modify `\Pyz\Yves\Discount\Handler\VoucherHandler::addFlashMessages` to handle discounts with promotions.) diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-queue-data-import-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-queue-data-import-feature.md index e4bc6d9b4c1..c5485eb6eda 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-queue-data-import-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-queue-data-import-feature.md @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/data-import:"1.5.0" spryker/data-import-extension:"1.1.0" --update-with-dependencies` ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following modules have been installed: @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate` ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have been applied in the transfer objects: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-quick-add-to-cart-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-quick-add-to-cart-feature.md index 212c108129f..8bb1f3b3721 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-quick-add-to-cart-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-quick-add-to-cart-feature.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker-feature/quick-add-to-cart:"{{page.version}}" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following changes have been applied in transfer objects: @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker-feature/quick-add-to-cart:"^master" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ class RouterDependencyProvider extends SprykerRouterDependencyProvider } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following URLs are available on Yves: @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ class QuickOrderPageDependencyProvider extends SprykerQuickOrderPageDependencyPr } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make the following checks at https://mysprykershop.com/quick-order: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-quotation-process-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-quotation-process-feature.md index 6ddc66ab2a5..4bbbb4b34a1 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-quotation-process-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-quotation-process-feature.md @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ class QuoteConfig extends SprykerQuoteConfig } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that when you converted quote request to quote, JSON data in the database column `spy_quote.quote_data` of the corresponding quote contains `quoteRequestVersionReference`. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-reclamations-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-reclamations-feature.md index c38991b1300..08fb1c971d9 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-reclamations-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-reclamations-feature.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker-feature/reclamations: "{{page.version}}" --update-with-dependencies` ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following modules have been installed: @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ console propel:install console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have been applied by checking your database: @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Make sure that the following changes have been applied by checking your database {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes were implemented in the transfer objects: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-resource-sharing-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-resource-sharing-feature.md index 56f4be383c4..8b628e15812 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-resource-sharing-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-resource-sharing-feature.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker-feature/resource-sharing: "{{page.version}}" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ console propel:install console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes applied by checking your database: @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Make sure that the following changes applied by checking your database: {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes in transfer objects have been applied: @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker-feature/resource-sharing: "{{page.version}}" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-return-management-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-return-management-feature.md index e2bc131b4e8..cc84a3bd0b3 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-return-management-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-return-management-feature.md @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ class SalesConfig extends SprykerSalesConfig {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure the order detail page in the Back Office shows a table with order’s returns in the **Returns** section. +Make sure the order detail page in the Back Office shows a table with order's returns in the **Returns** section. Make sure that when the `StateHistoryOrderItemExpanderPlugin` is not configured and `SalesConfig::isHydrateOrderHistoryToItems()` is false, the order item state history is not shown in the order items table on the order detail page. @@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ class DataImportDependencyProvider extends SprykerDataImportDependencyProvider } ``` -Adjust your project’s corresponding .yml configuration file to enable import as a part of full import. +Adjust your project's corresponding .yml configuration file to enable import as a part of full import. **data/import/config/full_import_config.yml** diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-search-widget-for-concrete-products-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-search-widget-for-concrete-products-feature.md index cc941ae1c34..3867c19f349 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-search-widget-for-concrete-products-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-search-widget-for-concrete-products-feature.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ To start the feature integration, overview and install the necessary features: ### 1) Check the installed modules -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Apply database changes and generate entity and transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes are present in the transfer objects: @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ class ShopApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerShopApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following widgets were registered: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-shipment-service-points-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-shipment-service-points-feature.md index bf413b32d98..19b22b13367 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-shipment-service-points-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-shipment-service-points-feature.md @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ class ConsoleDependencyProvider extends SprykerConsoleDependencyProvider console data:import:shipment-type-service-type ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that entities have been imported into the `spy_shipment_type_service_type` database table. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-uuid-generation-console-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-uuid-generation-console-feature.md index 02e3b8fc53d..affc9e13f2f 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-uuid-generation-console-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/install-the-uuid-generation-console-feature.md @@ -83,6 +83,6 @@ class ConsoleDependencyProvider extends SprykerConsoleDependencyProvider {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -To make sure you’ve set up `UuidGeneratorConsole`, run `console | grep uuid:generate` and check that the command is found. +To make sure you've set up `UuidGeneratorConsole`, run `console | grep uuid:generate` and check that the command is found. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-merchant-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-merchant-feature.md index 13e0aea4c71..85ba70453fa 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-merchant-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-merchant-feature.md @@ -971,17 +971,17 @@ To import data: ``` merchant_reference,contact_person_role,contact_person_title,contact_person_first_name,contact_person_last_name,contact_person_phone,banner_url,logo_url,public_email,public_phone,description_glossary_key.en_US,description_glossary_key.de_DE,banner_url_glossary_key.en_US,banner_url_glossary_key.de_DE,delivery_time_glossary_key.en_US,delivery_time_glossary_key.de_DE,terms_conditions_glossary_key.en_US,terms_conditions_glossary_key.de_DE,cancellation_policy_glossary_key.en_US,cancellation_policy_glossary_key.de_DE,imprint_glossary_key.en_US,imprint_glossary_key.de_DE,data_privacy_glossary_key.en_US,data_privacy_glossary_key.de_DE,is_active,fax_number -MER000001,E-Commerce Manager,Mr,Harald,Schmidt,+49 30 208498350,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-logo.png,info@spryker.com,+49 30 234567891,Spryker is the main merchant at the Demo Marketplace.,Spryker ist der Haupthändler auf dem Demo-Marktplatz.,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,1-3 days,1-3 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.","

Spryker Systems GmbH

Julie-Wolfthorn-Straße 1
10115 Berlin
DE

Phone: +49 (30) 2084983 50
Email: info@spryker.com

Represented by
Managing Directors: Alexander Graf, Boris Lokschin
Register Court: Hamburg
Register Number: HRB 134310

","

Spryker Systems GmbH

Julie-Wolfthorn-Straße 1
10115 Berlin
DE

Phone: +49 (30) 2084983 50
Email: info@spryker.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Alexander Graf, Boris Lokschin
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: HRB 134310

",Spryker Systems GmbH values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Spryker Systems GmbH.,1,+49 30 234567800 -MER000002,Country Manager DE,Ms,Martha,Farmer,+31 123 345 678,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-logo.png,hi@video-king.nl,+31 123 345 777,"Video King is a premium provider of video equipment. In business since 2010, we understand the needs of video professionals and enthusiasts and offer a wide variety of products with competitive prices. ","Video King ist ein Premium-Anbieter von Videogeräten. Wir sind seit 2010 im Geschäft, verstehen die Bedürfnisse von Videoprofis und -enthusiasten und bieten eine große Auswahl an Produkten zu wettbewerbsfähigen Preisen an. ",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,2-4 days,2-4 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Video King

Gilzeweg 24
4854SG Bavel
NL

Phone: +31 123 45 6789
Email: hi@video-king.nl

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Amsterdam
Register Number: 1234.4567

,

Video King

Gilzeweg 24
4854SG Bavel
NL

Telefon: +31 123 45 6789
Email: hi@video-king.nl

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: Amsterdam
Registernummer: 1234.4567

,Video King values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Video King.,1,+31 123 345 733 +MER000001,E-Commerce Manager,Mr,Harald,Schmidt,+49 30 208498350,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-logo.png,info@spryker.com,+49 30 234567891,Spryker is the main merchant at the Demo Marketplace.,Spryker ist der Haupthändler auf dem Demo-Marktplatz.,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,1-3 days,1-3 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.","

Spryker Systems GmbH

Julie-Wolfthorn-Straße 1
10115 Berlin
DE

Phone: +49 (30) 2084983 50
Email: info@spryker.com

Represented by
Managing Directors: Alexander Graf, Boris Lokschin
Register Court: Hamburg
Register Number: HRB 134310

","

Spryker Systems GmbH

Julie-Wolfthorn-Straße 1
10115 Berlin
DE

Phone: +49 (30) 2084983 50
Email: info@spryker.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Alexander Graf, Boris Lokschin
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: HRB 134310

",Spryker Systems GmbH values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Spryker Systems GmbH.,1,+49 30 234567800 +MER000002,Country Manager DE,Ms,Martha,Farmer,+31 123 345 678,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-logo.png,hi@video-king.nl,+31 123 345 777,"Video King is a premium provider of video equipment. In business since 2010, we understand the needs of video professionals and enthusiasts and offer a wide variety of products with competitive prices. ","Video King ist ein Premium-Anbieter von Videogeräten. Wir sind seit 2010 im Geschäft, verstehen die Bedürfnisse von Videoprofis und -enthusiasten und bieten eine große Auswahl an Produkten zu wettbewerbsfähigen Preisen an. ",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,2-4 days,2-4 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Video King

Gilzeweg 24
4854SG Bavel
NL

Phone: +31 123 45 6789
Email: hi@video-king.nl

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Amsterdam
Register Number: 1234.4567

,

Video King

Gilzeweg 24
4854SG Bavel
NL

Telefon: +31 123 45 6789
Email: hi@video-king.nl

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: Amsterdam
Registernummer: 1234.4567

,Video King values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Video King.,1,+31 123 345 733 MER000006,Brand Manager,Ms,Michele,Nemeth,030/123456789,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-logo.png,support@sony-experts.com,+49 30 234567691,"Capture your moment with the best cameras from Sony. From pocket-size to professional-style, they all pack features to deliver the best quality pictures. Discover the range of Sony cameras, lenses and accessories, and capture your favorite moments with precision and style with the best cameras can offer.","Halten Sie Ihren Moment mit den besten Kameras von Sony fest. Vom Taschenformat bis hin zum professionellen Stil bieten sie alle Funktionen, um Bilder in bester Qualität zu liefern. -Entdecken Sie das Angebot an Kameras, Objektiven und Zubehör von Sony und fangen Sie Ihre Lieblingsmomente mit Präzision und Stil mit den besten Kameras ein, die das Unternehmen zu bieten hat.",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-banner.png,1-3 days,1-3 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Sony Experts

Matthias-Pschorr-Straße 1
80336 München
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@sony-experts.com

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Munich
Register Number: HYY 134306

,

Sony Experts

Matthias-Pschorr-Straße 1
80336 München
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@sony-experts.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: München
Registernummer: HYY 134306

,Sony Experts values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Sony Experts.,1,+49 30 234567600 +Entdecken Sie das Angebot an Kameras, Objektiven und Zubehör von Sony und fangen Sie Ihre Lieblingsmomente mit Präzision und Stil mit den besten Kameras ein, die das Unternehmen zu bieten hat.",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-banner.png,1-3 days,1-3 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Sony Experts

Matthias-Pschorr-Straße 1
80336 München
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@sony-experts.com

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Munich
Register Number: HYY 134306

,

Sony Experts

Matthias-Pschorr-Straße 1
80336 München
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@sony-experts.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: München
Registernummer: HYY 134306

,Sony Experts values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Sony Experts.,1,+49 30 234567600 MER000004,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,0, MER000003,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,0, MER000007,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,0, MER000005,Merchandise Manager,Mr,Jason,Weidmann,030/123456789,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-logo.png,support@budgetcamerasonline.com,+49 30 234567591,"DSLR and mirrorless cameras are by far the most popular with filmmakers on a tight budget when you can't afford multiple specialist cameras. Budget Cameras is offering a great selection of digital cameras with the lowest prices.","DSLR- und spiegellose Kameras sind bei Filmemachern mit knappem Budget bei weitem am beliebtesten, wenn sie sich bestimmte Spezialkameras nicht leisten können. -Budget Cameras bietet eine große Auswahl an Digitalkameras mit den niedrigsten Preisen.",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-banner.png,2-4 days,2-4 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Budget Cameras

Spitalerstraße 3
20095 Hamburg
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@budgetcamerasonline.com

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Hamburg
Register Number: HXX 134305

,

Budget Cameras

Spitalerstraße 3
20095 Hamburg
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@budgetcamerasonline.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: HXX 134305

,Budget Cameras values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Budget Cameras.,1,+49 30 234567500 +Budget Cameras bietet eine große Auswahl an Digitalkameras mit den niedrigsten Preisen.",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-banner.png,2-4 days,2-4 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Budget Cameras

Spitalerstraße 3
20095 Hamburg
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@budgetcamerasonline.com

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Hamburg
Register Number: HXX 134305

,

Budget Cameras

Spitalerstraße 3
20095 Hamburg
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@budgetcamerasonline.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: HXX 134305

,Budget Cameras values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Budget Cameras.,1,+49 30 234567500 ``` diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-cart-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-cart-feature.md index 136a4c86a37..2143df8046b 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-cart-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-cart-feature.md @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ class CartDependencyProvider extends SprykerCartDependencyProvider {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure that you can’t add an item with `merchantReference` and `sku` that do not belong to the same `MerchantProduct`(see `spy_merchant_product_abstract`). +Make sure that you can't add an item with `merchantReference` and `sku` that do not belong to the same `MerchantProduct`(see `spy_merchant_product_abstract`). {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-feature.md index e62d632fd1e..ebdc8fc786f 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-feature.md @@ -482,8 +482,8 @@ Make sure that when the following entities get updated through the ORM, the corr | TARGET ENTITY | EXAMPLE EXPECTED DATA IDENTIFIER | EXAMPLE EXPECTED DATA FRAGMENT | |---------------|-------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| -| ProductOffer | kv:product_offer:offer2 | {“id_product_offer”:1,“id_merchant”:6,“product_offer_reference”:“offer1",“merchant_sku”:“GS952M00H-Q11"} | -| ProductOffer | kv:product_concrete_product_offers:093_24495843 | [“offer3”,“offer4"] | +| ProductOffer | kv:product_offer:offer2 | {"id_product_offer":1,"id_merchant":6,"product_offer_reference":"offer1","merchant_sku":"GS952M00H-Q11"} | +| ProductOffer | kv:product_concrete_product_offers:093_24495843 | ["offer3","offer4"] | {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-feature.md index e3e77317064..19e7536eb01 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-feature.md @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ Sony Experts MER000006 Warehouse 1,1,multi-shipment console data:import stock ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the defined picking list strategies have been imported to the `spy_stock` database table. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-product-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-product-feature.md index ed1a87d72fc..1f2ced60bae 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-product-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202311.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-product-feature.md @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ Make sure the `concrete-products` and `concrete-product-image-sets` resources ar "is_active": true }, "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", "isSearchable": true, "attributes": { "color": "Blue" diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-availability-notification-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-availability-notification-feature.md index 157d743a9f6..0d0f4fabc09 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-availability-notification-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-availability-notification-feature.md @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ To verify the email links are correct, make sure that the following configuratio 1. Add a new product and make it unavailable. 2. As a customer, subscribe to the product's availability notifications on the Storefront. 3. Make the product available. -4. In your mailbox, open the email about the product’s availability. +4. In your mailbox, open the email about the product's availability. 5. Check if the link to the product opens the correct Product Details page. The link should have the correct hostname. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-prices-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-prices-feature.md index d8ca3aaee73..ee9cb11b2d3 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-prices-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-prices-feature.md @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ There can only be one default currency per store. {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Import requirements” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Import requirements" %} * The `.csv` files must have an empty line in the end. * For each `currency_code` entry in the CSV files, there must be a respective `code` entry in the `spy_currency` database table. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-dynamic-multistore.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-dynamic-multistore.md index b7bee8d2273..09c4a4920dc 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-dynamic-multistore.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-dynamic-multistore.md @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ if (getenv('SPRYKER_CURRENT_REGION')) { For an example of an updated file, see [jenkins.php in the Spryker Suite repository](https://github.com/spryker-shop/suite/blob/master/config/Zed/cronjobs/jenkins.php). -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} 1. Remove Jenkins jobs per store: @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ class PublisherDependencyProvider extends SprykerPublisherDependencyProvider {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -When a store’s data is created, updated, or deleted, including local and country information, make sure it's correctly exported to or removed from Redis. +When a store's data is created, updated, or deleted, including local and country information, make sure it's correctly exported to or removed from Redis. Storage type: Redis Target entity: Store @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ DE,"[{""application"": null, ""timezone"": ""Europe/Berlin""}]" | application_context_collection | ✓ | string | `[{""application"": null, ""timezone"": ""Europe/Berlin""}]` | Defines a store context collection in JSON. | -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following applies: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-alternative-products-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-alternative-products-glue-api.md index bbb0d69cae2..52ca753813b 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-alternative-products-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-alternative-products-glue-api.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/alternative-products-rest-api:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following module is installed: @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following endpoints are available: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-glue-api.md index 00c82d25f6d..eb7a93c8977 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-glue-api.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/catalog-search-rest-api:"^2.1.2" spryker/catalog-search-products-resource-relationship:"^1.1.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have occurred in transfer objects: @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} If `CatalogSearchResourceRoutePlugin` and `CatalogSearchSuggestionsResourceRoutePlugin` are installed correctly, the following endpoints should now be available: `https://glue.mysprykershop.com/catalog-search?q={% raw %}{{{% endraw %}q_term{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}` @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ If `CatalogSearchResourceRoutePlugin` and `CatalogSearchSuggestionsResourceRoute {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} To make sure that `CatalogSearchAbstractProductsResourceRelationshipPlugin` and `CatalogSearchSuggestionsAbstractProductsResourceRelationshipPlugin` are functioning correctly, do the following: Send a request to `https://glue.mysprykershop.com/catalog-search?q={% raw %}{{{% endraw %}q_term{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}&include=abstract-products` and verify that the response includes relationships to `abstract-products` resources. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-merchant-product-restrictions.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-merchant-product-restrictions.md index 66b1f11bde1..3c3d528f847 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-merchant-product-restrictions.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-merchant-product-restrictions.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/merchant-relationship-product-lists-rest-api:"^0.1.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have occurred in transfer objects: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-checkout-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-checkout-glue-api.md index f6ef2a893c0..f799a2ac357 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-checkout-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-checkout-glue-api.md @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ class CheckoutRestApiConfig extends SprykerCheckoutRestApiConfig {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} If `Pyz\Glue\CheckoutRestApi\CheckoutRestApiConfig::isShipmentMethodsMappedToAttributes()` is true, make sure the `checkout-data` endpoint returns shipping methods in the `shipmentMethods` attribute. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-cms-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-cms-glue-api.md index 73dc5e13543..5a7e6876c2e 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-cms-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-cms-glue-api.md @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Make sure that the following changes have been applied in the transfer objects: {% endinfo_block %} -2. Update the UUID for the CMS pages that had existed before you’ve added the column: +2. Update the UUID for the CMS pages that had existed before you've added the column: ```bash console uuid:generate Cms spy_cms_page diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-company-account-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-company-account-glue-api.md index 932ad6d2c63..0c4c007cbab 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-company-account-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-company-account-glue-api.md @@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ Verify the feature is set up correctly: 2. [Retrieve available company users](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/company-account/glue-api-search-by-company-users.html#retrieve-available-company-users). -3. Using the company user ID you’ve retrieved in the previous step, [authenticate as a company user](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-company-user.html#authenticate-as-a-company-user). +3. Using the company user ID you've retrieved in the previous step, [authenticate as a company user](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-company-user.html#authenticate-as-a-company-user). Check that the response contains all the necessary data. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-content-items-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-content-items-glue-api.md index bafe624ae30..7910422788b 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-content-items-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-content-items-glue-api.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker/content-banners-rest-api:"^2.1.0" spryker/content-product-abstract-lists-rest-api:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Ensure that the following modules have been installed in `vendor/spryker`: @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have been applied in transfer objects, see `src/Generated/Shared/Transfer/` folder: @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following endpoints return the result with the all necessary data. For example: - https://glue.mysprykershop.com/content-banners/{content_key}- diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-customer-account-management-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-customer-account-management-glue-api.md index 844e5a44d43..7028486cca6 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-customer-account-management-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-customer-account-management-glue-api.md @@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ To verify `OauthRefreshTokenRemoverPlugin` is set up, delete expired refresh tok console oauth:refresh-token:remove-expired ``` -Make sure all the expired refresh tokens older than defined by the removal interval you’ve configured in `Spryker\Shared\Oauth\OauthConfig::getRefreshTokenRetentionInterval()` have been deleted. +Make sure all the expired refresh tokens older than defined by the removal interval you've configured in `Spryker\Shared\Oauth\OauthConfig::getRefreshTokenRetentionInterval()` have been deleted. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-multiple-carts-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-multiple-carts-glue-api.md index a9e32dde44d..f18ae039abc 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-multiple-carts-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-multiple-carts-glue-api.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker/multi-carts-rest-api:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following modules have been installed: @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following changes have been applied in transfer objects: {% endinfo_block %} @@ -89,13 +89,13 @@ Make sure that the following endpoints are available: {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that it's possible to create more than one cart. {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that after creating several carts, a response from the `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/carts` request contains data about all created carts. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-navigation-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-navigation-glue-api.md index 7c60ed571ca..6604f493eec 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-navigation-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-navigation-glue-api.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Install the required features: | NAME | VERSION | | --- | --- | -| Spryker Core | {{page.version}} | +| Spryker Core | {{page.version}} | | Navigation | {{page.version}} | ### 1) Install the required modules @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker/navigations-rest-api:"^2.0.0" spryker/navigations-category-nodes-resource-relationship:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following changes have been applied in transfer objects: @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ class NavigationsRestApiConfig extends SprykerNavigationsRestApiConfig } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} The verification for this step can be provided once the resource is provided in the *Set up Behavior* section below. @@ -147,19 +147,19 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} `NavigationsResourceRoutePlugin` is set up correctly if the following endpoint is available: *https://glue.mysprykershop.com/navigations/{navigationId}* {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Now, it's possible to verify that the configuration of NavigationsRestApiConfig is done correctly. Perform the "https://glue.mysprykershop.com/navigations/{navigationId}" request and check that each node of the type you set up in the configuration (category and CMS pages in the example "resourceId" is filled with the valid foreign key.) {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Send a request to *https://glue.mysprykershop.com/navigations/MAIN_NAVIGATION?include=category-nodes*. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-payments-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-payments-glue-api.md index d78a841f6cb..ce35f87534d 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-payments-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-payments-glue-api.md @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/payments-rest-api:"1.1.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-labels-feature-integration.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-labels-feature-integration.md index aa0a2d61947..3d7dbe627a8 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-labels-feature-integration.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-labels-feature-integration.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/product-labels-rest-api:"^1.0.1" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following module is installed: @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes are present in transfer objects: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-price-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-price-glue-api.md index ba6c579b233..e87e15df42c 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-price-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-price-glue-api.md @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ class ProductPricesRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerProductPricesRestApi {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -To verify that you’ve activated `PriceProductVolumeRestProductPricesAttributesMapperPlugin`: +To verify that you've activated `PriceProductVolumeRestProductPricesAttributesMapperPlugin`: 1. Create an abstract product with a volume price. 2. Send the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/abstract-products/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}sku{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}/abstract-product-prices` request and make sure that the response contains volume prices data. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-glue-api.md index 9a41765b029..a87d5472ab6 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-glue-api.md @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ class ProductsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerProductsRestApiDependency "averageRating": 4, "reviewCount": 5, "name": "Asus Transformer Book T200TA", - "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light—just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you’re free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You’ll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance—with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", + "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light—just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you're free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You'll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance—with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", "attributes": { "product_type": "Hybrid (2-in-1)", "form_factor": "clamshell", @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ class ProductsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerProductsRestApiDependency "averageRating": 4, "reviewCount": 5, "name": "Asus Transformer Book T200TA", - "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light—just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you’re free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You’ll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance—with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", + "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light—just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you're free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You'll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance—with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", "attributes": { "product_type": "Hybrid (2-in-1)", "form_factor": "clamshell", diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-relations-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-relations-glue-api.md index bb383798ab1..be2af351a3f 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-relations-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-relations-glue-api.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: ```bash composer require spryker/related-products-rest-api:"^1.0.0" spryker/up-selling-products-rest-api:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following modules have been installed: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-tax-sets-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-tax-sets-glue-api.md index b0c717401da..324fb6c96f1 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-tax-sets-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-tax-sets-glue-api.md @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Run the following command: console tax-sets:uuid:update ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the uuid field is filled out for all records in the `spy_tax_set` table. You can run the following SQL-query for it and make sure that the result is 0 records.
`SELECT COUNT(* {% endinfo_block %} FROM spy_tax_set WHERE uuid IS NULL;`) diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-quotation-process-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-quotation-process-glue-api.md index f8cf1755e52..2dae71b2558 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-quotation-process-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-quotation-process-glue-api.md @@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ class QuoteRequestsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerQuoteRequestsRestApi "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "118", "name": "Fujitsu ESPRIMO E420", - "description": "Energy Efficiency As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu’ approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficiency of our products. The Fujitsu ESPRIMO E420 features proven technology regarding Intel® chipset and processor and an 85% energy efficient power supply. Fujitsu is committed to eliminating the use of harmful and potentially harmful substances in its products and production processes in order to minimize risk to end users and to the environment. This strategy is captured in Environmental Guideline FTS03230 and forms the basis on which all Fujitsu's products are designed. Especially for Fujitsu ESPRIMO PCs this means that all used printed circuit boards are halogen free. Furthermore they are compliant with several certificates awarding environmental conscience such as ENERGY STAR® and EPEAT.", + "description": "Energy Efficiency As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu' approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficiency of our products. The Fujitsu ESPRIMO E420 features proven technology regarding Intel® chipset and processor and an 85% energy efficient power supply. Fujitsu is committed to eliminating the use of harmful and potentially harmful substances in its products and production processes in order to minimize risk to end users and to the environment. This strategy is captured in Environmental Guideline FTS03230 and forms the basis on which all Fujitsu's products are designed. Especially for Fujitsu ESPRIMO PCs this means that all used printed circuit boards are halogen free. Furthermore they are compliant with several certificates awarding environmental conscience such as ENERGY STAR® and EPEAT.", "attributes": { "processor_cache": "6 MB", "bus_type": "DMI", @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ class QuoteRequestsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerQuoteRequestsRestApi ], "metaTitle": "Fujitsu ESPRIMO E420", "metaKeywords": "Fujitsu,Tax Exempt", - "metaDescription": "Energy Efficiency As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu’ approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficien", + "metaDescription": "Energy Efficiency As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu' approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficien", "attributeNames": { "processor_cache": "Processor cache type", "bus_type": "Bus type", @@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ class QuoteRequestsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerQuoteRequestsRestApi "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "124", "name": "HP ProDesk 400 G3", - "description": "New powerful processors Give your business the strong foundation it needs for growth with the affordable and reliable HP ProDesk 400 SFF. Designed with essential security and manageability features, the HP ProDesk 400 helps keep your business growing. New 6th Gen Intel® Core™ processors bring powerful processing with Intel® HD 530 Graphics. Available DDR4 memory helps meet the demands of today’s businesses. HP ProDesks are rigorously tested to help ensure reliability. During the HP Total Test Process, PCs experience 120,000 hours of performance trials to help get you through your business day. The HP ProDesk 400 SFF helps affordably build a solid IT infrastructure for your growing business and fits in smaller workspaces for easy deployment.", + "description": "New powerful processors Give your business the strong foundation it needs for growth with the affordable and reliable HP ProDesk 400 SFF. Designed with essential security and manageability features, the HP ProDesk 400 helps keep your business growing. New 6th Gen Intel® Core™ processors bring powerful processing with Intel® HD 530 Graphics. Available DDR4 memory helps meet the demands of today's businesses. HP ProDesks are rigorously tested to help ensure reliability. During the HP Total Test Process, PCs experience 120,000 hours of performance trials to help get you through your business day. The HP ProDesk 400 SFF helps affordably build a solid IT infrastructure for your growing business and fits in smaller workspaces for easy deployment.", "attributes": { "processor_codename": "Skylake", "bus_type": "DMI3", @@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ class QuoteRequestsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerQuoteRequestsRestApi "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "119", "name": "Fujitsu ESPRIMO E920", - "description": "Green IT Fujitsu is committed to eliminating the use of harmful and potentially harmful substances in its products and production processes in order to minimize risk to end users and to the environment. This strategy is captured in Environmental Guideline FTS03230 and forms the basis on which all Fujitsu's products are designed. Especially for Fujitsu ESPRIMO PCs this means that all used printed circuit boards are halogen free. Furthermore they are compliant with several certificates awarding environmental conscience such as ENERGY STAR® and EPEAT. As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu’ approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficiency of our products. The Fujitsu ESPRIMO E920 features latest technology regarding Intel® chipset and processor and optional an up to 94% energy efficient power supply. Furthermore it delivers enhanced power management settings and optional 0-Watt power consumption in off-mode.", + "description": "Green IT Fujitsu is committed to eliminating the use of harmful and potentially harmful substances in its products and production processes in order to minimize risk to end users and to the environment. This strategy is captured in Environmental Guideline FTS03230 and forms the basis on which all Fujitsu's products are designed. Especially for Fujitsu ESPRIMO PCs this means that all used printed circuit boards are halogen free. Furthermore they are compliant with several certificates awarding environmental conscience such as ENERGY STAR® and EPEAT. As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu' approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficiency of our products. The Fujitsu ESPRIMO E920 features latest technology regarding Intel® chipset and processor and optional an up to 94% energy efficient power supply. Furthermore it delivers enhanced power management settings and optional 0-Watt power consumption in off-mode.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "32 GB", "intel_smart_cache": "yes", diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-tax-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-tax-glue-api.md index a2944658629..f68eb821be7 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-tax-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-tax-glue-api.md @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Run the following command: console uuid:generate Tex spy_tax_set ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the `uuid` field is populated for all records in the `spy_tax_set` table. You can run the following SQL query for it and make sure that the result is 0 records.
`SELECT COUNT(* {% endinfo_block %} FROM spy_tax_set WHERE uuid IS NULL;`) @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency
-{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following endpoint is available:
`http://mysprykershop.com/abstract-products/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}abstract_sku{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}/product-tax-sets`
Send a request to `http://mysprykershop.com/abstract-products/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}abstract_sku{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}?include=product-tax-sets`. Make sure that the response includes relationships to the `product-tax-sets` resources. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-wishlist-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-wishlist-glue-api.md index af9c0f0da4b..0c2d44b650d 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-wishlist-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-glue-api/install-the-wishlist-glue-api.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/wishlists-rest-api:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following module has been installed: @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ console propel:install console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have occurred in the database: @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Make sure that the following changes have occurred in the database: {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have occurred in transfer objects: @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Run the following command: console uuid:update Wishlist spy_wishlist ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the `uuid` field is populated for all records in the `spy_wishlist` table. For this purpose, run the following SQL query and make sure that the result is 0 records: @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following endpoints are available: `http:///glue.mysprykershop.com/wishlists` diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-microsoft-azure-active-directory.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-microsoft-azure-active-directory.md index d82ee9b0791..5d7d451c52a 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-microsoft-azure-active-directory.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-microsoft-azure-active-directory.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ This page describes the Microsoft Azure Active Directory and how to install it. ## General information -Azure Active Directory is Microsoft’s multi-tenant, cloud-based directory and identity management service. For an organization, Azure AD helps employees sign up to multiple services and access them anywhere over the cloud with a single set of login credentials. +Azure Active Directory is Microsoft's multi-tenant, cloud-based directory and identity management service. For an organization, Azure AD helps employees sign up to multiple services and access them anywhere over the cloud with a single set of login credentials. The [SprykerEco.Oauth-Azure](https://github.com/spryker-eco/oauth-azure) enables OAuth 2.0 authentication via Microsoft Azure Active Directory. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ class SecurityGuiDependencyProvider extends SprykerSecurityGuiDependencyProvider {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure you’ve activated `AzureAuthenticationLinkPlugin` by checking the **Login with Microsoft Azure** button on the Back Office login page. +Make sure you've activated `AzureAuthenticationLinkPlugin` by checking the **Login with Microsoft Azure** button on the Back Office login page. {% endinfo_block %} @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ class SecurityOauthUserDependencyProvider extends SprykerSecurityOauthUserDepend {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure you’ve activated `AzureOauthUserClientStrategyPlugin`: +Make sure you've activated `AzureOauthUserClientStrategyPlugin`: 1. On the Back Office login page, select **Login with Microsoft Azure**. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-alternative-products-inventory-management-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-alternative-products-inventory-management-feature.md index 8ae9d7439e8..34ece785bc9 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-alternative-products-inventory-management-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-alternative-products-inventory-management-feature.md @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ class ProductAlternativeDependencyProvider extends SprykerProductAlternativeDepe } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that you can see alternatives for not available products on the product details page. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-approval-process-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-approval-process-feature.md index 579ad7b6eb3..d5da65a7dbe 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-approval-process-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-approval-process-feature.md @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Import the glossary data: console data:import glossary ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the configured data has been added to the `spy_glossary` table in the database. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-availability-notification-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-availability-notification-feature.md index 755cd86a704..1c46cc9c95a 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-availability-notification-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-availability-notification-feature.md @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ class AvailabilityNotificationConfig extends SprykerAvailabilityNotificationConf } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} We recommend setting `AVAILABILITY_NOTIFICATION_CHECK_PRODUCT_EXISTS` to true. Make sure that don't catch the previously mentioned exception somewhere in your Pyz code but use the check of `$availabilityNotificationSubscriptionResponseTransfer->getIsSuccess()`. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-cart-prices-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-cart-prices-feature.md index 7df4fd06cc3..91660a6f4bd 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-cart-prices-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-cart-prices-feature.md @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Install the required features: composer require spryker/price-cart-connector:"^6.9.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following modules have been installed: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-category-filters-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-category-filters-feature.md index f1680c1cd6e..5dc75437ba5 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-category-filters-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-category-filters-feature.md @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ vendor/bin/console transfer:generate npm run zed ``` -8. Update Zed’s navigation cache to show the new items for the Product Category Filter management user interface: +8. Update Zed's navigation cache to show the new items for the Product Category Filter management user interface: ```shell vendor/bin/console application:build-navigation-cache ``` diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-cms-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-cms-feature.md index 46524e3a960..10f4f46fc02 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-cms-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-cms-feature.md @@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ class FormDependencyProvider extends SprykerFormDependencyProvider ```yaml page_key,template_name,is_searchable,is_active,publish,url.de_DE,url.en_US,name.de_DE,name.en_US,meta_title.de_DE,meta_title.en_US,meta_keywords.de_DE,meta_keywords.en_US,meta_description.de_DE,meta_description.en_US,placeholder.title.de_DE,placeholder.title.en_US,placeholder.content.de_DE,placeholder.content.en_US cms-page--1,Placeholders Title & Content,1,1,1,/de/impressum,/en/imprint,Impressum,Imprint,Impressum,Imprint,Impressum,Imprint,Impressum,Imprint,

Impressum

,

About

,"

Demoshop
Julie-Wolfthornstraße 1
10555 Berlin

Telefon: 030 5678909
E-Mail: info@spryker.com

Vertreten durch:
Spryker
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: 56789

Registereintrag:
Eingetragen im Handelsregister.
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: 34567888456789

Umsatzsteuer-ID:
Umsatzsteuer-Identifikationsnummer nach §27a Umsatzsteuergesetz:
34567

Quelle: Nachfolgend möchten wir Sie über unsere Datenschutzerklärung informieren. Sie finden hier Informationen über die Erhebung und Verwendung persönlicher Daten bei der Nutzung unserer Webseite. Wir beachten dabei das für Deutschland geltende Datenschutzrecht. Sie können diese Erklärung jederzeit auf unserer Webseite abrufen.

Wir weisen ausdrücklich darauf hin, dass die Datenübertragung im Internet (z.B. bei der Kommunikation per E-Mail) Sicherheitslücken aufweisen und nicht lückenlos vor dem Zugriff durch Dritte geschützt werden kann.

Die Verwendung der Kontaktdaten unseres Impressums zur gewerblichen Werbung ist ausdrücklich nicht erwünscht, es sei denn wir hatten zuvor unsere schriftliche Einwilligung erteilt oder es besteht bereits eine Geschäftsbeziehung. Der Anbieter und alle auf dieser Website genannten Personen widersprechen hiermit jeder kommerziellen Verwendung und Weitergabe ihrer Daten.

Personenbezogene Daten
Sie können unsere Webseite ohne Angabe personenbezogener Daten besuchen. Soweit auf unseren Seiten personenbezogene Daten (wie Name, Anschrift oder E-Mail Adresse) erhoben werden, erfolgt dies, soweit möglich, auf freiwilliger Basis. Diese Daten werden ohne Ihre ausdrückliche Zustimmung nicht an Dritte weitergegeben. Sofern zwischen Ihnen und uns ein Vertragsverhältnis begründet, inhaltlich ausgestaltet oder geändert werden soll oder Sie an uns eine Anfrage stellen, erheben und verwenden wir personenbezogene Daten von Ihnen, soweit dies zu diesen Zwecken erforderlich ist (Bestandsdaten). Wir erheben, verarbeiten und nutzen personenbezogene Daten soweit dies erforderlich ist, um Ihnen die Inanspruchnahme des Webangebots zu ermöglichen (Nutzungsdaten). Sämtliche personenbezogenen Daten werden nur solange gespeichert wie dies für den geannten Zweck (Bearbeitung Ihrer Anfrage oder Abwicklung eines Vertrags) erforderlich ist. Hierbei werden steuer- und handelsrechtliche Aufbewahrungsfristen berücksichtigt. Auf Anordnung der zuständigen Stellen dürfen wir im Einzelfall Auskunft über diese Daten (Bestandsdaten) erteilen, soweit dies für Zwecke der Strafverfolgung, zur Gefahrenabwehr, zur Erfüllung der gesetzlichen Aufgaben der Verfassungsschutzbehörden oder des Militärischen Abschirmdienstes oder zur Durchsetzung der Rechte am geistigen Eigentum erforderlich ist.

Auskunftsrecht
Sie haben das jederzeitige Recht, sich unentgeltlich und unverzüglich über die zu Ihrer Person erhobenen Daten zu erkundigen. Sie haben das jederzeitige Recht, Ihre Zustimmung zur Verwendung Ihrer angegeben persönlichen Daten mit Wirkung für die Zukunft zu widerrufen. Zur Auskunftserteilung wenden Sie sich bitte an den Anbieter unter den Kontaktdaten im Impressum.

","

Demoshop
Julie-Wolfthornstraße 1
10555 Berlin

Telephone: 030 5678909
E-Mail: info@spryker.com

Represented by
Spryker
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Hamburg
Register Number: 56789

Register Entry:
Entry in Handelsregister.
Register Court: Hamburg
Register number: 34567888456789

Source: Muster-Vorlagen.net – Impressum Generator



Disclaimer:

Accountability for content
The contents of our pages have been created with the utmost care. However, we cannot guarantee the contents' accuracy, completeness or topicality. According to statutory provisions, we are furthermore responsible for our own content on these web pages. In this context, please note that we are accordingly not obliged to monitor merely the transmitted or saved information of third parties, or investigate circumstances pointing to illegal activity. Our obligations to remove or block the use of information under generally applicable laws remain unaffected by this as per §§ 8 to 10 of the Telemedia Act (TMG).

Accountability for links
Responsibility for the content of external links (to web pages of third parties) lies solely with the operators of the linked pages. No violations were evident to us at the time of linking. Should any legal infringement become known to us, we will remove the respective link immediately.

Copyright
Our web pages and their contents are subject to German copyright law. Unless expressly permitted by law (§ 44a et seq. of the copyright law), every form of utilizing, reproducing or processing works subject to copyright protection on our web pages requires the prior consent of the respective owner of the rights. Individual reproductions of a work are allowed only for private use, so must not serve either directly or indirectly for earnings. Unauthorized utilization of copyrighted works is punishable (§ 106 of the copyright law).

" -cms-page--2,Placeholders Title & Content,1,1,1,/de/agb,/en/gtc,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,

Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen (AGB)

,

General Terms and Conditions (GTC)

,"

Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen (AGB)

]]> content

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.


§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-E-Mail. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.


§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.


§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.


§ 5 Gewährleistung

(1) Die Gewährleistungsrechte des Kunden richten sich nach den allgemeinen gesetzlichen Vorschriften, soweit nachfolgend nichts anderes bestimmt ist. Für Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden gegenüber dem Anbieter gilt die Regelung in § 6 dieser AGB.

(2) Die Verjährungsfrist für Gewährleistungsansprüche des Kunden beträgt bei Verbrauchern bei neu hergestellten Sachen 2 Jahre, bei gebrauchten Sachen 1 Jahr. Gegenüber Unternehmern beträgt die Verjährungsfrist bei neu hergestellten Sachen und bei gebrauchten Sachen 1 Jahr. Die vorstehende Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen gilt nicht für Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden aufgrund einer Verletzung des Lebens, des Körpers, der Gesundheit sowie für Schadensersatzansprüche aufgrund einer Verletzung wesentlicher Vertragspflichten. Wesentliche Vertragspflichten sind solche, deren Erfüllung zur Erreichung des Ziels des Vertrags notwendig ist, z.B. hat der Anbieter dem Kunden die Sache frei von Sach- und Rechtsmängeln zu übergeben und das Eigentum an ihr zu verschaffen. Die vorstehende Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen gilt ebenfalls nicht für Schadensersatzansprüche, die auf einer vorsätzlichen oder grob fahrlässigen Pflichtverletzung des Anbieters, seiner gesetzlichen Vertreter oder Erfüllungsgehilfen beruhen. Gegenüber Unternehmern ebenfalls ausgenommen von der Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen ist der Rückgriffsanspruch nach § 478 BGB.

(3) Eine Garantie wird von dem Anbieter nicht erklärt.


§ 6 Haftungsausschluss

(1) Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden sind ausgeschlossen, soweit nachfolgend nichts anderes bestimmt ist. Der vorstehende Haftungsausschluss gilt auch zugunsten der gesetzlichen Vertreter und Erfüllungsgehilfen des Anbieters, sofern der Kunde Ansprüche gegen diese geltend macht.

(2) Von dem unter Ziffer 1 bestimmten Haftungsausschluss ausgenommen sind Schadensersatzansprüche aufgrund einer Verletzung des Lebens, des Körpers, der Gesundheit und Schadensersatzansprüche aus der Verletzung wesentlicher Vertragspflichten. Wesentliche Vertragspflichten sind solche, deren Erfüllung zur Erreichung des Ziels des Vertrags notwendig ist, z.B. hat der Anbieter dem Kunden die Sache frei von Sach- und Rechtsmängeln zu übergeben und das Eigentum an ihr zu verschaffen. Von dem Haftungsausschluss ebenfalls ausgenommen ist die Haftung für Schäden, die auf einer vorsätzlichen oder grob fahrlässigen Pflichtverletzung des Anbieters, seiner gesetzlichen Vertreter oder Erfüllungsgehilfen beruhen.

(3) Vorschriften des Produkthaftungsgesetzes (ProdHaftG) bleiben unberührt.


§ 7 Abtretungs- und Verpfändungsverbot

Die Abtretung oder Verpfändung von dem Kunden gegenüber dem Anbieter zustehenden Ansprüchen oder Rechten ist ohne Zustimmung des Anbieters ausgeschlossen, sofern der Kunde nicht ein berechtigtes Interesse an der Abtretung oder Verpfändung nachweist.


§ 8 Aufrechnung

Ein Aufrechnungsrecht des Kunden besteht nur, wenn seine zur Aufrechnung gestellte Forderung rechtskräftig festgestellt wurde oder unbestritten ist.


§ 9 Rechtswahl & Gerichtsstand

(1) Auf die vertraglichen Beziehungen zwischen dem Anbieter und dem Kunden findet das Recht der Bundesrepublik Deutschland Anwendung. Von dieser Rechtswahl ausgenommen sind die zwingenden Verbraucherschutzvorschriften des Landes, in dem der Kunde seinen gewöhnlichen Aufenthalt hat. Die Anwendung des UN-Kaufrechts ist ausgeschlossen.

(2) Gerichtsstand für alle Streitigkeiten aus dem Vertragsverhältnis zwischen dem Kunden und dem Anbieter ist der Sitz des Anbieters, sofern es sich bei dem Kunden um einen Kaufmann, eine juristische Person des öffentlichen Rechts oder ein öffentlich-rechtliches Sondervermögen handelt.


§ 10 Salvatorische Klausel
Sollte eine Bestimmung dieser Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen unwirksam sein, wird davon die Wirksamkeit der übrigen Bestimmungen nicht berührt.



Quelle: General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.


Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.


Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.


Cookies

We do not use cookies for tracking purposes. You can choose to have your computer warn you each time a cookie is being sent, or you can choose to turn off all cookies. You do this through your browser (like Internet Explorer) settings. Each browser is a little different, so look at your browser's Help menu to learn the correct way to modify your cookies. If you disable cookies off, some features will be disabled that make your site experience more efficient and some of our services will not function properly.


Google

Google's advertising requirements can be summed up by Google's Advertising Principles. They are put in place to provide a positive experience for users. https://support.google.com/adwordspolicy/answer/1316548?hl=en We use Google AdSense Advertising on our website. Google, as a third-party vendor, uses cookies to serve ads on our site. Google's use of the DART cookie enables it to serve ads to our users based on previous visits to our site and other sites on the Internet. Users may opt-out of the use of the DART cookie by visiting the Google Ad and Content Network privacy policy.


Implementation

We along with third-party vendors, such as Google use first-party cookies (such as the Google Analytics cookies) and third-party cookies (such as the DoubleClick cookie) or other third-party identifiers together to compile data regarding user interactions with ad impressions and other ad service functions as they relate to our website. Users can set preferences for how Google advertises to you using the Google Ad Settings page. Alternatively, you can opt out by visiting the Network Advertising initiative opt out page or permanently using the Google Analytics Opt Out Browser add on.



" +cms-page--2,Placeholders Title & Content,1,1,1,/de/agb,/en/gtc,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,

Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen (AGB)

,

General Terms and Conditions (GTC)

,"

Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen (AGB)

]]> content

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.


§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-E-Mail. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.


§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.


§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.


§ 5 Gewährleistung

(1) Die Gewährleistungsrechte des Kunden richten sich nach den allgemeinen gesetzlichen Vorschriften, soweit nachfolgend nichts anderes bestimmt ist. Für Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden gegenüber dem Anbieter gilt die Regelung in § 6 dieser AGB.

(2) Die Verjährungsfrist für Gewährleistungsansprüche des Kunden beträgt bei Verbrauchern bei neu hergestellten Sachen 2 Jahre, bei gebrauchten Sachen 1 Jahr. Gegenüber Unternehmern beträgt die Verjährungsfrist bei neu hergestellten Sachen und bei gebrauchten Sachen 1 Jahr. Die vorstehende Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen gilt nicht für Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden aufgrund einer Verletzung des Lebens, des Körpers, der Gesundheit sowie für Schadensersatzansprüche aufgrund einer Verletzung wesentlicher Vertragspflichten. Wesentliche Vertragspflichten sind solche, deren Erfüllung zur Erreichung des Ziels des Vertrags notwendig ist, z.B. hat der Anbieter dem Kunden die Sache frei von Sach- und Rechtsmängeln zu übergeben und das Eigentum an ihr zu verschaffen. Die vorstehende Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen gilt ebenfalls nicht für Schadensersatzansprüche, die auf einer vorsätzlichen oder grob fahrlässigen Pflichtverletzung des Anbieters, seiner gesetzlichen Vertreter oder Erfüllungsgehilfen beruhen. Gegenüber Unternehmern ebenfalls ausgenommen von der Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen ist der Rückgriffsanspruch nach § 478 BGB.

(3) Eine Garantie wird von dem Anbieter nicht erklärt.


§ 6 Haftungsausschluss

(1) Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden sind ausgeschlossen, soweit nachfolgend nichts anderes bestimmt ist. Der vorstehende Haftungsausschluss gilt auch zugunsten der gesetzlichen Vertreter und Erfüllungsgehilfen des Anbieters, sofern der Kunde Ansprüche gegen diese geltend macht.

(2) Von dem unter Ziffer 1 bestimmten Haftungsausschluss ausgenommen sind Schadensersatzansprüche aufgrund einer Verletzung des Lebens, des Körpers, der Gesundheit und Schadensersatzansprüche aus der Verletzung wesentlicher Vertragspflichten. Wesentliche Vertragspflichten sind solche, deren Erfüllung zur Erreichung des Ziels des Vertrags notwendig ist, z.B. hat der Anbieter dem Kunden die Sache frei von Sach- und Rechtsmängeln zu übergeben und das Eigentum an ihr zu verschaffen. Von dem Haftungsausschluss ebenfalls ausgenommen ist die Haftung für Schäden, die auf einer vorsätzlichen oder grob fahrlässigen Pflichtverletzung des Anbieters, seiner gesetzlichen Vertreter oder Erfüllungsgehilfen beruhen.

(3) Vorschriften des Produkthaftungsgesetzes (ProdHaftG) bleiben unberührt.


§ 7 Abtretungs- und Verpfändungsverbot

Die Abtretung oder Verpfändung von dem Kunden gegenüber dem Anbieter zustehenden Ansprüchen oder Rechten ist ohne Zustimmung des Anbieters ausgeschlossen, sofern der Kunde nicht ein berechtigtes Interesse an der Abtretung oder Verpfändung nachweist.


§ 8 Aufrechnung

Ein Aufrechnungsrecht des Kunden besteht nur, wenn seine zur Aufrechnung gestellte Forderung rechtskräftig festgestellt wurde oder unbestritten ist.


§ 9 Rechtswahl & Gerichtsstand

(1) Auf die vertraglichen Beziehungen zwischen dem Anbieter und dem Kunden findet das Recht der Bundesrepublik Deutschland Anwendung. Von dieser Rechtswahl ausgenommen sind die zwingenden Verbraucherschutzvorschriften des Landes, in dem der Kunde seinen gewöhnlichen Aufenthalt hat. Die Anwendung des UN-Kaufrechts ist ausgeschlossen.

(2) Gerichtsstand für alle Streitigkeiten aus dem Vertragsverhältnis zwischen dem Kunden und dem Anbieter ist der Sitz des Anbieters, sofern es sich bei dem Kunden um einen Kaufmann, eine juristische Person des öffentlichen Rechts oder ein öffentlich-rechtliches Sondervermögen handelt.


§ 10 Salvatorische Klausel
Sollte eine Bestimmung dieser Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen unwirksam sein, wird davon die Wirksamkeit der übrigen Bestimmungen nicht berührt.



Quelle: General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.


Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.


Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.


Cookies

We do not use cookies for tracking purposes. You can choose to have your computer warn you each time a cookie is being sent, or you can choose to turn off all cookies. You do this through your browser (like Internet Explorer) settings. Each browser is a little different, so look at your browser's Help menu to learn the correct way to modify your cookies. If you disable cookies off, some features will be disabled that make your site experience more efficient and some of our services will not function properly.


Google

Google's advertising requirements can be summed up by Google's Advertising Principles. They are put in place to provide a positive experience for users. https://support.google.com/adwordspolicy/answer/1316548?hl=en We use Google AdSense Advertising on our website. Google, as a third-party vendor, uses cookies to serve ads on our site. Google's use of the DART cookie enables it to serve ads to our users based on previous visits to our site and other sites on the Internet. Users may opt-out of the use of the DART cookie by visiting the Google Ad and Content Network privacy policy.


Implementation

We along with third-party vendors, such as Google use first-party cookies (such as the Google Analytics cookies) and third-party cookies (such as the DoubleClick cookie) or other third-party identifiers together to compile data regarding user interactions with ad impressions and other ad service functions as they relate to our website. Users can set preferences for how Google advertises to you using the Google Ad Settings page. Alternatively, you can opt out by visiting the Network Advertising initiative opt out page or permanently using the Google Analytics Opt Out Browser add on.



" cms-page--3,Placeholders Title & Content,1,1,1,/de/datenschutz,/en/privacy,Datenschutzerklärung,Data Privacy,Datenschutzerklärung,Data Privacy,Datenschutzerklärung,Data Privacy,Datenschutzerklärung,Data Privacy,

Datenschutzerklärung

,

Data Privacy Policy

,"

Die Nutzung unserer Seite ist ohne eine Angabe von personenbezogenen Daten möglich. Für die Nutzung einzelner Services unserer Seite können sich hierfür abweichende Regelungen ergeben, die in diesem Falle nachstehend gesondert erläutert werden. Ihre personenbezogenen Daten (z.B. Name, Anschrift, E-Mail, Telefonnummer, u.ä.) werden von uns nur gemäß den Bestimmungen des deutschen Datenschutzrechts verarbeitet. Daten sind dann personenbezogen, wenn sie eindeutig einer bestimmten natürlichen Person zugeordnet werden können. Die rechtlichen Grundlagen des Datenschutzes finden Sie im Bundesdatenschutzgesetz (BDSG) und dem Telemediengesetz (TMG). Nachstehende Regelungen informieren Sie insoweit über die Art, den Umfang und Zweck der Erhebung, die Nutzung und die Verarbeitung von personenbezogenen Daten durch den Anbieter

Wir weisen darauf hin, dass die internetbasierte Datenübertragung Sicherheitslücken aufweist, ein lückenloser Schutz vor Zugriffen durch Dritte somit unmöglich ist.

Auskunft/Widerruf/Löschung

Sie können sich aufgrund des Bundesdatenschutzgesetzes bei Fragen zur Erhebung, Verarbeitung oder Nutzung Ihrer personenbezogenen Daten und deren Berichtigung, Sperrung, Löschung oder einem Widerruf einer erteilten Einwilligung unentgeltlich an uns wenden. Wir weisen darauf hin, dass Ihnen ein Recht auf Berichtigung falscher Daten oder Löschung personenbezogener Daten zusteht, sollte diesem Anspruch keine gesetzliche Aufbewahrungspflicht entgegenstehen.

der Anwaltskanzlei Weiß & Partner

","

Our website may be used without entering personal information. Different rules may apply to certain services on our site, however, and are explained separately below. We collect personal information from you (e.g. name, address, email address, telephone number, etc.) in accordance with the provisions of German data protection statutes. Information is considered personal if it can be associated exclusively to a specific natural person. The legal framework for data protection may be found in the German Federal Data Protection Act (BDSG) and the Telemedia Act (TMG). The provisions below serve to provide information as to the manner, extent and purpose for collecting, using and processing personal information by the provider.

Please be aware that data transfer via the internet is subject to security risks and, therefore, complete protection against third-party access to transferred data cannot be ensured.

Information/Cancellation/Deletion

On the basis of the Federal Data Protection Act, you may contact us at no cost if you have questions relating to the collection, processing or use of your personal information, if you wish to request the correction, blocking or deletion of the same, or if you wish to cancel explicitly granted consent. Please note that you have the right to have incorrect data corrected or to have personal data deleted, where such claim is not barred by any legal obligation to retain this data.

Sample Data Privacy Policy Statement provided by the Law Offices of Weiß & Partner

" cms-page--4,Placeholders Title & Content,1,0,1,/de/loremde,/en/lorem,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,"{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} chart('testChart', 'testChart') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Donec quam felis, ultricies nec, pellentesque eu, pretium quis, sem.","{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} chart('testChart', 'testChart') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Donec quam felis, ultricies nec, pellentesque eu, pretium quis, sem." cms-page--5,Placeholders Title & Content,1,1,0,/de/dolorde,/en/dolor,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,"Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Donec quam felis, ultricies nec, pellentesque eu, pretium quis, sem.","Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Donec quam felis, ultricies nec, pellentesque eu, pretium quis, sem." diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-content-items-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-content-items-feature.md index fc8addae7b0..cc12d8789e3 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-content-items-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-content-items-feature.md @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ class TwigDependencyProvider extends SprykerTwigDependencyProvider {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure that you’ve configured the content items: +Make sure that you've configured the content items: 1. Add a content item to a CMS block or page. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-inventory-management-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-inventory-management-feature.md index b1c8d518947..f778dbbc267 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-inventory-management-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-inventory-management-feature.md @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ Sony Experts MER000006 Warehouse 1,Wallstrasse 58,,,53507,Dernau,,DE,+49 2643 48 | comment | optional | string | | Any related comment. | -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following: * The CSV files have an empty line at the end. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-merchant-b2b-contract-requests-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-merchant-b2b-contract-requests-feature.md index 10670f8161b..758e3b57656 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-merchant-b2b-contract-requests-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-merchant-b2b-contract-requests-feature.md @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ MER000002,Video King,1234.4567,approved,martha@video-king.nl,1,/de/merchant/vide console data:import stock ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the defined picking list strategies have been imported to the `spy_stock` database table. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-navigation-module.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-navigation-module.md index 54e6f58818a..4ecc372a3cb 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-navigation-module.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-navigation-module.md @@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ To prepare your project to work with Navigation: 2. Install the new database tables By running `vendor/bin/console propel:diff`. Propel will generate a migration file with the changes. 3. Apply the database changes by running `vendor/bin/console propel:migrate`. 4. Generate ORM models by running `vendor/bin/console propel:model:build`. -5. After running this command you’ll find some new classes in your project under `\Orm\Zed\Navigation\Persistence` namespace. +5. After running this command you'll find some new classes in your project under `\Orm\Zed\Navigation\Persistence` namespace. - It’s important to make sure that they extend the base classes from the Spryker core, e.g.: + It's important to make sure that they extend the base classes from the Spryker core, e.g.: * `\Orm\Zed\Navigation\Persistence\SpyNavigation` extends `\Spryker\Zed\Navigation\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyNavigation` * `\Orm\Zed\Navigation\Persistence\SpyNavigationNode` extends `\Spryker\Zed\Navigation\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyNavigationNode` @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ The `Navigation` module ships with a twig extension that provides the `spyNaviga * `$navigationKey`: Reference of a navigation menu by its key field (for example, "MAIN_NAVIGATION"). * `$template`: Template path used to render the navigation menu (for example, `"@application/layout/navigation/main.twig"`). -To enable the navigation twig function, register `\Spryker\Yves\Navigation\Plugin\Provider\NavigationTwigServiceProvider` in your application’s bootstrap. +To enable the navigation twig function, register `\Spryker\Yves\Navigation\Plugin\Provider\NavigationTwigServiceProvider` in your application's bootstrap. ```php -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Check cart product image expander plugins - make sure you can see images related to cart items in the cart page in Yves. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-product-configuration-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-product-configuration-feature.md index 05be4c6171a..6c0df9d6715 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-product-configuration-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-product-configuration-feature.md @@ -2244,7 +2244,7 @@ console frontend:date-time-product-configurator:build {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the frontend part has been built: -1. Check that the folder `public/Configurator/dist` exists, and it’s not empty. +1. Check that the folder `public/Configurator/dist` exists, and it's not empty. 2. Check that you can access the configurator at `https://date-time-configurator-example.mysprykershop.com/`. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-product-measurement-unit-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-product-measurement-unit-feature.md index 88112f38069..95c979f900e 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-product-measurement-unit-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-product-measurement-unit-feature.md @@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ Make sure that checkout workflow works with measurement unit by ordering item wi {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure that abstract products which have measurement units don’t have `add_to_cart_sku` field at Elasticsearch document. +Make sure that abstract products which have measurement units don't have `add_to_cart_sku` field at Elasticsearch document. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-product-offer-service-points-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-product-offer-service-points-feature.md index f111df98182..8196947f35b 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-product-offer-service-points-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-product-offer-service-points-feature.md @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ class ConsoleDependencyProvider extends SprykerConsoleDependencyProvider console data:import:product-offer-service ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that entities were imported to the following database tables respectively: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-feature.md index 9dc58977d40..e28e6e6a9c4 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-feature.md @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ Make sure that `averageRating` and `reviewCount` attributes are present in `conc "averageRating": 4, "reviewCount": 5, "name": "Asus Transformer Book T200TA", - "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light — just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you’re free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You’ll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance — with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", + "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light — just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you're free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You'll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance — with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", "attributes": { "product_type": "Hybrid (2-in-1)", "form_factor": "clamshell", @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ Make sure that the response contains product-reviews as a relationship and produ "averageRating": 4, "reviewCount": 5, "name": "Asus Transformer Book T200TA", - "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light — just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you’re free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You’ll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance — with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", + "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light — just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you're free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You'll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance — with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", "attributes": { "product_type": "Hybrid (2-in-1)", "form_factor": "clamshell", diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-product-sets-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-product-sets-feature.md index 5a6d0a8f441..2afaf413179 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-product-sets-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-product-sets-feature.md @@ -170,12 +170,12 @@ You can reorder product sets in the Back Office. See [Reorder product sets](/doc diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-promotions-and-discounts-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-promotions-and-discounts-feature.md index 9ec1219174b..07fe4edb163 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-promotions-and-discounts-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-promotions-and-discounts-feature.md @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ Make sure that you can submit the *Discount Create* and *Discount Update* forms [//]: # (```) [//]: # () -[//]: # (When using promotion discount with voucher code, you will get the error message that voucher is not correct. It’s because voucher code is a product offered as promotion and not yet added to cart.) +[//]: # (When using promotion discount with voucher code, you will get the error message that voucher is not correct. It's because voucher code is a product offered as promotion and not yet added to cart.) [//]: # () [//]: # (You have to modify `\Pyz\Yves\Discount\Handler\VoucherHandler::addFlashMessages` to handle discounts with promotions.) diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-queue-data-import-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-queue-data-import-feature.md index e4bc6d9b4c1..c5485eb6eda 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-queue-data-import-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-queue-data-import-feature.md @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/data-import:"1.5.0" spryker/data-import-extension:"1.1.0" --update-with-dependencies` ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following modules have been installed: @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate` ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have been applied in the transfer objects: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-quick-add-to-cart-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-quick-add-to-cart-feature.md index 212c108129f..8bb1f3b3721 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-quick-add-to-cart-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-quick-add-to-cart-feature.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker-feature/quick-add-to-cart:"{{page.version}}" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following changes have been applied in transfer objects: @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker-feature/quick-add-to-cart:"^master" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ class RouterDependencyProvider extends SprykerRouterDependencyProvider } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following URLs are available on Yves: @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ class QuickOrderPageDependencyProvider extends SprykerQuickOrderPageDependencyPr } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make the following checks at https://mysprykershop.com/quick-order: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-quotation-process-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-quotation-process-feature.md index 6ddc66ab2a5..4bbbb4b34a1 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-quotation-process-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-quotation-process-feature.md @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ class QuoteConfig extends SprykerQuoteConfig } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that when you converted quote request to quote, JSON data in the database column `spy_quote.quote_data` of the corresponding quote contains `quoteRequestVersionReference`. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-reclamations-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-reclamations-feature.md index c38991b1300..08fb1c971d9 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-reclamations-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-reclamations-feature.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker-feature/reclamations: "{{page.version}}" --update-with-dependencies` ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following modules have been installed: @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ console propel:install console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have been applied by checking your database: @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Make sure that the following changes have been applied by checking your database {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes were implemented in the transfer objects: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-resource-sharing-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-resource-sharing-feature.md index 56f4be383c4..8b628e15812 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-resource-sharing-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-resource-sharing-feature.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker-feature/resource-sharing: "{{page.version}}" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ console propel:install console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes applied by checking your database: @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Make sure that the following changes applied by checking your database: {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes in transfer objects have been applied: @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker-feature/resource-sharing: "{{page.version}}" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-return-management-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-return-management-feature.md index e2bc131b4e8..cc84a3bd0b3 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-return-management-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-return-management-feature.md @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ class SalesConfig extends SprykerSalesConfig {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure the order detail page in the Back Office shows a table with order’s returns in the **Returns** section. +Make sure the order detail page in the Back Office shows a table with order's returns in the **Returns** section. Make sure that when the `StateHistoryOrderItemExpanderPlugin` is not configured and `SalesConfig::isHydrateOrderHistoryToItems()` is false, the order item state history is not shown in the order items table on the order detail page. @@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ class DataImportDependencyProvider extends SprykerDataImportDependencyProvider } ``` -Adjust your project’s corresponding .yml configuration file to enable import as a part of full import. +Adjust your project's corresponding .yml configuration file to enable import as a part of full import. **data/import/config/full_import_config.yml** diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-search-widget-for-concrete-products-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-search-widget-for-concrete-products-feature.md index cc941ae1c34..3867c19f349 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-search-widget-for-concrete-products-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-search-widget-for-concrete-products-feature.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ To start the feature integration, overview and install the necessary features: ### 1) Check the installed modules -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Apply database changes and generate entity and transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes are present in the transfer objects: @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ class ShopApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerShopApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following widgets were registered: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-shipment-service-points-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-shipment-service-points-feature.md index bf413b32d98..19b22b13367 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-shipment-service-points-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-shipment-service-points-feature.md @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ class ConsoleDependencyProvider extends SprykerConsoleDependencyProvider console data:import:shipment-type-service-type ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that entities have been imported into the `spy_shipment_type_service_type` database table. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-uuid-generation-console-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-uuid-generation-console-feature.md index 02e3b8fc53d..affc9e13f2f 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-uuid-generation-console-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/install-the-uuid-generation-console-feature.md @@ -83,6 +83,6 @@ class ConsoleDependencyProvider extends SprykerConsoleDependencyProvider {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -To make sure you’ve set up `UuidGeneratorConsole`, run `console | grep uuid:generate` and check that the command is found. +To make sure you've set up `UuidGeneratorConsole`, run `console | grep uuid:generate` and check that the command is found. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-merchant-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-merchant-feature.md index f987804c870..7c7014f42ef 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-merchant-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-merchant-feature.md @@ -431,17 +431,17 @@ To import data follow the steps in the following sections. ```csv merchant_reference,contact_person_role,contact_person_title,contact_person_first_name,contact_person_last_name,contact_person_phone,banner_url,logo_url,public_email,public_phone,description_glossary_key.en_US,description_glossary_key.de_DE,banner_url_glossary_key.en_US,banner_url_glossary_key.de_DE,delivery_time_glossary_key.en_US,delivery_time_glossary_key.de_DE,terms_conditions_glossary_key.en_US,terms_conditions_glossary_key.de_DE,cancellation_policy_glossary_key.en_US,cancellation_policy_glossary_key.de_DE,imprint_glossary_key.en_US,imprint_glossary_key.de_DE,data_privacy_glossary_key.en_US,data_privacy_glossary_key.de_DE,is_active,fax_number -MER000001,E-Commerce Manager,Mr,Harald,Schmidt,+49 30 208498350,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-logo.png,info@spryker.com,+49 30 234567891,Spryker is the main merchant at the Demo Marketplace.,Spryker ist der Haupthändler auf dem Demo-Marktplatz.,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,1-3 days,1-3 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.","

Spryker Systems GmbH

Julie-Wolfthorn-Straße 1
10115 Berlin
DE

Phone: +49 (30) 2084983 50
Email: info@spryker.com

Represented by
Managing Directors: Alexander Graf, Boris Lokschin
Register Court: Hamburg
Register Number: HRB 134310

","

Spryker Systems GmbH

Julie-Wolfthorn-Straße 1
10115 Berlin
DE

Phone: +49 (30) 2084983 50
Email: info@spryker.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Alexander Graf, Boris Lokschin
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: HRB 134310

",Spryker Systems GmbH values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Spryker Systems GmbH.,1,+49 30 234567800 -MER000002,Country Manager DE,Ms,Martha,Farmer,+31 123 345 678,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-logo.png,hi@video-king.nl,+31 123 345 777,"Video King is a premium provider of video equipment. In business since 2010, we understand the needs of video professionals and enthusiasts and offer a wide variety of products with competitive prices. ","Video King ist ein Premium-Anbieter von Videogeräten. Wir sind seit 2010 im Geschäft, verstehen die Bedürfnisse von Videoprofis und -enthusiasten und bieten eine große Auswahl an Produkten zu wettbewerbsfähigen Preisen an. ",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,2-4 days,2-4 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Video King

Gilzeweg 24
4854SG Bavel
NL

Phone: +31 123 45 6789
Email: hi@video-king.nl

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Amsterdam
Register Number: 1234.4567

,

Video King

Gilzeweg 24
4854SG Bavel
NL

Telefon: +31 123 45 6789
Email: hi@video-king.nl

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: Amsterdam
Registernummer: 1234.4567

,Video King values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Video King.,1,+31 123 345 733 +MER000001,E-Commerce Manager,Mr,Harald,Schmidt,+49 30 208498350,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-logo.png,info@spryker.com,+49 30 234567891,Spryker is the main merchant at the Demo Marketplace.,Spryker ist der Haupthändler auf dem Demo-Marktplatz.,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,1-3 days,1-3 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.","

Spryker Systems GmbH

Julie-Wolfthorn-Straße 1
10115 Berlin
DE

Phone: +49 (30) 2084983 50
Email: info@spryker.com

Represented by
Managing Directors: Alexander Graf, Boris Lokschin
Register Court: Hamburg
Register Number: HRB 134310

","

Spryker Systems GmbH

Julie-Wolfthorn-Straße 1
10115 Berlin
DE

Phone: +49 (30) 2084983 50
Email: info@spryker.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Alexander Graf, Boris Lokschin
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: HRB 134310

",Spryker Systems GmbH values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Spryker Systems GmbH.,1,+49 30 234567800 +MER000002,Country Manager DE,Ms,Martha,Farmer,+31 123 345 678,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-logo.png,hi@video-king.nl,+31 123 345 777,"Video King is a premium provider of video equipment. In business since 2010, we understand the needs of video professionals and enthusiasts and offer a wide variety of products with competitive prices. ","Video King ist ein Premium-Anbieter von Videogeräten. Wir sind seit 2010 im Geschäft, verstehen die Bedürfnisse von Videoprofis und -enthusiasten und bieten eine große Auswahl an Produkten zu wettbewerbsfähigen Preisen an. ",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,2-4 days,2-4 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Video King

Gilzeweg 24
4854SG Bavel
NL

Phone: +31 123 45 6789
Email: hi@video-king.nl

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Amsterdam
Register Number: 1234.4567

,

Video King

Gilzeweg 24
4854SG Bavel
NL

Telefon: +31 123 45 6789
Email: hi@video-king.nl

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: Amsterdam
Registernummer: 1234.4567

,Video King values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Video King.,1,+31 123 345 733 MER000006,Brand Manager,Ms,Michele,Nemeth,030/123456789,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-logo.png,support@sony-experts.com,+49 30 234567691,"Capture your moment with the best cameras from Sony. From pocket-size to professional-style, they all pack features to deliver the best quality pictures. Discover the range of Sony cameras, lenses and accessories, and capture your favorite moments with precision and style with the best cameras can offer.","Halten Sie Ihren Moment mit den besten Kameras von Sony fest. Vom Taschenformat bis hin zum professionellen Stil bieten sie alle Funktionen, um Bilder in bester Qualität zu liefern. -Entdecken Sie das Angebot an Kameras, Objektiven und Zubehör von Sony und fangen Sie Ihre Lieblingsmomente mit Präzision und Stil mit den besten Kameras ein, die das Unternehmen zu bieten hat.",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-banner.png,1-3 days,1-3 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Sony Experts

Matthias-Pschorr-Straße 1
80336 München
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@sony-experts.com

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Munich
Register Number: HYY 134306

,

Sony Experts

Matthias-Pschorr-Straße 1
80336 München
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@sony-experts.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: München
Registernummer: HYY 134306

,Sony Experts values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Sony Experts.,1,+49 30 234567600 +Entdecken Sie das Angebot an Kameras, Objektiven und Zubehör von Sony und fangen Sie Ihre Lieblingsmomente mit Präzision und Stil mit den besten Kameras ein, die das Unternehmen zu bieten hat.",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-banner.png,1-3 days,1-3 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Sony Experts

Matthias-Pschorr-Straße 1
80336 München
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@sony-experts.com

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Munich
Register Number: HYY 134306

,

Sony Experts

Matthias-Pschorr-Straße 1
80336 München
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@sony-experts.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: München
Registernummer: HYY 134306

,Sony Experts values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Sony Experts.,1,+49 30 234567600 MER000004,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,0, MER000003,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,0, MER000007,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,0, MER000005,Merchandise Manager,Mr,Jason,Weidmann,030/123456789,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-logo.png,support@budgetcamerasonline.com,+49 30 234567591,"DSLR and mirrorless cameras are by far the most popular with filmmakers on a tight budget when you can't afford multiple specialist cameras. Budget Cameras is offering a great selection of digital cameras with the lowest prices.","DSLR- und spiegellose Kameras sind bei Filmemachern mit knappem Budget bei weitem am beliebtesten, wenn sie sich bestimmte Spezialkameras nicht leisten können. -Budget Cameras bietet eine große Auswahl an Digitalkameras mit den niedrigsten Preisen.",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-banner.png,2-4 days,2-4 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Budget Cameras

Spitalerstraße 3
20095 Hamburg
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@budgetcamerasonline.com

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Hamburg
Register Number: HXX 134305

,

Budget Cameras

Spitalerstraße 3
20095 Hamburg
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@budgetcamerasonline.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: HXX 134305

,Budget Cameras values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Budget Cameras.,1,+49 30 234567500 +Budget Cameras bietet eine große Auswahl an Digitalkameras mit den niedrigsten Preisen.",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-banner.png,2-4 days,2-4 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Budget Cameras

Spitalerstraße 3
20095 Hamburg
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@budgetcamerasonline.com

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Hamburg
Register Number: HXX 134305

,

Budget Cameras

Spitalerstraße 3
20095 Hamburg
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@budgetcamerasonline.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: HXX 134305

,Budget Cameras values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Budget Cameras.,1,+49 30 234567500 ``` diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-cart-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-cart-feature.md index 136a4c86a37..2143df8046b 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-cart-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-cart-feature.md @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ class CartDependencyProvider extends SprykerCartDependencyProvider {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure that you can’t add an item with `merchantReference` and `sku` that do not belong to the same `MerchantProduct`(see `spy_merchant_product_abstract`). +Make sure that you can't add an item with `merchantReference` and `sku` that do not belong to the same `MerchantProduct`(see `spy_merchant_product_abstract`). {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-feature.md index e62d632fd1e..ebdc8fc786f 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-feature.md @@ -482,8 +482,8 @@ Make sure that when the following entities get updated through the ORM, the corr | TARGET ENTITY | EXAMPLE EXPECTED DATA IDENTIFIER | EXAMPLE EXPECTED DATA FRAGMENT | |---------------|-------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| -| ProductOffer | kv:product_offer:offer2 | {“id_product_offer”:1,“id_merchant”:6,“product_offer_reference”:“offer1",“merchant_sku”:“GS952M00H-Q11"} | -| ProductOffer | kv:product_concrete_product_offers:093_24495843 | [“offer3”,“offer4"] | +| ProductOffer | kv:product_offer:offer2 | {"id_product_offer":1,"id_merchant":6,"product_offer_reference":"offer1","merchant_sku":"GS952M00H-Q11"} | +| ProductOffer | kv:product_concrete_product_offers:093_24495843 | ["offer3","offer4"] | {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-feature.md index e3e77317064..19e7536eb01 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-feature.md @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ Sony Experts MER000006 Warehouse 1,1,multi-shipment console data:import stock ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the defined picking list strategies have been imported to the `spy_stock` database table. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-product-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-product-feature.md index ed1a87d72fc..1f2ced60bae 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-product-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202404.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-product-feature.md @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ Make sure the `concrete-products` and `concrete-product-image-sets` resources ar "is_active": true }, "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", "isSearchable": true, "attributes": { "color": "Blue" diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/enable-gift-cards.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/enable-gift-cards.md index fada0bdabb7..ce588693384 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/enable-gift-cards.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/enable-gift-cards.md @@ -27,15 +27,15 @@ spryker/product-management:"^0.12.0" | PLUGIN | DESCRIPTION | WHERE TO INSTALL | STRATEGY | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | `GiftCardCalculatorPlugin` | Splits applicable and non-applicable Gift Cards. Creates payment methods for applicable Gift Cards. |`CalculationDependencyProvider::getQuoteCalculatorPluginStack` | - | -| `GiftCardCurrencyMatchDecisionRulePlugin` |Doesn’t allow using a Gift Card with a different currency rather than the one the customer has used while performing the payment. | `GiftCardDependencyProvider::getDecisionRulePlugins` | - | -| `GiftCardIsActiveDecisionRulePlugin` | Doesn’t allow using inactive Gift Cards. |`GiftCardDependencyProvider::getDecisionRulePlugins` | - | +| `GiftCardCurrencyMatchDecisionRulePlugin` |Doesn't allow using a Gift Card with a different currency rather than the one the customer has used while performing the payment. | `GiftCardDependencyProvider::getDecisionRulePlugins` | - | +| `GiftCardIsActiveDecisionRulePlugin` | Doesn't allow using inactive Gift Cards. |`GiftCardDependencyProvider::getDecisionRulePlugins` | - | | `GiftCardDiscountableItemFilterPlugin` |Restricts using a Gift Card for another Gift Cards in a cart. The plugin filters out Gift Cards from discountable items. |`DiscountDependencyProvider::getDiscountableItemFilterPlugins` | - | | `GiftCardIsUsedDecisionRulePlugin` | As a part of the replacement strategy, this plugin does not allow using a Gift Card twice. |`GiftCardDependencyProvider::getDecisionRulePlugins` | Replacement | | `GiftCardMetadataExpanderPlugin` | Populates Gift Card information when it's in the cart. | `CartDependencyProvider::getExpanderPlugins` | - | | `GiftCardCheckoutDoSaveOrderPlugin` | Saves a Gift Card with populated data when an order is placed. Keeps Gift Card as an order payment method. | `CheckoutDependencyProvider::getCheckoutOrderSavers` | - | | `GiftCardPaymentMethodFilterPlugin` | Now, every payment method is compatible with a Gift Card in the cart. The plugin filters out all incompatible payment methods from available ones during checkout payment methods step. | `PaymentDependencyProvider::getPaymentMethodFilterPlugins` | - | | `GiftCardCheckoutPreConditionPlugin` | Confirms that a Gift Card is not used at the moment and that payment method amount assigned to the Gift Card is no more than the Gift Card amount itself.. | `CheckoutDependencyProvider::getCheckoutPreConditions` | - | -| `GiftCardRecreateValueProviderPlugin` |For replacement: defines a Gift Card leftover. It’s simply a Gift Card amount for this strategy. | `GiftCardDependencyProvider::getValueProviderPlugin` | Replacement | +| `GiftCardRecreateValueProviderPlugin` |For replacement: defines a Gift Card leftover. It's simply a Gift Card amount for this strategy. | `GiftCardDependencyProvider::getValueProviderPlugin` | Replacement | | `CreateGiftCardCommandPlugin` | It is an order management system command to create a Gift Card based on a paid order item (a Gift Card item). | `OmsDependencyProvider::extendCommandPlugins` | - | | `ReplaceGiftCardsCommandPlugin` | For placement strategy: creates a new Gift Card based on leftover from the previous one. | `OmsDependencyProvider::extendCommandPlugins` | Replacement | | `IsGiftCardConditionPlugin` | This plugin is used to define an order management system state machine process routing. | `OmsDependencyProvider::extendConditionPlugins` | - | @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ spryker/product-management:"^0.12.0" | `GiftCardUsageMailTypePlugin` | Sends an e-mail on Gift Card usage to its user. | `MailDependencyProvider::MAIL_TYPE_COLLECTION` | - | | `ShipGiftCardByEmailCommandPlugin` | An order management system command which triggers Gift Card electronic shipment. |`OmsDependencyProvider::extendCommandPlugins` | - | | `NopaymentHandlerPlugin` | A payment method placeholder that is used when an order is paid by only a Gift Card without a real payment method. | `CheckoutDependencyProvider::extendPaymentMethodHandler` | - | -| `NopaymentCheckoutPreConditionPlugin` | Doesn’t allow placing an order with a price to pay more than 0 with a NoPayment payment method. | `CheckoutDependencyProvider::getCheckoutPreConditions` | - | +| `NopaymentCheckoutPreConditionPlugin` | Doesn't allow placing an order with a price to pay more than 0 with a NoPayment payment method. | `CheckoutDependencyProvider::getCheckoutPreConditions` | - | | `PriceToPayPaymentMethodFilterPlugin` | Filters payment methods based on cart totals. | `PaymentDependencyProvider::getPaymentMethodFilterPlugins` | - | | `PaymentFormFilterPlugin` | Each payment method provides its subforms. The plugin filters them out based on an available payment method list. | `CheckoutDependencyProvider::getPaymentFormFilterPlugins` | - | | `PaymentCalculatorPlugin` | Distributes total prices to payment methods. Calculates price to pay to quote totals. | `CalculationDependencyProvider::getQuoteCalculatorPluginStack` | - | diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-availability-notification-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-availability-notification-feature.md index 2f885ed25c8..a5d2c294a0c 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-availability-notification-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-availability-notification-feature.md @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ To verify the email links are correct, make sure that the following configuratio 1. Add a new product and make it unavailable. 2. As a customer, subscribe to the product's availability notifications on the Storefront. 3. Make the product available. -4. In your mailbox, open the email about the product’s availability. +4. In your mailbox, open the email about the product's availability. 5. Check if the link to the product opens the correct Product Details page. The link should have the correct hostname. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-prices-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-prices-feature.md index c1f5932c31a..ca0c019b766 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-prices-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-dynamic-multistore-the-prices-feature.md @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ There can only be one default currency per store. {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Import requirements” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Import requirements" %} * The `.csv` files must have an empty line in the end. * For each `currency_code` entry in the CSV files, there must be a respective `code` entry in the `spy_currency` database table. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-dynamic-multistore.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-dynamic-multistore.md index 52e323e662d..9b8f874172e 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-dynamic-multistore.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-dynamic-multistore.md @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ if (getenv('SPRYKER_CURRENT_REGION')) { For an example of an updated file, see [jenkins.php in the Spryker Suite repository](https://github.com/spryker-shop/suite/blob/master/config/Zed/cronjobs/jenkins.php). -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} 1. Remove Jenkins jobs per store: @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ class PublisherDependencyProvider extends SprykerPublisherDependencyProvider {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -When a store’s data is created, updated, or deleted, including local and country information, make sure it's correctly exported to or removed from Redis. +When a store's data is created, updated, or deleted, including local and country information, make sure it's correctly exported to or removed from Redis. Storage type: Redis Target entity: Store @@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ DE,"[{""application"": null, ""timezone"": ""Europe/Berlin""}]" | application_context_collection | ✓ | string | `[{""application"": null, ""timezone"": ""Europe/Berlin""}]` | Defines a store context collection in JSON. | -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following applies: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-alternative-products-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-alternative-products-glue-api.md index bbb0d69cae2..52ca753813b 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-alternative-products-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-alternative-products-glue-api.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/alternative-products-rest-api:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following module is installed: @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following endpoints are available: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-glue-api.md index 00c82d25f6d..eb7a93c8977 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-glue-api.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/catalog-search-rest-api:"^2.1.2" spryker/catalog-search-products-resource-relationship:"^1.1.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have occurred in transfer objects: @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} If `CatalogSearchResourceRoutePlugin` and `CatalogSearchSuggestionsResourceRoutePlugin` are installed correctly, the following endpoints should now be available: `https://glue.mysprykershop.com/catalog-search?q={% raw %}{{{% endraw %}q_term{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}` @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ If `CatalogSearchResourceRoutePlugin` and `CatalogSearchSuggestionsResourceRoute {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} To make sure that `CatalogSearchAbstractProductsResourceRelationshipPlugin` and `CatalogSearchSuggestionsAbstractProductsResourceRelationshipPlugin` are functioning correctly, do the following: Send a request to `https://glue.mysprykershop.com/catalog-search?q={% raw %}{{{% endraw %}q_term{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}&include=abstract-products` and verify that the response includes relationships to `abstract-products` resources. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-merchant-product-restrictions.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-merchant-product-restrictions.md index 66b1f11bde1..3c3d528f847 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-merchant-product-restrictions.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-catalog-merchant-product-restrictions.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/merchant-relationship-product-lists-rest-api:"^0.1.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have occurred in transfer objects: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-checkout-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-checkout-glue-api.md index f6ef2a893c0..f799a2ac357 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-checkout-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-checkout-glue-api.md @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ class CheckoutRestApiConfig extends SprykerCheckoutRestApiConfig {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} If `Pyz\Glue\CheckoutRestApi\CheckoutRestApiConfig::isShipmentMethodsMappedToAttributes()` is true, make sure the `checkout-data` endpoint returns shipping methods in the `shipmentMethods` attribute. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-cms-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-cms-glue-api.md index 73dc5e13543..5a7e6876c2e 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-cms-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-cms-glue-api.md @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Make sure that the following changes have been applied in the transfer objects: {% endinfo_block %} -2. Update the UUID for the CMS pages that had existed before you’ve added the column: +2. Update the UUID for the CMS pages that had existed before you've added the column: ```bash console uuid:generate Cms spy_cms_page diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-company-account-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-company-account-glue-api.md index 932ad6d2c63..0c4c007cbab 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-company-account-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-company-account-glue-api.md @@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ Verify the feature is set up correctly: 2. [Retrieve available company users](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/company-account/glue-api-search-by-company-users.html#retrieve-available-company-users). -3. Using the company user ID you’ve retrieved in the previous step, [authenticate as a company user](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-company-user.html#authenticate-as-a-company-user). +3. Using the company user ID you've retrieved in the previous step, [authenticate as a company user](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-company-user.html#authenticate-as-a-company-user). Check that the response contains all the necessary data. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-content-items-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-content-items-glue-api.md index bafe624ae30..7910422788b 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-content-items-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-content-items-glue-api.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker/content-banners-rest-api:"^2.1.0" spryker/content-product-abstract-lists-rest-api:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Ensure that the following modules have been installed in `vendor/spryker`: @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have been applied in transfer objects, see `src/Generated/Shared/Transfer/` folder: @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following endpoints return the result with the all necessary data. For example: - https://glue.mysprykershop.com/content-banners/{content_key}- diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-customer-account-management-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-customer-account-management-glue-api.md index 844e5a44d43..7028486cca6 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-customer-account-management-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-customer-account-management-glue-api.md @@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ To verify `OauthRefreshTokenRemoverPlugin` is set up, delete expired refresh tok console oauth:refresh-token:remove-expired ``` -Make sure all the expired refresh tokens older than defined by the removal interval you’ve configured in `Spryker\Shared\Oauth\OauthConfig::getRefreshTokenRetentionInterval()` have been deleted. +Make sure all the expired refresh tokens older than defined by the removal interval you've configured in `Spryker\Shared\Oauth\OauthConfig::getRefreshTokenRetentionInterval()` have been deleted. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-multiple-carts-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-multiple-carts-glue-api.md index a9e32dde44d..f18ae039abc 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-multiple-carts-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-multiple-carts-glue-api.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker/multi-carts-rest-api:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following modules have been installed: @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following changes have been applied in transfer objects: {% endinfo_block %} @@ -89,13 +89,13 @@ Make sure that the following endpoints are available: {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that it's possible to create more than one cart. {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that after creating several carts, a response from the `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/carts` request contains data about all created carts. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-navigation-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-navigation-glue-api.md index 7c60ed571ca..05dfad4576b 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-navigation-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-navigation-glue-api.md @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker/navigations-rest-api:"^2.0.0" spryker/navigations-category-nodes-resource-relationship:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following changes have been applied in transfer objects: @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ class NavigationsRestApiConfig extends SprykerNavigationsRestApiConfig } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} The verification for this step can be provided once the resource is provided in the *Set up Behavior* section below. @@ -147,19 +147,19 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} `NavigationsResourceRoutePlugin` is set up correctly if the following endpoint is available: *https://glue.mysprykershop.com/navigations/{navigationId}* {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Now, it's possible to verify that the configuration of NavigationsRestApiConfig is done correctly. Perform the "https://glue.mysprykershop.com/navigations/{navigationId}" request and check that each node of the type you set up in the configuration (category and CMS pages in the example "resourceId" is filled with the valid foreign key.) {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Send a request to *https://glue.mysprykershop.com/navigations/MAIN_NAVIGATION?include=category-nodes*. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-payments-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-payments-glue-api.md index 97d4d26d35f..87b73c2778b 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-payments-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-payments-glue-api.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Install the required modules: composer require spryker/payments-rest-api:"1.1.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-labels-feature-integration.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-labels-feature-integration.md index aa0a2d61947..3d7dbe627a8 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-labels-feature-integration.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-labels-feature-integration.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/product-labels-rest-api:"^1.0.1" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following module is installed: @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes are present in transfer objects: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-price-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-price-glue-api.md index ba6c579b233..e87e15df42c 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-price-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-price-glue-api.md @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ class ProductPricesRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerProductPricesRestApi {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -To verify that you’ve activated `PriceProductVolumeRestProductPricesAttributesMapperPlugin`: +To verify that you've activated `PriceProductVolumeRestProductPricesAttributesMapperPlugin`: 1. Create an abstract product with a volume price. 2. Send the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/abstract-products/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}sku{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}/abstract-product-prices` request and make sure that the response contains volume prices data. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-glue-api.md index 9a41765b029..a87d5472ab6 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-glue-api.md @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ class ProductsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerProductsRestApiDependency "averageRating": 4, "reviewCount": 5, "name": "Asus Transformer Book T200TA", - "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light—just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you’re free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You’ll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance—with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", + "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light—just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you're free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You'll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance—with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", "attributes": { "product_type": "Hybrid (2-in-1)", "form_factor": "clamshell", @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ class ProductsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerProductsRestApiDependency "averageRating": 4, "reviewCount": 5, "name": "Asus Transformer Book T200TA", - "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light—just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you’re free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You’ll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance—with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", + "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light—just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you're free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You'll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance—with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", "attributes": { "product_type": "Hybrid (2-in-1)", "form_factor": "clamshell", diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-relations-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-relations-glue-api.md index bb383798ab1..be2af351a3f 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-relations-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-relations-glue-api.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: ```bash composer require spryker/related-products-rest-api:"^1.0.0" spryker/up-selling-products-rest-api:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following modules have been installed: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-tax-sets-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-tax-sets-glue-api.md index b0c717401da..324fb6c96f1 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-tax-sets-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-product-tax-sets-glue-api.md @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Run the following command: console tax-sets:uuid:update ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the uuid field is filled out for all records in the `spy_tax_set` table. You can run the following SQL-query for it and make sure that the result is 0 records.
`SELECT COUNT(* {% endinfo_block %} FROM spy_tax_set WHERE uuid IS NULL;`) diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-quotation-process-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-quotation-process-glue-api.md index f8cf1755e52..2dae71b2558 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-quotation-process-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-quotation-process-glue-api.md @@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ class QuoteRequestsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerQuoteRequestsRestApi "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "118", "name": "Fujitsu ESPRIMO E420", - "description": "Energy Efficiency As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu’ approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficiency of our products. The Fujitsu ESPRIMO E420 features proven technology regarding Intel® chipset and processor and an 85% energy efficient power supply. Fujitsu is committed to eliminating the use of harmful and potentially harmful substances in its products and production processes in order to minimize risk to end users and to the environment. This strategy is captured in Environmental Guideline FTS03230 and forms the basis on which all Fujitsu's products are designed. Especially for Fujitsu ESPRIMO PCs this means that all used printed circuit boards are halogen free. Furthermore they are compliant with several certificates awarding environmental conscience such as ENERGY STAR® and EPEAT.", + "description": "Energy Efficiency As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu' approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficiency of our products. The Fujitsu ESPRIMO E420 features proven technology regarding Intel® chipset and processor and an 85% energy efficient power supply. Fujitsu is committed to eliminating the use of harmful and potentially harmful substances in its products and production processes in order to minimize risk to end users and to the environment. This strategy is captured in Environmental Guideline FTS03230 and forms the basis on which all Fujitsu's products are designed. Especially for Fujitsu ESPRIMO PCs this means that all used printed circuit boards are halogen free. Furthermore they are compliant with several certificates awarding environmental conscience such as ENERGY STAR® and EPEAT.", "attributes": { "processor_cache": "6 MB", "bus_type": "DMI", @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ class QuoteRequestsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerQuoteRequestsRestApi ], "metaTitle": "Fujitsu ESPRIMO E420", "metaKeywords": "Fujitsu,Tax Exempt", - "metaDescription": "Energy Efficiency As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu’ approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficien", + "metaDescription": "Energy Efficiency As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu' approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficien", "attributeNames": { "processor_cache": "Processor cache type", "bus_type": "Bus type", @@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ class QuoteRequestsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerQuoteRequestsRestApi "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "124", "name": "HP ProDesk 400 G3", - "description": "New powerful processors Give your business the strong foundation it needs for growth with the affordable and reliable HP ProDesk 400 SFF. Designed with essential security and manageability features, the HP ProDesk 400 helps keep your business growing. New 6th Gen Intel® Core™ processors bring powerful processing with Intel® HD 530 Graphics. Available DDR4 memory helps meet the demands of today’s businesses. HP ProDesks are rigorously tested to help ensure reliability. During the HP Total Test Process, PCs experience 120,000 hours of performance trials to help get you through your business day. The HP ProDesk 400 SFF helps affordably build a solid IT infrastructure for your growing business and fits in smaller workspaces for easy deployment.", + "description": "New powerful processors Give your business the strong foundation it needs for growth with the affordable and reliable HP ProDesk 400 SFF. Designed with essential security and manageability features, the HP ProDesk 400 helps keep your business growing. New 6th Gen Intel® Core™ processors bring powerful processing with Intel® HD 530 Graphics. Available DDR4 memory helps meet the demands of today's businesses. HP ProDesks are rigorously tested to help ensure reliability. During the HP Total Test Process, PCs experience 120,000 hours of performance trials to help get you through your business day. The HP ProDesk 400 SFF helps affordably build a solid IT infrastructure for your growing business and fits in smaller workspaces for easy deployment.", "attributes": { "processor_codename": "Skylake", "bus_type": "DMI3", @@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ class QuoteRequestsRestApiDependencyProvider extends SprykerQuoteRequestsRestApi "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "119", "name": "Fujitsu ESPRIMO E920", - "description": "Green IT Fujitsu is committed to eliminating the use of harmful and potentially harmful substances in its products and production processes in order to minimize risk to end users and to the environment. This strategy is captured in Environmental Guideline FTS03230 and forms the basis on which all Fujitsu's products are designed. Especially for Fujitsu ESPRIMO PCs this means that all used printed circuit boards are halogen free. Furthermore they are compliant with several certificates awarding environmental conscience such as ENERGY STAR® and EPEAT. As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu’ approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficiency of our products. The Fujitsu ESPRIMO E920 features latest technology regarding Intel® chipset and processor and optional an up to 94% energy efficient power supply. Furthermore it delivers enhanced power management settings and optional 0-Watt power consumption in off-mode.", + "description": "Green IT Fujitsu is committed to eliminating the use of harmful and potentially harmful substances in its products and production processes in order to minimize risk to end users and to the environment. This strategy is captured in Environmental Guideline FTS03230 and forms the basis on which all Fujitsu's products are designed. Especially for Fujitsu ESPRIMO PCs this means that all used printed circuit boards are halogen free. Furthermore they are compliant with several certificates awarding environmental conscience such as ENERGY STAR® and EPEAT. As energy saving is one of the core components of Fujitsu' approach to the environment, we permanently try to improve the energy efficiency of our products. The Fujitsu ESPRIMO E920 features latest technology regarding Intel® chipset and processor and optional an up to 94% energy efficient power supply. Furthermore it delivers enhanced power management settings and optional 0-Watt power consumption in off-mode.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "32 GB", "intel_smart_cache": "yes", diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-tax-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-tax-glue-api.md index a2944658629..f68eb821be7 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-tax-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-tax-glue-api.md @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Run the following command: console uuid:generate Tex spy_tax_set ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the `uuid` field is populated for all records in the `spy_tax_set` table. You can run the following SQL query for it and make sure that the result is 0 records.
`SELECT COUNT(* {% endinfo_block %} FROM spy_tax_set WHERE uuid IS NULL;`) @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency
-{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following endpoint is available:
`http://mysprykershop.com/abstract-products/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}abstract_sku{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}/product-tax-sets`
Send a request to `http://mysprykershop.com/abstract-products/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}abstract_sku{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}?include=product-tax-sets`. Make sure that the response includes relationships to the `product-tax-sets` resources. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-wishlist-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-wishlist-glue-api.md index af9c0f0da4b..0c2d44b650d 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-wishlist-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-glue-api/install-the-wishlist-glue-api.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/wishlists-rest-api:"^1.0.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following module has been installed: @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ console propel:install console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have occurred in the database: @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Make sure that the following changes have occurred in the database: {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have occurred in transfer objects: @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Run the following command: console uuid:update Wishlist spy_wishlist ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the `uuid` field is populated for all records in the `spy_wishlist` table. For this purpose, run the following SQL query and make sure that the result is 0 records: @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following endpoints are available: `http:///glue.mysprykershop.com/wishlists` diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-microsoft-azure-active-directory.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-microsoft-azure-active-directory.md index d82ee9b0791..5d7d451c52a 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-microsoft-azure-active-directory.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-microsoft-azure-active-directory.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ This page describes the Microsoft Azure Active Directory and how to install it. ## General information -Azure Active Directory is Microsoft’s multi-tenant, cloud-based directory and identity management service. For an organization, Azure AD helps employees sign up to multiple services and access them anywhere over the cloud with a single set of login credentials. +Azure Active Directory is Microsoft's multi-tenant, cloud-based directory and identity management service. For an organization, Azure AD helps employees sign up to multiple services and access them anywhere over the cloud with a single set of login credentials. The [SprykerEco.Oauth-Azure](https://github.com/spryker-eco/oauth-azure) enables OAuth 2.0 authentication via Microsoft Azure Active Directory. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ class SecurityGuiDependencyProvider extends SprykerSecurityGuiDependencyProvider {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure you’ve activated `AzureAuthenticationLinkPlugin` by checking the **Login with Microsoft Azure** button on the Back Office login page. +Make sure you've activated `AzureAuthenticationLinkPlugin` by checking the **Login with Microsoft Azure** button on the Back Office login page. {% endinfo_block %} @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ class SecurityOauthUserDependencyProvider extends SprykerSecurityOauthUserDepend {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure you’ve activated `AzureOauthUserClientStrategyPlugin`: +Make sure you've activated `AzureOauthUserClientStrategyPlugin`: 1. On the Back Office login page, select **Login with Microsoft Azure**. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-alternative-products-inventory-management-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-alternative-products-inventory-management-feature.md index 8ae9d7439e8..34ece785bc9 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-alternative-products-inventory-management-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-alternative-products-inventory-management-feature.md @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ class ProductAlternativeDependencyProvider extends SprykerProductAlternativeDepe } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that you can see alternatives for not available products on the product details page. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-approval-process-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-approval-process-feature.md index 579ad7b6eb3..d5da65a7dbe 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-approval-process-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-approval-process-feature.md @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Import the glossary data: console data:import glossary ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the configured data has been added to the `spy_glossary` table in the database. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-availability-notification-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-availability-notification-feature.md index 755cd86a704..1c46cc9c95a 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-availability-notification-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-availability-notification-feature.md @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ class AvailabilityNotificationConfig extends SprykerAvailabilityNotificationConf } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} We recommend setting `AVAILABILITY_NOTIFICATION_CHECK_PRODUCT_EXISTS` to true. Make sure that don't catch the previously mentioned exception somewhere in your Pyz code but use the check of `$availabilityNotificationSubscriptionResponseTransfer->getIsSuccess()`. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-cart-prices-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-cart-prices-feature.md index 7df4fd06cc3..91660a6f4bd 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-cart-prices-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-cart-prices-feature.md @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Install the required features: composer require spryker/price-cart-connector:"^6.9.0" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following modules have been installed: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-category-filters-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-category-filters-feature.md index f1680c1cd6e..5dc75437ba5 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-category-filters-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-category-filters-feature.md @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ vendor/bin/console transfer:generate npm run zed ``` -8. Update Zed’s navigation cache to show the new items for the Product Category Filter management user interface: +8. Update Zed's navigation cache to show the new items for the Product Category Filter management user interface: ```shell vendor/bin/console application:build-navigation-cache ``` diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-cms-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-cms-feature.md index 46524e3a960..10f4f46fc02 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-cms-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-cms-feature.md @@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ class FormDependencyProvider extends SprykerFormDependencyProvider ```yaml page_key,template_name,is_searchable,is_active,publish,url.de_DE,url.en_US,name.de_DE,name.en_US,meta_title.de_DE,meta_title.en_US,meta_keywords.de_DE,meta_keywords.en_US,meta_description.de_DE,meta_description.en_US,placeholder.title.de_DE,placeholder.title.en_US,placeholder.content.de_DE,placeholder.content.en_US cms-page--1,Placeholders Title & Content,1,1,1,/de/impressum,/en/imprint,Impressum,Imprint,Impressum,Imprint,Impressum,Imprint,Impressum,Imprint,

Impressum

,

About

,"

Demoshop
Julie-Wolfthornstraße 1
10555 Berlin

Telefon: 030 5678909
E-Mail: info@spryker.com

Vertreten durch:
Spryker
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: 56789

Registereintrag:
Eingetragen im Handelsregister.
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: 34567888456789

Umsatzsteuer-ID:
Umsatzsteuer-Identifikationsnummer nach §27a Umsatzsteuergesetz:
34567

Quelle: Nachfolgend möchten wir Sie über unsere Datenschutzerklärung informieren. Sie finden hier Informationen über die Erhebung und Verwendung persönlicher Daten bei der Nutzung unserer Webseite. Wir beachten dabei das für Deutschland geltende Datenschutzrecht. Sie können diese Erklärung jederzeit auf unserer Webseite abrufen.

Wir weisen ausdrücklich darauf hin, dass die Datenübertragung im Internet (z.B. bei der Kommunikation per E-Mail) Sicherheitslücken aufweisen und nicht lückenlos vor dem Zugriff durch Dritte geschützt werden kann.

Die Verwendung der Kontaktdaten unseres Impressums zur gewerblichen Werbung ist ausdrücklich nicht erwünscht, es sei denn wir hatten zuvor unsere schriftliche Einwilligung erteilt oder es besteht bereits eine Geschäftsbeziehung. Der Anbieter und alle auf dieser Website genannten Personen widersprechen hiermit jeder kommerziellen Verwendung und Weitergabe ihrer Daten.

Personenbezogene Daten
Sie können unsere Webseite ohne Angabe personenbezogener Daten besuchen. Soweit auf unseren Seiten personenbezogene Daten (wie Name, Anschrift oder E-Mail Adresse) erhoben werden, erfolgt dies, soweit möglich, auf freiwilliger Basis. Diese Daten werden ohne Ihre ausdrückliche Zustimmung nicht an Dritte weitergegeben. Sofern zwischen Ihnen und uns ein Vertragsverhältnis begründet, inhaltlich ausgestaltet oder geändert werden soll oder Sie an uns eine Anfrage stellen, erheben und verwenden wir personenbezogene Daten von Ihnen, soweit dies zu diesen Zwecken erforderlich ist (Bestandsdaten). Wir erheben, verarbeiten und nutzen personenbezogene Daten soweit dies erforderlich ist, um Ihnen die Inanspruchnahme des Webangebots zu ermöglichen (Nutzungsdaten). Sämtliche personenbezogenen Daten werden nur solange gespeichert wie dies für den geannten Zweck (Bearbeitung Ihrer Anfrage oder Abwicklung eines Vertrags) erforderlich ist. Hierbei werden steuer- und handelsrechtliche Aufbewahrungsfristen berücksichtigt. Auf Anordnung der zuständigen Stellen dürfen wir im Einzelfall Auskunft über diese Daten (Bestandsdaten) erteilen, soweit dies für Zwecke der Strafverfolgung, zur Gefahrenabwehr, zur Erfüllung der gesetzlichen Aufgaben der Verfassungsschutzbehörden oder des Militärischen Abschirmdienstes oder zur Durchsetzung der Rechte am geistigen Eigentum erforderlich ist.

Auskunftsrecht
Sie haben das jederzeitige Recht, sich unentgeltlich und unverzüglich über die zu Ihrer Person erhobenen Daten zu erkundigen. Sie haben das jederzeitige Recht, Ihre Zustimmung zur Verwendung Ihrer angegeben persönlichen Daten mit Wirkung für die Zukunft zu widerrufen. Zur Auskunftserteilung wenden Sie sich bitte an den Anbieter unter den Kontaktdaten im Impressum.

","

Demoshop
Julie-Wolfthornstraße 1
10555 Berlin

Telephone: 030 5678909
E-Mail: info@spryker.com

Represented by
Spryker
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Hamburg
Register Number: 56789

Register Entry:
Entry in Handelsregister.
Register Court: Hamburg
Register number: 34567888456789

Source: Muster-Vorlagen.net – Impressum Generator



Disclaimer:

Accountability for content
The contents of our pages have been created with the utmost care. However, we cannot guarantee the contents' accuracy, completeness or topicality. According to statutory provisions, we are furthermore responsible for our own content on these web pages. In this context, please note that we are accordingly not obliged to monitor merely the transmitted or saved information of third parties, or investigate circumstances pointing to illegal activity. Our obligations to remove or block the use of information under generally applicable laws remain unaffected by this as per §§ 8 to 10 of the Telemedia Act (TMG).

Accountability for links
Responsibility for the content of external links (to web pages of third parties) lies solely with the operators of the linked pages. No violations were evident to us at the time of linking. Should any legal infringement become known to us, we will remove the respective link immediately.

Copyright
Our web pages and their contents are subject to German copyright law. Unless expressly permitted by law (§ 44a et seq. of the copyright law), every form of utilizing, reproducing or processing works subject to copyright protection on our web pages requires the prior consent of the respective owner of the rights. Individual reproductions of a work are allowed only for private use, so must not serve either directly or indirectly for earnings. Unauthorized utilization of copyrighted works is punishable (§ 106 of the copyright law).

" -cms-page--2,Placeholders Title & Content,1,1,1,/de/agb,/en/gtc,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,

Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen (AGB)

,

General Terms and Conditions (GTC)

,"

Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen (AGB)

]]> content

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.


§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-E-Mail. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.


§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.


§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.


§ 5 Gewährleistung

(1) Die Gewährleistungsrechte des Kunden richten sich nach den allgemeinen gesetzlichen Vorschriften, soweit nachfolgend nichts anderes bestimmt ist. Für Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden gegenüber dem Anbieter gilt die Regelung in § 6 dieser AGB.

(2) Die Verjährungsfrist für Gewährleistungsansprüche des Kunden beträgt bei Verbrauchern bei neu hergestellten Sachen 2 Jahre, bei gebrauchten Sachen 1 Jahr. Gegenüber Unternehmern beträgt die Verjährungsfrist bei neu hergestellten Sachen und bei gebrauchten Sachen 1 Jahr. Die vorstehende Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen gilt nicht für Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden aufgrund einer Verletzung des Lebens, des Körpers, der Gesundheit sowie für Schadensersatzansprüche aufgrund einer Verletzung wesentlicher Vertragspflichten. Wesentliche Vertragspflichten sind solche, deren Erfüllung zur Erreichung des Ziels des Vertrags notwendig ist, z.B. hat der Anbieter dem Kunden die Sache frei von Sach- und Rechtsmängeln zu übergeben und das Eigentum an ihr zu verschaffen. Die vorstehende Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen gilt ebenfalls nicht für Schadensersatzansprüche, die auf einer vorsätzlichen oder grob fahrlässigen Pflichtverletzung des Anbieters, seiner gesetzlichen Vertreter oder Erfüllungsgehilfen beruhen. Gegenüber Unternehmern ebenfalls ausgenommen von der Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen ist der Rückgriffsanspruch nach § 478 BGB.

(3) Eine Garantie wird von dem Anbieter nicht erklärt.


§ 6 Haftungsausschluss

(1) Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden sind ausgeschlossen, soweit nachfolgend nichts anderes bestimmt ist. Der vorstehende Haftungsausschluss gilt auch zugunsten der gesetzlichen Vertreter und Erfüllungsgehilfen des Anbieters, sofern der Kunde Ansprüche gegen diese geltend macht.

(2) Von dem unter Ziffer 1 bestimmten Haftungsausschluss ausgenommen sind Schadensersatzansprüche aufgrund einer Verletzung des Lebens, des Körpers, der Gesundheit und Schadensersatzansprüche aus der Verletzung wesentlicher Vertragspflichten. Wesentliche Vertragspflichten sind solche, deren Erfüllung zur Erreichung des Ziels des Vertrags notwendig ist, z.B. hat der Anbieter dem Kunden die Sache frei von Sach- und Rechtsmängeln zu übergeben und das Eigentum an ihr zu verschaffen. Von dem Haftungsausschluss ebenfalls ausgenommen ist die Haftung für Schäden, die auf einer vorsätzlichen oder grob fahrlässigen Pflichtverletzung des Anbieters, seiner gesetzlichen Vertreter oder Erfüllungsgehilfen beruhen.

(3) Vorschriften des Produkthaftungsgesetzes (ProdHaftG) bleiben unberührt.


§ 7 Abtretungs- und Verpfändungsverbot

Die Abtretung oder Verpfändung von dem Kunden gegenüber dem Anbieter zustehenden Ansprüchen oder Rechten ist ohne Zustimmung des Anbieters ausgeschlossen, sofern der Kunde nicht ein berechtigtes Interesse an der Abtretung oder Verpfändung nachweist.


§ 8 Aufrechnung

Ein Aufrechnungsrecht des Kunden besteht nur, wenn seine zur Aufrechnung gestellte Forderung rechtskräftig festgestellt wurde oder unbestritten ist.


§ 9 Rechtswahl & Gerichtsstand

(1) Auf die vertraglichen Beziehungen zwischen dem Anbieter und dem Kunden findet das Recht der Bundesrepublik Deutschland Anwendung. Von dieser Rechtswahl ausgenommen sind die zwingenden Verbraucherschutzvorschriften des Landes, in dem der Kunde seinen gewöhnlichen Aufenthalt hat. Die Anwendung des UN-Kaufrechts ist ausgeschlossen.

(2) Gerichtsstand für alle Streitigkeiten aus dem Vertragsverhältnis zwischen dem Kunden und dem Anbieter ist der Sitz des Anbieters, sofern es sich bei dem Kunden um einen Kaufmann, eine juristische Person des öffentlichen Rechts oder ein öffentlich-rechtliches Sondervermögen handelt.


§ 10 Salvatorische Klausel
Sollte eine Bestimmung dieser Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen unwirksam sein, wird davon die Wirksamkeit der übrigen Bestimmungen nicht berührt.



Quelle: General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.


Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.


Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.


Cookies

We do not use cookies for tracking purposes. You can choose to have your computer warn you each time a cookie is being sent, or you can choose to turn off all cookies. You do this through your browser (like Internet Explorer) settings. Each browser is a little different, so look at your browser's Help menu to learn the correct way to modify your cookies. If you disable cookies off, some features will be disabled that make your site experience more efficient and some of our services will not function properly.


Google

Google's advertising requirements can be summed up by Google's Advertising Principles. They are put in place to provide a positive experience for users. https://support.google.com/adwordspolicy/answer/1316548?hl=en We use Google AdSense Advertising on our website. Google, as a third-party vendor, uses cookies to serve ads on our site. Google's use of the DART cookie enables it to serve ads to our users based on previous visits to our site and other sites on the Internet. Users may opt-out of the use of the DART cookie by visiting the Google Ad and Content Network privacy policy.


Implementation

We along with third-party vendors, such as Google use first-party cookies (such as the Google Analytics cookies) and third-party cookies (such as the DoubleClick cookie) or other third-party identifiers together to compile data regarding user interactions with ad impressions and other ad service functions as they relate to our website. Users can set preferences for how Google advertises to you using the Google Ad Settings page. Alternatively, you can opt out by visiting the Network Advertising initiative opt out page or permanently using the Google Analytics Opt Out Browser add on.



" +cms-page--2,Placeholders Title & Content,1,1,1,/de/agb,/en/gtc,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,AGB,GTC,

Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen (AGB)

,

General Terms and Conditions (GTC)

,"

Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen (AGB)

]]> content

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.


§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-E-Mail. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.


§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.


§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.


§ 5 Gewährleistung

(1) Die Gewährleistungsrechte des Kunden richten sich nach den allgemeinen gesetzlichen Vorschriften, soweit nachfolgend nichts anderes bestimmt ist. Für Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden gegenüber dem Anbieter gilt die Regelung in § 6 dieser AGB.

(2) Die Verjährungsfrist für Gewährleistungsansprüche des Kunden beträgt bei Verbrauchern bei neu hergestellten Sachen 2 Jahre, bei gebrauchten Sachen 1 Jahr. Gegenüber Unternehmern beträgt die Verjährungsfrist bei neu hergestellten Sachen und bei gebrauchten Sachen 1 Jahr. Die vorstehende Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen gilt nicht für Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden aufgrund einer Verletzung des Lebens, des Körpers, der Gesundheit sowie für Schadensersatzansprüche aufgrund einer Verletzung wesentlicher Vertragspflichten. Wesentliche Vertragspflichten sind solche, deren Erfüllung zur Erreichung des Ziels des Vertrags notwendig ist, z.B. hat der Anbieter dem Kunden die Sache frei von Sach- und Rechtsmängeln zu übergeben und das Eigentum an ihr zu verschaffen. Die vorstehende Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen gilt ebenfalls nicht für Schadensersatzansprüche, die auf einer vorsätzlichen oder grob fahrlässigen Pflichtverletzung des Anbieters, seiner gesetzlichen Vertreter oder Erfüllungsgehilfen beruhen. Gegenüber Unternehmern ebenfalls ausgenommen von der Verkürzung der Verjährungsfristen ist der Rückgriffsanspruch nach § 478 BGB.

(3) Eine Garantie wird von dem Anbieter nicht erklärt.


§ 6 Haftungsausschluss

(1) Schadensersatzansprüche des Kunden sind ausgeschlossen, soweit nachfolgend nichts anderes bestimmt ist. Der vorstehende Haftungsausschluss gilt auch zugunsten der gesetzlichen Vertreter und Erfüllungsgehilfen des Anbieters, sofern der Kunde Ansprüche gegen diese geltend macht.

(2) Von dem unter Ziffer 1 bestimmten Haftungsausschluss ausgenommen sind Schadensersatzansprüche aufgrund einer Verletzung des Lebens, des Körpers, der Gesundheit und Schadensersatzansprüche aus der Verletzung wesentlicher Vertragspflichten. Wesentliche Vertragspflichten sind solche, deren Erfüllung zur Erreichung des Ziels des Vertrags notwendig ist, z.B. hat der Anbieter dem Kunden die Sache frei von Sach- und Rechtsmängeln zu übergeben und das Eigentum an ihr zu verschaffen. Von dem Haftungsausschluss ebenfalls ausgenommen ist die Haftung für Schäden, die auf einer vorsätzlichen oder grob fahrlässigen Pflichtverletzung des Anbieters, seiner gesetzlichen Vertreter oder Erfüllungsgehilfen beruhen.

(3) Vorschriften des Produkthaftungsgesetzes (ProdHaftG) bleiben unberührt.


§ 7 Abtretungs- und Verpfändungsverbot

Die Abtretung oder Verpfändung von dem Kunden gegenüber dem Anbieter zustehenden Ansprüchen oder Rechten ist ohne Zustimmung des Anbieters ausgeschlossen, sofern der Kunde nicht ein berechtigtes Interesse an der Abtretung oder Verpfändung nachweist.


§ 8 Aufrechnung

Ein Aufrechnungsrecht des Kunden besteht nur, wenn seine zur Aufrechnung gestellte Forderung rechtskräftig festgestellt wurde oder unbestritten ist.


§ 9 Rechtswahl & Gerichtsstand

(1) Auf die vertraglichen Beziehungen zwischen dem Anbieter und dem Kunden findet das Recht der Bundesrepublik Deutschland Anwendung. Von dieser Rechtswahl ausgenommen sind die zwingenden Verbraucherschutzvorschriften des Landes, in dem der Kunde seinen gewöhnlichen Aufenthalt hat. Die Anwendung des UN-Kaufrechts ist ausgeschlossen.

(2) Gerichtsstand für alle Streitigkeiten aus dem Vertragsverhältnis zwischen dem Kunden und dem Anbieter ist der Sitz des Anbieters, sofern es sich bei dem Kunden um einen Kaufmann, eine juristische Person des öffentlichen Rechts oder ein öffentlich-rechtliches Sondervermögen handelt.


§ 10 Salvatorische Klausel
Sollte eine Bestimmung dieser Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen unwirksam sein, wird davon die Wirksamkeit der übrigen Bestimmungen nicht berührt.



Quelle: General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.


Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.


Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.


Cookies

We do not use cookies for tracking purposes. You can choose to have your computer warn you each time a cookie is being sent, or you can choose to turn off all cookies. You do this through your browser (like Internet Explorer) settings. Each browser is a little different, so look at your browser's Help menu to learn the correct way to modify your cookies. If you disable cookies off, some features will be disabled that make your site experience more efficient and some of our services will not function properly.


Google

Google's advertising requirements can be summed up by Google's Advertising Principles. They are put in place to provide a positive experience for users. https://support.google.com/adwordspolicy/answer/1316548?hl=en We use Google AdSense Advertising on our website. Google, as a third-party vendor, uses cookies to serve ads on our site. Google's use of the DART cookie enables it to serve ads to our users based on previous visits to our site and other sites on the Internet. Users may opt-out of the use of the DART cookie by visiting the Google Ad and Content Network privacy policy.


Implementation

We along with third-party vendors, such as Google use first-party cookies (such as the Google Analytics cookies) and third-party cookies (such as the DoubleClick cookie) or other third-party identifiers together to compile data regarding user interactions with ad impressions and other ad service functions as they relate to our website. Users can set preferences for how Google advertises to you using the Google Ad Settings page. Alternatively, you can opt out by visiting the Network Advertising initiative opt out page or permanently using the Google Analytics Opt Out Browser add on.



" cms-page--3,Placeholders Title & Content,1,1,1,/de/datenschutz,/en/privacy,Datenschutzerklärung,Data Privacy,Datenschutzerklärung,Data Privacy,Datenschutzerklärung,Data Privacy,Datenschutzerklärung,Data Privacy,

Datenschutzerklärung

,

Data Privacy Policy

,"

Die Nutzung unserer Seite ist ohne eine Angabe von personenbezogenen Daten möglich. Für die Nutzung einzelner Services unserer Seite können sich hierfür abweichende Regelungen ergeben, die in diesem Falle nachstehend gesondert erläutert werden. Ihre personenbezogenen Daten (z.B. Name, Anschrift, E-Mail, Telefonnummer, u.ä.) werden von uns nur gemäß den Bestimmungen des deutschen Datenschutzrechts verarbeitet. Daten sind dann personenbezogen, wenn sie eindeutig einer bestimmten natürlichen Person zugeordnet werden können. Die rechtlichen Grundlagen des Datenschutzes finden Sie im Bundesdatenschutzgesetz (BDSG) und dem Telemediengesetz (TMG). Nachstehende Regelungen informieren Sie insoweit über die Art, den Umfang und Zweck der Erhebung, die Nutzung und die Verarbeitung von personenbezogenen Daten durch den Anbieter

Wir weisen darauf hin, dass die internetbasierte Datenübertragung Sicherheitslücken aufweist, ein lückenloser Schutz vor Zugriffen durch Dritte somit unmöglich ist.

Auskunft/Widerruf/Löschung

Sie können sich aufgrund des Bundesdatenschutzgesetzes bei Fragen zur Erhebung, Verarbeitung oder Nutzung Ihrer personenbezogenen Daten und deren Berichtigung, Sperrung, Löschung oder einem Widerruf einer erteilten Einwilligung unentgeltlich an uns wenden. Wir weisen darauf hin, dass Ihnen ein Recht auf Berichtigung falscher Daten oder Löschung personenbezogener Daten zusteht, sollte diesem Anspruch keine gesetzliche Aufbewahrungspflicht entgegenstehen.

der Anwaltskanzlei Weiß & Partner

","

Our website may be used without entering personal information. Different rules may apply to certain services on our site, however, and are explained separately below. We collect personal information from you (e.g. name, address, email address, telephone number, etc.) in accordance with the provisions of German data protection statutes. Information is considered personal if it can be associated exclusively to a specific natural person. The legal framework for data protection may be found in the German Federal Data Protection Act (BDSG) and the Telemedia Act (TMG). The provisions below serve to provide information as to the manner, extent and purpose for collecting, using and processing personal information by the provider.

Please be aware that data transfer via the internet is subject to security risks and, therefore, complete protection against third-party access to transferred data cannot be ensured.

Information/Cancellation/Deletion

On the basis of the Federal Data Protection Act, you may contact us at no cost if you have questions relating to the collection, processing or use of your personal information, if you wish to request the correction, blocking or deletion of the same, or if you wish to cancel explicitly granted consent. Please note that you have the right to have incorrect data corrected or to have personal data deleted, where such claim is not barred by any legal obligation to retain this data.

Sample Data Privacy Policy Statement provided by the Law Offices of Weiß & Partner

" cms-page--4,Placeholders Title & Content,1,0,1,/de/loremde,/en/lorem,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,"{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} chart('testChart', 'testChart') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Donec quam felis, ultricies nec, pellentesque eu, pretium quis, sem.","{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} chart('testChart', 'testChart') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Donec quam felis, ultricies nec, pellentesque eu, pretium quis, sem." cms-page--5,Placeholders Title & Content,1,1,0,/de/dolorde,/en/dolor,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Dolor sit amet,Lorem ipsum,Lorem ipsum,"Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Donec quam felis, ultricies nec, pellentesque eu, pretium quis, sem.","Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Aenean commodo ligula eget dolor. Aenean massa. Cum sociis natoque penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus. Donec quam felis, ultricies nec, pellentesque eu, pretium quis, sem." diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-content-items-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-content-items-feature.md index fc8addae7b0..cc12d8789e3 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-content-items-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-content-items-feature.md @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ class TwigDependencyProvider extends SprykerTwigDependencyProvider {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure that you’ve configured the content items: +Make sure that you've configured the content items: 1. Add a content item to a CMS block or page. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-inventory-management-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-inventory-management-feature.md index b1c8d518947..f778dbbc267 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-inventory-management-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-inventory-management-feature.md @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ Sony Experts MER000006 Warehouse 1,Wallstrasse 58,,,53507,Dernau,,DE,+49 2643 48 | comment | optional | string | | Any related comment. | -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following: * The CSV files have an empty line at the end. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-merchant-b2b-contract-requests-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-merchant-b2b-contract-requests-feature.md index 10670f8161b..758e3b57656 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-merchant-b2b-contract-requests-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-merchant-b2b-contract-requests-feature.md @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ MER000002,Video King,1234.4567,approved,martha@video-king.nl,1,/de/merchant/vide console data:import stock ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the defined picking list strategies have been imported to the `spy_stock` database table. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-navigation-module.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-navigation-module.md index 54e6f58818a..4ecc372a3cb 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-navigation-module.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-navigation-module.md @@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ To prepare your project to work with Navigation: 2. Install the new database tables By running `vendor/bin/console propel:diff`. Propel will generate a migration file with the changes. 3. Apply the database changes by running `vendor/bin/console propel:migrate`. 4. Generate ORM models by running `vendor/bin/console propel:model:build`. -5. After running this command you’ll find some new classes in your project under `\Orm\Zed\Navigation\Persistence` namespace. +5. After running this command you'll find some new classes in your project under `\Orm\Zed\Navigation\Persistence` namespace. - It’s important to make sure that they extend the base classes from the Spryker core, e.g.: + It's important to make sure that they extend the base classes from the Spryker core, e.g.: * `\Orm\Zed\Navigation\Persistence\SpyNavigation` extends `\Spryker\Zed\Navigation\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyNavigation` * `\Orm\Zed\Navigation\Persistence\SpyNavigationNode` extends `\Spryker\Zed\Navigation\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyNavigationNode` @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ The `Navigation` module ships with a twig extension that provides the `spyNaviga * `$navigationKey`: Reference of a navigation menu by its key field (for example, "MAIN_NAVIGATION"). * `$template`: Template path used to render the navigation menu (for example, `"@application/layout/navigation/main.twig"`). -To enable the navigation twig function, register `\Spryker\Yves\Navigation\Plugin\Provider\NavigationTwigServiceProvider` in your application’s bootstrap. +To enable the navigation twig function, register `\Spryker\Yves\Navigation\Plugin\Provider\NavigationTwigServiceProvider` in your application's bootstrap. ```php -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Check cart product image expander plugins - make sure you can see images related to cart items in the cart page in Yves. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-product-configuration-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-product-configuration-feature.md index 05be4c6171a..6c0df9d6715 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-product-configuration-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-product-configuration-feature.md @@ -2244,7 +2244,7 @@ console frontend:date-time-product-configurator:build {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the frontend part has been built: -1. Check that the folder `public/Configurator/dist` exists, and it’s not empty. +1. Check that the folder `public/Configurator/dist` exists, and it's not empty. 2. Check that you can access the configurator at `https://date-time-configurator-example.mysprykershop.com/`. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-product-measurement-unit-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-product-measurement-unit-feature.md index 88112f38069..95c979f900e 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-product-measurement-unit-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-product-measurement-unit-feature.md @@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ Make sure that checkout workflow works with measurement unit by ordering item wi {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure that abstract products which have measurement units don’t have `add_to_cart_sku` field at Elasticsearch document. +Make sure that abstract products which have measurement units don't have `add_to_cart_sku` field at Elasticsearch document. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-product-offer-service-points-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-product-offer-service-points-feature.md index f111df98182..8196947f35b 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-product-offer-service-points-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-product-offer-service-points-feature.md @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ class ConsoleDependencyProvider extends SprykerConsoleDependencyProvider console data:import:product-offer-service ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that entities were imported to the following database tables respectively: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-feature.md index 9dc58977d40..e28e6e6a9c4 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-product-rating-and-reviews-feature.md @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ Make sure that `averageRating` and `reviewCount` attributes are present in `conc "averageRating": 4, "reviewCount": 5, "name": "Asus Transformer Book T200TA", - "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light — just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you’re free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You’ll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance — with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", + "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light — just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you're free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You'll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance — with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", "attributes": { "product_type": "Hybrid (2-in-1)", "form_factor": "clamshell", @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ Make sure that the response contains product-reviews as a relationship and produ "averageRating": 4, "reviewCount": 5, "name": "Asus Transformer Book T200TA", - "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light — just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you’re free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You’ll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance — with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", + "description": "As light as you like Transformer Book T200 is sleek, slim and oh so light — just 26mm tall and 1.5kg docked. And when need to travel even lighter, detach the 11.6-inch tablet for 11.95mm slenderness and a mere 750g weight! With up to 10.4 hours of battery life that lasts all day long, you're free to work or play from dawn to dusk. And ASUS Instant On technology ensures that Transformer Book T200 is always responsive and ready for action! Experience outstanding performance from the latest Intel® quad-core processor. You'll multitask seamlessly and get more done in less time. Transformer Book T200 also delivers exceptional graphics performance — with Intel HD graphics that are up to 30% faster than ever before! Transformer Book T200 is equipped with USB 3.0 connectivity for data transfers that never leave you waiting. Just attach your USB 3.0 devices to enjoy speeds that are up to 10X faster than USB 2.0!", "attributes": { "product_type": "Hybrid (2-in-1)", "form_factor": "clamshell", diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-product-sets-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-product-sets-feature.md index 64f01d6acad..bc03d1f6a54 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-product-sets-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-product-sets-feature.md @@ -168,12 +168,12 @@ You can reorder product sets in the Back Office. See [Reorder product sets](/doc diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-queue-data-import-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-queue-data-import-feature.md index e4bc6d9b4c1..c5485eb6eda 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-queue-data-import-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-queue-data-import-feature.md @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker/data-import:"1.5.0" spryker/data-import-extension:"1.1.0" --update-with-dependencies` ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following modules have been installed: @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate` ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have been applied in the transfer objects: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-quick-add-to-cart-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-quick-add-to-cart-feature.md index 212c108129f..8bb1f3b3721 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-quick-add-to-cart-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-quick-add-to-cart-feature.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker-feature/quick-add-to-cart:"{{page.version}}" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Generate transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following changes have been applied in transfer objects: @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker-feature/quick-add-to-cart:"^master" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ class RouterDependencyProvider extends SprykerRouterDependencyProvider } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following URLs are available on Yves: @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ class QuickOrderPageDependencyProvider extends SprykerQuickOrderPageDependencyPr } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make the following checks at https://mysprykershop.com/quick-order: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-quotation-process-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-quotation-process-feature.md index 6ddc66ab2a5..4bbbb4b34a1 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-quotation-process-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-quotation-process-feature.md @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ class QuoteConfig extends SprykerQuoteConfig } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that when you converted quote request to quote, JSON data in the database column `spy_quote.quote_data` of the corresponding quote contains `quoteRequestVersionReference`. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-reclamations-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-reclamations-feature.md index c38991b1300..08fb1c971d9 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-reclamations-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-reclamations-feature.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker-feature/reclamations: "{{page.version}}" --update-with-dependencies` ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following modules have been installed: @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ console propel:install console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes have been applied by checking your database: @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Make sure that the following changes have been applied by checking your database {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes were implemented in the transfer objects: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-resource-sharing-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-resource-sharing-feature.md index 56f4be383c4..8b628e15812 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-resource-sharing-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-resource-sharing-feature.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker-feature/resource-sharing: "{{page.version}}" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ console propel:install console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes applied by checking your database: @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Make sure that the following changes applied by checking your database: {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes in transfer objects have been applied: @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Install the required modules using Composer: composer require spryker-feature/resource-sharing: "{{page.version}}" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-return-management-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-return-management-feature.md index e2bc131b4e8..cc84a3bd0b3 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-return-management-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-return-management-feature.md @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ class SalesConfig extends SprykerSalesConfig {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure the order detail page in the Back Office shows a table with order’s returns in the **Returns** section. +Make sure the order detail page in the Back Office shows a table with order's returns in the **Returns** section. Make sure that when the `StateHistoryOrderItemExpanderPlugin` is not configured and `SalesConfig::isHydrateOrderHistoryToItems()` is false, the order item state history is not shown in the order items table on the order detail page. @@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ class DataImportDependencyProvider extends SprykerDataImportDependencyProvider } ``` -Adjust your project’s corresponding .yml configuration file to enable import as a part of full import. +Adjust your project's corresponding .yml configuration file to enable import as a part of full import. **data/import/config/full_import_config.yml** diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-search-widget-for-concrete-products-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-search-widget-for-concrete-products-feature.md index cc941ae1c34..3867c19f349 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-search-widget-for-concrete-products-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-search-widget-for-concrete-products-feature.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ To start the feature integration, overview and install the necessary features: ### 1) Check the installed modules -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following modules have been installed: @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Apply database changes and generate entity and transfer changes: console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes are present in the transfer objects: @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ class ShopApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerShopApplicationDependency } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the following widgets were registered: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-shipment-service-points-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-shipment-service-points-feature.md index bf413b32d98..19b22b13367 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-shipment-service-points-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-shipment-service-points-feature.md @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ class ConsoleDependencyProvider extends SprykerConsoleDependencyProvider console data:import:shipment-type-service-type ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that entities have been imported into the `spy_shipment_type_service_type` database table. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-uuid-generation-console-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-uuid-generation-console-feature.md index 02e3b8fc53d..affc9e13f2f 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-uuid-generation-console-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/install-the-uuid-generation-console-feature.md @@ -83,6 +83,6 @@ class ConsoleDependencyProvider extends SprykerConsoleDependencyProvider {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -To make sure you’ve set up `UuidGeneratorConsole`, run `console | grep uuid:generate` and check that the command is found. +To make sure you've set up `UuidGeneratorConsole`, run `console | grep uuid:generate` and check that the command is found. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-merchant-commission-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-merchant-commission-feature.md index feb05b6a96d..813b1b506a8 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-merchant-commission-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-merchant-commission-feature.md @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ merchant_commission.validation.merchant_commission_does_not_exist,Die Händlerpr merchant_commission.validation.merchant_commission_group_does_not_exist,A merchant commission group was not found.,en_US merchant_commission.validation.merchant_commission_group_does_not_exist,Es wurde keine Händlerprovisionsgruppe gefunden.,de_DE merchant_commission.validation.merchant_commission_group_key_does_not_exist,A merchant commission group with the key "%key%" was not found.,en_US -merchant_commission.validation.merchant_commission_group_does_not_exist,Die Händlerprovisionsgruppe mit dem Schlüssel „%key%“ wurde nicht gefunden.,de_DE +merchant_commission.validation.merchant_commission_group_does_not_exist,Die Händlerprovisionsgruppe mit dem Schlüssel „%key%" wurde nicht gefunden.,de_DE merchant_commission.validation.merchant_does_not_exist,A merchant with the reference ‘%merchant_reference%’ does not exist.,en_US merchant_commission.validation.merchant_does_not_exist,Ein Händler mit der Referenz ‘%merchant_reference%’ existiert nicht.,de_DE merchant_commission.validation.merchant_commission_name_invalid_length,A merchant commission name must have a length from %min% to %max% characters.,en_US @@ -1506,7 +1506,7 @@ merchant_commission.validation.merchant_commission_does_not_exist,Die Händlerpr merchant_commission.validation.merchant_commission_group_does_not_exist,A merchant commission group was not found.,en_US merchant_commission.validation.merchant_commission_group_does_not_exist,Es wurde keine Händlerprovisionsgruppe gefunden.,de_DE merchant_commission.validation.merchant_commission_group_key_does_not_exist,A merchant commission group with the key "%key%" was not found.,en_US -merchant_commission.validation.merchant_commission_group_does_not_exist,Die Händlerprovisionsgruppe mit dem Schlüssel „%key%“ wurde nicht gefunden.,de_DE +merchant_commission.validation.merchant_commission_group_does_not_exist,Die Händlerprovisionsgruppe mit dem Schlüssel „%key%" wurde nicht gefunden.,de_DE merchant_commission.validation.merchant_does_not_exist,A merchant with the reference ‘%merchant_reference%’ does not exist.,en_US merchant_commission.validation.merchant_does_not_exist,Ein Händler mit der Referenz ‘%merchant_reference%’ existiert nicht.,de_DE merchant_commission.validation.merchant_commission_name_invalid_length,A merchant commission name must have a length from %min% to %max% characters.,en_US diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-merchant-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-merchant-feature.md index d4da2ab1d1b..49e3c1aadfa 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-merchant-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-merchant-feature.md @@ -728,17 +728,17 @@ To import data follow the steps in the following sections. ```csv merchant_reference,contact_person_role,contact_person_title,contact_person_first_name,contact_person_last_name,contact_person_phone,banner_url,logo_url,public_email,public_phone,description_glossary_key.en_US,description_glossary_key.de_DE,banner_url_glossary_key.en_US,banner_url_glossary_key.de_DE,delivery_time_glossary_key.en_US,delivery_time_glossary_key.de_DE,terms_conditions_glossary_key.en_US,terms_conditions_glossary_key.de_DE,cancellation_policy_glossary_key.en_US,cancellation_policy_glossary_key.de_DE,imprint_glossary_key.en_US,imprint_glossary_key.de_DE,data_privacy_glossary_key.en_US,data_privacy_glossary_key.de_DE,is_active,fax_number -MER000001,E-Commerce Manager,Mr,Harald,Schmidt,+49 30 208498350,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-logo.png,info@spryker.com,+49 30 234567891,Spryker is the main merchant at the Demo Marketplace.,Spryker ist der Haupthändler auf dem Demo-Marktplatz.,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,1-3 days,1-3 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.","

Spryker Systems GmbH

Julie-Wolfthorn-Straße 1
10115 Berlin
DE

Phone: +49 (30) 2084983 50
Email: info@spryker.com

Represented by
Managing Directors: Alexander Graf, Boris Lokschin
Register Court: Hamburg
Register Number: HRB 134310

","

Spryker Systems GmbH

Julie-Wolfthorn-Straße 1
10115 Berlin
DE

Phone: +49 (30) 2084983 50
Email: info@spryker.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Alexander Graf, Boris Lokschin
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: HRB 134310

",Spryker Systems GmbH values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Spryker Systems GmbH.,1,+49 30 234567800 -MER000002,Country Manager DE,Ms,Martha,Farmer,+31 123 345 678,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-logo.png,hi@video-king.nl,+31 123 345 777,"Video King is a premium provider of video equipment. In business since 2010, we understand the needs of video professionals and enthusiasts and offer a wide variety of products with competitive prices. ","Video King ist ein Premium-Anbieter von Videogeräten. Wir sind seit 2010 im Geschäft, verstehen die Bedürfnisse von Videoprofis und -enthusiasten und bieten eine große Auswahl an Produkten zu wettbewerbsfähigen Preisen an. ",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,2-4 days,2-4 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Video King

Gilzeweg 24
4854SG Bavel
NL

Phone: +31 123 45 6789
Email: hi@video-king.nl

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Amsterdam
Register Number: 1234.4567

,

Video King

Gilzeweg 24
4854SG Bavel
NL

Telefon: +31 123 45 6789
Email: hi@video-king.nl

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: Amsterdam
Registernummer: 1234.4567

,Video King values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Video King.,1,+31 123 345 733 +MER000001,E-Commerce Manager,Mr,Harald,Schmidt,+49 30 208498350,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-logo.png,info@spryker.com,+49 30 234567891,Spryker is the main merchant at the Demo Marketplace.,Spryker ist der Haupthändler auf dem Demo-Marktplatz.,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/spryker-banner.png,1-3 days,1-3 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.","

Spryker Systems GmbH

Julie-Wolfthorn-Straße 1
10115 Berlin
DE

Phone: +49 (30) 2084983 50
Email: info@spryker.com

Represented by
Managing Directors: Alexander Graf, Boris Lokschin
Register Court: Hamburg
Register Number: HRB 134310

","

Spryker Systems GmbH

Julie-Wolfthorn-Straße 1
10115 Berlin
DE

Phone: +49 (30) 2084983 50
Email: info@spryker.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Alexander Graf, Boris Lokschin
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: HRB 134310

",Spryker Systems GmbH values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Spryker Systems GmbH.,1,+49 30 234567800 +MER000002,Country Manager DE,Ms,Martha,Farmer,+31 123 345 678,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-logo.png,hi@video-king.nl,+31 123 345 777,"Video King is a premium provider of video equipment. In business since 2010, we understand the needs of video professionals and enthusiasts and offer a wide variety of products with competitive prices. ","Video King ist ein Premium-Anbieter von Videogeräten. Wir sind seit 2010 im Geschäft, verstehen die Bedürfnisse von Videoprofis und -enthusiasten und bieten eine große Auswahl an Produkten zu wettbewerbsfähigen Preisen an. ",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/videoking-banner.png,2-4 days,2-4 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Video King

Gilzeweg 24
4854SG Bavel
NL

Phone: +31 123 45 6789
Email: hi@video-king.nl

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Amsterdam
Register Number: 1234.4567

,

Video King

Gilzeweg 24
4854SG Bavel
NL

Telefon: +31 123 45 6789
Email: hi@video-king.nl

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: Amsterdam
Registernummer: 1234.4567

,Video King values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Video King.,1,+31 123 345 733 MER000006,Brand Manager,Ms,Michele,Nemeth,030/123456789,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-logo.png,support@sony-experts.com,+49 30 234567691,"Capture your moment with the best cameras from Sony. From pocket-size to professional-style, they all pack features to deliver the best quality pictures. Discover the range of Sony cameras, lenses and accessories, and capture your favorite moments with precision and style with the best cameras can offer.","Halten Sie Ihren Moment mit den besten Kameras von Sony fest. Vom Taschenformat bis hin zum professionellen Stil bieten sie alle Funktionen, um Bilder in bester Qualität zu liefern. -Entdecken Sie das Angebot an Kameras, Objektiven und Zubehör von Sony und fangen Sie Ihre Lieblingsmomente mit Präzision und Stil mit den besten Kameras ein, die das Unternehmen zu bieten hat.",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-banner.png,1-3 days,1-3 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Sony Experts

Matthias-Pschorr-Straße 1
80336 München
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@sony-experts.com

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Munich
Register Number: HYY 134306

,

Sony Experts

Matthias-Pschorr-Straße 1
80336 München
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@sony-experts.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: München
Registernummer: HYY 134306

,Sony Experts values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Sony Experts.,1,+49 30 234567600 +Entdecken Sie das Angebot an Kameras, Objektiven und Zubehör von Sony und fangen Sie Ihre Lieblingsmomente mit Präzision und Stil mit den besten Kameras ein, die das Unternehmen zu bieten hat.",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/sonyexperts-banner.png,1-3 days,1-3 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Sony Experts

Matthias-Pschorr-Straße 1
80336 München
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@sony-experts.com

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Munich
Register Number: HYY 134306

,

Sony Experts

Matthias-Pschorr-Straße 1
80336 München
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@sony-experts.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: München
Registernummer: HYY 134306

,Sony Experts values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Sony Experts.,1,+49 30 234567600 MER000004,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,0, MER000003,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,0, MER000007,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,0, MER000005,Merchandise Manager,Mr,Jason,Weidmann,030/123456789,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-logo.png,support@budgetcamerasonline.com,+49 30 234567591,"DSLR and mirrorless cameras are by far the most popular with filmmakers on a tight budget when you can't afford multiple specialist cameras. Budget Cameras is offering a great selection of digital cameras with the lowest prices.","DSLR- und spiegellose Kameras sind bei Filmemachern mit knappem Budget bei weitem am beliebtesten, wenn sie sich bestimmte Spezialkameras nicht leisten können. -Budget Cameras bietet eine große Auswahl an Digitalkameras mit den niedrigsten Preisen.",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-banner.png,2-4 days,2-4 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Budget Cameras

Spitalerstraße 3
20095 Hamburg
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@budgetcamerasonline.com

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Hamburg
Register Number: HXX 134305

,

Budget Cameras

Spitalerstraße 3
20095 Hamburg
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@budgetcamerasonline.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: HXX 134305

,Budget Cameras values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Budget Cameras.,1,+49 30 234567500 +Budget Cameras bietet eine große Auswahl an Digitalkameras mit den niedrigsten Preisen.",https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-banner.png,https://d2s0ynfc62ej12.cloudfront.net/merchant/budgetcameras-banner.png,2-4 days,2-4 Tage,"

General Terms

(1) This privacy policy has been compiled to better serve those who are concerned with how their 'Personally identifiable information' (PII) is being used online. PII, as used in US privacy law and information security, is information that can be used on its own or with other information to identify, contact, or locate a single person, or to identify an individual in context. Please read our privacy policy carefully to get a clear understanding of how we collect, use, protect or otherwise handle your Personally Identifiable Information in accordance with our website.

(2) We do not collect information from visitors of our site or other details to help you with your experience.

Using your Information

We may use the information we collect from you when you register, make a purchase, sign up for our newsletter, respond to a survey or marketing communication, surf the website, or use certain other site features in the following ways:

To personalize user's experience and to allow us to deliver the type of content and product offerings in which you are most interested.

Protecting visitor information

Our website is scanned on a regular basis for security holes and known vulnerabilities in order to make your visit to our site as safe as possible. Your personal information is contained behind secured networks and is only accessible by a limited number of persons who have special access rights to such systems, and are required to keep the information confidential. In addition, all sensitive/credit information you supply is encrypted via Secure Socket Layer (SSL) technology.

","

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel

(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages

(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-Email. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt

Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit

Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

","You have the right to withdraw from this contract within 14 days without giving any reason. The withdrawal period will expire after 14 days from the day on which you acquire, or a third party other than the carrier and indicated by you acquires, physical possession of the last good. You may use the attached model withdrawal form, but it's not obligatory. To meet the withdrawal deadline, it's sufficient for you to send your communication concerning your exercise of the right of withdrawal before the withdrawal period has expired.","Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.",

Budget Cameras

Spitalerstraße 3
20095 Hamburg
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@budgetcamerasonline.com

Represented by
Managing Director: Max Mustermann
Register Court: Hamburg
Register Number: HXX 134305

,

Budget Cameras

Spitalerstraße 3
20095 Hamburg
DE

Phone: 030 1234567
Email: support@budgetcamerasonline.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Max Mustermann
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: HXX 134305

,Budget Cameras values the privacy of your personal data.,Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Budget Cameras.,1,+49 30 234567500 ``` diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-cart-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-cart-feature.md index 136a4c86a37..2143df8046b 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-cart-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-cart-feature.md @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ class CartDependencyProvider extends SprykerCartDependencyProvider {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure that you can’t add an item with `merchantReference` and `sku` that do not belong to the same `MerchantProduct`(see `spy_merchant_product_abstract`). +Make sure that you can't add an item with `merchantReference` and `sku` that do not belong to the same `MerchantProduct`(see `spy_merchant_product_abstract`). {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-feature.md index e62d632fd1e..ebdc8fc786f 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-feature.md @@ -482,8 +482,8 @@ Make sure that when the following entities get updated through the ORM, the corr | TARGET ENTITY | EXAMPLE EXPECTED DATA IDENTIFIER | EXAMPLE EXPECTED DATA FRAGMENT | |---------------|-------------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| -| ProductOffer | kv:product_offer:offer2 | {“id_product_offer”:1,“id_merchant”:6,“product_offer_reference”:“offer1",“merchant_sku”:“GS952M00H-Q11"} | -| ProductOffer | kv:product_concrete_product_offers:093_24495843 | [“offer3”,“offer4"] | +| ProductOffer | kv:product_offer:offer2 | {"id_product_offer":1,"id_merchant":6,"product_offer_reference":"offer1","merchant_sku":"GS952M00H-Q11"} | +| ProductOffer | kv:product_concrete_product_offers:093_24495843 | ["offer3","offer4"] | {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-feature.md index e3e77317064..19e7536eb01 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-feature.md @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ Sony Experts MER000006 Warehouse 1,1,multi-shipment console data:import stock ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure the defined picking list strategies have been imported to the `spy_stock` database table. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-product-feature.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-product-feature.md index ed1a87d72fc..1f2ced60bae 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-product-feature.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-features/202410.0/unified-commerce/install-the-warehouse-picking-product-feature.md @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ Make sure the `concrete-products` and `concrete-product-image-sets` resources ar "is_active": true }, "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", "isSearchable": true, "attributes": { "color": "Blue" diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202311.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202311.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-glue-api.md index 8dfc5b279f6..cdfbcaa9104 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202311.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202311.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-glue-api.md @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Make sure that `ProductOffersResourceRoutePlugin` is set up by sending the reque Make sure that `ConcreteProductsProductOffersResourceRoutePlugin` is set up by sending the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/concrete-products/{% raw %}{{sku}}{% endraw %}/product-offers`. -Make sure that `ProductOffersByProductConcreteSkuResourceRelationshipPlugin` is set up by sending the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/concrete-products/{% raw %}{{sku}}{% endraw %}?include=product-offers`. You should get `concrete-products` with all product’s `product-offers` as relationships. +Make sure that `ProductOffersByProductConcreteSkuResourceRelationshipPlugin` is set up by sending the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/concrete-products/{% raw %}{{sku}}{% endraw %}?include=product-offers`. You should get `concrete-products` with all product's `product-offers` as relationships. Make sure that `MerchantByMerchantReferenceResourceRelationshipPlugin` is set up by sending the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/product-offers/{% raw %}{{sku}}{% endraw %}?include=merchants`. The response should include the `merchants` resource along with `product-offers`. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202311.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-prices-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202311.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-prices-glue-api.md index 6caea2f7c87..1eede64fa41 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202311.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-prices-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202311.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-prices-glue-api.md @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency Make sure that the `ProductOfferPricesResourceRoutePlugin` plugin is set up by sending the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/product-offers/{% raw %}{{offerReference}}{% endraw %}/product-offer-prices`. -Make sure that the `ProductOfferPriceByProductOfferReferenceResourceRelationshipPlugin` plugin is set up by sending the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/product-offers/{% raw %}{{offerReference}}{% endraw %}?include=product-offer-prices`. You should get `product-offers` with all product offer’s `product-offer-prices` as relationships. +Make sure that the `ProductOfferPriceByProductOfferReferenceResourceRelationshipPlugin` plugin is set up by sending the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/product-offers/{% raw %}{{offerReference}}{% endraw %}?include=product-offer-prices`. You should get `product-offers` with all product offer's `product-offer-prices` as relationships. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202404.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202404.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-glue-api.md index 8dfc5b279f6..cdfbcaa9104 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202404.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202404.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-glue-api.md @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Make sure that `ProductOffersResourceRoutePlugin` is set up by sending the reque Make sure that `ConcreteProductsProductOffersResourceRoutePlugin` is set up by sending the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/concrete-products/{% raw %}{{sku}}{% endraw %}/product-offers`. -Make sure that `ProductOffersByProductConcreteSkuResourceRelationshipPlugin` is set up by sending the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/concrete-products/{% raw %}{{sku}}{% endraw %}?include=product-offers`. You should get `concrete-products` with all product’s `product-offers` as relationships. +Make sure that `ProductOffersByProductConcreteSkuResourceRelationshipPlugin` is set up by sending the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/concrete-products/{% raw %}{{sku}}{% endraw %}?include=product-offers`. You should get `concrete-products` with all product's `product-offers` as relationships. Make sure that `MerchantByMerchantReferenceResourceRelationshipPlugin` is set up by sending the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/product-offers/{% raw %}{{sku}}{% endraw %}?include=merchants`. The response should include the `merchants` resource along with `product-offers`. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202404.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-prices-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202404.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-prices-glue-api.md index 6caea2f7c87..1eede64fa41 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202404.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-prices-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202404.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-prices-glue-api.md @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency Make sure that the `ProductOfferPricesResourceRoutePlugin` plugin is set up by sending the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/product-offers/{% raw %}{{offerReference}}{% endraw %}/product-offer-prices`. -Make sure that the `ProductOfferPriceByProductOfferReferenceResourceRelationshipPlugin` plugin is set up by sending the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/product-offers/{% raw %}{{offerReference}}{% endraw %}?include=product-offer-prices`. You should get `product-offers` with all product offer’s `product-offer-prices` as relationships. +Make sure that the `ProductOfferPriceByProductOfferReferenceResourceRelationshipPlugin` plugin is set up by sending the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/product-offers/{% raw %}{{offerReference}}{% endraw %}?include=product-offer-prices`. You should get `product-offers` with all product offer's `product-offer-prices` as relationships. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-glue-api.md index 8dfc5b279f6..cdfbcaa9104 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-glue-api.md @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Make sure that `ProductOffersResourceRoutePlugin` is set up by sending the reque Make sure that `ConcreteProductsProductOffersResourceRoutePlugin` is set up by sending the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/concrete-products/{% raw %}{{sku}}{% endraw %}/product-offers`. -Make sure that `ProductOffersByProductConcreteSkuResourceRelationshipPlugin` is set up by sending the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/concrete-products/{% raw %}{{sku}}{% endraw %}?include=product-offers`. You should get `concrete-products` with all product’s `product-offers` as relationships. +Make sure that `ProductOffersByProductConcreteSkuResourceRelationshipPlugin` is set up by sending the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/concrete-products/{% raw %}{{sku}}{% endraw %}?include=product-offers`. You should get `concrete-products` with all product's `product-offers` as relationships. Make sure that `MerchantByMerchantReferenceResourceRelationshipPlugin` is set up by sending the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/product-offers/{% raw %}{{sku}}{% endraw %}?include=merchants`. The response should include the `merchants` resource along with `product-offers`. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-prices-glue-api.md b/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-prices-glue-api.md index 6caea2f7c87..1eede64fa41 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-prices-glue-api.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/install-glue-api/202410.0/marketplace/install-the-marketplace-product-offer-prices-glue-api.md @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ class GlueApplicationDependencyProvider extends SprykerGlueApplicationDependency Make sure that the `ProductOfferPricesResourceRoutePlugin` plugin is set up by sending the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/product-offers/{% raw %}{{offerReference}}{% endraw %}/product-offer-prices`. -Make sure that the `ProductOfferPriceByProductOfferReferenceResourceRelationshipPlugin` plugin is set up by sending the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/product-offers/{% raw %}{{offerReference}}{% endraw %}?include=product-offer-prices`. You should get `product-offers` with all product offer’s `product-offer-prices` as relationships. +Make sure that the `ProductOfferPriceByProductOfferReferenceResourceRelationshipPlugin` plugin is set up by sending the request `GET https://glue.mysprykershop.com/product-offers/{% raw %}{{offerReference}}{% endraw %}?include=product-offer-prices`. You should get `product-offers` with all product offer's `product-offer-prices` as relationships. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/replace-the-codeitnow-with-the-barcodelaminas-module.md b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/replace-the-codeitnow-with-the-barcodelaminas-module.md index 5e31d3e65ac..2ca3c48f96a 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/replace-the-codeitnow-with-the-barcodelaminas-module.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/replace-the-codeitnow-with-the-barcodelaminas-module.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -Because of a DMCA takedown of a 3rd party library that the `spryker/code-it-now` module uses, the `spryker/code-it-now` module is deprecated. Therefore, migration to the `BarcodeLaminas` module is required. +Because of a DMCA takedown of a third-party library that the `spryker/code-it-now` module uses, the `spryker/code-it-now` module is deprecated. Therefore, migration to the `BarcodeLaminas` module is required. This document describes how to replace the deprecated `CodeItNow` module with `BarcodeLaminas`. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-cms-module.md b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-cms-module.md index 3fce76c543e..9cc79e8cc9a 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-cms-module.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-cms-module.md @@ -218,9 +218,9 @@ To install the module, `"spryker/cms-block": "^1.0.0"` with Composer is required * `vendor/bin/console propel:migrate` * `vendor/bin/console propel:model:build` -After running the last command, you’ll find some new classes in your project under the `\Orm\Zed\Cms\Persistence` namespace. +After running the last command, you'll find some new classes in your project under the `\Orm\Zed\Cms\Persistence` namespace. -It’s important to make sure that they are extending the base classes from the core, for example: +It's important to make sure that they are extending the base classes from the core, for example: * `Orm\Zed\Cms\Persistence\SpyCmsBlock` extends `Spryker\Zed\CmsBlock\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyCmsBlock` * `Orm\Zed\Cms\Persistence\SpyCmsBlockQuery` extends `Spryker\Zed\CmsBlock\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyCmsBlockQuery.` @@ -626,4 +626,4 @@ We have extended CMS pages with localized attributes such as name and HTML meta * `vendor/bin/console propel:diff`, also manual review is necessary for the generated migration file. * `vendor/bin/console propel:migrate` * `vendor/bin/console propel:model:build` -* After running the last command you’ll find some new classes in your project under the `\Orm\Zed\Cms\Persistence` namespace. It’s important to make sure that they are extending the base classes from the core, for example, `Orm\Zed\Cms\Persistence\SpyCmsPageLocalizedAttributes` extends `Spryker\Zed\Cms\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyCmsPageLocalizedAttributes`, and `Orm\Zed\Cms\Persistence\SpyCmsPageLocalizedAttributesQuery` extends `Spryker\Zed\Cms\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyCmsPageLocalizedAttributesQuery`. +* After running the last command you'll find some new classes in your project under the `\Orm\Zed\Cms\Persistence` namespace. It's important to make sure that they are extending the base classes from the core, for example, `Orm\Zed\Cms\Persistence\SpyCmsPageLocalizedAttributes` extends `Spryker\Zed\Cms\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyCmsPageLocalizedAttributes`, and `Orm\Zed\Cms\Persistence\SpyCmsPageLocalizedAttributesQuery` extends `Spryker\Zed\Cms\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyCmsPageLocalizedAttributesQuery`. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-cmsblock-module.md b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-cmsblock-module.md index 6c239e5eab0..03c7d97ba98 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-cmsblock-module.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-cmsblock-module.md @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ If you have a custom CMS Block Collector, make sure that it collects CMS Blocks 4. Install the database changes by running `vendor/bin/console propel:diff`. Propel should generate a migration file with the changes. 5. Apply the database changes: `vendor/bin/console propel:migrate` 6. Generate and update ORM models: `vendor/bin/console propel:model:build` -7. You will find some new classes in your project under the `\Orm\Zed\CmsBlock\Persistence` namespace. It’s important to make sure that they extend the base classes from the Spryker core, for example: +7. You will find some new classes in your project under the `\Orm\Zed\CmsBlock\Persistence` namespace. It's important to make sure that they extend the base classes from the Spryker core, for example: * `\Orm\Zed\CmsBlock\Persistence\SpyCmsBlockStore` extends `\Spryker\Zed\CmsBlock\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyCmsBlockStore` * `\Orm\Zed\CmsBlock\Persistence\SpyCmsBlockStoreQuery` extends `\Spryker\Zed\CmsBlock\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyCmsBlockStoreQuery` diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-collector-module.md b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-collector-module.md index 0b5493b9d6e..0a2e0fe5867 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-collector-module.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-collector-module.md @@ -83,4 +83,4 @@ You can find additional details on [Collector module release page](https://githu With version 4 of the Collector module, we fixed the `collector:search:export` and `collector:search:update` console commands to run for all available locales instead of just for the current one. This behavior is now consistent with the storage collector command (`collector:storage:export`). -If you would like to upgrade to this version and you have multiple locales in your store, then you need to make sure that your collector query (in the Spryker Demoshop we use the `ProductCollectorQuery` class) is also correctly filtered by locale, otherwise it could happen that you’ll have inconsistent data in your Elasticsearch. +If you would like to upgrade to this version and you have multiple locales in your store, then you need to make sure that your collector query (in the Spryker Demoshop we use the `ProductCollectorQuery` class) is also correctly filtered by locale, otherwise it could happen that you'll have inconsistent data in your Elasticsearch. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-payment-module.md b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-payment-module.md index 4852f267ff0..c121b598862 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-payment-module.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-payment-module.md @@ -41,32 +41,32 @@ To enable the new version: 3. Insert new sales payment tables by executing the following queries: ```sql -CREATE SEQUENCE “spy_sales_payment_pk_seq”; -CREATE TABLE “spy_sales_payment” +CREATE SEQUENCE "spy_sales_payment_pk_seq"; +CREATE TABLE "spy_sales_payment" ( - “id_sales_payment” INTEGER NOT NULL, - “fk_sales_order” INTEGER NOT NULL, - “fk_sales_payment_method_type” INTEGER NOT NULL, - “amount” INTEGER NOT NULL, - “created_at” TIMESTAMP, - “updated_at” TIMESTAMP, - PRIMARY KEY (“id_sales_payment”) + "id_sales_payment" INTEGER NOT NULL, + "fk_sales_order" INTEGER NOT NULL, + "fk_sales_payment_method_type" INTEGER NOT NULL, + "amount" INTEGER NOT NULL, + "created_at" TIMESTAMP, + "updated_at" TIMESTAMP, + PRIMARY KEY ("id_sales_payment") ); -CREATE SEQUENCE “spy_sales_payment_method_type_pk_seq”; -CREATE TABLE “spy_sales_payment_method_type” +CREATE SEQUENCE "spy_sales_payment_method_type_pk_seq"; +CREATE TABLE "spy_sales_payment_method_type" ( - “id_sales_payment_method_type” INTEGER NOT NULL, - “payment_provider” VARCHAR NOT NULL, - “payment_method” VARCHAR NOT NULL, - PRIMARY KEY (“id_sales_payment_method_type”) + "id_sales_payment_method_type" INTEGER NOT NULL, + "payment_provider" VARCHAR NOT NULL, + "payment_method" VARCHAR NOT NULL, + PRIMARY KEY ("id_sales_payment_method_type") ); -CREATE INDEX “spy_sales_payment_method_type-type” ON “spy_sales_payment_method_type” (“payment_provider”,“payment_method”); -ALTER TABLE “spy_sales_payment” ADD CONSTRAINT “spy_sales_payment-fk_sales_order” - FOREIGN KEY (“fk_sales_order”) - REFERENCES “spy_sales_order” (“id_sales_order”); -ALTER TABLE “spy_sales_payment” ADD CONSTRAINT “spy_sales_payment-fk_sales_payment_method_type” - FOREIGN KEY (“fk_sales_payment_method_type”) - REFERENCES “spy_sales_payment_method_type” (“id_sales_payment_method_type”); +CREATE INDEX "spy_sales_payment_method_type-type" ON "spy_sales_payment_method_type" ("payment_provider","payment_method"); +ALTER TABLE "spy_sales_payment" ADD CONSTRAINT "spy_sales_payment-fk_sales_order" + FOREIGN KEY ("fk_sales_order") + REFERENCES "spy_sales_order" ("id_sales_order"); +ALTER TABLE "spy_sales_payment" ADD CONSTRAINT "spy_sales_payment-fk_sales_payment_method_type" + FOREIGN KEY ("fk_sales_payment_method_type") + REFERENCES "spy_sales_payment_method_type" ("id_sales_payment_method_type"); ``` You should now be able to see that the new order saved payment information into the `spy_sales_payment` table. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-productsearch-module.md b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-productsearch-module.md index 8a5d431552d..5948400bdfa 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-productsearch-module.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-productsearch-module.md @@ -5,10 +5,10 @@ 1. Requires version ^4.0.0 of Product and ^5.0.0 of Search bundles. 2. `ProductSearchFacade::activateProductSearch()` and `ProductSearchFacade::deactivateProductSearch()` are not connected to `searchableProduct` anymore. 3. `ProductSearchFacade::saveProductSearchPreferences()` was removed. Added separated create, update and clean methods instead. -4. Added `spy_product_search_attribute` new database table for product attribute search filter handling. To get the database changes you’ll need to run `vendor/bin/console propel:diff` to generate a propel migration file, then `vendor/bin/console propel:migrate` to apply it. Make sure before the second command that you checked and cleaned up the content of the migration file if necessary. -5. Along with the database changes you’ll need to run `vendor/bin/console propel:model:build` to generate the necessary propel classes for the changes. After running that command you’ll find some new classes in your project under `\Orm\Zed\ProductSearch\Persistence` namespace. It’s important that you make sure that they are extending the base classes from the core, for example: +4. Added `spy_product_search_attribute` new database table for product attribute search filter handling. To get the database changes you'll need to run `vendor/bin/console propel:diff` to generate a propel migration file, then `vendor/bin/console propel:migrate` to apply it. Make sure before the second command that you checked and cleaned up the content of the migration file if necessary. +5. Along with the database changes you'll need to run `vendor/bin/console propel:model:build` to generate the necessary propel classes for the changes. After running that command you'll find some new classes in your project under `\Orm\Zed\ProductSearch\Persistence` namespace. It's important that you make sure that they are extending the base classes from the core, for example: 1. `Orm\Zed\ProductSearch\Persistence\SpyProductSearchAttribute` extends `Spryker\Zed\ProductSearch\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyProductSearchAttribute`, 2. `Orm\Zed\ProductSearch\Persistence\SpyProductSearchAttributeMap` extends `Spryker\Zed\ProductSearch\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyProductSearchAttributeMap`. -6. In order to activate the changes of the new product search and filter preferences Zed UIs, you’ll need to register the `Spryker\Zed\ProductSearch\Communication\Plugin\ProductSearchConfigExtensionCollectorPlugin` in your `CollectorDependencyProvider` (under the `\Spryker\Zed\Collector\CollectorDependencyProvider::STORAGE_PLUGINS` key). This will make sure to write the search and filter preferences changes into redis when the collectors run. To enable reading them you’ll also need to register `Spryker\Zed\ProductSearch\Communication\Plugin\ProductSearchConfigExtensionCollectorPlugin` in `Pyz\Client\Search\SearchDependencyProvider::createSearchConfigExpanderPlugins()`. +6. In order to activate the changes of the new product search and filter preferences Zed UIs, you'll need to register the `Spryker\Zed\ProductSearch\Communication\Plugin\ProductSearchConfigExtensionCollectorPlugin` in your `CollectorDependencyProvider` (under the `\Spryker\Zed\Collector\CollectorDependencyProvider::STORAGE_PLUGINS` key). This will make sure to write the search and filter preferences changes into redis when the collectors run. To enable reading them you'll also need to register `Spryker\Zed\ProductSearch\Communication\Plugin\ProductSearchConfigExtensionCollectorPlugin` in `Pyz\Client\Search\SearchDependencyProvider::createSearchConfigExpanderPlugins()`. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-quote-module.md b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-quote-module.md index f840b3acc6f..ba4a9e01b50 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-quote-module.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-quote-module.md @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ The new version of the `Quote` module provides the ability to save customer quot Quote storage strategy (session, database) can be changed in `Spryker\Shared\Quote\QuoteConfig::getStorageStrategy`. -If you’re migrating the `Quote` module from version 1 to version 2, follow the steps described below. +If you're migrating the `Quote` module from version 1 to version 2, follow the steps described below. ### Perform database migration @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ If you’re migrating the `Quote` module from version 1 to version 2, follow th * Run `vendor/bin/console propel:migrate`; * Run `vendor/bin/console propel:model:build`. -After running the last command you’ll find some new classes in your project under `\Orm\Zed\Cms\Persistence` namespace. It’s important to make sure that they are extending the base classes from the core, for example, `Orm\Zed\Quote\Persistence\SpyQuote` extends `\Spryker\Zed\Quote\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyQuote``Orm\Zed\Quote\Persistence\SpyQuoteQuery extends Spryker\Zed\Quote\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyQuoteQuery.` +After running the last command you'll find some new classes in your project under `\Orm\Zed\Cms\Persistence` namespace. It's important to make sure that they are extending the base classes from the core, for example, `Orm\Zed\Quote\Persistence\SpyQuote` extends `\Spryker\Zed\Quote\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyQuote``Orm\Zed\Quote\Persistence\SpyQuoteQuery extends Spryker\Zed\Quote\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyQuoteQuery.` With this version quote storage strategies (session, database) have been added. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-search-module.md b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-search-module.md index c3f4868a6ad..741e2f43783 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-search-module.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-search-module.md @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ class SearchElasticsearchConfig extends SprykerSearchElasticsearchConfig 10. Adjust all project-level Elasticsearch index definition JSON files (if any) as follows: - Each JSON file should be renamed, so it would have one of the source identifiers (see above) as its name. The name of the definition file matters and will later be translated into index name. - - Each JSON file should provide a definition only for one mapping type, suitable for that index. By default, *index’s only* mapping type should have the same name as the JSON file it’s described by. For example, `page.json` should only contain a definition for the `page` mapping type. + - Each JSON file should provide a definition only for one mapping type, suitable for that index. By default, *index's only* mapping type should have the same name as the JSON file it's described by. For example, `page.json` should only contain a definition for the `page` mapping type. - Each JSON file should be placed inside of the directory, which matches a path pattern defined by `SearchElasticsearchConfig::getJsonSchemaDefinitionDirectories()`. @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ We changed the way dynamic search configuration was cached and then used. This f * The `Spryker\Shared\Search\SearchConstants::SEARCH_CONFIG_CACHE_KEY` config was removed, but previously it was required to be filled with a key that was used to save the search config cache into Redis. * Removed `SearchFacade::saveSearchConfigCache()` method which stored the given search cache configuration into Redis. -* In the new version, instead of the removed code mentioned above, you’ll need to provide a list of `Spryker\Client\Search\Dependency\Plugin\SearchConfigExpanderPluginInterface` in `Pyz\Client\Search\SearchDependencyProvider::createSearchConfigExpanderPlugins()` instead. +* In the new version, instead of the removed code mentioned above, you'll need to provide a list of `Spryker\Client\Search\Dependency\Plugin\SearchConfigExpanderPluginInterface` in `Pyz\Client\Search\SearchDependencyProvider::createSearchConfigExpanderPlugins()` instead. We moved the possible facet type option constants from `Spryker\Client\Search\Plugin\Config\FacetConfigBuilder` to `\Spryker\Shared\Search\SearchConstants`: @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ We moved the possible facet type option constants from `Spryker\Client\Search\Pl * `FacetConfigBuilder::TYPE_CATEGORY` -> `SearchConstants::FACET_TYPE_CATEGORY` * `FacetConfigBuilder::TYPE_BOOL`-> not supported -We have added a type field to the default “page” index type defined by `Search/src/Spryker/Shared/Search/IndexMap/search.json`. With this field it’s possible to differentiate multiple item types (e.g. products, cms pages, categories, etc.). Additionally, we also fixed the indexing strategy of store and `locale` field, they are set to “not_analyzed”. These changes require a repeated indexation of your existing data. In a non-production environment this means that you need to delete your index and then install the new one by running `vendor/bin/console setup:search`. +We have added a type field to the default "page" index type defined by `Search/src/Spryker/Shared/Search/IndexMap/search.json`. With this field it's possible to differentiate multiple item types (e.g. products, cms pages, categories, etc.). Additionally, we also fixed the indexing strategy of store and `locale` field, they are set to "not_analyzed". These changes require a repeated indexation of your existing data. In a non-production environment this means that you need to delete your index and then install the new one by running `vendor/bin/console setup:search`. {% info_block errorBox "Important" %} @@ -301,4 +301,4 @@ In production environments, follow the official Elasticsearch guide about [Index With the version 4 of the Search module, the logic and configuration of how the results are sorted has been changed. Previously there were two request parameters that controlled what field we are sorting by as well as the direction of the sorting (e.g /?sort=price&sort_order=desc). -The new version now works with one parameter only (e.g. `/?sort=price_asc`). To migrate to the new version, you’ll need to change your configurations in your classes that implement `\Spryker\Client\Search\Dependency\Plugin\SearchConfigBuilderInterface`. Instead of providing one `SortConfigTransfer` per sorted attribute, now you need to provide two if you wish to sort by both ascending and descending order. To do this, use the `SortConfigTransfer::setIsDescending()` method, and make sure that the values in `SortConfigTransfer::setParameterName()` are unique. +The new version now works with one parameter only (e.g. `/?sort=price_asc`). To migrate to the new version, you'll need to change your configurations in your classes that implement `\Spryker\Client\Search\Dependency\Plugin\SearchConfigBuilderInterface`. Instead of providing one `SortConfigTransfer` per sorted attribute, now you need to provide two if you wish to sort by both ascending and descending order. To do this, use the `SortConfigTransfer::setIsDescending()` method, and make sure that the values in `SortConfigTransfer::setParameterName()` are unique. diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-sharedcartpage-module.md b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-sharedcartpage-module.md index 5c2fc3ab337..9eb5207aee5 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-sharedcartpage-module.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-sharedcartpage-module.md @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ To upgrade to the new version of the module, do the following: 1. Upgrade the `CompanyUser` module to version 2.0.0. See [Upgrade the CompanyUser module](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-companyuser-module.html) for more details: ```yaml -composer require spryker/company-user: “^2.0.0” +composer require spryker/company-user: "^2.0.0" ``` 2. Regenerate transfer objects: diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-shipment-module.md b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-shipment-module.md index 87600acbc34..38ee5e720ed 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-shipment-module.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-shipment-module.md @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Database structure is as follows: * Install the database changes by running `vendor/bin/console propel:diff`. Propel should generate a migration file with the changes. * Apply the database changes: `vendor/bin/console propel:migrate`. * Generate and update ORM models: `vendor/bin/console propel:model:build`. - * You will find some new classes in your project under `\Orm\Zed\Shipment\Persistence` namespace. It’s important that you make sure that they extend the base classes from the Spryker core, e.g.: + * You will find some new classes in your project under `\Orm\Zed\Shipment\Persistence` namespace. It's important that you make sure that they extend the base classes from the Spryker core, e.g.: * `\Orm\Zed\Shipment\Persistence\SpyShipmentMethodPrice` extends `\Spryker\Zed\Shipment\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyShipmentMethodPrice` * `\Orm\Zed\Shipment\Persistence\SpyShipmentMethodPriceQuery` extends `\Spryker\Zed\Shipment\Persistence\Propel\AbstractSpyShipmentMethodPriceQuery` diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-tax-module.md b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-tax-module.md index aaf674bdcae..acb4fe82736 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-tax-module.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-tax-module.md @@ -16,9 +16,9 @@ Corresponding plugin business classes, `ExpenseTaxCalculator`, `ItemTaxCalculato ## Upgrading from version 2.* to version 3.* -If you’re migrating the Tax module from version 2 to version 3, you need to follow the steps described below. +If you're migrating the Tax module from version 2 to version 3, you need to follow the steps described below. -With the version 3 of the Tax module, new tax calculation is used. The tax rate is based on the current shipping country or, if it’s unavailable, a default tax rate value is used. +With the version 3 of the Tax module, new tax calculation is used. The tax rate is based on the current shipping country or, if it's unavailable, a default tax rate value is used. First you need to execute a database schema migration: ```sql diff --git a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-wishlist-module.md b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-wishlist-module.md index a809a9703f7..237deb618f5 100644 --- a/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-wishlist-module.md +++ b/_includes/pbc/all/upgrade-modules/upgrade-the-wishlist-module.md @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ We have added a new dependency to `ProductStoreClient`: now use `Spryker\Client\ ## Upgrading from Version 2.* to Version 3.* -If you’re migrating the Wishlist module from version 2 to version 3, you need to follow the steps described below. +If you're migrating the Wishlist module from version 2 to version 3, you need to follow the steps described below. Version 3 of the Wishlist module introduced new schema, and old tables have to be deleted while new created. First you need to drop old tables: diff --git a/_includes/scos/user/intro-to-spryker/releases/release-notes/release-notes-202212.0/patch-release-notes-202212.0.md b/_includes/scos/user/intro-to-spryker/releases/release-notes/release-notes-202212.0/patch-release-notes-202212.0.md index 170a3941df9..202639a2c1f 100644 --- a/_includes/scos/user/intro-to-spryker/releases/release-notes/release-notes-202212.0/patch-release-notes-202212.0.md +++ b/_includes/scos/user/intro-to-spryker/releases/release-notes/release-notes-202212.0/patch-release-notes-202212.0.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ The patch release 202212.0-p2 includes the following changes: - Updated github actions to enable testing newer PHP versions (8.0 & 8.1). - Updated backoffice GUI base module to allow backoffice tables to have strict search on their columns (check this page [here](/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/zed-ui-tables/create-and-configure-zed-tables.html#configure-search-by-columns)). -- Removed explicit usage of Devvm since it’s a deprecated concept. +- Removed explicit usage of Devvm since it's a deprecated concept. ### GitHub release pages: diff --git a/_internal/faq-migration-to-opensearch.md b/_internal/faq-migration-to-opensearch.md index 8b400d81044..5ba87588e5a 100644 --- a/_internal/faq-migration-to-opensearch.md +++ b/_internal/faq-migration-to-opensearch.md @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Migration to OpenSearch provides several benefits: * Active community: OpenSearch benefits from a thriving open-source community, driving continuous enhancement and innovation. -## Why didn’t we get access to OpenSearch earlier? +## Why didn't we get access to OpenSearch earlier? We prioritize our services' stability, security, and compatibility above all else. That's why we approach upgrades with the utmost caution, ensuring that we have extensively tested and verified their functionality and compatibility before they are introduced into our ecosystem. Elasticsearch has been a reliable and robust search engine, and many of our customers still use versions under 7.10. Despite Elastic's decision to deprecate some older versions of Elasticsearch, we've been able to maintain their service continuity through our partnership with AWS, which has committed to supporting these versions without deprecation notice. As a result, there was no immediate need to rush the migration to OpenSearch. diff --git a/_layouts/404.html b/_layouts/404.html index 9fab636a9fe..d0cf8d37240 100644 --- a/_layouts/404.html +++ b/_layouts/404.html @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@

Page not found

-

The page you’re looking for does not exist.

+

The page you're looking for does not exist.

Go to Home page
diff --git a/_templates/troubleshooting-guide-template.md b/_templates/troubleshooting-guide-template.md index a2ee60e690f..7df1c15448f 100644 --- a/_templates/troubleshooting-guide-template.md +++ b/_templates/troubleshooting-guide-template.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Every troubleshooting article should have its own page in the respective section ## {Description} - + ## Cause diff --git a/docs/about/all/about-spryker.md b/docs/about/all/about-spryker.md index 6d951dcf194..8f377968bc4 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/about-spryker.md +++ b/docs/about/all/about-spryker.md @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ For a complete list of modules, see the [Spryker repository](https://github.com/ ### Benefits of the modular architecture -* You take only the modules or features needed for your project, without overloading it with redundant code and investing effort into something you don’t need. +* You take only the modules or features needed for your project, without overloading it with redundant code and investing effort into something you don't need. * You can easily grow your project by adding new modules at any time. * You can add, delete, and test new features without worrying about breaking or pausing your live shop. * Thanks to the atomic release approach, each module is released independently, has its own version, and is backward compatible. You can install and update the needed modules right after they are released without having to update any other installed modules. diff --git a/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/contribute-to-the-docs/edit-the-docs-using-a-web-browser.md b/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/contribute-to-the-docs/edit-the-docs-using-a-web-browser.md index 92eb824cca3..6359fadf27e 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/contribute-to-the-docs/edit-the-docs-using-a-web-browser.md +++ b/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/contribute-to-the-docs/edit-the-docs-using-a-web-browser.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ The Spryker documentation is hosted on GitHub, in the [spryker-docs](https://git {% info_block infoBox "Info" %} -We write the Spryker documentation using Markdown. If you don’t know Markdown yet, check the [GitHub Markdown Guide](https://docs.github.com/en/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax). For the documentation-specific Markdown elements and HTML syntax used where Markdown is not enough, see [Markdown syntax](/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/style-guide/markdown-syntax.html). +We write the Spryker documentation using Markdown. If you don't know Markdown yet, check the [GitHub Markdown Guide](https://docs.github.com/en/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax). For the documentation-specific Markdown elements and HTML syntax used where Markdown is not enough, see [Markdown syntax](/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/style-guide/markdown-syntax.html). {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/contribute-to-the-docs/review-docs-pull-requests.md b/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/contribute-to-the-docs/review-docs-pull-requests.md index db32f636d42..f5acd6e11c5 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/contribute-to-the-docs/review-docs-pull-requests.md +++ b/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/contribute-to-the-docs/review-docs-pull-requests.md @@ -20,17 +20,17 @@ related: link: docs/about/all/about-the-docs/style-guide/markdown-syntax.html --- -When someone requests your review of a pull request, you get an email about the request. +When someone requests your review of a pull request (PR), you get an email about the request. -To review a pull request, do the following: +To review a PR, do the following: -1. At the pull request page, click the **Files changed** tab. +1. At the PR's page, click the **Files changed** tab. Here you can see how many files have been changed and the changes themselves. Old text is displayed in red, the new one - in green: ![Files changed](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/scos/user/intro-to-spryker/contributing-to-documentation/files-changed.png) -{% info_block infoBox "Info" %} +{% info_block infoBox "" %} -You can view each file in a more readable form: with images, normally-looking tables, etc. For this, click on three dots at the file path and select **View file**: +To preview a file, click on more options menu and select **View file**: ![View file](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/scos/user/intro-to-spryker/contributing-to-documentation/view-file.png) diff --git a/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/run-the-docs-locally.md b/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/run-the-docs-locally.md index 0329348c71d..c586a38fc71 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/run-the-docs-locally.md +++ b/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/run-the-docs-locally.md @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ The installation process is different depending whether you are using a Mac with * Intel-based Macs show an item labeled _Processor_ followed by the name and/or model number of the Intel processor. -{% info_block warningBox "MacOS on M1 processor – Open Terminal using Rosetta" %} +{% info_block warningBox "MacOS on M1 processor: open Terminal using Rosetta" %} On a MacBook with the M1 processor, make sure your Terminal is opened with Rosetta 2, by following the instructions here. Rosetta is a translation layer that enables non-native Intel x86 apps, including Homebrew, to run on Apple Silicon Macs. To open your terminal using Rosetta, follow these steps: @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ On either an M1 or an Intel Mac, follow the steps below to install Jekyll. M1-sp #### 1. Install Homebrew -Homebrew is a package manager for macOS because by default Mac doesn’t have a package manager. You use Homebrew to install Ruby in the next step. Additionally, when you install Homebrew, Xcode command line tools and GCC are also installed automatically. +Homebrew is a package manager for macOS because by default Mac doesn't have a package manager. You use Homebrew to install Ruby in the next step. Additionally, when you install Homebrew, Xcode command line tools and GCC are also installed automatically. To install Homebrew, follow these steps: ```bash diff --git a/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/style-guide/general-rules-and-guidance-for-adding-docs.md b/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/style-guide/general-rules-and-guidance-for-adding-docs.md index 2db32b60cf8..8b8a46d1e2d 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/style-guide/general-rules-and-guidance-for-adding-docs.md +++ b/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/style-guide/general-rules-and-guidance-for-adding-docs.md @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ After creating a new document, you must add it to the sidebar navigation. Keep i ### Sidebars -Each _product/realm_ set has its own sidebar, which is represented by a YAML file in the `[_data/sidebar](https://github.com/spryker/spryker-docs/tree/master/_data/sidebars)` directory. The sidebar name is `{product}_{realm}_sidebar.yml`. So, for example, for the marketplace user documentation, the sidebar file is called `marketplace_user_sidebar.html`. The sidebar consists of the list of files that are present in the navigation. As a best practice, as soon as you create a new page, add it to your sidebar (so you don’t forget about the page). +Each _product/realm_ set has its own sidebar, which is represented by a YAML file in the `[_data/sidebar](https://github.com/spryker/spryker-docs/tree/master/_data/sidebars)` directory. The sidebar name is `{product}_{realm}_sidebar.yml`. So, for example, for the marketplace user documentation, the sidebar file is called `marketplace_user_sidebar.html`. The sidebar consists of the list of files that are present in the navigation. As a best practice, as soon as you create a new page, add it to your sidebar (so you don't forget about the page). ``` - product: SCOS @@ -134,10 +134,10 @@ Each _product/realm_ set has its own sidebar, which is represented by a YAML fil ### Creating landing pages for the main categories -For each main category, like *Setup*, *Feature integration guides*, or *HowTos*, you can create an `index.md.` file. This lets you open category pages without specific files in the link. For example, let’s do that for the **Glue API guides** section of the developer guide: +For each main category, like *Setup*, *Feature integration guides*, or *HowTos*, you can create an `index.md.` file. This lets you open category pages without specific files in the link. For example, let's do that for the **Glue API guides** section of the developer guide: 1. In `docs/marketplace/dev/glue-api-guides`, add the `index.md` file. Make sure you specify the title in the file. -2. In the `marketplace_dev_sidebar.yml` file, add the URL for the **Glue API guides** element. You don’t have to write `index.html` at the end of the link, the link works without it: +2. In the `marketplace_dev_sidebar.yml` file, add the URL for the **Glue API guides** element. You don't have to write `index.html` at the end of the link, the link works without it: ``` - title: Glue API guides          @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ To delete an unnecessary or outdated page from the website, make sure to set up This section contains most coming issues that you may face while working with docs and expected ways how to resolve the problem. ### Filename too long in Git for Windows -If you face the “Filename too long” error, or an error like this one *“spryker.github.io/vendor/bundle/ruby/2.7.0/gems/jekyll-4.2.0/lib/jekyll/convertible.rb:222:in `write': No such file or directory @ rb_sysopen - E:/Jekyll/spryker.github.io/_site/docs/pbc/all/search/{{site.version}}/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-content-and-search-attribute-cart-based-catalog-personalization/tutorial-content-and-search-attribute-cart-based-catalog-personalization.html (Errno::ENOENT)”*, run the following command to circumvent it: +If you face the "Filename too long" error, or an error like this one *"spryker.github.io/vendor/bundle/ruby/2.7.0/gems/jekyll-4.2.0/lib/jekyll/convertible.rb:222:in `write': No such file or directory @ rb_sysopen - E:/Jekyll/spryker.github.io/_site/docs/pbc/all/search/{{site.version}}/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-content-and-search-attribute-cart-based-catalog-personalization/tutorial-content-and-search-attribute-cart-based-catalog-personalization.html (Errno::ENOENT)"*, run the following command to circumvent it: ```bash git config --system core.longpaths true diff --git a/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/style-guide/markdown-syntax.md b/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/style-guide/markdown-syntax.md index ada0d57a027..99a40776e13 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/style-guide/markdown-syntax.md +++ b/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/style-guide/markdown-syntax.md @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Make sure to fulfill the requirements: Currently, by default, when you add an image to your document, its size is automatically adjusted so that it does not exceed 50% of the content area. By default, 2-column tables also take 50% of the content area. -If you want your image or a 2-column table to stretch to the content area’s size, wrap the image and the table in `
` with the `width-100` class. For example: +If you want your image or a 2-column table to stretch to the content area's size, wrap the image and the table in `
` with the `width-100` class. For example: To make an image as wide as the content area: @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ Published table: ## Anchors -You don’t have to create anchors for headings. Each heading has its default anchor that corresponds to its text. However, still check [step 2](#step-2) of this section to learn about important aspects of linking to anchors. +You don't have to create anchors for headings. Each heading has its default anchor that corresponds to its text. However, still check [step 2](#step-2) of this section to learn about important aspects of linking to anchors. Follow these steps to create an anchor and link to it: @@ -420,13 +420,13 @@ Click **More** ![google-chrome-more-button](link-to-an- To add a link to a Wistia video, use the following code: `{% raw %} {% wistia {{wistia video code}} %}{% endraw %}`, where `{video code}` is the Wistia's video code. For example, if you want to add video `https://fast.wistia.com/embed/medias/eiw5ev4gv2/`, your code should be: `{% raw %}{% wistia eiw5ev4gv2 %}{% endraw %}`. -You can also set video’s width and height. For example: +You can also set video's width and height. For example: `{% raw %}{% wistia eiw5ev4gv2 960 720 %}{% endraw %}` where -960 - is the video’s width -720 - is the video’s height +960 - is the video's width +720 - is the video's height ## Adding other videos To add a link to a video in the .mp4 format that originates not from Wistia, add this block with the link to your video: diff --git a/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/style-guide/style-guide-examples.md b/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/style-guide/style-guide-examples.md index 7d1e06c9348..50d1c65497e 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/style-guide/style-guide-examples.md +++ b/docs/about/all/about-the-docs/style-guide/style-guide-examples.md @@ -18,6 +18,6 @@ Additional guidance for introducing short and long examples: |-|-|-| | To introduce a short example, use a comma or an em dash. | Create a new module—for example, `src/Yves/ContentFooWidget`. | Create a new module. For example, `src/Yves/ContentFooWidget`. | | To introduce a long example in a short sentence, use a comma or an em dash. | A customer is the final consumer of the store—for example, the person who places an order. | A customer is the final consumer of the store. For example, the person who places an order. | -| To introduce a long example in a long sentence, write the example as a separate sentence. | A shop owner can sell the same product in different packaging units. For example, apples can be sold as an "Item", a "Bag", or "Pallet" of apples. | A shop owner can sell the same product in different packaging units—for example, apples can be sold as an "Item", a "Bag", or "Pallet" of apples. | +| To introduce a long example in a long sentence, write the example as a separate sentence. | A shop owner can sell the same product in different packaging units. For example, apples can be sold as an "Item," a "Bag," or "Pallet" of apples. | A shop owner can sell the same product in different packaging units—for example, apples can be sold as an "Item," a "Bag," or "Pallet" of apples. |
diff --git a/docs/about/all/releases/product-and-code-releases.md b/docs/about/all/releases/product-and-code-releases.md index c2dc47d6f6c..1a8b2e7f533 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/releases/product-and-code-releases.md +++ b/docs/about/all/releases/product-and-code-releases.md @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ To accommodate both the fast pace of innovation and predictability of the upgrad ## Atomic (code) releases -Atomic, or code release approach, implies that we introduce changes gradually and release updates only for the modified modules. So you don’t need to invest time in updating all the modules available in your project every time there is an update. Each Spryker module is released independently and has its own version. Also, every module has its own repository and dependencies declared in a `composer.json` file, which means you can select a specific module version and update it separately. +Atomic, or code release approach, implies that we introduce changes gradually and release updates only for the modified modules. So you don't need to invest time in updating all the modules available in your project every time there is an update. Each Spryker module is released independently and has its own version. Also, every module has its own repository and dependencies declared in a `composer.json` file, which means you can select a specific module version and update it separately. New versions of the existing Spryker modules as well as new modules are released as soon as they are ready in the [Spryker Commerce OS \(SCOS\) project repository](https://github.com/spryker-shop/suite). diff --git a/docs/about/all/releases/release-notes-202311.0.md b/docs/about/all/releases/release-notes-202311.0.md index 441f75192e9..14961db4242 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/releases/release-notes-202311.0.md +++ b/docs/about/all/releases/release-notes-202311.0.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ For information about installing the Spryker Commerce OS, see [Getting started g ## ![core-commerce](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/scos/user/intro-to-spryker/releases/release-notes/icon_Spryker+Commerce+OS_128.png) Fulfillment App ![feature](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/scos/user/intro-to-spryker/releases/release-notes/feature.png) -As part of Spryker’s Unified Commerce capability, the Fulfillment App provides an all-new user interface designed to streamline your order fulfillment process. Supporting new business models and with enhanced functionalities, the Fulfillment App simplifies tasks for warehouse and store staff, offering an efficient and effective fulfillment process. +As part of Spryker's Unified Commerce capability, the Fulfillment App provides an all-new user interface designed to streamline your order fulfillment process. Supporting new business models and with enhanced functionalities, the Fulfillment App simplifies tasks for warehouse and store staff, offering an efficient and effective fulfillment process. The fulfillment App includes the following features: @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ The fulfillment App includes the following features: - Warehouse allocation strategy: Optimize warehouse space utilization for your specific warehouse setup. - Offline mode: Ensure uninterrupted picking, even without an internet connection. - Backend API architecture: Better performance and improved scalability. -- Powered by Spryker’s Oryx Framework: Make rapid frontend customizations by utilizing a rich library of components. +- Powered by Spryker's Oryx Framework: Make rapid frontend customizations by utilizing a rich library of components. **Business benefits**: - Fulfill orders faster, easier, and smarter. @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ The key features of the Data Exchange API include the following: ## ![data](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/scos/user/intro-to-spryker/releases/release-notes/data.png) Next Generation Middleware: Spryker Middleware powered by Alumio ![feature](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/scos/user/intro-to-spryker/releases/release-notes/feature.png) -The Spryker Middleware powered by Alumio solves the main challenges of data integrations in a flexible and customizable way and, therefore, greatly reduces the efforts for Spryker’s data exchange use cases. It is the foundation on which we build our Integration Apps. The Spryker Middleware powered by Alumio uses Alumio data integration technology. +The Spryker Middleware powered by Alumio solves the main challenges of data integrations in a flexible and customizable way and, therefore, greatly reduces the efforts for Spryker's data exchange use cases. It is the foundation on which we build our Integration Apps. The Spryker Middleware powered by Alumio uses Alumio data integration technology. The Spryker Middleware powered by Alumio helps you to reach the following outcomes: @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Key features of this integration include the following: ## ![acp](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/scos/user/intro-to-spryker/releases/release-notes/icon_App+Orchestration+Platform_128.png) Improved performance, stability, and scalability ![improvement](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/scos/user/intro-to-spryker/releases/release-notes/improvement.png) -Adding 3rd party integrations via apps to your existing SCCOS solution has become easier with the App Composition Platform (ACP). Get in touch with us to get ACP enabled faster and take advantage of ACP’s steadily growing number of no and low-code apps. +Adding third-party integrations via apps to your existing SCCOS solution has become easier with the App Composition Platform (ACP). Get in touch with us to get ACP enabled faster and take advantage of ACP's steadily growing number of no and low-code apps. **Business benefit**:
Simplified and faster enablement of ACP for SCCOS, as well as improved scalability, performance, and data security of the entire platform. @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ Build an efficient path to purchase for your buyers with Algolia search, an inno ## ![code-upgrader](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/scos/user/intro-to-spryker/releases/release-notes/code-upgrader.png) Autointegration of code releases ![improvement](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/scos/user/intro-to-spryker/releases/release-notes/improvement.png) -In addition to updating Spryker packages in your repository, with this release, Spryker Code Upgrader starts integrating plugins, settinh configurations keys, and adding new translations and similar elements to your project code. Now engineers don’t have to figure out and manually apply code changes to activate new features. +In addition to updating Spryker packages in your repository, with this release, Spryker Code Upgrader starts integrating plugins, settinh configurations keys, and adding new translations and similar elements to your project code. Now engineers don't have to figure out and manually apply code changes to activate new features. **Business benefit**:
Reduce the engineering time needed to integrate a Spryker module release into your project. @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ Install and run [Upgrader compliance Evaluator](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping- Oryx Framework empowers developers to efficiently build composable frontends. Oryx provides a rich library of Oryx components, including a design system, allowing developers to rapidly create modern and visually appealing user interfaces. These components integrate with Spryker APIs by default, providing a seamless, decoupled experience for developers and end consumers. **Business benefit**:
-Save time and effort with Oryx Framework. Spryker’s purpose-built framework lets developers utilize fast, lightweight, and reactive components for storefronts and other frontends that quickly and dynamically display various devices. +Save time and effort with Oryx Framework. Spryker's purpose-built framework lets developers utilize fast, lightweight, and reactive components for storefronts and other frontends that quickly and dynamically display various devices. ### Learn more: [Oryx in 90 seconds videos](https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLJooqCSo73Sj9r_632NRtr-O0zuY7eHPb) @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Oryx can be installed on your local machine and requires a Node.js or a compatib ## ![composable-frontend](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/scos/user/intro-to-spryker/releases/release-notes/icon_Composable+Storefront_128.png) Composable Storefront: Additional foundation features - EA (early access) ![improvement](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/scos/user/intro-to-spryker/releases/release-notes/improvement.png) -Additional features are being released for Spryker's new upgradeable, decoupled frontend solution — Composable Storefront. This set of features provides essential components for commonplace purchase journeys. Spryker Composable Storefront is built using Spryker’s Oryx framework, a reactive, fast, and lightweight framework. +Additional features are being released for Spryker's new upgradeable, decoupled frontend solution — Composable Storefront. This set of features provides essential components for commonplace purchase journeys. Spryker Composable Storefront is built using Spryker's Oryx framework, a reactive, fast, and lightweight framework. For more information about this Early Access product, contact your Spryker representative. diff --git a/docs/about/all/releases/release-notes-202404.0.md b/docs/about/all/releases/release-notes-202404.0.md index fc56ce1be17..16adb5456a5 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/releases/release-notes-202404.0.md +++ b/docs/about/all/releases/release-notes-202404.0.md @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ The managed Security Operations Center (SOC) provides continuous monitoring, det ### Business benefits - 24/7 security monitoring: Stay protected with round-the-clock vigilance against threats. -- Optimized for Spryker’s infrastructure: Tailored specifically for the Spryker ecosystem, our service seamlessly integrates with your existing infrastructure. +- Optimized for Spryker's infrastructure: Tailored specifically for the Spryker ecosystem, our service seamlessly integrates with your existing infrastructure. - Threat detection and analysis: Use cutting-edge technology and intelligence to promptly identify and assess cybersecurity risks. Our proactive approach ensures that potential threats are detected early, minimizing the risk to your business. - Streamlined incident response: In the event of a security incident, our coordinated response mechanism allows for a swift reaction, mitigation, and remediation. This ensures that any impact is minimized and business continuity is maintained. - Compliance and reporting: The service is aligned with industry regulations like SOC2 and ISO27001. diff --git a/docs/about/all/releases/release-notes-202410.0.md b/docs/about/all/releases/release-notes-202410.0.md index ea55601449a..d8fdf5372f1 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/releases/release-notes-202410.0.md +++ b/docs/about/all/releases/release-notes-202410.0.md @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ AI-powered features implemented by connecting to third-party APIs: The AI features leverage Open AI and are provided under the following conditions: * ChatGPT Plus, Team, or Enterprise license from OpenAI is required. -* Provided as an Early Access release. Early Access releases are subject to specific legal terms. They’re unsupported and don’t provide production-ready SLAs. They can also be deprecated without a General Availability Release. Nevertheless, we welcome feedback from early adopters on these cutting-edge, exploratory features. +* Provided as an Early Access release. Early Access releases are subject to specific legal terms. They're unsupported and don't provide production-ready SLAs. They can also be deprecated without a General Availability Release. Nevertheless, we welcome feedback from early adopters on these cutting-edge, exploratory features. * Available as an opt-in and are not automatically integrated into the core product with this release. * Projects take full responsibility for using AI. @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ The Stripe ACP app now fully supports the marketplace business model with the fo * Marketplace or admin onboarding: Admin is onboarded and configures the Stripe ACP app. * Merchant onboarding and KYC: Each merchant is onboarded into the Marketplace and submits a KYC with Stripe. * Customer payment collection: Collects funds from customers through various payment methods, like credit cards, digital wallets, or bank transfers. -* Authorization and processing: Authorization from the customer’s bank or payment provider ensures that the funds are available and the transaction is legitimate. +* Authorization and processing: Authorization from the customer's bank or payment provider ensures that the funds are available and the transaction is legitimate. * Payment reconciliation: Confirmed payments and refunds are ingested through an API: payment and refund confirmations, pay-in reports, settlement funds. Funds are reconciled, including splits between 1P and 3P. * Seamless merchant payout: When directed, funds are released to the merchant, leveraging the preconfigured billing cycle rules, order status, and commission rules. This is often in near real-time. The capability can also connect with the Spryker Commission Engine to apply commissions. * Merchants withdraw funds: Merchants can transfer earnings into a local bank account in preferred currency. @@ -172,13 +172,13 @@ Spryker GPTs powered by OpenAI LLMs help developers automate crucial areas of so These GPTs leverage Open AI and are provided under the following conditions: * ChatGPT Plus, Team, or Enterprise license from OpenAI is required. -* Provided as an Early Access release . Early Access releases are subject to specific legal terms. They’re unsupported and don’t provide production-ready SLAs. They can also be deprecated without a General Availability Release. Nevertheless, we welcome feedback from early adopters on these cutting-edge, exploratory features. +* Provided as an Early Access release . Early Access releases are subject to specific legal terms. They're unsupported and don't provide production-ready SLAs. They can also be deprecated without a General Availability Release. Nevertheless, we welcome feedback from early adopters on these cutting-edge, exploratory features. * Available as an opt-in and are not automatically integrated into the core product with this release. * Projects take full responsibility for using AI. ### Documentation -These GPTs are self-documenting. Have a conversation with them to understand what they can do and how to use their features. Example prompt you could use: “List your features, and for each feature you list provide guidance on how you would use the feature in a generic way. Provide examples of how I would use each feature”. +These GPTs are self-documenting. Have a conversation with them to understand what they can do and how to use their features. Example prompt you could use: "List your features, and for each feature you list provide guidance on how you would use the feature in a generic way. Provide examples of how I would use each feature". @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ The following components have been updated to ensure compatibility with the late - PHP 8.3 is now supported; support for PHP 8.1 is discontinued. - Jenkins has been upgraded to the latest LTS version. All new cloud environments are now deployed with this version by default. For local development, the new version of Jenkins requires Docker SDK version 1.61.0 or higher. -- Improved Jenkins’ resource management by adding SWAP memory on the infrastructure level. This addresses memory-related issues causing job failures and instability. +- Improved Jenkins' resource management by adding SWAP memory on the infrastructure level. This addresses memory-related issues causing job failures and instability. - The Angular framework has been updated to version 17, providing faster performance and smaller asset sizes for the merchant portal. - PHPStan has been upgraded to version 1.10, significantly improving code analysis speed. diff --git a/docs/about/all/releases/security-release-notes-202306.0.md b/docs/about/all/releases/security-release-notes-202306.0.md index 2c2d274d8fc..1b44988771b 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/releases/security-release-notes-202306.0.md +++ b/docs/about/all/releases/security-release-notes-202306.0.md @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ composer show spryker/merchant-profile-gui # Verify the version ## Outdated third-party library guzzlehttp/psr7 -An outdated version of the `guzzlehttp/psr7` library was identified to affect Spryker’s applications. The version in use, 2.4.3, was affected by a publicly known vulnerability that could let an attacker sneak in a newline (\n) into both the header names and values (CVE-2023-29197). +An outdated version of the `guzzlehttp/psr7` library was identified to affect Spryker's applications. The version in use, 2.4.3, was affected by a publicly known vulnerability that could let an attacker sneak in a newline (\n) into both the header names and values (CVE-2023-29197). ### Affected modules @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ composer show spryker/oauth-auth0 # Verify the version ## Missing security HTTP headers -Security-related HTTP headers were missing from Spryker’s applications. Adding these headers improves the overall security posture of the applications because they implement an additional layer of protection against common web application attacks. +Security-related HTTP headers were missing from Spryker's applications. Adding these headers improves the overall security posture of the applications because they implement an additional layer of protection against common web application attacks. ### Affected modules diff --git a/docs/about/all/releases/security-release-notes-202312.0.md b/docs/about/all/releases/security-release-notes-202312.0.md index fa80482e57e..557d2edb11c 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/releases/security-release-notes-202312.0.md +++ b/docs/about/all/releases/security-release-notes-202312.0.md @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Depending on your project setup, you might need to run updates of additional mod {% endinfo_block %} -Other modules that belong to the merchant context might require an update as well. But this is highly dependent on the actual project setup. Since we can’t predict every variation, be advised that there are likely to be additional dependencies requiring an update. +Other modules that belong to the merchant context might require an update as well. But this is highly dependent on the actual project setup. Since we can't predict every variation, be advised that there are likely to be additional dependencies requiring an update. 4. Update `spryker/user-password-reset`. diff --git a/docs/about/all/releases/security-release-notes-202409.0.md b/docs/about/all/releases/security-release-notes-202409.0.md index 1441be20b28..cfca76499db 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/releases/security-release-notes-202409.0.md +++ b/docs/about/all/releases/security-release-notes-202409.0.md @@ -70,9 +70,9 @@ composer require spryker/kernel:"~3.68.1" composer show spryker/kernel # Verify the version ``` -## “Remember Me” Functionality +## Remember me Functionality -The "remember me" functionality is considered to be against security best practices. This fix lets you disable this functionality. +The remember me functionality is considered to be against security best practices. This fix lets you disable this functionality. ### Affected modules diff --git a/docs/about/all/security-audit-reports/2019.11-security-audit-by-sektioneins.md b/docs/about/all/security-audit-reports/2019.11-security-audit-by-sektioneins.md index e3198d19625..53e4d7c0b2b 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/security-audit-reports/2019.11-security-audit-by-sektioneins.md +++ b/docs/about/all/security-audit-reports/2019.11-security-audit-by-sektioneins.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ related: link: docs/scos/dev/sdk/development-tools/code-sniffer.html --- -Between October 7th and November 22nd, 2019 SektionEins performed a source code audit and penetration test of the two variants of the Spryker Framework, called Spryker B2B and Spryker B2C. +Between October 7 and November 22, 2019 SektionEins performed a source code audit and penetration test of the two variants of the Spryker Framework, called Spryker B2B and Spryker B2C. [SektionEins](https://www.sektioneins.de/) conducted the audit. diff --git a/docs/about/all/security-audit-reports/2020.11-penetration-test-by-port-zero-executive-summary.md b/docs/about/all/security-audit-reports/2020.11-penetration-test-by-port-zero-executive-summary.md index 5c01700a1e0..cc6f7afd0d0 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/security-audit-reports/2020.11-penetration-test-by-port-zero-executive-summary.md +++ b/docs/about/all/security-audit-reports/2020.11-penetration-test-by-port-zero-executive-summary.md @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ redirect_from: - /docs/scos/user/intro-to-spryker/whats-new/security-audit-reports/2020.11-penetration-test-by-port-zero-executive-summary.html --- -During October and November 2020 the “Spryker Commerce B2C” & “Spryker Commerce B2B” of Spryker Systems GmbH were tested for security vulnerabilities and risks. The penetration testers of Port Zero GmbH rated all security vulnerabilities and gave tips for improving and fixing the issues in the penetration test report. +During October and November 2020 the "Spryker Commerce B2C" and "Spryker Commerce B2B" of Spryker Systems GmbH were tested for security vulnerabilities and risks. The penetration testers of Port Zero GmbH rated all security vulnerabilities and gave tips for improving and fixing the issues in the penetration test report. The penetration test was conducted voluntarily and is based on the recognized industry standard of the "OWASP Testing Guide v4.1 (2020)" as well as on the "Implementation Concept for Penetration Tests" of the German Federal Office for Information Security. Overall, the security of *Spryker Commerce B2C* and *Spryker Commerce B2B* gave a positive impression. The penetration test revealed some information leakages, including subdomain names, software in use, version numbers, and TCP timestamps (all available without login). However, regarding Transport Layer Security (TLS), a very high-security standard (see Appendix) is in place. The security of the central authentication mechanisms and session management is working well. diff --git a/docs/about/all/support/gdpr-compliance-guidelines.md b/docs/about/all/support/gdpr-compliance-guidelines.md index d4d19e44640..f42acfcca20 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/support/gdpr-compliance-guidelines.md +++ b/docs/about/all/support/gdpr-compliance-guidelines.md @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ This document describes how to comply with GDPR rules when running applications The General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) is a set of rules related to the processing of personal data, see [Document 32016R0679](https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=celex:32016R0679). -Because Spryker doesn't have complete access to customer implementations and has no control over systems that are implemented and deployed, Spryker provides partial aid with regard to GDPR compliance. To support you in implementing applications in a GDPR compliant manner, we provide features like account deletion or consent withdrawal. Because we have no control of whether these features and any further compliance steps are implemented, the GDPR compliance of each application is the respective customer’s responsibility. +Because Spryker doesn't have complete access to customer implementations and has no control over systems that are implemented and deployed, Spryker provides partial aid with regard to GDPR compliance. To support you in implementing applications in a GDPR compliant manner, we provide features like account deletion or consent withdrawal. Because we have no control of whether these features and any further compliance steps are implemented, the GDPR compliance of each application is the respective customer's responsibility. -In terms of functionality, compliance is supported, for example, through a customer’s ability to delete or allow deletion of account information and allow subscription or unsubscription to newsletters. Shop owners can delete customer accounts through the Back Office. These actions don't affect billing and order-related information. Account deletion anonymizes customer information and address data but keeps the relevant transaction details. +In terms of functionality, compliance is supported, for example, through a customer's ability to delete or allow deletion of account information and allow subscription or unsubscription to newsletters. Shop owners can delete customer accounts through the Back Office. These actions don't affect billing and order-related information. Account deletion anonymizes customer information and address data but keeps the relevant transaction details. The following guidelines describe how to make your Spryker projects compliant in the context of Spryker functionality. The guidelines don't replace official legal consulting, which we advise taking for each company. If your project has third-party and own integrations with infrastructure, like database, log files, CRM, or mail providers, you need to oversee GDPR compliance of those connections too. diff --git a/docs/about/all/support/general-product-safety-regulation.md b/docs/about/all/support/general-product-safety-regulation.md index 9fcebfa1ecc..90479a67699 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/support/general-product-safety-regulation.md +++ b/docs/about/all/support/general-product-safety-regulation.md @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ GPSR requires that all consumer products on the EU markets are safe and establis For a full version of regulations, see [General Product Safety Regulation](https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reg/2023/988/oj). -## Spryker’s GPSR obligations +## Spryker's GPSR obligations -Spryker doesn't fall into a category of directly obliged parties but Spryker’s customers do. So Spryker’s obligations are limited to enabling its customers to meet the requirements under the regulation. Customers are fully responsible for ensuring compliance with the regulations. However, Spryker has features to help customer with achieving compliance. +Spryker doesn't fall into a category of directly obliged parties but Spryker's customers do. So Spryker's obligations are limited to enabling its customers to meet the requirements under the regulation. Customers are fully responsible for ensuring compliance with the regulations. However, Spryker has features to help customer with achieving compliance. For example, using the Product Attributes feature, you can record any required product-specific information, like manufacturer details, product identifiers, or postal and email addresses, including for a responsible person within EU. You can also apply this feature to the warning or safety instructions. If you need to add additional details to multiple Product Details pages, you can use CMS blocks. diff --git a/docs/about/all/support/getting-the-most-out-of-spryker-support.md b/docs/about/all/support/getting-the-most-out-of-spryker-support.md index cf7fdab4fa7..484576b06e2 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/support/getting-the-most-out-of-spryker-support.md +++ b/docs/about/all/support/getting-the-most-out-of-spryker-support.md @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Even though this is hard to achieve with a complex product like Spryker, we stri | Actual behavior | What was the unexpected thing that happened? Where there any error messages? What happened that should not have happened? | This is what we will look out for when we are reproducing your issue. Please be specific and precise and share error messages. | | Your contact details | Did I write my email address correctly? Is it ideally the one that we included in our SLA as a named contact? | It might sound strange, however, misspelled email addresses are almost impossible to detect from a support perspective and can immediately introduce a communication problem. | | The Company this issue applies to | Am I a Spryker partner, and the issue impacts a customer of mine? Or is this a Spryker-led project, and I am a direct customer of Spryker? | This information is important so that we can map the correct SLA for you and know exactly with whom to speak in Spryker to get more contextual information on your case. It makes a big difference for us, so please always include info that tells us who company impacted by the problem | -| Cloud | Am I using Spryker’s PaaS offering, or is the shop hosted elsewhere? | If you are using Spryker’s PaaS offering, this is an important piece of information to include in your case. Since you are hosted with us, we can coordinate closely with our DevOps during the investigation and might not have to ask as many questions regarding your setup as we might need to if you are hosted elsewhere. | +| Cloud | Am I using Spryker's PaaS offering, or is the shop hosted elsewhere? | If you are using Spryker's PaaS offering, this is an important piece of information to include in your case. Since you are hosted with us, we can coordinate closely with our DevOps during the investigation and might not have to ask as many questions regarding your setup as we might need to if you are hosted elsewhere. | | Type of issue | Is this an infrastructure issue, or is this a software issue? | If you are a Spryker PaaS customer, you are benefiting from strict SLA times, and we want to know immediately if you suspect that there is something wrong with our PaaS offering. Inform us if you suspect your issue to be hosting-related. If you suspect your problem is software-related, it might save us time and allow us to exclude infrastructure as a factor. | If you include all of the above, your chances of getting a fast resolution of your problems without much back and forth are significantly higher because we can concentrate on what matters and have all the info readily available. diff --git a/docs/about/all/support/preparing-for-heavy-loads-and-traffic.md b/docs/about/all/support/preparing-for-heavy-loads-and-traffic.md index 62c064a4ef0..cf9abc91baf 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/support/preparing-for-heavy-loads-and-traffic.md +++ b/docs/about/all/support/preparing-for-heavy-loads-and-traffic.md @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ redirect_from: - /docs/scos/user/intro-to-spryker/support/special-prepare-for-a-busy-season.html --- -This document helps you prepare for a traditionally very busy season of the year: Black Friday, Cyber Monday, and the Holiday Season but it helps you whenever you expect your shop to receive record-breaking traffic. In this document, you can find recommendations written for business decision-makers, hosting providers, and Spryker developers. So feel free to forward our recommendations to your colleagues! +This document helps you prepare for a traditionally very busy season of the year: Black Friday, Cyber Monday, and the Holiday Season but it helps you whenever you expect your shop to receive record-breaking traffic. In this document, you can find recommendations written for business decision-makers, hosting providers, and Spryker developers. So feel free to forward our recommendations to your colleagues. ## Business tips diff --git a/docs/about/all/support/share-secrets-with-the-spryker-support-team.md b/docs/about/all/support/share-secrets-with-the-spryker-support-team.md index ec579426ca8..ed5e29bd8fe 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/support/share-secrets-with-the-spryker-support-team.md +++ b/docs/about/all/support/share-secrets-with-the-spryker-support-team.md @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ If we share a onetimesecret link with you, use the password provided in the Link {% info_block warningBox %} -Don't include information on what the secret content is for—for example, if you insert a password, don't provide the username for it. Also, don’t include any information about where and how to use the secret. +Don't include information on what the secret content is for—for example, if you insert a password, don't provide the username for it. Also, don't include any information about where and how to use the secret. Create a new link for every individual secret you want to share. diff --git a/docs/about/all/support/support-case-escalations.md b/docs/about/all/support/support-case-escalations.md index 5c8bf375152..6f2ca482c1a 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/support/support-case-escalations.md +++ b/docs/about/all/support/support-case-escalations.md @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ The escalation process is designed in a way to create visibility for the right a `SOLUTION PROPOSED`. Once the team has found a solution that either fixes the problem outright, or at least mitigates its impact, they propose a solution, and the partner and customer are asked to accept or reject the proposed solution. -`CLOSED`. After an acceptable solution is found, the escalation (not the case!) is closed. This means that the urgency of the matter was successfully reduced, and the case can be handled within the normal support process again. Usually, the internal stakeholders involved are debriefed at this point. +`CLOSED`. After an acceptable solution is found, the escalation (not the case) is closed. This means that the urgency of the matter was successfully reduced, and the case can be handled within the normal support process again. Usually, the internal stakeholders involved are debriefed at this point. After a valid escalation is over, Post Mortem is held and the results are shared with the partner and customer. The point of this is to make it less likely that a similar situation that causes an escalation likely can occur in the future. If the escalation was caused by infrastructure problems in production systems, a technical Root Cause Analysis (RCA) will also be shared. diff --git a/docs/about/all/support/understanding-slas.md b/docs/about/all/support/understanding-slas.md index 2c10dce7c3c..21697ea7687 100644 --- a/docs/about/all/support/understanding-slas.md +++ b/docs/about/all/support/understanding-slas.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Understanding SLAs -description: Explore Spryker’s SLAs to understand expected response times, responsibilities, and best practices for seamless support and timely issue resolution. +description: Explore Spryker's SLAs to understand expected response times, responsibilities, and best practices for seamless support and timely issue resolution. last_updated: Sep 6, 2021 template: concept-topic-template originalLink: https://documentation.spryker.com/2021080/docs/understand-slas @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Fulfilling SLA is a two-way street, and we cannot achieve good results without y ### Keeping Spryker environments up-to-date We generally expect our customers to keep their Spryker environment up to date. The reason for this is having multiple layers. We release updates to introduce new features, performance improvements, and security enhancements. Especially the last ones you do not want to miss. We want our customers to have fast, responsive, and more secure shops. -Up-to-date code generally means more stability, better support, and compatibility for 3rd party applications. If you use the latest versions, it means that you are using the best and most up-to-date version of the code we have to offer. Looking at the motivations to keep up-to-.date listed above, this is not only good for you, but it's good for us too. Working with a project that has recent code means that we have an easier time understanding what is going on. This reduces case resolution time and makes communication between you, Spryker Support, and Development much easier. +Up-to-date code generally means more stability, better support, and compatibility for third-party applications. If you use the latest versions, it means that you are using the best and most up-to-date version of the code we have to offer. Looking at the motivations to keep up-to-.date listed above, this is not only good for you, but it's good for us too. Working with a project that has recent code means that we have an easier time understanding what is going on. This reduces case resolution time and makes communication between you, Spryker Support, and Development much easier. ### Keep it in English diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/best-practices/best-practises-jenkins-stability.md b/docs/ca/dev/best-practices/best-practises-jenkins-stability.md index 3e2933d6b9f..b5971d7c610 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/best-practices/best-practises-jenkins-stability.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/best-practices/best-practises-jenkins-stability.md @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ We recommend profiling your application to understand how much RAM your Jenkins ## Jenkins executors configuration -Jenkins executors let you orchestrate Jenkins jobs and introduce parallel processing. By default, Jenkins instances have two executors configured, similar to local environment setups. You can adjust the executor count and run many console commands in parallel. While this may speed up processing in your application, it increases the importance of understanding the memory utilization profile of your application. For stable job execution, you need to ensure that no parallelized jobs collectively consume more memory than the amount available to the Jenkins container. Also, it's a common practice to set the number of executors equal to the number of CPUs available to Jenkins. Standard environments are equipped with two vCPUs. Configuring more than the standard two executors risks jobs "fighting" for CPU cycles. This severely limits the performance of all jobs running in parallel and potentially introduces instability to the container itself. +Jenkins executors let you orchestrate Jenkins jobs and introduce parallel processing. By default, Jenkins instances have two executors configured, similar to local environment setups. You can adjust the executor count and run many console commands in parallel. While this may speed up processing in your application, it increases the importance of understanding the memory utilization profile of your application. For stable job execution, you need to ensure that no parallelized jobs collectively consume more memory than the amount available to the Jenkins container. Also, it's a common practice to set the number of executors equal to the number of CPUs available to Jenkins. Standard environments are equipped with two vCPUs. Configuring more than the standard two executors risks jobs "fighting" for CPU cycles. This severely limits the performance of all jobs running in parallel and potentially introduces instability to the container itself. We recommend sticking to the default executor count or the concurrent job limit recommended in the Spryker Service Description for your package. This ensures the stability of Jenkins and prevents instability and crashes. diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/best-practices/jenkins-operational-best-practices.md b/docs/ca/dev/best-practices/jenkins-operational-best-practices.md index 6ca79d82652..6280d99c515 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/best-practices/jenkins-operational-best-practices.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/best-practices/jenkins-operational-best-practices.md @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ redirect_from: last_updated: March 11, 2024 --- -This document will help you implement Spryker’s best practices to enhance the stability and performance of the Jenkins component in your Spryker PaaS environment. +This document will help you implement Spryker's best practices to enhance the stability and performance of the Jenkins component in your Spryker PaaS environment. Before raising issues about Jenkins performance and stability with Spryker, make sure you have fully completed the following checklist. If you have concerns or questions about it, raise them with Spryker Support. @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Before raising issues about Jenkins performance and stability with Spryker, make - Implement batch processing in your importers and be mindful of maximum memory consumption. For the implementation details, see [Data import optimization guidelines](/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202311.0/data-import-optimization-guidelines.html) and [Integrate elastic computing](/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/integrate-elastic-computing.html). - Fine-tune the chunk size of the queues you work with. - Make sure that your theoretical maximum memory demand for all planned parallel processes remains below the memory allocation of your Jenkins instance. -- Verify that every PHP job you run consumes less memory than your specified PHP memory limit. There shouldn't be the error “PHP Fatal error: Out of memory”. +- Verify that every PHP job you run consumes less memory than your specified PHP memory limit. There shouldn't be the error "PHP Fatal error: Out of memory". - Make sure that no jobs are configured with a non-default memory limit or without any memory limit at all in `jenkins.php`. For example,`php -d memory_limit=-1 vendor/bin/console ...`. - Avoid spawning an excessive number of workers. There should be no more than two workers per queue. - Profile your jobs locally to understand their normal memory demand, especially when interacting with data. @@ -33,10 +33,10 @@ The following diagram showcases different memory constraints you should consider ![memory-constraints](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/scos/dev/tutorials-and-howtos/howtos/jenkins-stability-checklist/memory_constraints.png) -Keep in mind that each Jenkins executor can run one PHP job, which may potentially spawn multiple PHP threads or child processes. Each process can consume RAM up to `memory_limit` value. +Keep in mind that each Jenkins executor can run one PHP job, which may potentially spawn multiple PHP threads or child processes. Each process can consume RAM up to `memory_limit` value. The `vendor/bin/console queue:worker:start` CLI command, in particular, is often configured to have multiple workers or threads and is typically the most RAM-intensive job. Hence, we will use it as an example moving forward. -It is crucial to ensure that the combined theoretical maximum memory consumption, estimated using the formula below, is below the total RAM supply of the Jenkins container. By default, the Jenkins container is configured to optimize the use of the total memory supply of its host. You can calculate the Jenkins container’s available RAM by deducting 750 MB from the Jenkins memory allocation of your infrastructure package listed in our Service Description. +It is crucial to ensure that the combined theoretical maximum memory consumption, estimated using the formula below, is below the total RAM supply of the Jenkins container. By default, the Jenkins container is configured to optimize the use of the total memory supply of its host. You can calculate the Jenkins container's available RAM by deducting 750 MB from the Jenkins memory allocation of your infrastructure package listed in our Service Description. {% info_block infoBox "Info" %} @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ Make sure the following criteria are met: {% info_block infoBox "Info" %} -If you are running multiple stores, you might notice that jobs “pile up” with only two executors configured. This happens because adding stores usually duplicates all jobs. While most jobs are executed quickly and Jenkins cycles through these jobs rapidly, the `queue:worker:start` jobs might take longer, potentially leading to delays in message propagation for some shops. To mitigate this behavior, you can process all queues by using a single executor slot, as described in [Optimizing Jenkins execution](https://docs.spryker.com/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/optimizing-jenkins-execution.html). +If you are running multiple stores, you might notice that jobs "pile up" with only two executors configured. This happens because adding stores usually duplicates all jobs. While most jobs are executed quickly and Jenkins cycles through these jobs rapidly, the `queue:worker:start` jobs might take longer, potentially leading to delays in message propagation for some shops. To mitigate this behavior, you can process all queues by using a single executor slot, as described in [Optimizing Jenkins execution](https://docs.spryker.com/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/optimizing-jenkins-execution.html). {% endinfo_block %} @@ -127,4 +127,3 @@ Make sure the following criteria are met: With all the preparation work listed in this document, you should already notice a significant improvement in Jenkins stability. To further enhance the resilience of your setup, we have gathered the following general recommendations for you. When the Jenkins host crashes and requires re-provisioning, there is a risk of losing all manually created jobs. To mitigate this risk, we recommend persisting important jobs in code. This ensures that when `vendor/bin/console scheduler:setup` is executed during recovery, all your critical jobs are reinstalled. - diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/configure-data-import-from-an-s3-bucket.md b/docs/ca/dev/configure-data-import-from-an-s3-bucket.md index 4343fbbf61c..16bbc52eff2 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/configure-data-import-from-an-s3-bucket.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/configure-data-import-from-an-s3-bucket.md @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ redirect_from: - /docs/cloud/dev/spryker-cloud-commerce-os/configuring-data-import-from-an-s3-bucket.html --- -Unlike a local environment, a cloud one cannot hold the data you want to import for any determined amount of time. That’s why you need to store the data in persistent storage, like an S3 bucket, and configure your Spryker environment to access and use the import data there. +Unlike a local environment, a cloud one cannot hold the data you want to import for any determined amount of time. That's why you need to store the data in persistent storage, like an S3 bucket, and configure your Spryker environment to access and use the import data there. By default, data import relies on `\Spryker\Zed\DataImport\Business\Model\DataReader\CsvReader\CsvReader`.It works only with the `data/import` folder in the local file system, based on `\SplFileObject`. diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/configure-deployment-pipelines/configure-azure-pipelines.md b/docs/ca/dev/configure-deployment-pipelines/configure-azure-pipelines.md index ed3b3e18a49..b5c9b9e9a89 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/configure-deployment-pipelines/configure-azure-pipelines.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/configure-deployment-pipelines/configure-azure-pipelines.md @@ -104,10 +104,10 @@ To connect Azure Pipelines with your AWS repository: | VARIABLE | DESCRIPTION | | - | - | | `$(AZURE_REPO_URL)` | URL of your Azure repository. | -| `$(AWS_REPO_URL)` | URL of the AWS repository you’ve received from support. | -| `$(AWS_GIT_USERNAME)` and `$(AWS_GIT_PASSWORD)` | credentials you’ve received from support. | +| `$(AWS_REPO_URL)` | URL of the AWS repository you've received from support. | +| `$(AWS_GIT_USERNAME)` and `$(AWS_GIT_PASSWORD)` | credentials you've received from support. | | `$(System.AccessToken)` | Azure DevOps internal variable to access the current repo. You can also use other auth options. For more information, see [Pipeline options for Git repositories](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/devops/pipelines/repos/pipeline-options-for-git). | -You’ve configured Azure pipelines. +You've configured Azure pipelines. diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/configure-deployment-pipelines/configure-github-actions.md b/docs/ca/dev/configure-deployment-pipelines/configure-github-actions.md index 9604a2b43b6..c0e8ea14372 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/configure-deployment-pipelines/configure-github-actions.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/configure-deployment-pipelines/configure-github-actions.md @@ -379,8 +379,8 @@ To run Glue API tests on Debian with PostgreSQL and PHP 8.0, follow these steps: {% info_block infoBox "Default configuration" %} -* Since Alpine is the default platform and a specific version is not needed, don’t define it in the image tag in the deploy and workflow files. -* MariaDB is the default database engine, so you don’t need to define it in the deploy file. +* Since Alpine is the default platform and a specific version is not needed, don't define it in the image tag in the deploy and workflow files. +* MariaDB is the default database engine, so you don't need to define it in the deploy file. {% endinfo_block %} @@ -782,8 +782,8 @@ To run Glue API tests on Debian with PostgreSQL and PHP 8.0, follow these steps: {% info_block infoBox "Default configuration" %} -* Since Alpine is the default platform and a specific version is not needed, don’t define it in the image tag in the deploy and workflow files. -* MariaDB is the default database engine, so you don’t need to define it in the deploy file. +* Since Alpine is the default platform and a specific version is not needed, don't define it in the image tag in the deploy and workflow files. +* MariaDB is the default database engine, so you don't need to define it in the deploy file. {% endinfo_block %} @@ -1204,8 +1204,8 @@ To run Glue API tests on Debian with PostgreSQL and PHP 8.0: {% info_block infoBox "Default configuration" %} -* Since Alpine is the default platform and we don’t need a specific version, we don’t define it in the image tag in the deploy and workflow files. -* MariaDB is the default database engine, so we don’t need to define it in the deploy file. +* Since Alpine is the default platform and we don't need a specific version, we don't define it in the image tag in the deploy and workflow files. +* MariaDB is the default database engine, so we don't need to define it in the deploy file. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/configure-deployment-pipelines/customize-deployment-pipelines.md b/docs/ca/dev/configure-deployment-pipelines/customize-deployment-pipelines.md index 78c1a88970b..5b746b32825 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/configure-deployment-pipelines/customize-deployment-pipelines.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/configure-deployment-pipelines/customize-deployment-pipelines.md @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ To add multiple commands to the `pre-deploy` stage: The file should have a `.yml` extension. For example, `pre-deploy.yml`. -2. In `deploy.yml`, define `SPRYKER_HOOK_BEFORE_DEPLOY` with the command that executes the script you’ve created: +2. In `deploy.yml`, define `SPRYKER_HOOK_BEFORE_DEPLOY` with the command that executes the script you've created: ```yaml environment: ... diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/configure-deployment-pipelines/deployment-pipelines.md b/docs/ca/dev/configure-deployment-pipelines/deployment-pipelines.md index f32d2ea711b..cbe46d5c5b6 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/configure-deployment-pipelines/deployment-pipelines.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/configure-deployment-pipelines/deployment-pipelines.md @@ -81,10 +81,10 @@ Any shell commands specified in environment variables as hooks are executed with ```yaml ... environment: - SPRYKER_HOOK_BEFORE_DEPLOY: “touch /some/file && echo OK || echo FAIL“ - SPRYKER_HOOK_AFTER_DEPLOY: “curl http://some.host.com:/notify“ - SPRYKER_HOOK_INSTALL: “chmod +x ./some_custom_script.sh && ./some_custom_scipt.sh“ - SPRYKER_HOOK_DESTRUCTIVE_INSTALL: “vendor/bin/install -r destructive --no-ansi -vvv“ + SPRYKER_HOOK_BEFORE_DEPLOY: "touch /some/file && echo OK || echo FAIL" + SPRYKER_HOOK_AFTER_DEPLOY: "curl http://some.host.com:/notify" + SPRYKER_HOOK_INSTALL: "chmod +x ./some_custom_script.sh && ./some_custom_scipt.sh" + SPRYKER_HOOK_DESTRUCTIVE_INSTALL: "vendor/bin/install -r destructive --no-ansi -vvv" ... ``` diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/connect-a-code-repository.md b/docs/ca/dev/connect-a-code-repository.md index 3e5399b9f00..2ed370a50e5 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/connect-a-code-repository.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/connect-a-code-repository.md @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ We connect the repository shortly after you provide the details. ## Connect a GitLab code repository -Currently, [CodePipeline](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codepipeline/latest/userguide/welcome.html) doesn’t have a native integration of GitLab. To make it work, you can configure a [CodeCommit](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/welcome.html) repository as a mirror of a GitLab repository. +Currently, [CodePipeline](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codepipeline/latest/userguide/welcome.html) doesn't have a native integration of GitLab. To make it work, you can configure a [CodeCommit](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/welcome.html) repository as a mirror of a GitLab repository. {% info_block warningBox "Pushing changes" %} diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/deploy-in-a-production-environment.md b/docs/ca/dev/deploy-in-a-production-environment.md index b623e60128b..b6a572faf60 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/deploy-in-a-production-environment.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/deploy-in-a-production-environment.md @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ To deploy a specific application version, copy the version of the respective Git ![release change](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/cloud-docs/Spryker+Cloud/Deploying+in+a+production+environment/release-change.png) -If the deployment is successful, the **/spryker-prod/last_deployed_version** parameter in the Parameter Store is updated with the application version you’ve deployed. +If the deployment is successful, the **/spryker-prod/last_deployed_version** parameter in the Parameter Store is updated with the application version you've deployed. ## Check the deployed application version diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/deploy-in-a-staging-environment.md b/docs/ca/dev/deploy-in-a-staging-environment.md index 3eb87d69725..8e6f384ccf9 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/deploy-in-a-staging-environment.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/deploy-in-a-staging-environment.md @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Enter *latest* if you want to deploy the last built application version. You can {% info_block infoBox "Deploy types" %} -Normal deploy is a pipeline that includes all the stages of a complete CI/CD flow. The Install stage of this pipeline does not perform any dangerous data manipulations like database cleanup or scheduler reset. If you want to reset demo data during deployment, select *DESTRUCTIVE_Deploy_Spryker_spryker-staging*. +Normal deploy is a pipeline that includes all the stages of a complete CI/CD flow. The Install stage of this pipeline does not perform any dangerous data manipulations like database cleanup or scheduler reset. If you want to reset demo data during deployment, select *DESTRUCTIVE_Deploy_Spryker_spryker-staging*. {% endinfo_block %} @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Normal deploy is a pipeline that includes all the stages of a complete CI/CD flo ![release change](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/cloud-docs/Spryker+Cloud/Deploying+in+a+staging+environment/release-change-staging.png) -If the deployment is successful, the */spryker-staging/lastdeployedversion* parameter in the [Parameter Store](https://eu-central-1.console.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/parameters) is updated with the application version you’ve deployed. +If the deployment is successful, the */spryker-staging/lastdeployedversion* parameter in the [Parameter Store](https://eu-central-1.console.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/parameters) is updated with the application version you've deployed. ## Check the deployed application version diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/environment-provisioning.md b/docs/ca/dev/environment-provisioning.md index c58dbb78d6a..c027f4c7b9b 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/environment-provisioning.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/environment-provisioning.md @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ The following configuration parameters are optional: {% info_block infoBox "Site to Site VPN" %} -If you need Site to Site VPN, provide your internal subnet CIDR, so our Spryker VPC doesn’t overlap with it. It is crucial to evaluate this option during provisioning, as Spryker can’t change it later once the environment is provisioned. If overlapping is identified, the environment will need to be recreated. +If you need Site to Site VPN, provide your internal subnet CIDR, so our Spryker VPC doesn't overlap with it. It is crucial to evaluate this option during provisioning, as Spryker can't change it later once the environment is provisioned. If overlapping is identified, the environment will need to be recreated. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/environment-scaling.md b/docs/ca/dev/environment-scaling.md index 31f03b6109c..a3be1e6bdcd 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/environment-scaling.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/environment-scaling.md @@ -19,11 +19,11 @@ EC2 hosts are used to deploy Docker containers. One host generally has multiple ## Vertical scaling -In vertical scaling, we are making something “bigger”. In the checkout analogy, we are “deploying” a more experienced sales clerk who has a higher “throughput” and can process more clients. In our cloud infrastructure, components that currently don't support horizontal auto-scaling are scaled vertically based on alert conditions. This applies to services such as Redis, OpenSearch, RabbitMQ, Jenkins, and RDS. Vertical scaling is also used in "task definitions". This is a configuration that determines how much CPU and RAM is available to Docker containers for services. As described in the following sections, services such as Yves are also horizontally auto-scaled by deploying more Yves containers. The containers themselves can be vertically scaled by configuring the CPU and RAM they are allowed to reserve on the host. +In vertical scaling, we are making something "bigger". In the checkout analogy, we are "deploying" a more experienced sales clerk who has a higher "throughput" and can process more clients. In our cloud infrastructure, components that currently don't support horizontal auto-scaling are scaled vertically based on alert conditions. This applies to services such as Redis, OpenSearch, RabbitMQ, Jenkins, and RDS. Vertical scaling is also used in "task definitions". This is a configuration that determines how much CPU and RAM is available to Docker containers for services. As described in the following sections, services such as Yves are also horizontally auto-scaled by deploying more Yves containers. The containers themselves can be vertically scaled by configuring the CPU and RAM they are allowed to reserve on the host. ## Horizontal scaling -In horizontal scaling, we are “adding more of the same” to a resource to balance out load across multiple processors. In the checkout analogy, horizontal scaling means opening another checkout line. We “deploy” another clerk so they can open up another checkout line, and the waiting customers can spread out over the two lines. +In horizontal scaling, we are "adding more of the same" to a resource to balance out load across multiple processors. In the checkout analogy, horizontal scaling means opening another checkout line. We "deploy" another clerk so they can open up another checkout line, and the waiting customers can spread out over the two lines. The cloud infrastructure is set up in a way that provides horizontal autoscaling based on AWS native ECS Service Auto Scaling. Horizontal autoscaling is currently configured for Spryker services, such as Yves, Glue, Backoffice, BackGW, and BackAPI, and enables these services to horizontally scale based on load. This is guard-railed by a setting that determines the minimum, desired, and maximum numbers of members of a service scaling group. A load balancer in front of each service is responsible for distributing the load across these services. @@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ The upper limit for both host and container counts protects us from excessive co To dial in appropriate max levels, a load test prior to going live is mission critical. In this load test, you help to establish expected (normal) load as well as peak load for your environment. After that, a buffer is applied, and the max numbers for containers and hosts will be set. If an application is continuously under heavy load, it indicates that the configured maximum is not enough. Our monitoring team is alerted about such events and can increase the limits on the fly. -Load testing is also crucial because horizontal scaling doesn't happen in real-time and sets in with a delay. It can take some minutes for new containers to be deployed, especially if that means a new EC2 host needs to be deployed onto which new containers can be placed. So, scaling events are only a tool to catch variances in load in a delayed manner. By load testing your application, the task definitions of your services can be adjusted so that services that are bottlenecking your applications are assigned more resource budget from the get-go. This will result in fewer autoscaling events as the bottleneck can deal with more traffic before scaling needs to happen. Variances in your load will therefore lead to less “corrective action”, which makes for a more consistent and smoother experience during peak load. +Load testing is also crucial because horizontal scaling doesn't happen in real-time and sets in with a delay. It can take some minutes for new containers to be deployed, especially if that means a new EC2 host needs to be deployed onto which new containers can be placed. So, scaling events are only a tool to catch variances in load in a delayed manner. By load testing your application, the task definitions of your services can be adjusted so that services that are bottlenecking your applications are assigned more resource budget from the get-go. This will result in fewer autoscaling events as the bottleneck can deal with more traffic before scaling needs to happen. Variances in your load will therefore lead to less "corrective action", which makes for a more consistent and smoother experience during peak load. -Generally, “spiky” load profiles should be avoided where possible. Marketing activities, such as mass emails with direct links to offers, often lead to immense load spikes. Mostly not because many users might click the link at the same time, but because many email providers open links contained in email messages to do security checks on them. Depending on the scale of your campaign, this can lead to serious spikes in your application. Staggering campaigns, even if you are only reducing the number of emails sent per second, can already help even out the load and let the application to scale out. +Generally, "spiky" load profiles should be avoided where possible. Marketing activities, such as mass emails with direct links to offers, often lead to immense load spikes. Mostly not because many users might click the link at the same time, but because many email providers open links contained in email messages to do security checks on them. Depending on the scale of your campaign, this can lead to serious spikes in your application. Staggering campaigns, even if you are only reducing the number of emails sent per second, can already help even out the load and let the application to scale out. ## Conclusion diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/getting-started-with-cloud-administration.md b/docs/ca/dev/getting-started-with-cloud-administration.md index 03c4e7fce19..14506926578 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/getting-started-with-cloud-administration.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/getting-started-with-cloud-administration.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ redirect_from: This document is a starting point for managing your Spryker Cloud Commerce OS (SCCOS) cloud environments. -SCCOS is a fully-managed solution. Before you start developing, we set up environments, tools, and services based on your Onboarding Questionnaire. If you didn't request something in the questionnaire, you can always do it via [support](https://spryker.force.com/support/s/). +SCCOS is a fully managed solution. Before you start developing, we set up environments, tools, and services based on your Onboarding Questionnaire. If you didn't request something in the questionnaire, you can always do it via [support](https://spryker.force.com/support/s/). After the initial setup, the following is configured and available: diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/monitoring-issues-and-informing-about-alerts.md b/docs/ca/dev/monitoring-issues-and-informing-about-alerts.md index 339494a7443..54ad1d0e1c3 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/monitoring-issues-and-informing-about-alerts.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/monitoring-issues-and-informing-about-alerts.md @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ The following alerts are configured by default for all environments. |NAME OF METRIC | DESCRIPTION | |---|---| -| ElastiCache Status | Checks the status of ‘ElastiCache for Redis’. | +| ElastiCache Status | Checks the status of 'ElastiCache for Redis'. | | Redis is not used by any service | Checks whether ElastiCache is used. | | Redis available Memory | Checks if Redis free memory on the host is running low. | | Redis High CPU | Checks if the Redis service is high on CPU usage. | diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/multi-store-setups/checklist-for-a-new-store-implementation.md b/docs/ca/dev/multi-store-setups/checklist-for-a-new-store-implementation.md index d81666e4200..84ddb00fa6c 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/multi-store-setups/checklist-for-a-new-store-implementation.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/multi-store-setups/checklist-for-a-new-store-implementation.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Checklist for a new store implementation -description: Follow a checklist for implementing a new store in Spryker’s multi-store setup, including environment setup, DNS configuration, and integration tasks. +description: Follow a checklist for implementing a new store in Spryker's multi-store setup, including environment setup, DNS configuration, and integration tasks. template: concept-topic-template last_updated: Oct 6, 2023 redirect_from: diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/multi-store-setups/multistore-setup-options.md b/docs/ca/dev/multi-store-setups/multistore-setup-options.md index ae7a2813bad..0297c5d559f 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/multi-store-setups/multistore-setup-options.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/multi-store-setups/multistore-setup-options.md @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ You can have a cluster sharing the same database or use different database setup - Use of a theme for a different visual look and feel. - Centralized third-party integrations. -This setup is recommended when you don’t have shared data. +This setup is recommended when you don't have shared data. The following table provides details on the infrastructure for this setup: @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ If you anticipate a high load, it's essential to consult and obtain guidance fro | | Setup 1 | Setup 2 | Setup 3 | | --------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | ACCESSIBILITY |
  • Data is separated only on the application level.
  • Complexity in data separation in the Back Office.
| Full data separation | Full data separation | -| MAINTAINABILITY |
  • Not all features fully support Multi-Store in one database. Some features have to be customized as multi-country
  • New codebase is rolled out to all countries at once.
|
  • Import of each country’s data into its own database only, so there is no shared catalog data.
  • New codebase is rolled out to all countries at once.
|
  • Data import has to be executed on all environments.
  • It is impossible to roll out the codebase to all regions at the same time.
| +| MAINTAINABILITY |
  • Not all features fully support Multi-Store in one database. Some features have to be customized as multi-country
  • New codebase is rolled out to all countries at once.
|
  • Import of each country's data into its own database only, so there is no shared catalog data.
  • New codebase is rolled out to all countries at once.
|
  • Data import has to be executed on all environments.
  • It is impossible to roll out the codebase to all regions at the same time.
| | PERFORMANCE | Infrastructure is subject to more frequent scaling up in case of higher loads. | Infrastructure is subject to more frequent scaling up in case of higher loads. | Isolated AWS accounts. | ## Next steps diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/performance-testing-in-staging-enivronments.md b/docs/ca/dev/performance-testing-in-staging-enivronments.md index e8ec8fa6aa2..cb48b82f7cb 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/performance-testing-in-staging-enivronments.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/performance-testing-in-staging-enivronments.md @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Gatling is capable of creating an immense amount of traffic from a single node, ### Including the load testing tool into an environment -The purpose of this guide is to show you how to integrate Spryker's load testing tool into your environment. While the instructions here will focus on setting this up with using one of Spryker’s many available demo shops, it can also be implemented into an on-going project. +The purpose of this guide is to show you how to integrate Spryker's load testing tool into your environment. While the instructions here will focus on setting this up with using one of Spryker's many available demo shops, it can also be implemented into an on-going project. For instructions on setting up a developer environment using one of the available Spryker shops, you can visit our [getting started guide](/docs/dg/dev/development-getting-started-guide.html) which shows you how to set up the Spryker Commerce OS. @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ It should be noted that the Spryker Suite already has these changes implemented {% endinfo_block %} -1. Requires the *composer* package. This step is necessary if you are looking to implement the Gatling load testing tool into your project. This line will add the new package to your `composer.json` file. The `--dev` flag will install the requirements needed for development which have a version constraint (e.g. "spryker-sdk/load-testing": "^0.1.0"). +1. Requires the *composer* package. This step is necessary if you are looking to implement the Gatling load testing tool into your project. This line will add the new package to your `composer.json` file. The `--dev` flag will install the requirements needed for development which have a version constraint–for example, "spryker-sdk/load-testing": "^0.1.0"). ```bash composer require spryker-sdk/load-testing --dev @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ The Gatling test tool uses pre-seeded data which is used locally for both testin - You may have data you wish to test with directly which the sample dummy data may not cover. - Cloud-hosted applications are not able to be run in test mode. - Cloud-hosted applications are not set up to run `codeception`. -- Jenkins jobs in a cloud-hosted application are set up to run differently than those found on a locally-hosted environment. +- Jenkins jobs in a cloud-hosted application are set up to run differently than those found on a locally hosted environment. - Some cloud-hosted applications may require `BASIC AUTH` authentication or require being connected to a VPN to access. Data used for Gatling's load testing can be found in **/load-test-tool-dir/tests/_data**. Any data that you generate from your cloud-hosted environment will need to be stored here. @@ -313,20 +313,20 @@ Once these fixtures have been generated, attempting to rerun them in the future {% endinfo_block %} -You can change the store for which you wish to generate fixtures for (i.e., `AT` or `US`). This command allows Codeception to locate the proper configuration file with the `-c` flag for the load testing tool. Once the fixtures have been generated, the data needs to be republished. We can have Jenkins do that with the same job by adding an additional build step with `Add build step`. +You can change the store for which you wish to generate fixtures for, that is `AT` or `US`. This command allows Codeception to locate the proper configuration file with the `-c` flag for the load testing tool. Once the fixtures have been generated, the data needs to be republished. We can have Jenkins do that with the same job by adding an additional build step with `Add build step`. ```bash APPLICATION_STORE="DE" COMMAND="$PHP_BIN vendor/bin/console publish:trigger-events" bash /usr/bin/spryker.sh ``` -From here, you can either add another build step to toggle the queue worker to run, or you can run the queue worker job already available within Jenkins, i.e. `DE__queue-worker-start`. +From here, you can either add another build step to toggle the queue worker to run, or you can run the queue worker job already available within Jenkins, that is `DE__queue-worker-start`. ```bash APPLICATION_STORE="DE" COMMAND="$PHP_BIN vendor/bin/console queue:worker:start -s " bash /usr/bin/spryker.sh ``` ![workers](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/ca/dev/performance-testing-in-staging-enivronments.md/workers.png) -4. Once the build steps have been added, you can `Save` to be taken to the project status page for the newly-created job. As this is a job that you only need to run once and no schedule was set, you can select the `Build Now` option. +4. Once the build steps have been added, you can `Save` to be taken to the project status page for the newly created job. As this is a job that you only need to run once and no schedule was set, you can select the `Build Now` option. ![build-now](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/ca/dev/performance-testing-in-staging-enivronments.md/build-now.png) 5. With the job set to build and run, it will build a new workspace for the tasks and run each build step that you specified. Once the build has successfully completed, you can review the `Console Output` and then remove the project with `Delete Project` once you are finished, if you no longer need it. @@ -571,9 +571,9 @@ This table shows some standard statistics such as min, max, average, standard de This chart displays the active users during the simulation: total and per scenario. -“Active users” is neither “concurrent users” or “users arrival rate”. It’s a kind of mixed metric that serves for both open and closed workload models, and that represents “users who were active on the system under load at a given second”. +"Active users" is neither "concurrent users" or "users arrival rate". It's a kind of mixed metric that serves for both open and closed workload models, and that represents "users who were active on the system under load at a given second". -It’s computed as: +It's computed as: ``` (number of alive users at previous second) + (number of users that were started during this second) diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/security/check-ecr-image-scan-results.md b/docs/ca/dev/security/check-ecr-image-scan-results.md index 581e9c7ab21..6a6b159f3c7 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/security/check-ecr-image-scan-results.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/security/check-ecr-image-scan-results.md @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirect_from: This document describes how to check ECR image scan results. -After a new code is pushed to a repository, ECR scans images for known vulnerabilities. You can check scan results and resolve detected issues to protect your applications. See [Image scanning](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECR/latest/userguide/image-scanning.html) to learn more about ECR image scans. +After a new code is pushed to a repository, ECR scans images for known vulnerabilities. You can check scan results and resolve detected issues to protect your applications. See [Image scanning](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECR/latest/userguide/image-scanning.html) to learn more about ECR image scans. To check image scan results: @@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ To check image scan results: 4. On the *Repositories* page, select the repository that contains the image whose scan you want to check. 5. In the *Vulnerabilities* column of the *Images* page, select **Details** next to the image whose scan you want to check. -You’ve located ECR image scan results. +You've located ECR image scan results. diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/security/penetration-testing.md b/docs/ca/dev/security/penetration-testing.md index 15f1a34e68e..65312640c59 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/security/penetration-testing.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/security/penetration-testing.md @@ -13,6 +13,6 @@ Penetration tests are an integral part of improving the security of your applica ## Preparation for a penetration test -Let us know about your plans to run a penetration test by reaching out to secops@spryker.com and by completing the [Penetration Test Request Form](https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfunn1HY-nsqueP6sRQSLmScUWlmmQyQJk9cscIVIP_5BmuOw/viewform). Make sure to provide at least a seven working days’ notice. Take into account the [AWS Penetration Testing Policy](https://aws.amazon.com/security/penetration-testing/), which outlines prohibited activities. +Let us know about your plans to run a penetration test by reaching out to secops@spryker.com and by completing the [Penetration Test Request Form](https://docs.google.com/forms/d/e/1FAIpQLSfunn1HY-nsqueP6sRQSLmScUWlmmQyQJk9cscIVIP_5BmuOw/viewform). Make sure to provide at least a seven working days' notice. Take into account the [AWS Penetration Testing Policy](https://aws.amazon.com/security/penetration-testing/), which outlines prohibited activities. A penetration test may get blocked by Web Application Firewalls (WAF) or other security mechanisms. Consider whitelisting the IPs used in a test. You can request WAF whitelisting by creating an Infrastructure Change Request on the [Support Portal](https://support.spryker.com). diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/security/set-up-multi-factor-authentication.md b/docs/ca/dev/security/set-up-multi-factor-authentication.md index d538765f2c7..9318d1024fc 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/security/set-up-multi-factor-authentication.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/security/set-up-multi-factor-authentication.md @@ -38,4 +38,4 @@ This opens the **IAM Dashboard** page. 8. Click **Next** and follow the wizard to set up the device. -Once MFA is activated, you’ll need to provide this factor every time you log into AWS. +Once MFA is activated, you'll need to provide this factor every time you log into AWS. diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/set-up-a-custom-domain-name/set-up-a-custom-domain-name-with-a-third-party-dns-zone-provider.md b/docs/ca/dev/set-up-a-custom-domain-name/set-up-a-custom-domain-name-with-a-third-party-dns-zone-provider.md index 53d2a42ea48..14862f60d3f 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/set-up-a-custom-domain-name/set-up-a-custom-domain-name-with-a-third-party-dns-zone-provider.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/set-up-a-custom-domain-name/set-up-a-custom-domain-name-with-a-third-party-dns-zone-provider.md @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ To point a domain to your application, point it to the respective load balancer 3. In the *Load balancer:{load balancer name}* section, select **Copy** ![copy icon](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/cloud-docs/Spryker+Cloud/Setting+up+a+custom+domain+name/Setting+up+a+custom+domain+name+with+a+third-party+DNS+zone+provider/copy-icon.png) next to the DNS name field. -4. On the side of the DNS zone provider, set up a CNAME record using the copied *DNS name* as the record value. Refer to the DNS zone provider’s documentation for details. +4. On the side of the DNS zone provider, set up a CNAME record using the copied *DNS name* as the record value. Refer to the DNS zone provider's documentation for details. ## 2. Define domain names diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/set-up-dns.md b/docs/ca/dev/set-up-dns.md index fa4edd70ce5..fc782cc0d2c 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/set-up-dns.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/set-up-dns.md @@ -22,6 +22,6 @@ To use a root domain for your application (for example, spryker.com), use an IP {% info_block infoBox "Info" %} -We do not normally support full delegation of your DNS to us and, therefore, do not suggest that you change your domain’s NS records to ours. +We do not normally support full delegation of your DNS to us and, therefore, do not suggest that you change your domain's NS records to ours. {% endinfo_block %} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/ca/dev/set-up-notifications-for-5xx-errors.md b/docs/ca/dev/set-up-notifications-for-5xx-errors.md index a4790e5016b..eb30106388d 100644 --- a/docs/ca/dev/set-up-notifications-for-5xx-errors.md +++ b/docs/ca/dev/set-up-notifications-for-5xx-errors.md @@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ To set up the notifications, do the following: {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Return to the subscription’s page in the AWS Management Console. Refresh the page and check that the subscription’s status is *Confirmed*. +Return to the subscription's page in the AWS Management Console. Refresh the page and check that the subscription's status is *Confirmed*. {% endinfo_block %} -You’ve set up the notifications and will receive emails about 5xx errors to the specified email address. +You've set up the notifications and will receive emails about 5xx errors to the specified email address. diff --git a/docs/ca/devscu/how-spryker-code-upgrader-works.md b/docs/ca/devscu/how-spryker-code-upgrader-works.md index 92031e07804..0d966706d1e 100644 --- a/docs/ca/devscu/how-spryker-code-upgrader-works.md +++ b/docs/ca/devscu/how-spryker-code-upgrader-works.md @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Firstly, it applies the security releases: the releases with security updates. F After updating the modules, the Upgrader returns the list of updated modules and proceeds to the next step. -If the Upgrader can’t update a module, it skips the module and the remaining groups. If all the groups fail to update, the Upgrader returns the errors causing this and stops. With at least one group updated, it returns the list of updated modules and proceeds to the next step. +If the Upgrader can't update a module, it skips the module and the remaining groups. If all the groups fail to update, the Upgrader returns the errors causing this and stops. With at least one group updated, it returns the list of updated modules and proceeds to the next step. By default, the Upgrader updates only minor and patch versions. When the Upgrader finds a group with a [major release](/docs/dg/dev/architecture/module-api/semantic-versioning-major-vs.-minor-vs.-patch-release.html#what-is-a-major-release), it doesn't update it and informs you about that: diff --git a/docs/ca/devscu/prepare-a-project-for-spryker-code-upgrader.md b/docs/ca/devscu/prepare-a-project-for-spryker-code-upgrader.md index 6e2126403d8..7c571f3bb77 100644 --- a/docs/ca/devscu/prepare-a-project-for-spryker-code-upgrader.md +++ b/docs/ca/devscu/prepare-a-project-for-spryker-code-upgrader.md @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ To check if your module versions are supported by the Upgrader, [run the evaluat ## Implement E2E testing in development workflow -Upgrades are provided as PRs that are automatically created in a project’s repository. To make sure all functionality works as expected, you will need to review and test the PRs before merging. +Upgrades are provided as PRs that are automatically created in a project's repository. To make sure all functionality works as expected, you will need to review and test the PRs before merging. ## Migrate to a supported version control system diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/acp/acp-security-assessment.md b/docs/dg/dev/acp/acp-security-assessment.md index 1c27c6a9fb2..bb7d668b33c 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/acp/acp-security-assessment.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/acp/acp-security-assessment.md @@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ redirect_from: - /docs/acp/user/intro-to-acp/aop-security-assessment.html --- -This document outlines the threat modeling and security assessment requirements and process for apps listed on the Spryker’s app catalog or the app store. It covers the following app types: +This document outlines the threat modeling and security assessment requirements and process for apps listed on the Spryker's app catalog or the app store. It covers the following app types: -- Pure API integrations (with 3rd party services and vendors) +- Pure API integrations (with third-party services and vendors) - Apps extending the Spryker Cloud Commerce Operating System (SCCOS) - Hybrid apps @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ External integrations will undergo an endpoint assessment in accordance with OWA Spryker (or an authorized third party) will test code that runs on ACP/SCCOS or code that a partner makes available to us for review. This testing will consist of Static Code Analysis with a SAST tool, as well as a manual review of the code for critical parts of the application. Partners will provide documentation to indicate the critical features of the app. -Vulnerabilities will be sent back to the partner to fix. The partner will be expected to conduct a full review on their side before resubmitting for another round of testing. The review fee includes **three** cycles of testing. If the app requires more cycles of testing because the issues weren’t fixed, every subsequent test cycle will attract a cost. +Vulnerabilities will be sent back to the partner to fix. The partner will be expected to conduct a full review on their side before resubmitting for another round of testing. The review fee includes **three** cycles of testing. If the app requires more cycles of testing because the issues weren't fixed, every subsequent test cycle will attract a cost. Every app will undergo an annual full test cycle. The partner can continue enhancing the app and use static code checkers to test every release on their side. @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Spryker expects that the following actions are taken by partners and app develop {% info_block warningBox "Warning" %} -The app developers should not consider Spryker as an outsourced security QA team. Rather, Spryker’s assessment process is a validation of the measures they have taken to ensure a secure app. They should always aim to clear the review in the first attempt. +The app developers should not consider Spryker as an outsourced security QA team. Rather, Spryker's assessment process is a validation of the measures they have taken to ensure a secure app. They should always aim to clear the review in the first attempt. {% endinfo_block %} @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ The diagram below demonstrates the security assessment procedure: - As soon as a review is cleared, an app is marked as approved, and a badge is displayed on the marketplace listing. - During subsequent full reviews (typically annually), the app will retain its badge while it's in the test cycles. Nevertheless, in the following scenarios, the badge will be removed, and customers notified of it: - The app developer fails to respond to repeated requests for annual re-assessments. - - During the re-assessment, the app fails repeatedly (about 5 times), and the app developer isn’t able to fix the reported issues. + - During the re-assessment, the app fails repeatedly (about 5 times), and the app developer isn't able to fix the reported issues. - At this time, customers can choose to look at an alternate application or work with the developer to remedy the issues. - Spryker can also decide to terminate the partner contract in such a scenario. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/architecture/architectural-convention.md b/docs/dg/dev/architecture/architectural-convention.md index 09c0d8673ff..4df7526f97b 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/architecture/architectural-convention.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/architecture/architectural-convention.md @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ An application layer can have up to four logical layers with clear purpose and c ### Conventions -- Components must be placed according to the corresponding [application layer’s](#application-layers) directory architecture to take effect. +- Components must be placed according to the corresponding [application layer's](#application-layers) directory architecture to take effect. - Components are required to inherit from the [application layer](#application-layers) corresponding abstract class in the `Kernel` module to take effect.
@@ -1936,7 +1936,7 @@ The following components are used in `core module development` to ensure modular For `project development` and `module development`, these components are recommended. Consider implementing these components based on their relevance to your business or technical requirements. ### Conventions -- Components must be placed according to the corresponding [application layer’s](#application-layers) directory architecture to take effect. +- Components must be placed according to the corresponding [application layer's](#application-layers) directory architecture to take effect. - The components must inherit from the [application layer's](#application-layers) corresponding abstract class in `Kernel` module to take effect.
For *core module development* diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/architecture/architecture.md b/docs/dg/dev/architecture/architecture.md index 98a0f74e28d..50c3f69756d 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/architecture/architecture.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/architecture/architecture.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Architecture -description: Explore Spryker’s architectural principles, detailing the technical foundation for a scalable, modular ecommerce platform tailored to complex digital ecosystems. +description: Explore Spryker's architectural principles, detailing the technical foundation for a scalable, modular ecommerce platform tailored to complex digital ecosystems. last_updated: Jun 16, 2021 template: concept-topic-template originalLink: https://documentation.spryker.com/2021080/docs/about-the-architecture-guide diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/architecture/marketplace-architecture/marketplace-architecture.md b/docs/dg/dev/architecture/marketplace-architecture/marketplace-architecture.md index 0bbfd274810..822fd16e954 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/architecture/marketplace-architecture/marketplace-architecture.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/architecture/marketplace-architecture/marketplace-architecture.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Marketplace architecture -description: Learn how Spryker’s marketplace architecture supports scalable, customizable eCommerce solutions for B2B and B2C environments. +description: Learn how Spryker's marketplace architecture supports scalable, customizable eCommerce solutions for B2B and B2C environments. last_updated: Jan 12, 2023 template: concept-topic-template redirect_from: diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/architecture/marketplace-architecture/marketplace-domain-model.md b/docs/dg/dev/architecture/marketplace-architecture/marketplace-domain-model.md index 3d137891bad..0a5e92cb12e 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/architecture/marketplace-architecture/marketplace-domain-model.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/architecture/marketplace-architecture/marketplace-domain-model.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Marketplace domain model -description: Understand Spryker’s marketplace domain model, enabling effective structuring of marketplace operations, from vendor management to product catalog integration and order flow. +description: Understand Spryker's marketplace domain model, enabling effective structuring of marketplace operations, from vendor management to product catalog integration and order flow. template: concept-topic-template last_updated: Sep 21, 2023 redirect_from: diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/architecture/module-api/semantic-versioning-major-vs.-minor-vs.-patch-release.md b/docs/dg/dev/architecture/module-api/semantic-versioning-major-vs.-minor-vs.-patch-release.md index f51af415003..beb3e3bca7e 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/architecture/module-api/semantic-versioning-major-vs.-minor-vs.-patch-release.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/architecture/module-api/semantic-versioning-major-vs.-minor-vs.-patch-release.md @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Usually, you need to run `composer update` to get Spryker Core updates, because {% info_block infoBox %} -Some minor updates require specific development effort for the project, which is caused by the deprecation of some old approaches or 3rd party modules. We recommend reading the [release notes](/docs/about/all/releases/product-and-code-releases.html) published after the project's start. +Some minor updates require specific development effort for the project, which is caused by the deprecation of some old approaches or third-party modules. We recommend reading the [release notes](/docs/about/all/releases/product-and-code-releases.html) published after the project's start. For solutions to general technical issues you might have, see [Troubleshooting general technical issues](/docs/dg/dev/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-general-technical-issues/troubleshooting-general-technical-issues.html). diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/add-and-configure-cronjobs.md b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/add-and-configure-cronjobs.md index 0f56a67b9f4..962d1305704 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/add-and-configure-cronjobs.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/add-and-configure-cronjobs.md @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ --- title: Add and configure cronjobs last_updated: Jun 16, 2021 -description: Learn how to add and configure cronjobs in Spryker’s backend for automating tasks. Optimize your ecommerce platform's operations with effective cronjob management. +description: Learn how to add and configure cronjobs in Spryker's backend for automating tasks. Optimize your ecommerce platform's operations with effective cronjob management. template: howto-guide-template originalLink: https://documentation.spryker.com/2021080/docs/adding-and-configuring-cronjob originalArticleId: 6af304f1-b8ba-417b-874e-878e5d9a5730 diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/create-a-custom-scheduler.md b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/create-a-custom-scheduler.md index cf7838aed3f..8fe5ca565db 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/create-a-custom-scheduler.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/create-a-custom-scheduler.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Create a custom scheduler -description: Learn how to create a custom scheduler in Spryker’s backend to automate tasks. Enhance your ecommerce platform's efficiency with tailored scheduling solutions. +description: Learn how to create a custom scheduler in Spryker's backend to automate tasks. Enhance your ecommerce platform's efficiency with tailored scheduling solutions. last_updated: Jun 16, 2021 template: howto-guide-template originalLink: https://documentation.spryker.com/2021080/docs/ht-create-a-new-custom-scheduler diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/cronjobs.md b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/cronjobs.md index e1deb38dd32..53b7ea423c9 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/cronjobs.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/cronjobs.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Cronjobs -description: Explore how to manage and configure cronjobs in Spryker’s backend to automate tasks, ensuring smooth operation of your ecommerce platform with scheduled jobs. +description: Explore how to manage and configure cronjobs in Spryker's backend to automate tasks, ensuring smooth operation of your ecommerce platform with scheduled jobs. last_updated: Jun 16, 2021 template: howto-guide-template originalLink: https://documentation.spryker.com/2021080/docs/cronjob-scheduling-guide diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/optimizing-jenkins-execution.md b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/optimizing-jenkins-execution.md index 4371738c11c..01b698ff43f 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/optimizing-jenkins-execution.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/optimizing-jenkins-execution.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Optimizing Jenkins execution -description: Optimize Jenkins execution for cronjobs in Spryker’s backend. Enhance task automation performance and improve the efficiency of your ecommerce platform. +description: Optimize Jenkins execution for cronjobs in Spryker's backend. Enhance task automation performance and improve the efficiency of your ecommerce platform. last_updated: Jul 15, 2023 template: howto-guide-template redirect_from: @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ In addition to statistics, we also capture the output of children's processes in ## Edge cases and limitation -Child processes are killed at the end of each minute, which means those batches that were in progress will be abandoned and will return to the source queue to be processed during the next run. While we didn’t notice any issues with this approach, please note that this is still an experimental approach and may or may not change in the future. The recommendation to mitigate this is to use smaller batches to ensure children processes are running within seconds or up to 10s (rough estimate), to reduce the number of messages that will be retried. +Child processes are killed at the end of each minute, which means those batches that were in progress will be abandoned and will return to the source queue to be processed during the next run. While we didn't notice any issues with this approach, please note that this is still an experimental approach and may or may not change in the future. The recommendation to mitigate this is to use smaller batches to ensure children processes are running within seconds or up to 10s (rough estimate), to reduce the number of messages that will be retried. ## Implementation diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/reduce-jenkins-execution-costs-without-p&s-and-data-importers-refactoring.md b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/reduce-jenkins-execution-costs-without-p&s-and-data-importers-refactoring.md index d06c32ef985..f07c43ecac6 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/reduce-jenkins-execution-costs-without-p&s-and-data-importers-refactoring.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/cronjobs/reduce-jenkins-execution-costs-without-p&s-and-data-importers-refactoring.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Reduce Jenkins execution without P&S and data importers refactoring -description: Learn how to reduce Jenkins execution costs in Spryker’s backend without refactoring P&S and data importers. Optimize cronjob processes for better performance. +description: Learn how to reduce Jenkins execution costs in Spryker's backend without refactoring P&S and data importers. Optimize cronjob processes for better performance. last_updated: Jul 15, 2023 template: howto-guide-template redirect_from: @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ In addition to statistics, we also capture the output of children's processes in ### Edge cases and limitation -Child processes are killed at the end of each minute, which means those batches that were in progress will be abandoned and will return to the source queue to be processed during the next run. While we didn’t notice any issues with this approach, keep in mind that this is still an experimental approach and may or may not change in the future. The recommendation to mitigate this is to use smaller batches to ensure children processes are running within seconds or up to roughly 10 seconds, to reduce the number of messages that will be retried. +Child processes are killed at the end of each minute, which means those batches that were in progress will be abandoned and will return to the source queue to be processed during the next run. While we didn't notice any issues with this approach, keep in mind that this is still an experimental approach and may or may not change in the future. The recommendation to mitigate this is to use smaller batches to ensure children processes are running within seconds or up to roughly 10 seconds, to reduce the number of messages that will be retried. ## Background job orchestration solution implementation diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/data-manipulation/data-ingestion/data-ingestion.md b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/data-manipulation/data-ingestion/data-ingestion.md index 532608cf621..83cc161a22e 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/data-manipulation/data-ingestion/data-ingestion.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/data-manipulation/data-ingestion/data-ingestion.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Data ingestion -description: Explore Spryker’s data ingestion process for importing data into your ecommerce platform. Learn tools and best practices for efficient data management. +description: Explore Spryker's data ingestion process for importing data into your ecommerce platform. Learn tools and best practices for efficient data management. last_updated: Sep 6, 2022 template: howto-guide-template redirect_from: diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/data-manipulation/data-interaction/data-interaction.md b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/data-manipulation/data-interaction/data-interaction.md index 2d16b301720..c715581047a 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/data-manipulation/data-interaction/data-interaction.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/data-manipulation/data-interaction/data-interaction.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Data interaction -description: Spryker’s data interaction tools offer efficient backend data handling for seamless data manipulation, processing, and optimized storage solutions. +description: Spryker's data interaction tools offer efficient backend data handling for seamless data manipulation, processing, and optimized storage solutions. template: concept-topic-template redirect_from: - /docs/scos/dev/back-end-development/data-manipulation/data-interaction/data-interaction.html diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/data-manipulation/data-interaction/replace-module-dependencies.md b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/data-manipulation/data-interaction/replace-module-dependencies.md index 3921fd797c3..4322b49f869 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/data-manipulation/data-interaction/replace-module-dependencies.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/data-manipulation/data-interaction/replace-module-dependencies.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ This document describes the process using an example. Assume your project uses P ## Prerequisites -The preceding example assumes that you know exactly what core module you want to replace. If that is not the case, you need to know what are the core module’s dependencies. You can find this information in a module’s `composer.json` file. This file lists all the dependent components and can be used to locate the dependent functionality that you want to replace based on your project’s requirements. +The preceding example assumes that you know exactly what core module you want to replace. If that is not the case, you need to know what are the core module's dependencies. You can find this information in a module's `composer.json` file. This file lists all the dependent components and can be used to locate the dependent functionality that you want to replace based on your project's requirements. To replace a module with another module: @@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ The following process describes adding a replace command into a new module to in For each module that you want to add, take these steps: 1. Replace the old module with the new one by creating a dummy module repository in a directory accessible to Composer. - 1. Name or rename the new module by using the old module’s name and prefixing it with `replace_`. For example, create a dummy file called `replace_refund` to replace the refund module. This helps keep track of any replacements you do in the project. + 1. Name or rename the new module by using the old module's name and prefixing it with `replace_`. For example, create a dummy file called `replace_refund` to replace the refund module. This helps keep track of any replacements you do in the project. 2. In the newly created dummy module directory, create an empty `composer.json` file and add the following Composer configuration information. - 3. Add the newly created module to your project’s `composer.json` file by going to `shop/composer.json` and adding the new location. - 4. Check if the core module is in your project’s `composer.json` file. If it's, remove it. -2. Execute the composer update command with the replacement module name: composer update `“replace_”`. Running the composer update command removes all mentions of the module (for example, `refund`) and replaces it with your module (for example, `replace_refund`). + 3. Add the newly created module to your project's `composer.json` file by going to `shop/composer.json` and adding the new location. + 4. Check if the core module is in your project's `composer.json` file. If it's, remove it. +2. Execute the composer update command with the replacement module name: composer update `"replace_"`. Running the composer update command removes all mentions of the module (for example, `refund`) and replaces it with your module (for example, `replace_refund`). {% info_block warningBox %} @@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ For more information on using the composer replace, see [replace](https://getcom ``` { - "name": “/ replace_ ", + "name": "/ replace_ ", "replace": { "spryker/ ":"*" }, - "description": “" + "description": "" } ``` @@ -63,6 +63,6 @@ To check whether this has worked: Now that we have replaced a core module with a different module, we need to connect the rest of the OS to this new module. -To set up connectivity, check the replaced module’s usage and adapt its logic to the new module. +To set up connectivity, check the replaced module's usage and adapt its logic to the new module. For further assistance on project-level implementations, email us: [support@spryker.com](mailto:support@spryker.com). diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/data-manipulation/event/listen-to-events.md b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/data-manipulation/event/listen-to-events.md index 7ea1fadb279..62bf79aa6c4 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/data-manipulation/event/listen-to-events.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/data-manipulation/event/listen-to-events.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Listen to events -descritpion: Learn how to listen to and handle backend events in Spryker, improving your eCommerce platform’s data manipulation and event management. +descritpion: Learn how to listen to and handle backend events in Spryker, improving your eCommerce platform's data manipulation and event management. last_updated: Jun 16, 2021 template: howto-guide-template originalLink: https://documentation.spryker.com/2021080/docs/event-listen diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/data-manipulation/payment-methods/payment-methods.md b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/data-manipulation/payment-methods/payment-methods.md index 4d2edf7fa00..fce9912b4dd 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/data-manipulation/payment-methods/payment-methods.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/data-manipulation/payment-methods/payment-methods.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Payment methods -description: Explore Spryker’s payment methods integration guide. Learn to implement, customize, and manage diverse payment options for seamless ecommerce operations. +description: Explore Spryker's payment methods integration guide. Learn to implement, customize, and manage diverse payment options for seamless ecommerce operations. template: concept-topic-template redirect_from: - /docs/scos/dev/back-end-development/data-manipulation/payment-methods/payment-methods.html diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/extend-spryker/extend-spryker.md b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/extend-spryker/extend-spryker.md index 78362e356bb..20fb8a158fe 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/extend-spryker/extend-spryker.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/extend-spryker/extend-spryker.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Extend Spryker -description: Extend Spryker’s capabilities with custom integrations. This guide provides essential steps to enhance your ecommerce platform, ensuring flexibility and scalability through tailored solutions. +description: Extend Spryker's capabilities with custom integrations. This guide provides essential steps to enhance your ecommerce platform, ensuring flexibility and scalability through tailored solutions. last_updated: Oct 10, 2023 template: concept-topic-template redirect_from: diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/extend-spryker/spryker-os-module-customisation/install-module-structure-and-configuration.md b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/extend-spryker/spryker-os-module-customisation/install-module-structure-and-configuration.md index 9ed41f583ce..94f11b2a81d 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/extend-spryker/spryker-os-module-customisation/install-module-structure-and-configuration.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/extend-spryker/spryker-os-module-customisation/install-module-structure-and-configuration.md @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ All of the models of the Install module reside in the *Business* layer. The Busi public function runInstall(InputInterface $input, OutputInterface $output): void; ``` -This method starts the installation process and expects Symfony’s console `input` and `output` objects as its arguments. +This method starts the installation process and expects Symfony's console `input` and `output` objects as its arguments. ### Communication layer diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/yves/implementing-twig-extensions.md b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/yves/implementing-twig-extensions.md index 794baae44c9..e0031c36d6e 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/yves/implementing-twig-extensions.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/yves/implementing-twig-extensions.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ To implement a Twig extension, take the following steps. ## 1. Implement the filter -To implement the filter, add the logic to a dedicated class in the module you’re currently working on: +To implement the filter, add the logic to a dedicated class in the module you're currently working on: ```php setDefaultSortField(SpySalesOrderTableMap::COL_CREATED_ATб \Spryker\Ze ### Configure search by columns -The default search option in Back Office data tables searches for anything that contains the specified substrings. This default search makes use of the SQL logical operator ‘LIKE’ in combination with ‘LOWER’ for comparison. It may result in performance issues on larger tables because of indexes not being used. +The default search option in Back Office data tables searches for anything that contains the specified substrings. This default search makes use of the SQL logical operator ‘LIKE' in combination with ‘LOWER' for comparison. It may result in performance issues on larger tables because of indexes not being used. Search by columns can be used on all Back Office data tables which extend the `AbstractTable` class. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/best-practices/non-functional-requirement-templates/operatable-feature-guidelines.md b/docs/dg/dev/best-practices/non-functional-requirement-templates/operatable-feature-guidelines.md index 9417f330d9f..a4b3f5a0a74 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/best-practices/non-functional-requirement-templates/operatable-feature-guidelines.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/best-practices/non-functional-requirement-templates/operatable-feature-guidelines.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Operatable feature guidelines -description: Learn Spryker’s operatable feature guidelines to ensure features are scalable, reliable, and manageable. Optimize performance while maintaining operational efficiency. +description: Learn Spryker's operatable feature guidelines to ensure features are scalable, reliable, and manageable. Optimize performance while maintaining operational efficiency. last_updated: April 23, 2024 template: concept-topic-template related: diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/code-contribution-guide.md b/docs/dg/dev/code-contribution-guide.md index ef98026e615..99a5b6a5969 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/code-contribution-guide.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/code-contribution-guide.md @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Spryker uses our proprietary licenses and common open-source licenses. In genera 1. Identify the module you would like to contribute to: - In the `vendor/` directory there is the organization and the module name. For example, `spryker/acl`. - - Find this module on Spryker’s GitHub https://github.com/spryker/acl. + - Find this module on Spryker's GitHub https://github.com/spryker/acl. 2. Review CONTRIBUTING.md and agree to the contribution terms. In case you cannot find them, [contact us](https://spryker.force.com/support/s/). 3. Fork the relevant repository as detailed [here](https://docs.github.com/en/pull-requests/collaborating-with-pull-requests/working-with-forks/fork-a-repo). 4. Apply your code changes. Make sure the commit description clearly reflects the changes. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202311.0/creating-data-importers.md b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202311.0/creating-data-importers.md index 77ce6a5062e..c8d35d7d73a 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202311.0/creating-data-importers.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202311.0/creating-data-importers.md @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Once you populate all columns, your CSV file should be similar to this one: Save the new file under `data/import/*`. -That’s it - your import file is ready. Now you have to configure the data importer. +That's it - your import file is ready. Now you have to configure the data importer. ## Configure the data importer @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ We have made sure that the data importer can be executed, but we only print a de As mentioned in the [Prerequisites](#prerequisites), we can not use foreign keys in our import file - we need a logical identifier that can now be used to get the foreign key of a related entity. -There are several ways of how we can get the logical identifier. For example, we could add a new Step e.g. `LocaleNameToIdLocaleStep`. However, in our case, it’s better to use a Repository, which provides us with a getter to retrieve the `id_locale` by its name. We will take this approach and do the following: +There are several ways of how we can get the logical identifier. For example, we could add a new Step e.g. `LocaleNameToIdLocaleStep`. However, in our case, it's better to use a Repository, which provides us with a getter to retrieve the `id_locale` by its name. We will take this approach and do the following: 1. Add `LocaleRepository` to get the foreign key of a locale by its name: @@ -443,6 +443,6 @@ public function execute(DataSetInterface $dataSet) ## 7. Run the importer -That’s it! Now when you run the console command `vendor/bin/console data:import:product-image`, you will see an output similar to this one: +That's it! Now when you run the console command `vendor/bin/console data:import:product-image`, you will see an output similar to this one: ![Importer command](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Tutorials/HowTos/HowTo+Add+New+DataImport+Type/product_image_import_console_output.png) diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202311.0/data-import-optimization-guidelines.md b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202311.0/data-import-optimization-guidelines.md index ccce49733e2..40626acb215 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202311.0/data-import-optimization-guidelines.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202311.0/data-import-optimization-guidelines.md @@ -215,8 +215,8 @@ Example classes are going to be replaced with a Core CTE solution. When we are facing some batch operation, we need to think about big data and performance under heavy loading, we are not allowed to write same code that only does the job, it needs to be scalable and fast for high usages. Below you can find our main points: * Create batch queries and processes -* Don’t use ORM for batch processing as it’s slow by design -* Don’t run separated queries for each data-set -* Don’t call any facade logic if they are slow or run internal queries +* Don't use ORM for batch processing as it's slow by design +* Don't run separated queries for each data-set +* Don't call any facade logic if they are slow or run internal queries * Release memory after each bulk operations to prevent memory issues * Use CTE technique (supported by PostgreSQL or MySQL >= 8, and MariaDB >= 10.2) diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202311.0/data-importers-implementation.md b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202311.0/data-importers-implementation.md index 542fd34373f..ccec19bd2f8 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202311.0/data-importers-implementation.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202311.0/data-importers-implementation.md @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ action: where: * `data_entity` represents the name of your data importer. -* `source` describes the path to your CSV file with data to import. If the source is not specified, then CSV file defined in the module’s `Config` will be used. +* `source` describes the path to your CSV file with data to import. If the source is not specified, then CSV file defined in the module's `Config` will be used. Then you can run the `./vendor/bin/console data:import --config=path/to/config.yml` command to import all the data from the `config.yml` file. See [Importing Data](/docs/dg/dev/data-import/{{page.version}}/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.html) for more details about this and other import commands you can use. @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ class DataImportBusinessFactory extends SprykerDataImportBusinessFactory } ``` -That’s it. Your data importer is now appended to the DataImport module. +That's it. Your data importer is now appended to the DataImport module. Also, there are **bulk importers** that can be used if you have a huge amount of data to import, and existing importers may be slow. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202311.0/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.md b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202311.0/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.md index 3b2ecddfa09..050c0b81fe6 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202311.0/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202311.0/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.md @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ As you can see, for both of the import types you need a **data import YML config {% info_block infoBox "Info" %} -If the source is not specified, then the CSV file defined in the module’s configuration file will be used. For example, for the [StockDataImport](https://github.com/spryker/stock-data-import/tree/aff1b706e7a0fb0db441b13d5c6a471e4d75cb49/src/Spryker/Zed/StockDataImport) module the CSV import file is defined in [StockDataImportConfig.php](https://github.com/spryker/stock-data-import/blob/aff1b706e7a0fb0db441b13d5c6a471e4d75cb49/src/Spryker/Zed/StockDataImport/StockDataImportConfig.php). +If the source is not specified, then the CSV file defined in the module's configuration file will be used. For example, for the [StockDataImport](https://github.com/spryker/stock-data-import/tree/aff1b706e7a0fb0db441b13d5c6a471e4d75cb49/src/Spryker/Zed/StockDataImport) module the CSV import file is defined in [StockDataImportConfig.php](https://github.com/spryker/stock-data-import/blob/aff1b706e7a0fb0db441b13d5c6a471e4d75cb49/src/Spryker/Zed/StockDataImport/StockDataImportConfig.php). {% endinfo_block %} @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ For your shop, you can create your own default YML import configuration file and ## Custom YML import configuration file -Of course, you don’t always need to use the default YML file and import everything it contains. When you want to import some specific importers without importing everything from the default YML file, you can create a YML file, which will include just the importers you need. You don’t need to put the CSV files for import to a specific place. Instead, you just specify a correct path to them in the `source`. Also, you can perform import in batch, which means you can run the same data importer with different data. For example, your custom YML file may look like this: +Of course, you don't always need to use the default YML file and import everything it contains. When you want to import some specific importers without importing everything from the default YML file, you can create a YML file, which will include just the importers you need. You don't need to put the CSV files for import to a specific place. Instead, you just specify a correct path to them in the `source`. Also, you can perform import in batch, which means you can run the same data importer with different data. For example, your custom YML file may look like this: ```yml actions: @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ The order of import for the above example will be: 3. product-abstract (*product.csv*) 4. shipment (*shipment.csv*) -Whenever you need to import some data, all you need to change is your YML file by defining the new data importer. You don’t need to change anything in the code. +Whenever you need to import some data, all you need to change is your YML file by defining the new data importer. You don't need to change anything in the code. {% info_block infoBox "" %} diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202404.0/creating-data-importers.md b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202404.0/creating-data-importers.md index a90f3cd543d..9d927da9fcc 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202404.0/creating-data-importers.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202404.0/creating-data-importers.md @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Once you populate all columns, your CSV file should be similar to this one: Save the new file under `data/import/*`. -That’s it - your import file is ready. Now you have to configure the data importer. +That's it - your import file is ready. Now you have to configure the data importer. ## Configure the data importer @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ We have made sure that the data importer can be executed, but we only print a de As mentioned in the [Prerequisites](#prerequisites), we can not use foreign keys in our import file - we need a logical identifier that can now be used to get the foreign key of a related entity. -There are several ways of how we can get the logical identifier. For example, we could add a new Step e.g. `LocaleNameToIdLocaleStep`. However, in our case, it’s better to use a Repository, which provides us with a getter to retrieve the `id_locale` by its name. We will take this approach and do the following: +There are several ways of how we can get the logical identifier. For example, we could add a new Step e.g. `LocaleNameToIdLocaleStep`. However, in our case, it's better to use a Repository, which provides us with a getter to retrieve the `id_locale` by its name. We will take this approach and do the following: 1. Add `LocaleRepository` to get the foreign key of a locale by its name: @@ -443,6 +443,6 @@ public function execute(DataSetInterface $dataSet) ## 7. Run the importer -That’s it! Now when you run the console command `vendor/bin/console data:import:product-image`, you will see an output similar to this one: +That's it! Now when you run the console command `vendor/bin/console data:import:product-image`, you will see an output similar to this one: ![Importer command](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Tutorials/HowTos/HowTo+Add+New+DataImport+Type/product_image_import_console_output.png) diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202404.0/data-import-optimization-guidelines.md b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202404.0/data-import-optimization-guidelines.md index e25836bdbe7..327bf9aaa66 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202404.0/data-import-optimization-guidelines.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202404.0/data-import-optimization-guidelines.md @@ -215,8 +215,8 @@ Example classes are going to be replaced with a Core CTE solution. When we are facing some batch operation, we need to think about big data and performance under heavy loading, we are not allowed to write same code that only does the job, it needs to be scalable and fast for high usages. Below you can find our main points: * Create batch queries and processes -* Don’t use ORM for batch processing as it’s slow by design -* Don’t run separated queries for each data-set -* Don’t call any facade logic if they are slow or run internal queries +* Don't use ORM for batch processing as it's slow by design +* Don't run separated queries for each data-set +* Don't call any facade logic if they are slow or run internal queries * Release memory after each bulk operations to prevent memory issues * Use CTE technique (supported by PostgreSQL or MySQL >= 8, and MariaDB >= 10.2) diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202404.0/data-importers-implementation.md b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202404.0/data-importers-implementation.md index a17056fd725..54c531fb9ed 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202404.0/data-importers-implementation.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202404.0/data-importers-implementation.md @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ action: where: * `data_entity` represents the name of your data importer. -* `source` describes the path to your CSV file with data to import. If the source is not specified, then CSV file defined in the module’s `Config` will be used. +* `source` describes the path to your CSV file with data to import. If the source is not specified, then CSV file defined in the module's `Config` will be used. Then you can run the `./vendor/bin/console data:import --config=path/to/config.yml` command to import all the data from the `config.yml` file. See [Importing Data](/docs/dg/dev/data-import/{{page.version}}/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.html) for more details about this and other import commands you can use. @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ class DataImportBusinessFactory extends SprykerDataImportBusinessFactory } ``` -That’s it. Your data importer is now appended to the DataImport module. +That's it. Your data importer is now appended to the DataImport module. Also, there are **bulk importers** that can be used if you have a huge amount of data to import, and existing importers may be slow. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202404.0/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.md b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202404.0/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.md index 94212cb5283..2857fa37fd9 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202404.0/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202404.0/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.md @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ As you can see, for both of the import types you need a **data import YML config {% info_block infoBox "Info" %} -If the source is not specified, then the CSV file defined in the module’s configuration file will be used. For example, for the [StockDataImport](https://github.com/spryker/stock-data-import/tree/aff1b706e7a0fb0db441b13d5c6a471e4d75cb49/src/Spryker/Zed/StockDataImport) module the CSV import file is defined in [StockDataImportConfig.php](https://github.com/spryker/stock-data-import/blob/aff1b706e7a0fb0db441b13d5c6a471e4d75cb49/src/Spryker/Zed/StockDataImport/StockDataImportConfig.php). +If the source is not specified, then the CSV file defined in the module's configuration file will be used. For example, for the [StockDataImport](https://github.com/spryker/stock-data-import/tree/aff1b706e7a0fb0db441b13d5c6a471e4d75cb49/src/Spryker/Zed/StockDataImport) module the CSV import file is defined in [StockDataImportConfig.php](https://github.com/spryker/stock-data-import/blob/aff1b706e7a0fb0db441b13d5c6a471e4d75cb49/src/Spryker/Zed/StockDataImport/StockDataImportConfig.php). {% endinfo_block %} @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ For your shop, you can create your own default YML import configuration file and ## Custom YML import configuration file -Of course, you don’t always need to use the default YML file and import everything it contains. When you want to import some specific importers without importing everything from the default YML file, you can create a YML file, which will include just the importers you need. You don’t need to put the CSV files for import to a specific place. Instead, you just specify a correct path to them in the `source`. Also, you can perform import in batch, which means you can run the same data importer with different data. For example, your custom YML file may look like this: +Of course, you don't always need to use the default YML file and import everything it contains. When you want to import some specific importers without importing everything from the default YML file, you can create a YML file, which will include just the importers you need. You don't need to put the CSV files for import to a specific place. Instead, you just specify a correct path to them in the `source`. Also, you can perform import in batch, which means you can run the same data importer with different data. For example, your custom YML file may look like this: ```yml actions: @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ The order of import for the above example will be: 3. product-abstract (*product.csv*) 4. shipment (*shipment.csv*) -Whenever you need to import some data, all you need to change is your YML file by defining the new data importer. You don’t need to change anything in the code. +Whenever you need to import some data, all you need to change is your YML file by defining the new data importer. You don't need to change anything in the code. {% info_block infoBox "" %} diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202410.0/creating-data-importers.md b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202410.0/creating-data-importers.md index a90f3cd543d..9d927da9fcc 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202410.0/creating-data-importers.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202410.0/creating-data-importers.md @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Once you populate all columns, your CSV file should be similar to this one: Save the new file under `data/import/*`. -That’s it - your import file is ready. Now you have to configure the data importer. +That's it - your import file is ready. Now you have to configure the data importer. ## Configure the data importer @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ We have made sure that the data importer can be executed, but we only print a de As mentioned in the [Prerequisites](#prerequisites), we can not use foreign keys in our import file - we need a logical identifier that can now be used to get the foreign key of a related entity. -There are several ways of how we can get the logical identifier. For example, we could add a new Step e.g. `LocaleNameToIdLocaleStep`. However, in our case, it’s better to use a Repository, which provides us with a getter to retrieve the `id_locale` by its name. We will take this approach and do the following: +There are several ways of how we can get the logical identifier. For example, we could add a new Step e.g. `LocaleNameToIdLocaleStep`. However, in our case, it's better to use a Repository, which provides us with a getter to retrieve the `id_locale` by its name. We will take this approach and do the following: 1. Add `LocaleRepository` to get the foreign key of a locale by its name: @@ -443,6 +443,6 @@ public function execute(DataSetInterface $dataSet) ## 7. Run the importer -That’s it! Now when you run the console command `vendor/bin/console data:import:product-image`, you will see an output similar to this one: +That's it! Now when you run the console command `vendor/bin/console data:import:product-image`, you will see an output similar to this one: ![Importer command](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Tutorials/HowTos/HowTo+Add+New+DataImport+Type/product_image_import_console_output.png) diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202410.0/data-import-optimization-guidelines.md b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202410.0/data-import-optimization-guidelines.md index e25836bdbe7..327bf9aaa66 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202410.0/data-import-optimization-guidelines.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202410.0/data-import-optimization-guidelines.md @@ -215,8 +215,8 @@ Example classes are going to be replaced with a Core CTE solution. When we are facing some batch operation, we need to think about big data and performance under heavy loading, we are not allowed to write same code that only does the job, it needs to be scalable and fast for high usages. Below you can find our main points: * Create batch queries and processes -* Don’t use ORM for batch processing as it’s slow by design -* Don’t run separated queries for each data-set -* Don’t call any facade logic if they are slow or run internal queries +* Don't use ORM for batch processing as it's slow by design +* Don't run separated queries for each data-set +* Don't call any facade logic if they are slow or run internal queries * Release memory after each bulk operations to prevent memory issues * Use CTE technique (supported by PostgreSQL or MySQL >= 8, and MariaDB >= 10.2) diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202410.0/data-importers-implementation.md b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202410.0/data-importers-implementation.md index a17056fd725..54c531fb9ed 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202410.0/data-importers-implementation.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202410.0/data-importers-implementation.md @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ action: where: * `data_entity` represents the name of your data importer. -* `source` describes the path to your CSV file with data to import. If the source is not specified, then CSV file defined in the module’s `Config` will be used. +* `source` describes the path to your CSV file with data to import. If the source is not specified, then CSV file defined in the module's `Config` will be used. Then you can run the `./vendor/bin/console data:import --config=path/to/config.yml` command to import all the data from the `config.yml` file. See [Importing Data](/docs/dg/dev/data-import/{{page.version}}/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.html) for more details about this and other import commands you can use. @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ class DataImportBusinessFactory extends SprykerDataImportBusinessFactory } ``` -That’s it. Your data importer is now appended to the DataImport module. +That's it. Your data importer is now appended to the DataImport module. Also, there are **bulk importers** that can be used if you have a huge amount of data to import, and existing importers may be slow. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202410.0/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.md b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202410.0/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.md index 94212cb5283..2857fa37fd9 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202410.0/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/data-import/202410.0/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.md @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ As you can see, for both of the import types you need a **data import YML config {% info_block infoBox "Info" %} -If the source is not specified, then the CSV file defined in the module’s configuration file will be used. For example, for the [StockDataImport](https://github.com/spryker/stock-data-import/tree/aff1b706e7a0fb0db441b13d5c6a471e4d75cb49/src/Spryker/Zed/StockDataImport) module the CSV import file is defined in [StockDataImportConfig.php](https://github.com/spryker/stock-data-import/blob/aff1b706e7a0fb0db441b13d5c6a471e4d75cb49/src/Spryker/Zed/StockDataImport/StockDataImportConfig.php). +If the source is not specified, then the CSV file defined in the module's configuration file will be used. For example, for the [StockDataImport](https://github.com/spryker/stock-data-import/tree/aff1b706e7a0fb0db441b13d5c6a471e4d75cb49/src/Spryker/Zed/StockDataImport) module the CSV import file is defined in [StockDataImportConfig.php](https://github.com/spryker/stock-data-import/blob/aff1b706e7a0fb0db441b13d5c6a471e4d75cb49/src/Spryker/Zed/StockDataImport/StockDataImportConfig.php). {% endinfo_block %} @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ For your shop, you can create your own default YML import configuration file and ## Custom YML import configuration file -Of course, you don’t always need to use the default YML file and import everything it contains. When you want to import some specific importers without importing everything from the default YML file, you can create a YML file, which will include just the importers you need. You don’t need to put the CSV files for import to a specific place. Instead, you just specify a correct path to them in the `source`. Also, you can perform import in batch, which means you can run the same data importer with different data. For example, your custom YML file may look like this: +Of course, you don't always need to use the default YML file and import everything it contains. When you want to import some specific importers without importing everything from the default YML file, you can create a YML file, which will include just the importers you need. You don't need to put the CSV files for import to a specific place. Instead, you just specify a correct path to them in the `source`. Also, you can perform import in batch, which means you can run the same data importer with different data. For example, your custom YML file may look like this: ```yml actions: @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ The order of import for the above example will be: 3. product-abstract (*product.csv*) 4. shipment (*shipment.csv*) -Whenever you need to import some data, all you need to change is your YML file by defining the new data importer. You don’t need to change anything in the code. +Whenever you need to import some data, all you need to change is your YML file by defining the new data importer. You don't need to change anything in the code. {% info_block infoBox "" %} diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/developing-standalone-modules/publish-standalone-modules-on-packagist.md b/docs/dg/dev/developing-standalone-modules/publish-standalone-modules-on-packagist.md index 29d055f7249..48084427e86 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/developing-standalone-modules/publish-standalone-modules-on-packagist.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/developing-standalone-modules/publish-standalone-modules-on-packagist.md @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ You'll be prompted to fill out details like the following: ## Add the package metadata -Add the package metadata to `composer.json`. Here’s an example of what it might look like: +Add the package metadata to `composer.json`. Here's an example of what it might look like: {% info_block infoBox %} diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/example-modules.md b/docs/dg/dev/example-modules.md index 382d6dacf9f..b5a1106c93b 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/example-modules.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/example-modules.md @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ SCCOS uses example modules to implement functionality that is tailored to specif * All example modules will be released as standalone modules. * All example modules will be released under the MIT license. * **Uniformity:** - * Example modules will be suffixed with “example”. + * Example modules will be suffixed with "example". * **Testability:** * Example modules might include tests, but they don't have to. * **Learnability:** diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/marketplace/angular-components.md b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/marketplace/angular-components.md index ff70b215b91..952f9c9af7d 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/marketplace/angular-components.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/marketplace/angular-components.md @@ -64,16 +64,16 @@ Invoked when the change detector of the given component is invoked. It lets you This method is invoked just before Angular destroys the component. Use this hook to unsubscribe observables and detach event handlers to avoid memory leaks. -### Hooks for the component’s children +### Hooks for the component's children `ngAfterContentInit` -Invoked after Angular performs any content projection into the component’s view (see the previous lecture on Content Projection for more info). To get more info about content query, see the official documentation [ContentChildren](https://angular.io/api/core/ContentChildren), [ContentChild](https://angular.io/api/core/ContentChild). +Invoked after Angular performs any content projection into the component's view (see the previous lecture on Content Projection for more info). To get more info about content query, see the official documentation [ContentChildren](https://angular.io/api/core/ContentChildren), [ContentChild](https://angular.io/api/core/ContentChild). `ngAfterContentChecked` Invoked each time the content of the given component has been checked by Angular's change detection mechanism. `ngAfterViewInit` -Invoked when the component’s view has been fully initialized. To get more info about the content query see official documentation [ViewChildren](https://angular.io/api/core/ViewChildren), [ViewChild](https://angular.io/api/core/ViewChild). +Invoked when the component's view has been fully initialized. To get more info about the content query see official documentation [ViewChildren](https://angular.io/api/core/ViewChildren), [ViewChild](https://angular.io/api/core/ViewChild). `ngAfterViewChecked` Invoked each time the view of the given component has been checked by Angular's change detection mechanism. @@ -96,10 +96,10 @@ It is an inline-defined template for the view. The template defines some markup. It is the URL for the external file containing the template for the view. `styles` -These are inline-defined styles to be applied to the component’s view. +These are inline-defined styles to be applied to the component's view. `styleUrls` -List of URLs to the stylesheets to be applied to the component’s view. +List of URLs to the stylesheets to be applied to the component's view. `providers` It is an array where certain services for the component can be registered. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/marketplace/extending-the-merchant-portal-frontend.md b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/marketplace/extending-the-merchant-portal-frontend.md index fafeaf37c0f..94dfa7b71bd 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/marketplace/extending-the-merchant-portal-frontend.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/marketplace/extending-the-merchant-portal-frontend.md @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ It is also possible to extend the vendor twig blocks. You need to extend the ven {% endraw %} ``` -If a project file isn’t reflected in the browser, try to clean cache: +If a project file isn't reflected in the browser, try to clean cache: ```bash console cache:empty-all diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/actions/ui-components-library-actions.md b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/actions/ui-components-library-actions.md index 67615675ee8..1b0f6fa3fa7 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/actions/ui-components-library-actions.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/actions/ui-components-library-actions.md @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ export class CustomActionHandlerService implements ActionHandler export class RootModule {} ``` -The context within which Actions operate is defined by the local injector where it’s being used. +The context within which Actions operate is defined by the local injector where it's being used. ## Interfaces diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasource-trigger/datasource-trigger.md b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasource-trigger/datasource-trigger.md index f77c9cc4996..de2cbf631d6 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasource-trigger/datasource-trigger.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasource-trigger/datasource-trigger.md @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ export class CustomDatasourceTriggerService implements DatasourceTriggerEvent { export class RootModule {} ``` -The context within which Datasources operate is defined by the local injector where it’s being used. +The context within which Datasources operate is defined by the local injector where it's being used. ## Interfaces diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasources.md b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasources.md index ff696e9272b..8275c951791 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasources.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasources.md @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ export class CustomDatasourceService implements Datasource { export class RootModule {} ``` -The context within which Datasources operate is defined by the local injector where it’s being used. +The context within which Datasources operate is defined by the local injector where it's being used. ## Interfaces diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/oryx/contribute-to-oryx.md b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/oryx/contribute-to-oryx.md index b54b0d3604e..7e7e348a91c 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/oryx/contribute-to-oryx.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/oryx/contribute-to-oryx.md @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Code that gets merged into master must be compatible with the latest minor relea 2. Create a brunch based on the master. 3. Run `npm install` in the repository root. 4. Add your changes. For more details, see [Development workflow](#development-workflow) -5. If you’ve added code that should be tested, add tests. +5. If you've added code that should be tested, add tests. 6. Create a PR. Provide a clear and concise description of your changes in the PR's description. 7. If the required checks are failing, look into fixing them. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/yves/custom-twig-functions-for-yves.md b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/yves/custom-twig-functions-for-yves.md index 853a1374bf6..d026cb31431 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/yves/custom-twig-functions-for-yves.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202311.0/yves/custom-twig-functions-for-yves.md @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ To improve developer experience, [Twig](https://twig.symfony.com/) functionality | `view` | Resolves a view path and returns a string in the following format:
`@{viewModule}/views/{viewName}/{viewName}.twig`. | `function view($viewName: string, $viewModule: string = ‘ShopUi’): string`
  • `$viewName` - view name (*required*).
  • `$viewModule` - Spryker module in which the view is located (optional). If not specified, `ShopUi` is used.
| `{% raw %}{%{% endraw %} extends view('voucher-form', 'DiscountWidget') {% raw %}%}{% endraw %}` | | `define` | This function is used for:
  • creating a default object that can be changed from an incoming context;
  • defining tags used to pass properties and contract for a specific component.
For more information, see [How the "define" Twig Tag is Working](/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/{{page.version}}/define-twig-tag.html). | None | See **Usage Example: define** below.| | `qa` | Returns a string in the following format: `data-qa="qa values here".` | `function qa($qaValues: string[] = []): string` | `{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} qa('submit-button') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}` | -| `qa_* ` | Returns a string in the following format: `data-qa-name=“{qa values}”.` | `function qa_*($qaName: string, $qaValues: string[] = []): string`
  • `$qaName` - specifies the name to add in the left side of the data structure.
| `{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} qa_additional('value') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}` | +| `qa_* ` | Returns a string in the following format: `data-qa-name="{qa values}".` | `function qa_*($qaName: string, $qaValues: string[] = []): string`
  • `$qaName` - specifies the name to add in the left side of the data structure.
| `{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} qa_additional('value') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}` | **Usage Example: define** diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/marketplace/angular-components.md b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/marketplace/angular-components.md index 94c071a8aca..13145ba2ec9 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/marketplace/angular-components.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/marketplace/angular-components.md @@ -64,16 +64,16 @@ Invoked when the change detector of the given component is invoked. It lets you This method is invoked just before Angular destroys the component. Use this hook to unsubscribe observables and detach event handlers to avoid memory leaks. -### Hooks for the component’s children +### Hooks for the component's children `ngAfterContentInit` -Invoked after Angular performs any content projection into the component’s view (see the previous lecture on Content Projection for more info). To get more info about content query, see the official documentation [ContentChildren](https://angular.io/api/core/ContentChildren), [ContentChild](https://angular.io/api/core/ContentChild). +Invoked after Angular performs any content projection into the component's view (see the previous lecture on Content Projection for more info). To get more info about content query, see the official documentation [ContentChildren](https://angular.io/api/core/ContentChildren), [ContentChild](https://angular.io/api/core/ContentChild). `ngAfterContentChecked` Invoked each time the content of the given component has been checked by Angular's change detection mechanism. `ngAfterViewInit` -Invoked when the component’s view has been fully initialized. To get more info about the content query see official documentation [ViewChildren](https://angular.io/api/core/ViewChildren), [ViewChild](https://angular.io/api/core/ViewChild). +Invoked when the component's view has been fully initialized. To get more info about the content query see official documentation [ViewChildren](https://angular.io/api/core/ViewChildren), [ViewChild](https://angular.io/api/core/ViewChild). `ngAfterViewChecked` Invoked each time the view of the given component has been checked by Angular's change detection mechanism. @@ -96,10 +96,10 @@ It is an inline-defined template for the view. The template defines some markup. It is the URL for the external file containing the template for the view. `styles` -These are inline-defined styles to be applied to the component’s view. +These are inline-defined styles to be applied to the component's view. `styleUrls` -List of URLs to the stylesheets to be applied to the component’s view. +List of URLs to the stylesheets to be applied to the component's view. `providers` It is an array where certain services for the component can be registered. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/marketplace/extending-the-merchant-portal-frontend.md b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/marketplace/extending-the-merchant-portal-frontend.md index 9fb7e325061..aaf1fb0cbf9 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/marketplace/extending-the-merchant-portal-frontend.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/marketplace/extending-the-merchant-portal-frontend.md @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ It is also possible to extend the vendor twig blocks. You need to extend the ven {% endraw %} ``` -If a project file isn’t reflected in the browser, try to clean cache: +If a project file isn't reflected in the browser, try to clean cache: ```bash console cache:empty-all diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/actions/ui-components-library-actions.md b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/actions/ui-components-library-actions.md index 558de847082..bbf15897f86 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/actions/ui-components-library-actions.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/actions/ui-components-library-actions.md @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ export class CustomActionHandlerService implements ActionHandler export class RootModule {} ``` -The context within which Actions operate is defined by the local injector where it’s being used. +The context within which Actions operate is defined by the local injector where it's being used. ## Interfaces diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasource-trigger/datasource-trigger.md b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasource-trigger/datasource-trigger.md index e68860492d2..5f4b9cc4886 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasource-trigger/datasource-trigger.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasource-trigger/datasource-trigger.md @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ export class CustomDatasourceTriggerService implements DatasourceTriggerEvent { export class RootModule {} ``` -The context within which Datasources operate is defined by the local injector where it’s being used. +The context within which Datasources operate is defined by the local injector where it's being used. ## Interfaces diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasources.md b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasources.md index ae588220368..f85d45370b2 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasources.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasources.md @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ export class CustomDatasourceService implements Datasource { export class RootModule {} ``` -The context within which Datasources operate is defined by the local injector where it’s being used. +The context within which Datasources operate is defined by the local injector where it's being used. ## Interfaces diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/oryx/contribute-to-oryx.md b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/oryx/contribute-to-oryx.md index bbec85de3de..6b9264f6d50 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/oryx/contribute-to-oryx.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/oryx/contribute-to-oryx.md @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Code that gets merged into master must be compatible with the latest minor relea 2. Create a brunch based on the master. 3. Run `npm install` in the repository root. 4. Add your changes. For more details, see [Development workflow](#development-workflow) -5. If you’ve added code that should be tested, add tests. +5. If you've added code that should be tested, add tests. 6. Create a PR. Provide a clear and concise description of your changes in the PR's description. 7. If the required checks are failing, look into fixing them. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/yves/custom-twig-functions-for-yves.md b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/yves/custom-twig-functions-for-yves.md index 32ef890cef1..99705aea9d3 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/yves/custom-twig-functions-for-yves.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202404.0/yves/custom-twig-functions-for-yves.md @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ To improve developer experience, [Twig](https://twig.symfony.com/) functionality | `view` | Resolves a view path and returns a string in the following format:
`@{viewModule}/views/{viewName}/{viewName}.twig`. | `function view($viewName: string, $viewModule: string = ‘ShopUi’): string`
  • `$viewName` - view name (*required*).
  • `$viewModule` - Spryker module in which the view is located (optional). If not specified, `ShopUi` is used.
| `{% raw %}{%{% endraw %} extends view('voucher-form', 'DiscountWidget') {% raw %}%}{% endraw %}` | | `define` | This function is used for:
  • creating a default object that can be changed from an incoming context;
  • defining tags used to pass properties and contract for a specific component.
For more information, see [How the "define" Twig Tag is Working](/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/{{page.version}}/define-twig-tag.html). | None | See **Usage Example: define** below.| | `qa` | Returns a string in the following format: `data-qa="qa values here".` | `function qa($qaValues: string[] = []): string` | `{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} qa('submit-button') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}` | -| `qa_* ` | Returns a string in the following format: `data-qa-name=“{qa values}”.` | `function qa_*($qaName: string, $qaValues: string[] = []): string`
  • `$qaName` - specifies the name to add in the left side of the data structure.
| `{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} qa_additional('value') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}` | +| `qa_* ` | Returns a string in the following format: `data-qa-name="{qa values}".` | `function qa_*($qaName: string, $qaValues: string[] = []): string`
  • `$qaName` - specifies the name to add in the left side of the data structure.
| `{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} qa_additional('value') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}` | **Usage Example: define** diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/marketplace/angular-components.md b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/marketplace/angular-components.md index 94c071a8aca..13145ba2ec9 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/marketplace/angular-components.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/marketplace/angular-components.md @@ -64,16 +64,16 @@ Invoked when the change detector of the given component is invoked. It lets you This method is invoked just before Angular destroys the component. Use this hook to unsubscribe observables and detach event handlers to avoid memory leaks. -### Hooks for the component’s children +### Hooks for the component's children `ngAfterContentInit` -Invoked after Angular performs any content projection into the component’s view (see the previous lecture on Content Projection for more info). To get more info about content query, see the official documentation [ContentChildren](https://angular.io/api/core/ContentChildren), [ContentChild](https://angular.io/api/core/ContentChild). +Invoked after Angular performs any content projection into the component's view (see the previous lecture on Content Projection for more info). To get more info about content query, see the official documentation [ContentChildren](https://angular.io/api/core/ContentChildren), [ContentChild](https://angular.io/api/core/ContentChild). `ngAfterContentChecked` Invoked each time the content of the given component has been checked by Angular's change detection mechanism. `ngAfterViewInit` -Invoked when the component’s view has been fully initialized. To get more info about the content query see official documentation [ViewChildren](https://angular.io/api/core/ViewChildren), [ViewChild](https://angular.io/api/core/ViewChild). +Invoked when the component's view has been fully initialized. To get more info about the content query see official documentation [ViewChildren](https://angular.io/api/core/ViewChildren), [ViewChild](https://angular.io/api/core/ViewChild). `ngAfterViewChecked` Invoked each time the view of the given component has been checked by Angular's change detection mechanism. @@ -96,10 +96,10 @@ It is an inline-defined template for the view. The template defines some markup. It is the URL for the external file containing the template for the view. `styles` -These are inline-defined styles to be applied to the component’s view. +These are inline-defined styles to be applied to the component's view. `styleUrls` -List of URLs to the stylesheets to be applied to the component’s view. +List of URLs to the stylesheets to be applied to the component's view. `providers` It is an array where certain services for the component can be registered. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/marketplace/extending-the-merchant-portal-frontend.md b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/marketplace/extending-the-merchant-portal-frontend.md index 9fb7e325061..aaf1fb0cbf9 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/marketplace/extending-the-merchant-portal-frontend.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/marketplace/extending-the-merchant-portal-frontend.md @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ It is also possible to extend the vendor twig blocks. You need to extend the ven {% endraw %} ``` -If a project file isn’t reflected in the browser, try to clean cache: +If a project file isn't reflected in the browser, try to clean cache: ```bash console cache:empty-all diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/actions/ui-components-library-actions.md b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/actions/ui-components-library-actions.md index 558de847082..bbf15897f86 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/actions/ui-components-library-actions.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/actions/ui-components-library-actions.md @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ export class CustomActionHandlerService implements ActionHandler export class RootModule {} ``` -The context within which Actions operate is defined by the local injector where it’s being used. +The context within which Actions operate is defined by the local injector where it's being used. ## Interfaces diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasource-trigger/datasource-trigger.md b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasource-trigger/datasource-trigger.md index e68860492d2..5f4b9cc4886 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasource-trigger/datasource-trigger.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasource-trigger/datasource-trigger.md @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ export class CustomDatasourceTriggerService implements DatasourceTriggerEvent { export class RootModule {} ``` -The context within which Datasources operate is defined by the local injector where it’s being used. +The context within which Datasources operate is defined by the local injector where it's being used. ## Interfaces diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasources.md b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasources.md index ae588220368..f85d45370b2 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasources.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/marketplace/ui-components-library/datasources/datasources.md @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ export class CustomDatasourceService implements Datasource { export class RootModule {} ``` -The context within which Datasources operate is defined by the local injector where it’s being used. +The context within which Datasources operate is defined by the local injector where it's being used. ## Interfaces diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/oryx/contribute-to-oryx.md b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/oryx/contribute-to-oryx.md index bbec85de3de..6b9264f6d50 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/oryx/contribute-to-oryx.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/oryx/contribute-to-oryx.md @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Code that gets merged into master must be compatible with the latest minor relea 2. Create a brunch based on the master. 3. Run `npm install` in the repository root. 4. Add your changes. For more details, see [Development workflow](#development-workflow) -5. If you’ve added code that should be tested, add tests. +5. If you've added code that should be tested, add tests. 6. Create a PR. Provide a clear and concise description of your changes in the PR's description. 7. If the required checks are failing, look into fixing them. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/yves/custom-twig-functions-for-yves.md b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/yves/custom-twig-functions-for-yves.md index 32ef890cef1..99705aea9d3 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/yves/custom-twig-functions-for-yves.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/202410.0/yves/custom-twig-functions-for-yves.md @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ To improve developer experience, [Twig](https://twig.symfony.com/) functionality | `view` | Resolves a view path and returns a string in the following format:
`@{viewModule}/views/{viewName}/{viewName}.twig`. | `function view($viewName: string, $viewModule: string = ‘ShopUi’): string`
  • `$viewName` - view name (*required*).
  • `$viewModule` - Spryker module in which the view is located (optional). If not specified, `ShopUi` is used.
| `{% raw %}{%{% endraw %} extends view('voucher-form', 'DiscountWidget') {% raw %}%}{% endraw %}` | | `define` | This function is used for:
  • creating a default object that can be changed from an incoming context;
  • defining tags used to pass properties and contract for a specific component.
For more information, see [How the "define" Twig Tag is Working](/docs/dg/dev/frontend-development/{{page.version}}/define-twig-tag.html). | None | See **Usage Example: define** below.| | `qa` | Returns a string in the following format: `data-qa="qa values here".` | `function qa($qaValues: string[] = []): string` | `{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} qa('submit-button') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}` | -| `qa_* ` | Returns a string in the following format: `data-qa-name=“{qa values}”.` | `function qa_*($qaName: string, $qaValues: string[] = []): string`
  • `$qaName` - specifies the name to add in the left side of the data structure.
| `{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} qa_additional('value') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}` | +| `qa_* ` | Returns a string in the following format: `data-qa-name="{qa values}".` | `function qa_*($qaName: string, $qaValues: string[] = []): string`
  • `$qaName` - specifies the name to add in the left side of the data structure.
| `{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} qa_additional('value') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}` | **Usage Example: define** diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202311.0/create-grant-type-parameters.md b/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202311.0/create-grant-type-parameters.md index 66842eb3268..5a961b0c3d9 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202311.0/create-grant-type-parameters.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202311.0/create-grant-type-parameters.md @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ class OauthDependencyProvider extends SprykerOauthDependencyProvider } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} * Ensure that you can authenticate as a user: diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202311.0/old-glue-infrastructure/glue-infrastructure.md b/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202311.0/old-glue-infrastructure/glue-infrastructure.md index fc2228602ce..d3329755de0 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202311.0/old-glue-infrastructure/glue-infrastructure.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202311.0/old-glue-infrastructure/glue-infrastructure.md @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ If we add relationships to the `wishlist-items` and `concrete-products` resource "isDiscontinued": false, "discontinuedNote": null, "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W830", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "attributes": { "hdmi": "no", "sensor_type": "CCD", diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202404.0/create-grant-type-parameters.md b/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202404.0/create-grant-type-parameters.md index 48c69b4b8a6..f7b100972c6 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202404.0/create-grant-type-parameters.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202404.0/create-grant-type-parameters.md @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ class OauthDependencyProvider extends SprykerOauthDependencyProvider } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} * Ensure that you can authenticate as a user: diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202404.0/old-glue-infrastructure/glue-infrastructure.md b/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202404.0/old-glue-infrastructure/glue-infrastructure.md index 56ca972fa59..f8cd4993a22 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202404.0/old-glue-infrastructure/glue-infrastructure.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202404.0/old-glue-infrastructure/glue-infrastructure.md @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ If we add relationships to the `wishlist-items` and `concrete-products` resource "isDiscontinued": false, "discontinuedNote": null, "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W830", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "attributes": { "hdmi": "no", "sensor_type": "CCD", diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202410.0/create-grant-type-parameters.md b/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202410.0/create-grant-type-parameters.md index 48c69b4b8a6..f7b100972c6 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202410.0/create-grant-type-parameters.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202410.0/create-grant-type-parameters.md @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ class OauthDependencyProvider extends SprykerOauthDependencyProvider } ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} * Ensure that you can authenticate as a user: diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202410.0/old-glue-infrastructure/glue-infrastructure.md b/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202410.0/old-glue-infrastructure/glue-infrastructure.md index 56ca972fa59..f8cd4993a22 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202410.0/old-glue-infrastructure/glue-infrastructure.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/202410.0/old-glue-infrastructure/glue-infrastructure.md @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ If we add relationships to the `wishlist-items` and `concrete-products` resource "isDiscontinued": false, "discontinuedNote": null, "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W830", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "attributes": { "hdmi": "no", "sensor_type": "CCD", diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/coding-guidelines/code-quality.md b/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/coding-guidelines/code-quality.md index e29c9a99775..86ad1dee5ed 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/coding-guidelines/code-quality.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/coding-guidelines/code-quality.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Code Quality -description: Spryker Commerce OS’s code base receives very high scores for quality measures,significantly higher code quality than many other ecommerce solutions. +description: Spryker Commerce OS's code base receives very high scores for quality measures,significantly higher code quality than many other ecommerce solutions. last_updated: Jun 16, 2021 template: concept-topic-template originalLink: https://documentation.spryker.com/2021080/docs/code-quality @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ related: link: docs/dg/dev/guidelines/coding-guidelines/secure-coding-practices.html --- -Spryker Commerce OS’s code base receives very high scores in terms of quality measures, indicating significantly higher code quality than many other e-commerce solutions. +Spryker Commerce OS's code base receives very high scores in terms of quality measures, indicating significantly higher code quality than many other e-commerce solutions. Code Quality Spryker, PHPmetrics.org score in score points (x out of 100) ![Code quality](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Developer+Guide/Guidelines/Code+Quality/spryker-code-quality.png) @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Code Quality Spryker, PHPmetrics.org score in score points (x out of 100) ## The Results * *Maintainability*: Keeping code and architecture clean as crucial part of complex commerce development -* *Accessibility*: Developers can easily understand and start working with Spryker Commerce OS’s code base +* *Accessibility*: Developers can easily understand and start working with Spryker Commerce OS's code base * *Bug probability*: Much lower error-proneness, resulting in fewer resources needed for bug-fixing ## Understanding the Results diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/coding-guidelines/code-style-guide.md b/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/coding-guidelines/code-style-guide.md index 0a9460926da..1b4a5271ed1 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/coding-guidelines/code-style-guide.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/coding-guidelines/code-style-guide.md @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Always use one programming language per file. This allows us to use language-spe ### Comparison -Don’t use loose comparison, always be as strict as possible. +Don't use loose comparison, always be as strict as possible. Bad: @@ -132,9 +132,9 @@ You can also be more strict and use `!== null` check, especially if the returned ### Typecasting -Don’t use `intval()` or other casting functions. Use `(int)`, `(bool)`, etc. +Don't use `intval()` or other casting functions. Use `(int)`, `(bool)`, etc. -Don’t use `!!` to cast to bool, use `(bool)`. There is no space after casts. +Don't use `!!` to cast to bool, use `(bool)`. There is no space after casts. ### String functions @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ The performance costs are negligible, but you can easily see where you might sti ### Switch statements -Don’t use switch statements in PHP. They only make loose comparisons, and it’s easy to mess up the break. +Don't use switch statements in PHP. They only make loose comparisons, and it's easy to mess up the break. ### Return early and else diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/coding-guidelines/secure-coding-practices.md b/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/coding-guidelines/secure-coding-practices.md index f8ec2562d19..da5cc0a8581 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/coding-guidelines/secure-coding-practices.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/coding-guidelines/secure-coding-practices.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Secure Coding Practices -description: In this article, we’ll present a series of coding practices that we recommend using when developing an e-commerce application using Spryker Commerce OS. +description: In this article, we'll present a series of coding practices that we recommend using when developing an e-commerce application using Spryker Commerce OS. last_updated: Jun 16, 2021 template: concept-topic-template originalLink: https://documentation.spryker.com/2021080/docs/secure-coding-practices @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ related: link: docs/dg/dev/guidelines/coding-guidelines/code-style-guide.html --- -Unsafe coding practices can make the software application vulnerable to theft of sensitive data. In this article, we’ll present a series of coding practices that we recommend using when developing an e-commerce application using Spryker Commerce OS, that will keep your software solution secured. +Unsafe coding practices can make the software application vulnerable to theft of sensitive data. In this article, we'll present a series of coding practices that we recommend using when developing an e-commerce application using Spryker Commerce OS, that will keep your software solution secured. ## HTTP strict transport security (HSTS) @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ HTTP_HOST header attacks refer to injecting malicious host in the header of the There are two main ways to exploit this vulnerability. One would be web-cache poisoning and the other is manipulating the password reset emails to contain links to malicious applications. -To prevent this, the HTTP_HOST request header must checked by the application. Spryker integrates Symfony’s trusted_hosts to secure the application from this type of attacks. +To prevent this, the HTTP_HOST request header must checked by the application. Spryker integrates Symfony's trusted_hosts to secure the application from this type of attacks. You can add the trusted hosts in the configuration file. The trusted hosts must be registered in `ApplicationServiceProvider:register(Application $app)()` @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Code injection refers to any mean that allows the attacker to inject malicious c * `require()` * `require_once()` -Untrusted input should be prevented to be used to determine the path to the parameter that’s passed to these functions. +Untrusted input should be prevented to be used to determine the path to the parameter that's passed to these functions. ### PHP Code evaluation vulnerabilities diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/data-processing-guidelines.md b/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/data-processing-guidelines.md index c7f68a503b8..1d2395bfbcc 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/data-processing-guidelines.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/data-processing-guidelines.md @@ -18,13 +18,13 @@ related: link: docs/dg/dev/data-import/202410.0/data-import-optimization-guidelines.html --- -One of the most important questions addressed during project development is “How to bring data in my project?”. Spryker provides the required infrastructure to address performance and consistency when dealing with project data. +One of the most important questions addressed during project development is "How to bring data in my project?". Spryker provides the required infrastructure to address performance and consistency when dealing with project data. The simplest way to bring data to a project is to leverage [Data importers](/docs/dg/dev/data-import/{{site.version}}/creating-data-importers.html) and [P&S](/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/data-manipulation/data-publishing/publish-and-synchronization.html) infrastructure. See [Data importers overview and implementation](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/data-processing-guidelines.html) for the list of available importers. ## Strategies and concepts -Before starting the implementation, let’s consider the most important concepts and best practices that should be used during data processing. +Before starting the implementation, let's consider the most important concepts and best practices that should be used during data processing. ### Incremental data updates @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ The exponential growth of SQL queries is a good refactoring reason. To read in batches, consider pre-collecting of identifiers. Also, you can leverage table JOINs and UNIONs to enrich complete datasets in relational DBs. -To write in batches, consider INSERT concatenations or an advanced method with CTE (described below). Concatenated INSERTs generate lots of repetitive character sequences that lead to Mbs of useless data transferred over a network. CTE doesn’t have this pitfall. +To write in batches, consider INSERT concatenations or an advanced method with CTE (described below). Concatenated INSERTs generate lots of repetitive character sequences that lead to Mbs of useless data transferred over a network. CTE doesn't have this pitfall. When writing in batches, there can be data inconsistency, which will be discovered only on DB query execution. In some cases, one of the business requirements is to be able to work with inconsistent data. Typically after a DB exception and transaction rollback, one could decide to stop the import process or log the data set and continue with the next one. Both options are **not optimal** as terminated processes usually cause business losses and leave an engineer no trail on what entity in a batch caused the problem. In this case, consider a fallback strategy for batch operation. The default strategy here is switching to the per-entity processing, where healthy records will reach DB, and unhealthy ones could be logged and then analyzed outside of the data import process. More details on this topic can be found [here](https://docs.spring.io/spring-batch/docs/current/reference/html/index-single.html#databaseItemWriters). ![image](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Developer+Guide/Guidelines/Data+Processing+Guidelines/recovery+on+batch.png) diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/extension-scenarios/plugins-registration.md b/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/extension-scenarios/plugins-registration.md index 442dea28ae7..68460b0e267 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/extension-scenarios/plugins-registration.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/keeping-a-project-upgradable/extension-scenarios/plugins-registration.md @@ -92,11 +92,11 @@ Manifests fully support multiple plugins registration in an indexed array. Manif Restrictions on the order of the plugins can be done with special annotation keys `before` and `after`. -If the plugin doesn’t contain any of these keys, it's added to the end of the plugin stack. +If the plugin doesn't contain any of these keys, it's added to the end of the plugin stack. -If the plugin contains the `after` key and defined plugins in the `after` parameter don’t exist on the project side, the plugin is added to the end of the plugin stack. +If the plugin contains the `after` key and defined plugins in the `after` parameter don't exist on the project side, the plugin is added to the end of the plugin stack. -If the plugin contains the `before` key and defined plugins in the `before` parameter don’t exist on the project side, the plugin is added as the first plugin in plugin stack. +If the plugin contains the `before` key and defined plugins in the `before` parameter don't exist on the project side, the plugin is added as the first plugin in plugin stack. The following is an example of how to have multiple plugins registration in an indexed array: @@ -460,10 +460,10 @@ class PublisherDependencyProvider extends SprykerPublisherDependencyProvider ## Special situations -* If the target dependency provider class doesn’t exist in the project, it's created and all required methods are created automatically as well. +* If the target dependency provider class doesn't exist in the project, it's created and all required methods are created automatically as well. * If the target dependency provider class exists in the project without the target method, but such method exists in the parent class, the method is created and the changes are applied. -* If the target dependency provider class exists in the project without the target method, and such method also doesn’t exist in the parent class, the method is NOT created and the changes is NOT applied. +* If the target dependency provider class exists in the project without the target method, and such method also doesn't exist in the parent class, the method is NOT created and the changes is NOT applied. -* If the target method inside of the dependency provider class was modified on the project level and for example array was extracted into the separated method, the upgrader won’t find the array, and the changes won’t be applied. +* If the target method inside of the dependency provider class was modified on the project level and for example array was extracted into the separated method, the upgrader won't find the array, and the changes won't be applied. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/performance-guidelines/architecture-performance-guidelines.md b/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/performance-guidelines/architecture-performance-guidelines.md index 5cdc620edaf..a0aa3819afa 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/performance-guidelines/architecture-performance-guidelines.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/performance-guidelines/architecture-performance-guidelines.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Below, you will find the most common architecture design mistakes and impediment ### Duplications of slow operations -Sometimes, because of business requirements, it’s mandatory to have a slow operation during one transaction. This slow part of functionality might be very small and hidden behind an API, but the usage of this API can go out of control. +Sometimes, because of business requirements, it's mandatory to have a slow operation during one transaction. This slow part of functionality might be very small and hidden behind an API, but the usage of this API can go out of control. Let's consider an example illustrating the impact of a bad architecture design with slow operations. Imagine you have a method called `caluculateDiscount()` that generates some discounts for cart items. However, each call of this method takes 100ms, which might be a proper response time for an API. Now think of another business requirement when you need to calculate the discount for 10 separated groups of items in the cart. In this case, you need to call the `caluculateDiscount()` method 10 times, leading to 1000ms (1 second), which already poses a performance problem. @@ -50,9 +50,9 @@ Some of the pessimistic locking use cases are: To avoid performance issues, architects can recommend using optimistic locking with several different implementations according to the faced problems. -### Synchronous communications and 3rd party calls +### Synchronous communications and third-party calls -Another architectural mistake is relying on a 3rd party response time to achieve promised performance for an application. Having a direct external call to a 3rd party organization during a transaction can make the performance unpredictable and impact the user experience. +Another architectural mistake is relying on a third-party response time to achieve promised performance for an application. Having a direct external call to a third-party organization during a transaction can make the performance unpredictable and impact the user experience. We recommend architects fulfill the requirements by providing a different solution like asynchronous communication. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/performance-guidelines/elastic-computing/new-relic-transaction-grouping-by-queue-names.md b/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/performance-guidelines/elastic-computing/new-relic-transaction-grouping-by-queue-names.md index 227aeeab7ee..5fd315d8316 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/performance-guidelines/elastic-computing/new-relic-transaction-grouping-by-queue-names.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/performance-guidelines/elastic-computing/new-relic-transaction-grouping-by-queue-names.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ redirect_from: - /docs/scos/dev/guidelines/performance-guidelines/elastic-computing/new-relic-transaction-grouping-by-queue-names.html --- -By default, the `spryker/monitoring` module groups all New Relic transactions generated from a console command by the command’s name. For example, `ooms:check-timeout`. +By default, the `spryker/monitoring` module groups all New Relic transactions generated from a console command by the command's name. For example, `ooms:check-timeout`. This strategy works in most cases, and you can still query the data from a needed queue using [NRQL](https://docs.newrelic.com/docs/query-your-data/nrql-new-relic-query-language/get-started/nrql-syntax-clauses-functions/). But you might want to override this behavior. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/performance-guidelines/general-performance-guidelines.md b/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/performance-guidelines/general-performance-guidelines.md index cc58d9fc680..cb1ac316a30 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/performance-guidelines/general-performance-guidelines.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/performance-guidelines/general-performance-guidelines.md @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ During the synchronization part of Publish & Sync, each time the `queue:task:sta For backward compatibility reasons, `RabbitMqEnv::RABBITMQ_ENABLE_RUNTIME_SETTING_UP` is enabled by default in the module configuration class: `\Spryker\Client\RabbitMq\RabbitMqConfig::isRuntimeSettingUpEnabled`. For production environments, we recommend disabling it by setting it to `false` in `config_default.php` or another config file. Side effects: -- The application doesn't try to recreate queues and exchanges “on the fly” while interacting with RabbitMQ. If a queue is deleted, and the application attempts to access it, there will be an exception. +- The application doesn't try to recreate queues and exchanges "on the fly" while interacting with RabbitMQ. If a queue is deleted, and the application attempts to access it, there will be an exception. - The only way to create queues and exchanges to configure RabbitMQ is to run the `console queue:setup` CLI command defined in `\Spryker\Zed\RabbitMq\Communication\Console\QueueSetupConsole`. Make sure to *adjust your deploy scripts* accordingly. ## Disable INFO event logs diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/testing-guidelines/testing-best-practices/testing-concepts.md b/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/testing-guidelines/testing-best-practices/testing-concepts.md index 0f8a46112a1..55443566805 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/testing-guidelines/testing-best-practices/testing-concepts.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/testing-guidelines/testing-best-practices/testing-concepts.md @@ -69,14 +69,14 @@ We have compiled a short checklist to use while creating the specification and d * Did I inform the testers of specific areas which need to be double checked? * Do the testers need any kind of help to perform the tests (for example, scripts for generating specific data)? -## What is “high-quality software”? +## What is "high-quality software"? -Quality doesn't mean "bug free". Quality means, meeting the stated requirements, functions correctly where it's supposed to, there are no critical, blocking or major issues, and that bugs of other severity are brought to the possible minimum or don’t distract/prevent the user from using the system. +Quality doesn't mean "bug free". Quality means, meeting the stated requirements, functions correctly where it's supposed to, there are no critical, blocking or major issues, and that bugs of other severity are brought to the possible minimum or don't distract/prevent the user from using the system. This brings us to two questions: 1. What should we be testing? -2. How do we determine the software’s quality? +2. How do we determine the software's quality? Quality is when the software meets all the above mentioned requirements, but there are many more quality attributes surrounding the overall factors that affect behavior, design, and user experience such as performance, security and usability. @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ We can prevent this by thinking of performance testing in advance. Plan performa ### Security -Is the capability of a system to prevent malicious or accidental actions outside of the designed usage, and to prevent disclosure or loss of information. When working with thousands of people’s data and personal information, security leaks and the resulting money loss means that security testing should be one of the first things you think about. Ensure that confidential user data cannot be revealed, that your frontend doesn't allow SQL injections in the text fields ( SQL injections are SQL queries that could be put into a text field like a password or username and instead of requesting authorization to the website a request is made to the DB or malicious data is written into it). +Is the capability of a system to prevent malicious or accidental actions outside of the designed usage, and to prevent disclosure or loss of information. When working with thousands of people's data and personal information, security leaks and the resulting money loss means that security testing should be one of the first things you think about. Ensure that confidential user data cannot be revealed, that your frontend doesn't allow SQL injections in the text fields ( SQL injections are SQL queries that could be put into a text field like a password or username and instead of requesting authorization to the website a request is made to the DB or malicious data is written into it). ### Usability @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Real example: * If the procedure or accessing the DB has changed, like passwords or names and nobody except the developer knows about it, it can also cause time loss and introduce frustration when a person unaware of these changes tries to test with old steps and has no clue whether the current problems are local or something was secretly changed. Yes, everybody can ask if something doesn't work as before, but this is human psychology to try figure things out themselves before asking others. -Link tickets and documents with feature changes to the original features. Make sure that it’s easy to find initial functionality and how it’s connected to the new changes. Be sure that support documentation is also updated and does not stay in initial state without new changes. +Link tickets and documents with feature changes to the original features. Make sure that it's easy to find initial functionality and how it's connected to the new changes. Be sure that support documentation is also updated and does not stay in initial state without new changes. Link bugs found during testing to the tested feature with a relation like "discovered by" - bugs sometimes reveal uncovered requirements steps and it's easier to track such black points if they are all linked together. @@ -158,13 +158,13 @@ Link tests to use cases and other requirement tickets with relation like "covers After each completed iteration, create reports and keep them in the same wiki where all other artifacts are based. Reports can show you the state of the project, possible risky features and things that can be improved. -Each iteration, at least big one, should be ended with regression testing. If you don’t have time or manpower to perform a full regression, make sure to test at least all high priority test cases to see that none of the main use scenarios are broken. +Each iteration, at least big one, should be ended with regression testing. If you don't have time or manpower to perform a full regression, make sure to test at least all high priority test cases to see that none of the main use scenarios are broken. ## Testing scenarios Test scenarios come from use cases or other documented requirements. Use cases usually describe positive scenarios, how the system should work, sometimes also error scenarios are specified, but usually requirements only describe what a user should see with a correct behavior of the system. Even if negative scenarios are not described, think about them and put them into your test cases, because negative usage scenarios come out of positive. The requirement says, you can create an element with x,y fields using latin characters? Then for sure, there will be cases where you create an element without these fields, create an identical element or set some unexpected characters. So even if something is not specified it could be undetermined, think 360 degrees. -We mentioned prioritizing test scenarios, make the positive cases that check what should work high priority and negative cases that check that what shouldn’t low priority (unless the case would break everything). +We mentioned prioritizing test scenarios, make the positive cases that check what should work high priority and negative cases that check that what shouldn't low priority (unless the case would break everything). Building Scenarios and prioritizing saves time and introduces clarity into the development environment. Consider creating a check-list of the different tests and define priority and depth for each test. How much and how deep they should go - this is all up to you and your project – focusing on critical functionality helps. @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ When you are working on a single module or functionality, it's easy to forget th ### Test and test again -This is a note for developers - if you are implementing new code, logically you are already on the branch and have the application running on the VM. This is an ideal time to **take a few moments to open Yves/Zed and check that your fix works and doesn’t break anything else**. Remembering to check how the fix looks like in the UI can prevent having to make a bigger fix down the line. This simple check can save lots of time. Detecting an issue during the development stage is faster and easier to fix than during the testing stage. +This is a note for developers - if you are implementing new code, logically you are already on the branch and have the application running on the VM. This is an ideal time to **take a few moments to open Yves/Zed and check that your fix works and doesn't break anything else**. Remembering to check how the fix looks like in the UI can prevent having to make a bigger fix down the line. This simple check can save lots of time. Detecting an issue during the development stage is faster and easier to fix than during the testing stage. Even if you tested during development and it worked for you, ask somebody to test it after the development is done. If you do not have a QA in the team, this could be another developer or product owner, but the final check should always be done on a different machine and best - by a different person. Why? Some things can pass for you locally because you have some special extensions, software installed or a special state of DB, in an environment with different conditions something can fail, so you need to ensure that things work not only for you locally but also on all environments. Another person for testing is needed, because it will bring a new view on the feature and new scenarios of using it so new problems could be revealed. @@ -225,4 +225,4 @@ Be prepared that even if all the tests done by test team passed, there will stil ## Endnotes -We hope this information helps you plan your projects and resources to support producing amazing results with the Spryker Commerce OS. Remember to plan your tests and define clear priorities and requirements. Write test scenarios that reflect positive and negative cases. Run manual tests during the development stage. Keep records and think of other team members. Don’t wait with testing until testing stage, continuously test both in development and retest after merging to master – because well… things happen sometimes. +We hope this information helps you plan your projects and resources to support producing amazing results with the Spryker Commerce OS. Remember to plan your tests and define clear priorities and requirements. Write test scenarios that reflect positive and negative cases. Run manual tests during the development stage. Keep records and think of other team members. Don't wait with testing until testing stage, continuously test both in development and retest after merging to master – because well… things happen sometimes. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/configure-dynamic-yves-zed-tokens.md b/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/configure-dynamic-yves-zed-tokens.md index 57504d07e09..b6f0150d46f 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/configure-dynamic-yves-zed-tokens.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/configure-dynamic-yves-zed-tokens.md @@ -102,4 +102,4 @@ To configure dynamic Yves-Zed tokens: 3. `config_default-docker.dev.php` -You’ve configured dynamic Yves-Zed tokens. +You've configured dynamic Yves-Zed tokens. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/configure-queue-worker-signal-handling.md b/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/configure-queue-worker-signal-handling.md index 979ba2d9719..8d1d7bfb987 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/configure-queue-worker-signal-handling.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/configure-queue-worker-signal-handling.md @@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ redirect_from: - /docs/scos/dev/technical-enhancements/queue-worker-signal-handling.html --- -Signal Handling is a configured behavior of an application invoked by receiving a signal. Signals are sent by an operating system to interact with the application. In PHP, there are [many signals](http://linux.die.net/man/7/signal), and just a couple of them are important. For example, the `SIGTERM` signal is a request that tells an application “I would really like you to shut down”. Most applications do terminate at such request, sometimes with issues. For example, sending the `SIGTERM` signal to an application while data is being processed may result into data inconsistency. That’s where signal handling can help. +Signal Handling is a configured behavior of an application invoked by receiving a signal. Signals are sent by an operating system to interact with the application. In PHP, there are [many signals](http://linux.die.net/man/7/signal), and just a couple of them are important. For example, the `SIGTERM` signal is a request that tells an application "I would really like you to shut down". Most applications do terminate at such request, sometimes with issues. For example, sending the `SIGTERM` signal to an application while data is being processed may result into data inconsistency. That's where signal handling can help. -When an application is configured to treat a signal, it performs all the configured actions instead of performing the only action invoked by the signal. For example, you configure an application to finish all its processes before shutting down as instructed by the `SIGTERM` signal. It’s called a *graceful shutdown*. +When an application is configured to treat a signal, it performs all the configured actions instead of performing the only action invoked by the signal. For example, you configure an application to finish all its processes before shutting down as instructed by the `SIGTERM` signal. It's called a *graceful shutdown*. To configure a graceful shutdown of queue worker, define the list of signals to be handled as follows: diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/configure-services.md b/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/configure-services.md index 0d5957defab..58cdedb488a 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/configure-services.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/configure-services.md @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ services: ## Swagger UI -[Swagger UI](https://swagger.io/tools/swagger-ui/) allows anyone—be it your development team or your end consumers—to visualize and interact with the API’s resources without having any of the implementation logic in place. It’s automatically generated from your OpenAPI (formerly known as Swagger) Specification, with the visual documentation making it easy for backend implementation and client-side consumption. +[Swagger UI](https://swagger.io/tools/swagger-ui/) allows anyone—be it your development team or your end consumers—to visualize and interact with the API's resources without having any of the implementation logic in place. It's automatically generated from your OpenAPI (formerly known as Swagger) Specification, with the visual documentation making it easy for backend implementation and client-side consumption. For more details, see [Swagger UI documentation](https://swagger.io/docs/open-source-tools/swagger-ui/usage/installation/). @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ services: #### Alternative configuration -Use the following configuration if you are going to change server or client details often or if you don’t want to define them in your deploy file. +Use the following configuration if you are going to change server or client details often or if you don't want to define them in your deploy file. To enable Blackfire, follow these steps: diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/implementing-graceful-shutdown.md b/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/implementing-graceful-shutdown.md index 589f0bb3d03..f8bb2a5de5e 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/implementing-graceful-shutdown.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/implementing-graceful-shutdown.md @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ To learn more about the Generators, see the Generators documentation. ## Handle exceptions -To throw an exception into the Generator code, you can use the second argument of the `GracefulRunnerFacadeInterface::run()` method. It’s the class name that must be thrown into the Generator when a signal is handled. The following example explains it in more detail: +To throw an exception into the Generator code, you can use the second argument of the `GracefulRunnerFacadeInterface::run()` method. It's the class name that must be thrown into the Generator when a signal is handled. The following example explains it in more detail: ```php public function import(Collection $collection): void diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/integrate-health-checks.md b/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/integrate-health-checks.md index c154b1f7f7b..9d5c697b940 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/integrate-health-checks.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/integrate-health-checks.md @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Run the following command to install the required modules: composer require spryker-feature/spryker-core: "^{{page.version}}" --update-with-dependencies ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following modules have been installed: @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ Run the following command to apply transfer changes: vendor/bin/console transfer:generate ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} Make sure that the following changes took place in transfer objects: diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/integrate-separate-endpoint-bootstraps.md b/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/integrate-separate-endpoint-bootstraps.md index d1f84cae7d0..8bf58fdd254 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/integrate-separate-endpoint-bootstraps.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/integrate-and-configure/integrate-separate-endpoint-bootstraps.md @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ The maintenance page is not yet compatible with Spryker Cloud. ``` - 2. Configure the page you’ve added in step 1 to be displayed when the error `503` occurs: + 2. Configure the page you've added in step 1 to be displayed when the error `503` occurs: **public/Backoffice/maintenance/maintenance.php** @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ class ConsoleDependencyProvider extends SprykerConsoleDependencyProvider } ``` -You’ve added the following commands: +You've added the following commands: - `console router:cache:warm-up:backoffice` - `console router:cache:warm-up:backend-gateway` diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/internationalization-and-multi-store/adding-stores-in-a-multi-database-setup.md b/docs/dg/dev/internationalization-and-multi-store/adding-stores-in-a-multi-database-setup.md index 7979eeb785f..cbab7735db3 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/internationalization-and-multi-store/adding-stores-in-a-multi-database-setup.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/internationalization-and-multi-store/adding-stores-in-a-multi-database-setup.md @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Bootstrap the updated configuration and run the project: docker/sdk up ``` -Make sure the new store’s DB has been correctly initialized and filled up with demo data. +Make sure the new store's DB has been correctly initialized and filled up with demo data. #### Setting up additional deployment recipes @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ This section describes how to roll out a store in a staging environment. This ro #### Staging environment configuration -Add the configuration for the new store to the staging environment’s configuration. +Add the configuration for the new store to the staging environment's configuration. To initialize the new store's DB, run a destructive deployment. To not affect existing stores, in the `image.environment` section of the deployment file, define only the new store in `SPRYKER_HOOK_DESTRUCTIVE_INSTALL`. In the following example, new PL and AT stores are introduced: @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ This section describes how to roll out a new store in a production environment. #### Production environment configuration -Prepare the production environment’s configuration similarly to the staging setup. +Prepare the production environment's configuration similarly to the staging setup. #### Apply the configuration diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/internationalization-and-multi-store/handling-internationalization.md b/docs/dg/dev/internationalization-and-multi-store/handling-internationalization.md index f7f7eec111c..425304567d3 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/internationalization-and-multi-store/handling-internationalization.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/internationalization-and-multi-store/handling-internationalization.md @@ -25,13 +25,13 @@ At the same time, the product import from a PIM system cart calculation and the ## Store concept -To cope with these challenges, Spryker’s architecture differentiates a project and a store level. That means coding and behavior can be defined on each level. Logic that is identical will be on the project level. Examples are the product structure or customer structure. At the same time, it's possible to define a store level, this will typically be used for each country the company operates in. This allows maintaining coding that is only relevant for the given store. The store will define design and layout, used currency, and price. We recommend you have a different store at least on the currency level. +To cope with these challenges, Spryker's architecture differentiates a project and a store level. That means coding and behavior can be defined on each level. Logic that is identical will be on the project level. Examples are the product structure or customer structure. At the same time, it's possible to define a store level, this will typically be used for each country the company operates in. This allows maintaining coding that is only relevant for the given store. The store will define design and layout, used currency, and price. We recommend you have a different store at least on the currency level. ## Internationalization vs localization -Internationalization is the process of building software so that it supports localization ( implementing the mechanisms to offer the content that corresponds to the users language and preferences). It’s the step that comes before localization and settles the conventions where and how the localization resources must be stored. In other words, it means adapting the design and layout of your software product, so that it displays content that’s adapted to the users' culture and language, such as translated text, cultural accepted images and layout. +Internationalization is the process of building software so that it supports localization ( implementing the mechanisms to offer the content that corresponds to the users language and preferences). It's the step that comes before localization and settles the conventions where and how the localization resources must be stored. In other words, it means adapting the design and layout of your software product, so that it displays content that's adapted to the users' culture and language, such as translated text, cultural accepted images and layout. -Localization is adapting the design and layout of your software product so that it displays content that’s adapted to the users culture and language, such as translated text, cultural accepted images, and layout. Its main focus is gathering the necessary resources and follow the conventions that are implemented through internationalization. This means that for each locale that’s supported by the application, the application must have its corresponding resources. +Localization is adapting the design and layout of your software product so that it displays content that's adapted to the users culture and language, such as translated text, cultural accepted images, and layout. Its main focus is gathering the necessary resources and follow the conventions that are implemented through internationalization. This means that for each locale that's supported by the application, the application must have its corresponding resources. A locale is a parameter that describes the users' language, country, and variant preferences (For example, for Belgium there are two locales available: `nl_BE` and `fr_BE`). diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/internationalization-and-multi-store/managing-translations-with-twig-translator.md b/docs/dg/dev/internationalization-and-multi-store/managing-translations-with-twig-translator.md index 5b06ea62580..17b2c5d180a 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/internationalization-and-multi-store/managing-translations-with-twig-translator.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/internationalization-and-multi-store/managing-translations-with-twig-translator.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ The data stored in the key-value storage can be used for multiple purposes: ## Using twig translator -Twig Translator uses the data that comes from the Redis key-value storage. The glossary keys store static localized text that’s not likely to be subject of a change, like the caption of a label. +Twig Translator uses the data that comes from the Redis key-value storage. The glossary keys store static localized text that's not likely to be subject of a change, like the caption of a label. The format of the glossary keys is as follows: `{store}.{locale}.glossary.translation.{glossary_key}` diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/customization-strategies-and-upgradability.md b/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/customization-strategies-and-upgradability.md index dc7f511ea30..ff246f1a99c 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/customization-strategies-and-upgradability.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/customization-strategies-and-upgradability.md @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Module configuration is one of the Public APIs. This means that Spryker makes s ### Plug and Play customization -Plug and Play is Spryker’s out-of-the-box development strategy that allows customers to extend a project with various built-in plugins. In case there’s no plugin, it's recommended to create a feature request or create a custom plugin and wire it up in the DependencyProvider, or via configuration. +Plug and Play is Spryker's out-of-the-box development strategy that allows customers to extend a project with various built-in plugins. In case there's no plugin, it's recommended to create a feature request or create a custom plugin and wire it up in the DependencyProvider, or via configuration. Check out our [Plugins](/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/plugins/plugins.html) article to get more information. @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ This section explains how different project customizations affect upgradability -➕ Customization doesn’t affect the upgradability process. +➕ Customization doesn't affect the upgradability process. ⚠️ Customization may affect the upgradability process, cause some issues, and sometimes requires review. @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ We managed to adjust the chunk size according to our needs and everything works Assuming this customization is compatible with the version of Spryker being used, we can integrate new releases of the Catalog module without any additional effort. -Let’s see how this affects our upgrade process. +Let's see how this affects our upgrade process. #### Patch releases @@ -151,9 +151,9 @@ In general, it's important for you to be aware of any changes to module configur ### Plug and Play customization and how it affects upgradability -Let’s check this with the `DiscountCalculationConnector` module example and its releases. +Let's check this with the `DiscountCalculationConnector` module example and its releases. -The `Calculation` module provides an extension point via `CalculationDependencyProvider`, so you can create your own plugins that implement `CalculationPluginInterface` and add it to the plugin stack in the `CalculationDependencyProvider::getOrderCalculatorPluginStack()`. Let’s imagine you added your own plugins in the following way: +The `Calculation` module provides an extension point via `CalculationDependencyProvider`, so you can create your own plugins that implement `CalculationPluginInterface` and add it to the plugin stack in the `CalculationDependencyProvider::getOrderCalculatorPluginStack()`. Let's imagine you added your own plugins in the following way: ```php /** @@ -170,13 +170,13 @@ protected function getOrderCalculatorPluginStack(): array } ``` -In this particular example, the order does matter. Tax can’t be calculated before final price calculation. +In this particular example, the order does matter. Tax can't be calculated before final price calculation. -Now let’s check how this affects upgradability. +Now let's check how this affects upgradability. #### Patch release -The 1.0.0 to 1.0.1 version release of the `DiscountCalculationConnector` module provides nothing beyond a typo fix in the `DiscountCalculator` business model used by the `DiscountCalculatorPlugin`. This change does not affect the plugin external API, which in turn means it doesn’t affect upgradability. +The 1.0.0 to 1.0.1 version release of the `DiscountCalculationConnector` module provides nothing beyond a typo fix in the `DiscountCalculator` business model used by the `DiscountCalculatorPlugin`. This change does not affect the plugin external API, which in turn means it doesn't affect upgradability. #### Minor release @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ protected function getOrderCalculatorPluginStack(): array } ``` -As a result, the refunded amount will be higher than the amount that the client paid for the order because the plugin doesn’t take into account the discount. The project still works, and nothing fails but the business logic is changed leading to incorrect calculations during the checkout. Because of this, automatically applied minor release changes need review and QA before going to production. +As a result, the refunded amount will be higher than the amount that the client paid for the order because the plugin doesn't take into account the discount. The project still works, and nothing fails but the business logic is changed leading to incorrect calculations during the checkout. Because of this, automatically applied minor release changes need review and QA before going to production. Another case we can look at is when a project has previously customized the whole discount calculation process by unwiring the old plugin and introducing the new custom one to replace it: @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ protected function getOrderCalculatorPluginStack(): array } ``` -In this case, the automatic update to the `DiscountCalculationConnector` module version 1.1.0 will introduce an additional plugin for discount calculation while not removing the custom project’s plugin. This means that a project developer (or anyone else who reviews the upgrader pull requests) needs to keep an eye open for this new plugin and remove it when it’s added: +In this case, the automatic update to the `DiscountCalculationConnector` module version 1.1.0 will introduce an additional plugin for discount calculation while not removing the custom project's plugin. This means that a project developer (or anyone else who reviews the upgrader pull requests) needs to keep an eye open for this new plugin and remove it when it's added: ```php protected function getOrderCalculatorPluginStack(): array @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ protected function getOrderCalculatorPluginStack(): array In the major version 2.0.0, the previously deprecated `DiscountCalculatorPlugin` is removed and a new plugin `DiscountAmountCalculatorPlugin` is added to replace it. The upgrader tool will update `DiscountCalculationConnector` package to the latest version and will try to update the plugin stack in the project. -Let’s say the project has modified the original plugin’s behaviour by extending the `DiscountCalculatorPlugin` on the project level and wiring it instead. +Let's say the project has modified the original plugin's behaviour by extending the `DiscountCalculatorPlugin` on the project level and wiring it instead. ```php protected function getOrderCalculatorPluginStack(): array @@ -276,14 +276,14 @@ protected function getOrderCalculatorPluginStack(): array In the example above, the following issues may appear: - If `CustomDiscountAmountCalculatorPlugin` extends core `DiscountCalculatorPlugin` which does not exist anymore, the code will fail. -- The `DiscountAmountCalculatorPlugin` was added to the end because the Upgrader couldn’t find the removed plugin in the stack and didn’t replace it. +- The `DiscountAmountCalculatorPlugin` was added to the end because the Upgrader couldn't find the removed plugin in the stack and didn't replace it. - The discount is calculated two times. As a result, `getOrderCalculatorPluginStack` must be adjusted manually in order to fix the issues that came up. ### Private API customization and how it affects upgradability -Let’s check this scenario with the `Acme` module example and its releases. +Let's check this scenario with the `Acme` module example and its releases. A core module named `Acme` is provided as a `spryker/acme` package with version 1.0.0. For instance, it contains `AcmeReader`. @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ class AcmeReader implements AcmeReaderInterface } ``` -And let’s say for some reason, the customer wants to customize `AcmeReader`, or example, by adding extra logic execution. +And let's say for some reason, the customer wants to customize `AcmeReader`, or example, by adding extra logic execution. ```php class AcmeReader extends SprykerAcmeReader @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ class AcmeReader extends SprykerAcmeReader } ``` -Now, let’s imagine Spryker released new versions of the `spryker/acme` package. +Now, let's imagine Spryker released new versions of the `spryker/acme` package. #### Patch release @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ is changed to this return $this->acmeExpander->expand($acmeTransfer); ``` -As you can see, this doesn’t affect custom code and everything works fine. +As you can see, this doesn't affect custom code and everything works fine. #### Minor release diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/development-tools/benchmark-performance-audit-tool.md b/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/development-tools/benchmark-performance-audit-tool.md index a18b5a06fea..99796979cd9 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/development-tools/benchmark-performance-audit-tool.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/development-tools/benchmark-performance-audit-tool.md @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ The Benchmark tool allows you to profile requests to an application and see how To install the Benchmark tool, follow the steps below. -1. Install the package via composer. You might want to add it to the `composer dev` section if you don’t want to use it on the production environment: +1. Install the package via composer. You might want to add it to the `composer dev` section if you don't want to use it on the production environment: ```bash composer require --dev spryker-sdk/benchmark @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ To have the same code on production and development environments, we recommend a 4. Create test folders, so there is a different folder for each application: `tests/Benchmark(Yves|Glue|Zed)`. -5. Add the bootstrap file to `tests\Benchmark\bootstrap.php`. The bootstrap file is a .php file that should be almost the same as your public index.php file (e.g. `public/Zed/index.php`). The Benchmark tool has default bootstrap files out-of-the-box, but it’s recommended to add one on the project level, as shown below. +5. Add the bootstrap file to `tests\Benchmark\bootstrap.php`. The bootstrap file is a .php file that should be almost the same as your public index.php file (e.g. `public/Zed/index.php`). The Benchmark tool has default bootstrap files out-of-the-box, but it's recommended to add one on the project level, as shown below. **tests\Benchmark\bootstrap.php** @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Environment::initialize(); require_once __DIR__ . '/../bootstrap.php'; ``` -That’s it. You now have the Benchmark tool installed. +That's it. You now have the Benchmark tool installed. ## Running the tests diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/development-tools/enable-development-tools-in-phpstorm.md b/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/development-tools/enable-development-tools-in-phpstorm.md index 9f306270894..5309ef94c18 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/development-tools/enable-development-tools-in-phpstorm.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/development-tools/enable-development-tools-in-phpstorm.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ related: --- -This document describes how to enable and use development tools, like PHPStan or Code sniffer, directly in PHPStorm’s External Tools panel. These tools are available at both module and project levels and can be executed from the context menu within the project directory tree. +This document describes how to enable and use development tools, like PHPStan or Code sniffer, directly in PHPStorm's External Tools panel. These tools are available at both module and project levels and can be executed from the context menu within the project directory tree. The following tools are supported and can be used for module folders: - `console code:sniff:style -f`: applies coding style fixes. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/development-tools/formatter.md b/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/development-tools/formatter.md index 48829511935..727cd05391d 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/development-tools/formatter.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/development-tools/formatter.md @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ To redefine the path for the config file, adjust `/frontend/libs/formatter.js` const configPath = 'node_modules/@spryker/frontend-config.prettier/.prettierrc.json'; ``` -The Prettier formatter uses the ignore file `/.prettierignore` that includes directories and files where the formatter shouldn’t be executed. +The Prettier formatter uses the ignore file `/.prettierignore` that includes directories and files where the formatter shouldn't be executed. ## CI checks and pre-commit hook @@ -131,6 +131,6 @@ If you commit without the pre-commit hooks, you should run the Formatter manuall {% info_block infoBox %} -Pre-commit hooks weren’t integrated into [B2B](https://github.com/spryker-shop/b2b-demo-shop) and [B2C](https://github.com/spryker-shop/b2c-demo-shop) demo shops, only in the [Shop Suite](https://github.com/spryker-shop/suite). +Pre-commit hooks weren't integrated into [B2B](https://github.com/spryker-shop/b2b-demo-shop) and [B2C](https://github.com/spryker-shop/b2c-demo-shop) demo shops, only in the [Shop Suite](https://github.com/spryker-shop/suite). {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/development-tools/scss-linter.md b/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/development-tools/scss-linter.md index 000d2ade0c0..49d07ef7df7 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/development-tools/scss-linter.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/development-tools/scss-linter.md @@ -78,11 +78,11 @@ To redefine the path for the config file, adjust `/frontend/libs/stylelint.js` configFile: `${globalSettings.context}/node_modules/@spryker/frontend-config.stylelint/.stylelintrc.json`, ``` -The SCSS Linter also uses the ignore file `/.stylelintignore` that includes directories and files where the SCSS linter shouldn’t be executed. +The SCSS Linter also uses the ignore file `/.stylelintignore` that includes directories and files where the SCSS linter shouldn't be executed. {% info_block infoBox %} -SCSS Linter rules related to formatting aren’t included in the [stylelint config](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@spryker/frontend-config.stylelint) to avoid duplication with the [Prettier rules](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@spryker/frontend-config.prettier). +SCSS Linter rules related to formatting aren't included in the [stylelint config](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@spryker/frontend-config.stylelint) to avoid duplication with the [Prettier rules](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@spryker/frontend-config.prettier). {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/development-tools/ts-linter.md b/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/development-tools/ts-linter.md index 9d2ce5070b9..069c3867db8 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/development-tools/ts-linter.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/sdks/sdk/development-tools/ts-linter.md @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ The config for tslint resides in `/tslint.json`. To redefine the path for the config, adjust `/frontend/libs/tslint.js` and use other [rules](https://palantir.github.io/tslint/rules/) for the TS Linter. {% info_block infoBox %} -The TS Linter rules related to formatting aren’t included in `tslint.json` to avoid duplication with the [Prettier rules](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@spryker/frontend-config.prettier). +The TS Linter rules related to formatting aren't included in `tslint.json` to avoid duplication with the [Prettier rules](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@spryker/frontend-config.prettier). {% endinfo_block %} @@ -120,6 +120,6 @@ If you commit without the pre-commit hooks, you should run the TS Linter manuall {% info_block infoBox %} -Pre-commit hooks weren’t integrated into [B2B](https://github.com/spryker-shop/b2b-demo-shop) and [B2C](https://github.com/spryker-shop/b2c-demo-shop) Demo Shops, only in the [Shop Suite](https://github.com/spryker-shop/suite). +Pre-commit hooks weren't integrated into [B2B](https://github.com/spryker-shop/b2b-demo-shop) and [B2C](https://github.com/spryker-shop/b2c-demo-shop) Demo Shops, only in the [Shop Suite](https://github.com/spryker-shop/suite). {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/sdks/the-docker-sdk/reset-docker-environments.md b/docs/dg/dev/sdks/the-docker-sdk/reset-docker-environments.md index 4645af7983d..504fbafe101 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/sdks/the-docker-sdk/reset-docker-environments.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/sdks/the-docker-sdk/reset-docker-environments.md @@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ sudo docker/sdk prune docker/sdk clean-data && docker/sdk boot {deploy_file_name} && docker/sdk up ``` -You’ve restarted your instance from scratch. +You've restarted your instance from scratch. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/set-up-spryker-locally/manage-dependencies-with-composer.md b/docs/dg/dev/set-up-spryker-locally/manage-dependencies-with-composer.md index 318b0b61eb7..3899994fa3b 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/set-up-spryker-locally/manage-dependencies-with-composer.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/set-up-spryker-locally/manage-dependencies-with-composer.md @@ -67,10 +67,10 @@ In the project level `composer.json` file you can specify the components that yo Pulling hundreds of composer dependencies declared in `composer.json` file takes time and can be tricky sometimes. On the one hand, you want your system to have all the newest functionality and improvements, but on the other hand, you might be reluctant to invest additional development effort into the updates. While minor updates do not affect compatibility, that might not be the case for major updates. Check the recommendations below in order to perform the core updates smoothly. * **Stay Up-to-Date with the New Features** - First of all, make sure you do not miss our release mail newsletter ([subscribe](https://now.spryker.com/release-notes) to them and be well informed). Staying up-to-date with the improvements and the new features will help you to understand what releases will bring business value to your company. It’s not recommended to take all major releases or the new modules just because they exist. Once you have taken a module, keep on following the release notes for minor releases and patches and incorporate them once they come out. This method of continuous updates should help to prevent the likelihood of incompatibility and breaks in your project. Always think of the business value you gain from the update, as updates always take some time and it’s up to you to decide if the migration effort is justified in your specific case. + First of all, make sure you do not miss our release mail newsletter ([subscribe](https://now.spryker.com/release-notes) to them and be well informed). Staying up-to-date with the improvements and the new features will help you to understand what releases will bring business value to your company. It's not recommended to take all major releases or the new modules just because they exist. Once you have taken a module, keep on following the release notes for minor releases and patches and incorporate them once they come out. This method of continuous updates should help to prevent the likelihood of incompatibility and breaks in your project. Always think of the business value you gain from the update, as updates always take some time and it's up to you to decide if the migration effort is justified in your specific case. * **Know What You Have** - We update dependencies based on Atomic Release process. To check what you have installed you can use the `composer.lock` file, that reflects the real status of your installation. composer.lock file can also be found in project’s root folder. + We update dependencies based on Atomic Release process. To check what you have installed you can use the `composer.lock` file, that reflects the real status of your installation. composer.lock file can also be found in project's root folder. * **Check for Newer Module Versions** You can easily keep track of new module versions [using composer-versions-check](https://github.com/Soullivaneuh/composer-versions-check) as add-on for your local composer tool. It will warn you about outdated Spryker Commerce OS module dependencies. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ to use deployment-like download of all packages as zip files. This also dramatic ## Replace Spryker module dependencies -Each Spryker module might have several dependent modules that provide communication, utilities and added functionality. For example, `spryker/product` needs a dependent `spryker/product-label` module as the product label cannot be attached when there is no product itself. Usually, adjustments are done via our [plugin mechanism](/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/plugins/plugins.html) or via class extensions. However, when introducing a massive functional change, you may need to replace an entire core module with one of your own (or a 3rd party). To do so, there are two steps that you need to follow. Firstly, you will need **to replace the module**, and secondly, **connect the module to the new functionality**. +Each Spryker module might have several dependent modules that provide communication, utilities and added functionality. For example, `spryker/product` needs a dependent `spryker/product-label` module as the product label cannot be attached when there is no product itself. Usually, adjustments are done via our [plugin mechanism](/docs/dg/dev/backend-development/plugins/plugins.html) or via class extensions. However, when introducing a massive functional change, you may need to replace an entire core module with one of your own (or a third-party). To do so, there are two steps that you need to follow. Firstly, you will need **to replace the module**, and secondly, **connect the module to the new functionality**. The following process describes adding a replace command into a new module to indicate that it replaces a core module. @@ -130,10 +130,10 @@ For each module that you want to add: * Replace the old module with the new one by creating a dummy module repository in a directory accessible to composer. - 1. Name or rename the new module by using the old module’s name and prefixing it with `replace_`. For example, create a dummy file called `replace_refund` to replace the refund module. This will help to keep track of any replaces you do in the project. + 1. Name or rename the new module by using the old module's name and prefixing it with `replace_`. For example, create a dummy file called `replace_refund` to replace the refund module. This will help to keep track of any replaces you do in the project. 2. In the newly created dummy module directory, create an empty `composer.json` file and add the following Composer Configuration Information. - 3. Add the newly created module to your project’s `composer.json` file by going into your project’s `composer.json` and adding the new location. - 4. Check if the core module is in your project’s `composer.json` file and if it's, remove it. + 3. Add the newly created module to your project's `composer.json` file by going into your project's `composer.json` and adding the new location. + 4. Check if the core module is in your project's `composer.json` file and if it's, remove it. * Execute composer update with the replace module name: @@ -151,11 +151,11 @@ For more information on using the composer replace command see [Composer websit ```php { -"name": “[vendor]/ replace_[the name of the module you are replacing] ", +"name": "[vendor]/ replace_[the name of the module you are replacing] ", "replace": { "spryker/[the name of the module you are replacing] ":"*" }, -"description": “[add_decription_of_what_you_are_replacing]" +"description": "[add_decription_of_what_you_are_replacing]" } ``` diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-performance-issues/external-calls-take-a-lot-of-time.md b/docs/dg/dev/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-performance-issues/external-calls-take-a-lot-of-time.md index 281efaac0cf..f362d6484eb 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-performance-issues/external-calls-take-a-lot-of-time.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-performance-issues/external-calls-take-a-lot-of-time.md @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Blackfire: ## Solution 1. Make sure there is no [N+1 problem](/docs/dg/dev/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-performance-issues/n+1-problem.html). -2. Check if this issue really causes a performance problem. For example, sometimes, during the checkout, customers have to wait until some call to a 3rd party system is done. +2. Check if this issue really causes a performance problem. For example, sometimes, during the checkout, customers have to wait until some call to a third-party system is done. 3. Check if this call can be done before or after this action in the background. Is it acceptable for business? If yes—move it. -If no—confirm the behavior with the business stakeholders or contact the 3rd party system to optimize the request. +If no—confirm the behavior with the business stakeholders or contact the third-party system to optimize the request. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-performance-issues/n+1-problem.md b/docs/dg/dev/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-performance-issues/n+1-problem.md index 4fc8b4d846c..a330eefd919 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-performance-issues/n+1-problem.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-performance-issues/n+1-problem.md @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ On `CurlResponse::select` and the request itself we spend 45.70% and 45.49%, so However, these approaches may not always be applicable. For example, in the cases when: -- A 3rd party system does not support bulk operations. +- A third-party system does not support bulk operations. - You have to make a call right during the order placement. In the cases like these, you need to develop your solution. Some of the most common recommendations include: diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-performance-issues/redis-session-lock.md b/docs/dg/dev/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-performance-issues/redis-session-lock.md index 5db78d64fc5..96596587cc2 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-performance-issues/redis-session-lock.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-performance-issues/redis-session-lock.md @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ The following sections describe how requests are processed, how the Redis Sessio When incoming requests come through the frontend application, PHP-FPM workers in a pool are available to handle them. These workers are allowed to try to fulfill the request within some constraints: `max_execution_time` - The process gets killed if it takes too long to finish. This make sure the application isn't “blocked” for too long in case a process can't complete successfully. + The process gets killed if it takes too long to finish. This make sure the application isn't "blocked" for too long in case a process can't complete successfully. `memory_limit` The process gets killed if it consumes more memory than the memory limit configured for each PHP process. `max_children` @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Evaluate if you can combine Redis operations—for example, by using MGET. In ge Work with short timeouts and avoid increasing them above industry standards or defaults. Setting a long `max_execution_time` may exacerbate the issue if a process can't finish successfully because of outages or other errors. It can quickly introduce a single point of failure to your application. ### Evalaute architecture performance guidelines -Explore [architecture performance guidelines](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/performance-guidelines/architecture-performance-guidelines.html#general-performance-challenges-in-architecture-design) to improve the performance and responsiveness of your application. Ensuring requests are fulfilled as quickly as possible significantly enhances the application’s scalability. +Explore [architecture performance guidelines](/docs/dg/dev/guidelines/performance-guidelines/architecture-performance-guidelines.html#general-performance-challenges-in-architecture-design) to improve the performance and responsiveness of your application. Ensuring requests are fulfilled as quickly as possible significantly enhances the application's scalability. ### Leverage APIs Headless scenarios aren't usually impacted by Session Locking challenges. Evaluate if you can adjust calls that would normally target Yves to target APIs instead. @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ $config[SessionConstants::YVES_SESSION_SAVE_HANDLER] = CONDITION ? ``` In this example, `CONDITION` can be any operation with a boolean result, but it's impostant to keep it quickly executed, not to make a bottleneck from configuration declartion. -Here's one of the possible examples of a condition: +Here's one of the possible examples of a condition: - `str_contains($_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT'] ?? '', 'Googlebot')` or - `str_contains($_SERVER['REQUEST_URI'] ?? '', '/some-url')` or - any other pattern known as not requiring exclusive session data access and modification. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-performance-issues/troubleshooting-performance-issues.md b/docs/dg/dev/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-performance-issues/troubleshooting-performance-issues.md index 91401099d5f..e7812afb5df 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-performance-issues/troubleshooting-performance-issues.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-performance-issues/troubleshooting-performance-issues.md @@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ Performance optimization has to start with the analysis or with the profiling. Before you start optimizing performance, make sure the following preconditions are met: 1. You know and understand the problem. -An example of a poorly defined problem: “Website is slow“. +An example of a poorly defined problem: "Website is slow". An example of a well-defined problem: -“Web site is slow when I place an order with 25 products of the same SKU (SKU=001). +"Web site is slow when I place an order with 25 products of the same SKU (SKU=001). URL: {URL} -Credentials: {Instruction on how to get credentials}.” +Credentials: {Instruction on how to get credentials}." If you do not have this information, then request additional data from the person who reported the problem. @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Note the following: Read more on the [official New Relic website](https://docs.newrelic.com/docs/apm/transactions/transaction-traces/troubleshooting-not-seeing-transaction-traces/). 3. Review the profiling. -For example, if the problem is with “place-order“ with 25 product items, do the following: +For example, if the problem is with "place-order" with 25 product items, do the following: 1. Check if you have profiling for the necessary action in New Relic: @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ For example, if the problem is with “place-order“ with 25 product items, do ![trasaction-type](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/scos/dev/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-performance-issues/transaction-type.png) 4. In **Sort By**, select how you want to sort the items—for example, **Most time consuming**. ![transaction-filter](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/scos/dev/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-performance-issues/transactions-filter.png) - 5. Check if you have the necessary action “place-order“ in the resulting list. Click **See transaction table** if needed. + 5. Check if you have the necessary action "place-order" in the resulting list. Click **See transaction table** if needed. ![transaction-list](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/scos/dev/troubleshooting/troubleshooting-performance-issues/transactions-list.png) {% info_block infoBox "Issues with transaction grouping" %} diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/updating-spryker/analyzing-and-upgrading-projects-with-spryker-jarvis.md b/docs/dg/dev/updating-spryker/analyzing-and-upgrading-projects-with-spryker-jarvis.md index f061949939c..4f3ce23e092 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/updating-spryker/analyzing-and-upgrading-projects-with-spryker-jarvis.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/updating-spryker/analyzing-and-upgrading-projects-with-spryker-jarvis.md @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Jarvis is not actively supported. For upgrading your projects, use [Spryker Code * How far are your modules behind the latest Spryker minor and major module versions? * What features are compatible with your current project version? -Spryker Jarvis is meant mostly for developers working on the Spryker projects who want to get a clear view of what it takes to update their project to the latest product release version of Spryker. The tools can also be useful for project managers, as it answers the question “How outdated is the project?“ and helps to estimate efforts to update the project. +Spryker Jarvis is meant mostly for developers working on the Spryker projects who want to get a clear view of what it takes to update their project to the latest product release version of Spryker. The tools can also be useful for project managers, as it answers the question "How outdated is the project?" and helps to estimate efforts to update the project. This document shows how to install and use the Spryker Jarvis tool for the analysis and upgrade of your project. @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ node jarvis.js ## Jarvis views -Depending on your project’s specifics and your goals, you can use various migration views available in Jarvis and take necessary actions. There are three views: +Depending on your project's specifics and your goals, you can use various migration views available in Jarvis and take necessary actions. There are three views: * *Basic* view—for migrating to a newer product release. * *No-features* view—for upgrading your project modules to their current major and minor versions. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ To see this view, run `node jarvis.js ` in It can be that a dependency has been upgraded, but no migration is needed. In this case, we will highlight it: ![image](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Developer+Guide/Migrating+Your+Project+to+the+Latest+Spryker+Version+with+Spryker+Jarvis/Screenshot+2020-08-04+at+14.00.13.png) -In this view, under the list of features to upgrade and the dependencies, you can also check the features you don’t use but might be interested in. The recently released features are marked as *New feature*: +In this view, under the list of features to upgrade and the dependencies, you can also check the features you don't use but might be interested in. The recently released features are marked as *New feature*: ![image](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Developer+Guide/Migrating+Your+Project+to+the+Latest+Spryker+Version+with+Spryker+Jarvis/unused-features.png) diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/upgrade-and-migrate/migrate-to-decoupled-glue-infrastructure/decoupled-glue-infrastructure-integrate-the-documentation-generator.md b/docs/dg/dev/upgrade-and-migrate/migrate-to-decoupled-glue-infrastructure/decoupled-glue-infrastructure-integrate-the-documentation-generator.md index 25f12e0a670..497f928d284 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/upgrade-and-migrate/migrate-to-decoupled-glue-infrastructure/decoupled-glue-infrastructure-integrate-the-documentation-generator.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/upgrade-and-migrate/migrate-to-decoupled-glue-infrastructure/decoupled-glue-infrastructure-integrate-the-documentation-generator.md @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ class ConsoleDependencyProvider extends SprykerConsoleDependencyProvider ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} If everything is set up correctly, a new console command will be available. ``` @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ If the second parameter `array $apiApplications` for `$contextExpanderCollection {% endinfo_block %} -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} In order to make sure that `StorefrontApiApplicationProviderPlugin` and `BackendApiApplicationProviderPlugin` are setup correctly, attempt to generate the documentation for `storerfront` or `backend`. Do so by passing the optional `--application` parameter: diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/upgrade-and-migrate/silex-replacement/router/router-zed.md b/docs/dg/dev/upgrade-and-migrate/silex-replacement/router/router-zed.md index 7f50aa7e014..80598a533a4 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/upgrade-and-migrate/silex-replacement/router/router-zed.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/upgrade-and-migrate/silex-replacement/router/router-zed.md @@ -94,9 +94,9 @@ interface RouterPluginInterface This plugin can be used to add a project specific Router to the `ChainRouter`. The returned router must implement `\Symfony\Component\Routing\RouterInterface`. -### Use controller from 3rd party +### Use controller from third-party -If you want to use 3rd party Controller, e.g. from `spryker-eco` and alike you need to add the path where the controller can be found to the `\Pyz\Zed\Router\RouterConfig::getControllerDirectories()` method. Paths added to this method will be scanned for controllers. Found controllers will be added to the route cache. +If you want to use third-party Controller, e.g. from `spryker-eco` and alike you need to add the path where the controller can be found to the `\Pyz\Zed\Router\RouterConfig::getControllerDirectories()` method. Paths added to this method will be scanned for controllers. Found controllers will be added to the route cache. ## Console commands diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/upgrade-and-migrate/upgrade-to-symfony-5.md b/docs/dg/dev/upgrade-and-migrate/upgrade-to-symfony-5.md index 4434e3eafae..40ece5f26dd 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/upgrade-and-migrate/upgrade-to-symfony-5.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/upgrade-and-migrate/upgrade-to-symfony-5.md @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ To make your project compatible with Symfony 5, update the [Symfony](https://git composer require spryker/symfony:"^3.5.0" ``` -If you can’t install the required version, run the following command to see what else you need to update: +If you can't install the required version, run the following command to see what else you need to update: ```bash composer why-not spryker/symfony:3.5.0 diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/upgrade-and-migrate/upgrade-to-symfony-6.md b/docs/dg/dev/upgrade-and-migrate/upgrade-to-symfony-6.md index 6bf9b9624e3..21cf7da127f 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/upgrade-and-migrate/upgrade-to-symfony-6.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/upgrade-and-migrate/upgrade-to-symfony-6.md @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ To make your project compatible with Symfony 6.4, update the [Symfony](https://g composer require spryker/symfony:"^3.11.0" ``` -If you can’t install the required version, run the following command to see what else you need to update: +If you can't install the required version, run the following command to see what else you need to update: ```bash composer why-not spryker/symfony:3.11.0 diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/zed-api/integrate-zed-api/integrate-zed-api.md b/docs/dg/dev/zed-api/integrate-zed-api/integrate-zed-api.md index 486f555201d..f8775de1ddf 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/zed-api/integrate-zed-api/integrate-zed-api.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/zed-api/integrate-zed-api/integrate-zed-api.md @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ ip zed-api.mysprykershop.com ``` -{% info_block warningBox “Verification” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} If everything is set up correctly, you should be able to access `http://zed-api.mysprykershop.com`. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/zed-api/tutorial-using-zed-api.md b/docs/dg/dev/zed-api/tutorial-using-zed-api.md index 4e675bfe639..92295ac55f5 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/zed-api/tutorial-using-zed-api.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/zed-api/tutorial-using-zed-api.md @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Template `doc-transfer.twig`: After completing this step we should be able to see transfer object annotation by accessing `http://ZED_HOST/api/v1/docTransfer?transfer=Generated\Shared\Transfer\CustomerGroupTransfer`. -## 4. Implement an “execute” controller action, which will proxy calls to specific methods of a facade and pass all the arguments to it +## 4. Implement an "execute" controller action, which will proxy calls to specific methods of a facade and pass all the arguments to it This step is not directly related to Spryker but to an idea to cast incoming parameters to types based on method signature dynamically and forward a call to respective facade method. The big advantage is that Spryker allows to unserialize transfer objects from JSON, it means, we can just send values for complex objects as JSON objects and those can be automatically cast to transfer objects and be safely used, when calling different facade methods. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/zed-api/zed-api-beta.md b/docs/dg/dev/zed-api/zed-api-beta.md index e9f69ed5df0..c0f4a48e556 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/zed-api/zed-api-beta.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/zed-api/zed-api-beta.md @@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ Links as part of the meta information will be part of the response on the same l } ``` -“self” URIs are included, for example for adding an item. +"self" URIs are included, for example for adding an item. ## Logging -By default all incoming requests and outgoing responses will be logged as “info” level. +By default all incoming requests and outgoing responses will be logged as "info" level. ## Security recommendations @@ -82,16 +82,16 @@ JSON_PARTIAL_OUTPUT_ON_ERROR | JSON_PRETTY_PRINT ## HTTP status codes -* 200 OK - Response to a successful GET, PUT, PATCH or DELETE. Can also be used for a POST that doesn’t result in a creation. +* 200 OK - Response to a successful GET, PUT, PATCH or DELETE. Can also be used for a POST that doesn't result in a creation. * 201 Created - Response to a POST that results in a creation. The resulting item will be returned. -* 204 No Content - Response to a successful request that won’t be returning a body (like a DELETE request). +* 204 No Content - Response to a successful request that won't be returning a body (like a DELETE request). * 206 Partial Content - When paginating a collection with more than a single page. * 304 Not Modified - Used when HTTP caching headers are in play. * 400 Bad Request - The request is malformed, such as if the body does not parse. * 401 Unauthorized - When no or invalid authentication details are provided. Also useful to trigger an auth popup if the API is used from a browser. -* 403 Forbidden - When authentication succeeded but authenticated user doesn’t have access to the resource. +* 403 Forbidden - When authentication succeeded but authenticated user doesn't have access to the resource. * 404 Not Found - When a non-existent resource is requested. -* 405 Method Not Allowed - When an HTTP method is being requested that isn’t allowed for the authenticated user. 410 Gone - Indicates that the resource at this end point is no longer available. Useful as a blanket response for old API versions. +* 405 Method Not Allowed - When an HTTP method is being requested that isn't allowed for the authenticated user. 410 Gone - Indicates that the resource at this end point is no longer available. Useful as a blanket response for old API versions. * 415 Unsupported Media Type - If incorrect content type was provided as part of the request. * 422 Unprocessable Entity - Used for validation errors. * 429 Too Many Requests - When a request is rejected because of rate limiting. diff --git a/docs/dg/dev/zed-api/zed-api-crud-functionality.md b/docs/dg/dev/zed-api/zed-api-crud-functionality.md index 47faa9726b3..acddc1d5b73 100644 --- a/docs/dg/dev/zed-api/zed-api-crud-functionality.md +++ b/docs/dg/dev/zed-api/zed-api-crud-functionality.md @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Comma separate the fields. A `-` prefix will sort DESC instead of the default AS ### Pagination -By default the API returns a set of 20 records. You can adjust this up via `limit` query string to the “maximum per page” value. You can also set a page query string param as an offset. +By default the API returns a set of 20 records. You can adjust this up via `limit` query string to the "maximum per page" value. You can also set a page query string param as an offset. `/api/rest/customers?page=2&limit=50` @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Primary keys in the payload will be ignored for security reasons. ### Validation -For “add” and “update” actions we need validation to handle the incoming post data. The process here is to delegate this to the `ApiFacade::validate()` method, which internally uses a configured stack of validation plugins. These can be configured in your `ApiDependencyProvider`: +For "add" and "update" actions we need validation to handle the incoming post data. The process here is to delegate this to the `ApiFacade::validate()` method, which internally uses a configured stack of validation plugins. These can be configured in your `ApiDependencyProvider`: ```php -## Change quantity of configurable bundles in a registered user’s cart +## Change quantity of configurable bundles in a registered user's cart -To change quantity of configurable bundles in a registered user’s cart, send the request: +To change quantity of configurable bundles in a registered user's cart, send the request: *** `PATCH` /carts/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}cart_uuid{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}/configured-bundles/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}bundle_group_key{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}?include=items @@ -2864,7 +2864,7 @@ To change quantity of configurable bundles in a registered user’s cart, send t | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}cart_uuid{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | A unique identifier of a cart.[ Create a cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#create-a-cart) or [Retrieve a registered user's carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#retrieve-registered-users-carts) to get it. | -| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}bundlegroupkey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Group key of the configurable bundle. The value is generated based on the Configurable Bundle Template and items selected in the slot. You can get it when [adding the configurable bundle to a registered user’s cart](#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart). | +| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}bundlegroupkey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Group key of the configurable bundle. The value is generated based on the Configurable Bundle Template and items selected in the slot. You can get it when [adding the configurable bundle to a registered user's cart](#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart). | ### Request @@ -3163,7 +3163,7 @@ Request sample: ```
-For the attribute descriptions, see [Add a configurable bundle to a registered user’s cart](#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart) +For the attribute descriptions, see [Add a configurable bundle to a registered user's cart](#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart) ## Remove items from a registered user's cart @@ -3176,7 +3176,7 @@ To remove an item from a registered user's cart, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}cart_uuid{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Unique identifier of a cart. [Create a cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#create-a-cart) or [Retrieve a registered user's carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#retrieve-registered-users-carts) to get it. | -| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}itemgroupkey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. | +| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}itemgroupkey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. | ### Request @@ -3191,9 +3191,9 @@ Request sample: `DELETE http://mysprykershop.com/carts/4741fc84-2b9b-59da-bb8d-f If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the `204 No Content` status code. -## Remove a configurable bundle from a registered user’s cart +## Remove a configurable bundle from a registered user's cart -To remove a configurable bundle from a registered user’s cart, send the request: +To remove a configurable bundle from a registered user's cart, send the request: *** `DELETE` ***/carts/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}cart_uuid{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}/configured-bundles/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}bundle_group_key{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** @@ -3202,7 +3202,7 @@ To remove a configurable bundle from a registered user’s cart, send the reques | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}cart_uuid{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Unique identifier of a cart. [Create a cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#create-a-cart) or [Retrieve a registered user's carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#retrieve-registered-users-carts) to get it. | -| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}bundle_group_key{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The group key of the configurable bundle. The value is generated based on the configurable bundle template and items selected in the slot. You can get it when [adding the configurable bundle to a registered user’s cart](#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart). | +| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}bundle_group_key{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The group key of the configurable bundle. The value is generated based on the configurable bundle template and items selected in the slot. You can get it when [adding the configurable bundle to a registered user's cart](#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart). | ### Request @@ -3214,7 +3214,7 @@ Request sample: `DELETE https://mysprykershop.com/carts/e68db76b-1c9b-5fb8-88db- ### Response -If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the “204 No Content” status code. +If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the "204 No Content" status code. ## Possible errors @@ -3231,7 +3231,7 @@ If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the “204 No Content | 106 | Cart item cannot be deleted. | | 107 | Failed to create a cart. | | 110 | Customer already has a cart. | -| 111 | Can’t switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | +| 111 | Can't switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | | 112 | Store data is invalid. | | 113 | Cart item cannot be added. | | 114 | Cart item cannot be updated. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-cart-items.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-cart-items.md index a14136fb6f2..864d9caa222 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-cart-items.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-cart-items.md @@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "181", "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -2226,7 +2226,7 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", @@ -2293,7 +2293,7 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "067", "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", @@ -2879,7 +2879,7 @@ To change item quantity, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}guest_cart_id{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The unique ID of the guest cart in the system. To get it, [retrieve a guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart). | -| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}groupKey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | +| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}groupKey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | ### Request @@ -3250,7 +3250,7 @@ To remove an item from a guest cart, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}guest_cart_id{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The unique ID of the guest cart in the system. To get it, [retrieve a guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart). | -| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}groupKey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | +| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}groupKey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | ### Request @@ -3289,7 +3289,7 @@ Request sample: remove a configurable bundle from a guest cart ### Response -If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the “204 No Content” status code. +If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the "204 No Content" status code. ## Possible errors @@ -3304,7 +3304,7 @@ If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the “204 No Content | 107 | Failed to create cart. | | 109 | Anonymous customer unique id is empty. | | 110 | Customer already has a cart. | -| 111 | Can’t switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | +| 111 | Can't switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | | 112 | Store data is invalid. | | 113 | Cart item cannot be added. | | 114 | Cart item cannot be updated. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.md index c77c806b2ad..273f663f511 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.md @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ When retrieving the cart with `guestCartId`, the response includes a single obje "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "181", "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ When retrieving the cart with `guestCartId`, the response includes a single obje "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T715", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "storage_media": "flash", "touch_technology": "Multi-touch", @@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ In a *single cart* environment, items from the guest cart have been added to t | 106 | Cart item cannot be deleted. | | 107 | Failed to create a cart. | | 109 | Anonymous customer unique id is empty. | -| 111 | Can’t switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | +| 111 | Can't switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | | 112 | Store data is invalid. | | 113 | Cart item cannot be added. | | 114 | Cart item cannot be updated. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/handling-carts-with-a-big-number-of-items.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/handling-carts-with-a-big-number-of-items.md index 90044f050d3..aaf017bf13d 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/handling-carts-with-a-big-number-of-items.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/handling-carts-with-a-big-number-of-items.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Mitigation strategies are divided into the following categories: - *Storefront*: applies only to projects with Spryker Storefront. - *Glue*: applies only to projects with a headless approach. -Choose and apply the mitigation strategies that meet your requirements. Implementing them altogether might not be cost-efficient or even compatible. Consider implementing strategies in a “conditional“ mode, which enables the feature after achieving a certain cart size threshold. Despite having to maintain two solutions, it can give you good flexibility and a fallback tolerance. +Choose and apply the mitigation strategies that meet your requirements. Implementing them altogether might not be cost-efficient or even compatible. Consider implementing strategies in a "conditional" mode, which enables the feature after achieving a certain cart size threshold. Despite having to maintain two solutions, it can give you good flexibility and a fallback tolerance. ## Heavy rendering with atomic design @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Storefront: - Extract heavy operations, like price and availability updates, into dedicated async calls. - Shift from full-cart to partial lookups for operations like removing or updating a single cart item. -Glue: Implement dedicated “lightweight“ API endpoints for partial updates or heavy operations. +Glue: Implement dedicated "lightweight" API endpoints for partial updates or heavy operations. ## Slow session handling @@ -93,10 +93,10 @@ When the whole cart information is loaded, handling split payments, shipping cos Backend: - Reduce unnecessary backend checks between steps and excessive quote walkthroughs. -- Unless it’s really needed, don’t load or involve full cart information on checkout steps. +- Unless it's really needed, don't load or involve full cart information on checkout steps. Storefront: Redesign the checkout process to better manage big carts and enhance the UX. Glue: -- Implement dedicated “lightweight“ checkout API endpoints for specific updates or recalculations. +- Implement dedicated "lightweight" checkout API endpoints for specific updates or recalculations. - Implement pagination for the `checkout-data` endpoint. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.md index 840f53151b8..eb89b218985 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.md @@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ To retrieve all carts, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -3196,7 +3196,7 @@ To retrieve a registered user's cart, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -4487,7 +4487,7 @@ If the cart is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the `204 No Content` s | 107 | Failed to create a cart. | | 109 | Anonymous customer unique id is empty. | | 110 | Customer already has a cart. | -| 111 | Can’t switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | +| 111 | Can't switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | | 112 | Store data is invalid. | | 113 | Cart item could not be added. | | 114 | Cart item could not be updated. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.md index d355d594a99..acd9bd075cb 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.md @@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@ To change the number of items in a cart, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | {% raw %}***{{cart_uuid}}***{% endraw %} | Unique identifier of a cart. [Create a cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.html) or [retrieve a registered user's carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#retrieve-a-registered-users-cart) to get it. | -| {% raw %}***{{item_group_key}}***{% endraw %} | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. | +| {% raw %}***{{item_group_key}}***{% endraw %} | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. | ### Request @@ -1784,7 +1784,7 @@ To remove an item from a registered user's cart, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | {% raw %}***{{cart_uuid}}***{% endraw %} | Unique identifier of a cart. [Create a cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.html) or [retrieve a registered user's carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#retrieve-a-registered-users-cart) to get it. | -| {% raw %}***{{item_group_key}}***{% endraw %}| Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. | +| {% raw %}***{{item_group_key}}***{% endraw %}| Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. | ### Request @@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@ If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the `204 No Content` | 107 | Failed to create a cart. | | 109 | Anonymous customer unique id is empty. | | 110 | Customer already has a cart. | -| 111 | Can’t switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | +| 111 | Can't switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | | 112 | Store data is invalid. | | 113 | Cart item could not be added. | | 114 | Cart item could not be updated. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-cart-items.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-cart-items.md index 67fd6bea1c0..db37728ca17 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-cart-items.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-cart-items.md @@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "181", "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -1760,7 +1760,7 @@ To change item quantity, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | {% raw %}***{{guest_cart_id}}***{% endraw %}| Unique identifier of the guest cart. To get it, [retrieve a guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart). | -| {% raw %}***{{groupKey}}***{% endraw %} | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | +| {% raw %}***{{groupKey}}***{% endraw %} | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | ### Request @@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@ To remove an item from a guest cart, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | {% raw %}***{{guest_cart_id}}***{% endraw %}| Unique identifier of the guest cart. To get it, [retrieve a guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart). | -| {% raw %}***{{groupKey}}***{% endraw %} | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | +| {% raw %}***{{groupKey}}***{% endraw %} | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | ### Request @@ -1852,7 +1852,7 @@ If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the "204 No Content" | 107 | Failed to create cart. | | 109 | Anonymous customer unique ID is empty. | | 110 | Customer already has a cart. | -| 111 | Can’t switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | +| 111 | Can't switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | | 112 | Store data is invalid. | | 113 | Cart item could not be added. | | 114 | Cart item could not be updated. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-carts.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-carts.md index 45181eada92..283ef417d8a 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-carts.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-carts.md @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ When retrieving the cart with `guestCartId`, the response includes a single obje "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "181", "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ When retrieving the cart with `guestCartId`, the response includes a single obje "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T715", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "storage_media": "flash", "touch_technology": "Multi-touch", @@ -2126,7 +2126,7 @@ In a *single cart* environment, items from the guest cart have been added to t | 106 | Cart item could not be deleted. | | 107 | Failed to create a cart. | | 109 | Anonymous customer unique ID is empty. | -| 111 | Can’t switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | +| 111 | Can't switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | | 112 | Store data is invalid. | | 113 | Cart item could not be added. | | 114 | Cart item could not be updated. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/approval-process-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/approval-process-feature-overview.md index 709864692cc..9b7c36006a4 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/approval-process-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/approval-process-feature-overview.md @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Every approval request can have three statuses: Approval Process as such introduces steps that company employees must follow to order, request for approval, and pay for products. -Here’s how approvals fit into the buying process: +Here's how approvals fit into the buying process: ### 1. Submitting the request for approval diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/multiple-carts-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/multiple-carts-feature-overview.md index 5374c97bbfa..50e184c9a17 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/multiple-carts-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/multiple-carts-feature-overview.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Multiple Carts feature overview -description: Shopping Cart is where the record of the items a buyer has ‘picked up’ from the online store is kept. Select products, review them and add more with ease. +description: Shopping Cart is where the record of the items a buyer has ‘picked up' from the online store is kept. Select products, review them and add more with ease. last_updated: Jul 23, 2021 template: concept-topic-template originalLink: https://documentation.spryker.com/2021080/docs/multiple-carts-feature-overview diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-customer-carts.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-customer-carts.md index f4b2f0a7434..6546e1a55ab 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-customer-carts.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-customer-carts.md @@ -37,15 +37,15 @@ related: link: docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/page.version/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/customers/glue-api-retrieve-customer-orders.html --- -This endpoint allows retrieving a customer’s carts. +This endpoint allows retrieving a customer's carts. ## Installation For details on the modules that provide the API functionality and how to install them, see [Install the Cart Glue API](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{site.version}}/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-glue-api/install-the-cart-glue-api.html). -## Retrieve customer’s carts +## Retrieve customer's carts -To retrieve a customer’s carts, send the following request: +To retrieve a customer's carts, send the following request: `GET` **/customers/*{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}customerId{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*/carts** @@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@ To retrieve product labels of the products in a cart, include items, concrete-pr "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.md index b03fa816fd9..05c43c10bb5 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.md @@ -2454,7 +2454,7 @@ To retrieve a particular cart, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.md index 5d2a6ed4c0c..2d60dd7149b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.md @@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -2041,7 +2041,7 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", @@ -2108,7 +2108,7 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "067", "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", @@ -2455,9 +2455,9 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a {% include pbc/all/glue-api-guides/{{page.version}}/product-measurement-units-response-attributes.md %} -## Add a configurable bundle to a registered user’s cart +## Add a configurable bundle to a registered user's cart -To add a configurable bundle to a registered user’s cart, send the request: +To add a configurable bundle to a registered user's cart, send the request: *** `POST` **/carts/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}cart_uuid{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}/configured-bundles** @@ -2704,7 +2704,7 @@ To change the number of items in a cart, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | ***cart_uuid*** | Unique identifier of a cart. [Create a cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#create-a-cart) or [Retrieve a registered user's carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#retrieve-registered-users-carts) to get it. | -| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}itemgroupkey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. | +| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}itemgroupkey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. | ### Request @@ -2866,9 +2866,9 @@ Request sample: {% include pbc/all/glue-api-guides/{{page.version}}/items-response-attributes.md %} -## Change quantity of configurable bundles in a registered user’s cart +## Change quantity of configurable bundles in a registered user's cart -To change quantity of configurable bundles in a registered user’s cart, send the request: +To change quantity of configurable bundles in a registered user's cart, send the request: *** `PATCH` /carts/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}cart_uuid{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}/configured-bundles/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}bundle_group_key{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}?include=items @@ -2877,7 +2877,7 @@ To change quantity of configurable bundles in a registered user’s cart, send t | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}cart_uuid{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | A unique identifier of a cart.[ Create a cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#create-a-cart) or [Retrieve a registered user's carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#retrieve-registered-users-carts) to get it. | -| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}bundlegroupkey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Group key of the configurable bundle. The value is generated based on the Configurable Bundle Template and items selected in the slot. You can get it when [adding the configurable bundle to a registered user’s cart](#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart). | +| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}bundlegroupkey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Group key of the configurable bundle. The value is generated based on the Configurable Bundle Template and items selected in the slot. You can get it when [adding the configurable bundle to a registered user's cart](#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart). | ### Request @@ -3176,7 +3176,7 @@ Request sample: ```
-For the attribute descriptions, see [Add a configurable bundle to a registered user’s cart](#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart) +For the attribute descriptions, see [Add a configurable bundle to a registered user's cart](#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart) ## Remove items from a registered user's cart @@ -3189,7 +3189,7 @@ To remove an item from a registered user's cart, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}cart_uuid{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Unique identifier of a cart. [Create a cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#create-a-cart) or [Retrieve a registered user's carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#retrieve-registered-users-carts) to get it. | -| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}itemgroupkey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. | +| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}itemgroupkey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. | ### Request @@ -3204,9 +3204,9 @@ Request sample: `DELETE http://mysprykershop.com/carts/4741fc84-2b9b-59da-bb8d-f If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the `204 No Content` status code. -## Remove a configurable bundle from a registered user’s cart +## Remove a configurable bundle from a registered user's cart -To remove a configurable bundle from a registered user’s cart, send the request: +To remove a configurable bundle from a registered user's cart, send the request: *** `DELETE` ***/carts/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}cart_uuid{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}/configured-bundles/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}bundle_group_key{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** @@ -3215,7 +3215,7 @@ To remove a configurable bundle from a registered user’s cart, send the reques | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}cart_uuid{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Unique identifier of a cart. [Create a cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#create-a-cart) or [Retrieve a registered user's carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#retrieve-registered-users-carts) to get it. | -| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}bundle_group_key{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The group key of the configurable bundle. The value is generated based on the configurable bundle template and items selected in the slot. You can get it when [adding the configurable bundle to a registered user’s cart](#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart). | +| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}bundle_group_key{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The group key of the configurable bundle. The value is generated based on the configurable bundle template and items selected in the slot. You can get it when [adding the configurable bundle to a registered user's cart](#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart). | ### Request @@ -3227,7 +3227,7 @@ Request sample: `DELETE https://mysprykershop.com/carts/e68db76b-1c9b-5fb8-88db- ### Response -If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the “204 No Content” status code. +If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the "204 No Content" status code. ## Possible errors @@ -3244,7 +3244,7 @@ If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the “204 No Content | 106 | Cart item cannot be deleted. | | 107 | Failed to create a cart. | | 110 | Customer already has a cart. | -| 111 | Can’t switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | +| 111 | Can't switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | | 112 | Store data is invalid. | | 113 | Cart item cannot be added. | | 114 | Cart item cannot be updated. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-cart-items.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-cart-items.md index 135ecbfad06..df22f36cccf 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-cart-items.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-cart-items.md @@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "181", "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -2226,7 +2226,7 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", @@ -2293,7 +2293,7 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "067", "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", @@ -2890,7 +2890,7 @@ To change item quantity, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}guest_cart_id{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The unique ID of the guest cart in the system. To get it, [retrieve a guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart). | -| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}groupKey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | +| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}groupKey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | ### Request @@ -3274,7 +3274,7 @@ To remove an item from a guest cart, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}guest_cart_id{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The unique ID of the guest cart in the system. To get it, [retrieve a guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart). | -| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}groupKey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | +| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}groupKey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | ### Request @@ -3313,7 +3313,7 @@ Request sample: remove a configurable bundle from a guest cart ### Response -If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the “204 No Content” status code. +If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the "204 No Content" status code. ## Possible errors @@ -3328,7 +3328,7 @@ If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the “204 No Content | 107 | Failed to create cart. | | 109 | Anonymous customer unique id is empty. | | 110 | Customer already has a cart. | -| 111 | Can’t switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | +| 111 | Can't switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | | 112 | Store data is invalid. | | 113 | Cart item cannot be added. | | 114 | Cart item cannot be updated. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.md index c5f0160b9aa..49f69dd0a9a 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.md @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ When retrieving the cart with `guestCartId`, the response includes a single obje "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "181", "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ When retrieving the cart with `guestCartId`, the response includes a single obje "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T715", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "storage_media": "flash", "touch_technology": "Multi-touch", @@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ In a *single cart* environment, items from the guest cart have been added to t | 106 | Cart item cannot be deleted. | | 107 | Failed to create a cart. | | 109 | Anonymous customer unique id is empty. | -| 111 | Can’t switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | +| 111 | Can't switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | | 112 | Store data is invalid. | | 113 | Cart item cannot be added. | | 114 | Cart item cannot be updated. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/handling-carts-with-a-big-number-of-items.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/handling-carts-with-a-big-number-of-items.md index 90044f050d3..aaf017bf13d 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/handling-carts-with-a-big-number-of-items.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/handling-carts-with-a-big-number-of-items.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Mitigation strategies are divided into the following categories: - *Storefront*: applies only to projects with Spryker Storefront. - *Glue*: applies only to projects with a headless approach. -Choose and apply the mitigation strategies that meet your requirements. Implementing them altogether might not be cost-efficient or even compatible. Consider implementing strategies in a “conditional“ mode, which enables the feature after achieving a certain cart size threshold. Despite having to maintain two solutions, it can give you good flexibility and a fallback tolerance. +Choose and apply the mitigation strategies that meet your requirements. Implementing them altogether might not be cost-efficient or even compatible. Consider implementing strategies in a "conditional" mode, which enables the feature after achieving a certain cart size threshold. Despite having to maintain two solutions, it can give you good flexibility and a fallback tolerance. ## Heavy rendering with atomic design @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Storefront: - Extract heavy operations, like price and availability updates, into dedicated async calls. - Shift from full-cart to partial lookups for operations like removing or updating a single cart item. -Glue: Implement dedicated “lightweight“ API endpoints for partial updates or heavy operations. +Glue: Implement dedicated "lightweight" API endpoints for partial updates or heavy operations. ## Slow session handling @@ -93,10 +93,10 @@ When the whole cart information is loaded, handling split payments, shipping cos Backend: - Reduce unnecessary backend checks between steps and excessive quote walkthroughs. -- Unless it’s really needed, don’t load or involve full cart information on checkout steps. +- Unless it's really needed, don't load or involve full cart information on checkout steps. Storefront: Redesign the checkout process to better manage big carts and enhance the UX. Glue: -- Implement dedicated “lightweight“ checkout API endpoints for specific updates or recalculations. +- Implement dedicated "lightweight" checkout API endpoints for specific updates or recalculations. - Implement pagination for the `checkout-data` endpoint. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.md index 362cd9a2164..14cbe982032 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.md @@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ To retrieve all carts, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -3198,7 +3198,7 @@ To retrieve a registered user's cart, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -4490,7 +4490,7 @@ If the cart is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the `204 No Content` s | 107 | Failed to create a cart. | | 109 | Anonymous customer unique id is empty. | | 110 | Customer already has a cart. | -| 111 | Can’t switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | +| 111 | Can't switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | | 112 | Store data is invalid. | | 113 | Cart item could not be added. | | 114 | Cart item could not be updated. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.md index d355d594a99..acd9bd075cb 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.md @@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@ To change the number of items in a cart, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | {% raw %}***{{cart_uuid}}***{% endraw %} | Unique identifier of a cart. [Create a cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.html) or [retrieve a registered user's carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#retrieve-a-registered-users-cart) to get it. | -| {% raw %}***{{item_group_key}}***{% endraw %} | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. | +| {% raw %}***{{item_group_key}}***{% endraw %} | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. | ### Request @@ -1784,7 +1784,7 @@ To remove an item from a registered user's cart, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | {% raw %}***{{cart_uuid}}***{% endraw %} | Unique identifier of a cart. [Create a cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.html) or [retrieve a registered user's carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#retrieve-a-registered-users-cart) to get it. | -| {% raw %}***{{item_group_key}}***{% endraw %}| Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. | +| {% raw %}***{{item_group_key}}***{% endraw %}| Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. | ### Request @@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@ If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the `204 No Content` | 107 | Failed to create a cart. | | 109 | Anonymous customer unique id is empty. | | 110 | Customer already has a cart. | -| 111 | Can’t switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | +| 111 | Can't switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | | 112 | Store data is invalid. | | 113 | Cart item could not be added. | | 114 | Cart item could not be updated. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-cart-items.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-cart-items.md index 67fd6bea1c0..db37728ca17 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-cart-items.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-cart-items.md @@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "181", "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -1760,7 +1760,7 @@ To change item quantity, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | {% raw %}***{{guest_cart_id}}***{% endraw %}| Unique identifier of the guest cart. To get it, [retrieve a guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart). | -| {% raw %}***{{groupKey}}***{% endraw %} | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | +| {% raw %}***{{groupKey}}***{% endraw %} | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | ### Request @@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@ To remove an item from a guest cart, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | {% raw %}***{{guest_cart_id}}***{% endraw %}| Unique identifier of the guest cart. To get it, [retrieve a guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart). | -| {% raw %}***{{groupKey}}***{% endraw %} | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | +| {% raw %}***{{groupKey}}***{% endraw %} | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | ### Request @@ -1852,7 +1852,7 @@ If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the "204 No Content" | 107 | Failed to create cart. | | 109 | Anonymous customer unique ID is empty. | | 110 | Customer already has a cart. | -| 111 | Can’t switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | +| 111 | Can't switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | | 112 | Store data is invalid. | | 113 | Cart item could not be added. | | 114 | Cart item could not be updated. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-carts.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-carts.md index d0ca2ac1e9b..55f2d111694 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-carts.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-carts.md @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ When retrieving the cart with `guestCartId`, the response includes a single obje "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "181", "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ When retrieving the cart with `guestCartId`, the response includes a single obje "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T715", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "storage_media": "flash", "touch_technology": "Multi-touch", @@ -2128,7 +2128,7 @@ In a *single cart* environment, items from the guest cart have been added to t | 106 | Cart item could not be deleted. | | 107 | Failed to create a cart. | | 109 | Anonymous customer unique ID is empty. | -| 111 | Can’t switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | +| 111 | Can't switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | | 112 | Store data is invalid. | | 113 | Cart item could not be added. | | 114 | Cart item could not be updated. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/approval-process-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/approval-process-feature-overview.md index cdf46ae0514..0d5f1f0e106 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/approval-process-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/approval-process-feature-overview.md @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Every approval request can have three statuses: Approval Process as such introduces steps that company employees must follow to order, request for approval, and pay for products. -Here’s how approvals fit into the buying process: +Here's how approvals fit into the buying process: ### 1. Submitting the request for approval diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/multiple-carts-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/multiple-carts-feature-overview.md index 5374c97bbfa..50e184c9a17 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/multiple-carts-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/multiple-carts-feature-overview.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Multiple Carts feature overview -description: Shopping Cart is where the record of the items a buyer has ‘picked up’ from the online store is kept. Select products, review them and add more with ease. +description: Shopping Cart is where the record of the items a buyer has ‘picked up' from the online store is kept. Select products, review them and add more with ease. last_updated: Jul 23, 2021 template: concept-topic-template originalLink: https://documentation.spryker.com/2021080/docs/multiple-carts-feature-overview diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-customer-carts.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-customer-carts.md index 5cebc01e255..b0d9c812bab 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-customer-carts.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-customer-carts.md @@ -37,15 +37,15 @@ related: link: docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/page.version/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/customers/glue-api-retrieve-customer-orders.html --- -This endpoint allows retrieving a customer’s carts. +This endpoint allows retrieving a customer's carts. ## Installation For details on the modules that provide the API functionality and how to install them, see [Install the Cart Glue API](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{site.version}}/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-glue-api/install-the-cart-glue-api.html). -## Retrieve customer’s carts +## Retrieve customer's carts -To retrieve a customer’s carts, send the following request: +To retrieve a customer's carts, send the following request: `GET` **/customers/*{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}customerId{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*/carts** @@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@ To retrieve product labels of the products in a cart, include items, concrete-pr "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.md index b03fa816fd9..05c43c10bb5 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.md @@ -2454,7 +2454,7 @@ To retrieve a particular cart, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.md index 5d2a6ed4c0c..2d60dd7149b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.md @@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -2041,7 +2041,7 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", @@ -2108,7 +2108,7 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "067", "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", @@ -2455,9 +2455,9 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a {% include pbc/all/glue-api-guides/{{page.version}}/product-measurement-units-response-attributes.md %} -## Add a configurable bundle to a registered user’s cart +## Add a configurable bundle to a registered user's cart -To add a configurable bundle to a registered user’s cart, send the request: +To add a configurable bundle to a registered user's cart, send the request: *** `POST` **/carts/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}cart_uuid{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}/configured-bundles** @@ -2704,7 +2704,7 @@ To change the number of items in a cart, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | ***cart_uuid*** | Unique identifier of a cart. [Create a cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#create-a-cart) or [Retrieve a registered user's carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#retrieve-registered-users-carts) to get it. | -| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}itemgroupkey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. | +| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}itemgroupkey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. | ### Request @@ -2866,9 +2866,9 @@ Request sample: {% include pbc/all/glue-api-guides/{{page.version}}/items-response-attributes.md %} -## Change quantity of configurable bundles in a registered user’s cart +## Change quantity of configurable bundles in a registered user's cart -To change quantity of configurable bundles in a registered user’s cart, send the request: +To change quantity of configurable bundles in a registered user's cart, send the request: *** `PATCH` /carts/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}cart_uuid{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}/configured-bundles/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}bundle_group_key{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}?include=items @@ -2877,7 +2877,7 @@ To change quantity of configurable bundles in a registered user’s cart, send t | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}cart_uuid{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | A unique identifier of a cart.[ Create a cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#create-a-cart) or [Retrieve a registered user's carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#retrieve-registered-users-carts) to get it. | -| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}bundlegroupkey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Group key of the configurable bundle. The value is generated based on the Configurable Bundle Template and items selected in the slot. You can get it when [adding the configurable bundle to a registered user’s cart](#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart). | +| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}bundlegroupkey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Group key of the configurable bundle. The value is generated based on the Configurable Bundle Template and items selected in the slot. You can get it when [adding the configurable bundle to a registered user's cart](#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart). | ### Request @@ -3176,7 +3176,7 @@ Request sample: ``` -For the attribute descriptions, see [Add a configurable bundle to a registered user’s cart](#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart) +For the attribute descriptions, see [Add a configurable bundle to a registered user's cart](#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart) ## Remove items from a registered user's cart @@ -3189,7 +3189,7 @@ To remove an item from a registered user's cart, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}cart_uuid{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Unique identifier of a cart. [Create a cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#create-a-cart) or [Retrieve a registered user's carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#retrieve-registered-users-carts) to get it. | -| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}itemgroupkey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. | +| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}itemgroupkey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. | ### Request @@ -3204,9 +3204,9 @@ Request sample: `DELETE http://mysprykershop.com/carts/4741fc84-2b9b-59da-bb8d-f If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the `204 No Content` status code. -## Remove a configurable bundle from a registered user’s cart +## Remove a configurable bundle from a registered user's cart -To remove a configurable bundle from a registered user’s cart, send the request: +To remove a configurable bundle from a registered user's cart, send the request: *** `DELETE` ***/carts/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}cart_uuid{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}/configured-bundles/{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}bundle_group_key{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** @@ -3215,7 +3215,7 @@ To remove a configurable bundle from a registered user’s cart, send the reques | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}cart_uuid{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | Unique identifier of a cart. [Create a cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#create-a-cart) or [Retrieve a registered user's carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#retrieve-registered-users-carts) to get it. | -| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}bundle_group_key{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The group key of the configurable bundle. The value is generated based on the configurable bundle template and items selected in the slot. You can get it when [adding the configurable bundle to a registered user’s cart](#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart). | +| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}bundle_group_key{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The group key of the configurable bundle. The value is generated based on the configurable bundle template and items selected in the slot. You can get it when [adding the configurable bundle to a registered user's cart](#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart). | ### Request @@ -3227,7 +3227,7 @@ Request sample: `DELETE https://mysprykershop.com/carts/e68db76b-1c9b-5fb8-88db- ### Response -If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the “204 No Content” status code. +If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the "204 No Content" status code. ## Possible errors @@ -3244,7 +3244,7 @@ If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the “204 No Content | 106 | Cart item cannot be deleted. | | 107 | Failed to create a cart. | | 110 | Customer already has a cart. | -| 111 | Can’t switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | +| 111 | Can't switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | | 112 | Store data is invalid. | | 113 | Cart item cannot be added. | | 114 | Cart item cannot be updated. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-cart-items.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-cart-items.md index 135ecbfad06..df22f36cccf 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-cart-items.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-cart-items.md @@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "181", "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -2226,7 +2226,7 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", @@ -2293,7 +2293,7 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "067", "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", @@ -2890,7 +2890,7 @@ To change item quantity, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}guest_cart_id{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The unique ID of the guest cart in the system. To get it, [retrieve a guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart). | -| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}groupKey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | +| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}groupKey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | ### Request @@ -3274,7 +3274,7 @@ To remove an item from a guest cart, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}guest_cart_id{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The unique ID of the guest cart in the system. To get it, [retrieve a guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart). | -| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}groupKey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | +| ***{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}groupKey{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*** | The group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | ### Request @@ -3313,7 +3313,7 @@ Request sample: remove a configurable bundle from a guest cart ### Response -If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the “204 No Content” status code. +If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the "204 No Content" status code. ## Possible errors @@ -3328,7 +3328,7 @@ If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the “204 No Content | 107 | Failed to create cart. | | 109 | Anonymous customer unique id is empty. | | 110 | Customer already has a cart. | -| 111 | Can’t switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | +| 111 | Can't switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | | 112 | Store data is invalid. | | 113 | Cart item cannot be added. | | 114 | Cart item cannot be updated. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.md index c5f0160b9aa..49f69dd0a9a 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.md @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ When retrieving the cart with `guestCartId`, the response includes a single obje "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "181", "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ When retrieving the cart with `guestCartId`, the response includes a single obje "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T715", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper - create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "storage_media": "flash", "touch_technology": "Multi-touch", @@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ In a *single cart* environment, items from the guest cart have been added to t | 106 | Cart item cannot be deleted. | | 107 | Failed to create a cart. | | 109 | Anonymous customer unique id is empty. | -| 111 | Can’t switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | +| 111 | Can't switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | | 112 | Store data is invalid. | | 113 | Cart item cannot be added. | | 114 | Cart item cannot be updated. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/handling-carts-with-a-big-number-of-items.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/handling-carts-with-a-big-number-of-items.md index 611ca431eb9..4d681be3753 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/handling-carts-with-a-big-number-of-items.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/handling-carts-with-a-big-number-of-items.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Mitigation strategies are divided into the following categories: - *Storefront*: applies only to projects with Spryker Storefront. - *Glue*: applies only to projects with a headless approach. -Choose and apply the mitigation strategies that meet your requirements. Implementing them altogether might not be cost-efficient or even compatible. Consider implementing strategies in a “conditional“ mode, which enables the feature after achieving a certain cart size threshold. Despite having to maintain two solutions, it can give you good flexibility and a fallback tolerance. +Choose and apply the mitigation strategies that meet your requirements. Implementing them altogether might not be cost-efficient or even compatible. Consider implementing strategies in a "conditional" mode, which enables the feature after achieving a certain cart size threshold. Despite having to maintain two solutions, it can give you good flexibility and a fallback tolerance. ## Heavy rendering with atomic design @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Storefront: - Extract heavy operations, like price and availability updates, into dedicated async calls. - Shift from full-cart to partial lookups for operations like removing or updating a single cart item. -Glue: Implement dedicated “lightweight“ API endpoints for partial updates or heavy operations. +Glue: Implement dedicated "lightweight" API endpoints for partial updates or heavy operations. ## Slow session handling @@ -93,10 +93,10 @@ When the whole cart information is loaded, handling split payments, shipping cos Backend: - Reduce unnecessary backend checks between steps and excessive quote walkthroughs. -- Unless it’s really needed, don’t load or involve full cart information on checkout steps. +- Unless it's really needed, don't load or involve full cart information on checkout steps. Storefront: Redesign the checkout process to better manage big carts and enhance the UX. Glue: -- Implement dedicated “lightweight“ checkout API endpoints for specific updates or recalculations. +- Implement dedicated "lightweight" checkout API endpoints for specific updates or recalculations. - Implement pagination for the `checkout-data` endpoint. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.md index 362cd9a2164..14cbe982032 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.md @@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ To retrieve all carts, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -3198,7 +3198,7 @@ To retrieve a registered user's cart, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -4490,7 +4490,7 @@ If the cart is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the `204 No Content` s | 107 | Failed to create a cart. | | 109 | Anonymous customer unique id is empty. | | 110 | Customer already has a cart. | -| 111 | Can’t switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | +| 111 | Can't switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | | 112 | Store data is invalid. | | 113 | Cart item could not be added. | | 114 | Cart item could not be updated. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.md index eb4536ee50c..d6999ee7e39 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.md @@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@ To change the number of items in a cart, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | {% raw %}***{{cart_uuid}}***{% endraw %} | Unique identifier of a cart. [Create a cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.html) or [retrieve a registered user's carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#retrieve-a-registered-users-cart) to get it. | -| {% raw %}***{{item_group_key}}***{% endraw %} | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. | +| {% raw %}***{{item_group_key}}***{% endraw %} | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. | ### Request @@ -1784,7 +1784,7 @@ To remove an item from a registered user's cart, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | {% raw %}***{{cart_uuid}}***{% endraw %} | Unique identifier of a cart. [Create a cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.html) or [retrieve a registered user's carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/carts-of-registered-users/manage-carts-of-registered-users.html#retrieve-a-registered-users-cart) to get it. | -| {% raw %}***{{item_group_key}}***{% endraw %}| Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. | +| {% raw %}***{{item_group_key}}***{% endraw %}| Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. | ### Request @@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@ If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the `204 No Content` | 107 | Failed to create a cart. | | 109 | Anonymous customer unique id is empty. | | 110 | Customer already has a cart. | -| 111 | Can’t switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | +| 111 | Can't switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | | 112 | Store data is invalid. | | 113 | Cart item could not be added. | | 114 | Cart item could not be updated. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-cart-items.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-cart-items.md index 67fd6bea1c0..db37728ca17 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-cart-items.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-cart-items.md @@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ It is the responsibility of the API Client to track whether the selected items a "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "181", "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -1760,7 +1760,7 @@ To change item quantity, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | {% raw %}***{{guest_cart_id}}***{% endraw %}| Unique identifier of the guest cart. To get it, [retrieve a guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart). | -| {% raw %}***{{groupKey}}***{% endraw %} | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | +| {% raw %}***{{groupKey}}***{% endraw %} | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | ### Request @@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@ To remove an item from a guest cart, send the request: | PATH PARAMETER | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | {% raw %}***{{guest_cart_id}}***{% endraw %}| Unique identifier of the guest cart. To get it, [retrieve a guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart). | -| {% raw %}***{{groupKey}}***{% endraw %} | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item’s SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | +| {% raw %}***{{groupKey}}***{% endraw %} | Group key of the item. Usually, it's equal to the item's SKU. To get it, [retrieve the guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html#retrieve-a-guest-cart) with the guest cart items included. | ### Request @@ -1852,7 +1852,7 @@ If the item is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the "204 No Content" | 107 | Failed to create cart. | | 109 | Anonymous customer unique ID is empty. | | 110 | Customer already has a cart. | -| 111 | Can’t switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | +| 111 | Can't switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | | 112 | Store data is invalid. | | 113 | Cart item could not be added. | | 114 | Cart item could not be updated. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-carts.md b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-carts.md index d0ca2ac1e9b..55f2d111694 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-carts.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/guest-carts/manage-guest-carts.md @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ When retrieving the cart with `guestCartId`, the response includes a single obje "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "181", "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T813", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "3 GB", "processor_model": "APQ8076", @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ When retrieving the cart with `guestCartId`, the response includes a single obje "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy Tab S2 SM-T715", - "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2’s 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", + "description": "Enjoy greater flexibility ...than ever before with the Galaxy Tab S2. Remarkably slim and ultra-lightweight, use this device to take your e-books, photos, videos and work-related files with you wherever you need to go. The Galaxy Tab S2's 4:3 ratio display is optimised for magazine reading and web use. Switch to Reading Mode to adjust screen brightness and change wallpaper—create an ideal eBook reading environment designed to reduce the strain on your eyes. Get greater security with convenient and accurate fingerprint functionality. Activate fingerprint lock by pressing the home button. Use fingerprint verification to restrict / allow access to your web browser, screen lock mode and your Samsung account.", "attributes": { "storage_media": "flash", "touch_technology": "Multi-touch", @@ -2128,7 +2128,7 @@ In a *single cart* environment, items from the guest cart have been added to t | 106 | Cart item could not be deleted. | | 107 | Failed to create a cart. | | 109 | Anonymous customer unique ID is empty. | -| 111 | Can’t switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | +| 111 | Can't switch price mode when there are items in the cart. | | 112 | Store data is invalid. | | 113 | Cart item could not be added. | | 114 | Cart item could not be updated. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/cms-feature-overview/email-as-a-cms-block-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/cms-feature-overview/email-as-a-cms-block-overview.md index ad35b414590..73aae4df6c1 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/cms-feature-overview/email-as-a-cms-block-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/cms-feature-overview/email-as-a-cms-block-overview.md @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ There are two email formats by default: HTML and pure text. The format of the [d * `customer-registration--html` * `customer-registration--text` -The email format itself is defined on the code level, the tales serving as identifiers. If you create new email templates, you don’t have to add them to their Email CMS Block names. +The email format itself is defined on the code level, the tales serving as identifiers. If you create new email templates, you don't have to add them to their Email CMS Block names. ### Default email templates @@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ The following table contains the list of the default email templates, their Emai | Order has been shipped | order-shipped--text | Oms/src/Spryker/Zed/Oms/Presentation/Mail/order_shipped.text.twig | | Customer has invited a new Company User. The invited user receives the email | company-user-invitation--html | CompanyUserInvitation/src/Spryker/Zed/CompanyUserInvitation/Presentation/Mail/invitation.html.twig | | Customer has invited a new Company User. The invited user receives the email | company-user-invitation--text | CompanyUserInvitation/src/Spryker/Zed/CompanyUserInvitation/Presentation/Mail/invitation.text.twig | -| Company’s status has changed | company-status--html | CompanyMailConnector/src/Spryker/Zed/CompanyMailConnector/Presentation/Mail/company_status.html.twig | -| Company’s status has changed | company-status--text | CompanyMailConnector/src/Spryker/Zed/CompanyMailConnector/Presentation/Mail/company_status.text.twig | +| Company's status has changed | company-status--html | CompanyMailConnector/src/Spryker/Zed/CompanyMailConnector/Presentation/Mail/company_status.html.twig | +| Company's status has changed | company-status--text | CompanyMailConnector/src/Spryker/Zed/CompanyMailConnector/Presentation/Mail/company_status.text.twig | | Customer subscribed to notifications about the product availability | availability-notification-subscription--html | AvailabilityNotification/src/Spryker/Zed/AvailabilityNotification/Presentation/Mail/subscribed.html.twig | | Customer subscribed to notifications about the product availability | availability-notification-subscription--text | AvailabilityNotification/src/Spryker/Zed/AvailabilityNotification/Presentation/Mail/subscribed.text.twig | | Customer unsubscribed from notifications about the product availability | availability-notification-unsubscribed--html | AvailabilityNotification/src/Spryker/Zed/AvailabilityNotification/Presentation/Mail/unsubscribed.html.twig | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/file-manager-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/file-manager-feature-overview.md index 8252addd20c..418e0ababa5 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/file-manager-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/file-manager-feature-overview.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ The *File Manager* feature lets you upload and manage your assets (media files) * Upload and delete files in bulk. * Add and delete files manually through the Back Office. * Maintain multiple versions of individual files. -* Drag and drop to create and update your assets’ file structure. +* Drag and drop to create and update your assets' file structure. * Manage files from a list view. A Back Office user can upload files then add them to CMS pages and blocks to display on the Storefront. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/best-practices-add-content-to-the-storefront-pages-using-templates-and-slots.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/best-practices-add-content-to-the-storefront-pages-using-templates-and-slots.md index 3349a416f7c..ce7dd36e284 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/best-practices-add-content-to-the-storefront-pages-using-templates-and-slots.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/best-practices-add-content-to-the-storefront-pages-using-templates-and-slots.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ related: This topic describes how to add content to Storefront pages using templates with slots. To start working with templates with slots, go to **Content Management > Slots**. -Let’s say you have *Sticky Notes* and *Writing Materials* categories, and you want to cross-promote them. You set the following tasks: +Let's say you have *Sticky Notes* and *Writing Materials* categories, and you want to cross-promote them. You set the following tasks: * All the products belonging to the *Sticky Notes* category should display a content block with a link to the *Writing Materials* category and a content block with featured products. * All the products belonging to the *Writing Materials* category should display a content block with a link to the *Writing Materials* category and a content block with top sellers. @@ -73,13 +73,13 @@ Make sure to activate the CMS blocks. Only active CMS blocks are rendered on Sto 2. Insert the *Best Selling Products* content item into the *Homepage Top sellers Products* CMS block, and apply the *Product Slider for store/landing pages* template. 3. Insert the *Featured Products* content item into the *Homepage Featured Products* CMS block and apply the Product Slider for store/landing pages template. 4. Configure the *Category Banner-2* CMS block as follows: - * **Title**—“Writing Materials”. - * **Content**—“Stock up on the perfect pens, pencils, and markers for every member of your team”. + * **Title**—"Writing Materials". + * **Content**—"Stock up on the perfect pens, pencils, and markers for every member of your team". * **Link**—`/en/stationery/writing-materials`. * **ImageURL**—`/assets/DE/default/images/category-banner-image-2@2x.jpg`. 5. Configure the *Category Banner-3* CMS block as follows: - * Title—“Post-Its”. - * Content—“Organize and prioritize yourself or your team using our great selection of Post-Its”. + * Title—"Post-Its". + * Content—"Organize and prioritize yourself or your team using our great selection of Post-Its". * Link—`/en/stationery/paper/sticky-notes`. * ImageURL—`/assets/DE/default/images/category-banner-image-3@2x.jpg`. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/blocks/create-email-cms-blocks.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/blocks/create-email-cms-blocks.md index 8521a332119..5bf75be79e9 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/blocks/create-email-cms-blocks.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/blocks/create-email-cms-blocks.md @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Review the [reference information](#reference-information-create-an-email-cms-bl {% info_block warningBox "Activating email blocks" %} -You don’t need to activate the email CMS block, as the deactivated status of the email CMS block does not prevent emails from being sent. +You don't need to activate the email CMS block, as the deactivated status of the email CMS block does not prevent emails from being sent. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-cms-pages.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-cms-pages.md index 01aa0d0fd4d..1022419003e 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-cms-pages.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-cms-pages.md @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ When paging is enabled, the links section of the response contains links for the                 "averageRating": null,                 "reviewCount": 0,                 "name": "Lenovo Essential B70-80", -                "description": "Multimedia Powerhouse A perfect business companion and desktop replacement, the B70 laptop also delivers great cinema-style multimedia features - a DVD Rambo drive, 2GB of video RAM and Dolby® certified speakers for an immersive surround sound experience. So whether you're catching up on work, gaming or relaxing to your favourite music, the B70 ticks all the boxes. Premium performance, powerful possibilities. With stunning visuals and performance, the new 5th gen Intel® Core™ processor delivers processing power that takes your computing to the next level so that you can work smarter and play harder. Enjoy amazing battery life that keeps you productive on the go so that you don’t have to worry about recharging. That’s serious processing. Only with Intel Inside®. The B70 spares nothing when it comes to robust graphics performance. With up to NVIDIA® GeForce® 920M graphics, you'll encounter enhanced graphics when work demands it, and a vivid gaming and video experience when it’s time for fun.", +                "description": "Multimedia Powerhouse A perfect business companion and desktop replacement, the B70 laptop also delivers great cinema-style multimedia features - a DVD Rambo drive, 2GB of video RAM and Dolby® certified speakers for an immersive surround sound experience. So whether you're catching up on work, gaming or relaxing to your favourite music, the B70 ticks all the boxes. Premium performance, powerful possibilities. With stunning visuals and performance, the new 5th gen Intel® Core™ processor delivers processing power that takes your computing to the next level so that you can work smarter and play harder. Enjoy amazing battery life that keeps you productive on the go so that you don't have to worry about recharging. That's serious processing. Only with Intel Inside®. The B70 spares nothing when it comes to robust graphics performance. With up to NVIDIA® GeForce® 920M graphics, you'll encounter enhanced graphics when work demands it, and a vivid gaming and video experience when it's time for fun.",                 "attributes": {                     "processor_cores": "3",                     "processor_cache_type": "3", @@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ To retrieve abstract products for the `content-product-abstract-lists` relations                 "averageRating": null,                 "reviewCount": 0,                 "name": "Lenovo Essential B70-80", -                "description": "Multimedia Powerhouse A perfect business companion and desktop replacement, the B70 laptop also delivers great cinema-style multimedia features - a DVD Rambo drive, 2GB of video RAM and Dolby® certified speakers for an immersive surround sound experience. So whether you're catching up on work, gaming or relaxing to your favourite music, the B70 ticks all the boxes. Premium performance, powerful possibilities. With stunning visuals and performance, the new 5th gen Intel® Core™ processor delivers processing power that takes your computing to the next level so that you can work smarter and play harder. Enjoy amazing battery life that keeps you productive on the go so that you don’t have to worry about recharging. That’s serious processing. Only with Intel Inside®. The B70 spares nothing when it comes to robust graphics performance. With up to NVIDIA® GeForce® 920M graphics, you'll encounter enhanced graphics when work demands it, and a vivid gaming and video experience when it’s time for fun.", +                "description": "Multimedia Powerhouse A perfect business companion and desktop replacement, the B70 laptop also delivers great cinema-style multimedia features - a DVD Rambo drive, 2GB of video RAM and Dolby® certified speakers for an immersive surround sound experience. So whether you're catching up on work, gaming or relaxing to your favourite music, the B70 ticks all the boxes. Premium performance, powerful possibilities. With stunning visuals and performance, the new 5th gen Intel® Core™ processor delivers processing power that takes your computing to the next level so that you can work smarter and play harder. Enjoy amazing battery life that keeps you productive on the go so that you don't have to worry about recharging. That's serious processing. Only with Intel Inside®. The B70 spares nothing when it comes to robust graphics performance. With up to NVIDIA® GeForce® 920M graphics, you'll encounter enhanced graphics when work demands it, and a vivid gaming and video experience when it's time for fun.",                 "attributes": {                     "processor_cores": "3",                     "processor_cache_type": "3", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/censhare.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/censhare.md index 672a2b724a1..8db7486a6fb 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/censhare.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/censhare.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ redirect_from: [ABOUT CENSHARE](https://www.censhare.com/) -Our pioneering, universal content management platform lets you connect with your audiences on any channel, in any language, locally or globally. Expect complete control over all your content. Enjoy new freedom to create. Experience lower costs. And join Jaguar Land Rover, Dyson, Christie’s, Lufthansa and hundreds more in delivering quality communications with exceptional efficiency. +Our pioneering, universal content management platform lets you connect with your audiences on any channel, in any language, locally or globally. Expect complete control over all your content. Enjoy new freedom to create. Experience lower costs. And join Jaguar Land Rover, Dyson, Christie's, Lufthansa and hundreds more in delivering quality communications with exceptional efficiency. * **Digital Asset Management (DAM)** – Centrally create and manage every type of digital content to create the best customer experience * **Content Management (CMS)** – Create and manage media neutral content for omnichannel use diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/e-spirit.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/e-spirit.md index 7b6c73ba38d..01924025364 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/e-spirit.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/e-spirit.md @@ -21,14 +21,14 @@ redirect_from: Content-rich e-commerce experiences for a Digital Experience Edge -e-Spirit’s FirstSpirit Digital Experience Platform, offered through a SaaS or on-premises model, helps retail and e-commerce companies engage customers and increase revenue with personalized, content-rich digital experiences anytime, anywhere. Savvy e-commerce marketers rely on the FirstSpirit platform—which includes a headless, hybrid and head-optional CMS, AI-driven personalization and omnichannel marketing capabilities—for individualized and synchronized content delivery across all channels to differentiate their companies and compel their customers to action for an e-commerce edge. More information can be found in the [E-Spirit documentation](https://docs.e-spirit.com/ecom/contentconnect-spryker/ContentConnect_Spryker_Documentation_EN.html). +e-Spirit's FirstSpirit Digital Experience Platform, offered through a SaaS or on-premises model, helps retail and e-commerce companies engage customers and increase revenue with personalized, content-rich digital experiences anytime, anywhere. Savvy e-commerce marketers rely on the FirstSpirit platform—which includes a headless, hybrid and head-optional CMS, AI-driven personalization and omnichannel marketing capabilities—for individualized and synchronized content delivery across all channels to differentiate their companies and compel their customers to action for an e-commerce edge. More information can be found in the [E-Spirit documentation](https://docs.e-spirit.com/ecom/contentconnect-spryker/ContentConnect_Spryker_Documentation_EN.html). YOUR ADVANTAGES: * Easy to use content editing: No coding needed to add content for experience-driven commerce (e.g., promotional banners, product teasers, interactive images and videos, user generated content). * Rapid start-up. * Deep partnership with Spryker. -* Many leading e-commerce customers globally: Reitmans, Carter’s, Converse, L’Oreal Luxe brands, Karstadt, TSI Holdings, Hugo Boss, etc. +* Many leading e-commerce customers globally: Reitmans, Carter's, Converse, L'Oreal Luxe brands, Karstadt, TSI Holdings, Hugo Boss, etc. * Content-driven commerce that simplifies connections across people, processes and technology to enable compelling digital experiences anytime, anywhere. * Dynamic content experiences: Create content-rich online stores that increase engagement and influence buying behavior. * AI-Powered, Personalized Content Delivery: Use the FirstSpirit Intelligent Content Engine to deliver personalized, relevant content that differentiates and compels customers to action diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/create-a-custom-content-item.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/create-a-custom-content-item.md index 75927763479..e968e89d11e 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/create-a-custom-content-item.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/create-a-custom-content-item.md @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Optional: You can add the `$templateIdentifier` parameter—for example, `functi 5. In `\Pyz\Yves\Twig\TwigDependencyProvider::getTwigPlugins()`, register your Twig plugin. -Now you can use your plugin as a function in Twig files. If you’ve named your plugin `content_foo`, in a Twig file, the function looks like `{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} content_foo('content-key', 'big-header') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}`. +Now you can use your plugin as a function in Twig files. If you've named your plugin `content_foo`, in a Twig file, the function looks like `{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} content_foo('content-key', 'big-header') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}`. ## WYSIWYG editor plugin diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/cms-feature-overview/email-as-a-cms-block-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/cms-feature-overview/email-as-a-cms-block-overview.md index 8bae34a724d..9317a499ebc 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/cms-feature-overview/email-as-a-cms-block-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/cms-feature-overview/email-as-a-cms-block-overview.md @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ There are two email formats by default: HTML and pure text. The format of the [d * `customer-registration--html` * `customer-registration--text` -The email format itself is defined on the code level, the tales serving as identifiers. If you create new email templates, you don’t have to add them to their Email CMS Block names. +The email format itself is defined on the code level, the tales serving as identifiers. If you create new email templates, you don't have to add them to their Email CMS Block names. ### Default email templates @@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ The following table contains the list of the default email templates, their Emai | Order was shipped. | order-shipped--text | Oms/src/Spryker/Zed/Oms/Presentation/Mail/order_shipped.text.twig | | Customer invited a new company user. The invited user receives the email. | company-user-invitation--html | CompanyUserInvitation/src/Spryker/Zed/CompanyUserInvitation/Presentation/Mail/invitation.html.twig | | Customer invited a new company user. The invited user receives the email. | company-user-invitation--text | CompanyUserInvitation/src/Spryker/Zed/CompanyUserInvitation/Presentation/Mail/invitation.text.twig | -| Company’s status changed. | company-status--html | CompanyMailConnector/src/Spryker/Zed/CompanyMailConnector/Presentation/Mail/company_status.html.twig | -| Company’s status changed. | company-status--text | CompanyMailConnector/src/Spryker/Zed/CompanyMailConnector/Presentation/Mail/company_status.text.twig | +| Company's status changed. | company-status--html | CompanyMailConnector/src/Spryker/Zed/CompanyMailConnector/Presentation/Mail/company_status.html.twig | +| Company's status changed. | company-status--text | CompanyMailConnector/src/Spryker/Zed/CompanyMailConnector/Presentation/Mail/company_status.text.twig | | Customer subscribed to notifications about product availability. | availability-notification-subscription--html | AvailabilityNotification/src/Spryker/Zed/AvailabilityNotification/Presentation/Mail/subscribed.html.twig | | Customer subscribed to notifications about product availability. | availability-notification-subscription--text | AvailabilityNotification/src/Spryker/Zed/AvailabilityNotification/Presentation/Mail/subscribed.text.twig | | Customer unsubscribed from notifications about product availability. | availability-notification-unsubscribed--html | AvailabilityNotification/src/Spryker/Zed/AvailabilityNotification/Presentation/Mail/unsubscribed.html.twig | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/file-manager-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/file-manager-feature-overview.md index 8252addd20c..418e0ababa5 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/file-manager-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/file-manager-feature-overview.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ The *File Manager* feature lets you upload and manage your assets (media files) * Upload and delete files in bulk. * Add and delete files manually through the Back Office. * Maintain multiple versions of individual files. -* Drag and drop to create and update your assets’ file structure. +* Drag and drop to create and update your assets' file structure. * Manage files from a list view. A Back Office user can upload files then add them to CMS pages and blocks to display on the Storefront. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/best-practices-add-content-to-the-storefront-pages-using-templates-and-slots.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/best-practices-add-content-to-the-storefront-pages-using-templates-and-slots.md index 3349a416f7c..ce7dd36e284 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/best-practices-add-content-to-the-storefront-pages-using-templates-and-slots.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/best-practices-add-content-to-the-storefront-pages-using-templates-and-slots.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ related: This topic describes how to add content to Storefront pages using templates with slots. To start working with templates with slots, go to **Content Management > Slots**. -Let’s say you have *Sticky Notes* and *Writing Materials* categories, and you want to cross-promote them. You set the following tasks: +Let's say you have *Sticky Notes* and *Writing Materials* categories, and you want to cross-promote them. You set the following tasks: * All the products belonging to the *Sticky Notes* category should display a content block with a link to the *Writing Materials* category and a content block with featured products. * All the products belonging to the *Writing Materials* category should display a content block with a link to the *Writing Materials* category and a content block with top sellers. @@ -73,13 +73,13 @@ Make sure to activate the CMS blocks. Only active CMS blocks are rendered on Sto 2. Insert the *Best Selling Products* content item into the *Homepage Top sellers Products* CMS block, and apply the *Product Slider for store/landing pages* template. 3. Insert the *Featured Products* content item into the *Homepage Featured Products* CMS block and apply the Product Slider for store/landing pages template. 4. Configure the *Category Banner-2* CMS block as follows: - * **Title**—“Writing Materials”. - * **Content**—“Stock up on the perfect pens, pencils, and markers for every member of your team”. + * **Title**—"Writing Materials". + * **Content**—"Stock up on the perfect pens, pencils, and markers for every member of your team". * **Link**—`/en/stationery/writing-materials`. * **ImageURL**—`/assets/DE/default/images/category-banner-image-2@2x.jpg`. 5. Configure the *Category Banner-3* CMS block as follows: - * Title—“Post-Its”. - * Content—“Organize and prioritize yourself or your team using our great selection of Post-Its”. + * Title—"Post-Its". + * Content—"Organize and prioritize yourself or your team using our great selection of Post-Its". * Link—`/en/stationery/paper/sticky-notes`. * ImageURL—`/assets/DE/default/images/category-banner-image-3@2x.jpg`. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/blocks/create-email-cms-blocks.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/blocks/create-email-cms-blocks.md index 8521a332119..5bf75be79e9 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/blocks/create-email-cms-blocks.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/blocks/create-email-cms-blocks.md @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Review the [reference information](#reference-information-create-an-email-cms-bl {% info_block warningBox "Activating email blocks" %} -You don’t need to activate the email CMS block, as the deactivated status of the email CMS block does not prevent emails from being sent. +You don't need to activate the email CMS block, as the deactivated status of the email CMS block does not prevent emails from being sent. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-cms-pages.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-cms-pages.md index 5ae2ea62d66..d22b72fb4e2 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-cms-pages.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-cms-pages.md @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ When paging is enabled, the links section of the response contains links for the                 "averageRating": null,                 "reviewCount": 0,                 "name": "Lenovo Essential B70-80", -                "description": "Multimedia Powerhouse A perfect business companion and desktop replacement, the B70 laptop also delivers great cinema-style multimedia features - a DVD Rambo drive, 2GB of video RAM and Dolby® certified speakers for an immersive surround sound experience. So whether you're catching up on work, gaming or relaxing to your favourite music, the B70 ticks all the boxes. Premium performance, powerful possibilities. With stunning visuals and performance, the new 5th gen Intel® Core™ processor delivers processing power that takes your computing to the next level so that you can work smarter and play harder. Enjoy amazing battery life that keeps you productive on the go so that you don’t have to worry about recharging. That’s serious processing. Only with Intel Inside®. The B70 spares nothing when it comes to robust graphics performance. With up to NVIDIA® GeForce® 920M graphics, you'll encounter enhanced graphics when work demands it, and a vivid gaming and video experience when it’s time for fun.", +                "description": "Multimedia Powerhouse A perfect business companion and desktop replacement, the B70 laptop also delivers great cinema-style multimedia features - a DVD Rambo drive, 2GB of video RAM and Dolby® certified speakers for an immersive surround sound experience. So whether you're catching up on work, gaming or relaxing to your favourite music, the B70 ticks all the boxes. Premium performance, powerful possibilities. With stunning visuals and performance, the new 5th gen Intel® Core™ processor delivers processing power that takes your computing to the next level so that you can work smarter and play harder. Enjoy amazing battery life that keeps you productive on the go so that you don't have to worry about recharging. That's serious processing. Only with Intel Inside®. The B70 spares nothing when it comes to robust graphics performance. With up to NVIDIA® GeForce® 920M graphics, you'll encounter enhanced graphics when work demands it, and a vivid gaming and video experience when it's time for fun.",                 "attributes": {                     "processor_cores": "3",                     "processor_cache_type": "3", @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ To retrieve abstract products for the `content-product-abstract-lists` relations                 "averageRating": null,                 "reviewCount": 0,                 "name": "Lenovo Essential B70-80", -                "description": "Multimedia Powerhouse A perfect business companion and desktop replacement, the B70 laptop also delivers great cinema-style multimedia features - a DVD Rambo drive, 2GB of video RAM and Dolby® certified speakers for an immersive surround sound experience. So whether you're catching up on work, gaming or relaxing to your favourite music, the B70 ticks all the boxes. Premium performance, powerful possibilities. With stunning visuals and performance, the new 5th gen Intel® Core™ processor delivers processing power that takes your computing to the next level so that you can work smarter and play harder. Enjoy amazing battery life that keeps you productive on the go so that you don’t have to worry about recharging. That’s serious processing. Only with Intel Inside®. The B70 spares nothing when it comes to robust graphics performance. With up to NVIDIA® GeForce® 920M graphics, you'll encounter enhanced graphics when work demands it, and a vivid gaming and video experience when it’s time for fun.", +                "description": "Multimedia Powerhouse A perfect business companion and desktop replacement, the B70 laptop also delivers great cinema-style multimedia features - a DVD Rambo drive, 2GB of video RAM and Dolby® certified speakers for an immersive surround sound experience. So whether you're catching up on work, gaming or relaxing to your favourite music, the B70 ticks all the boxes. Premium performance, powerful possibilities. With stunning visuals and performance, the new 5th gen Intel® Core™ processor delivers processing power that takes your computing to the next level so that you can work smarter and play harder. Enjoy amazing battery life that keeps you productive on the go so that you don't have to worry about recharging. That's serious processing. Only with Intel Inside®. The B70 spares nothing when it comes to robust graphics performance. With up to NVIDIA® GeForce® 920M graphics, you'll encounter enhanced graphics when work demands it, and a vivid gaming and video experience when it's time for fun.",                 "attributes": {                     "processor_cores": "3",                     "processor_cache_type": "3", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/censhare.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/censhare.md index 672a2b724a1..8db7486a6fb 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/censhare.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/censhare.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ redirect_from: [ABOUT CENSHARE](https://www.censhare.com/) -Our pioneering, universal content management platform lets you connect with your audiences on any channel, in any language, locally or globally. Expect complete control over all your content. Enjoy new freedom to create. Experience lower costs. And join Jaguar Land Rover, Dyson, Christie’s, Lufthansa and hundreds more in delivering quality communications with exceptional efficiency. +Our pioneering, universal content management platform lets you connect with your audiences on any channel, in any language, locally or globally. Expect complete control over all your content. Enjoy new freedom to create. Experience lower costs. And join Jaguar Land Rover, Dyson, Christie's, Lufthansa and hundreds more in delivering quality communications with exceptional efficiency. * **Digital Asset Management (DAM)** – Centrally create and manage every type of digital content to create the best customer experience * **Content Management (CMS)** – Create and manage media neutral content for omnichannel use diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/e-spirit.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/e-spirit.md index 7b6c73ba38d..01924025364 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/e-spirit.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/e-spirit.md @@ -21,14 +21,14 @@ redirect_from: Content-rich e-commerce experiences for a Digital Experience Edge -e-Spirit’s FirstSpirit Digital Experience Platform, offered through a SaaS or on-premises model, helps retail and e-commerce companies engage customers and increase revenue with personalized, content-rich digital experiences anytime, anywhere. Savvy e-commerce marketers rely on the FirstSpirit platform—which includes a headless, hybrid and head-optional CMS, AI-driven personalization and omnichannel marketing capabilities—for individualized and synchronized content delivery across all channels to differentiate their companies and compel their customers to action for an e-commerce edge. More information can be found in the [E-Spirit documentation](https://docs.e-spirit.com/ecom/contentconnect-spryker/ContentConnect_Spryker_Documentation_EN.html). +e-Spirit's FirstSpirit Digital Experience Platform, offered through a SaaS or on-premises model, helps retail and e-commerce companies engage customers and increase revenue with personalized, content-rich digital experiences anytime, anywhere. Savvy e-commerce marketers rely on the FirstSpirit platform—which includes a headless, hybrid and head-optional CMS, AI-driven personalization and omnichannel marketing capabilities—for individualized and synchronized content delivery across all channels to differentiate their companies and compel their customers to action for an e-commerce edge. More information can be found in the [E-Spirit documentation](https://docs.e-spirit.com/ecom/contentconnect-spryker/ContentConnect_Spryker_Documentation_EN.html). YOUR ADVANTAGES: * Easy to use content editing: No coding needed to add content for experience-driven commerce (e.g., promotional banners, product teasers, interactive images and videos, user generated content). * Rapid start-up. * Deep partnership with Spryker. -* Many leading e-commerce customers globally: Reitmans, Carter’s, Converse, L’Oreal Luxe brands, Karstadt, TSI Holdings, Hugo Boss, etc. +* Many leading e-commerce customers globally: Reitmans, Carter's, Converse, L'Oreal Luxe brands, Karstadt, TSI Holdings, Hugo Boss, etc. * Content-driven commerce that simplifies connections across people, processes and technology to enable compelling digital experiences anytime, anywhere. * Dynamic content experiences: Create content-rich online stores that increase engagement and influence buying behavior. * AI-Powered, Personalized Content Delivery: Use the FirstSpirit Intelligent Content Engine to deliver personalized, relevant content that differentiates and compels customers to action diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/create-a-custom-content-item.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/create-a-custom-content-item.md index cf40de9ac9f..0abfff583a0 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/create-a-custom-content-item.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/create-a-custom-content-item.md @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Optional: You can add the `$templateIdentifier` parameter—for example, `functi 5. In `\Pyz\Yves\Twig\TwigDependencyProvider::getTwigPlugins()`, register your Twig plugin. -Now you can use your plugin as a function in Twig files. If you’ve named your plugin `content_foo`, in a Twig file, the function looks like `{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} content_foo('content-key', 'big-header') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}`. +Now you can use your plugin as a function in Twig files. If you've named your plugin `content_foo`, in a Twig file, the function looks like `{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} content_foo('content-key', 'big-header') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}`. ## WYSIWYG editor plugin diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/cms-feature-overview/email-as-a-cms-block-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/cms-feature-overview/email-as-a-cms-block-overview.md index 96559aef308..a2ce3ce8082 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/cms-feature-overview/email-as-a-cms-block-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/cms-feature-overview/email-as-a-cms-block-overview.md @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ There are two email formats by default: HTML and pure text. The format of the [d * `customer-registration--html` * `customer-registration--text` -The email format itself is defined on the code level, the tales serving as identifiers. If you create new email templates, you don’t have to add them to their Email CMS Block names. +The email format itself is defined on the code level, the tales serving as identifiers. If you create new email templates, you don't have to add them to their Email CMS Block names. ### Default email templates @@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ The following table contains the list of the default email templates, their Emai | Order was shipped. | order-shipped--text | Oms/src/Spryker/Zed/Oms/Presentation/Mail/order_shipped.text.twig | | Customer invited a new company user. The invited user receives the email. | company-user-invitation--html | CompanyUserInvitation/src/Spryker/Zed/CompanyUserInvitation/Presentation/Mail/invitation.html.twig | | Customer invited a new company user. The invited user receives the email. | company-user-invitation--text | CompanyUserInvitation/src/Spryker/Zed/CompanyUserInvitation/Presentation/Mail/invitation.text.twig | -| Company’s status changed. | company-status--html | CompanyMailConnector/src/Spryker/Zed/CompanyMailConnector/Presentation/Mail/company_status.html.twig | -| Company’s status changed. | company-status--text | CompanyMailConnector/src/Spryker/Zed/CompanyMailConnector/Presentation/Mail/company_status.text.twig | +| Company's status changed. | company-status--html | CompanyMailConnector/src/Spryker/Zed/CompanyMailConnector/Presentation/Mail/company_status.html.twig | +| Company's status changed. | company-status--text | CompanyMailConnector/src/Spryker/Zed/CompanyMailConnector/Presentation/Mail/company_status.text.twig | | Customer subscribed to notifications about product availability. | availability-notification-subscription--html | AvailabilityNotification/src/Spryker/Zed/AvailabilityNotification/Presentation/Mail/subscribed.html.twig | | Customer subscribed to notifications about product availability. | availability-notification-subscription--text | AvailabilityNotification/src/Spryker/Zed/AvailabilityNotification/Presentation/Mail/subscribed.text.twig | | Customer unsubscribed from notifications about product availability. | availability-notification-unsubscribed--html | AvailabilityNotification/src/Spryker/Zed/AvailabilityNotification/Presentation/Mail/unsubscribed.html.twig | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/file-manager-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/file-manager-feature-overview.md index 8252addd20c..418e0ababa5 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/file-manager-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/file-manager-feature-overview.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ The *File Manager* feature lets you upload and manage your assets (media files) * Upload and delete files in bulk. * Add and delete files manually through the Back Office. * Maintain multiple versions of individual files. -* Drag and drop to create and update your assets’ file structure. +* Drag and drop to create and update your assets' file structure. * Manage files from a list view. A Back Office user can upload files then add them to CMS pages and blocks to display on the Storefront. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/best-practices-add-content-to-the-storefront-pages-using-templates-and-slots.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/best-practices-add-content-to-the-storefront-pages-using-templates-and-slots.md index 3349a416f7c..ce7dd36e284 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/best-practices-add-content-to-the-storefront-pages-using-templates-and-slots.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/best-practices-add-content-to-the-storefront-pages-using-templates-and-slots.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ related: This topic describes how to add content to Storefront pages using templates with slots. To start working with templates with slots, go to **Content Management > Slots**. -Let’s say you have *Sticky Notes* and *Writing Materials* categories, and you want to cross-promote them. You set the following tasks: +Let's say you have *Sticky Notes* and *Writing Materials* categories, and you want to cross-promote them. You set the following tasks: * All the products belonging to the *Sticky Notes* category should display a content block with a link to the *Writing Materials* category and a content block with featured products. * All the products belonging to the *Writing Materials* category should display a content block with a link to the *Writing Materials* category and a content block with top sellers. @@ -73,13 +73,13 @@ Make sure to activate the CMS blocks. Only active CMS blocks are rendered on Sto 2. Insert the *Best Selling Products* content item into the *Homepage Top sellers Products* CMS block, and apply the *Product Slider for store/landing pages* template. 3. Insert the *Featured Products* content item into the *Homepage Featured Products* CMS block and apply the Product Slider for store/landing pages template. 4. Configure the *Category Banner-2* CMS block as follows: - * **Title**—“Writing Materials”. - * **Content**—“Stock up on the perfect pens, pencils, and markers for every member of your team”. + * **Title**—"Writing Materials". + * **Content**—"Stock up on the perfect pens, pencils, and markers for every member of your team". * **Link**—`/en/stationery/writing-materials`. * **ImageURL**—`/assets/DE/default/images/category-banner-image-2@2x.jpg`. 5. Configure the *Category Banner-3* CMS block as follows: - * Title—“Post-Its”. - * Content—“Organize and prioritize yourself or your team using our great selection of Post-Its”. + * Title—"Post-Its". + * Content—"Organize and prioritize yourself or your team using our great selection of Post-Its". * Link—`/en/stationery/paper/sticky-notes`. * ImageURL—`/assets/DE/default/images/category-banner-image-3@2x.jpg`. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/blocks/create-email-cms-blocks.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/blocks/create-email-cms-blocks.md index d2d47276151..d365b65a82a 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/blocks/create-email-cms-blocks.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/blocks/create-email-cms-blocks.md @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Review the [reference information](#reference-information-create-an-email-cms-bl {% info_block warningBox "Activating email blocks" %} -You don’t need to activate the email CMS block, as the deactivated status of the email CMS block does not prevent emails from being sent. +You don't need to activate the email CMS block, as the deactivated status of the email CMS block does not prevent emails from being sent. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-cms-pages.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-cms-pages.md index 67eab1891cb..39c87b4c805 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-cms-pages.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-cms-pages.md @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ When paging is enabled, the links section of the response contains links for the                 "averageRating": null,                 "reviewCount": 0,                 "name": "Lenovo Essential B70-80", -                "description": "Multimedia Powerhouse A perfect business companion and desktop replacement, the B70 laptop also delivers great cinema-style multimedia features - a DVD Rambo drive, 2GB of video RAM and Dolby® certified speakers for an immersive surround sound experience. So whether you're catching up on work, gaming or relaxing to your favourite music, the B70 ticks all the boxes. Premium performance, powerful possibilities. With stunning visuals and performance, the new 5th gen Intel® Core™ processor delivers processing power that takes your computing to the next level so that you can work smarter and play harder. Enjoy amazing battery life that keeps you productive on the go so that you don’t have to worry about recharging. That’s serious processing. Only with Intel Inside®. The B70 spares nothing when it comes to robust graphics performance. With up to NVIDIA® GeForce® 920M graphics, you'll encounter enhanced graphics when work demands it, and a vivid gaming and video experience when it’s time for fun.", +                "description": "Multimedia Powerhouse A perfect business companion and desktop replacement, the B70 laptop also delivers great cinema-style multimedia features - a DVD Rambo drive, 2GB of video RAM and Dolby® certified speakers for an immersive surround sound experience. So whether you're catching up on work, gaming or relaxing to your favourite music, the B70 ticks all the boxes. Premium performance, powerful possibilities. With stunning visuals and performance, the new 5th gen Intel® Core™ processor delivers processing power that takes your computing to the next level so that you can work smarter and play harder. Enjoy amazing battery life that keeps you productive on the go so that you don't have to worry about recharging. That's serious processing. Only with Intel Inside®. The B70 spares nothing when it comes to robust graphics performance. With up to NVIDIA® GeForce® 920M graphics, you'll encounter enhanced graphics when work demands it, and a vivid gaming and video experience when it's time for fun.",                 "attributes": {                     "processor_cores": "3",                     "processor_cache_type": "3", @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ To retrieve abstract products for the `content-product-abstract-lists` relations                 "averageRating": null,                 "reviewCount": 0,                 "name": "Lenovo Essential B70-80", -                "description": "Multimedia Powerhouse A perfect business companion and desktop replacement, the B70 laptop also delivers great cinema-style multimedia features - a DVD Rambo drive, 2GB of video RAM and Dolby® certified speakers for an immersive surround sound experience. So whether you're catching up on work, gaming or relaxing to your favourite music, the B70 ticks all the boxes. Premium performance, powerful possibilities. With stunning visuals and performance, the new 5th gen Intel® Core™ processor delivers processing power that takes your computing to the next level so that you can work smarter and play harder. Enjoy amazing battery life that keeps you productive on the go so that you don’t have to worry about recharging. That’s serious processing. Only with Intel Inside®. The B70 spares nothing when it comes to robust graphics performance. With up to NVIDIA® GeForce® 920M graphics, you'll encounter enhanced graphics when work demands it, and a vivid gaming and video experience when it’s time for fun.", +                "description": "Multimedia Powerhouse A perfect business companion and desktop replacement, the B70 laptop also delivers great cinema-style multimedia features - a DVD Rambo drive, 2GB of video RAM and Dolby® certified speakers for an immersive surround sound experience. So whether you're catching up on work, gaming or relaxing to your favourite music, the B70 ticks all the boxes. Premium performance, powerful possibilities. With stunning visuals and performance, the new 5th gen Intel® Core™ processor delivers processing power that takes your computing to the next level so that you can work smarter and play harder. Enjoy amazing battery life that keeps you productive on the go so that you don't have to worry about recharging. That's serious processing. Only with Intel Inside®. The B70 spares nothing when it comes to robust graphics performance. With up to NVIDIA® GeForce® 920M graphics, you'll encounter enhanced graphics when work demands it, and a vivid gaming and video experience when it's time for fun.",                 "attributes": {                     "processor_cores": "3",                     "processor_cache_type": "3", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/censhare.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/censhare.md index 507386ffb39..97476e8c54c 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/censhare.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/censhare.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ redirect_from: [ABOUT CENSHARE](https://www.censhare.com/) -Our pioneering, universal content management platform lets you connect with your audiences on any channel, in any language, locally or globally. Expect complete control over all your content. Enjoy new freedom to create. Experience lower costs. And join Jaguar Land Rover, Dyson, Christie’s, Lufthansa and hundreds more in delivering quality communications with exceptional efficiency. +Our pioneering, universal content management platform lets you connect with your audiences on any channel, in any language, locally or globally. Expect complete control over all your content. Enjoy new freedom to create. Experience lower costs. And join Jaguar Land Rover, Dyson, Christie's, Lufthansa and hundreds more in delivering quality communications with exceptional efficiency. * **Digital Asset Management (DAM)** – Centrally create and manage every type of digital content to create the best customer experience * **Content Management (CMS)** – Create and manage media neutral content for omnichannel use diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/e-spirit.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/e-spirit.md index 7b6c73ba38d..01924025364 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/e-spirit.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/e-spirit.md @@ -21,14 +21,14 @@ redirect_from: Content-rich e-commerce experiences for a Digital Experience Edge -e-Spirit’s FirstSpirit Digital Experience Platform, offered through a SaaS or on-premises model, helps retail and e-commerce companies engage customers and increase revenue with personalized, content-rich digital experiences anytime, anywhere. Savvy e-commerce marketers rely on the FirstSpirit platform—which includes a headless, hybrid and head-optional CMS, AI-driven personalization and omnichannel marketing capabilities—for individualized and synchronized content delivery across all channels to differentiate their companies and compel their customers to action for an e-commerce edge. More information can be found in the [E-Spirit documentation](https://docs.e-spirit.com/ecom/contentconnect-spryker/ContentConnect_Spryker_Documentation_EN.html). +e-Spirit's FirstSpirit Digital Experience Platform, offered through a SaaS or on-premises model, helps retail and e-commerce companies engage customers and increase revenue with personalized, content-rich digital experiences anytime, anywhere. Savvy e-commerce marketers rely on the FirstSpirit platform—which includes a headless, hybrid and head-optional CMS, AI-driven personalization and omnichannel marketing capabilities—for individualized and synchronized content delivery across all channels to differentiate their companies and compel their customers to action for an e-commerce edge. More information can be found in the [E-Spirit documentation](https://docs.e-spirit.com/ecom/contentconnect-spryker/ContentConnect_Spryker_Documentation_EN.html). YOUR ADVANTAGES: * Easy to use content editing: No coding needed to add content for experience-driven commerce (e.g., promotional banners, product teasers, interactive images and videos, user generated content). * Rapid start-up. * Deep partnership with Spryker. -* Many leading e-commerce customers globally: Reitmans, Carter’s, Converse, L’Oreal Luxe brands, Karstadt, TSI Holdings, Hugo Boss, etc. +* Many leading e-commerce customers globally: Reitmans, Carter's, Converse, L'Oreal Luxe brands, Karstadt, TSI Holdings, Hugo Boss, etc. * Content-driven commerce that simplifies connections across people, processes and technology to enable compelling digital experiences anytime, anywhere. * Dynamic content experiences: Create content-rich online stores that increase engagement and influence buying behavior. * AI-Powered, Personalized Content Delivery: Use the FirstSpirit Intelligent Content Engine to deliver personalized, relevant content that differentiates and compels customers to action diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/create-a-custom-content-item.md b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/create-a-custom-content-item.md index cf40de9ac9f..0abfff583a0 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/create-a-custom-content-item.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/create-a-custom-content-item.md @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Optional: You can add the `$templateIdentifier` parameter—for example, `functi 5. In `\Pyz\Yves\Twig\TwigDependencyProvider::getTwigPlugins()`, register your Twig plugin. -Now you can use your plugin as a function in Twig files. If you’ve named your plugin `content_foo`, in a Twig file, the function looks like `{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} content_foo('content-key', 'big-header') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}`. +Now you can use your plugin as a function in Twig files. If you've named your plugin `content_foo`, in a Twig file, the function looks like `{% raw %}{{{% endraw %} content_foo('content-key', 'big-header') {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}`. ## WYSIWYG editor plugin diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/company-account-feature-overview/company-account-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/company-account-feature-overview/company-account-feature-overview.md index 18235a1ea25..74f662f4ed5 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/company-account-feature-overview/company-account-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/company-account-feature-overview/company-account-feature-overview.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Company Account feature overview -description: The Company Account page gives a clear overview of business’ structure, hierarchy, shipping, billing addresses, and other users in the Business Unit. +description: The Company Account page gives a clear overview of business' structure, hierarchy, shipping, billing addresses, and other users in the Business Unit. last_updated: Jul 30, 2021 template: concept-topic-template originalLink: https://documentation.spryker.com/2021080/docs/company-account diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/customer-login-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/customer-login-overview.md index 772d92f1c5e..b194c31b4bb 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/customer-login-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/customer-login-overview.md @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ You can define separate settings for a Storefront user and agent. ## Demo Shop default configuration -The feature’s default configuration in the Spryker Demo Shop is as follows. When a user tries to log in and the number of unsuccessful login attempts reaches the preset limit (11 attempts for a Storefront user and 10 for an [agent](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/agent-assist-feature-overview.html)), the user account is locked out for some time (5 minutes for a Storefront user and 6 for an agent). After the last unsuccessful attempt, the user is notified that the ban is applied, and the user cannot log in until the ban expires. +The feature's default configuration in the Spryker Demo Shop is as follows. When a user tries to log in and the number of unsuccessful login attempts reaches the preset limit (11 attempts for a Storefront user and 10 for an [agent](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/agent-assist-feature-overview.html)), the user account is locked out for some time (5 minutes for a Storefront user and 6 for an agent). After the last unsuccessful attempt, the user is notified that the ban is applied, and the user cannot log in until the ban expires. To minimize login issues for real customers, the ban is applied by the IP address, which means you can log in to the same user account from one IP address while being locked out of another IP address. All information about blocked accounts is stored in Redis. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/password-management-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/password-management-overview.md index e2d48a4a351..bedea034dcf 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/password-management-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/password-management-overview.md @@ -17,11 +17,11 @@ redirect_from: *Password Management* lets Spryker admins manage customer account passwords. It also lets B2B and B2C Shoppers manage their own account passwords. -When you create a customer account in the Back Office, you do not enter the password. Instead, you can select to send a password reset email to the customer account’s email address. This way, the customer knows that the account has been created, and they need to reset the password to access it. To learn how Spryker admin sends password reset emails when creating customer accounts, see [Create a customer](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/create-customers.html). +When you create a customer account in the Back Office, you do not enter the password. Instead, you can select to send a password reset email to the customer account's email address. This way, the customer knows that the account has been created, and they need to reset the password to access it. To learn how Spryker admin sends password reset emails when creating customer accounts, see [Create a customer](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/create-customers.html). -You can create customer accounts by [importing](/docs/dg/dev/data-import/{{page.version}}/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.html#console-commands-to-run-import) a [`customerCSV file`](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/import-file-details-customer.csv.html). In this case, you can specify the passwords of the customer accounts to import, but it’s not mandatory. If you do not specify the passwords, you can send password reset emails to the customers without passwords by running `console customer:password:set`. Also, you can send password reset emails to all customers by running console `customer:password:reset`. To learn how a developer can import customer data, see [Importing Data with a Configuration File](/docs/dg/dev/data-import/{{page.version}}/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.html). +You can create customer accounts by [importing](/docs/dg/dev/data-import/{{page.version}}/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.html#console-commands-to-run-import) a [`customerCSV file`](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/import-file-details-customer.csv.html). In this case, you can specify the passwords of the customer accounts to import, but it's not mandatory. If you do not specify the passwords, you can send password reset emails to the customers without passwords by running `console customer:password:set`. Also, you can send password reset emails to all customers by running console `customer:password:reset`. To learn how a developer can import customer data, see [Importing Data with a Configuration File](/docs/dg/dev/data-import/{{page.version}}/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.html). -With the help of [Glue API](/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/{{page.version}}/old-glue-infrastructure/glue-rest-api.html), you can change and reset customer account passwords. This can be useful when you want to use a single authentication in all the apps connected to your shop. To learn how a developer can do it, see [Change a customer’s password](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-customer-passwords.html#change-a-customers-password) and [Reset a customer’s password](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-customer-passwords.html#reset-a-customers-password). +With the help of [Glue API](/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/{{page.version}}/old-glue-infrastructure/glue-rest-api.html), you can change and reset customer account passwords. This can be useful when you want to use a single authentication in all the apps connected to your shop. To learn how a developer can do it, see [Change a customer's password](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-customer-passwords.html#change-a-customers-password) and [Reset a customer's password](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-customer-passwords.html#reset-a-customers-password). On the Storefront, it's mandatory to enter a password when creating a customer account. After the account is created, you can update the password in the customer account or request a password reset using email. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/file-details-customer.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/file-details-customer.csv.md index db27d46baa0..b5279768622 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/file-details-customer.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/file-details-customer.csv.md @@ -28,16 +28,16 @@ This document describes the `customer.csv` file to configure [Customer](/docs/pb | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | customer_reference | ✓ | String | Must be unique and end with a number. | Reference of the Customer. | | locale_name | | String | | Locale name. | -| phone | | String | | Customer’s phone number. | -| email | ✓ | String | Must be unique. | Customer’s e-mail. | +| phone | | String | | Customer's phone number. | +| email | ✓ | String | Must be unique. | Customer's e-mail. | | salutation | ✓ | String | Values must be:
  • Mr
  • Mrs
  • Dr, or
  • Ms
| The value must be within the list of values predefined in the `spyCustomerTableMap.php` file. | Used salutation. | -| first_name | ✓ | String | | Customer’s first name. | -| last_name | ✓ | String | | Customer’s last name. | -| company | | String | | Customer’s Company | -| gender | ✓ | String | Values must be:
  • Male, or
  • Female
| Customer’s gender.
The value must be within the list of values predefined in the `spyCustomerTableMap.php`file. | Gender definition.| -| date_of_birth | | Date | | Customer’s date of birth. | -| password | | String | | Customer’s password. | -| registered | | Date | | Customer’s date of registration. | +| first_name | ✓ | String | | Customer's first name. | +| last_name | ✓ | String | | Customer's last name. | +| company | | String | | Customer's Company | +| gender | ✓ | String | Values must be:
  • Male, or
  • Female
| Customer's gender.
The value must be within the list of values predefined in the `spyCustomerTableMap.php`file. | Gender definition.| +| date_of_birth | | Date | | Customer's date of birth. | +| password | | String | | Customer's password. | +| registered | | Date | | Customer's date of registration. | ## Import template file and content example diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/import-file-details-customer.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/import-file-details-customer.csv.md index b2ce399fefa..6ab05f104bf 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/import-file-details-customer.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/import-file-details-customer.csv.md @@ -27,16 +27,16 @@ This document describes the `customer.csv` file to configure [Customer](/docs/pb | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | customer_reference | ✓ | String | Must be unique and end with a number. | Reference of the Customer. | | locale_name | | String | | Locale name. | -| phone | | String | | Customer’s phone number. | -| email | ✓ | String | Must be unique. | Customer’s e-mail. | +| phone | | String | | Customer's phone number. | +| email | ✓ | String | Must be unique. | Customer's e-mail. | | salutation | ✓ | String | Values must be:
  • Mr
  • Mrs
  • Dr, or
  • Ms
| The value must be within the list of values predefined in the `spyCustomerTableMap.php` file. | Used salutation. | -| first_name | ✓ | String | | Customer’s first name. | -| last_name | ✓ | String | | Customer’s last name. | -| company | | String | | Customer’s Company | -| gender | ✓ | String | Values must be:
  • Male, or
  • Female
| Customer’s gender.
The value must be within the list of values predefined in the `spyCustomerTableMap.php`file. | Gender definition.| -| date_of_birth | | Date | | Customer’s date of birth. | -| password | | String | | Customer’s password. | -| registered | | Date | | Customer’s date of registration. | +| first_name | ✓ | String | | Customer's first name. | +| last_name | ✓ | String | | Customer's last name. | +| company | | String | | Customer's Company | +| gender | ✓ | String | Values must be:
  • Male, or
  • Female
| Customer's gender.
The value must be within the list of values predefined in the `spyCustomerTableMap.php`file. | Gender definition.| +| date_of_birth | | Date | | Customer's date of birth. | +| password | | String | | Customer's password. | +| registered | | Date | | Customer's date of registration. | ## Import template file and content example diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/create-customers.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/create-customers.md index ef402d79323..166c255986f 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/create-customers.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/create-customers.md @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Once you create a customer, a verification email is sent to their email address, | PHONE | Phone number.| |COMPANY| Company. Not to be confused with a [B2B company](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/company-account-feature-overview/company-accounts-overview.html). | | LOCALE | Locale.| -| SEND PASSWORD TOKEN THROUGH EMAIL | If you select the checkbox, after saving the customer, an email will be sent to the customer containing a link. By accessing the link, the customer will be able to set a password for the account. If you don’t select this option, the customer will still be able request this email on the Storefront. | +| SEND PASSWORD TOKEN THROUGH EMAIL | If you select the checkbox, after saving the customer, an email will be sent to the customer containing a link. By accessing the link, the customer will be able to set a password for the account. If you don't select this option, the customer will still be able request this email on the Storefront. | ## Next steps diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/edit-customers.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/edit-customers.md index 7a834cad3af..918a1703485 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/edit-customers.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/edit-customers.md @@ -52,6 +52,6 @@ This document describes how to edit customers in the Back Office. | PHONE | Phone number.| |COMPANY| Company. Not to be confused with a [B2B company](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/company-account-feature-overview/company-accounts-overview.html). | | LOCALE | Locale. | -| SEND PASSWORD TOKEN THROUGH EMAIL | If you select the checkbox, after saving the customer, an email will be sent to the customer containing a link. By accessing the link, the customer will be able to set a password for the account. If you don’t select this option, the customer will still be able to request the password reset email on the Storefront. | +| SEND PASSWORD TOKEN THROUGH EMAIL | If you select the checkbox, after saving the customer, an email will be sent to the customer containing a link. By accessing the link, the customer will be able to set a password for the account. If you don't select this option, the customer will still be able to request the password reset email on the Storefront. | | BILLING ADDRESS | When placing an order, this address will be selected by default for billing. To add an address, see [Add customer addresses](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/add-customer-addresses.html). | | SHIPPING ADDRESS | When placing an order, this address will be selected by default for shipping. To add an address, see [Add customer addresses](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/add-customer-addresses.html). | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/customers/glue-api-retrieve-customer-orders.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/customers/glue-api-retrieve-customer-orders.md index 0598bf43b31..fc8f64d1457 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/customers/glue-api-retrieve-customer-orders.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/customers/glue-api-retrieve-customer-orders.md @@ -35,15 +35,15 @@ related: link: docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/page.version/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-customer-carts.html --- -This endpoint allows retrieving a customer’s orders. +This endpoint allows retrieving a customer's orders. ## Installation For details on the modules that provide the API functionality and how to install them, see [Install the Order Management Glue API](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{page.version}}/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-glue-api/install-the-order-management-glue-api.html). -## Retrieve customer’s orders +## Retrieve customer's orders -To retrieve a customer’s orders, send the request: +To retrieve a customer's orders, send the request: *** `GET` **/customers/*{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}customerId{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*/orders** @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Alternatively, you can retrieve all orders made by a customer through the **/ord ### Response -
Response sample: Retrieve a customer’s order +
Response sample: Retrieve a customer's order ```json { diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-customer-access-to-glue-api-resources.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-customer-access-to-glue-api-resources.md index c9ce6125874..9ff0fd06ad6 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-customer-access-to-glue-api-resources.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-customer-access-to-glue-api-resources.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ related: The [Customer Access API](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{site.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-protected-resources.html) allows storefront owners to prevent unauthorized (guest) users from accessing certain REST API resources. This capability is tied up to the [Customer Access](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-customer-access.html) feature that allows you to restrict access to certain content items in *Spryker Back Office*. -The access to resources protected by the API depends on the setup of the *(Customer Access)[/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/customer-access-feature-overview.hrml]* feature. If a certain type of information is restricted to *customer access only*, all API resources associated with it are protected from unauthorized access. If the access is unrestricted, the respective resources are available to guest users as well. For example, if you restrict the *can place an order* functionality to customer access only, customers can check out an order only when authenticated. Alongside that, the associated API resources (`checkout` and `checkout-data)` are available only upon authentication. If you don’t restrict access, everyone can use the resources. In other words, you can prevent access only to the resources that belong to one of the Customer Access feature items. +The access to resources protected by the API depends on the setup of the *(Customer Access)[/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/customer-access-feature-overview.hrml]* feature. If a certain type of information is restricted to *customer access only*, all API resources associated with it are protected from unauthorized access. If the access is unrestricted, the respective resources are available to guest users as well. For example, if you restrict the *can place an order* functionality to customer access only, customers can check out an order only when authenticated. Alongside that, the associated API resources (`checkout` and `checkout-data)` are available only upon authentication. If you don't restrict access, everyone can use the resources. In other words, you can prevent access only to the resources that belong to one of the Customer Access feature items. This document shows how to map API resources to the Customer Access feature items. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/company-account-feature-overview/company-account-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/company-account-feature-overview/company-account-feature-overview.md index 18235a1ea25..74f662f4ed5 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/company-account-feature-overview/company-account-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/company-account-feature-overview/company-account-feature-overview.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Company Account feature overview -description: The Company Account page gives a clear overview of business’ structure, hierarchy, shipping, billing addresses, and other users in the Business Unit. +description: The Company Account page gives a clear overview of business' structure, hierarchy, shipping, billing addresses, and other users in the Business Unit. last_updated: Jul 30, 2021 template: concept-topic-template originalLink: https://documentation.spryker.com/2021080/docs/company-account diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/customer-login-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/customer-login-overview.md index 772d92f1c5e..b194c31b4bb 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/customer-login-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/customer-login-overview.md @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ You can define separate settings for a Storefront user and agent. ## Demo Shop default configuration -The feature’s default configuration in the Spryker Demo Shop is as follows. When a user tries to log in and the number of unsuccessful login attempts reaches the preset limit (11 attempts for a Storefront user and 10 for an [agent](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/agent-assist-feature-overview.html)), the user account is locked out for some time (5 minutes for a Storefront user and 6 for an agent). After the last unsuccessful attempt, the user is notified that the ban is applied, and the user cannot log in until the ban expires. +The feature's default configuration in the Spryker Demo Shop is as follows. When a user tries to log in and the number of unsuccessful login attempts reaches the preset limit (11 attempts for a Storefront user and 10 for an [agent](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/agent-assist-feature-overview.html)), the user account is locked out for some time (5 minutes for a Storefront user and 6 for an agent). After the last unsuccessful attempt, the user is notified that the ban is applied, and the user cannot log in until the ban expires. To minimize login issues for real customers, the ban is applied by the IP address, which means you can log in to the same user account from one IP address while being locked out of another IP address. All information about blocked accounts is stored in Redis. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/password-management-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/password-management-overview.md index e2d48a4a351..bedea034dcf 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/password-management-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/password-management-overview.md @@ -17,11 +17,11 @@ redirect_from: *Password Management* lets Spryker admins manage customer account passwords. It also lets B2B and B2C Shoppers manage their own account passwords. -When you create a customer account in the Back Office, you do not enter the password. Instead, you can select to send a password reset email to the customer account’s email address. This way, the customer knows that the account has been created, and they need to reset the password to access it. To learn how Spryker admin sends password reset emails when creating customer accounts, see [Create a customer](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/create-customers.html). +When you create a customer account in the Back Office, you do not enter the password. Instead, you can select to send a password reset email to the customer account's email address. This way, the customer knows that the account has been created, and they need to reset the password to access it. To learn how Spryker admin sends password reset emails when creating customer accounts, see [Create a customer](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/create-customers.html). -You can create customer accounts by [importing](/docs/dg/dev/data-import/{{page.version}}/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.html#console-commands-to-run-import) a [`customerCSV file`](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/import-file-details-customer.csv.html). In this case, you can specify the passwords of the customer accounts to import, but it’s not mandatory. If you do not specify the passwords, you can send password reset emails to the customers without passwords by running `console customer:password:set`. Also, you can send password reset emails to all customers by running console `customer:password:reset`. To learn how a developer can import customer data, see [Importing Data with a Configuration File](/docs/dg/dev/data-import/{{page.version}}/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.html). +You can create customer accounts by [importing](/docs/dg/dev/data-import/{{page.version}}/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.html#console-commands-to-run-import) a [`customerCSV file`](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/import-file-details-customer.csv.html). In this case, you can specify the passwords of the customer accounts to import, but it's not mandatory. If you do not specify the passwords, you can send password reset emails to the customers without passwords by running `console customer:password:set`. Also, you can send password reset emails to all customers by running console `customer:password:reset`. To learn how a developer can import customer data, see [Importing Data with a Configuration File](/docs/dg/dev/data-import/{{page.version}}/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.html). -With the help of [Glue API](/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/{{page.version}}/old-glue-infrastructure/glue-rest-api.html), you can change and reset customer account passwords. This can be useful when you want to use a single authentication in all the apps connected to your shop. To learn how a developer can do it, see [Change a customer’s password](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-customer-passwords.html#change-a-customers-password) and [Reset a customer’s password](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-customer-passwords.html#reset-a-customers-password). +With the help of [Glue API](/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/{{page.version}}/old-glue-infrastructure/glue-rest-api.html), you can change and reset customer account passwords. This can be useful when you want to use a single authentication in all the apps connected to your shop. To learn how a developer can do it, see [Change a customer's password](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-customer-passwords.html#change-a-customers-password) and [Reset a customer's password](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-customer-passwords.html#reset-a-customers-password). On the Storefront, it's mandatory to enter a password when creating a customer account. After the account is created, you can update the password in the customer account or request a password reset using email. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/file-details-customer.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/file-details-customer.csv.md index db27d46baa0..b5279768622 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/file-details-customer.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/file-details-customer.csv.md @@ -28,16 +28,16 @@ This document describes the `customer.csv` file to configure [Customer](/docs/pb | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | customer_reference | ✓ | String | Must be unique and end with a number. | Reference of the Customer. | | locale_name | | String | | Locale name. | -| phone | | String | | Customer’s phone number. | -| email | ✓ | String | Must be unique. | Customer’s e-mail. | +| phone | | String | | Customer's phone number. | +| email | ✓ | String | Must be unique. | Customer's e-mail. | | salutation | ✓ | String | Values must be:
  • Mr
  • Mrs
  • Dr, or
  • Ms
| The value must be within the list of values predefined in the `spyCustomerTableMap.php` file. | Used salutation. | -| first_name | ✓ | String | | Customer’s first name. | -| last_name | ✓ | String | | Customer’s last name. | -| company | | String | | Customer’s Company | -| gender | ✓ | String | Values must be:
  • Male, or
  • Female
| Customer’s gender.
The value must be within the list of values predefined in the `spyCustomerTableMap.php`file. | Gender definition.| -| date_of_birth | | Date | | Customer’s date of birth. | -| password | | String | | Customer’s password. | -| registered | | Date | | Customer’s date of registration. | +| first_name | ✓ | String | | Customer's first name. | +| last_name | ✓ | String | | Customer's last name. | +| company | | String | | Customer's Company | +| gender | ✓ | String | Values must be:
  • Male, or
  • Female
| Customer's gender.
The value must be within the list of values predefined in the `spyCustomerTableMap.php`file. | Gender definition.| +| date_of_birth | | Date | | Customer's date of birth. | +| password | | String | | Customer's password. | +| registered | | Date | | Customer's date of registration. | ## Import template file and content example diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/import-file-details-customer.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/import-file-details-customer.csv.md index b2ce399fefa..6ab05f104bf 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/import-file-details-customer.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/import-file-details-customer.csv.md @@ -27,16 +27,16 @@ This document describes the `customer.csv` file to configure [Customer](/docs/pb | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | customer_reference | ✓ | String | Must be unique and end with a number. | Reference of the Customer. | | locale_name | | String | | Locale name. | -| phone | | String | | Customer’s phone number. | -| email | ✓ | String | Must be unique. | Customer’s e-mail. | +| phone | | String | | Customer's phone number. | +| email | ✓ | String | Must be unique. | Customer's e-mail. | | salutation | ✓ | String | Values must be:
  • Mr
  • Mrs
  • Dr, or
  • Ms
| The value must be within the list of values predefined in the `spyCustomerTableMap.php` file. | Used salutation. | -| first_name | ✓ | String | | Customer’s first name. | -| last_name | ✓ | String | | Customer’s last name. | -| company | | String | | Customer’s Company | -| gender | ✓ | String | Values must be:
  • Male, or
  • Female
| Customer’s gender.
The value must be within the list of values predefined in the `spyCustomerTableMap.php`file. | Gender definition.| -| date_of_birth | | Date | | Customer’s date of birth. | -| password | | String | | Customer’s password. | -| registered | | Date | | Customer’s date of registration. | +| first_name | ✓ | String | | Customer's first name. | +| last_name | ✓ | String | | Customer's last name. | +| company | | String | | Customer's Company | +| gender | ✓ | String | Values must be:
  • Male, or
  • Female
| Customer's gender.
The value must be within the list of values predefined in the `spyCustomerTableMap.php`file. | Gender definition.| +| date_of_birth | | Date | | Customer's date of birth. | +| password | | String | | Customer's password. | +| registered | | Date | | Customer's date of registration. | ## Import template file and content example diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/create-customers.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/create-customers.md index ef402d79323..166c255986f 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/create-customers.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/create-customers.md @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Once you create a customer, a verification email is sent to their email address, | PHONE | Phone number.| |COMPANY| Company. Not to be confused with a [B2B company](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/company-account-feature-overview/company-accounts-overview.html). | | LOCALE | Locale.| -| SEND PASSWORD TOKEN THROUGH EMAIL | If you select the checkbox, after saving the customer, an email will be sent to the customer containing a link. By accessing the link, the customer will be able to set a password for the account. If you don’t select this option, the customer will still be able request this email on the Storefront. | +| SEND PASSWORD TOKEN THROUGH EMAIL | If you select the checkbox, after saving the customer, an email will be sent to the customer containing a link. By accessing the link, the customer will be able to set a password for the account. If you don't select this option, the customer will still be able request this email on the Storefront. | ## Next steps diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/edit-customers.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/edit-customers.md index 7a834cad3af..918a1703485 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/edit-customers.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/edit-customers.md @@ -52,6 +52,6 @@ This document describes how to edit customers in the Back Office. | PHONE | Phone number.| |COMPANY| Company. Not to be confused with a [B2B company](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/company-account-feature-overview/company-accounts-overview.html). | | LOCALE | Locale. | -| SEND PASSWORD TOKEN THROUGH EMAIL | If you select the checkbox, after saving the customer, an email will be sent to the customer containing a link. By accessing the link, the customer will be able to set a password for the account. If you don’t select this option, the customer will still be able to request the password reset email on the Storefront. | +| SEND PASSWORD TOKEN THROUGH EMAIL | If you select the checkbox, after saving the customer, an email will be sent to the customer containing a link. By accessing the link, the customer will be able to set a password for the account. If you don't select this option, the customer will still be able to request the password reset email on the Storefront. | | BILLING ADDRESS | When placing an order, this address will be selected by default for billing. To add an address, see [Add customer addresses](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/add-customer-addresses.html). | | SHIPPING ADDRESS | When placing an order, this address will be selected by default for shipping. To add an address, see [Add customer addresses](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/add-customer-addresses.html). | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/customers/glue-api-retrieve-customer-orders.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/customers/glue-api-retrieve-customer-orders.md index a5c01723722..7dd83437fe6 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/customers/glue-api-retrieve-customer-orders.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/customers/glue-api-retrieve-customer-orders.md @@ -35,15 +35,15 @@ related: link: docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/page.version/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-customer-carts.html --- -This endpoint allows retrieving a customer’s orders. +This endpoint allows retrieving a customer's orders. ## Installation For details on the modules that provide the API functionality and how to install them, see [Install the Order Management Glue API](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{page.version}}/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-glue-api/install-the-order-management-glue-api.html). -## Retrieve customer’s orders +## Retrieve customer's orders -To retrieve a customer’s orders, send the request: +To retrieve a customer's orders, send the request: *** `GET` **/customers/*{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}customerId{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*/orders** @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Alternatively, you can retrieve all orders made by a customer through the **/ord ### Response -
Response sample: Retrieve a customer’s order +
Response sample: Retrieve a customer's order ```json { diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-customer-access-to-glue-api-resources.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-customer-access-to-glue-api-resources.md index c9ce6125874..9ff0fd06ad6 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-customer-access-to-glue-api-resources.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-customer-access-to-glue-api-resources.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ related: The [Customer Access API](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{site.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-protected-resources.html) allows storefront owners to prevent unauthorized (guest) users from accessing certain REST API resources. This capability is tied up to the [Customer Access](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-customer-access.html) feature that allows you to restrict access to certain content items in *Spryker Back Office*. -The access to resources protected by the API depends on the setup of the *(Customer Access)[/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/customer-access-feature-overview.hrml]* feature. If a certain type of information is restricted to *customer access only*, all API resources associated with it are protected from unauthorized access. If the access is unrestricted, the respective resources are available to guest users as well. For example, if you restrict the *can place an order* functionality to customer access only, customers can check out an order only when authenticated. Alongside that, the associated API resources (`checkout` and `checkout-data)` are available only upon authentication. If you don’t restrict access, everyone can use the resources. In other words, you can prevent access only to the resources that belong to one of the Customer Access feature items. +The access to resources protected by the API depends on the setup of the *(Customer Access)[/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/customer-access-feature-overview.hrml]* feature. If a certain type of information is restricted to *customer access only*, all API resources associated with it are protected from unauthorized access. If the access is unrestricted, the respective resources are available to guest users as well. For example, if you restrict the *can place an order* functionality to customer access only, customers can check out an order only when authenticated. Alongside that, the associated API resources (`checkout` and `checkout-data)` are available only upon authentication. If you don't restrict access, everyone can use the resources. In other words, you can prevent access only to the resources that belong to one of the Customer Access feature items. This document shows how to map API resources to the Customer Access feature items. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/company-account-feature-overview/company-account-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/company-account-feature-overview/company-account-feature-overview.md index 18235a1ea25..74f662f4ed5 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/company-account-feature-overview/company-account-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/company-account-feature-overview/company-account-feature-overview.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Company Account feature overview -description: The Company Account page gives a clear overview of business’ structure, hierarchy, shipping, billing addresses, and other users in the Business Unit. +description: The Company Account page gives a clear overview of business' structure, hierarchy, shipping, billing addresses, and other users in the Business Unit. last_updated: Jul 30, 2021 template: concept-topic-template originalLink: https://documentation.spryker.com/2021080/docs/company-account diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/customer-login-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/customer-login-overview.md index bcf613d324d..d769acb725b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/customer-login-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/customer-login-overview.md @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ You can define separate settings for a Storefront user and agent. ## Demo Shop default configuration -The feature’s default configuration in the Spryker Demo Shop is as follows. When a user tries to log in and the number of unsuccessful login attempts reaches the preset limit (11 attempts for a Storefront user and 10 for an [agent](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/agent-assist-feature-overview.html)), the user account is locked out for some time (5 minutes for a Storefront user and 6 for an agent). After the last unsuccessful attempt, the user is notified that the ban is applied, and the user cannot log in until the ban expires. +The feature's default configuration in the Spryker Demo Shop is as follows. When a user tries to log in and the number of unsuccessful login attempts reaches the preset limit (11 attempts for a Storefront user and 10 for an [agent](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/agent-assist-feature-overview.html)), the user account is locked out for some time (5 minutes for a Storefront user and 6 for an agent). After the last unsuccessful attempt, the user is notified that the ban is applied, and the user cannot log in until the ban expires. To minimize login issues for real customers, the ban is applied by the IP address, which means you can log in to the same user account from one IP address while being locked out of another IP address. All information about blocked accounts is stored in Redis. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/password-management-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/password-management-overview.md index befa467e38e..a07fca6b61b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/password-management-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/customer-account-management-feature-overview/password-management-overview.md @@ -17,11 +17,11 @@ redirect_from: *Password Management* lets Spryker admins manage customer account passwords. It also lets B2B and B2C Shoppers manage their own account passwords. -When you create a customer account in the Back Office, you do not enter the password. Instead, you can select to send a password reset email to the customer account’s email address. This way, the customer knows that the account has been created, and they need to reset the password to access it. To learn how Spryker admin sends password reset emails when creating customer accounts, see [Create a customer](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/create-customers.html). +When you create a customer account in the Back Office, you do not enter the password. Instead, you can select to send a password reset email to the customer account's email address. This way, the customer knows that the account has been created, and they need to reset the password to access it. To learn how Spryker admin sends password reset emails when creating customer accounts, see [Create a customer](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/create-customers.html). -You can create customer accounts by [importing](/docs/dg/dev/data-import/{{page.version}}/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.html#console-commands-to-run-import) a [`customerCSV file`](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/import-file-details-customer.csv.html). In this case, you can specify the passwords of the customer accounts to import, but it’s not mandatory. If you do not specify the passwords, you can send password reset emails to the customers without passwords by running `console customer:password:set`. Also, you can send password reset emails to all customers by running console `customer:password:reset`. To learn how a developer can import customer data, see [Importing Data with a Configuration File](/docs/dg/dev/data-import/{{page.version}}/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.html). +You can create customer accounts by [importing](/docs/dg/dev/data-import/{{page.version}}/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.html#console-commands-to-run-import) a [`customerCSV file`](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/import-file-details-customer.csv.html). In this case, you can specify the passwords of the customer accounts to import, but it's not mandatory. If you do not specify the passwords, you can send password reset emails to the customers without passwords by running `console customer:password:set`. Also, you can send password reset emails to all customers by running console `customer:password:reset`. To learn how a developer can import customer data, see [Importing Data with a Configuration File](/docs/dg/dev/data-import/{{page.version}}/importing-data-with-a-configuration-file.html). -With the help of [Glue API](/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/{{page.version}}/old-glue-infrastructure/glue-rest-api.html), you can change and reset customer account passwords. This can be useful when you want to use a single authentication in all the apps connected to your shop. To learn how a developer can do it, see [Change a customer’s password](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-customer-passwords.html#change-a-customers-password) and [Reset a customer’s password](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-customer-passwords.html#reset-a-customers-password). +With the help of [Glue API](/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/{{page.version}}/old-glue-infrastructure/glue-rest-api.html), you can change and reset customer account passwords. This can be useful when you want to use a single authentication in all the apps connected to your shop. To learn how a developer can do it, see [Change a customer's password](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-customer-passwords.html#change-a-customers-password) and [Reset a customer's password](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-customer-passwords.html#reset-a-customers-password). On the Storefront, it's mandatory to enter a password when creating a customer account. After the account is created, you can update the password in the customer account or request a password reset using email. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/file-details-customer.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/file-details-customer.csv.md index 301d2d66beb..acccd3ea584 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/file-details-customer.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/file-details-customer.csv.md @@ -29,16 +29,16 @@ This document describes the `customer.csv` file to configure [Customer](/docs/pb | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | customer_reference | ✓ | String | Must be unique and end with a number. | Reference of the Customer. | | locale_name | | String | | Locale name. | -| phone | | String | | Customer’s phone number. | -| email | ✓ | String | Must be unique. | Customer’s e-mail. | +| phone | | String | | Customer's phone number. | +| email | ✓ | String | Must be unique. | Customer's e-mail. | | salutation | ✓ | String | Values must be:
  • Mr
  • Mrs
  • Dr, or
  • Ms
| The value must be within the list of values predefined in the `spyCustomerTableMap.php` file. | Used salutation. | -| first_name | ✓ | String | | Customer’s first name. | -| last_name | ✓ | String | | Customer’s last name. | -| company | | String | | Customer’s Company | -| gender | ✓ | String | Values must be:
  • Male, or
  • Female
| Customer’s gender.
The value must be within the list of values predefined in the `spyCustomerTableMap.php`file. | Gender definition.| -| date_of_birth | | Date | | Customer’s date of birth. | -| password | | String | | Customer’s password. | -| registered | | Date | | Customer’s date of registration. | +| first_name | ✓ | String | | Customer's first name. | +| last_name | ✓ | String | | Customer's last name. | +| company | | String | | Customer's Company | +| gender | ✓ | String | Values must be:
  • Male, or
  • Female
| Customer's gender.
The value must be within the list of values predefined in the `spyCustomerTableMap.php`file. | Gender definition.| +| date_of_birth | | Date | | Customer's date of birth. | +| password | | String | | Customer's password. | +| registered | | Date | | Customer's date of registration. | ## Import template file and content example diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/import-file-details-customer.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/import-file-details-customer.csv.md index b2ce399fefa..6ab05f104bf 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/import-file-details-customer.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/import-file-details-customer.csv.md @@ -27,16 +27,16 @@ This document describes the `customer.csv` file to configure [Customer](/docs/pb | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | customer_reference | ✓ | String | Must be unique and end with a number. | Reference of the Customer. | | locale_name | | String | | Locale name. | -| phone | | String | | Customer’s phone number. | -| email | ✓ | String | Must be unique. | Customer’s e-mail. | +| phone | | String | | Customer's phone number. | +| email | ✓ | String | Must be unique. | Customer's e-mail. | | salutation | ✓ | String | Values must be:
  • Mr
  • Mrs
  • Dr, or
  • Ms
| The value must be within the list of values predefined in the `spyCustomerTableMap.php` file. | Used salutation. | -| first_name | ✓ | String | | Customer’s first name. | -| last_name | ✓ | String | | Customer’s last name. | -| company | | String | | Customer’s Company | -| gender | ✓ | String | Values must be:
  • Male, or
  • Female
| Customer’s gender.
The value must be within the list of values predefined in the `spyCustomerTableMap.php`file. | Gender definition.| -| date_of_birth | | Date | | Customer’s date of birth. | -| password | | String | | Customer’s password. | -| registered | | Date | | Customer’s date of registration. | +| first_name | ✓ | String | | Customer's first name. | +| last_name | ✓ | String | | Customer's last name. | +| company | | String | | Customer's Company | +| gender | ✓ | String | Values must be:
  • Male, or
  • Female
| Customer's gender.
The value must be within the list of values predefined in the `spyCustomerTableMap.php`file. | Gender definition.| +| date_of_birth | | Date | | Customer's date of birth. | +| password | | String | | Customer's password. | +| registered | | Date | | Customer's date of registration. | ## Import template file and content example diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/create-customers.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/create-customers.md index 9875192bb35..073bd2e207a 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/create-customers.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/create-customers.md @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Once you create a customer, a verification email is sent to their email address, | PHONE | Phone number.| |COMPANY| Company. Not to be confused with a [B2B company](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/company-account-feature-overview/company-accounts-overview.html). | | LOCALE | Locale.| -| SEND PASSWORD TOKEN THROUGH EMAIL | If you select the checkbox, after saving the customer, an email will be sent to the customer containing a link. By accessing the link, the customer will be able to set a password for the account. If you don’t select this option, the customer will still be able request this email on the Storefront. | +| SEND PASSWORD TOKEN THROUGH EMAIL | If you select the checkbox, after saving the customer, an email will be sent to the customer containing a link. By accessing the link, the customer will be able to set a password for the account. If you don't select this option, the customer will still be able request this email on the Storefront. | ## Next steps diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/edit-customers.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/edit-customers.md index 715d2ea810d..7f969b1fe45 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/edit-customers.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/edit-customers.md @@ -52,6 +52,6 @@ This document describes how to edit customers in the Back Office. | PHONE | Phone number.| |COMPANY| Company. Not to be confused with a [B2B company](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/company-account-feature-overview/company-accounts-overview.html). | | LOCALE | Locale. | -| SEND PASSWORD TOKEN THROUGH EMAIL | If you select the checkbox, after saving the customer, an email will be sent to the customer containing a link. By accessing the link, the customer will be able to set a password for the account. If you don’t select this option, the customer will still be able to request the password reset email on the Storefront. | +| SEND PASSWORD TOKEN THROUGH EMAIL | If you select the checkbox, after saving the customer, an email will be sent to the customer containing a link. By accessing the link, the customer will be able to set a password for the account. If you don't select this option, the customer will still be able to request the password reset email on the Storefront. | | BILLING ADDRESS | When placing an order, this address will be selected by default for billing. To add an address, see [Add customer addresses](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/add-customer-addresses.html). | | SHIPPING ADDRESS | When placing an order, this address will be selected by default for shipping. To add an address, see [Add customer addresses](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/add-customer-addresses.html). | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/customers/glue-api-retrieve-customer-orders.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/customers/glue-api-retrieve-customer-orders.md index 95fb490bd19..87eb4eea055 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/customers/glue-api-retrieve-customer-orders.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/customers/glue-api-retrieve-customer-orders.md @@ -35,15 +35,15 @@ related: link: docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/page.version/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-customer-carts.html --- -This endpoint allows retrieving a customer’s orders. +This endpoint allows retrieving a customer's orders. ## Installation For details on the modules that provide the API functionality and how to install them, see [Install the Order Management Glue API](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{page.version}}/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-glue-api/install-the-order-management-glue-api.html). -## Retrieve customer’s orders +## Retrieve customer's orders -To retrieve a customer’s orders, send the request: +To retrieve a customer's orders, send the request: *** `GET` **/customers/*{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}customerId{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*/orders** @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Alternatively, you can retrieve all orders made by a customer through the **/ord ### Response -
Response sample: Retrieve a customer’s order +
Response sample: Retrieve a customer's order ```json { diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-customer-access-to-glue-api-resources.md b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-customer-access-to-glue-api-resources.md index 380d5e714d6..0f6c64a58d5 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-customer-access-to-glue-api-resources.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-customer-access-to-glue-api-resources.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ related: The [Customer Access API](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{site.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-protected-resources.html) allows storefront owners to prevent unauthorized (guest) users from accessing certain REST API resources. This capability is tied up to the [Customer Access](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-customer-access.html) feature that allows you to restrict access to certain content items in *Spryker Back Office*. -The access to resources protected by the API depends on the setup of the *(Customer Access)[/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/customer-access-feature-overview.hrml]* feature. If a certain type of information is restricted to *customer access only*, all API resources associated with it are protected from unauthorized access. If the access is unrestricted, the respective resources are available to guest users as well. For example, if you restrict the *can place an order* functionality to customer access only, customers can check out an order only when authenticated. Alongside that, the associated API resources (`checkout` and `checkout-data)` are available only upon authentication. If you don’t restrict access, everyone can use the resources. In other words, you can prevent access only to the resources that belong to one of the Customer Access feature items. +The access to resources protected by the API depends on the setup of the *(Customer Access)[/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/customer-access-feature-overview.hrml]* feature. If a certain type of information is restricted to *customer access only*, all API resources associated with it are protected from unauthorized access. If the access is unrestricted, the respective resources are available to guest users as well. For example, if you restrict the *can place an order* functionality to customer access only, customers can check out an order only when authenticated. Alongside that, the associated API resources (`checkout` and `checkout-data)` are available only upon authentication. If you don't restrict access, everyone can use the resources. In other words, you can prevent access only to the resources that belong to one of the Customer Access feature items. This document shows how to map API resources to the Customer Access feature items. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202311.0/data-exchange-faq.md b/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202311.0/data-exchange-faq.md index a73d2dec8bb..da70329b9ea 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202311.0/data-exchange-faq.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202311.0/data-exchange-faq.md @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ last_updated: Oct 18, 2023 **How can I understand where data is stuck? How can I rectify issues that occurred during an integration run?** -When data isn't processed successfully via Alumio, the specific task which contains the data will be set to “Failed”. This feature allows you to identify incomplete tasks through the Alumio dashboard. You can also filter tasks by this status. The reason for the failure can be located in the task detail page, within either the *Import* or *Export* logs. These logs provide insights into why the data import or export failed and allow you to find the cause. Additionally, the latest version of Alumio allows you to export tasks, specifically all failed tasks, to a .CSV file. This way, other parties without access to Alumio can also analyze the data. +When data isn't processed successfully via Alumio, the specific task which contains the data will be set to **Failed**. This feature allows you to identify incomplete tasks through the Alumio dashboard. You can also filter tasks by this status. The reason for the failure can be located in the task detail page, within either the *Import* or *Export* logs. These logs provide insights into why the data import or export failed and allow you to find the cause. Additionally, the latest version of Alumio allows you to export tasks, specifically all failed tasks, to a .CSV file. This way, other parties without access to Alumio can also analyze the data. **How can I get notified of any issues?** diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202311.0/sending-requests-with-data-exchange-api.md b/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202311.0/sending-requests-with-data-exchange-api.md index 94195c4670b..24e0b906a7d 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202311.0/sending-requests-with-data-exchange-api.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202311.0/sending-requests-with-data-exchange-api.md @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ Response sample: The response contains all columns from the `spy_country` table and the included `spy_tax_rate` table, as configured in `spy_dynamic_entity_definition.definition`. Each column is identified using the `fieldVisibleName` -as the key, providing a comprehensive view of the table’s data in the API response. +as the key, providing a comprehensive view of the table's data in the API response. {% info_block infoBox %} diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202404.0/data-exchange-faq.md b/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202404.0/data-exchange-faq.md index a73d2dec8bb..9c96b626ac6 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202404.0/data-exchange-faq.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202404.0/data-exchange-faq.md @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ last_updated: Oct 18, 2023 **How can I understand where data is stuck? How can I rectify issues that occurred during an integration run?** -When data isn't processed successfully via Alumio, the specific task which contains the data will be set to “Failed”. This feature allows you to identify incomplete tasks through the Alumio dashboard. You can also filter tasks by this status. The reason for the failure can be located in the task detail page, within either the *Import* or *Export* logs. These logs provide insights into why the data import or export failed and allow you to find the cause. Additionally, the latest version of Alumio allows you to export tasks, specifically all failed tasks, to a .CSV file. This way, other parties without access to Alumio can also analyze the data. +When data isn't processed successfully via Alumio, the specific task which contains the data will be set to "Failed". This feature allows you to identify incomplete tasks through the Alumio dashboard. You can also filter tasks by this status. The reason for the failure can be located in the task detail page, within either the *Import* or *Export* logs. These logs provide insights into why the data import or export failed and allow you to find the cause. Additionally, the latest version of Alumio allows you to export tasks, specifically all failed tasks, to a .CSV file. This way, other parties without access to Alumio can also analyze the data. **How can I get notified of any issues?** diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202404.0/sending-requests-with-data-exchange-api.md b/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202404.0/sending-requests-with-data-exchange-api.md index 20e0967ffb4..23c141a3bda 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202404.0/sending-requests-with-data-exchange-api.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202404.0/sending-requests-with-data-exchange-api.md @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ Response sample: The response contains all columns from the `spy_country` table and the included `spy_tax_rate` table, as configured in `spy_dynamic_entity_definition.definition`. Each column is identified using the `fieldVisibleName` -as the key, providing a comprehensive view of the table’s data in the API response. +as the key, providing a comprehensive view of the table's data in the API response. {% info_block infoBox %} diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202410.0/data-exchange-faq.md b/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202410.0/data-exchange-faq.md index 3c14256159b..2924b03b9be 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202410.0/data-exchange-faq.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202410.0/data-exchange-faq.md @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ last_updated: Oct 18, 2023 **How can I understand where data is stuck? How can I rectify issues that occurred during an integration run?** -When data isn't processed successfully via Alumio, the specific task which contains the data will be set to “Failed”. This feature allows you to identify incomplete tasks through the Alumio dashboard. You can also filter tasks by this status. The reason for the failure can be located in the task detail page, within either the *Import* or *Export* logs. These logs provide insights into why the data import or export failed and allow you to find the cause. Additionally, the latest version of Alumio allows you to export tasks, specifically all failed tasks, to a .CSV file. This way, other parties without access to Alumio can also analyze the data. +When data isn't processed successfully via Alumio, the specific task which contains the data will be set to "Failed". This feature allows you to identify incomplete tasks through the Alumio dashboard. You can also filter tasks by this status. The reason for the failure can be located in the task detail page, within either the *Import* or *Export* logs. These logs provide insights into why the data import or export failed and allow you to find the cause. Additionally, the latest version of Alumio allows you to export tasks, specifically all failed tasks, to a .CSV file. This way, other parties without access to Alumio can also analyze the data. **How can I get notified of any issues?** diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202410.0/sending-requests-with-data-exchange-api.md b/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202410.0/sending-requests-with-data-exchange-api.md index 0371e523811..6f4792265e9 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202410.0/sending-requests-with-data-exchange-api.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/202410.0/sending-requests-with-data-exchange-api.md @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ Response sample: The response contains all columns from the `spy_country` table and the included `spy_tax_rate` table, as configured in `spy_dynamic_entity_definition.definition`. Each column is identified using the `fieldVisibleName` -as the key, providing a comprehensive view of the table’s data in the API response. +as the key, providing a comprehensive view of the table's data in the API response. {% info_block infoBox %} diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/create-discounts.md b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/create-discounts.md index 5c0f9048cef..bd375d9713b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/create-discounts.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/create-discounts.md @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ This section contains additional information for defining decision rules. |RELATION OPERATOR|IN PLAIN QUERY|VALUE TYPE|DESCRIPTION| |-|-|-|-| |Contains|CONTAINS|String, Number| Checks if the value is contained in the field. | -|Doesn’t contain|DOES NOT CONTAIN|String, Number| Checks if the value is not contained in the field. | +|Doesn't contain|DOES NOT CONTAIN|String, Number| Checks if the value is not contained in the field. | |Equal | = | String, Number | Checks if the value is equal to the value of the right operand| |Not Equal|!=|String, Number| Checks if the value is not equal to the value of the right operand| |In|IS IN|List| Values need to be semicolon-separated| diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/edit-discounts.md b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/edit-discounts.md index 6ab4f6c2cc1..cdbc0f54b03 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/edit-discounts.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/edit-discounts.md @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ This section contains additional information for defining decision rules. |RELATION OPERATOR|IN PLAIN QUERY|VALUE TYPE|DESCRIPTION| |-|-|-|-| |Contains|CONTAINS|String, Number| Checks if the value is contained in the field. | -|Doesn’t contain|DOES NOT CONTAIN|String, Number| Checks if the value is not contained in the field. | +|Doesn't contain|DOES NOT CONTAIN|String, Number| Checks if the value is not contained in the field. | |Equal | = | String, Number |Checks if the value is equal to the value of the right operand| |Not Equal|!=| String, Number|Checks if the value is not equal to the value of the right operand| |In|IS IN|List| The values need to be semicolon-separated| diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-discounts.md b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-discounts.md index 84e89b4e670..145d7ce41ce 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-discounts.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-discounts.md @@ -43,9 +43,9 @@ You can do the following actions on the promotional items via API: For customers to be able to benefit from promotional offers, they first need to know about them. For this purpose, you can fetch the promotions available for products in a cart and display the possible benefits to the customer. To do so, you can query the cart information and include the `promotional-items` resource relationship. The response provides the abstract SKU of the promoted product and how many of the promotional items customers can add. To present detailed information on promotional products to the customer, you can include the `abstract-products` and `concrete-products` resource relationships. -For details about how to retrieve promotional items for a registered user’s cart, see [Manage carts of registered users](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html). +For details about how to retrieve promotional items for a registered user's cart, see [Manage carts of registered users](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html). - For details about how to retrieve promotional items for a guest user’s cart, see [Manage guest carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html). + For details about how to retrieve promotional items for a guest user's cart, see [Manage guest carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html). ## Adding applicable promotional items to cart @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Once you know what promotional items you can make use of, you can apply the disc For details about how to retrieve promotional items for a registered user's cart, see [Retrieve discounts in carts of registered users](/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-discounts-in-carts-of-registered-users.html). -For details about how to retrieve promotional items for a guest user’s cart, see [Retrieve discounts in guest carts](/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-discounts-in-guest-carts.html). +For details about how to retrieve promotional items for a guest user's cart, see [Retrieve discounts in guest carts](/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-discounts-in-guest-carts.html). ## Removing promotional items from cart diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-discounts-in-customer-carts.md b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-discounts-in-customer-carts.md index 57408e55f63..32f0d51138c 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-discounts-in-customer-carts.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-discounts-in-customer-carts.md @@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ For details on the modules that provide the API functionality and how to install * [Install the Promotions & Discounts feature Glue API](/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-features/install-the-promotions-and-discounts-glue-api.html) -## Retrieve customer’s carts +## Retrieve customer's carts -To retrieve a customer’s carts, send the following request: +To retrieve a customer's carts, send the following request: `GET` **/customers/*{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}customerId{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*/carts** diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/create-discounts.md b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/create-discounts.md index 56f3cde277d..c329417ba07 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/create-discounts.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/create-discounts.md @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ This section contains additional information for defining decision rules. |RELATION OPERATOR|IN PLAIN QUERY|VALUE TYPE|DESCRIPTION| |-|-|-|-| |Contains|CONTAINS|String, Number| Checks if the value is contained in the field. | -|Doesn’t contain|DOES NOT CONTAIN|String, Number| Checks if the value is not contained in the field. | +|Doesn't contain|DOES NOT CONTAIN|String, Number| Checks if the value is not contained in the field. | |Equal | = | String, Number | Checks if the value is equal to the value of the right operand| |Not Equal|!=|String, Number| Checks if the value is not equal to the value of the right operand| |In|IS IN|List| Values need to be semicolon-separated| diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/edit-discounts.md b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/edit-discounts.md index 6ab4f6c2cc1..cdbc0f54b03 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/edit-discounts.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/edit-discounts.md @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ This section contains additional information for defining decision rules. |RELATION OPERATOR|IN PLAIN QUERY|VALUE TYPE|DESCRIPTION| |-|-|-|-| |Contains|CONTAINS|String, Number| Checks if the value is contained in the field. | -|Doesn’t contain|DOES NOT CONTAIN|String, Number| Checks if the value is not contained in the field. | +|Doesn't contain|DOES NOT CONTAIN|String, Number| Checks if the value is not contained in the field. | |Equal | = | String, Number |Checks if the value is equal to the value of the right operand| |Not Equal|!=| String, Number|Checks if the value is not equal to the value of the right operand| |In|IS IN|List| The values need to be semicolon-separated| diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-discounts.md b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-discounts.md index 84e89b4e670..145d7ce41ce 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-discounts.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-discounts.md @@ -43,9 +43,9 @@ You can do the following actions on the promotional items via API: For customers to be able to benefit from promotional offers, they first need to know about them. For this purpose, you can fetch the promotions available for products in a cart and display the possible benefits to the customer. To do so, you can query the cart information and include the `promotional-items` resource relationship. The response provides the abstract SKU of the promoted product and how many of the promotional items customers can add. To present detailed information on promotional products to the customer, you can include the `abstract-products` and `concrete-products` resource relationships. -For details about how to retrieve promotional items for a registered user’s cart, see [Manage carts of registered users](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html). +For details about how to retrieve promotional items for a registered user's cart, see [Manage carts of registered users](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html). - For details about how to retrieve promotional items for a guest user’s cart, see [Manage guest carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html). + For details about how to retrieve promotional items for a guest user's cart, see [Manage guest carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html). ## Adding applicable promotional items to cart @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Once you know what promotional items you can make use of, you can apply the disc For details about how to retrieve promotional items for a registered user's cart, see [Retrieve discounts in carts of registered users](/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-discounts-in-carts-of-registered-users.html). -For details about how to retrieve promotional items for a guest user’s cart, see [Retrieve discounts in guest carts](/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-discounts-in-guest-carts.html). +For details about how to retrieve promotional items for a guest user's cart, see [Retrieve discounts in guest carts](/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-discounts-in-guest-carts.html). ## Removing promotional items from cart diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-discounts-in-customer-carts.md b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-discounts-in-customer-carts.md index 60137daae1a..69e044d814e 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-discounts-in-customer-carts.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-discounts-in-customer-carts.md @@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ For details on the modules that provide the API functionality and how to install * [Install the Promotions & Discounts feature Glue API](/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-features/install-the-promotions-and-discounts-glue-api.html) -## Retrieve customer’s carts +## Retrieve customer's carts -To retrieve a customer’s carts, send the following request: +To retrieve a customer's carts, send the following request: `GET` **/customers/*{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}customerId{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*/carts** diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/create-discounts.md b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/create-discounts.md index 18bde28d5af..37106d9674e 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/create-discounts.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/create-discounts.md @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ This section contains additional information for defining decision rules. |RELATION OPERATOR|IN PLAIN QUERY|VALUE TYPE|DESCRIPTION| |-|-|-|-| |Contains|CONTAINS|String, Number| Checks if the value is contained in the field. | -|Doesn’t contain|DOES NOT CONTAIN|String, Number| Checks if the value is not contained in the field. | +|Doesn't contain|DOES NOT CONTAIN|String, Number| Checks if the value is not contained in the field. | |Equal | = | String, Number | Checks if the value is equal to the value of the right operand| |Not Equal|!=|String, Number| Checks if the value is not equal to the value of the right operand| |In|IS IN|List| Values need to be semicolon-separated| diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/edit-discounts.md b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/edit-discounts.md index 6ab4f6c2cc1..cdbc0f54b03 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/edit-discounts.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/edit-discounts.md @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ This section contains additional information for defining decision rules. |RELATION OPERATOR|IN PLAIN QUERY|VALUE TYPE|DESCRIPTION| |-|-|-|-| |Contains|CONTAINS|String, Number| Checks if the value is contained in the field. | -|Doesn’t contain|DOES NOT CONTAIN|String, Number| Checks if the value is not contained in the field. | +|Doesn't contain|DOES NOT CONTAIN|String, Number| Checks if the value is not contained in the field. | |Equal | = | String, Number |Checks if the value is equal to the value of the right operand| |Not Equal|!=| String, Number|Checks if the value is not equal to the value of the right operand| |In|IS IN|List| The values need to be semicolon-separated| diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-discounts.md b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-discounts.md index 74a67f3f995..bd1add9cc5d 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-discounts.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-discounts.md @@ -44,9 +44,9 @@ You can do the following actions on the promotional items via API: For customers to be able to benefit from promotional offers, they first need to know about them. For this purpose, you can fetch the promotions available for products in a cart and display the possible benefits to the customer. To do so, you can query the cart information and include the `promotional-items` resource relationship. The response provides the abstract SKU of the promoted product and how many of the promotional items customers can add. To present detailed information on promotional products to the customer, you can include the `abstract-products` and `concrete-products` resource relationships. -For details about how to retrieve promotional items for a registered user’s cart, see [Manage carts of registered users](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html). +For details about how to retrieve promotional items for a registered user's cart, see [Manage carts of registered users](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html). - For details about how to retrieve promotional items for a guest user’s cart, see [Manage guest carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html). + For details about how to retrieve promotional items for a guest user's cart, see [Manage guest carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-carts.html). ## Adding applicable promotional items to cart @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Once you know what promotional items you can make use of, you can apply the disc For details about how to retrieve promotional items for a registered user's cart, see [Retrieve discounts in carts of registered users](/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-discounts-in-carts-of-registered-users.html). -For details about how to retrieve promotional items for a guest user’s cart, see [Retrieve discounts in guest carts](/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-discounts-in-guest-carts.html). +For details about how to retrieve promotional items for a guest user's cart, see [Retrieve discounts in guest carts](/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-discounts-in-guest-carts.html). ## Removing promotional items from cart diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-discounts-in-customer-carts.md b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-discounts-in-customer-carts.md index 60137daae1a..69e044d814e 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-discounts-in-customer-carts.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-discounts-in-customer-carts.md @@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ For details on the modules that provide the API functionality and how to install * [Install the Promotions & Discounts feature Glue API](/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-features/install-the-promotions-and-discounts-glue-api.html) -## Retrieve customer’s carts +## Retrieve customer's carts -To retrieve a customer’s carts, send the following request: +To retrieve a customer's carts, send the following request: `GET` **/customers/*{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}customerId{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}*/carts** diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/emails/202311.0/howto-create-and-register-a-mail-type-builder-plugin.md b/docs/pbc/all/emails/202311.0/howto-create-and-register-a-mail-type-builder-plugin.md index 1fc786d3dd1..5104a08ee09 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/emails/202311.0/howto-create-and-register-a-mail-type-builder-plugin.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/emails/202311.0/howto-create-and-register-a-mail-type-builder-plugin.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ All `MailTransfers` need to know which mail type has to be used for further inte In most cases, you can add a specific transfer to the `MailTransfer`—for example, a `CustomerTransfer` when a customer registers. This transfer object is available in your `MailTypeBuilderPlugin` through the `MailTransfer`. -Let’s say you have a module named `FooBar`, where you want to add automated mail sending. To enable that feature, follow these steps: +Let's say you have a module named `FooBar`, where you want to add automated mail sending. To enable that feature, follow these steps: Example of a `FooBarMailTypeBuilderPlugin`: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/emails/202311.0/tutorial-sending-an-email.md b/docs/pbc/all/emails/202311.0/tutorial-sending-an-email.md index 03811af63ed..9197d99ac45 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/emails/202311.0/tutorial-sending-an-email.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/emails/202311.0/tutorial-sending-an-email.md @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ We also provide a basic layout file, where you can inject concrete content files {% raw %}{%{% endraw %} endfor {% raw %}%}{% endraw %} ``` -The preceeding template is used for plain text messages, and templates can also be used to generate JSON or query strings like `customer={% raw %}{{{% endraw %} mail.customer.firstName {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}&orderReference={% raw %}{{{% endraw %} mail.order.orderReference {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}`. It’s up to your provider to decide what to render. +The preceeding template is used for plain text messages, and templates can also be used to generate JSON or query strings like `customer={% raw %}{{{% endraw %} mail.customer.firstName {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}&orderReference={% raw %}{{{% endraw %} mail.order.orderReference {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}`. It's up to your provider to decide what to render. For HTML messages, you need to have this in your layout file: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/emails/202404.0/howto-create-and-register-a-mail-type-builder-plugin.md b/docs/pbc/all/emails/202404.0/howto-create-and-register-a-mail-type-builder-plugin.md index 1fc786d3dd1..5104a08ee09 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/emails/202404.0/howto-create-and-register-a-mail-type-builder-plugin.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/emails/202404.0/howto-create-and-register-a-mail-type-builder-plugin.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ All `MailTransfers` need to know which mail type has to be used for further inte In most cases, you can add a specific transfer to the `MailTransfer`—for example, a `CustomerTransfer` when a customer registers. This transfer object is available in your `MailTypeBuilderPlugin` through the `MailTransfer`. -Let’s say you have a module named `FooBar`, where you want to add automated mail sending. To enable that feature, follow these steps: +Let's say you have a module named `FooBar`, where you want to add automated mail sending. To enable that feature, follow these steps: Example of a `FooBarMailTypeBuilderPlugin`: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/emails/202404.0/tutorial-sending-an-email.md b/docs/pbc/all/emails/202404.0/tutorial-sending-an-email.md index 03811af63ed..9197d99ac45 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/emails/202404.0/tutorial-sending-an-email.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/emails/202404.0/tutorial-sending-an-email.md @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ We also provide a basic layout file, where you can inject concrete content files {% raw %}{%{% endraw %} endfor {% raw %}%}{% endraw %} ``` -The preceeding template is used for plain text messages, and templates can also be used to generate JSON or query strings like `customer={% raw %}{{{% endraw %} mail.customer.firstName {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}&orderReference={% raw %}{{{% endraw %} mail.order.orderReference {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}`. It’s up to your provider to decide what to render. +The preceeding template is used for plain text messages, and templates can also be used to generate JSON or query strings like `customer={% raw %}{{{% endraw %} mail.customer.firstName {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}&orderReference={% raw %}{{{% endraw %} mail.order.orderReference {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}`. It's up to your provider to decide what to render. For HTML messages, you need to have this in your layout file: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/emails/202410.0/howto-create-and-register-a-mail-type-builder-plugin.md b/docs/pbc/all/emails/202410.0/howto-create-and-register-a-mail-type-builder-plugin.md index 1fc786d3dd1..5104a08ee09 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/emails/202410.0/howto-create-and-register-a-mail-type-builder-plugin.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/emails/202410.0/howto-create-and-register-a-mail-type-builder-plugin.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ All `MailTransfers` need to know which mail type has to be used for further inte In most cases, you can add a specific transfer to the `MailTransfer`—for example, a `CustomerTransfer` when a customer registers. This transfer object is available in your `MailTypeBuilderPlugin` through the `MailTransfer`. -Let’s say you have a module named `FooBar`, where you want to add automated mail sending. To enable that feature, follow these steps: +Let's say you have a module named `FooBar`, where you want to add automated mail sending. To enable that feature, follow these steps: Example of a `FooBarMailTypeBuilderPlugin`: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/emails/202410.0/tutorial-sending-an-email.md b/docs/pbc/all/emails/202410.0/tutorial-sending-an-email.md index 03811af63ed..9197d99ac45 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/emails/202410.0/tutorial-sending-an-email.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/emails/202410.0/tutorial-sending-an-email.md @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ We also provide a basic layout file, where you can inject concrete content files {% raw %}{%{% endraw %} endfor {% raw %}%}{% endraw %} ``` -The preceeding template is used for plain text messages, and templates can also be used to generate JSON or query strings like `customer={% raw %}{{{% endraw %} mail.customer.firstName {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}&orderReference={% raw %}{{{% endraw %} mail.order.orderReference {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}`. It’s up to your provider to decide what to render. +The preceeding template is used for plain text messages, and templates can also be used to generate JSON or query strings like `customer={% raw %}{{{% endraw %} mail.customer.firstName {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}&orderReference={% raw %}{{{% endraw %} mail.order.orderReference {% raw %}}}{% endraw %}`. It's up to your provider to decide what to render. For HTML messages, you need to have this in your layout file: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202311.0/gift-cards.md b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202311.0/gift-cards.md index fc35a1f0387..964d0262616 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202311.0/gift-cards.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202311.0/gift-cards.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ redirect_from: The _Gift Cards_ capability lets you create a special product type with a chosen value amount. The purchase of a gift card generates an individual code that can then be used as a payment method during checkout. -A gift card is a prepaid certificate which lets its owner purchase products for the gift card’s value. +A gift card is a prepaid certificate which lets its owner purchase products for the gift card's value. When paying for orders with a gift card, the gift cards are considered as an additional payment method. You can use either their full balance, or part of the total gift card's value. In the latter case, the remaining value is stored as a leftover balance on the original code. You can also use additional gift cards to pay for products. However, gift cards can only be applied for products in the same currency they have been bought with. @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ Gift cards are sensitive data and can be used to pay orders. Keep in mind that t {% endinfo_block %} -Gift cards follow the same rules as any product, and are bought as products. They can even be bundled. However, they are purely virtual and do not require shipping. A gift card can be applied as a voucher and redeemed to pay an order. Gift cards have two traits: a product traits and a voucher (+payment method) traits. When a gift card is bought, it's treated like a product. When it's applied, it’s a *voucher* that can be used as a payment method. +Gift cards follow the same rules as any product, and are bought as products. They can even be bundled. However, they are purely virtual and do not require shipping. A gift card can be applied as a voucher and redeemed to pay an order. Gift cards have two traits: a product traits and a voucher (+payment method) traits. When a gift card is bought, it's treated like a product. When it's applied, it's a *voucher* that can be used as a payment method. Gift cards have variants just like abstract products. For example, a New Year Gift Card can have all the different values—50 Euro and 100 Euro. In this case, the New Year Gift Card would be handled like an abstract product, and 50 Euro and 100 Euro gift cards would be its variants. -When a customer adds a gift card to the cart, they can change a variant and quantity and remove it from the cart, just like any abstract product. However, no discounts are applied to gift card products since the price paid for the gift card must equal the value of the gift card. Even though technically you can have different amounts for a gift card’s price and value (say, the gift card price is 100 Euro, however, the gift card value is 150 Euro), you need to consult your local legislation to make sure it would be legal in your country. +When a customer adds a gift card to the cart, they can change a variant and quantity and remove it from the cart, just like any abstract product. However, no discounts are applied to gift card products since the price paid for the gift card must equal the value of the gift card. Even though technically you can have different amounts for a gift card's price and value (say, the gift card price is 100 Euro, however, the gift card value is 150 Euro), you need to consult your local legislation to make sure it would be legal in your country. ![Gift cards](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Features/Gift+Cards/Gift+Cards+Purchase+and+Redeeming/gift_card.png) You can't pay a gift card by using another gift card, even if the order contains other products with the gift card. The range of payment methods that can be used to pay for gift cards can also be limited, by filtering payment methods out for the gift card. Payment methods available for gift cards can be specified in the configuration file. By default, the invoice payment method is not available for a gift card, to avoid fraud. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Once the gift card code has been generated, it becomes a voucher that can be use The following diagram shows the gift card product-voucher transition workflow: ![Gift card product-voucher transition workflow schema](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Features/Gift+Cards/Gift+Cards+Purchase+and+Redeeming/GC+product-voucher+transition.png) -When buying a gift card, the shipment method selection step is skipped on Yves. In the background, there is a “noshipment” constant in the app configuration, which can be selected to configure shipment for a specific type of product. In this case, this product is a gift card. +When buying a gift card, the shipment method selection step is skipped on Yves. In the background, there is a "noshipment" constant in the app configuration, which can be selected to configure shipment for a specific type of product. In this case, this product is a gift card. When a customer buys a gift card, you can use the default OMS states for the GiftCardSubprocess to be displayed on the Storefront, or set custom state names so they would make more sense for the Storefront users. For details about how to set the custom state names on the Storefront for refunded orders, see [HowTo: Display custom names for order item states on the Storefront](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{page.version}}/base-shop/display-custom-names-for-order-item-states-on-the-storefront.html). @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ When a customer buys a gift card, you can use the default OMS states for the Gif With a gift card code in place, users get an alternative payment method to pay for their orders. The payment workflow with the gift card is as follows: 1. A user adds products to the cart and assumes that they have discounts for the products while also applying a voucher. -2. The *Order subtotal* is calculated: General products’ prices without discounts. +2. The *Order subtotal* is calculated: General products' prices without discounts. 3. The *Order grand total* is calculated: Price including discounts, vouchers, and taxes. 4. The *gift card* is applied: Grand total minus the gift card's value. If the order value is lower or equals the gift card value, the checkout workflow stops here, as the gift card is used to fully pay the order. 5. If the order value is higher than the value of the applied gift, a price to pay is calculated: the remaining sum to be paid using an additional payment method. @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ In the case of the Balance strategy, the gift card's purchase history and its ba With this strategy, a Back Office user will see gift card balance information such as the date when the gift card was used, the customer who used it, the gift card's code, and its spent value. -Even though the Balance strategy is a bit more complicated than Replacement, it provides the shop owner with detailed information about the gift card as well as the purchase history. From the customer’s perspective, this strategy might be a better option if a gift card is used by one person, and it does not make sense to send emails with new codes every time a gift card was used. +Even though the Balance strategy is a bit more complicated than Replacement, it provides the shop owner with detailed information about the gift card as well as the purchase history. From the customer's perspective, this strategy might be a better option if a gift card is used by one person, and it does not make sense to send emails with new codes every time a gift card was used. ## Related Developer documents diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202311.0/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202311.0/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.md index fd1db943e14..19d9599b5ba 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202311.0/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202311.0/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ related: link: docs/dg/dev/data-import/page.version/execution-order-of-data-importers.html --- -This document describes the `gift_card_abstract_configuration.csv` file to configure [Gift Card](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/gift-cards.html) Abstract Configuration information in your Spryker Demo Shop. A **Gift Card Product** is a regular product in the shop which represents a Gift Card that Customer can buy. The **Gift Card Abstract Product** represents a type of Gift Cards with a code pattern (e.g. "XMAS-", “Happy-B”, etc.). +This document describes the `gift_card_abstract_configuration.csv` file to configure [Gift Card](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/gift-cards.html) Abstract Configuration information in your Spryker Demo Shop. A **Gift Card Product** is a regular product in the shop which represents a Gift Card that Customer can buy. The **Gift Card Abstract Product** represents a type of Gift Cards with a code pattern (e.g. "XMAS-", "Happy-B", etc.). ## Import file dependencies diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202311.0/import-and-export-data/import-gift-cards-data.md b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202311.0/import-and-export-data/import-gift-cards-data.md index a6079e1f2a4..c30a413a45a 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202311.0/import-and-export-data/import-gift-cards-data.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202311.0/import-and-export-data/import-gift-cards-data.md @@ -23,5 +23,5 @@ The table below provides details on Gift Cards data importers, their purpose, CS | DATA IMPORTER | PURPOSE | CONSOLE COMMAND | FILES | DEPENDENCIES | | --- | --- | --- | --- |--- | -| Gift Card Abstract Configuration | Imports gift card product configuration information. A Gift Card Product is a regular product in the shop which represents a Gift Card that Customer can buy. The Gift Card Abstract Product configuration represents a type of Gift Cards with a code pattern (for example, “Xmas”, “Happy-B”, etc.). |`data:import:gift-card-abstract-configuration` | [gift_card_abstract_configuration.csv](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.html) |[product_abstract.csv](/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/import-and-export-data/products-data-import/import-file-details-product-abstract.csv.html) | +| Gift Card Abstract Configuration | Imports gift card product configuration information. A Gift Card Product is a regular product in the shop which represents a Gift Card that Customer can buy. The Gift Card Abstract Product configuration represents a type of Gift Cards with a code pattern (for example, "Xmas", "Happy-B", etc.). |`data:import:gift-card-abstract-configuration` | [gift_card_abstract_configuration.csv](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.html) |[product_abstract.csv](/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/import-and-export-data/products-data-import/import-file-details-product-abstract.csv.html) | | Gift Card Concrete Configuration | Imports gift card product configuration information. This data is used to configure the amount of money that will be top-up (loaded) in the Gift Card. |`data:import:gift-card-concrete-configuration` |[gift_card_concrete_configuration.csv](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-concrete-configuration.csv.html)| [product_concrete.csv](/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/import-and-export-data/products-data-import/import-file-details-product-concrete.csv.html) | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202404.0/gift-cards.md b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202404.0/gift-cards.md index fc35a1f0387..964d0262616 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202404.0/gift-cards.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202404.0/gift-cards.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ redirect_from: The _Gift Cards_ capability lets you create a special product type with a chosen value amount. The purchase of a gift card generates an individual code that can then be used as a payment method during checkout. -A gift card is a prepaid certificate which lets its owner purchase products for the gift card’s value. +A gift card is a prepaid certificate which lets its owner purchase products for the gift card's value. When paying for orders with a gift card, the gift cards are considered as an additional payment method. You can use either their full balance, or part of the total gift card's value. In the latter case, the remaining value is stored as a leftover balance on the original code. You can also use additional gift cards to pay for products. However, gift cards can only be applied for products in the same currency they have been bought with. @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ Gift cards are sensitive data and can be used to pay orders. Keep in mind that t {% endinfo_block %} -Gift cards follow the same rules as any product, and are bought as products. They can even be bundled. However, they are purely virtual and do not require shipping. A gift card can be applied as a voucher and redeemed to pay an order. Gift cards have two traits: a product traits and a voucher (+payment method) traits. When a gift card is bought, it's treated like a product. When it's applied, it’s a *voucher* that can be used as a payment method. +Gift cards follow the same rules as any product, and are bought as products. They can even be bundled. However, they are purely virtual and do not require shipping. A gift card can be applied as a voucher and redeemed to pay an order. Gift cards have two traits: a product traits and a voucher (+payment method) traits. When a gift card is bought, it's treated like a product. When it's applied, it's a *voucher* that can be used as a payment method. Gift cards have variants just like abstract products. For example, a New Year Gift Card can have all the different values—50 Euro and 100 Euro. In this case, the New Year Gift Card would be handled like an abstract product, and 50 Euro and 100 Euro gift cards would be its variants. -When a customer adds a gift card to the cart, they can change a variant and quantity and remove it from the cart, just like any abstract product. However, no discounts are applied to gift card products since the price paid for the gift card must equal the value of the gift card. Even though technically you can have different amounts for a gift card’s price and value (say, the gift card price is 100 Euro, however, the gift card value is 150 Euro), you need to consult your local legislation to make sure it would be legal in your country. +When a customer adds a gift card to the cart, they can change a variant and quantity and remove it from the cart, just like any abstract product. However, no discounts are applied to gift card products since the price paid for the gift card must equal the value of the gift card. Even though technically you can have different amounts for a gift card's price and value (say, the gift card price is 100 Euro, however, the gift card value is 150 Euro), you need to consult your local legislation to make sure it would be legal in your country. ![Gift cards](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Features/Gift+Cards/Gift+Cards+Purchase+and+Redeeming/gift_card.png) You can't pay a gift card by using another gift card, even if the order contains other products with the gift card. The range of payment methods that can be used to pay for gift cards can also be limited, by filtering payment methods out for the gift card. Payment methods available for gift cards can be specified in the configuration file. By default, the invoice payment method is not available for a gift card, to avoid fraud. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Once the gift card code has been generated, it becomes a voucher that can be use The following diagram shows the gift card product-voucher transition workflow: ![Gift card product-voucher transition workflow schema](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Features/Gift+Cards/Gift+Cards+Purchase+and+Redeeming/GC+product-voucher+transition.png) -When buying a gift card, the shipment method selection step is skipped on Yves. In the background, there is a “noshipment” constant in the app configuration, which can be selected to configure shipment for a specific type of product. In this case, this product is a gift card. +When buying a gift card, the shipment method selection step is skipped on Yves. In the background, there is a "noshipment" constant in the app configuration, which can be selected to configure shipment for a specific type of product. In this case, this product is a gift card. When a customer buys a gift card, you can use the default OMS states for the GiftCardSubprocess to be displayed on the Storefront, or set custom state names so they would make more sense for the Storefront users. For details about how to set the custom state names on the Storefront for refunded orders, see [HowTo: Display custom names for order item states on the Storefront](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{page.version}}/base-shop/display-custom-names-for-order-item-states-on-the-storefront.html). @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ When a customer buys a gift card, you can use the default OMS states for the Gif With a gift card code in place, users get an alternative payment method to pay for their orders. The payment workflow with the gift card is as follows: 1. A user adds products to the cart and assumes that they have discounts for the products while also applying a voucher. -2. The *Order subtotal* is calculated: General products’ prices without discounts. +2. The *Order subtotal* is calculated: General products' prices without discounts. 3. The *Order grand total* is calculated: Price including discounts, vouchers, and taxes. 4. The *gift card* is applied: Grand total minus the gift card's value. If the order value is lower or equals the gift card value, the checkout workflow stops here, as the gift card is used to fully pay the order. 5. If the order value is higher than the value of the applied gift, a price to pay is calculated: the remaining sum to be paid using an additional payment method. @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ In the case of the Balance strategy, the gift card's purchase history and its ba With this strategy, a Back Office user will see gift card balance information such as the date when the gift card was used, the customer who used it, the gift card's code, and its spent value. -Even though the Balance strategy is a bit more complicated than Replacement, it provides the shop owner with detailed information about the gift card as well as the purchase history. From the customer’s perspective, this strategy might be a better option if a gift card is used by one person, and it does not make sense to send emails with new codes every time a gift card was used. +Even though the Balance strategy is a bit more complicated than Replacement, it provides the shop owner with detailed information about the gift card as well as the purchase history. From the customer's perspective, this strategy might be a better option if a gift card is used by one person, and it does not make sense to send emails with new codes every time a gift card was used. ## Related Developer documents diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202404.0/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202404.0/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.md index fd1db943e14..19d9599b5ba 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202404.0/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202404.0/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ related: link: docs/dg/dev/data-import/page.version/execution-order-of-data-importers.html --- -This document describes the `gift_card_abstract_configuration.csv` file to configure [Gift Card](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/gift-cards.html) Abstract Configuration information in your Spryker Demo Shop. A **Gift Card Product** is a regular product in the shop which represents a Gift Card that Customer can buy. The **Gift Card Abstract Product** represents a type of Gift Cards with a code pattern (e.g. "XMAS-", “Happy-B”, etc.). +This document describes the `gift_card_abstract_configuration.csv` file to configure [Gift Card](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/gift-cards.html) Abstract Configuration information in your Spryker Demo Shop. A **Gift Card Product** is a regular product in the shop which represents a Gift Card that Customer can buy. The **Gift Card Abstract Product** represents a type of Gift Cards with a code pattern (e.g. "XMAS-", "Happy-B", etc.). ## Import file dependencies diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202404.0/import-and-export-data/import-gift-cards-data.md b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202404.0/import-and-export-data/import-gift-cards-data.md index a6079e1f2a4..c30a413a45a 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202404.0/import-and-export-data/import-gift-cards-data.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202404.0/import-and-export-data/import-gift-cards-data.md @@ -23,5 +23,5 @@ The table below provides details on Gift Cards data importers, their purpose, CS | DATA IMPORTER | PURPOSE | CONSOLE COMMAND | FILES | DEPENDENCIES | | --- | --- | --- | --- |--- | -| Gift Card Abstract Configuration | Imports gift card product configuration information. A Gift Card Product is a regular product in the shop which represents a Gift Card that Customer can buy. The Gift Card Abstract Product configuration represents a type of Gift Cards with a code pattern (for example, “Xmas”, “Happy-B”, etc.). |`data:import:gift-card-abstract-configuration` | [gift_card_abstract_configuration.csv](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.html) |[product_abstract.csv](/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/import-and-export-data/products-data-import/import-file-details-product-abstract.csv.html) | +| Gift Card Abstract Configuration | Imports gift card product configuration information. A Gift Card Product is a regular product in the shop which represents a Gift Card that Customer can buy. The Gift Card Abstract Product configuration represents a type of Gift Cards with a code pattern (for example, "Xmas", "Happy-B", etc.). |`data:import:gift-card-abstract-configuration` | [gift_card_abstract_configuration.csv](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.html) |[product_abstract.csv](/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/import-and-export-data/products-data-import/import-file-details-product-abstract.csv.html) | | Gift Card Concrete Configuration | Imports gift card product configuration information. This data is used to configure the amount of money that will be top-up (loaded) in the Gift Card. |`data:import:gift-card-concrete-configuration` |[gift_card_concrete_configuration.csv](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-concrete-configuration.csv.html)| [product_concrete.csv](/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/import-and-export-data/products-data-import/import-file-details-product-concrete.csv.html) | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202404.0/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202404.0/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.md index fd1db943e14..19d9599b5ba 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202404.0/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202404.0/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ related: link: docs/dg/dev/data-import/page.version/execution-order-of-data-importers.html --- -This document describes the `gift_card_abstract_configuration.csv` file to configure [Gift Card](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/gift-cards.html) Abstract Configuration information in your Spryker Demo Shop. A **Gift Card Product** is a regular product in the shop which represents a Gift Card that Customer can buy. The **Gift Card Abstract Product** represents a type of Gift Cards with a code pattern (e.g. "XMAS-", “Happy-B”, etc.). +This document describes the `gift_card_abstract_configuration.csv` file to configure [Gift Card](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/gift-cards.html) Abstract Configuration information in your Spryker Demo Shop. A **Gift Card Product** is a regular product in the shop which represents a Gift Card that Customer can buy. The **Gift Card Abstract Product** represents a type of Gift Cards with a code pattern (e.g. "XMAS-", "Happy-B", etc.). ## Import file dependencies diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202404.0/import-gift-cards-data.md b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202404.0/import-gift-cards-data.md index a6079e1f2a4..c30a413a45a 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202404.0/import-gift-cards-data.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202404.0/import-gift-cards-data.md @@ -23,5 +23,5 @@ The table below provides details on Gift Cards data importers, their purpose, CS | DATA IMPORTER | PURPOSE | CONSOLE COMMAND | FILES | DEPENDENCIES | | --- | --- | --- | --- |--- | -| Gift Card Abstract Configuration | Imports gift card product configuration information. A Gift Card Product is a regular product in the shop which represents a Gift Card that Customer can buy. The Gift Card Abstract Product configuration represents a type of Gift Cards with a code pattern (for example, “Xmas”, “Happy-B”, etc.). |`data:import:gift-card-abstract-configuration` | [gift_card_abstract_configuration.csv](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.html) |[product_abstract.csv](/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/import-and-export-data/products-data-import/import-file-details-product-abstract.csv.html) | +| Gift Card Abstract Configuration | Imports gift card product configuration information. A Gift Card Product is a regular product in the shop which represents a Gift Card that Customer can buy. The Gift Card Abstract Product configuration represents a type of Gift Cards with a code pattern (for example, "Xmas", "Happy-B", etc.). |`data:import:gift-card-abstract-configuration` | [gift_card_abstract_configuration.csv](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.html) |[product_abstract.csv](/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/import-and-export-data/products-data-import/import-file-details-product-abstract.csv.html) | | Gift Card Concrete Configuration | Imports gift card product configuration information. This data is used to configure the amount of money that will be top-up (loaded) in the Gift Card. |`data:import:gift-card-concrete-configuration` |[gift_card_concrete_configuration.csv](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-concrete-configuration.csv.html)| [product_concrete.csv](/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/import-and-export-data/products-data-import/import-file-details-product-concrete.csv.html) | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202410.0/gift-cards.md b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202410.0/gift-cards.md index fc35a1f0387..964d0262616 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202410.0/gift-cards.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202410.0/gift-cards.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ redirect_from: The _Gift Cards_ capability lets you create a special product type with a chosen value amount. The purchase of a gift card generates an individual code that can then be used as a payment method during checkout. -A gift card is a prepaid certificate which lets its owner purchase products for the gift card’s value. +A gift card is a prepaid certificate which lets its owner purchase products for the gift card's value. When paying for orders with a gift card, the gift cards are considered as an additional payment method. You can use either their full balance, or part of the total gift card's value. In the latter case, the remaining value is stored as a leftover balance on the original code. You can also use additional gift cards to pay for products. However, gift cards can only be applied for products in the same currency they have been bought with. @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ Gift cards are sensitive data and can be used to pay orders. Keep in mind that t {% endinfo_block %} -Gift cards follow the same rules as any product, and are bought as products. They can even be bundled. However, they are purely virtual and do not require shipping. A gift card can be applied as a voucher and redeemed to pay an order. Gift cards have two traits: a product traits and a voucher (+payment method) traits. When a gift card is bought, it's treated like a product. When it's applied, it’s a *voucher* that can be used as a payment method. +Gift cards follow the same rules as any product, and are bought as products. They can even be bundled. However, they are purely virtual and do not require shipping. A gift card can be applied as a voucher and redeemed to pay an order. Gift cards have two traits: a product traits and a voucher (+payment method) traits. When a gift card is bought, it's treated like a product. When it's applied, it's a *voucher* that can be used as a payment method. Gift cards have variants just like abstract products. For example, a New Year Gift Card can have all the different values—50 Euro and 100 Euro. In this case, the New Year Gift Card would be handled like an abstract product, and 50 Euro and 100 Euro gift cards would be its variants. -When a customer adds a gift card to the cart, they can change a variant and quantity and remove it from the cart, just like any abstract product. However, no discounts are applied to gift card products since the price paid for the gift card must equal the value of the gift card. Even though technically you can have different amounts for a gift card’s price and value (say, the gift card price is 100 Euro, however, the gift card value is 150 Euro), you need to consult your local legislation to make sure it would be legal in your country. +When a customer adds a gift card to the cart, they can change a variant and quantity and remove it from the cart, just like any abstract product. However, no discounts are applied to gift card products since the price paid for the gift card must equal the value of the gift card. Even though technically you can have different amounts for a gift card's price and value (say, the gift card price is 100 Euro, however, the gift card value is 150 Euro), you need to consult your local legislation to make sure it would be legal in your country. ![Gift cards](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Features/Gift+Cards/Gift+Cards+Purchase+and+Redeeming/gift_card.png) You can't pay a gift card by using another gift card, even if the order contains other products with the gift card. The range of payment methods that can be used to pay for gift cards can also be limited, by filtering payment methods out for the gift card. Payment methods available for gift cards can be specified in the configuration file. By default, the invoice payment method is not available for a gift card, to avoid fraud. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Once the gift card code has been generated, it becomes a voucher that can be use The following diagram shows the gift card product-voucher transition workflow: ![Gift card product-voucher transition workflow schema](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Features/Gift+Cards/Gift+Cards+Purchase+and+Redeeming/GC+product-voucher+transition.png) -When buying a gift card, the shipment method selection step is skipped on Yves. In the background, there is a “noshipment” constant in the app configuration, which can be selected to configure shipment for a specific type of product. In this case, this product is a gift card. +When buying a gift card, the shipment method selection step is skipped on Yves. In the background, there is a "noshipment" constant in the app configuration, which can be selected to configure shipment for a specific type of product. In this case, this product is a gift card. When a customer buys a gift card, you can use the default OMS states for the GiftCardSubprocess to be displayed on the Storefront, or set custom state names so they would make more sense for the Storefront users. For details about how to set the custom state names on the Storefront for refunded orders, see [HowTo: Display custom names for order item states on the Storefront](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{page.version}}/base-shop/display-custom-names-for-order-item-states-on-the-storefront.html). @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ When a customer buys a gift card, you can use the default OMS states for the Gif With a gift card code in place, users get an alternative payment method to pay for their orders. The payment workflow with the gift card is as follows: 1. A user adds products to the cart and assumes that they have discounts for the products while also applying a voucher. -2. The *Order subtotal* is calculated: General products’ prices without discounts. +2. The *Order subtotal* is calculated: General products' prices without discounts. 3. The *Order grand total* is calculated: Price including discounts, vouchers, and taxes. 4. The *gift card* is applied: Grand total minus the gift card's value. If the order value is lower or equals the gift card value, the checkout workflow stops here, as the gift card is used to fully pay the order. 5. If the order value is higher than the value of the applied gift, a price to pay is calculated: the remaining sum to be paid using an additional payment method. @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ In the case of the Balance strategy, the gift card's purchase history and its ba With this strategy, a Back Office user will see gift card balance information such as the date when the gift card was used, the customer who used it, the gift card's code, and its spent value. -Even though the Balance strategy is a bit more complicated than Replacement, it provides the shop owner with detailed information about the gift card as well as the purchase history. From the customer’s perspective, this strategy might be a better option if a gift card is used by one person, and it does not make sense to send emails with new codes every time a gift card was used. +Even though the Balance strategy is a bit more complicated than Replacement, it provides the shop owner with detailed information about the gift card as well as the purchase history. From the customer's perspective, this strategy might be a better option if a gift card is used by one person, and it does not make sense to send emails with new codes every time a gift card was used. ## Related Developer documents diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202410.0/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202410.0/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.md index 456acc320a1..e85413d3259 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202410.0/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202410.0/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ related: link: docs/dg/dev/data-import/page.version/execution-order-of-data-importers.html --- -This document describes the `gift_card_abstract_configuration.csv` file to configure [Gift Card](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/gift-cards.html) Abstract Configuration information in your Spryker Demo Shop. A **Gift Card Product** is a regular product in the shop which represents a Gift Card that Customer can buy. The **Gift Card Abstract Product** represents a type of Gift Cards with a code pattern (e.g. "XMAS-", “Happy-B”, etc.). +This document describes the `gift_card_abstract_configuration.csv` file to configure [Gift Card](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/gift-cards.html) Abstract Configuration information in your Spryker Demo Shop. A **Gift Card Product** is a regular product in the shop which represents a Gift Card that Customer can buy. The **Gift Card Abstract Product** represents a type of Gift Cards with a code pattern (e.g. "XMAS-", "Happy-B", etc.). ## Import file dependencies diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202410.0/import-and-export-data/import-gift-cards-data.md b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202410.0/import-and-export-data/import-gift-cards-data.md index 7178c8a984e..d30e23a01f6 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202410.0/import-and-export-data/import-gift-cards-data.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202410.0/import-and-export-data/import-gift-cards-data.md @@ -24,5 +24,5 @@ The table below provides details on Gift Cards data importers, their purpose, CS | DATA IMPORTER | PURPOSE | CONSOLE COMMAND | FILES | DEPENDENCIES | | --- | --- | --- | --- |--- | -| Gift Card Abstract Configuration | Imports gift card product configuration information. A Gift Card Product is a regular product in the shop which represents a Gift Card that Customer can buy. The Gift Card Abstract Product configuration represents a type of Gift Cards with a code pattern (for example, “Xmas”, “Happy-B”, etc.). |`data:import:gift-card-abstract-configuration` | [gift_card_abstract_configuration.csv](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.html) |[product_abstract.csv](/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/import-and-export-data/products-data-import/import-file-details-product-abstract.csv.html) | +| Gift Card Abstract Configuration | Imports gift card product configuration information. A Gift Card Product is a regular product in the shop which represents a Gift Card that Customer can buy. The Gift Card Abstract Product configuration represents a type of Gift Cards with a code pattern (for example, "Xmas", "Happy-B", etc.). |`data:import:gift-card-abstract-configuration` | [gift_card_abstract_configuration.csv](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.html) |[product_abstract.csv](/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/import-and-export-data/products-data-import/import-file-details-product-abstract.csv.html) | | Gift Card Concrete Configuration | Imports gift card product configuration information. This data is used to configure the amount of money that will be top-up (loaded) in the Gift Card. |`data:import:gift-card-concrete-configuration` |[gift_card_concrete_configuration.csv](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-concrete-configuration.csv.html)| [product_concrete.csv](/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/import-and-export-data/products-data-import/import-file-details-product-concrete.csv.html) | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202410.0/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202410.0/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.md index fd1db943e14..19d9599b5ba 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202410.0/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202410.0/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ related: link: docs/dg/dev/data-import/page.version/execution-order-of-data-importers.html --- -This document describes the `gift_card_abstract_configuration.csv` file to configure [Gift Card](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/gift-cards.html) Abstract Configuration information in your Spryker Demo Shop. A **Gift Card Product** is a regular product in the shop which represents a Gift Card that Customer can buy. The **Gift Card Abstract Product** represents a type of Gift Cards with a code pattern (e.g. "XMAS-", “Happy-B”, etc.). +This document describes the `gift_card_abstract_configuration.csv` file to configure [Gift Card](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/gift-cards.html) Abstract Configuration information in your Spryker Demo Shop. A **Gift Card Product** is a regular product in the shop which represents a Gift Card that Customer can buy. The **Gift Card Abstract Product** represents a type of Gift Cards with a code pattern (e.g. "XMAS-", "Happy-B", etc.). ## Import file dependencies diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202410.0/import-gift-cards-data.md b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202410.0/import-gift-cards-data.md index a6079e1f2a4..c30a413a45a 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202410.0/import-gift-cards-data.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/202410.0/import-gift-cards-data.md @@ -23,5 +23,5 @@ The table below provides details on Gift Cards data importers, their purpose, CS | DATA IMPORTER | PURPOSE | CONSOLE COMMAND | FILES | DEPENDENCIES | | --- | --- | --- | --- |--- | -| Gift Card Abstract Configuration | Imports gift card product configuration information. A Gift Card Product is a regular product in the shop which represents a Gift Card that Customer can buy. The Gift Card Abstract Product configuration represents a type of Gift Cards with a code pattern (for example, “Xmas”, “Happy-B”, etc.). |`data:import:gift-card-abstract-configuration` | [gift_card_abstract_configuration.csv](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.html) |[product_abstract.csv](/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/import-and-export-data/products-data-import/import-file-details-product-abstract.csv.html) | +| Gift Card Abstract Configuration | Imports gift card product configuration information. A Gift Card Product is a regular product in the shop which represents a Gift Card that Customer can buy. The Gift Card Abstract Product configuration represents a type of Gift Cards with a code pattern (for example, "Xmas", "Happy-B", etc.). |`data:import:gift-card-abstract-configuration` | [gift_card_abstract_configuration.csv](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-abstract-configuration.csv.html) |[product_abstract.csv](/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/import-and-export-data/products-data-import/import-file-details-product-abstract.csv.html) | | Gift Card Concrete Configuration | Imports gift card product configuration information. This data is used to configure the amount of money that will be top-up (loaded) in the Gift Card. |`data:import:gift-card-concrete-configuration` |[gift_card_concrete_configuration.csv](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{site.version}}/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-gift-card-concrete-configuration.csv.html)| [product_concrete.csv](/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/import-and-export-data/products-data-import/import-file-details-product-concrete.csv.html) | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202311.0/identity-access-management.md b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202311.0/identity-access-management.md index 81a00b11704..0d88dcfed95 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202311.0/identity-access-management.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202311.0/identity-access-management.md @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Depending on your access and security requirements, you can have one of the foll #### Registration is required only with the SSO service If a user logs in with an SSO but does not have a Back Office account, the following happens: -* Based on the third-party system’s user data, such as first name, last name, and email, a Back Office account is created. +* Based on the third-party system's user data, such as first name, last name, and email, a Back Office account is created. * The user is assigned to the default user group. * The user is logged into the Back Office. @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ For details about Glue API authentication, see [Glue API authentication and auth The feature has the following functional constraint: -Each of the identity managers is an ECO module that must be developed separately. After the module development, the identity manager’s roles and permissions must be mapped to the roles and permissions in Spryker. The mapping is always implemented at the project level. +Each of the identity managers is an ECO module that must be developed separately. After the module development, the identity manager's roles and permissions must be mapped to the roles and permissions in Spryker. The mapping is always implemented at the project level. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202311.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-customer.md b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202311.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-customer.md index 423bdfde3c3..97a9ae923f2 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202311.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-customer.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202311.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-customer.md @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Request sample: authenticate as a customer {% info_block infoBox "Username" %} -If you are authenticating as a newly created customer, make sure to verify your email address first. If an email address was not confirmed, the endpoint returns the `403 “Failed to authenticate user”` error. +If you are authenticating as a newly created customer, make sure to verify your email address first. If an email address was not confirmed, the endpoint returns the `403 "Failed to authenticate user"` error. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202311.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-an-agent-assist.md b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202311.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-an-agent-assist.md index 678cafe273e..1321d6f0ee9 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202311.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-an-agent-assist.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202311.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-an-agent-assist.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ related: link: docs/pbc/all/user-management/page.version/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-by-customers-as-an-agent-assist.html --- -Log into the Storefront as an [agent assist](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/agent-assist-feature-overview.html) to help customers by performing actions on their behalf. After you’ve logged in, you can search by customers and impersonate them to perform any action available to them. +Log into the Storefront as an [agent assist](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/agent-assist-feature-overview.html) to help customers by performing actions on their behalf. After you've logged in, you can search by customers and impersonate them to perform any action available to them. ## Installation @@ -107,6 +107,6 @@ To view generic errors that originate from the Glue Application, see [Reference ## Next steps -After you’ve authenticated in as an agent assist, you can: +After you've authenticated in as an agent assist, you can: * [Search by customers](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-by-customers-as-an-agent-assist.html#search-by-customers) * [Impersonate a customer](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-impersonate-customers-as-an-agent-assist.html#impersonate-a-customer) diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202311.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-confirm-customer-registration.md b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202311.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-confirm-customer-registration.md index df01662042a..9e893e77d28 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202311.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-confirm-customer-registration.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202311.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-confirm-customer-registration.md @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Request sample: confirm customer registration | ATTRIBUTE | TYPE | REQUIRED | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | --- | --- | -| registrationKey | String | ✓ | Customer’s registration key. You can get it from the link in the customer confirmation registration email sent after customer creation. The example link: `https://mysprykershop.com/register/confirm?token=e13ec2a7c45c6d1bae9b266ed90dfff0`, where `e13ec2a7c45c6d1bae9b266ed90dfff0` is the registration key. | +| registrationKey | String | ✓ | Customer's registration key. You can get it from the link in the customer confirmation registration email sent after customer creation. The example link: `https://mysprykershop.com/register/confirm?token=e13ec2a7c45c6d1bae9b266ed90dfff0`, where `e13ec2a7c45c6d1bae9b266ed90dfff0` is the registration key. | ### Response diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202404.0/identity-access-management.md b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202404.0/identity-access-management.md index 81a00b11704..0d88dcfed95 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202404.0/identity-access-management.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202404.0/identity-access-management.md @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Depending on your access and security requirements, you can have one of the foll #### Registration is required only with the SSO service If a user logs in with an SSO but does not have a Back Office account, the following happens: -* Based on the third-party system’s user data, such as first name, last name, and email, a Back Office account is created. +* Based on the third-party system's user data, such as first name, last name, and email, a Back Office account is created. * The user is assigned to the default user group. * The user is logged into the Back Office. @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ For details about Glue API authentication, see [Glue API authentication and auth The feature has the following functional constraint: -Each of the identity managers is an ECO module that must be developed separately. After the module development, the identity manager’s roles and permissions must be mapped to the roles and permissions in Spryker. The mapping is always implemented at the project level. +Each of the identity managers is an ECO module that must be developed separately. After the module development, the identity manager's roles and permissions must be mapped to the roles and permissions in Spryker. The mapping is always implemented at the project level. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202404.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-customer.md b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202404.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-customer.md index 423bdfde3c3..97a9ae923f2 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202404.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-customer.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202404.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-customer.md @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Request sample: authenticate as a customer {% info_block infoBox "Username" %} -If you are authenticating as a newly created customer, make sure to verify your email address first. If an email address was not confirmed, the endpoint returns the `403 “Failed to authenticate user”` error. +If you are authenticating as a newly created customer, make sure to verify your email address first. If an email address was not confirmed, the endpoint returns the `403 "Failed to authenticate user"` error. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202404.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-an-agent-assist.md b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202404.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-an-agent-assist.md index 678cafe273e..1321d6f0ee9 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202404.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-an-agent-assist.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202404.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-an-agent-assist.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ related: link: docs/pbc/all/user-management/page.version/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-by-customers-as-an-agent-assist.html --- -Log into the Storefront as an [agent assist](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/agent-assist-feature-overview.html) to help customers by performing actions on their behalf. After you’ve logged in, you can search by customers and impersonate them to perform any action available to them. +Log into the Storefront as an [agent assist](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/agent-assist-feature-overview.html) to help customers by performing actions on their behalf. After you've logged in, you can search by customers and impersonate them to perform any action available to them. ## Installation @@ -107,6 +107,6 @@ To view generic errors that originate from the Glue Application, see [Reference ## Next steps -After you’ve authenticated in as an agent assist, you can: +After you've authenticated in as an agent assist, you can: * [Search by customers](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-by-customers-as-an-agent-assist.html#search-by-customers) * [Impersonate a customer](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-impersonate-customers-as-an-agent-assist.html#impersonate-a-customer) diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202404.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-confirm-customer-registration.md b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202404.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-confirm-customer-registration.md index df01662042a..9e893e77d28 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202404.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-confirm-customer-registration.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202404.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-confirm-customer-registration.md @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Request sample: confirm customer registration | ATTRIBUTE | TYPE | REQUIRED | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | --- | --- | -| registrationKey | String | ✓ | Customer’s registration key. You can get it from the link in the customer confirmation registration email sent after customer creation. The example link: `https://mysprykershop.com/register/confirm?token=e13ec2a7c45c6d1bae9b266ed90dfff0`, where `e13ec2a7c45c6d1bae9b266ed90dfff0` is the registration key. | +| registrationKey | String | ✓ | Customer's registration key. You can get it from the link in the customer confirmation registration email sent after customer creation. The example link: `https://mysprykershop.com/register/confirm?token=e13ec2a7c45c6d1bae9b266ed90dfff0`, where `e13ec2a7c45c6d1bae9b266ed90dfff0` is the registration key. | ### Response diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202410.0/identity-access-management.md b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202410.0/identity-access-management.md index c58ace9191e..3b6f4fcff8b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202410.0/identity-access-management.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202410.0/identity-access-management.md @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Depending on your access and security requirements, you can have one of the foll #### Registration is required only with the SSO service If a user logs in with an SSO but does not have a Back Office account, the following happens: -* Based on the third-party system’s user data, such as first name, last name, and email, a Back Office account is created. +* Based on the third-party system's user data, such as first name, last name, and email, a Back Office account is created. * The user is assigned to the default user group. * The user is logged into the Back Office. @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ For details about Glue API authentication, see [Glue API authentication and auth The feature has the following functional constraint: -Each of the identity managers is an ECO module that must be developed separately. After the module development, the identity manager’s roles and permissions must be mapped to the roles and permissions in Spryker. The mapping is always implemented at the project level. +Each of the identity managers is an ECO module that must be developed separately. After the module development, the identity manager's roles and permissions must be mapped to the roles and permissions in Spryker. The mapping is always implemented at the project level. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202410.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-customer.md b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202410.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-customer.md index 423bdfde3c3..97a9ae923f2 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202410.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-customer.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202410.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-customer.md @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Request sample: authenticate as a customer {% info_block infoBox "Username" %} -If you are authenticating as a newly created customer, make sure to verify your email address first. If an email address was not confirmed, the endpoint returns the `403 “Failed to authenticate user”` error. +If you are authenticating as a newly created customer, make sure to verify your email address first. If an email address was not confirmed, the endpoint returns the `403 "Failed to authenticate user"` error. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202410.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-an-agent-assist.md b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202410.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-an-agent-assist.md index d1c72ed4899..289169adeea 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202410.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-an-agent-assist.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202410.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-an-agent-assist.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ related: link: docs/pbc/all/user-management/page.version/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-by-customers-as-an-agent-assist.html --- -Log into the Storefront as an [agent assist](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/agent-assist-feature-overview.html) to help customers by performing actions on their behalf. After you’ve logged in, you can search by customers and impersonate them to perform any action available to them. +Log into the Storefront as an [agent assist](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/agent-assist-feature-overview.html) to help customers by performing actions on their behalf. After you've logged in, you can search by customers and impersonate them to perform any action available to them. ## Installation @@ -107,6 +107,6 @@ To view generic errors that originate from the Glue Application, see [Reference ## Next steps -After you’ve authenticated in as an agent assist, you can: +After you've authenticated in as an agent assist, you can: * [Search by customers](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-by-customers-as-an-agent-assist.html#search-by-customers) * [Impersonate a customer](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-impersonate-customers-as-an-agent-assist.html#impersonate-a-customer) diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202410.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-confirm-customer-registration.md b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202410.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-confirm-customer-registration.md index be92ea7bf55..3c73cb7e538 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202410.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-confirm-customer-registration.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/202410.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-confirm-customer-registration.md @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Request sample: confirm customer registration | ATTRIBUTE | TYPE | REQUIRED | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | --- | --- | -| registrationKey | String | ✓ | Customer’s registration key. You can get it from the link in the customer confirmation registration email sent after customer creation. The example link: `https://mysprykershop.com/register/confirm?token=e13ec2a7c45c6d1bae9b266ed90dfff0`, where `e13ec2a7c45c6d1bae9b266ed90dfff0` is the registration key. | +| registrationKey | String | ✓ | Customer's registration key. You can get it from the link in the customer confirmation registration email sent after customer creation. The example link: `https://mysprykershop.com/register/confirm?token=e13ec2a7c45c6d1bae9b266ed90dfff0`, where `e13ec2a7c45c6d1bae9b266ed90dfff0` is the registration key. | ### Response diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202311.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-merchant-profile.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202311.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-merchant-profile.csv.md index d0928d1c18f..3c645985e67 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202311.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-merchant-profile.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202311.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-merchant-profile.csv.md @@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ This document describes the `merchant_profile.csv` file to configure [merchant p | imprint_glossary_key.{ANY_LOCALE_NAME} | | String | | Example value: `imprint_glossary_key.en_US` | Imprint information per merchant is specified here. | | data_privacy_glossary_key.{ANY_LOCALE_NAME} | | String | | Example value: `data_privacy_glossary_key.en_US` | Data privacy statement is defined here. | | fax_number | | String | | | Merchant's fax number. | -| longitude | | String | | | This field identifies merchant’s location. | -| latitude | | String | | | This field identifies merchant’s location. | +| longitude | | String | | | This field identifies merchant's location. | +| latitude | | String | | | This field identifies merchant's location. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202311.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/edit-merchant-profiles.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202311.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/edit-merchant-profiles.md index 40a2021aa97..7eed2db873b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202311.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/edit-merchant-profiles.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202311.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/edit-merchant-profiles.md @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ This section describes attributes you see when editing the merchant's online pro | ATTRIBUTE | DESCRIPTION | REQUIRED | |-|-|-| | Store Profile URL | Field where you can specify the URL of the Merchant Profile in the Marketplace Storefront for every locale. | ✓ | -| About Your Store | Description of the merchant company/store. It’s provided for every locale. | | +| About Your Store | Description of the merchant company/store. It's provided for every locale. | | #### Visual assets diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202311.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-account-details-and-settings.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202311.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-account-details-and-settings.md index e4bf6fb870f..fa275de6abd 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202311.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-account-details-and-settings.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202311.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-account-details-and-settings.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ This document describes how to manage merchant user account details in the Merch ## Prerequisites -To start working with the merchant user’s account, go to **Merchant Portal > My account**. +To start working with the merchant user's account, go to **Merchant Portal > My account**. To open the **My account** page, in the top right corner of the Merchant Portal, click the user icon and then click **My account**. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-merchants.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-merchants.md index b018b05dacd..a2b22b013ea 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-merchants.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-merchants.md @@ -301,26 +301,26 @@ This endpoint returns only [active](/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/{{page.ver | ATTRIBUTE | TYPE | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | --- | | merchantName | String | Name of the merchant. | -| merchantUrl | String | Merchant’s profile URL. | +| merchantUrl | String | Merchant's profile URL. | | contactPersonRole | String | Role of the contact person. | | contactPersonTitle | String | Salutation to use when addressing the contact person. | -| contactPersonFirstName | String | Contact person’s first name. | -| contactPersonLastName | String | Contact person’s last name. | -| contactPersonPhone | String | Contact person’s phone number. | -| logoUrl | String | Merchant’s logo URL. | -| publicEmail | String | Merchant’s public email address. | -| publicPhone | String | Merchant’s public phone number. | -| description | String | Merchant’s description. | -| bannerUrl | String | Merchant’s banner URL. | +| contactPersonFirstName | String | Contact person's first name. | +| contactPersonLastName | String | Contact person's last name. | +| contactPersonPhone | String | Contact person's phone number. | +| logoUrl | String | Merchant's logo URL. | +| publicEmail | String | Merchant's public email address. | +| publicPhone | String | Merchant's public phone number. | +| description | String | Merchant's description. | +| bannerUrl | String | Merchant's banner URL. | | deliveryTime | String | Average delivery time. | -| latitude | String | Merchant’s latitude. | -| longitude | String | Merchant’s longitude. | -| faxNumber | String | Merchant’s fax number. | +| latitude | String | Merchant's latitude. | +| longitude | String | Merchant's longitude. | +| faxNumber | String | Merchant's fax number. | | legalInformation | Object | List of legal information. | -| legalInformation.terms | String | Merchant’s terms and conditions. | -| legalInformation. cancellationPolicy | String | Merchant’s cancellation policy.| -| legalInformation.imprint | String | Merchant’s imprint information.| -| legalInformation.dataPrivacy | String | Merchant’s data privacy conditions.| +| legalInformation.terms | String | Merchant's terms and conditions. | +| legalInformation. cancellationPolicy | String | Merchant's cancellation policy.| +| legalInformation.imprint | String | Merchant's imprint information.| +| legalInformation.dataPrivacy | String | Merchant's data privacy conditions.| | categories | Array | List of categories where the merchant belongs. | | categories.categoryKey | String | Category key used for the merchant. | | categories.name | String | Name of the merchant category. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202311.0/marketplace/marketplace-merchant-feature-overview/main-merchant.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202311.0/marketplace/marketplace-merchant-feature-overview/main-merchant.md index 28f54430e2c..6af754c0fbf 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202311.0/marketplace/marketplace-merchant-feature-overview/main-merchant.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202311.0/marketplace/marketplace-merchant-feature-overview/main-merchant.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ related: link: docs/pbc/all/return-management/page.version/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-main-merchant-returns.html --- -The Spryker Marketplace platform offers sales opportunities to everyone. To help support the [Enterprise Marketplace](/docs/about/all/spryker-marketplace/marketplace-concept.html) model, not only the 3rd party merchants but also the company owner of the Marketplace store can sell their products and offers online. We call this company the *main merchant*. +The Spryker Marketplace platform offers sales opportunities to everyone. To help support the [Enterprise Marketplace](/docs/about/all/spryker-marketplace/marketplace-concept.html) model, not only the third-party merchants but also the company owner of the Marketplace store can sell their products and offers online. We call this company the *main merchant*. Thus, the main merchant acts as a common [marketplace merchant](/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/{{page.version}}/marketplace/marketplace-merchant-feature-overview/marketplace-merchant-feature-overview.html) having all its characteristics. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-merchant-relation-requests.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-merchant-relation-requests.md index e8e8f1b57a2..1602b6f9133 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-merchant-relation-requests.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-merchant-relation-requests.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ To approve or reject a merchant relation request, do the following: 1. Click **Edit** for the request you want to process. 2. Optional: In *Assigned business units*, select more business units to add to the request or remove the business units for which you don't want to create a relation. 3. Optional: In *Company Note*, leave a message for the company that requested the relation. -4. Optional: In *Internal Comments*, leave comments for internal usage within your organization. Your colleagues can see and respond to the internal comments. The buyer’s company that requested the merchant relation won't see these comments. +4. Optional: In *Internal Comments*, leave comments for internal usage within your organization. Your colleagues can see and respond to the internal comments. The buyer's company that requested the merchant relation won't see these comments. 5. In the top right corner, click **Approve** or **Reject**. 6. Optional: To create a separate merchant relation per each business unit, check the respective check box. 7. Confirm approval or rejection of the merchant request. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-merchant-profile.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-merchant-profile.csv.md index d0928d1c18f..3c645985e67 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-merchant-profile.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-merchant-profile.csv.md @@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ This document describes the `merchant_profile.csv` file to configure [merchant p | imprint_glossary_key.{ANY_LOCALE_NAME} | | String | | Example value: `imprint_glossary_key.en_US` | Imprint information per merchant is specified here. | | data_privacy_glossary_key.{ANY_LOCALE_NAME} | | String | | Example value: `data_privacy_glossary_key.en_US` | Data privacy statement is defined here. | | fax_number | | String | | | Merchant's fax number. | -| longitude | | String | | | This field identifies merchant’s location. | -| latitude | | String | | | This field identifies merchant’s location. | +| longitude | | String | | | This field identifies merchant's location. | +| latitude | | String | | | This field identifies merchant's location. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-merchant-relations/manage-merchant-relation-requests.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-merchant-relations/manage-merchant-relation-requests.md index 96d9e4d16d2..3c9d062060f 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-merchant-relations/manage-merchant-relation-requests.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-merchant-relations/manage-merchant-relation-requests.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ To approve or reject a merchant relation request, do the following: 1. Click **Edit** for the request you want to process. 2. Optional: In *Assigned business units*, select more business units to add to the request or remove the business units for which you don't want to create a relation. 3. Optional: In *Company Note*, leave a message for the company that requested the relation. -4. Optional: In *Internal Comments*, leave comments for internal usage within your organization. Your colleagues can see and respond to the internal comments. The buyer’s company that requested the merchant relation won't see these comments. +4. Optional: In *Internal Comments*, leave comments for internal usage within your organization. Your colleagues can see and respond to the internal comments. The buyer's company that requested the merchant relation won't see these comments. 5. In the top right corner, click **Approve** or **Reject**. 6. Optional: To create a separate merchant relation per each business unit, check the respective check box. 7. Confirm approval or rejection of the merchant request. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/edit-merchant-profiles.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/edit-merchant-profiles.md index 40a2021aa97..7eed2db873b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/edit-merchant-profiles.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/edit-merchant-profiles.md @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ This section describes attributes you see when editing the merchant's online pro | ATTRIBUTE | DESCRIPTION | REQUIRED | |-|-|-| | Store Profile URL | Field where you can specify the URL of the Merchant Profile in the Marketplace Storefront for every locale. | ✓ | -| About Your Store | Description of the merchant company/store. It’s provided for every locale. | | +| About Your Store | Description of the merchant company/store. It's provided for every locale. | | #### Visual assets diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-account-details-and-settings.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-account-details-and-settings.md index e4bf6fb870f..fa275de6abd 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-account-details-and-settings.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-account-details-and-settings.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ This document describes how to manage merchant user account details in the Merch ## Prerequisites -To start working with the merchant user’s account, go to **Merchant Portal > My account**. +To start working with the merchant user's account, go to **Merchant Portal > My account**. To open the **My account** page, in the top right corner of the Merchant Portal, click the user icon and then click **My account**. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-relations.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-relations.md index b786ca59fea..7c09abf317b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-relations.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-relations.md @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ To manage merchant relations, go to **B2B Contracts -> Merchant Relations**. Cli To edit a merchant relation: 1. Optional: In *Business Units*, clear the checkboxes for the business units you want to remove from this relation and click **Save**. -2. Optional: In *Internal comments*, leave notes for your colleagues. Buyers won’t see these comments. +2. Optional: In *Internal comments*, leave notes for your colleagues. Buyers won't see these comments. -You can also delete a merchant relation. Deletion removes the merchant relation from the Merchant Portal, the Back Office, and from the buyer’s Storefront. To delete a merchant relation, click **Delete** and confirm deletion. +You can also delete a merchant relation. Deletion removes the merchant relation from the Merchant Portal, the Back Office, and from the buyer's Storefront. To delete a merchant relation, click **Delete** and confirm deletion. ![merchant-relations-mp](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/merchant-relations-in-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-relations/mp-relation-details.png) diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-merchants.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-merchants.md index b018b05dacd..a2b22b013ea 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-merchants.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-merchants.md @@ -301,26 +301,26 @@ This endpoint returns only [active](/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/{{page.ver | ATTRIBUTE | TYPE | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | --- | | merchantName | String | Name of the merchant. | -| merchantUrl | String | Merchant’s profile URL. | +| merchantUrl | String | Merchant's profile URL. | | contactPersonRole | String | Role of the contact person. | | contactPersonTitle | String | Salutation to use when addressing the contact person. | -| contactPersonFirstName | String | Contact person’s first name. | -| contactPersonLastName | String | Contact person’s last name. | -| contactPersonPhone | String | Contact person’s phone number. | -| logoUrl | String | Merchant’s logo URL. | -| publicEmail | String | Merchant’s public email address. | -| publicPhone | String | Merchant’s public phone number. | -| description | String | Merchant’s description. | -| bannerUrl | String | Merchant’s banner URL. | +| contactPersonFirstName | String | Contact person's first name. | +| contactPersonLastName | String | Contact person's last name. | +| contactPersonPhone | String | Contact person's phone number. | +| logoUrl | String | Merchant's logo URL. | +| publicEmail | String | Merchant's public email address. | +| publicPhone | String | Merchant's public phone number. | +| description | String | Merchant's description. | +| bannerUrl | String | Merchant's banner URL. | | deliveryTime | String | Average delivery time. | -| latitude | String | Merchant’s latitude. | -| longitude | String | Merchant’s longitude. | -| faxNumber | String | Merchant’s fax number. | +| latitude | String | Merchant's latitude. | +| longitude | String | Merchant's longitude. | +| faxNumber | String | Merchant's fax number. | | legalInformation | Object | List of legal information. | -| legalInformation.terms | String | Merchant’s terms and conditions. | -| legalInformation. cancellationPolicy | String | Merchant’s cancellation policy.| -| legalInformation.imprint | String | Merchant’s imprint information.| -| legalInformation.dataPrivacy | String | Merchant’s data privacy conditions.| +| legalInformation.terms | String | Merchant's terms and conditions. | +| legalInformation. cancellationPolicy | String | Merchant's cancellation policy.| +| legalInformation.imprint | String | Merchant's imprint information.| +| legalInformation.dataPrivacy | String | Merchant's data privacy conditions.| | categories | Array | List of categories where the merchant belongs. | | categories.categoryKey | String | Category key used for the merchant. | | categories.name | String | Name of the merchant category. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/marketplace-merchant-feature-overview/main-merchant.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/marketplace-merchant-feature-overview/main-merchant.md index 28f54430e2c..6af754c0fbf 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/marketplace-merchant-feature-overview/main-merchant.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202404.0/marketplace/marketplace-merchant-feature-overview/main-merchant.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ related: link: docs/pbc/all/return-management/page.version/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-main-merchant-returns.html --- -The Spryker Marketplace platform offers sales opportunities to everyone. To help support the [Enterprise Marketplace](/docs/about/all/spryker-marketplace/marketplace-concept.html) model, not only the 3rd party merchants but also the company owner of the Marketplace store can sell their products and offers online. We call this company the *main merchant*. +The Spryker Marketplace platform offers sales opportunities to everyone. To help support the [Enterprise Marketplace](/docs/about/all/spryker-marketplace/marketplace-concept.html) model, not only the third-party merchants but also the company owner of the Marketplace store can sell their products and offers online. We call this company the *main merchant*. Thus, the main merchant acts as a common [marketplace merchant](/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/{{page.version}}/marketplace/marketplace-merchant-feature-overview/marketplace-merchant-feature-overview.html) having all its characteristics. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-merchant-relation-requests.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-merchant-relation-requests.md index e8e8f1b57a2..1602b6f9133 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-merchant-relation-requests.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-merchant-relation-requests.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ To approve or reject a merchant relation request, do the following: 1. Click **Edit** for the request you want to process. 2. Optional: In *Assigned business units*, select more business units to add to the request or remove the business units for which you don't want to create a relation. 3. Optional: In *Company Note*, leave a message for the company that requested the relation. -4. Optional: In *Internal Comments*, leave comments for internal usage within your organization. Your colleagues can see and respond to the internal comments. The buyer’s company that requested the merchant relation won't see these comments. +4. Optional: In *Internal Comments*, leave comments for internal usage within your organization. Your colleagues can see and respond to the internal comments. The buyer's company that requested the merchant relation won't see these comments. 5. In the top right corner, click **Approve** or **Reject**. 6. Optional: To create a separate merchant relation per each business unit, check the respective check box. 7. Confirm approval or rejection of the merchant request. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-merchant-profile.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-merchant-profile.csv.md index d0928d1c18f..3c645985e67 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-merchant-profile.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-merchant-profile.csv.md @@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ This document describes the `merchant_profile.csv` file to configure [merchant p | imprint_glossary_key.{ANY_LOCALE_NAME} | | String | | Example value: `imprint_glossary_key.en_US` | Imprint information per merchant is specified here. | | data_privacy_glossary_key.{ANY_LOCALE_NAME} | | String | | Example value: `data_privacy_glossary_key.en_US` | Data privacy statement is defined here. | | fax_number | | String | | | Merchant's fax number. | -| longitude | | String | | | This field identifies merchant’s location. | -| latitude | | String | | | This field identifies merchant’s location. | +| longitude | | String | | | This field identifies merchant's location. | +| latitude | | String | | | This field identifies merchant's location. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-merchant-relations/manage-merchant-relation-requests.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-merchant-relations/manage-merchant-relation-requests.md index 96d9e4d16d2..3c9d062060f 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-merchant-relations/manage-merchant-relation-requests.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-merchant-relations/manage-merchant-relation-requests.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ To approve or reject a merchant relation request, do the following: 1. Click **Edit** for the request you want to process. 2. Optional: In *Assigned business units*, select more business units to add to the request or remove the business units for which you don't want to create a relation. 3. Optional: In *Company Note*, leave a message for the company that requested the relation. -4. Optional: In *Internal Comments*, leave comments for internal usage within your organization. Your colleagues can see and respond to the internal comments. The buyer’s company that requested the merchant relation won't see these comments. +4. Optional: In *Internal Comments*, leave comments for internal usage within your organization. Your colleagues can see and respond to the internal comments. The buyer's company that requested the merchant relation won't see these comments. 5. In the top right corner, click **Approve** or **Reject**. 6. Optional: To create a separate merchant relation per each business unit, check the respective check box. 7. Confirm approval or rejection of the merchant request. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-merchants/view-merchants.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-merchants/view-merchants.md index 9394de98b22..fb69dad6575 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-merchants/view-merchants.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-merchants/view-merchants.md @@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ The detailed view page displays all relevant information about the selected merc | ATTRIBUTE | DESCRIPTION | |----------------------|----------------------------------------------------| -| Name | The merchant’s name. | -| Registration Number | The merchant’s official registration number. | +| Name | The merchant's name. | +| Registration Number | The merchant's official registration number. | | Merchant Reference | A unique identifier for the merchant. | | Email | The contact email address of the merchant. | | Store Relation | The stores the merchant is associated with. | -| Merchant URL | URL of the merchant’s profile. | +| Merchant URL | URL of the merchant's profile. | | Warehouses | Warehouses used by the merchant. | ## Contact Person @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The detailed view page displays all relevant information about the selected merc | Public Email | Public email address. | | Public Phone | Public phone number. | | Fax Number | Fax number. | -| Logo URL | The link to the merchant’s logo. | +| Logo URL | The link to the merchant's logo. | | Address Details | Merchant's address. | ## Legal Information diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/edit-merchant-profiles.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/edit-merchant-profiles.md index 40a2021aa97..7eed2db873b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/edit-merchant-profiles.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/edit-merchant-profiles.md @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ This section describes attributes you see when editing the merchant's online pro | ATTRIBUTE | DESCRIPTION | REQUIRED | |-|-|-| | Store Profile URL | Field where you can specify the URL of the Merchant Profile in the Marketplace Storefront for every locale. | ✓ | -| About Your Store | Description of the merchant company/store. It’s provided for every locale. | | +| About Your Store | Description of the merchant company/store. It's provided for every locale. | | #### Visual assets diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-account-details-and-settings.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-account-details-and-settings.md index e4bf6fb870f..fa275de6abd 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-account-details-and-settings.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-account-details-and-settings.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ This document describes how to manage merchant user account details in the Merch ## Prerequisites -To start working with the merchant user’s account, go to **Merchant Portal > My account**. +To start working with the merchant user's account, go to **Merchant Portal > My account**. To open the **My account** page, in the top right corner of the Merchant Portal, click the user icon and then click **My account**. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-relations.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-relations.md index 8b2aebdadc4..64104233853 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-relations.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-relations.md @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ To manage merchant relations, go to **B2B Contracts -> Merchant Relations**. Cli To edit a merchant relation: 1. Optional: In *Business Units*, clear the checkboxes for the business units you want to remove from this relation and click **Save**. -2. Optional: In *Internal comments*, leave notes for your colleagues. Buyers won’t see these comments. +2. Optional: In *Internal comments*, leave notes for your colleagues. Buyers won't see these comments. -You can also delete a merchant relation. Deletion removes the merchant relation from the Merchant Portal, the Back Office, and from the buyer’s Storefront. To delete a merchant relation, click **Delete** and confirm deletion. +You can also delete a merchant relation. Deletion removes the merchant relation from the Merchant Portal, the Back Office, and from the buyer's Storefront. To delete a merchant relation, click **Delete** and confirm deletion. ![merchant-relations-mp](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/merchant-relations-in-merchant-portal/manage-merchant-relations/mp-relation-details.png) diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-merchants.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-merchants.md index aa5cff7197d..dfbab103312 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-merchants.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-merchants.md @@ -301,26 +301,26 @@ This endpoint returns only [active](/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/{{page.ver | ATTRIBUTE | TYPE | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | --- | | merchantName | String | Name of the merchant. | -| merchantUrl | String | Merchant’s profile URL. | +| merchantUrl | String | Merchant's profile URL. | | contactPersonRole | String | Role of the contact person. | | contactPersonTitle | String | Salutation to use when addressing the contact person. | -| contactPersonFirstName | String | Contact person’s first name. | -| contactPersonLastName | String | Contact person’s last name. | -| contactPersonPhone | String | Contact person’s phone number. | -| logoUrl | String | Merchant’s logo URL. | -| publicEmail | String | Merchant’s public email address. | -| publicPhone | String | Merchant’s public phone number. | -| description | String | Merchant’s description. | -| bannerUrl | String | Merchant’s banner URL. | +| contactPersonFirstName | String | Contact person's first name. | +| contactPersonLastName | String | Contact person's last name. | +| contactPersonPhone | String | Contact person's phone number. | +| logoUrl | String | Merchant's logo URL. | +| publicEmail | String | Merchant's public email address. | +| publicPhone | String | Merchant's public phone number. | +| description | String | Merchant's description. | +| bannerUrl | String | Merchant's banner URL. | | deliveryTime | String | Average delivery time. | -| latitude | String | Merchant’s latitude. | -| longitude | String | Merchant’s longitude. | -| faxNumber | String | Merchant’s fax number. | +| latitude | String | Merchant's latitude. | +| longitude | String | Merchant's longitude. | +| faxNumber | String | Merchant's fax number. | | legalInformation | Object | List of legal information. | -| legalInformation.terms | String | Merchant’s terms and conditions. | -| legalInformation. cancellationPolicy | String | Merchant’s cancellation policy.| -| legalInformation.imprint | String | Merchant’s imprint information.| -| legalInformation.dataPrivacy | String | Merchant’s data privacy conditions.| +| legalInformation.terms | String | Merchant's terms and conditions. | +| legalInformation. cancellationPolicy | String | Merchant's cancellation policy.| +| legalInformation.imprint | String | Merchant's imprint information.| +| legalInformation.dataPrivacy | String | Merchant's data privacy conditions.| | categories | Array | List of categories where the merchant belongs. | | categories.categoryKey | String | Category key used for the merchant. | | categories.name | String | Name of the merchant category. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-merchant-commission-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-merchant-commission-feature-overview.md index 2d34c333cce..a209d874730 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-merchant-commission-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-merchant-commission-feature-overview.md @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ If an order item fulfills the conditions of all the commissions in the prior exa ## Apply commissions to GROSS or NET price -The price mode used to apply commissions is defined by the order price mode. This price mode configuration controls which prices are used as a basis to calculate commission: gross or net price. The item gross price and net price is configured in the backend, including volume pricing, and doesn’t include any discounts applied in the shopping cart afterwards. +The price mode used to apply commissions is defined by the order price mode. This price mode configuration controls which prices are used as a basis to calculate commission: gross or net price. The item gross price and net price is configured in the backend, including volume pricing, and doesn't include any discounts applied in the shopping cart afterwards. For information on setting up commission percentages per price mode, see [Price mode based commissions](#price-mode-based-commissions). diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-merchant-feature-overview/main-merchant.md b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-merchant-feature-overview/main-merchant.md index 28f54430e2c..6af754c0fbf 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-merchant-feature-overview/main-merchant.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-merchant-feature-overview/main-merchant.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ related: link: docs/pbc/all/return-management/page.version/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-main-merchant-returns.html --- -The Spryker Marketplace platform offers sales opportunities to everyone. To help support the [Enterprise Marketplace](/docs/about/all/spryker-marketplace/marketplace-concept.html) model, not only the 3rd party merchants but also the company owner of the Marketplace store can sell their products and offers online. We call this company the *main merchant*. +The Spryker Marketplace platform offers sales opportunities to everyone. To help support the [Enterprise Marketplace](/docs/about/all/spryker-marketplace/marketplace-concept.html) model, not only the third-party merchants but also the company owner of the Marketplace store can sell their products and offers online. We call this company the *main merchant*. Thus, the main merchant acts as a common [marketplace merchant](/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/{{page.version}}/marketplace/marketplace-merchant-feature-overview/marketplace-merchant-feature-overview.html) having all its characteristics. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-add-push-notification-subscriptions.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-add-push-notification-subscriptions.md index e635294f4ef..6dc82aa5e15 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-add-push-notification-subscriptions.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-add-push-notification-subscriptions.md @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ Request sample: `POST https://glue-backend.b2c-eu.demo-spryker.com/push-notifica | group.name | String | ✓ | The entity type to receive notifications about. | | group.identifier | String | ✓ | ID of the entity to receive notifications about. To get it, decode `accessToken` retrieved when [authenticating as a warehouse user](/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/{{page.version}}/unified-commerce/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-warehouse-user.html). | | payload | Object | ✓ | The subscription details for establishing a communication channel between the server and the client. | -| payload.endpoint | String | ✓ | The URL provided by the push service that is used to send a push message to the recipient’s device. | +| payload.endpoint | String | ✓ | The URL provided by the push service that is used to send a push message to the recipient's device. | | payload.publicKey | String | ✓ | A client public key that is used to encrypt the push message so that only the intended recipient can read it. | -| payload.authToken | String | ✓ | An authentication token that allows the server to send messages to the client’s endpoint. | +| payload.authToken | String | ✓ | An authentication token that allows the server to send messages to the client's endpoint. | | localeName | String | ✓ | Defines the language in which the client is to receive notifications. | @@ -102,9 +102,9 @@ Response sample: | RESOURCE | ATTRIBUTE | TYPE | DESCRIPTION | |-|-|-|-| | push-notification-subscriptions | providerName | String | The provider of push notifications. | -| push-notification-subscriptions | payload.endpoint | String | The URL provided by the push service that is used to send a push message to the recipient’s device. | +| push-notification-subscriptions | payload.endpoint | String | The URL provided by the push service that is used to send a push message to the recipient's device. | | push-notification-subscriptions | payload.publicKey | String | A client public key that is used to encrypt the push message so that only the intended recipient can read it. | -| push-notification-subscriptions | payload.authToken | String | An authentication token that allows the server to send messages to the client’s endpoint. | +| push-notification-subscriptions | payload.authToken | String | An authentication token that allows the server to send messages to the client's endpoint. | | push-notification-subscriptions | localeName | String | The language in which the client is to receive notifications. | | push-notification-subscriptions | group | Object | Defines the entity you've subscribed to receive notifications about. | | push-notification-subscriptions | group.name | String | The entity type you've subscribed to notifications about. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/push-notification-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/push-notification-feature-overview.md index 46cdf79584b..7a262b65f5f 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/push-notification-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/push-notification-feature-overview.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ To set up the process, you need to generate a private and public key pair. These ## Subscribing to notifications -To let users subscribe to the web push notifications, the site page needs a service worker with which the user is registered on the server and received messages are processed. The service worker is downloaded to the user’s platform in the background, which lets it be executed outside of the site page's context. +To let users subscribe to the web push notifications, the site page needs a service worker with which the user is registered on the server and received messages are processed. The service worker is downloaded to the user's platform in the background, which lets it be executed outside of the site page's context. After a user subscribes to the service, the service worker is registered. The service worker requests all required information through the web push API and sends this through an HTTP request to the server. The server stores this information in its database to send notifications to the client. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/dixa.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/dixa.md index d476f5587c9..9bb64f018cf 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/dixa.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/dixa.md @@ -17,16 +17,16 @@ redirect_from: [ABOUT DIXA](https://dixa.com/) -Meet Conversational Customer Engagement- Helping brands build stronger bonds with their customers and eliminate bad customer service. Dixa is the Conversational Customer Engagement platform of choice for hundreds of the world’s leading brands. Our software unifies customer engagement across email, chat, messaging and phone in one platform for a +Meet Conversational Customer Engagement- Helping brands build stronger bonds with their customers and eliminate bad customer service. Dixa is the Conversational Customer Engagement platform of choice for hundreds of the world's leading brands. Our software unifies customer engagement across email, chat, messaging and phone in one platform for a better customer and agent experience. -Dixa is a truly international company with 14+ nationalities working together in the heart of Copenhagen and with offices in London, Berlin and Kiev. With customers in 20+ countries, Dixa has experienced incredible growth since it’s global launch in 2018, quickly becoming one of Scandinavia’s fastest growing SaaS companies. +Dixa is a truly international company with 14+ nationalities working together in the heart of Copenhagen and with offices in London, Berlin and Kiev. With customers in 20+ countries, Dixa has experienced incredible growth since it's global launch in 2018, quickly becoming one of Scandinavia's fastest growing SaaS companies. YOUR ADVANTAGES: * Personalized conversations with insights across all channels - so you can lift customer experience dramatically. * Intelligent routing and automation of conversations based on context & data - so you can increase agent efficiency significantly. * Channel-neutral conversational CE platform with unified data - so you can emposer data-driven decision making on CX. -* “One Window Wonder” and effortless onboarding of agents - secure fast risk-free shift towards true omni-channel. +* "One Window Wonder" and effortless onboarding of agents - secure fast risk-free shift towards true omni-channel. * Agent availability and presence in real-time across all channels and conversations - so you can enable agent/channel blending and boosting agent productivity. --- diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/live-chat-service.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/live-chat-service.md index 64a6a9ec567..8d7f2d12647 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/live-chat-service.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/live-chat-service.md @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ real time. - More service: live chat is an approachable contact channel that you can use from 07:00 - 23:00 during the week and from 09:00 - 23:00 during weekends. - More leads: on average we generate up to 20-25% of the chats into leads. - - Less phone calls: by answering questions on the website, we’re reducing + - Less phone calls: by answering questions on the website, we're reducing incoming calls. * LiveChat Software (Knowler). diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/optimise-it.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/optimise-it.md index c943809534c..6a80896a1b9 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/optimise-it.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/optimise-it.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ redirect_from: We ❤ Conversations! -As one of the leading chat service providers in Europe, optimise-it focuses primarily on a custom tailored chat solution, which can include integrations of messengers (WhatsApp, Facebook, Apple Business Chat), chatbots, video-chat, co-browsing, screen sharing, and more. With their inhouse chat lab, they provide experienced and performance driven chat agents for their full service customers. optimise-it’s customers include leading companies like BASF, Migros, Eurowings, Deutsche Bahn and 1&1. +As one of the leading chat service providers in Europe, optimise-it focuses primarily on a custom tailored chat solution, which can include integrations of messengers (WhatsApp, Facebook, Apple Business Chat), chatbots, video-chat, co-browsing, screen sharing, and more. With their inhouse chat lab, they provide experienced and performance driven chat agents for their full service customers. optimise-it's customers include leading companies like BASF, Migros, Eurowings, Deutsche Bahn and 1&1. YOUR ADVANTAGES: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-communication/dotdigital.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-communication/dotdigital.md index 3a88fe9ebbd..5aa62705aa5 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-communication/dotdigital.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-communication/dotdigital.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ ABOUT DOTDIGITAL Acquire smarter. Convert faster. Deliver big. -Dotdigital is a leader in customer engagement technology. Dotdigital’s Engagement Cloud is the platform of choice for businesses seeking to engage customers across all touchpoints. The platform’s features empower 4,000+ brands across 150 countries to acquire, convert, and retain customers. Users can connect customer data, surface powerful insights, and automate intelligent messages across email, SMS, social, and more. dotdigital is a global company with over 350 employees, serving companies of all sizes and in all verticals for over 20 years. +Dotdigital is a leader in customer engagement technology. Dotdigital's Engagement Cloud is the platform of choice for businesses seeking to engage customers across all touchpoints. The platform's features empower 4,000+ brands across 150 countries to acquire, convert, and retain customers. Users can connect customer data, surface powerful insights, and automate intelligent messages across email, SMS, social, and more. dotdigital is a global company with over 350 employees, serving companies of all sizes and in all verticals for over 20 years. YOUR ADVANTAGES: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/namogoo.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/namogoo.md index 22e61ef705b..badefbc9d21 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/namogoo.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/namogoo.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ redirect_from: Preventing Online Journey Hijacking and Boosting eCommerce KPIs -Namogoo is pioneering the market of customer hijacking prevention. Namogoo’s disruptive technology identifies and blocks unauthorized ads injected into consumer web sessions that divert customers to competitor offerings, hurting conversion rates and damaging brand equity. By eliminating these invasive promotions, companies who use Namogoo preserve a distraction-free online customer experience and consistently increase conversions by 2-5%. +Namogoo is pioneering the market of customer hijacking prevention. Namogoo's disruptive technology identifies and blocks unauthorized ads injected into consumer web sessions that divert customers to competitor offerings, hurting conversion rates and damaging brand equity. By eliminating these invasive promotions, companies who use Namogoo preserve a distraction-free online customer experience and consistently increase conversions by 2-5%. YOUR ADVANTAGES: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/trustpilot.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/trustpilot.md index b8e2ece9e7f..7555342f14b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/trustpilot.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/trustpilot.md @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ redirect_from: [ABOUT TRUSTPILOT](https://de.business.trustpilot.com/) -The world’s most powerful review platform +The world's most powerful review platform -Trustpilot is a leading independent review platform – free and open to all. With more than 550 million reviews of over 260,000 domains, Trustpilot gives people a place to share and discover reviews of businesses, and we give every company the tools to turn consumer feedback into business results. Our mission is to bring people and businesses closer together to create ever improving experiences for everyone. Trustpilot reviews are seen more than 2.5 billion times each month by consumers worldwide. With offices in Copenhagen, London, New York, Denver, Berlin, Melbourne and Vilnius, Trustpilot’s 700 employees represent more than 40 different nationalities. For more information, visit https://www.trustpilot.com/ +Trustpilot is a leading independent review platform – free and open to all. With more than 550 million reviews of over 260,000 domains, Trustpilot gives people a place to share and discover reviews of businesses, and we give every company the tools to turn consumer feedback into business results. Our mission is to bring people and businesses closer together to create ever improving experiences for everyone. Trustpilot reviews are seen more than 2.5 billion times each month by consumers worldwide. With offices in Copenhagen, London, New York, Denver, Berlin, Melbourne and Vilnius, Trustpilot's 700 employees represent more than 40 different nationalities. For more information, visit https://www.trustpilot.com/ YOUR ADVANTAGES: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/usercentrics.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/usercentrics.md index d81d247659e..58e1612abdb 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/usercentrics.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/usercentrics.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ redirect_from: From Consent To Conversion -Headquartered in the heart of Munich, Usercentrics’ vision is to create a new infrastructure for user consent across data architectures - making privacy practical. As a leader in the area of Consent Management Platforms (CMPs), the SaaS solution enables businesses to collect, manage and optimize user consents across all digital channels such as websites or apps. Thus, compliance with current and future international privacy regulations such as GDPR, ePrivacy and CCPA can be ensured. Since its founding in late 2017, the company has grown dramatically and now counts hundreds of leading organizations as customers. Usercentrics is backed by premier venture capital investors including ALSTIN, Reimann Investors and Cavalry Ventures. +Headquartered in the heart of Munich, Usercentrics' vision is to create a new infrastructure for user consent across data architectures - making privacy practical. As a leader in the area of Consent Management Platforms (CMPs), the SaaS solution enables businesses to collect, manage and optimize user consents across all digital channels such as websites or apps. Thus, compliance with current and future international privacy regulations such as GDPR, ePrivacy and CCPA can be ensured. Since its founding in late 2017, the company has grown dramatically and now counts hundreds of leading organizations as customers. Usercentrics is backed by premier venture capital investors including ALSTIN, Reimann Investors and Cavalry Ventures. YOUR ADVANTAGES: * Bring your legal requirements in harmony with your marketing strategy (A/B Testing...) diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/vshn.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/vshn.md index 3896bc99875..064e01dc45b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/vshn.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202311.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/vshn.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ redirect_from: The DevOps Company -VSHN AG is Switzerland’s leading DevOps, Docker, Kubernetes, Openshift and 24/7 cloud operations partner. VSHN helps software developers to run their applications agile and 24/7 on any infrastructure while relieving the burden on IT operations. +VSHN AG is Switzerland's leading DevOps, Docker, Kubernetes, Openshift and 24/7 cloud operations partner. VSHN helps software developers to run their applications agile and 24/7 on any infrastructure while relieving the burden on IT operations. Since 2014 we support 300 customers & partners operating over 900 servers in 20 different clouds and on-premises with more than 62000 combined monitored services. We are ISO 27001 certified and work in accordance with the strict FINMA guidelines to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer data at all times. We also created APPUiO.ch, the Swiss container platform based on Red Hat OpenShift, where we provide managed services on a Platform-as-a-Service (PaaS) on any infrastructure: public, dedicated, private and on-premises. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-add-push-notification-subscriptions.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-add-push-notification-subscriptions.md index e635294f4ef..6dc82aa5e15 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-add-push-notification-subscriptions.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-add-push-notification-subscriptions.md @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ Request sample: `POST https://glue-backend.b2c-eu.demo-spryker.com/push-notifica | group.name | String | ✓ | The entity type to receive notifications about. | | group.identifier | String | ✓ | ID of the entity to receive notifications about. To get it, decode `accessToken` retrieved when [authenticating as a warehouse user](/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/{{page.version}}/unified-commerce/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-warehouse-user.html). | | payload | Object | ✓ | The subscription details for establishing a communication channel between the server and the client. | -| payload.endpoint | String | ✓ | The URL provided by the push service that is used to send a push message to the recipient’s device. | +| payload.endpoint | String | ✓ | The URL provided by the push service that is used to send a push message to the recipient's device. | | payload.publicKey | String | ✓ | A client public key that is used to encrypt the push message so that only the intended recipient can read it. | -| payload.authToken | String | ✓ | An authentication token that allows the server to send messages to the client’s endpoint. | +| payload.authToken | String | ✓ | An authentication token that allows the server to send messages to the client's endpoint. | | localeName | String | ✓ | Defines the language in which the client is to receive notifications. | @@ -102,9 +102,9 @@ Response sample: | RESOURCE | ATTRIBUTE | TYPE | DESCRIPTION | |-|-|-|-| | push-notification-subscriptions | providerName | String | The provider of push notifications. | -| push-notification-subscriptions | payload.endpoint | String | The URL provided by the push service that is used to send a push message to the recipient’s device. | +| push-notification-subscriptions | payload.endpoint | String | The URL provided by the push service that is used to send a push message to the recipient's device. | | push-notification-subscriptions | payload.publicKey | String | A client public key that is used to encrypt the push message so that only the intended recipient can read it. | -| push-notification-subscriptions | payload.authToken | String | An authentication token that allows the server to send messages to the client’s endpoint. | +| push-notification-subscriptions | payload.authToken | String | An authentication token that allows the server to send messages to the client's endpoint. | | push-notification-subscriptions | localeName | String | The language in which the client is to receive notifications. | | push-notification-subscriptions | group | Object | Defines the entity you've subscribed to receive notifications about. | | push-notification-subscriptions | group.name | String | The entity type you've subscribed to notifications about. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/push-notification-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/push-notification-feature-overview.md index 46cdf79584b..7a262b65f5f 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/push-notification-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/push-notification-feature-overview.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ To set up the process, you need to generate a private and public key pair. These ## Subscribing to notifications -To let users subscribe to the web push notifications, the site page needs a service worker with which the user is registered on the server and received messages are processed. The service worker is downloaded to the user’s platform in the background, which lets it be executed outside of the site page's context. +To let users subscribe to the web push notifications, the site page needs a service worker with which the user is registered on the server and received messages are processed. The service worker is downloaded to the user's platform in the background, which lets it be executed outside of the site page's context. After a user subscribes to the service, the service worker is registered. The service worker requests all required information through the web push API and sends this through an HTTP request to the server. The server stores this information in its database to send notifications to the client. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/dixa.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/dixa.md index d476f5587c9..9bb64f018cf 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/dixa.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/dixa.md @@ -17,16 +17,16 @@ redirect_from: [ABOUT DIXA](https://dixa.com/) -Meet Conversational Customer Engagement- Helping brands build stronger bonds with their customers and eliminate bad customer service. Dixa is the Conversational Customer Engagement platform of choice for hundreds of the world’s leading brands. Our software unifies customer engagement across email, chat, messaging and phone in one platform for a +Meet Conversational Customer Engagement- Helping brands build stronger bonds with their customers and eliminate bad customer service. Dixa is the Conversational Customer Engagement platform of choice for hundreds of the world's leading brands. Our software unifies customer engagement across email, chat, messaging and phone in one platform for a better customer and agent experience. -Dixa is a truly international company with 14+ nationalities working together in the heart of Copenhagen and with offices in London, Berlin and Kiev. With customers in 20+ countries, Dixa has experienced incredible growth since it’s global launch in 2018, quickly becoming one of Scandinavia’s fastest growing SaaS companies. +Dixa is a truly international company with 14+ nationalities working together in the heart of Copenhagen and with offices in London, Berlin and Kiev. With customers in 20+ countries, Dixa has experienced incredible growth since it's global launch in 2018, quickly becoming one of Scandinavia's fastest growing SaaS companies. YOUR ADVANTAGES: * Personalized conversations with insights across all channels - so you can lift customer experience dramatically. * Intelligent routing and automation of conversations based on context & data - so you can increase agent efficiency significantly. * Channel-neutral conversational CE platform with unified data - so you can emposer data-driven decision making on CX. -* “One Window Wonder” and effortless onboarding of agents - secure fast risk-free shift towards true omni-channel. +* "One Window Wonder" and effortless onboarding of agents - secure fast risk-free shift towards true omni-channel. * Agent availability and presence in real-time across all channels and conversations - so you can enable agent/channel blending and boosting agent productivity. --- diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/live-chat-service.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/live-chat-service.md index 64a6a9ec567..8d7f2d12647 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/live-chat-service.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/live-chat-service.md @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ real time. - More service: live chat is an approachable contact channel that you can use from 07:00 - 23:00 during the week and from 09:00 - 23:00 during weekends. - More leads: on average we generate up to 20-25% of the chats into leads. - - Less phone calls: by answering questions on the website, we’re reducing + - Less phone calls: by answering questions on the website, we're reducing incoming calls. * LiveChat Software (Knowler). diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/optimise-it.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/optimise-it.md index c943809534c..6a80896a1b9 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/optimise-it.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/optimise-it.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ redirect_from: We ❤ Conversations! -As one of the leading chat service providers in Europe, optimise-it focuses primarily on a custom tailored chat solution, which can include integrations of messengers (WhatsApp, Facebook, Apple Business Chat), chatbots, video-chat, co-browsing, screen sharing, and more. With their inhouse chat lab, they provide experienced and performance driven chat agents for their full service customers. optimise-it’s customers include leading companies like BASF, Migros, Eurowings, Deutsche Bahn and 1&1. +As one of the leading chat service providers in Europe, optimise-it focuses primarily on a custom tailored chat solution, which can include integrations of messengers (WhatsApp, Facebook, Apple Business Chat), chatbots, video-chat, co-browsing, screen sharing, and more. With their inhouse chat lab, they provide experienced and performance driven chat agents for their full service customers. optimise-it's customers include leading companies like BASF, Migros, Eurowings, Deutsche Bahn and 1&1. YOUR ADVANTAGES: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-communication/dotdigital.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-communication/dotdigital.md index 3a88fe9ebbd..5aa62705aa5 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-communication/dotdigital.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-communication/dotdigital.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ ABOUT DOTDIGITAL Acquire smarter. Convert faster. Deliver big. -Dotdigital is a leader in customer engagement technology. Dotdigital’s Engagement Cloud is the platform of choice for businesses seeking to engage customers across all touchpoints. The platform’s features empower 4,000+ brands across 150 countries to acquire, convert, and retain customers. Users can connect customer data, surface powerful insights, and automate intelligent messages across email, SMS, social, and more. dotdigital is a global company with over 350 employees, serving companies of all sizes and in all verticals for over 20 years. +Dotdigital is a leader in customer engagement technology. Dotdigital's Engagement Cloud is the platform of choice for businesses seeking to engage customers across all touchpoints. The platform's features empower 4,000+ brands across 150 countries to acquire, convert, and retain customers. Users can connect customer data, surface powerful insights, and automate intelligent messages across email, SMS, social, and more. dotdigital is a global company with over 350 employees, serving companies of all sizes and in all verticals for over 20 years. YOUR ADVANTAGES: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/namogoo.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/namogoo.md index 22e61ef705b..badefbc9d21 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/namogoo.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/namogoo.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ redirect_from: Preventing Online Journey Hijacking and Boosting eCommerce KPIs -Namogoo is pioneering the market of customer hijacking prevention. Namogoo’s disruptive technology identifies and blocks unauthorized ads injected into consumer web sessions that divert customers to competitor offerings, hurting conversion rates and damaging brand equity. By eliminating these invasive promotions, companies who use Namogoo preserve a distraction-free online customer experience and consistently increase conversions by 2-5%. +Namogoo is pioneering the market of customer hijacking prevention. Namogoo's disruptive technology identifies and blocks unauthorized ads injected into consumer web sessions that divert customers to competitor offerings, hurting conversion rates and damaging brand equity. By eliminating these invasive promotions, companies who use Namogoo preserve a distraction-free online customer experience and consistently increase conversions by 2-5%. YOUR ADVANTAGES: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/trustpilot.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/trustpilot.md index b8e2ece9e7f..7555342f14b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/trustpilot.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/trustpilot.md @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ redirect_from: [ABOUT TRUSTPILOT](https://de.business.trustpilot.com/) -The world’s most powerful review platform +The world's most powerful review platform -Trustpilot is a leading independent review platform – free and open to all. With more than 550 million reviews of over 260,000 domains, Trustpilot gives people a place to share and discover reviews of businesses, and we give every company the tools to turn consumer feedback into business results. Our mission is to bring people and businesses closer together to create ever improving experiences for everyone. Trustpilot reviews are seen more than 2.5 billion times each month by consumers worldwide. With offices in Copenhagen, London, New York, Denver, Berlin, Melbourne and Vilnius, Trustpilot’s 700 employees represent more than 40 different nationalities. For more information, visit https://www.trustpilot.com/ +Trustpilot is a leading independent review platform – free and open to all. With more than 550 million reviews of over 260,000 domains, Trustpilot gives people a place to share and discover reviews of businesses, and we give every company the tools to turn consumer feedback into business results. Our mission is to bring people and businesses closer together to create ever improving experiences for everyone. Trustpilot reviews are seen more than 2.5 billion times each month by consumers worldwide. With offices in Copenhagen, London, New York, Denver, Berlin, Melbourne and Vilnius, Trustpilot's 700 employees represent more than 40 different nationalities. For more information, visit https://www.trustpilot.com/ YOUR ADVANTAGES: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/usercentrics.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/usercentrics.md index d81d247659e..58e1612abdb 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/usercentrics.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/usercentrics.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ redirect_from: From Consent To Conversion -Headquartered in the heart of Munich, Usercentrics’ vision is to create a new infrastructure for user consent across data architectures - making privacy practical. As a leader in the area of Consent Management Platforms (CMPs), the SaaS solution enables businesses to collect, manage and optimize user consents across all digital channels such as websites or apps. Thus, compliance with current and future international privacy regulations such as GDPR, ePrivacy and CCPA can be ensured. Since its founding in late 2017, the company has grown dramatically and now counts hundreds of leading organizations as customers. Usercentrics is backed by premier venture capital investors including ALSTIN, Reimann Investors and Cavalry Ventures. +Headquartered in the heart of Munich, Usercentrics' vision is to create a new infrastructure for user consent across data architectures - making privacy practical. As a leader in the area of Consent Management Platforms (CMPs), the SaaS solution enables businesses to collect, manage and optimize user consents across all digital channels such as websites or apps. Thus, compliance with current and future international privacy regulations such as GDPR, ePrivacy and CCPA can be ensured. Since its founding in late 2017, the company has grown dramatically and now counts hundreds of leading organizations as customers. Usercentrics is backed by premier venture capital investors including ALSTIN, Reimann Investors and Cavalry Ventures. YOUR ADVANTAGES: * Bring your legal requirements in harmony with your marketing strategy (A/B Testing...) diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/vshn.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/vshn.md index 3896bc99875..064e01dc45b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/vshn.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202404.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/vshn.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ redirect_from: The DevOps Company -VSHN AG is Switzerland’s leading DevOps, Docker, Kubernetes, Openshift and 24/7 cloud operations partner. VSHN helps software developers to run their applications agile and 24/7 on any infrastructure while relieving the burden on IT operations. +VSHN AG is Switzerland's leading DevOps, Docker, Kubernetes, Openshift and 24/7 cloud operations partner. VSHN helps software developers to run their applications agile and 24/7 on any infrastructure while relieving the burden on IT operations. Since 2014 we support 300 customers & partners operating over 900 servers in 20 different clouds and on-premises with more than 62000 combined monitored services. We are ISO 27001 certified and work in accordance with the strict FINMA guidelines to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer data at all times. We also created APPUiO.ch, the Swiss container platform based on Red Hat OpenShift, where we provide managed services on a Platform-as-a-Service (PaaS) on any infrastructure: public, dedicated, private and on-premises. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-add-push-notification-subscriptions.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-add-push-notification-subscriptions.md index 228c0403373..b7aebdbe922 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-add-push-notification-subscriptions.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-add-push-notification-subscriptions.md @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ Request sample: `POST https://glue-backend.b2c-eu.demo-spryker.com/push-notifica | group.name | String | ✓ | The entity type to receive notifications about. | | group.identifier | String | ✓ | ID of the entity to receive notifications about. To get it, decode `accessToken` retrieved when [authenticating as a warehouse user](/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/{{page.version}}/unified-commerce/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-authenticate-as-a-warehouse-user.html). | | payload | Object | ✓ | The subscription details for establishing a communication channel between the server and the client. | -| payload.endpoint | String | ✓ | The URL provided by the push service that is used to send a push message to the recipient’s device. | +| payload.endpoint | String | ✓ | The URL provided by the push service that is used to send a push message to the recipient's device. | | payload.publicKey | String | ✓ | A client public key that is used to encrypt the push message so that only the intended recipient can read it. | -| payload.authToken | String | ✓ | An authentication token that allows the server to send messages to the client’s endpoint. | +| payload.authToken | String | ✓ | An authentication token that allows the server to send messages to the client's endpoint. | | localeName | String | ✓ | Defines the language in which the client is to receive notifications. | @@ -102,9 +102,9 @@ Response sample: | RESOURCE | ATTRIBUTE | TYPE | DESCRIPTION | |-|-|-|-| | push-notification-subscriptions | providerName | String | The provider of push notifications. | -| push-notification-subscriptions | payload.endpoint | String | The URL provided by the push service that is used to send a push message to the recipient’s device. | +| push-notification-subscriptions | payload.endpoint | String | The URL provided by the push service that is used to send a push message to the recipient's device. | | push-notification-subscriptions | payload.publicKey | String | A client public key that is used to encrypt the push message so that only the intended recipient can read it. | -| push-notification-subscriptions | payload.authToken | String | An authentication token that allows the server to send messages to the client’s endpoint. | +| push-notification-subscriptions | payload.authToken | String | An authentication token that allows the server to send messages to the client's endpoint. | | push-notification-subscriptions | localeName | String | The language in which the client is to receive notifications. | | push-notification-subscriptions | group | Object | Defines the entity you've subscribed to receive notifications about. | | push-notification-subscriptions | group.name | String | The entity type you've subscribed to notifications about. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/push-notification-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/push-notification-feature-overview.md index 46cdf79584b..7a262b65f5f 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/push-notification-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/push-notification-feature-overview.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ To set up the process, you need to generate a private and public key pair. These ## Subscribing to notifications -To let users subscribe to the web push notifications, the site page needs a service worker with which the user is registered on the server and received messages are processed. The service worker is downloaded to the user’s platform in the background, which lets it be executed outside of the site page's context. +To let users subscribe to the web push notifications, the site page needs a service worker with which the user is registered on the server and received messages are processed. The service worker is downloaded to the user's platform in the background, which lets it be executed outside of the site page's context. After a user subscribes to the service, the service worker is registered. The service worker requests all required information through the web push API and sends this through an HTTP request to the server. The server stores this information in its database to send notifications to the client. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/dixa.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/dixa.md index d476f5587c9..9bb64f018cf 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/dixa.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/dixa.md @@ -17,16 +17,16 @@ redirect_from: [ABOUT DIXA](https://dixa.com/) -Meet Conversational Customer Engagement- Helping brands build stronger bonds with their customers and eliminate bad customer service. Dixa is the Conversational Customer Engagement platform of choice for hundreds of the world’s leading brands. Our software unifies customer engagement across email, chat, messaging and phone in one platform for a +Meet Conversational Customer Engagement- Helping brands build stronger bonds with their customers and eliminate bad customer service. Dixa is the Conversational Customer Engagement platform of choice for hundreds of the world's leading brands. Our software unifies customer engagement across email, chat, messaging and phone in one platform for a better customer and agent experience. -Dixa is a truly international company with 14+ nationalities working together in the heart of Copenhagen and with offices in London, Berlin and Kiev. With customers in 20+ countries, Dixa has experienced incredible growth since it’s global launch in 2018, quickly becoming one of Scandinavia’s fastest growing SaaS companies. +Dixa is a truly international company with 14+ nationalities working together in the heart of Copenhagen and with offices in London, Berlin and Kiev. With customers in 20+ countries, Dixa has experienced incredible growth since it's global launch in 2018, quickly becoming one of Scandinavia's fastest growing SaaS companies. YOUR ADVANTAGES: * Personalized conversations with insights across all channels - so you can lift customer experience dramatically. * Intelligent routing and automation of conversations based on context & data - so you can increase agent efficiency significantly. * Channel-neutral conversational CE platform with unified data - so you can emposer data-driven decision making on CX. -* “One Window Wonder” and effortless onboarding of agents - secure fast risk-free shift towards true omni-channel. +* "One Window Wonder" and effortless onboarding of agents - secure fast risk-free shift towards true omni-channel. * Agent availability and presence in real-time across all channels and conversations - so you can enable agent/channel blending and boosting agent productivity. --- diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/live-chat-service.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/live-chat-service.md index 88b902f3d56..90d3b54e0bd 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/live-chat-service.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/live-chat-service.md @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ real time. - More service: live chat is an approachable contact channel that you can use from 07:00 - 23:00 during the week and from 09:00 - 23:00 during weekends. - More leads: on average we generate up to 20-25% of the chats into leads. - - Less phone calls: by answering questions on the website, we’re reducing + - Less phone calls: by answering questions on the website, we're reducing incoming calls. * LiveChat Software (Knowler). diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/optimise-it.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/optimise-it.md index c11ec60ef4a..178253dd430 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/optimise-it.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/customer-service/optimise-it.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ redirect_from: We ❤ Conversations! -As one of the leading chat service providers in Europe, optimise-it focuses primarily on a custom tailored chat solution, which can include integrations of messengers (WhatsApp, Facebook, Apple Business Chat), chatbots, video-chat, co-browsing, screen sharing, and more. With their inhouse chat lab, they provide experienced and performance driven chat agents for their full service customers. optimise-it’s customers include leading companies like BASF, Migros, Eurowings, Deutsche Bahn and 1&1. +As one of the leading chat service providers in Europe, optimise-it focuses primarily on a custom tailored chat solution, which can include integrations of messengers (WhatsApp, Facebook, Apple Business Chat), chatbots, video-chat, co-browsing, screen sharing, and more. With their inhouse chat lab, they provide experienced and performance driven chat agents for their full service customers. optimise-it's customers include leading companies like BASF, Migros, Eurowings, Deutsche Bahn and 1&1. YOUR ADVANTAGES: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-communication/dotdigital.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-communication/dotdigital.md index 0e9eb6adcd0..cacac645883 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-communication/dotdigital.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-communication/dotdigital.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ ABOUT DOTDIGITAL Acquire smarter. Convert faster. Deliver big. -Dotdigital is a leader in customer engagement technology. Dotdigital’s Engagement Cloud is the platform of choice for businesses seeking to engage customers across all touchpoints. The platform’s features empower 4,000+ brands across 150 countries to acquire, convert, and retain customers. Users can connect customer data, surface powerful insights, and automate intelligent messages across email, SMS, social, and more. dotdigital is a global company with over 350 employees, serving companies of all sizes and in all verticals for over 20 years. +Dotdigital is a leader in customer engagement technology. Dotdigital's Engagement Cloud is the platform of choice for businesses seeking to engage customers across all touchpoints. The platform's features empower 4,000+ brands across 150 countries to acquire, convert, and retain customers. Users can connect customer data, surface powerful insights, and automate intelligent messages across email, SMS, social, and more. dotdigital is a global company with over 350 employees, serving companies of all sizes and in all verticals for over 20 years. YOUR ADVANTAGES: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/namogoo.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/namogoo.md index 22e61ef705b..badefbc9d21 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/namogoo.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/namogoo.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ redirect_from: Preventing Online Journey Hijacking and Boosting eCommerce KPIs -Namogoo is pioneering the market of customer hijacking prevention. Namogoo’s disruptive technology identifies and blocks unauthorized ads injected into consumer web sessions that divert customers to competitor offerings, hurting conversion rates and damaging brand equity. By eliminating these invasive promotions, companies who use Namogoo preserve a distraction-free online customer experience and consistently increase conversions by 2-5%. +Namogoo is pioneering the market of customer hijacking prevention. Namogoo's disruptive technology identifies and blocks unauthorized ads injected into consumer web sessions that divert customers to competitor offerings, hurting conversion rates and damaging brand equity. By eliminating these invasive promotions, companies who use Namogoo preserve a distraction-free online customer experience and consistently increase conversions by 2-5%. YOUR ADVANTAGES: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/trustpilot.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/trustpilot.md index 77d7c8b9e25..d903541cf92 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/trustpilot.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/marketing-and-conversion/customer-retention-and-loyalty/trustpilot.md @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ redirect_from: [ABOUT TRUSTPILOT](https://de.business.trustpilot.com/) -The world’s most powerful review platform +The world's most powerful review platform -Trustpilot is a leading independent review platform – free and open to all. With more than 550 million reviews of over 260,000 domains, Trustpilot gives people a place to share and discover reviews of businesses, and we give every company the tools to turn consumer feedback into business results. Our mission is to bring people and businesses closer together to create ever improving experiences for everyone. Trustpilot reviews are seen more than 2.5 billion times each month by consumers worldwide. With offices in Copenhagen, London, New York, Denver, Berlin, Melbourne and Vilnius, Trustpilot’s 700 employees represent more than 40 different nationalities. For more information, visit https://www.trustpilot.com/ +Trustpilot is a leading independent review platform – free and open to all. With more than 550 million reviews of over 260,000 domains, Trustpilot gives people a place to share and discover reviews of businesses, and we give every company the tools to turn consumer feedback into business results. Our mission is to bring people and businesses closer together to create ever improving experiences for everyone. Trustpilot reviews are seen more than 2.5 billion times each month by consumers worldwide. With offices in Copenhagen, London, New York, Denver, Berlin, Melbourne and Vilnius, Trustpilot's 700 employees represent more than 40 different nationalities. For more information, visit https://www.trustpilot.com/ YOUR ADVANTAGES: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/usercentrics.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/usercentrics.md index d81d247659e..58e1612abdb 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/usercentrics.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/usercentrics.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ redirect_from: From Consent To Conversion -Headquartered in the heart of Munich, Usercentrics’ vision is to create a new infrastructure for user consent across data architectures - making privacy practical. As a leader in the area of Consent Management Platforms (CMPs), the SaaS solution enables businesses to collect, manage and optimize user consents across all digital channels such as websites or apps. Thus, compliance with current and future international privacy regulations such as GDPR, ePrivacy and CCPA can be ensured. Since its founding in late 2017, the company has grown dramatically and now counts hundreds of leading organizations as customers. Usercentrics is backed by premier venture capital investors including ALSTIN, Reimann Investors and Cavalry Ventures. +Headquartered in the heart of Munich, Usercentrics' vision is to create a new infrastructure for user consent across data architectures - making privacy practical. As a leader in the area of Consent Management Platforms (CMPs), the SaaS solution enables businesses to collect, manage and optimize user consents across all digital channels such as websites or apps. Thus, compliance with current and future international privacy regulations such as GDPR, ePrivacy and CCPA can be ensured. Since its founding in late 2017, the company has grown dramatically and now counts hundreds of leading organizations as customers. Usercentrics is backed by premier venture capital investors including ALSTIN, Reimann Investors and Cavalry Ventures. YOUR ADVANTAGES: * Bring your legal requirements in harmony with your marketing strategy (A/B Testing...) diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/vshn.md b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/vshn.md index 3896bc99875..064e01dc45b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/vshn.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/miscellaneous/202410.0/third-party-integrations/operational-tools-monitoring-legal/vshn.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ redirect_from: The DevOps Company -VSHN AG is Switzerland’s leading DevOps, Docker, Kubernetes, Openshift and 24/7 cloud operations partner. VSHN helps software developers to run their applications agile and 24/7 on any infrastructure while relieving the burden on IT operations. +VSHN AG is Switzerland's leading DevOps, Docker, Kubernetes, Openshift and 24/7 cloud operations partner. VSHN helps software developers to run their applications agile and 24/7 on any infrastructure while relieving the burden on IT operations. Since 2014 we support 300 customers & partners operating over 900 servers in 20 different clouds and on-premises with more than 62000 combined monitored services. We are ISO 27001 certified and work in accordance with the strict FINMA guidelines to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer data at all times. We also created APPUiO.ch, the Swiss container platform based on Red Hat OpenShift, where we provide managed services on a Platform-as-a-Service (PaaS) on any infrastructure: public, dedicated, private and on-premises. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/offer-management/202311.0/marketplace/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships.md b/docs/pbc/all/offer-management/202311.0/marketplace/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships.md index 834af8c642e..79ca69cf41c 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/offer-management/202311.0/marketplace/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/offer-management/202311.0/marketplace/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ template: concept-topic-template last_updated: Nov 21, 2023 --- -The *Marketplace Product Offer* entity is created when multiple merchants sell the same product on the Marketplace. The product offer is a variation of a concrete product with its own specific price (and volume price) and stock. It can be “owned” by any entity, however, in a B2C or B2B Marketplace, it's owned by a [merchant](/docs/marketplace/dev/feature-walkthroughs/{{page.version}}/marketplace-merchant-feature-walkthrough.html). +The *Marketplace Product Offer* entity is created when multiple merchants sell the same product on the Marketplace. The product offer is a variation of a concrete product with its own specific price (and volume price) and stock. It can be "owned" by any entity, however, in a B2C or B2B Marketplace, it's owned by a [merchant](/docs/marketplace/dev/feature-walkthroughs/{{page.version}}/marketplace-merchant-feature-walkthrough.html). The Marketplace product offer has its own validity dates and its own availability calculation based on its reservations. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/offer-management/202404.0/marketplace/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships.md b/docs/pbc/all/offer-management/202404.0/marketplace/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships.md index 4fbe50fcec3..d27afe46949 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/offer-management/202404.0/marketplace/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/offer-management/202404.0/marketplace/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ template: concept-topic-template last_updated: Nov 21, 2023 --- -The *Marketplace Product Offer* entity is created when multiple merchants sell the same product on the Marketplace. The product offer is a variation of a concrete product with its own specific price (and volume price) and stock. It can be “owned” by any entity, however, in a B2C or B2B Marketplace, it's owned by a merchant. +The *Marketplace Product Offer* entity is created when multiple merchants sell the same product on the Marketplace. The product offer is a variation of a concrete product with its own specific price (and volume price) and stock. It can be "owned" by any entity, however, in a B2C or B2B Marketplace, it's owned by a merchant. The Marketplace product offer has its own validity dates and its own availability calculation based on its reservations. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/offer-management/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships.md b/docs/pbc/all/offer-management/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships.md index 1db19cbf924..19d6a2edfba 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/offer-management/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/offer-management/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships/marketplace-product-offer-feature-domain-model-and-relationships.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ template: concept-topic-template last_updated: Nov 21, 2023 --- -The *Marketplace Product Offer* entity is created when multiple merchants sell the same product on the Marketplace. The product offer is a variation of a concrete product with its own specific price (and volume price) and stock. It can be “owned” by any entity, however, in a B2C or B2B Marketplace, it's owned by a merchant. +The *Marketplace Product Offer* entity is created when multiple merchants sell the same product on the Marketplace. The product offer is a variation of a concrete product with its own specific price (and volume price) and stock. It can be "owned" by any entity, however, in a B2C or B2B Marketplace, it's owned by a merchant. The Marketplace product offer has its own validity dates and its own availability calculation based on its reservations. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/datapayload-conversion/state-machine/common-pitfalls-in-oms-design.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/datapayload-conversion/state-machine/common-pitfalls-in-oms-design.md index 01d8ceee7ec..99927ddb93d 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/datapayload-conversion/state-machine/common-pitfalls-in-oms-design.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/datapayload-conversion/state-machine/common-pitfalls-in-oms-design.md @@ -185,16 +185,16 @@ The unused state may have a missing transition. **Example:** When a recalculation is started by `oms:check-condition`, it triggers a chain of `onEnter` events with more than eight transitions in it. ![long-chain-on-enter](https://github.com/xartsiomx/spryker-docs/assets/110463030/2cafb0fe-1388-434e-a783-7838535a69e7) -**Issue:** Long chains of `onEnter` events can be “fragile”. It increases the time of execution, memory consumption, and the risk of having an error in the middle of the process, which results in a stuck order item. +**Issue:** Long chains of `onEnter` events can be "fragile". It increases the time of execution, memory consumption, and the risk of having an error in the middle of the process, which results in a stuck order item. -**Solution:** Remove unnecessary states and `onEnter` transitions. If you have an event with `onEnter` that doesn’t have any command or condition, consider removing it. Split long chains into several smaller ones. This especially applies to chains that are starting from `check*` commands, like condition and timeout. +**Solution:** Remove unnecessary states and `onEnter` transitions. If you have an event with `onEnter` that doesn't have any command or condition, consider removing it. Split long chains into several smaller ones. This especially applies to chains that are starting from `check*` commands, like condition and timeout. ## Slow order creation **Issue:** Orders start processing directly after placement. The checkout endpoint contains the execution of all `onEnter` transitions in OMS. ![slow-order-creation](https://github.com/xartsiomx/spryker-docs/assets/110463030/02892077-3d8d-432e-a6a4-281dcdb9824d) -**Solution:** Configure the checkout endpoint logic to finish after an order is created with all items in starting states—for example, `new`. The transition from the `new` state shouldn’t have an event and is processed by the `oms:check-condition` command. +**Solution:** Configure the checkout endpoint logic to finish after an order is created with all items in starting states—for example, `new`. The transition from the `new` state shouldn't have an event and is processed by the `oms:check-condition` command. ## Stuck onEnter @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ The unused state may have a missing transition. **Issue:** During the last transition in the callback from `picking finished` to `ready for recalculation`, a Jenkins job starts the `check-condition` command. Because of the command, the check-condition takes only a part of order items and pushes them forward. The next job executes the remaining order items with a delay, so many commands are triggered twice. ![saving-states-2](https://github.com/xartsiomx/spryker-docs/assets/110463030/1fd1b30f-00dc-49eb-8d35-37583e140f5e) -**Solution:** This is possible because, during the execution of `\Spryker\Zed\Oms\Business\OrderStateMachine\OrderStateMachine::saveOrderItems`, the system stores data per item. That's because the core logic expects that there may be more than one order in transition. To avoid blocking all of them because of a potential failed order, transition is executed per item. To change that, group order items per order and change the transaction behavior to store all order items per one transaction. Then, a check-condition or any other command can’t take order items partially. +**Solution:** This is possible because, during the execution of `\Spryker\Zed\Oms\Business\OrderStateMachine\OrderStateMachine::saveOrderItems`, the system stores data per item. That's because the core logic expects that there may be more than one order in transition. To avoid blocking all of them because of a potential failed order, transition is executed per item. To change that, group order items per order and change the transaction behavior to store all order items per one transaction. Then, a check-condition or any other command can't take order items partially. ## LockedStateMachine @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ When the execution of `check-condition` once per minute isn't enough, you can in ](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{page.version}}/base-shop/datapayload-conversion/state-machine/order-management-system-multi-thread.html). * Create a wrapper console command that runs `check-condition` in a loop. Tips for the wrapper command: - * Don’t run subprocesses in parallel because it results in more complexity in logic than profits. + * Don't run subprocesses in parallel because it results in more complexity in logic than profits. * Run the real command (check-condition) in a subprocess to speed up memory cleanup after the execution. * Implement timeouts for subprocesses and the wrapper. To prevent items from being stuck in the `onEnter` transitions, avoid hard limits with the killing process. Instead, analyze the execution time of subprocesses to figure out if you should run a new child process or finish the execution of the wrapper. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/display-custom-names-for-order-item-states-on-the-storefront.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/display-custom-names-for-order-item-states-on-the-storefront.md index 15757529393..03fa940350e 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/display-custom-names-for-order-item-states-on-the-storefront.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/display-custom-names-for-order-item-states-on-the-storefront.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ For the order items states on the Storefront, it's not always appropriate to dis To display custom order states on the Storefront, do the following: -1. In your project, go to `/config/Zed/oms` and open the .XML file of the payment method or sub-process you want to change the order states on the Storefront for. For example, let’s take the default Spryker [DummyPayment01.xml](https://github.com/spryker-shop/suite/blob/master/config/Zed/oms/DummyPayment01.xml). +1. In your project, go to `/config/Zed/oms` and open the .XML file of the payment method or sub-process you want to change the order states on the Storefront for. For example, let's take the default Spryker [DummyPayment01.xml](https://github.com/spryker-shop/suite/blob/master/config/Zed/oms/DummyPayment01.xml). 2. Specify the `display` value of the necessary state, as you want it on the Storefront. In the following example, the `display` value of the `confirmed` OMS sate is set to `waiting for shipment`: **config/Zed/oms/DummyPayment01.xml** diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/email-invoices-using-bcc.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/email-invoices-using-bcc.md index 0f8cdeaaa61..952ab3e15b1 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/email-invoices-using-bcc.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/email-invoices-using-bcc.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ related: link: docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/page.version/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.html --- -Every time you generate an [invoice for your customer’s orders](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{site.version}}/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.html), it's sent to the customer’s email address. If you also need a copy of the invoice, you can include yourself or your employees to BCC recipients of the emails with the invoices. Since the copy is hidden, when customers receive the email, they do not see other recipients' email addresses. +Every time you generate an [invoice for your customer's orders](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{site.version}}/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.html), it's sent to the customer's email address. If you also need a copy of the invoice, you can include yourself or your employees to BCC recipients of the emails with the invoices. Since the copy is hidden, when customers receive the email, they do not see other recipients' email addresses. {% info_block infoBox "Info" %} @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ namespace Pyz\Zed\SalesInvoice; When configured, this method sends a hidden copy of each invoice to the specified email address. -You can also force sending the additional copies of all generated invoices to customer’s email and to the email addresses specified in the `getOrderInvoiceBCC()` method: +You can also force sending the additional copies of all generated invoices to customer's email and to the email addresses specified in the `getOrderInvoiceBCC()` method: ```bash console order:invoice --force diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-order-status.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-order-status.csv.md index d621a087338..6df6b984e0d 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-order-status.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-order-status.csv.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ This document describes the `order-status.csv` file to configure the update of t When the order item status is updated by importing the CSV file, the corresponding events in a state machine are triggered, and the state gets updated. As an order may contain several order items, the CSV file can have several rows of items for the same order. -`Order_item_reference` can repeat and have different states in the file, for example, in one case, `packed` and then `shipped`. That allows you to update the item through different state machine statuses (for example, `packed` and `shipped`) and avoid errors. If the order item doesn’t follow the existing sequence (the statuses flow in the state machine), the state won’t be updated, and you will get an error. +`Order_item_reference` can repeat and have different states in the file, for example, in one case, `packed` and then `shipped`. That allows you to update the item through different state machine statuses (for example, `packed` and `shipped`) and avoid errors. If the order item doesn't follow the existing sequence (the statuses flow in the state machine), the state won't be updated, and you will get an error. ## Import template file and content example diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-order-items.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-order-items.csv.md index 60538fa07b2..a7ef74600d6 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-order-items.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-order-items.csv.md @@ -58,9 +58,9 @@ These are the header fields included in the `order_items.csv` file: | 39 | shipment_method_name | No | String | | Name of the shipment method. | | 40 | shipment_requested_delivery_date | No | Date | | Requested delivery date of the shipment. | | 41 | shipping_address_salutation | No | String | | Customer salutation used with shipping address. | -| 42 | shipping_address_first_name | No | String | | Customer’s first name used in shipping address. | -| 43 | shipping_address_last_name | No | String | | Customer’s last name used in shipping address. | -| 44 | shipping_address_middle_name | No | String | | Customer’s middle name used in shipping address. | +| 42 | shipping_address_first_name | No | String | | Customer's first name used in shipping address. | +| 43 | shipping_address_last_name | No | String | | Customer's last name used in shipping address. | +| 44 | shipping_address_middle_name | No | String | | Customer's middle name used in shipping address. | | 45 | shipping_address_email | No | String | | E-mail used with shipping address. | | 46 | shipping_address_cell_phone | No | String | | Cell phone used with shipping address. | | 47 | shipping_address_phone | No | String | | Phone used with shipping address. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-orders.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-orders.csv.md index 9a7063a7412..f888ede01db 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-orders.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-orders.csv.md @@ -26,16 +26,16 @@ These are the header fields included in the `order.csv` file: | 5 | order_store | No | String | | The name of the store where the order was place. | | 6 | email | No | String | | E-mail of the customer. | | 7 | salutation | No | String | | Salutation used with the customer. | -| 8 | first_name | No | String | | Customer’s first name. | -| 9 | last_name | No | String | | Customer’s last name. | +| 8 | first_name | No | String | | Customer's first name. | +| 9 | last_name | No | String | | Customer's last name. | | 10 | order_note | No | String | | Note added to the order. | | 11 | currency_iso_code | No | String | | Indicates the currency used in the order. | | 12 | price_mode | No | Enum (NET_MODE, GROSS_MODE) | | Indicates if the order was calculated in a net or gross price mode. | -| 13 | locale_name | No | String | | Sales order’s locale used during the checkout. The Sales Order has a relation to the Locale which was used during the checkout so that the same locale can be used for communication. | +| 13 | locale_name | No | String | | Sales order's locale used during the checkout. The Sales Order has a relation to the Locale which was used during the checkout so that the same locale can be used for communication. | | 14 | billing_address_salutation | No | ENUM (Mr, Mrs, Dr, Ms) | | Customer salutation used with the billing address. | -| 15 | billing_address_first_name | Yes | String | | Customer’s first name used in the billing address. | -| 16 | billing_address_last_name | Yes | String | | Customer’s last name used in the billing address. | -| 17 | billing_address_middle_name | No | String | | Customer’s middle name used in the billing address. | +| 15 | billing_address_first_name | Yes | String | | Customer's first name used in the billing address. | +| 16 | billing_address_last_name | Yes | String | | Customer's last name used in the billing address. | +| 17 | billing_address_middle_name | No | String | | Customer's middle name used in the billing address. | | 18 | billing_address_email | No | String | | E-mail used with the billing address. | | 19 | billing_address_cell_phone | No | String | | Cell phone used with the billing address. | | 20 | billing_address_phone | No | String | | Phone used with the billing address. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/orders/change-the-state-of-order-items.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/orders/change-the-state-of-order-items.md index 4d9dd026211..f3ea309eeae 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/orders/change-the-state-of-order-items.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/orders/change-the-state-of-order-items.md @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ The following table describes the states you can select for order items. | ORDER STATUS | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | Pay | Select this state once you receive the payment for the order from your customer. | -| Cancel | Select this state to cancel the order on the customer’s behalf. | +| Cancel | Select this state to cancel the order on the customer's behalf. | | Skip Timeout | Select this status to end the time period during which the customer can cancel the order. | | Generate invoice | Select this state to generate the invoice and send it to the customer. If invoice BCC is configured for your project, the copy of the invoice will be sent to the specified email address as well. You can trigger the invoice-generate only for the whole order. Even if you selected just some of the order items, the invoice is generated for the whole order.| | Picking list generation schedule | Select this state to generate a picklist. Available with the [Fulfillment App](/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/{{page.version}}/unified-commerce/fulfillment-app-overview.html). | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/reclamations/change-the-state-of-order-items-in-reclamations.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/reclamations/change-the-state-of-order-items-in-reclamations.md index 7a722f302ab..81071dd92e8 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/reclamations/change-the-state-of-order-items-in-reclamations.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/reclamations/change-the-state-of-order-items-in-reclamations.md @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The following table describes the states you can select for order items. | ORDER STATUS | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | Pay | Select this state once you receive the payment for the order from your customer. | -| Cancel | Select this state to cancel the order on the customer’s behalf. | +| Cancel | Select this state to cancel the order on the customer's behalf. | | Skip Timeout | Select this status to end the time period during which the customer can cancel the order. | | invoice-generate | Select this state to generate the invoice and send it to the customer. If invoice BCC is configured for your project, the copy of the invoice will be sent to the specified email address as well. You can trigger the invoice-generate only for the whole order. Even if you selected just some of the order items, the invoice is generated for the whole order.| | Ship | Select this state once the order is shipped.| diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.md index 7fed682113e..2cf39bbf21d 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirect_from: - /docs/scos/user/features/202204.0/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.html --- -Invoices can be generated and sent to customer’s email every time they place an order in the shop. +Invoices can be generated and sent to customer's email every time they place an order in the shop. {% info_block infoBox "Info" %} diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/oms-order-management-system-matrix.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/oms-order-management-system-matrix.md index fa8f4ed6bbf..18f5fa1933d 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/oms-order-management-system-matrix.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/oms-order-management-system-matrix.md @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ The goal of continuous process improvement is to enter a cycle of redesign, exec ## Sales order processing in the ecommerce world -Processes in the ecommerce world have the potential to be highly automated. That means that the different tasks are executed in the IT landscape. Often spanning different IT systems. Creation of sales order in a shop system, fulfillment with the help of fulfillment provider, finance, and controlling in an ERP system. To actively manage these processes, an understanding of the implemented processes is needed as well as a possibility to measure their performance. During my time as a consultant, we did often archeology projects, as I used to call them. To understand the current implementation we had to analyze the code. Documentation was typically only maintained until the mid of a project. Process performance indicators were nearly always missing. Only indirect measurements were possible. This is not a good basis for continuous improvement. If you don’t know where you are, you can't tell where to go next. +Processes in the ecommerce world have the potential to be highly automated. That means that the different tasks are executed in the IT landscape. Often spanning different IT systems. Creation of sales order in a shop system, fulfillment with the help of fulfillment provider, finance, and controlling in an ERP system. To actively manage these processes, an understanding of the implemented processes is needed as well as a possibility to measure their performance. During my time as a consultant, we did often archeology projects, as I used to call them. To understand the current implementation we had to analyze the code. Documentation was typically only maintained until the mid of a project. Process performance indicators were nearly always missing. Only indirect measurements were possible. This is not a good basis for continuous improvement. If you don't know where you are, you can't tell where to go next. At the same time processes are highly individual. If you sell concert tickets, music, or other digital products, you need totally different processes than someone who sells physical goods. And if you have a make-to-order process installed, it looks different again. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/order-cancellation-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/order-cancellation-overview.md index 4b2af0336df..e6f9eac7fcf 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/order-cancellation-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/order-cancellation-overview.md @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirect_from: - /docs/scos/user/features/202204.0/order-management-feature-overview/order-cancellation-overview.html --- -Order cancellation makes the shopping experience of B2B and B2C shoppers more flexible by allowing them to cancel their orders within a defined time period. Also, it optimizes the workflow of sales and customer service by allowing them to cancel orders on customers’ behalf in the Back Office. +Order cancellation makes the shopping experience of B2B and B2C shoppers more flexible by allowing them to cancel their orders within a defined time period. Also, it optimizes the workflow of sales and customer service by allowing them to cancel orders on customers' behalf in the Back Office. For example, a customer changes their mind about an item in an order they have placed. Instead of contacting customer service, they can cancel the order and place a new one with the needed items. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/collectai.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/collectai.md index 880a9e2e020..f9493afa9b5 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/collectai.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/collectai.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ redirect_from: Digital accounts receivable management based on AI collection services -collectAI is a software platform providing digitised, AI-based payments and collection services to manage accounts receivables. Covering the end-to-end process from e-invoicing and payment reminder to debt collection it flexibly optimises the goals of collection rates, costs and customer retention. In addition, the company offers payment links as well as business process outsourcing services. It uses digital communication channels and payment solutions for a frictionless checkout process. With its proprietary technology, collectAI fundamentally improves the customer experience, putting the needs and behaviour of the end consumer to the centre of the service. collectAI, founded in 2016, is part of Germany’s largest e-commerce retailer, the Otto Group. +collectAI is a software platform providing digitised, AI-based payments and collection services to manage accounts receivables. Covering the end-to-end process from e-invoicing and payment reminder to debt collection it flexibly optimises the goals of collection rates, costs and customer retention. In addition, the company offers payment links as well as business process outsourcing services. It uses digital communication channels and payment solutions for a frictionless checkout process. With its proprietary technology, collectAI fundamentally improves the customer experience, putting the needs and behaviour of the end consumer to the centre of the service. collectAI, founded in 2016, is part of Germany's largest e-commerce retailer, the Otto Group. YOUR ADVANTAGES: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/nekom-cc-gmbh.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/nekom-cc-gmbh.md index 9be91a26954..219e411eb43 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/nekom-cc-gmbh.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/nekom-cc-gmbh.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ redirect_from: Scaleable Omnichannel for high-growth brands -NEKOM is an Austrian platform provider for eCommerce services and multichannel processes. The system is completely modularly programmed and can therefore quickly react to your requirements and those of the market. NEKOM also provides the modules as Micro Services. These Microservices are easy and fast to integrate and extend the existing feature set of online shops without large implementation projects and costs. NEKOM’s goal is to provide retailers the best tools to be successful on- and offline. +NEKOM is an Austrian platform provider for eCommerce services and multichannel processes. The system is completely modularly programmed and can therefore quickly react to your requirements and those of the market. NEKOM also provides the modules as Micro Services. These Microservices are easy and fast to integrate and extend the existing feature set of online shops without large implementation projects and costs. NEKOM's goal is to provide retailers the best tools to be successful on- and offline. YOUR ADVANATAGES: * Short Time2Market - in 4 weeks to the first orders diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/glue-api-retrieve-marketplace-orders.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/glue-api-retrieve-marketplace-orders.md index 8fc0de32f79..f407e6a100b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/glue-api-retrieve-marketplace-orders.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/glue-api-retrieve-marketplace-orders.md @@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@ To retrieve detailed information about an order, send the request: | ATTRIBUTE | TYPE | DESCRIPTION | | ------------------ | -------- | --------------------- | | merchantReferences | Array | Unique identifier of the [merchant](/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/{{page.version}}/marketplace/marketplace-merchant-feature-overview/marketplace-merchant-feature-overview.html) | -| itemStates | Array | Statuses of the order’s items in the [state machine](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{page.version}}/base-shop/datapayload-conversion/state-machine/order-process-modelling-via-state-machines.html). | +| itemStates | Array | Statuses of the order's items in the [state machine](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{page.version}}/base-shop/datapayload-conversion/state-machine/order-process-modelling-via-state-machines.html). | | createdAt | String | Date and time when the order was created. | | currencyIsoCode | String | ISO 4217 code of the currency that was selected when placing the order. | | priceMode | String | Price mode that was active when placing the order. Possible values:
  • **NET_MODE**—prices before tax.
  • **GROSS_MODE**—prices after tax.
| diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-order-items.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-order-items.csv.md index 57bc0c1c133..7b1da5a3544 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-order-items.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-order-items.csv.md @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@ These are the header fields included in the `merchant_order_items.csv` file: | 40 | shipment_method_name | | String | | Name of the shipment method. | | 41 | shipment_requested_delivery_date | | Date | | Requested delivery date of the shipment. | | 42 | shipping_address_salutation | | String | | Customer salutation used with shipping address. | -| 43 | shipping_address_first_name | | | | Customer’s first name used in the shipping address. | -| 44 | shipping_address_last_name | | String | | Customer’s last name used in the shipping address. | -| 45 | shipping_address_middle_name | | String | | Customer’s middle name used in the shipping address. | +| 43 | shipping_address_first_name | | | | Customer's first name used in the shipping address. | +| 44 | shipping_address_last_name | | String | | Customer's last name used in the shipping address. | +| 45 | shipping_address_middle_name | | String | | Customer's middle name used in the shipping address. | | 46 | shipping_address_email | | String | | Email used with shipping address. | | 47 | shipping_address_cell_phone | | String | | Cell phone used with shipping address. | | 48 | shipping_address_phone | | String | | Phone used with the shipping address. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-orders.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-orders.csv.md index 3edeab6fcd9..28e44418e01 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-orders.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-orders.csv.md @@ -22,16 +22,16 @@ These are the parameters included in the `merchant_orders.csv` file: | 6 | merchant_order_store | | String | | Name of the store where the order to this merchant was placed. | | 7 | email | | String | | Email of the customer. | | 8 | salutation | | String | | Salutation used with the customer. | -| 9 | first_name | | String | | Customer’s first name. | -| 10 | last_name | | String | | Customer’s last name. | +| 9 | first_name | | String | | Customer's first name. | +| 10 | last_name | | String | | Customer's last name. | | 11 | order_note | | String | | Note added to the order. | | 12 | currency_iso_code | | String | | Indicates the currency used in the order. | | 13 | price_mode | | Enum (NET_MODE, GROSS_MODE) | | Indicates if the order was calculated in a net or gross price mode. | -| 14 | locale_name | | String | | Sales order’s locale used during the checkout. The sales order has a relation to the locale used during the checkout so that the same locale can be used for communication. | +| 14 | locale_name | | String | | Sales order's locale used during the checkout. The sales order has a relation to the locale used during the checkout so that the same locale can be used for communication. | | 15 | billing_address_salutation | | | | Customer salutation used with the billing address. | -| 16 | billing_address_first_name | ✓ | String | | Customer’s first name used in the billing address. | -| 17 | billing_address_last_name | ✓ | String | | Customer’s last name used in the billing address. | -| 18 | billing_address_middle_name | | String | | Customer’s middle name used in the billing address. | +| 16 | billing_address_first_name | ✓ | String | | Customer's first name used in the billing address. | +| 17 | billing_address_last_name | ✓ | String | | Customer's last name used in the billing address. | +| 18 | billing_address_middle_name | | String | | Customer's middle name used in the billing address. | | 19 | billing_address_email | | String | | Email used with the billing address. | | 20 | billing_address_cell_phone | | String | | Cell phone used with the billing address. | | 21 | billing_address_phone | | String | | Phone used with the billing address. | @@ -53,6 +53,6 @@ These are the parameters included in the `merchant_orders.csv` file: | 37 | merchant_order_totals_refund_total | | Number | Original value is multiplied by 100 before it's stored in this field. | Refund total of the order totals for this merchant. | | 38 | merchant_order_totals_subtotal | | Number | Original value is multiplied by 100 before it's stored in this field. | Subtotal of the order totals for this merchant. | | 39 | merchant_order_totals_tax_total | | Number | Original value is multiplied by 100 before it's stored in this field. | Tax total of the order totals for this merchant. | -| 40 | merchant_order_comments | | Object | Comments are presented in a JSON array format: order_comments {% raw %}{{username, message, created_at, updated_at},...}{% endraw %} | Comments added by the customer to the sales order for this merchant. Username may be a different name from the customer’s first, middle, or last name—for example, a nickname. | +| 40 | merchant_order_comments | | Object | Comments are presented in a JSON array format: order_comments {% raw %}{{username, message, created_at, updated_at},...}{% endraw %} | Comments added by the customer to the sales order for this merchant. Username may be a different name from the customer's first, middle, or last name—for example, a nickname. | Check out the [merchant-orders.csv sample file](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Developer+Guide/Development+Guide/Data+Export/merchant-orders.csv). diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-main-merchant-orders.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-main-merchant-orders.md index eab65fab9b6..40b084a5af9 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-main-merchant-orders.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-main-merchant-orders.md @@ -127,11 +127,11 @@ The following table describes the attributes on the **View Order _[Order ID]_** Name - Customer’s name. + Customer's name. Email - Customer’s email address. + Customer's email address. Previous orders count @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ The following table describes the attributes on the **View Order _[Order ID]_** Billing address - Customer’s address used for billing purposes. + Customer's address used for billing purposes. Merchant order items @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ You can set different states for your order by clicking the action buttons. The | MAIN MERCHANT ORDER ITEM STATE | DESCRIPTION | | ----------------------- | --------------------- | | Send to distribution | Choose this state once you receive the payment for the order from your customer. | -| Cancel | Choose this state to cancel the order on the customer’s behalf. | +| Cancel | Choose this state to cancel the order on the customer's behalf. | | Confirm at center | Choose this state when the order is confirmed at the distribution center. | | Ship | Choose this state when the order is shipped to the customer. | | Deliver | Choose this state when the order reached the customer. | @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ You can create a new shipment for one or several merchant order items. To create ### Reference information: Creating a shipment for the main merchant order -The following table describes the attributes you enter and select when creating or editing customer’s shipment details. +The following table describes the attributes you enter and select when creating or editing customer's shipment details. | ATTRIBUTE | DESCRIPTION | REQUIRED | | ----------------------- | ---------------- | ----------- | @@ -241,15 +241,15 @@ The following table describes the attributes you enter and select when creating | First Name | Customer's first name. | ✓ | | Middle name | Customer's middle name. | | | Last name | Customer's last name. | ✓ | -| Email | Customer’s email address. | ✓ | +| Email | Customer's email address. | ✓ | | Country | Drop-down menu with the list of countries to select. | ✓ | | Address 1 | 1st line of the customer's address. | ✓ | | Address 2 | 2nd line of the customer's address. | ✓ | -| Company | Customer’s company name. | | -| City | Customer’s city. | ✓ | +| Company | Customer's company name. | | +| City | Customer's city. | ✓ | | ZIP code | ZIP code. | ✓ | -| Phone | Customer’s phone number. | | -| Cell Phone | Customer’s cell phone number. | | +| Phone | Customer's phone number. | | +| Cell Phone | Customer's cell phone number. | | | Description | Description of the shipping address. | | | Comment | Comment to the shipping address. | | | Shipment method | Drop-down menu with the list of all the available shipment methods in the system. You can select only one. | ✓ | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-marketplace-orders.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-marketplace-orders.md index 666f7ef541b..ce12c74d43b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-marketplace-orders.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-marketplace-orders.md @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ All columns with headers having arrows in **List of orders** are sortable. | Customer | | Section with the information about the customer who has submitted the order. | | | Reference | Unique reference of the customer in the system. The reference is clickable and leads to the *[View Customer](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/view-customers.html)* page. | | | Name | Name of the customer. | -| | Email | Customer’s email address. | +| | Email | Customer's email address. | | | Previous orders count | Number of orders the customer has submitted. | | | Billing address | Address that is used for billing purposes. | | Merchant orders | | Section with details about every merchant order with its products and Shipment information. | @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ You can set different states for your order by clicking the action buttons. The | Pay | Click this button once you receive the payment for the order from your customer. | | Picking list generation schedule | Select this state to generate a picklist. Available with the [Fulfillment App](/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/unified-commerce/fulfillment-app-overview.html). | | Prepare for picking | Makes the picklist available in the Fulfillment App. Available with the [Fulfillment App](/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/unified-commerce/fulfillment-app-overview.html). | -| Cancel | Click this button to cancel the order on the customer’s behalf. | +| Cancel | Click this button to cancel the order on the customer's behalf. | | Close | Click this button when your customer has successfully received the ordered items and is satisfied with their quality. | | Refund | Click this button in case of a refund. | | Return | Click this button if the customer returns you either all or several items from the order. | @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Once a return has been created, it acquires the *Waiting for return* state. You |---|---| | execute-return | Select this state if you accept the return. When triggering this state, the return status is changed to *Returned*. | | refund | Select this state if you have refunded the returned items. When triggering this state, the return status is changed to *Refunded*. | -| cancel-return | You can trigger this state after the *Waiting for return* state. Select this state if either customer changed their mind and doesn’t want to make the return anymore, or you cancel the return because of the return policy, or for other reasons. When triggering this state, the return status is changed to *Canceled*. | +| cancel-return | You can trigger this state after the *Waiting for return* state. Select this state if either customer changed their mind and doesn't want to make the return anymore, or you cancel the return because of the return policy, or for other reasons. When triggering this state, the return status is changed to *Canceled*. | | ship-return | You can trigger this state after the *Cancel* return state. Select this state if you shipped the canceled return back to the customer. The return status is changed to *Shipped to customer*. | | delivery-return | You can trigger this state after the *Shipped to customer*. Select this state if the return has been delivered to the customer. The return status is changed to *Delivered*. | | close | You can trigger this state after the *Delivered* state. Select this state to close the return. The return status is changed to *Closed*. | @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ The **Total** section displays the total amount of items to be returned. |---|---| | Customer reference | Reference of the customer. | | Name | Customer name. | -| Email | Customer’s email address. | +| Email | Customer's email address. | ## Editing a Custom Order Reference for a marketplace order diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/manage-merchant-orders.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/manage-merchant-orders.md index cd1ce8b1160..60f907d62bc 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/manage-merchant-orders.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/manage-merchant-orders.md @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ By default, the last created order goes on top of the table. However, you can so * Marketplace order reference * Merchant order reference * Created date -* Customer’s name -* Customer’s email address +* Customer's name +* Customer's email address * Merchant order grand total * No. of items * Store @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ The following table describes the sections on the ***[Order ID]*** page: |---|---|---| | Details | Overview | Contains the merchant order date, number of products purchased, number of items in the merchant order, and the number of shipments. | | Details | Totals | Contains information about the merchant order totals. | -| Details | Customer | Contains the customer’s name, email, and the number of orders the customer has made from this merchant. | +| Details | Customer | Contains the customer's name, email, and the number of orders the customer has made from this merchant. | | Items | Shipments | Contains information about shipments, such as the number of shipments, delivery address, shipment carrier and delivery method, and the requested date. | | Items | Order Items | Contains information about every item in the merchant order, including:
  • Item SKU
  • Image
  • Name
  • Quantity
  • Current state
  • Merchant SKU (if exists)
  • Offer reference
  • Included product options (if exist)
  • Comment
  • States that can be triggered
| diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-interaction.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-interaction.md index 8971a05400c..e6823412de7 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-interaction.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-interaction.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Merchant State Machine workflow: In this article, we'll look into the process of how Marketplace and merchant state machines interfere and check what statuses are displayed in the Back Office to a Marketplace administrator, in the Merchant Portal to a merchant, and on the Storefront to a buyer. -## Order item’s status progress: New +## Order item's status progress: New The process starts when a customer places an order. The Marketplace order obtains state *New*. ![State: New](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/630bbd7b-66ee-475f-9d79-50a258b994b2.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) @@ -36,10 +36,10 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | N/A | | Customer | Storefront | Confirmed / Accepted | -## Order item’s status progress: Paid +## Order item's status progress: Paid Once the Marketplace administrator receives the payment, the state of the marketplace order item becomes *Paid*. The event could be triggered automatically when the payment was made in the marketplace system, or the payment confirmation is uploaded with data importers or manually in other circumstances. -![Order item’s status progress: Paid](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/98582508-84a7-4fc5-ad6e-73ace5772daa.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) +![Order item's status progress: Paid](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/98582508-84a7-4fc5-ad6e-73ace5772daa.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | N/A | | Customer | Storefront | In Progress | -## Order item’s status progress: Canceled +## Order item's status progress: Canceled After the payment has been made, the customer can still cancel the order during the period outlined by the Marketplace policies. The Marketplace provides the customer with a button on the Storefront to carry out that action. When the customer cancels the order, the state of the marketplace order item becomes *Canceled*. {% info_block infoBox "Note" %} @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ The Marketplace administrator can also cancel the order under exceptional circum -![Order item’s status progress: Canceled](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/d6ceb379-7990-4bf1-b2d4-a46a80230d58.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) +![Order item's status progress: Canceled](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/d6ceb379-7990-4bf1-b2d4-a46a80230d58.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: @@ -71,10 +71,10 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | N/A | | Customer | Storefront | Canceled | -## Order item’s status progress: Refunded +## Order item's status progress: Refunded When the order is canceled after the payment has been made, the Marketplace administrator has to refund the payment for the canceled order to the customer in full or partially. Once the refund has been made, the state of the Marketplace order item becomes *Refunded*. After issuing the refund, the Marketplace policies set time to elapse before the state of the order is automatically transferred to *Closed*. -![Order item’s status progress: Refunded](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/fafabe65-1339-48d7-88b3-b83bf54ccf09.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) +![Order item's status progress: Refunded](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/fafabe65-1339-48d7-88b3-b83bf54ccf09.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: @@ -84,10 +84,10 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | N/A | | Customer | Storefront | Refunded | -## Order item’s status progress: Sent to Merchant -When the system has payment confirmation, it performs the operations to split the marketplace order into one or several merchant orders. The state of the marketplace order item becomes *Sent to Merchant*. The merchant orders are created, and each of the items that they contain shows a state according to each Merchant’s state machine. The first state is *New*. +## Order item's status progress: Sent to Merchant +When the system has payment confirmation, it performs the operations to split the marketplace order into one or several merchant orders. The state of the marketplace order item becomes *Sent to Merchant*. The merchant orders are created, and each of the items that they contain shows a state according to each Merchant's state machine. The first state is *New*. -![Order item’s status progress: Sent to Merchant](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Marketplace/user+guides/Features/Marketplace+Order+Management/sent-to-merchant.png) +![Order item's status progress: Sent to Merchant](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Marketplace/user+guides/Features/Marketplace+Order+Management/sent-to-merchant.png) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: @@ -97,10 +97,10 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | New | | Customer | Storefront | In Progress | -## Order item’s status progress: Canceled by Merchant +## Order item's status progress: Canceled by Merchant Merchant can cancel the order for various reasons. The state of the merchant order item, in this case, will change to *Canceled by Merchant*. The Marketplace administrator also sees the updated state in the Back Office. -![Order item’s status progress: Canceled by Merchant](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/c141bb84-9abe-48c7-8ca4-5ea508435480.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) +![Order item's status progress: Canceled by Merchant](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/c141bb84-9abe-48c7-8ca4-5ea508435480.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: @@ -110,10 +110,10 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | Canceled by Merchant| | Customer | Storefront | Canceled | -## Order item’s status progress: Shipped by Merchant -The merchant ships the item to the customer's address. To input this information on Merchant Portal, the merchant triggers the event manually (the **Shipped** action button) or by importing of the new state via a CSV file. The item’s state on the merchant state machine moves to *Shipped*. The Marketplace administrator also needs to make use of this info. They need to see that the item was also shipped in the Marketplace state machine. +## Order item's status progress: Shipped by Merchant +The merchant ships the item to the customer's address. To input this information on Merchant Portal, the merchant triggers the event manually (the **Shipped** action button) or by importing of the new state via a CSV file. The item's state on the merchant state machine moves to *Shipped*. The Marketplace administrator also needs to make use of this info. They need to see that the item was also shipped in the Marketplace state machine. -![Order Item’s Status Progress: Shipped by Merchant](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/6cea2d2f-1797-47ba-8a99-938aef05fc90.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) +![Order Item's Status Progress: Shipped by Merchant](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/6cea2d2f-1797-47ba-8a99-938aef05fc90.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: @@ -123,10 +123,10 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | Shipped | | Customer | Storefront | Shipped Expected by \ | -## Order item’s status progress: Delivered +## Order item's status progress: Delivered After the shipment, the merchant tracks the delivery with the shipment carrier. When the item is delivered, the carrier notifies the merchant. The merchant triggers the *Deliver* event manually (**Delivered** action button) or automatically by uploading a CSV with the new state to the Merchant Portal. The Marketplace administrator also needs to be aware of this information. The state is also updated on the Marketplace state machine. -![Order item’s status progress: Delivered](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/04b08764-f5c4-4de7-9725-b12557e2ea61.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) +![Order item's status progress: Delivered](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/04b08764-f5c4-4de7-9725-b12557e2ea61.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: @@ -136,10 +136,10 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | Delivered | | Customer | Storefront | Delivered on \ | -## Order item’s status progress: Closed +## Order item's status progress: Closed Marketplace applies a series of policies that let customers return items during a given period of time. When that period expires, the marketplace order item gets the *Closed* state. The Merchant administrator must also be aware of that expiration, and the state closed is also used on the Merchant state machine for the item. -![Order item’s status progress: Closed](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/d4583bab-dda6-4ecc-bd92-94388f5e8710.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) +![Order item's status progress: Closed](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/d4583bab-dda6-4ecc-bd92-94388f5e8710.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview.md index 86635857755..175d15d26ee 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ When a customer places an order on the Marketplace, the *Marketplace order* is c Each Marketplace order has a set of properties such as order number, order summary, payment information, date, state, shipping methods, and others. -For example, let’s consider the case when a customer purchased four items from three different merchants in one order. +For example, let's consider the case when a customer purchased four items from three different merchants in one order. From the customer perspective, the Marketplace order is a single order with products from one or multiple merchants: ![Marketplace order structure](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Marketplace/user+guides/Features/Marketplace+order+management/Marketplace+Order+Management+feature+overview/Marketplace+Order+schema.png) @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ In some cases, because of rounding, the amounts of Marketplace order totals can ## Merchant orders in the Merchant Portal -{% info_block warningBox “Warning” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Warning" %} Do not build the Merchant functionality around Orders, but rather around Merchant Orders. Make sure that Merchants do not modify the order directly, but instead use [MerchantOms](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{page.version}}/marketplace/merchant-oms.html) for this purpose. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-overview.md index d02fb87e1c5..4dbb357818d 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-overview.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ When a customer places an order on the Marketplace, the *Marketplace order* is c Each Marketplace order has a set of properties such as order number, order summary, payment information, date, state, shipping methods, and others. -For example, let’s consider the case when a customer purchased 4 items from 3 different merchants in 1 order. +For example, let's consider the case when a customer purchased 4 items from 3 different merchants in 1 order. From the customer perspective, the Marketplace order is a single order with products from one or multiple merchants: ![Marketplace order structure](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Marketplace/user+guides/Features/Marketplace+order+management/Marketplace+Order+Management+feature+overview/Marketplace+Order+schema.png) diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/display-custom-names-for-order-item-states-on-the-storefront.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/display-custom-names-for-order-item-states-on-the-storefront.md index 15757529393..03fa940350e 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/display-custom-names-for-order-item-states-on-the-storefront.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/display-custom-names-for-order-item-states-on-the-storefront.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ For the order items states on the Storefront, it's not always appropriate to dis To display custom order states on the Storefront, do the following: -1. In your project, go to `/config/Zed/oms` and open the .XML file of the payment method or sub-process you want to change the order states on the Storefront for. For example, let’s take the default Spryker [DummyPayment01.xml](https://github.com/spryker-shop/suite/blob/master/config/Zed/oms/DummyPayment01.xml). +1. In your project, go to `/config/Zed/oms` and open the .XML file of the payment method or sub-process you want to change the order states on the Storefront for. For example, let's take the default Spryker [DummyPayment01.xml](https://github.com/spryker-shop/suite/blob/master/config/Zed/oms/DummyPayment01.xml). 2. Specify the `display` value of the necessary state, as you want it on the Storefront. In the following example, the `display` value of the `confirmed` OMS sate is set to `waiting for shipment`: **config/Zed/oms/DummyPayment01.xml** diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/email-invoices-using-bcc.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/email-invoices-using-bcc.md index 0f8cdeaaa61..952ab3e15b1 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/email-invoices-using-bcc.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/email-invoices-using-bcc.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ related: link: docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/page.version/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.html --- -Every time you generate an [invoice for your customer’s orders](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{site.version}}/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.html), it's sent to the customer’s email address. If you also need a copy of the invoice, you can include yourself or your employees to BCC recipients of the emails with the invoices. Since the copy is hidden, when customers receive the email, they do not see other recipients' email addresses. +Every time you generate an [invoice for your customer's orders](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{site.version}}/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.html), it's sent to the customer's email address. If you also need a copy of the invoice, you can include yourself or your employees to BCC recipients of the emails with the invoices. Since the copy is hidden, when customers receive the email, they do not see other recipients' email addresses. {% info_block infoBox "Info" %} @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ namespace Pyz\Zed\SalesInvoice; When configured, this method sends a hidden copy of each invoice to the specified email address. -You can also force sending the additional copies of all generated invoices to customer’s email and to the email addresses specified in the `getOrderInvoiceBCC()` method: +You can also force sending the additional copies of all generated invoices to customer's email and to the email addresses specified in the `getOrderInvoiceBCC()` method: ```bash console order:invoice --force diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-order-status.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-order-status.csv.md index d621a087338..6df6b984e0d 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-order-status.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-order-status.csv.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ This document describes the `order-status.csv` file to configure the update of t When the order item status is updated by importing the CSV file, the corresponding events in a state machine are triggered, and the state gets updated. As an order may contain several order items, the CSV file can have several rows of items for the same order. -`Order_item_reference` can repeat and have different states in the file, for example, in one case, `packed` and then `shipped`. That allows you to update the item through different state machine statuses (for example, `packed` and `shipped`) and avoid errors. If the order item doesn’t follow the existing sequence (the statuses flow in the state machine), the state won’t be updated, and you will get an error. +`Order_item_reference` can repeat and have different states in the file, for example, in one case, `packed` and then `shipped`. That allows you to update the item through different state machine statuses (for example, `packed` and `shipped`) and avoid errors. If the order item doesn't follow the existing sequence (the statuses flow in the state machine), the state won't be updated, and you will get an error. ## Import template file and content example diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-order-items.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-order-items.csv.md index 60538fa07b2..a7ef74600d6 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-order-items.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-order-items.csv.md @@ -58,9 +58,9 @@ These are the header fields included in the `order_items.csv` file: | 39 | shipment_method_name | No | String | | Name of the shipment method. | | 40 | shipment_requested_delivery_date | No | Date | | Requested delivery date of the shipment. | | 41 | shipping_address_salutation | No | String | | Customer salutation used with shipping address. | -| 42 | shipping_address_first_name | No | String | | Customer’s first name used in shipping address. | -| 43 | shipping_address_last_name | No | String | | Customer’s last name used in shipping address. | -| 44 | shipping_address_middle_name | No | String | | Customer’s middle name used in shipping address. | +| 42 | shipping_address_first_name | No | String | | Customer's first name used in shipping address. | +| 43 | shipping_address_last_name | No | String | | Customer's last name used in shipping address. | +| 44 | shipping_address_middle_name | No | String | | Customer's middle name used in shipping address. | | 45 | shipping_address_email | No | String | | E-mail used with shipping address. | | 46 | shipping_address_cell_phone | No | String | | Cell phone used with shipping address. | | 47 | shipping_address_phone | No | String | | Phone used with shipping address. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-orders.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-orders.csv.md index 9a7063a7412..f888ede01db 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-orders.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-orders.csv.md @@ -26,16 +26,16 @@ These are the header fields included in the `order.csv` file: | 5 | order_store | No | String | | The name of the store where the order was place. | | 6 | email | No | String | | E-mail of the customer. | | 7 | salutation | No | String | | Salutation used with the customer. | -| 8 | first_name | No | String | | Customer’s first name. | -| 9 | last_name | No | String | | Customer’s last name. | +| 8 | first_name | No | String | | Customer's first name. | +| 9 | last_name | No | String | | Customer's last name. | | 10 | order_note | No | String | | Note added to the order. | | 11 | currency_iso_code | No | String | | Indicates the currency used in the order. | | 12 | price_mode | No | Enum (NET_MODE, GROSS_MODE) | | Indicates if the order was calculated in a net or gross price mode. | -| 13 | locale_name | No | String | | Sales order’s locale used during the checkout. The Sales Order has a relation to the Locale which was used during the checkout so that the same locale can be used for communication. | +| 13 | locale_name | No | String | | Sales order's locale used during the checkout. The Sales Order has a relation to the Locale which was used during the checkout so that the same locale can be used for communication. | | 14 | billing_address_salutation | No | ENUM (Mr, Mrs, Dr, Ms) | | Customer salutation used with the billing address. | -| 15 | billing_address_first_name | Yes | String | | Customer’s first name used in the billing address. | -| 16 | billing_address_last_name | Yes | String | | Customer’s last name used in the billing address. | -| 17 | billing_address_middle_name | No | String | | Customer’s middle name used in the billing address. | +| 15 | billing_address_first_name | Yes | String | | Customer's first name used in the billing address. | +| 16 | billing_address_last_name | Yes | String | | Customer's last name used in the billing address. | +| 17 | billing_address_middle_name | No | String | | Customer's middle name used in the billing address. | | 18 | billing_address_email | No | String | | E-mail used with the billing address. | | 19 | billing_address_cell_phone | No | String | | Cell phone used with the billing address. | | 20 | billing_address_phone | No | String | | Phone used with the billing address. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/orders/change-the-state-of-order-items.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/orders/change-the-state-of-order-items.md index 4d9dd026211..f3ea309eeae 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/orders/change-the-state-of-order-items.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/orders/change-the-state-of-order-items.md @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ The following table describes the states you can select for order items. | ORDER STATUS | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | Pay | Select this state once you receive the payment for the order from your customer. | -| Cancel | Select this state to cancel the order on the customer’s behalf. | +| Cancel | Select this state to cancel the order on the customer's behalf. | | Skip Timeout | Select this status to end the time period during which the customer can cancel the order. | | Generate invoice | Select this state to generate the invoice and send it to the customer. If invoice BCC is configured for your project, the copy of the invoice will be sent to the specified email address as well. You can trigger the invoice-generate only for the whole order. Even if you selected just some of the order items, the invoice is generated for the whole order.| | Picking list generation schedule | Select this state to generate a picklist. Available with the [Fulfillment App](/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/{{page.version}}/unified-commerce/fulfillment-app-overview.html). | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/reclamations/change-the-state-of-order-items-in-reclamations.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/reclamations/change-the-state-of-order-items-in-reclamations.md index 7a722f302ab..81071dd92e8 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/reclamations/change-the-state-of-order-items-in-reclamations.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/reclamations/change-the-state-of-order-items-in-reclamations.md @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The following table describes the states you can select for order items. | ORDER STATUS | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | Pay | Select this state once you receive the payment for the order from your customer. | -| Cancel | Select this state to cancel the order on the customer’s behalf. | +| Cancel | Select this state to cancel the order on the customer's behalf. | | Skip Timeout | Select this status to end the time period during which the customer can cancel the order. | | invoice-generate | Select this state to generate the invoice and send it to the customer. If invoice BCC is configured for your project, the copy of the invoice will be sent to the specified email address as well. You can trigger the invoice-generate only for the whole order. Even if you selected just some of the order items, the invoice is generated for the whole order.| | Ship | Select this state once the order is shipped.| diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.md index 7fed682113e..2cf39bbf21d 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirect_from: - /docs/scos/user/features/202204.0/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.html --- -Invoices can be generated and sent to customer’s email every time they place an order in the shop. +Invoices can be generated and sent to customer's email every time they place an order in the shop. {% info_block infoBox "Info" %} diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/oms-order-management-system-matrix.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/oms-order-management-system-matrix.md index fa8f4ed6bbf..18f5fa1933d 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/oms-order-management-system-matrix.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/oms-order-management-system-matrix.md @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ The goal of continuous process improvement is to enter a cycle of redesign, exec ## Sales order processing in the ecommerce world -Processes in the ecommerce world have the potential to be highly automated. That means that the different tasks are executed in the IT landscape. Often spanning different IT systems. Creation of sales order in a shop system, fulfillment with the help of fulfillment provider, finance, and controlling in an ERP system. To actively manage these processes, an understanding of the implemented processes is needed as well as a possibility to measure their performance. During my time as a consultant, we did often archeology projects, as I used to call them. To understand the current implementation we had to analyze the code. Documentation was typically only maintained until the mid of a project. Process performance indicators were nearly always missing. Only indirect measurements were possible. This is not a good basis for continuous improvement. If you don’t know where you are, you can't tell where to go next. +Processes in the ecommerce world have the potential to be highly automated. That means that the different tasks are executed in the IT landscape. Often spanning different IT systems. Creation of sales order in a shop system, fulfillment with the help of fulfillment provider, finance, and controlling in an ERP system. To actively manage these processes, an understanding of the implemented processes is needed as well as a possibility to measure their performance. During my time as a consultant, we did often archeology projects, as I used to call them. To understand the current implementation we had to analyze the code. Documentation was typically only maintained until the mid of a project. Process performance indicators were nearly always missing. Only indirect measurements were possible. This is not a good basis for continuous improvement. If you don't know where you are, you can't tell where to go next. At the same time processes are highly individual. If you sell concert tickets, music, or other digital products, you need totally different processes than someone who sells physical goods. And if you have a make-to-order process installed, it looks different again. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/order-cancellation-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/order-cancellation-overview.md index f8eea53e974..afe1967326f 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/order-cancellation-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/order-cancellation-overview.md @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirect_from: - /docs/scos/user/features/202204.0/order-management-feature-overview/order-cancellation-overview.html --- -Order cancellation makes the shopping experience of B2B and B2C shoppers more flexible by allowing them to cancel their orders within a defined time period. Also, it optimizes the workflow of sales and customer service by allowing them to cancel orders on customers’ behalf in the Back Office. +Order cancellation makes the shopping experience of B2B and B2C shoppers more flexible by allowing them to cancel their orders within a defined time period. Also, it optimizes the workflow of sales and customer service by allowing them to cancel orders on customers' behalf in the Back Office. For example, a customer changes their mind about an item in an order they have placed. Instead of contacting customer service, they can cancel the order and place a new one with the needed items. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/collectai.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/collectai.md index 880a9e2e020..f9493afa9b5 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/collectai.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/collectai.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ redirect_from: Digital accounts receivable management based on AI collection services -collectAI is a software platform providing digitised, AI-based payments and collection services to manage accounts receivables. Covering the end-to-end process from e-invoicing and payment reminder to debt collection it flexibly optimises the goals of collection rates, costs and customer retention. In addition, the company offers payment links as well as business process outsourcing services. It uses digital communication channels and payment solutions for a frictionless checkout process. With its proprietary technology, collectAI fundamentally improves the customer experience, putting the needs and behaviour of the end consumer to the centre of the service. collectAI, founded in 2016, is part of Germany’s largest e-commerce retailer, the Otto Group. +collectAI is a software platform providing digitised, AI-based payments and collection services to manage accounts receivables. Covering the end-to-end process from e-invoicing and payment reminder to debt collection it flexibly optimises the goals of collection rates, costs and customer retention. In addition, the company offers payment links as well as business process outsourcing services. It uses digital communication channels and payment solutions for a frictionless checkout process. With its proprietary technology, collectAI fundamentally improves the customer experience, putting the needs and behaviour of the end consumer to the centre of the service. collectAI, founded in 2016, is part of Germany's largest e-commerce retailer, the Otto Group. YOUR ADVANTAGES: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/nekom-cc-gmbh.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/nekom-cc-gmbh.md index 9be91a26954..219e411eb43 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/nekom-cc-gmbh.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/nekom-cc-gmbh.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ redirect_from: Scaleable Omnichannel for high-growth brands -NEKOM is an Austrian platform provider for eCommerce services and multichannel processes. The system is completely modularly programmed and can therefore quickly react to your requirements and those of the market. NEKOM also provides the modules as Micro Services. These Microservices are easy and fast to integrate and extend the existing feature set of online shops without large implementation projects and costs. NEKOM’s goal is to provide retailers the best tools to be successful on- and offline. +NEKOM is an Austrian platform provider for eCommerce services and multichannel processes. The system is completely modularly programmed and can therefore quickly react to your requirements and those of the market. NEKOM also provides the modules as Micro Services. These Microservices are easy and fast to integrate and extend the existing feature set of online shops without large implementation projects and costs. NEKOM's goal is to provide retailers the best tools to be successful on- and offline. YOUR ADVANATAGES: * Short Time2Market - in 4 weeks to the first orders diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-order-items.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-order-items.csv.md index 57bc0c1c133..7b1da5a3544 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-order-items.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-order-items.csv.md @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@ These are the header fields included in the `merchant_order_items.csv` file: | 40 | shipment_method_name | | String | | Name of the shipment method. | | 41 | shipment_requested_delivery_date | | Date | | Requested delivery date of the shipment. | | 42 | shipping_address_salutation | | String | | Customer salutation used with shipping address. | -| 43 | shipping_address_first_name | | | | Customer’s first name used in the shipping address. | -| 44 | shipping_address_last_name | | String | | Customer’s last name used in the shipping address. | -| 45 | shipping_address_middle_name | | String | | Customer’s middle name used in the shipping address. | +| 43 | shipping_address_first_name | | | | Customer's first name used in the shipping address. | +| 44 | shipping_address_last_name | | String | | Customer's last name used in the shipping address. | +| 45 | shipping_address_middle_name | | String | | Customer's middle name used in the shipping address. | | 46 | shipping_address_email | | String | | Email used with shipping address. | | 47 | shipping_address_cell_phone | | String | | Cell phone used with shipping address. | | 48 | shipping_address_phone | | String | | Phone used with the shipping address. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-orders.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-orders.csv.md index 3edeab6fcd9..28e44418e01 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-orders.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-orders.csv.md @@ -22,16 +22,16 @@ These are the parameters included in the `merchant_orders.csv` file: | 6 | merchant_order_store | | String | | Name of the store where the order to this merchant was placed. | | 7 | email | | String | | Email of the customer. | | 8 | salutation | | String | | Salutation used with the customer. | -| 9 | first_name | | String | | Customer’s first name. | -| 10 | last_name | | String | | Customer’s last name. | +| 9 | first_name | | String | | Customer's first name. | +| 10 | last_name | | String | | Customer's last name. | | 11 | order_note | | String | | Note added to the order. | | 12 | currency_iso_code | | String | | Indicates the currency used in the order. | | 13 | price_mode | | Enum (NET_MODE, GROSS_MODE) | | Indicates if the order was calculated in a net or gross price mode. | -| 14 | locale_name | | String | | Sales order’s locale used during the checkout. The sales order has a relation to the locale used during the checkout so that the same locale can be used for communication. | +| 14 | locale_name | | String | | Sales order's locale used during the checkout. The sales order has a relation to the locale used during the checkout so that the same locale can be used for communication. | | 15 | billing_address_salutation | | | | Customer salutation used with the billing address. | -| 16 | billing_address_first_name | ✓ | String | | Customer’s first name used in the billing address. | -| 17 | billing_address_last_name | ✓ | String | | Customer’s last name used in the billing address. | -| 18 | billing_address_middle_name | | String | | Customer’s middle name used in the billing address. | +| 16 | billing_address_first_name | ✓ | String | | Customer's first name used in the billing address. | +| 17 | billing_address_last_name | ✓ | String | | Customer's last name used in the billing address. | +| 18 | billing_address_middle_name | | String | | Customer's middle name used in the billing address. | | 19 | billing_address_email | | String | | Email used with the billing address. | | 20 | billing_address_cell_phone | | String | | Cell phone used with the billing address. | | 21 | billing_address_phone | | String | | Phone used with the billing address. | @@ -53,6 +53,6 @@ These are the parameters included in the `merchant_orders.csv` file: | 37 | merchant_order_totals_refund_total | | Number | Original value is multiplied by 100 before it's stored in this field. | Refund total of the order totals for this merchant. | | 38 | merchant_order_totals_subtotal | | Number | Original value is multiplied by 100 before it's stored in this field. | Subtotal of the order totals for this merchant. | | 39 | merchant_order_totals_tax_total | | Number | Original value is multiplied by 100 before it's stored in this field. | Tax total of the order totals for this merchant. | -| 40 | merchant_order_comments | | Object | Comments are presented in a JSON array format: order_comments {% raw %}{{username, message, created_at, updated_at},...}{% endraw %} | Comments added by the customer to the sales order for this merchant. Username may be a different name from the customer’s first, middle, or last name—for example, a nickname. | +| 40 | merchant_order_comments | | Object | Comments are presented in a JSON array format: order_comments {% raw %}{{username, message, created_at, updated_at},...}{% endraw %} | Comments added by the customer to the sales order for this merchant. Username may be a different name from the customer's first, middle, or last name—for example, a nickname. | Check out the [merchant-orders.csv sample file](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Developer+Guide/Development+Guide/Data+Export/merchant-orders.csv). diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-main-merchant-orders.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-main-merchant-orders.md index eab65fab9b6..40b084a5af9 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-main-merchant-orders.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-main-merchant-orders.md @@ -127,11 +127,11 @@ The following table describes the attributes on the **View Order _[Order ID]_** Name - Customer’s name. + Customer's name. Email - Customer’s email address. + Customer's email address. Previous orders count @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ The following table describes the attributes on the **View Order _[Order ID]_** Billing address - Customer’s address used for billing purposes. + Customer's address used for billing purposes. Merchant order items @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ You can set different states for your order by clicking the action buttons. The | MAIN MERCHANT ORDER ITEM STATE | DESCRIPTION | | ----------------------- | --------------------- | | Send to distribution | Choose this state once you receive the payment for the order from your customer. | -| Cancel | Choose this state to cancel the order on the customer’s behalf. | +| Cancel | Choose this state to cancel the order on the customer's behalf. | | Confirm at center | Choose this state when the order is confirmed at the distribution center. | | Ship | Choose this state when the order is shipped to the customer. | | Deliver | Choose this state when the order reached the customer. | @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ You can create a new shipment for one or several merchant order items. To create ### Reference information: Creating a shipment for the main merchant order -The following table describes the attributes you enter and select when creating or editing customer’s shipment details. +The following table describes the attributes you enter and select when creating or editing customer's shipment details. | ATTRIBUTE | DESCRIPTION | REQUIRED | | ----------------------- | ---------------- | ----------- | @@ -241,15 +241,15 @@ The following table describes the attributes you enter and select when creating | First Name | Customer's first name. | ✓ | | Middle name | Customer's middle name. | | | Last name | Customer's last name. | ✓ | -| Email | Customer’s email address. | ✓ | +| Email | Customer's email address. | ✓ | | Country | Drop-down menu with the list of countries to select. | ✓ | | Address 1 | 1st line of the customer's address. | ✓ | | Address 2 | 2nd line of the customer's address. | ✓ | -| Company | Customer’s company name. | | -| City | Customer’s city. | ✓ | +| Company | Customer's company name. | | +| City | Customer's city. | ✓ | | ZIP code | ZIP code. | ✓ | -| Phone | Customer’s phone number. | | -| Cell Phone | Customer’s cell phone number. | | +| Phone | Customer's phone number. | | +| Cell Phone | Customer's cell phone number. | | | Description | Description of the shipping address. | | | Comment | Comment to the shipping address. | | | Shipment method | Drop-down menu with the list of all the available shipment methods in the system. You can select only one. | ✓ | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-marketplace-orders.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-marketplace-orders.md index b5811756533..b67e8cc4a83 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-marketplace-orders.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-marketplace-orders.md @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ All columns with headers having arrows in **List of orders** are sortable. | Customer | | Section with the information about the customer who has submitted the order. | | | Reference | Unique reference of the customer in the system. The reference is clickable and leads to the *[View Customer](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/view-customers.html)* page. | | | Name | Name of the customer. | -| | Email | Customer’s email address. | +| | Email | Customer's email address. | | | Previous orders count | Number of orders the customer has submitted. | | | Billing address | Address that is used for billing purposes. | | Merchant orders | | Section with details about every merchant order with its products and Shipment information. | @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ You can set different states for your order by clicking the action buttons. The | Pay | Click this button once you receive the payment for the order from your customer. | | Picking list generation schedule | Select this state to generate a picklist. Available with the [Fulfillment App](/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/unified-commerce/fulfillment-app-overview.html). | | Prepare for picking | Makes the picklist available in the Fulfillment App. Available with the [Fulfillment App](/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/unified-commerce/fulfillment-app-overview.html). | -| Cancel | Click this button to cancel the order on the customer’s behalf. | +| Cancel | Click this button to cancel the order on the customer's behalf. | | Close | Click this button when your customer has successfully received the ordered items and is satisfied with their quality. | | Refund | Click this button in case of a refund. | | Return | Click this button if the customer returns you either all or several items from the order. | @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ Once a return has been created, it acquires the *Waiting for return* state. You |---|---| | execute-return | Select this state if you accept the return. When triggering this state, the return status is changed to *Returned*. | | refund | Select this state if you have refunded the returned items. When triggering this state, the return status is changed to *Refunded*. | -| cancel-return | You can trigger this state after the *Waiting for return* state. Select this state if either customer changed their mind and doesn’t want to make the return anymore, or you cancel the return because of the return policy, or for other reasons. When triggering this state, the return status is changed to *Canceled*. | +| cancel-return | You can trigger this state after the *Waiting for return* state. Select this state if either customer changed their mind and doesn't want to make the return anymore, or you cancel the return because of the return policy, or for other reasons. When triggering this state, the return status is changed to *Canceled*. | | ship-return | You can trigger this state after the *Cancel* return state. Select this state if you shipped the canceled return back to the customer. The return status is changed to *Shipped to customer*. | | delivery-return | You can trigger this state after the *Shipped to customer*. Select this state if the return has been delivered to the customer. The return status is changed to *Delivered*. | | close | You can trigger this state after the *Delivered* state. Select this state to close the return. The return status is changed to *Closed*. | @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ The **Total** section displays the total amount of items to be returned. |---|---| | Customer reference | Reference of the customer. | | Name | Customer name. | -| Email | Customer’s email address. | +| Email | Customer's email address. | ## Editing a Custom Order Reference for a marketplace order diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/manage-merchant-orders.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/manage-merchant-orders.md index fa1296b4b7d..07e087d4628 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/manage-merchant-orders.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/manage-merchant-orders.md @@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ By default, the last created order goes on top of the table. However, you can so * Marketplace order reference * Merchant order reference * Created date -* Customer’s name -* Customer’s email address +* Customer's name +* Customer's email address * Merchant order grand total * No. of items * Store @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ The following table describes the sections on the ***[Order ID]*** page: |---|---|---| | Details | Overview | Contains the merchant order date, number of products purchased, number of items in the merchant order, and the number of shipments. | | Details | Totals | Contains information about the merchant order totals. | -| Details | Customer | Contains the customer’s name, email, and the number of orders the customer has made from this merchant. | +| Details | Customer | Contains the customer's name, email, and the number of orders the customer has made from this merchant. | | Items | Shipments | Contains information about shipments, such as the number of shipments, delivery address, shipment carrier and delivery method, and the requested date. | | Items | Order Items | Contains information about every item in the merchant order, including:
  • Item SKU
  • Image
  • Name
  • Quantity
  • Current state
  • Merchant SKU (if exists)
  • Offer reference
  • Included product options (if exist)
  • Comment
  • States that can be triggered
| diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-interaction.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-interaction.md index 8971a05400c..e6823412de7 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-interaction.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-interaction.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Merchant State Machine workflow: In this article, we'll look into the process of how Marketplace and merchant state machines interfere and check what statuses are displayed in the Back Office to a Marketplace administrator, in the Merchant Portal to a merchant, and on the Storefront to a buyer. -## Order item’s status progress: New +## Order item's status progress: New The process starts when a customer places an order. The Marketplace order obtains state *New*. ![State: New](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/630bbd7b-66ee-475f-9d79-50a258b994b2.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) @@ -36,10 +36,10 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | N/A | | Customer | Storefront | Confirmed / Accepted | -## Order item’s status progress: Paid +## Order item's status progress: Paid Once the Marketplace administrator receives the payment, the state of the marketplace order item becomes *Paid*. The event could be triggered automatically when the payment was made in the marketplace system, or the payment confirmation is uploaded with data importers or manually in other circumstances. -![Order item’s status progress: Paid](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/98582508-84a7-4fc5-ad6e-73ace5772daa.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) +![Order item's status progress: Paid](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/98582508-84a7-4fc5-ad6e-73ace5772daa.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | N/A | | Customer | Storefront | In Progress | -## Order item’s status progress: Canceled +## Order item's status progress: Canceled After the payment has been made, the customer can still cancel the order during the period outlined by the Marketplace policies. The Marketplace provides the customer with a button on the Storefront to carry out that action. When the customer cancels the order, the state of the marketplace order item becomes *Canceled*. {% info_block infoBox "Note" %} @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ The Marketplace administrator can also cancel the order under exceptional circum -![Order item’s status progress: Canceled](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/d6ceb379-7990-4bf1-b2d4-a46a80230d58.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) +![Order item's status progress: Canceled](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/d6ceb379-7990-4bf1-b2d4-a46a80230d58.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: @@ -71,10 +71,10 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | N/A | | Customer | Storefront | Canceled | -## Order item’s status progress: Refunded +## Order item's status progress: Refunded When the order is canceled after the payment has been made, the Marketplace administrator has to refund the payment for the canceled order to the customer in full or partially. Once the refund has been made, the state of the Marketplace order item becomes *Refunded*. After issuing the refund, the Marketplace policies set time to elapse before the state of the order is automatically transferred to *Closed*. -![Order item’s status progress: Refunded](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/fafabe65-1339-48d7-88b3-b83bf54ccf09.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) +![Order item's status progress: Refunded](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/fafabe65-1339-48d7-88b3-b83bf54ccf09.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: @@ -84,10 +84,10 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | N/A | | Customer | Storefront | Refunded | -## Order item’s status progress: Sent to Merchant -When the system has payment confirmation, it performs the operations to split the marketplace order into one or several merchant orders. The state of the marketplace order item becomes *Sent to Merchant*. The merchant orders are created, and each of the items that they contain shows a state according to each Merchant’s state machine. The first state is *New*. +## Order item's status progress: Sent to Merchant +When the system has payment confirmation, it performs the operations to split the marketplace order into one or several merchant orders. The state of the marketplace order item becomes *Sent to Merchant*. The merchant orders are created, and each of the items that they contain shows a state according to each Merchant's state machine. The first state is *New*. -![Order item’s status progress: Sent to Merchant](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Marketplace/user+guides/Features/Marketplace+Order+Management/sent-to-merchant.png) +![Order item's status progress: Sent to Merchant](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Marketplace/user+guides/Features/Marketplace+Order+Management/sent-to-merchant.png) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: @@ -97,10 +97,10 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | New | | Customer | Storefront | In Progress | -## Order item’s status progress: Canceled by Merchant +## Order item's status progress: Canceled by Merchant Merchant can cancel the order for various reasons. The state of the merchant order item, in this case, will change to *Canceled by Merchant*. The Marketplace administrator also sees the updated state in the Back Office. -![Order item’s status progress: Canceled by Merchant](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/c141bb84-9abe-48c7-8ca4-5ea508435480.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) +![Order item's status progress: Canceled by Merchant](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/c141bb84-9abe-48c7-8ca4-5ea508435480.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: @@ -110,10 +110,10 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | Canceled by Merchant| | Customer | Storefront | Canceled | -## Order item’s status progress: Shipped by Merchant -The merchant ships the item to the customer's address. To input this information on Merchant Portal, the merchant triggers the event manually (the **Shipped** action button) or by importing of the new state via a CSV file. The item’s state on the merchant state machine moves to *Shipped*. The Marketplace administrator also needs to make use of this info. They need to see that the item was also shipped in the Marketplace state machine. +## Order item's status progress: Shipped by Merchant +The merchant ships the item to the customer's address. To input this information on Merchant Portal, the merchant triggers the event manually (the **Shipped** action button) or by importing of the new state via a CSV file. The item's state on the merchant state machine moves to *Shipped*. The Marketplace administrator also needs to make use of this info. They need to see that the item was also shipped in the Marketplace state machine. -![Order Item’s Status Progress: Shipped by Merchant](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/6cea2d2f-1797-47ba-8a99-938aef05fc90.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) +![Order Item's Status Progress: Shipped by Merchant](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/6cea2d2f-1797-47ba-8a99-938aef05fc90.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: @@ -123,10 +123,10 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | Shipped | | Customer | Storefront | Shipped Expected by \ | -## Order item’s status progress: Delivered +## Order item's status progress: Delivered After the shipment, the merchant tracks the delivery with the shipment carrier. When the item is delivered, the carrier notifies the merchant. The merchant triggers the *Deliver* event manually (**Delivered** action button) or automatically by uploading a CSV with the new state to the Merchant Portal. The Marketplace administrator also needs to be aware of this information. The state is also updated on the Marketplace state machine. -![Order item’s status progress: Delivered](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/04b08764-f5c4-4de7-9725-b12557e2ea61.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) +![Order item's status progress: Delivered](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/04b08764-f5c4-4de7-9725-b12557e2ea61.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: @@ -136,10 +136,10 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | Delivered | | Customer | Storefront | Delivered on \ | -## Order item’s status progress: Closed +## Order item's status progress: Closed Marketplace applies a series of policies that let customers return items during a given period of time. When that period expires, the marketplace order item gets the *Closed* state. The Merchant administrator must also be aware of that expiration, and the state closed is also used on the Merchant state machine for the item. -![Order item’s status progress: Closed](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/d4583bab-dda6-4ecc-bd92-94388f5e8710.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) +![Order item's status progress: Closed](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/d4583bab-dda6-4ecc-bd92-94388f5e8710.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview.md index 86635857755..175d15d26ee 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ When a customer places an order on the Marketplace, the *Marketplace order* is c Each Marketplace order has a set of properties such as order number, order summary, payment information, date, state, shipping methods, and others. -For example, let’s consider the case when a customer purchased four items from three different merchants in one order. +For example, let's consider the case when a customer purchased four items from three different merchants in one order. From the customer perspective, the Marketplace order is a single order with products from one or multiple merchants: ![Marketplace order structure](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Marketplace/user+guides/Features/Marketplace+order+management/Marketplace+Order+Management+feature+overview/Marketplace+Order+schema.png) @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ In some cases, because of rounding, the amounts of Marketplace order totals can ## Merchant orders in the Merchant Portal -{% info_block warningBox “Warning” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Warning" %} Do not build the Merchant functionality around Orders, but rather around Merchant Orders. Make sure that Merchants do not modify the order directly, but instead use [MerchantOms](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{page.version}}/marketplace/merchant-oms.html) for this purpose. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-overview.md index d02fb87e1c5..4dbb357818d 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-overview.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ When a customer places an order on the Marketplace, the *Marketplace order* is c Each Marketplace order has a set of properties such as order number, order summary, payment information, date, state, shipping methods, and others. -For example, let’s consider the case when a customer purchased 4 items from 3 different merchants in 1 order. +For example, let's consider the case when a customer purchased 4 items from 3 different merchants in 1 order. From the customer perspective, the Marketplace order is a single order with products from one or multiple merchants: ![Marketplace order structure](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Marketplace/user+guides/Features/Marketplace+order+management/Marketplace+Order+Management+feature+overview/Marketplace+Order+schema.png) diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/datapayload-conversion/state-machine/order-process-modelling-via-state-machines.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/datapayload-conversion/state-machine/order-process-modelling-via-state-machines.md index 1ff3c1807d4..7e6bd2fcf18 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/datapayload-conversion/state-machine/order-process-modelling-via-state-machines.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/datapayload-conversion/state-machine/order-process-modelling-via-state-machines.md @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ The order is being shipped if the payment is successful. You can tailor the State Machine to your needs to trigger certain processes automatically or execute them manually. * Model and visualize the process as a state machine in XML. -* Reusable sub-processes (e.g., return-process)—programmable commands and conditions. +* Reusable sub-processes, such as return-process, programmable commands and conditions. * Events can be triggered manually or fully automated. * Timeouts. @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ For example, a payment subprocess and cancellation subprocess. There are several reasons for introducing subprocesses when modeling a state machine process: * The flow of the process is easier to follow. -* If more than one process needs to be defined (e.g., orders that are being paid before delivery and orders that are paid on delivery), then the common parts of the processes can be extracted into subprocesses and reused. +* If more than one process needs to be defined–for example, orders that are being paid before delivery and orders that are paid on delivery–then the common parts of the processes can be extracted into subprocesses and reused. To introduce a subprocess in the main process, you need to specify it's name under the subprocesses tag as in the following example: @@ -466,5 +466,5 @@ A transition from one state to another can be conditioned: it's possible to make Regarding performance, there are a few things to keep in mind when determining state machine to decrease order creation response time: -* It would be better not to determine any additional attributes for state `new` (e.g., `reserved="true"`) because additional action can increase time costs significantly. +* It would be better not to determine any additional attributes for state `new`, such as `reserved="true"`, because additional action can increase time costs significantly. * To move high time cost operation from handling HTTP-request for order creation to the background, you can use `timeout="1 second"` instead of `onEnter="true"` for the event in transition from the first state of order. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/display-custom-names-for-order-item-states-on-the-storefront.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/display-custom-names-for-order-item-states-on-the-storefront.md index c9b101cd1cb..fc2f516f41e 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/display-custom-names-for-order-item-states-on-the-storefront.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/display-custom-names-for-order-item-states-on-the-storefront.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ For the order items states on the Storefront, it's not always appropriate to dis To display custom order states on the Storefront, do the following: -1. In your project, go to `/config/Zed/oms` and open the .XML file of the payment method or sub-process you want to change the order states on the Storefront for. For example, let’s take the default Spryker [DummyPayment01.xml](https://github.com/spryker-shop/suite/blob/master/config/Zed/oms/DummyPayment01.xml). +1. In your project, go to `/config/Zed/oms` and open the .XML file of the payment method or sub-process you want to change the order states on the Storefront for. For example, let's take the default Spryker [DummyPayment01.xml](https://github.com/spryker-shop/suite/blob/master/config/Zed/oms/DummyPayment01.xml). 2. Specify the `display` value of the necessary state, as you want it on the Storefront. In the following example, the `display` value of the `confirmed` OMS sate is set to `waiting for shipment`: **config/Zed/oms/DummyPayment01.xml** diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/email-invoices-using-bcc.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/email-invoices-using-bcc.md index 0f8cdeaaa61..952ab3e15b1 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/email-invoices-using-bcc.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/email-invoices-using-bcc.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ related: link: docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/page.version/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.html --- -Every time you generate an [invoice for your customer’s orders](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{site.version}}/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.html), it's sent to the customer’s email address. If you also need a copy of the invoice, you can include yourself or your employees to BCC recipients of the emails with the invoices. Since the copy is hidden, when customers receive the email, they do not see other recipients' email addresses. +Every time you generate an [invoice for your customer's orders](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{site.version}}/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.html), it's sent to the customer's email address. If you also need a copy of the invoice, you can include yourself or your employees to BCC recipients of the emails with the invoices. Since the copy is hidden, when customers receive the email, they do not see other recipients' email addresses. {% info_block infoBox "Info" %} @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ namespace Pyz\Zed\SalesInvoice; When configured, this method sends a hidden copy of each invoice to the specified email address. -You can also force sending the additional copies of all generated invoices to customer’s email and to the email addresses specified in the `getOrderInvoiceBCC()` method: +You can also force sending the additional copies of all generated invoices to customer's email and to the email addresses specified in the `getOrderInvoiceBCC()` method: ```bash console order:invoice --force diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-order-status.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-order-status.csv.md index d621a087338..6df6b984e0d 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-order-status.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/import-file-details-order-status.csv.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ This document describes the `order-status.csv` file to configure the update of t When the order item status is updated by importing the CSV file, the corresponding events in a state machine are triggered, and the state gets updated. As an order may contain several order items, the CSV file can have several rows of items for the same order. -`Order_item_reference` can repeat and have different states in the file, for example, in one case, `packed` and then `shipped`. That allows you to update the item through different state machine statuses (for example, `packed` and `shipped`) and avoid errors. If the order item doesn’t follow the existing sequence (the statuses flow in the state machine), the state won’t be updated, and you will get an error. +`Order_item_reference` can repeat and have different states in the file, for example, in one case, `packed` and then `shipped`. That allows you to update the item through different state machine statuses (for example, `packed` and `shipped`) and avoid errors. If the order item doesn't follow the existing sequence (the statuses flow in the state machine), the state won't be updated, and you will get an error. ## Import template file and content example diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-order-items.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-order-items.csv.md index b7f4c5b0c9a..750521954ed 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-order-items.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-order-items.csv.md @@ -58,9 +58,9 @@ These are the header fields included in the `order_items.csv` file: | 39 | shipment_method_name | No | String | | Name of the shipment method. | | 40 | shipment_requested_delivery_date | No | Date | | Requested delivery date of the shipment. | | 41 | shipping_address_salutation | No | String | | Customer salutation used with shipping address. | -| 42 | shipping_address_first_name | No | String | | Customer’s first name used in shipping address. | -| 43 | shipping_address_last_name | No | String | | Customer’s last name used in shipping address. | -| 44 | shipping_address_middle_name | No | String | | Customer’s middle name used in shipping address. | +| 42 | shipping_address_first_name | No | String | | Customer's first name used in shipping address. | +| 43 | shipping_address_last_name | No | String | | Customer's last name used in shipping address. | +| 44 | shipping_address_middle_name | No | String | | Customer's middle name used in shipping address. | | 45 | shipping_address_email | No | String | | E-mail used with shipping address. | | 46 | shipping_address_cell_phone | No | String | | Cell phone used with shipping address. | | 47 | shipping_address_phone | No | String | | Phone used with shipping address. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-orders.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-orders.csv.md index 711186e74e5..db38b743d2e 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-orders.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/orders-data-export/export-file-details-orders.csv.md @@ -26,16 +26,16 @@ These are the header fields included in the `order.csv` file: | 5 | order_store | No | String | | The name of the store where the order was place. | | 6 | email | No | String | | E-mail of the customer. | | 7 | salutation | No | String | | Salutation used with the customer. | -| 8 | first_name | No | String | | Customer’s first name. | -| 9 | last_name | No | String | | Customer’s last name. | +| 8 | first_name | No | String | | Customer's first name. | +| 9 | last_name | No | String | | Customer's last name. | | 10 | order_note | No | String | | Note added to the order. | | 11 | currency_iso_code | No | String | | Indicates the currency used in the order. | | 12 | price_mode | No | Enum (NET_MODE, GROSS_MODE) | | Indicates if the order was calculated in a net or gross price mode. | -| 13 | locale_name | No | String | | Sales order’s locale used during the checkout. The Sales Order has a relation to the Locale which was used during the checkout so that the same locale can be used for communication. | +| 13 | locale_name | No | String | | Sales order's locale used during the checkout. The Sales Order has a relation to the Locale which was used during the checkout so that the same locale can be used for communication. | | 14 | billing_address_salutation | No | ENUM (Mr, Mrs, Dr, Ms) | | Customer salutation used with the billing address. | -| 15 | billing_address_first_name | Yes | String | | Customer’s first name used in the billing address. | -| 16 | billing_address_last_name | Yes | String | | Customer’s last name used in the billing address. | -| 17 | billing_address_middle_name | No | String | | Customer’s middle name used in the billing address. | +| 15 | billing_address_first_name | Yes | String | | Customer's first name used in the billing address. | +| 16 | billing_address_last_name | Yes | String | | Customer's last name used in the billing address. | +| 17 | billing_address_middle_name | No | String | | Customer's middle name used in the billing address. | | 18 | billing_address_email | No | String | | E-mail used with the billing address. | | 19 | billing_address_cell_phone | No | String | | Cell phone used with the billing address. | | 20 | billing_address_phone | No | String | | Phone used with the billing address. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/orders/change-the-state-of-order-items.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/orders/change-the-state-of-order-items.md index 1251c876e16..e014f977307 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/orders/change-the-state-of-order-items.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/orders/change-the-state-of-order-items.md @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ The following table describes the states you can select for order items. | ORDER STATUS | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | Pay | Select this state once you receive the payment for the order from your customer. | -| Cancel | Select this state to cancel the order on the customer’s behalf. | +| Cancel | Select this state to cancel the order on the customer's behalf. | | Skip Timeout | Select this status to end the time period during which the customer can cancel the order. | | Generate invoice | Select this state to generate the invoice and send it to the customer. If invoice BCC is configured for your project, the copy of the invoice will be sent to the specified email address as well. You can trigger the invoice-generate only for the whole order. Even if you selected just some of the order items, the invoice is generated for the whole order.| | Picking list generation schedule | Select this state to generate a picklist. Available with the [Fulfillment App](/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/{{page.version}}/unified-commerce/fulfillment-app-overview.html). | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/orders/view-returns-of-an-order.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/orders/view-returns-of-an-order.md index f1d240faf24..f77df48c5ad 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/orders/view-returns-of-an-order.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/orders/view-returns-of-an-order.md @@ -34,6 +34,6 @@ This section describes the attributes you see when viewing returns of orders. | ATTRIBUTE | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | -| Return reference | Reference number of the return.
The return reference of the **registered users** contains the store, customer ID, and the number of returns made by this customer. For example, DE-35-2 means that the return was made in the DE store by a user with ID 35, and this is the 2nd return of that user.
The return reference of the **guest users** contains the store, G identifier of the guest return, and the number of the return in this store. For example, DE-G3 means that this is the 3rd guest return in the DE store.
You can filter out the guest returns on the list of returns by typing *G* in the search field.
| +| Return reference | Reference number of the return.
The return reference of the **registered users** contains the store, customer ID, and the number of returns made by this customer. For example, DE-35-2 means that the return was made in the DE store by a user with ID 35, and this is the second return of that user.
The return reference of the **guest users** contains the store, G identifier of the guest return, and the number of the return in this store. For example, DE-G3 means that this is the third guest return in the DE store.
You can filter out the guest returns on the list of returns by typing *G* in the search field.
| | Items | Number of items in the return. | | Remuneration total | Total remuneration. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/reclamations/change-the-state-of-order-items-in-reclamations.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/reclamations/change-the-state-of-order-items-in-reclamations.md index 7a722f302ab..81071dd92e8 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/reclamations/change-the-state-of-order-items-in-reclamations.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/reclamations/change-the-state-of-order-items-in-reclamations.md @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The following table describes the states you can select for order items. | ORDER STATUS | DESCRIPTION | | --- | --- | | Pay | Select this state once you receive the payment for the order from your customer. | -| Cancel | Select this state to cancel the order on the customer’s behalf. | +| Cancel | Select this state to cancel the order on the customer's behalf. | | Skip Timeout | Select this status to end the time period during which the customer can cancel the order. | | invoice-generate | Select this state to generate the invoice and send it to the customer. If invoice BCC is configured for your project, the copy of the invoice will be sent to the specified email address as well. You can trigger the invoice-generate only for the whole order. Even if you selected just some of the order items, the invoice is generated for the whole order.| | Ship | Select this state once the order is shipped.| diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/view-the-order-matrix.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/view-the-order-matrix.md index 07458e18fcd..a52277139f3 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/view-the-order-matrix.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/view-the-order-matrix.md @@ -36,6 +36,6 @@ On the **Overview of Order Matrix** page, you see the following information: * The number of items with a specific status. ![Order Matrix](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/User+Guides/Back+Office+User+Guides/Sales/Order+Matrix/order+matrix.png) -The numbers are hyperlinked. If selected, you will be redirected to the **Overview of Orders** page. The table will display only the order(s) that contains the items with the selected status. +The numbers are hyperlinked. If selected, you will be redirected to the **Overview of Orders** page. The table will display only the orders that contains the items with the selected status. For example, you have five items with the **exported** status. On the **Overview of Order Matrix** page, if you click **5**, the **Overview of Orders** page is displayed, filtered by orders with the exported items only. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.md index 7fed682113e..2cf39bbf21d 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirect_from: - /docs/scos/user/features/202204.0/order-management-feature-overview/invoice-generation-overview.html --- -Invoices can be generated and sent to customer’s email every time they place an order in the shop. +Invoices can be generated and sent to customer's email every time they place an order in the shop. {% info_block infoBox "Info" %} diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/oms-order-management-system-matrix.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/oms-order-management-system-matrix.md index a54c4dd7e4f..ad2c14ef24c 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/oms-order-management-system-matrix.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/oms-order-management-system-matrix.md @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ The goal of continuous process improvement is to enter a cycle of redesign, exec ## Sales order processing in the ecommerce world -Processes in the ecommerce world have the potential to be highly automated. That means that the different tasks are executed in the IT landscape. Often spanning different IT systems. Creation of sales order in a shop system, fulfillment with the help of fulfillment provider, finance, and controlling in an ERP system. To actively manage these processes, an understanding of the implemented processes is needed as well as a possibility to measure their performance. During my time as a consultant, we did often archeology projects, as I used to call them. To understand the current implementation we had to analyze the code. Documentation was typically only maintained until the mid of a project. Process performance indicators were nearly always missing. Only indirect measurements were possible. This is not a good basis for continuous improvement. If you don’t know where you are, you can't tell where to go next. +Processes in the ecommerce world have the potential to be highly automated. That means that the different tasks are executed in the IT landscape. Often spanning different IT systems. Creation of sales order in a shop system, fulfillment with the help of fulfillment provider, finance, and controlling in an ERP system. To actively manage these processes, an understanding of the implemented processes is needed as well as a possibility to measure their performance. During my time as a consultant, we did often archeology projects, as I used to call them. To understand the current implementation we had to analyze the code. Documentation was typically only maintained until the mid of a project. Process performance indicators were nearly always missing. Only indirect measurements were possible. This is not a good basis for continuous improvement. If you don't know where you are, you can't tell where to go next. At the same time processes are highly individual. If you sell concert tickets, music, or other digital products, you need totally different processes than someone who sells physical goods. And if you have a make-to-order process installed, it looks different again. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/order-cancellation-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/order-cancellation-overview.md index 61dbf43c6fb..d043a0c764b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/order-cancellation-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/order-cancellation-overview.md @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ redirect_from: - /docs/scos/user/features/202204.0/order-management-feature-overview/order-cancellation-overview.html --- -Order cancellation makes the shopping experience of B2B and B2C shoppers more flexible by allowing them to cancel their orders within a defined time period. Also, it optimizes the workflow of sales and customer service by allowing them to cancel orders on customers’ behalf in the Back Office. +Order cancellation makes the shopping experience of B2B and B2C shoppers more flexible by allowing them to cancel their orders within a defined time period. Also, it optimizes the workflow of sales and customer service by allowing them to cancel orders on customers' behalf in the Back Office. For example, a customer changes their mind about an item in an order they have placed. Instead of contacting customer service, they can cancel the order and place a new one with the needed items. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/collectai.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/collectai.md index 880a9e2e020..f9493afa9b5 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/collectai.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/collectai.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ redirect_from: Digital accounts receivable management based on AI collection services -collectAI is a software platform providing digitised, AI-based payments and collection services to manage accounts receivables. Covering the end-to-end process from e-invoicing and payment reminder to debt collection it flexibly optimises the goals of collection rates, costs and customer retention. In addition, the company offers payment links as well as business process outsourcing services. It uses digital communication channels and payment solutions for a frictionless checkout process. With its proprietary technology, collectAI fundamentally improves the customer experience, putting the needs and behaviour of the end consumer to the centre of the service. collectAI, founded in 2016, is part of Germany’s largest e-commerce retailer, the Otto Group. +collectAI is a software platform providing digitised, AI-based payments and collection services to manage accounts receivables. Covering the end-to-end process from e-invoicing and payment reminder to debt collection it flexibly optimises the goals of collection rates, costs and customer retention. In addition, the company offers payment links as well as business process outsourcing services. It uses digital communication channels and payment solutions for a frictionless checkout process. With its proprietary technology, collectAI fundamentally improves the customer experience, putting the needs and behaviour of the end consumer to the centre of the service. collectAI, founded in 2016, is part of Germany's largest e-commerce retailer, the Otto Group. YOUR ADVANTAGES: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/nekom-cc-gmbh.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/nekom-cc-gmbh.md index 7ce0c5f11eb..cd04fb6c269 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/nekom-cc-gmbh.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/nekom-cc-gmbh.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ redirect_from: Scaleable Omnichannel for high-growth brands -NEKOM is an Austrian platform provider for eCommerce services and multichannel processes. The system is completely modularly programmed and can therefore quickly react to your requirements and those of the market. NEKOM also provides the modules as Micro Services. These Microservices are easy and fast to integrate and extend the existing feature set of online shops without large implementation projects and costs. NEKOM’s goal is to provide retailers the best tools to be successful on- and offline. +NEKOM is an Austrian platform provider for eCommerce services and multichannel processes. The system is completely modularly programmed and can therefore quickly react to your requirements and those of the market. NEKOM also provides the modules as Micro Services. These Microservices are easy and fast to integrate and extend the existing feature set of online shops without large implementation projects and costs. NEKOM's goal is to provide retailers the best tools to be successful on- and offline. YOUR ADVANATAGES: * Short Time2Market - in 4 weeks to the first orders diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/tradebyte.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/tradebyte.md index 6cb0e3e09de..8934cea8349 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/tradebyte.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/tradebyte.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Tradebyte operates a modern ecosystem for digital commerce and offers SaaS solut YOUR ADVANATAGES: * The Tradebyte ecosystem provides answers to the challenges of the digital transformation in commerce and enables the seamless interconnection of manufacturers, traders and retailers in the digital supply chain. -* Consistent and standardised exchange formats and transmission paths – supported end-to- end by Tradebyte – enable a fully-automatic and always synchronous data flow. +* Consistent and standardised exchange formats and transmission paths – supported end-to- end by Tradebyte – enable a fully automatic and always synchronous data flow. * Highly-scalable SaaS solutions building on the modern ecosystem, provide the necessary functions out-of-the-box. * The Tradebyte ecosystem overcomes barriers and saves resources with a short time-to-market. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-order-items.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-order-items.csv.md index 57bc0c1c133..7b1da5a3544 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-order-items.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-order-items.csv.md @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@ These are the header fields included in the `merchant_order_items.csv` file: | 40 | shipment_method_name | | String | | Name of the shipment method. | | 41 | shipment_requested_delivery_date | | Date | | Requested delivery date of the shipment. | | 42 | shipping_address_salutation | | String | | Customer salutation used with shipping address. | -| 43 | shipping_address_first_name | | | | Customer’s first name used in the shipping address. | -| 44 | shipping_address_last_name | | String | | Customer’s last name used in the shipping address. | -| 45 | shipping_address_middle_name | | String | | Customer’s middle name used in the shipping address. | +| 43 | shipping_address_first_name | | | | Customer's first name used in the shipping address. | +| 44 | shipping_address_last_name | | String | | Customer's last name used in the shipping address. | +| 45 | shipping_address_middle_name | | String | | Customer's middle name used in the shipping address. | | 46 | shipping_address_email | | String | | Email used with shipping address. | | 47 | shipping_address_cell_phone | | String | | Cell phone used with shipping address. | | 48 | shipping_address_phone | | String | | Phone used with the shipping address. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-orders.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-orders.csv.md index a43b343b669..7946601b635 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-orders.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/import-and-export-data/export-file-details-merchant-orders.csv.md @@ -22,16 +22,16 @@ These are the parameters included in the `merchant_orders.csv` file: | 6 | merchant_order_store | | String | | Name of the store where the order to this merchant was placed. | | 7 | email | | String | | Email of the customer. | | 8 | salutation | | String | | Salutation used with the customer. | -| 9 | first_name | | String | | Customer’s first name. | -| 10 | last_name | | String | | Customer’s last name. | +| 9 | first_name | | String | | Customer's first name. | +| 10 | last_name | | String | | Customer's last name. | | 11 | order_note | | String | | Note added to the order. | | 12 | currency_iso_code | | String | | Indicates the currency used in the order. | | 13 | price_mode | | Enum (NET_MODE, GROSS_MODE) | | Indicates if the order was calculated in a net or gross price mode. | -| 14 | locale_name | | String | | Sales order’s locale used during the checkout. The sales order has a relation to the locale used during the checkout so that the same locale can be used for communication. | +| 14 | locale_name | | String | | Sales order's locale used during the checkout. The sales order has a relation to the locale used during the checkout so that the same locale can be used for communication. | | 15 | billing_address_salutation | | | | Customer salutation used with the billing address. | -| 16 | billing_address_first_name | ✓ | String | | Customer’s first name used in the billing address. | -| 17 | billing_address_last_name | ✓ | String | | Customer’s last name used in the billing address. | -| 18 | billing_address_middle_name | | String | | Customer’s middle name used in the billing address. | +| 16 | billing_address_first_name | ✓ | String | | Customer's first name used in the billing address. | +| 17 | billing_address_last_name | ✓ | String | | Customer's last name used in the billing address. | +| 18 | billing_address_middle_name | | String | | Customer's middle name used in the billing address. | | 19 | billing_address_email | | String | | Email used with the billing address. | | 20 | billing_address_cell_phone | | String | | Cell phone used with the billing address. | | 21 | billing_address_phone | | String | | Phone used with the billing address. | @@ -53,6 +53,6 @@ These are the parameters included in the `merchant_orders.csv` file: | 37 | merchant_order_totals_refund_total | | Number | Original value is multiplied by 100 before it's stored in this field. | Refund total of the order totals for this merchant. | | 38 | merchant_order_totals_subtotal | | Number | Original value is multiplied by 100 before it's stored in this field. | Subtotal of the order totals for this merchant. | | 39 | merchant_order_totals_tax_total | | Number | Original value is multiplied by 100 before it's stored in this field. | Tax total of the order totals for this merchant. | -| 40 | merchant_order_comments | | Object | Comments are presented in a JSON array format: order_comments {% raw %}{{username, message, created_at, updated_at},...}{% endraw %} | Comments added by the customer to the sales order for this merchant. Username may be a different name from the customer’s first, middle, or last name—for example, a nickname. | +| 40 | merchant_order_comments | | Object | Comments are presented in a JSON array format: order_comments {% raw %}{{username, message, created_at, updated_at},...}{% endraw %} | Comments added by the customer to the sales order for this merchant. Username may be a different name from the customer's first, middle, or last name—for example, a nickname. | Check out the [merchant-orders.csv sample file](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Developer+Guide/Development+Guide/Data+Export/merchant-orders.csv). diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-main-merchant-orders.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-main-merchant-orders.md index eab65fab9b6..40b084a5af9 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-main-merchant-orders.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-main-merchant-orders.md @@ -127,11 +127,11 @@ The following table describes the attributes on the **View Order _[Order ID]_** Name - Customer’s name. + Customer's name. Email - Customer’s email address. + Customer's email address. Previous orders count @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ The following table describes the attributes on the **View Order _[Order ID]_** Billing address - Customer’s address used for billing purposes. + Customer's address used for billing purposes. Merchant order items @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ You can set different states for your order by clicking the action buttons. The | MAIN MERCHANT ORDER ITEM STATE | DESCRIPTION | | ----------------------- | --------------------- | | Send to distribution | Choose this state once you receive the payment for the order from your customer. | -| Cancel | Choose this state to cancel the order on the customer’s behalf. | +| Cancel | Choose this state to cancel the order on the customer's behalf. | | Confirm at center | Choose this state when the order is confirmed at the distribution center. | | Ship | Choose this state when the order is shipped to the customer. | | Deliver | Choose this state when the order reached the customer. | @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ You can create a new shipment for one or several merchant order items. To create ### Reference information: Creating a shipment for the main merchant order -The following table describes the attributes you enter and select when creating or editing customer’s shipment details. +The following table describes the attributes you enter and select when creating or editing customer's shipment details. | ATTRIBUTE | DESCRIPTION | REQUIRED | | ----------------------- | ---------------- | ----------- | @@ -241,15 +241,15 @@ The following table describes the attributes you enter and select when creating | First Name | Customer's first name. | ✓ | | Middle name | Customer's middle name. | | | Last name | Customer's last name. | ✓ | -| Email | Customer’s email address. | ✓ | +| Email | Customer's email address. | ✓ | | Country | Drop-down menu with the list of countries to select. | ✓ | | Address 1 | 1st line of the customer's address. | ✓ | | Address 2 | 2nd line of the customer's address. | ✓ | -| Company | Customer’s company name. | | -| City | Customer’s city. | ✓ | +| Company | Customer's company name. | | +| City | Customer's city. | ✓ | | ZIP code | ZIP code. | ✓ | -| Phone | Customer’s phone number. | | -| Cell Phone | Customer’s cell phone number. | | +| Phone | Customer's phone number. | | +| Cell Phone | Customer's cell phone number. | | | Description | Description of the shipping address. | | | Comment | Comment to the shipping address. | | | Shipment method | Drop-down menu with the list of all the available shipment methods in the system. You can select only one. | ✓ | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-marketplace-orders.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-marketplace-orders.md index b5811756533..b67e8cc4a83 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-marketplace-orders.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-back-office/manage-marketplace-orders.md @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ All columns with headers having arrows in **List of orders** are sortable. | Customer | | Section with the information about the customer who has submitted the order. | | | Reference | Unique reference of the customer in the system. The reference is clickable and leads to the *[View Customer](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/customers/view-customers.html)* page. | | | Name | Name of the customer. | -| | Email | Customer’s email address. | +| | Email | Customer's email address. | | | Previous orders count | Number of orders the customer has submitted. | | | Billing address | Address that is used for billing purposes. | | Merchant orders | | Section with details about every merchant order with its products and Shipment information. | @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ You can set different states for your order by clicking the action buttons. The | Pay | Click this button once you receive the payment for the order from your customer. | | Picking list generation schedule | Select this state to generate a picklist. Available with the [Fulfillment App](/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/unified-commerce/fulfillment-app-overview.html). | | Prepare for picking | Makes the picklist available in the Fulfillment App. Available with the [Fulfillment App](/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/unified-commerce/fulfillment-app-overview.html). | -| Cancel | Click this button to cancel the order on the customer’s behalf. | +| Cancel | Click this button to cancel the order on the customer's behalf. | | Close | Click this button when your customer has successfully received the ordered items and is satisfied with their quality. | | Refund | Click this button in case of a refund. | | Return | Click this button if the customer returns you either all or several items from the order. | @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ Once a return has been created, it acquires the *Waiting for return* state. You |---|---| | execute-return | Select this state if you accept the return. When triggering this state, the return status is changed to *Returned*. | | refund | Select this state if you have refunded the returned items. When triggering this state, the return status is changed to *Refunded*. | -| cancel-return | You can trigger this state after the *Waiting for return* state. Select this state if either customer changed their mind and doesn’t want to make the return anymore, or you cancel the return because of the return policy, or for other reasons. When triggering this state, the return status is changed to *Canceled*. | +| cancel-return | You can trigger this state after the *Waiting for return* state. Select this state if either customer changed their mind and doesn't want to make the return anymore, or you cancel the return because of the return policy, or for other reasons. When triggering this state, the return status is changed to *Canceled*. | | ship-return | You can trigger this state after the *Cancel* return state. Select this state if you shipped the canceled return back to the customer. The return status is changed to *Shipped to customer*. | | delivery-return | You can trigger this state after the *Shipped to customer*. Select this state if the return has been delivered to the customer. The return status is changed to *Delivered*. | | close | You can trigger this state after the *Delivered* state. Select this state to close the return. The return status is changed to *Closed*. | @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ The **Total** section displays the total amount of items to be returned. |---|---| | Customer reference | Reference of the customer. | | Name | Customer name. | -| Email | Customer’s email address. | +| Email | Customer's email address. | ## Editing a Custom Order Reference for a marketplace order diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/manage-merchant-orders.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/manage-merchant-orders.md index fa1296b4b7d..07e087d4628 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/manage-merchant-orders.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/manage-merchant-orders.md @@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ By default, the last created order goes on top of the table. However, you can so * Marketplace order reference * Merchant order reference * Created date -* Customer’s name -* Customer’s email address +* Customer's name +* Customer's email address * Merchant order grand total * No. of items * Store @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ The following table describes the sections on the ***[Order ID]*** page: |---|---|---| | Details | Overview | Contains the merchant order date, number of products purchased, number of items in the merchant order, and the number of shipments. | | Details | Totals | Contains information about the merchant order totals. | -| Details | Customer | Contains the customer’s name, email, and the number of orders the customer has made from this merchant. | +| Details | Customer | Contains the customer's name, email, and the number of orders the customer has made from this merchant. | | Items | Shipments | Contains information about shipments, such as the number of shipments, delivery address, shipment carrier and delivery method, and the requested date. | | Items | Order Items | Contains information about every item in the merchant order, including:
  • Item SKU
  • Image
  • Name
  • Quantity
  • Current state
  • Merchant SKU (if exists)
  • Offer reference
  • Included product options (if exist)
  • Comment
  • States that can be triggered
| diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-interaction.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-interaction.md index 8971a05400c..d12a735c1eb 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-interaction.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-overview/marketplace-and-merchant-state-machines-interaction.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Merchant State Machine workflow: In this article, we'll look into the process of how Marketplace and merchant state machines interfere and check what statuses are displayed in the Back Office to a Marketplace administrator, in the Merchant Portal to a merchant, and on the Storefront to a buyer. -## Order item’s status progress: New +## Order item's status progress: New The process starts when a customer places an order. The Marketplace order obtains state *New*. ![State: New](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/630bbd7b-66ee-475f-9d79-50a258b994b2.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) @@ -36,10 +36,10 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | N/A | | Customer | Storefront | Confirmed / Accepted | -## Order item’s status progress: Paid +## Order item's status progress: Paid Once the Marketplace administrator receives the payment, the state of the marketplace order item becomes *Paid*. The event could be triggered automatically when the payment was made in the marketplace system, or the payment confirmation is uploaded with data importers or manually in other circumstances. -![Order item’s status progress: Paid](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/98582508-84a7-4fc5-ad6e-73ace5772daa.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) +![Order item's status progress: Paid](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/98582508-84a7-4fc5-ad6e-73ace5772daa.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | N/A | | Customer | Storefront | In Progress | -## Order item’s status progress: Canceled +## Order item's status progress: Canceled After the payment has been made, the customer can still cancel the order during the period outlined by the Marketplace policies. The Marketplace provides the customer with a button on the Storefront to carry out that action. When the customer cancels the order, the state of the marketplace order item becomes *Canceled*. {% info_block infoBox "Note" %} @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ The Marketplace administrator can also cancel the order under exceptional circum -![Order item’s status progress: Canceled](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/d6ceb379-7990-4bf1-b2d4-a46a80230d58.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) +![Order item's status progress: Canceled](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/d6ceb379-7990-4bf1-b2d4-a46a80230d58.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: @@ -71,10 +71,10 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | N/A | | Customer | Storefront | Canceled | -## Order item’s status progress: Refunded +## Order item's status progress: Refunded When the order is canceled after the payment has been made, the Marketplace administrator has to refund the payment for the canceled order to the customer in full or partially. Once the refund has been made, the state of the Marketplace order item becomes *Refunded*. After issuing the refund, the Marketplace policies set time to elapse before the state of the order is automatically transferred to *Closed*. -![Order item’s status progress: Refunded](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/fafabe65-1339-48d7-88b3-b83bf54ccf09.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) +![Order item's status progress: Refunded](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/fafabe65-1339-48d7-88b3-b83bf54ccf09.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: @@ -84,10 +84,10 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | N/A | | Customer | Storefront | Refunded | -## Order item’s status progress: Sent to Merchant +## Order item's status progress: Sent to Merchant When the system has payment confirmation, it performs the operations to split the marketplace order into one or several merchant orders. The state of the marketplace order item becomes *Sent to Merchant*. The merchant orders are created, and each of the items that they contain shows a state according to each Merchant’s state machine. The first state is *New*. -![Order item’s status progress: Sent to Merchant](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Marketplace/user+guides/Features/Marketplace+Order+Management/sent-to-merchant.png) +![Order item's status progress: Sent to Merchant](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Marketplace/user+guides/Features/Marketplace+Order+Management/sent-to-merchant.png) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: @@ -97,10 +97,10 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | New | | Customer | Storefront | In Progress | -## Order item’s status progress: Canceled by Merchant +## Order item's status progress: Canceled by Merchant Merchant can cancel the order for various reasons. The state of the merchant order item, in this case, will change to *Canceled by Merchant*. The Marketplace administrator also sees the updated state in the Back Office. -![Order item’s status progress: Canceled by Merchant](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/c141bb84-9abe-48c7-8ca4-5ea508435480.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) +![Order item's status progress: Canceled by Merchant](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/c141bb84-9abe-48c7-8ca4-5ea508435480.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: @@ -110,10 +110,10 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | Canceled by Merchant| | Customer | Storefront | Canceled | -## Order item’s status progress: Shipped by Merchant -The merchant ships the item to the customer's address. To input this information on Merchant Portal, the merchant triggers the event manually (the **Shipped** action button) or by importing of the new state via a CSV file. The item’s state on the merchant state machine moves to *Shipped*. The Marketplace administrator also needs to make use of this info. They need to see that the item was also shipped in the Marketplace state machine. +## Order item's status progress: Shipped by Merchant +The merchant ships the item to the customer's address. To input this information on Merchant Portal, the merchant triggers the event manually (the **Shipped** action button) or by importing of the new state via a CSV file. The item's state on the merchant state machine moves to *Shipped*. The Marketplace administrator also needs to make use of this info. They need to see that the item was also shipped in the Marketplace state machine. -![Order Item’s Status Progress: Shipped by Merchant](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/6cea2d2f-1797-47ba-8a99-938aef05fc90.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) +![Order item's Status Progress: Shipped by Merchant](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/6cea2d2f-1797-47ba-8a99-938aef05fc90.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: @@ -123,10 +123,10 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | Shipped | | Customer | Storefront | Shipped Expected by \ | -## Order item’s status progress: Delivered +## Order item's status progress: Delivered After the shipment, the merchant tracks the delivery with the shipment carrier. When the item is delivered, the carrier notifies the merchant. The merchant triggers the *Deliver* event manually (**Delivered** action button) or automatically by uploading a CSV with the new state to the Merchant Portal. The Marketplace administrator also needs to be aware of this information. The state is also updated on the Marketplace state machine. -![Order item’s status progress: Delivered](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/04b08764-f5c4-4de7-9725-b12557e2ea61.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) +![Order item's status progress: Delivered](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/04b08764-f5c4-4de7-9725-b12557e2ea61.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: @@ -136,10 +136,10 @@ The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at t | Merchant | Merchant Portal | Delivered | | Customer | Storefront | Delivered on \ | -## Order item’s status progress: Closed +## Order item's status progress: Closed Marketplace applies a series of policies that let customers return items during a given period of time. When that period expires, the marketplace order item gets the *Closed* state. The Merchant administrator must also be aware of that expiration, and the state closed is also used on the Merchant state machine for the item. -![Order item’s status progress: Closed](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/d4583bab-dda6-4ecc-bd92-94388f5e8710.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) +![Order item's status progress: Closed](https://confluence-connect.gliffy.net/embed/image/d4583bab-dda6-4ecc-bd92-94388f5e8710.png?utm_medium=live&utm_source=custom) The following table provides an overview of the statuses that are displayed at this step: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview.md index 1d718726786..e876fc3ac6b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ When a customer places an order on the Marketplace, the *Marketplace order* is c Each Marketplace order has a set of properties such as order number, order summary, payment information, date, state, shipping methods, and others. -For example, let’s consider the case when a customer purchased four items from three different merchants in one order. +For example, let's consider the case when a customer purchased four items from three different merchants in one order. From the customer perspective, the Marketplace order is a single order with products from one or multiple merchants: ![Marketplace order structure](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Marketplace/user+guides/Features/Marketplace+order+management/Marketplace+Order+Management+feature+overview/Marketplace+Order+schema.png) @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ In some cases, because of rounding, the amounts of Marketplace order totals can ## Merchant orders in the Merchant Portal -{% info_block warningBox “Warning” %} +{% info_block warningBox "Warning" %} Do not build the Merchant functionality around Orders, but rather around Merchant Orders. Make sure that Merchants do not modify the order directly, but instead use [MerchantOms](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{page.version}}/marketplace/merchant-oms.html) for this purpose. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-overview.md index dc08f8a704f..110bfd56b28 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/marketplace-order-management-feature-overview/marketplace-order-overview.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ When a customer places an order on the Marketplace, the *Marketplace order* is c Each Marketplace order has a set of properties such as order number, order summary, payment information, date, state, shipping methods, and others. -For example, let’s consider the case when a customer purchased 4 items from 3 different merchants in 1 order. +For example, let's consider the case when a customer purchased 4 items from 3 different merchants in 1 order. From the customer perspective, the Marketplace order is a single order with products from one or multiple merchants: ![Marketplace order structure](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Marketplace/user+guides/Features/Marketplace+order+management/Marketplace+Order+Management+feature+overview/Marketplace+Order+schema.png) diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/debug-payment-integrations-locally.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/debug-payment-integrations-locally.md index 9d3646735f3..b00727e7639 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/debug-payment-integrations-locally.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/debug-payment-integrations-locally.md @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ redirect_from: --- Unlike [cloud](/docs/ca/dev/getting-started-with-cloud-administration.html) environments, local development environments let you debug your application using your IDE. This document shows how to debug most payment integrations locally to ensure that your integration works before deploying it. -Most payment integrations rely on a push notification to send feedback to requests made by your application. Normally, these push notifications would never reach your local development environment because the payment provider would not be able to resolve its DNS name. You can use tools like NGROK to set up a publicly available reverse proxy that gives you a publicly reachable URL that you can add to the configuration on your payment provider’s management console. +Most payment integrations rely on a push notification to send feedback to requests made by your application. Normally, these push notifications would never reach your local development environment because the payment provider would not be able to resolve its DNS name. You can use tools like NGROK to set up a publicly available reverse proxy that gives you a publicly reachable URL that you can add to the configuration on your payment provider's management console. ## Prerequisites * Read access to your code base. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/amazon-pay/amazon-pay.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/amazon-pay/amazon-pay.md index 29448f18f46..665d091b489 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/amazon-pay/amazon-pay.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/amazon-pay/amazon-pay.md @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ redirect_from: related: - title: Obtaining an Amazon Order Reference and information about shipping addresses link: docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/page.version/base-shop/third-party-integrations/amazon-pay/obtain-an-amazon-order-reference-and-information-about-shipping-addresses.html - - title: Amazon Pay - Rendering a “Pay with Amazon” Button on the Cart Page + - title: Amazon Pay - Rendering a "Pay with Amazon" Button on the Cart Page - title: Configuring Amazon Pay link: docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/page.version/base-shop/third-party-integrations/amazon-pay/configure-amazon-pay.html - title: Handling orders with Amazon Pay API diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/billie.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/billie.md index f09201ca4bc..d355c1de14b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/billie.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/billie.md @@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ redirect_from: B2B-PayAfterDelivery for the 21st century -Billie is Germany’s innovative online-only provider of flexible working capital solutions. Whether it's our award-wining, 100% digital factoring platform or our B2B-PayAfterDelivery solution for online stores: +Billie is Germany's innovative online-only provider of flexible working capital solutions. Whether it's our award-wining, 100% digital factoring platform or our B2B-PayAfterDelivery solution for online stores: Aspiring start-ups, established SMEs and world-leading hidden champions all trust in Billie when it comes to fast, reliable and simple liquidity provision. Focus fully on your core business — Billie takes care of your debtor management, provides a white-label dunning & collection process and includes full protection against payment defaults. -Offer your business customers their preferred payment option, fully integrated into your online store’s checkout process: easily integrate our B2B-PayAfterDelivery module and experience dramatically improved conversion rates by allowing your customers to pay by invoice. Experience reliable payouts to your bank account on the next business day. +Offer your business customers their preferred payment option, fully integrated into your online store's checkout process: easily integrate our B2B-PayAfterDelivery module and experience dramatically improved conversion rates by allowing your customers to pay by invoice. Experience reliable payouts to your bank account on the next business day. YOUR ADVANTAGES: * Fully automated PayAfterDelivery module for your B2B-eCommerce store diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/computop/computop.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/computop/computop.md index 7841c228d02..7905c17daca 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/computop/computop.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/computop/computop.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ related: ## Partner Information -[Computop](https://www.computop.com/de/) is a leading international Payment Service Provider that enables merchants and white label customers to process global multichannel payments. Computop’s state of the art and wholly owned payment platform Computop Paygate offers seamless solutions for mobile, online and in store payment transactions. All transactions processed by Computop Paygate are secure as our platform is PCI certified. +[Computop](https://www.computop.com/de/) is a leading international Payment Service Provider that enables merchants and white label customers to process global multichannel payments. Computop's state of the art and wholly owned payment platform Computop Paygate offers seamless solutions for mobile, online and in store payment transactions. All transactions processed by Computop Paygate are secure as our platform is PCI certified. Computop offers a global payment management solution that is connected to over 350 payment methods and acquirer connections worldwide, customizable fraud prevention, tokenization and other value added services like currency conversion and debt management that result in secure transaction processing and higher conversion rates. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/crefopay/crefopay-notifications.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/crefopay/crefopay-notifications.md index 9c66fc69a46..6aea2cb2f05 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/crefopay/crefopay-notifications.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/crefopay/crefopay-notifications.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ redirect_from: - /docs/scos/dev/technology-partner-guides/202204.0/payment-partners/crefopay/crefopay-notifications.html --- -Merchant Notification System (MNS) is a push notification service for merchants. The MNS allows merchants to receive a multitude of notifications asynchronously in order to decouple the merchant system from CrefoPay’s payment systems. Also, with the MNS, merchants can react to any kind of change in the payment status of processed transactions. +Merchant Notification System (MNS) is a push notification service for merchants. The MNS allows merchants to receive a multitude of notifications asynchronously in order to decouple the merchant system from CrefoPay's payment systems. Also, with the MNS, merchants can react to any kind of change in the payment status of processed transactions. Notification calls will be targeted at the notification-URL that is configured for the shop. Multiple notification-URLs may be configured for a single shop. This allows merchants to inform more than one system, for example shop system and ERP system. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/heidelpay/integrate-payment-methods-for-heidelpay/integrate-the-invoice-secured-b2c-payment-method-for-heidelpay.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/heidelpay/integrate-payment-methods-for-heidelpay/integrate-the-invoice-secured-b2c-payment-method-for-heidelpay.md index 2eaf783c4ba..2fa4cddd3ec 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/heidelpay/integrate-payment-methods-for-heidelpay/integrate-the-invoice-secured-b2c-payment-method-for-heidelpay.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/heidelpay/integrate-payment-methods-for-heidelpay/integrate-the-invoice-secured-b2c-payment-method-for-heidelpay.md @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ $config[SalesConstants::PAYMENT_METHOD_STATEMACHINE_MAPPING] = [ ``` ## Notifications -Heidelpay InvoiceSecuredB2C payment method uses push notifications to inform the shop about the results of the transaction. An HTTP post request sends a push notification to a shop URL. The push notification contains the transaction response in XML format with all necessary data related to payment and transaction type. Headers of the HTTP request contain information about timestamp when the notification was sent and the number of retries. The body of the HTTP POST request includes the XML response of the reported transaction. There is no additional parameter encoding available; it's posted raw "text/xml". To confirm the notification, the shop server must reply with the HTTP status code "200". All other HTTP status codes are considered as an error, and a resend of the notification. Delivery is repeated up to 30 times if the merchant's server has not responded with HTTP status code "200“. The periods between the trials are increasing. +Heidelpay InvoiceSecuredB2C payment method uses push notifications to inform the shop about the results of the transaction. An HTTP post request sends a push notification to a shop URL. The push notification contains the transaction response in XML format with all necessary data related to payment and transaction type. Headers of the HTTP request contain information about timestamp when the notification was sent and the number of retries. The body of the HTTP POST request includes the XML response of the reported transaction. There is no additional parameter encoding available; it's posted raw "text/xml". To confirm the notification, the shop server must reply with the HTTP status code "200". All other HTTP status codes are considered as an error, and a resend of the notification. Delivery is repeated up to 30 times if the merchant's server has not responded with HTTP status code "200". The periods between the trials are increasing. Notification URL for your website is `http://mysprykershop.com/heidelpay/notification`. It should be set up on Heidelpay's side with the help of Heidelpay support team. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/payone/app-composition-platform-integration/payone-acp-app.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/payone/app-composition-platform-integration/payone-acp-app.md index 87bc01f18c4..375358245a2 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/payone/app-composition-platform-integration/payone-acp-app.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/payone/app-composition-platform-integration/payone-acp-app.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ You can have multiple accounts with Payone. For example, you can have different For the *Payone Credit Card* payment method, we support the following modes: -- *Preauthorization and Capture*: After a customer entered the credit card details during the checkout, the seller preauthorizes or reserves the payable amount on the customer’s credit card. As soon as the items have shipped, this amount is captured. Capture kicks off the process of moving money from the customer’s credit card to the seller’s account. The preauthorization and capture mode is the best choice for physical goods. It ensures that in case the ordered items are not available anymore or the customer cancels the order before it's shipped, the seller does not have to transfer the money back to the customer's account and thereby avoids a chargeback. +- *Preauthorization and Capture*: After a customer entered the credit card details during the checkout, the seller preauthorizes or reserves the payable amount on the customer's credit card. As soon as the items have shipped, this amount is captured. Capture kicks off the process of moving money from the customer's credit card to the seller's account. The preauthorization and capture mode is the best choice for physical goods. It ensures that in case the ordered items are not available anymore or the customer cancels the order before it's shipped, the seller does not have to transfer the money back to the customer's account and thereby avoids a chargeback. - *3DS*: Messaging protocol that enables consumer authentication with their card issuer when making online purchases. - *PCI DSS Compliance via SAQ A*: A set of security standards designed to ensure that you accept, process, and transmit credit card information in a secure environment. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/ratenkauf-by-easycredit/ratenkauf-by-easycredit.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/ratenkauf-by-easycredit/ratenkauf-by-easycredit.md index 43af18ca266..3f1595827f3 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/ratenkauf-by-easycredit/ratenkauf-by-easycredit.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/ratenkauf-by-easycredit/ratenkauf-by-easycredit.md @@ -19,9 +19,9 @@ related: [ABOUT RATENKAUF](https://www.easycredit-ratenkauf.de/) -Germany’s easiest installment purchase solution ratenkauf by easyCredit's the first payment option to offer a simple and standardized solution for e-commerce and for the point of sale. +Germany's easiest installment purchase solution ratenkauf by easyCredit's the first payment option to offer a simple and standardized solution for e-commerce and for the point of sale. -TeamBank, with its easyCredit product family, is the liquidity management specialist in the Volksbanken Raiffeisenbanken cooperative financial network. Its ‘ratenkauf by easyCredit’ product is the first installment purchase solution that combines a simple and uniformly designed installment purchase function both for e-commerce and for a physical point of sale. Customers can make their ratenkauf by easyCredit installment purchase in just three steps. No paperwork, immediate approval, and complete flexibility throughout. Simple. Fair. +TeamBank, with its easyCredit product family, is the liquidity management specialist in the Volksbanken Raiffeisenbanken cooperative financial network. Its ‘ratenkauf by easyCredit' product is the first installment purchase solution that combines a simple and uniformly designed installment purchase function both for e-commerce and for a physical point of sale. Customers can make their ratenkauf by easyCredit installment purchase in just three steps. No paperwork, immediate approval, and complete flexibility throughout. Simple. Fair. YOUR ADVANTAGES: * Revenue booster: more revenue because of higher purchase amounts. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/stripe/stripe.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/stripe/stripe.md index 33455fea507..9b974712c98 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/stripe/stripe.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/stripe/stripe.md @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ The Stripe App has limited or no support for the following features: - Payment authorization timeout: There is currently a one day timeout for authorizing payments. Payment methods, like bank transfers, which are not authorized within this timeframe, will experience a timeout. We recommend extending the timeout from one day to seven days. - Multi-capture: Partial capture of payment for order items. - Payments can be properly canceled only from the the Back Office and not from the Stripe Dashboard. -- Payments can’t be partially canceled. We create one payment intent per order and it can either be authorized or fully cancelled. +- Payments can't be partially canceled. We create one payment intent per order and it can either be authorized or fully cancelled. - When you cancel an item on the order details page, all order items are canceled. ## Next step diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/debug-payment-integrations-locally.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/debug-payment-integrations-locally.md index 9d3646735f3..b00727e7639 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/debug-payment-integrations-locally.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/debug-payment-integrations-locally.md @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ redirect_from: --- Unlike [cloud](/docs/ca/dev/getting-started-with-cloud-administration.html) environments, local development environments let you debug your application using your IDE. This document shows how to debug most payment integrations locally to ensure that your integration works before deploying it. -Most payment integrations rely on a push notification to send feedback to requests made by your application. Normally, these push notifications would never reach your local development environment because the payment provider would not be able to resolve its DNS name. You can use tools like NGROK to set up a publicly available reverse proxy that gives you a publicly reachable URL that you can add to the configuration on your payment provider’s management console. +Most payment integrations rely on a push notification to send feedback to requests made by your application. Normally, these push notifications would never reach your local development environment because the payment provider would not be able to resolve its DNS name. You can use tools like NGROK to set up a publicly available reverse proxy that gives you a publicly reachable URL that you can add to the configuration on your payment provider's management console. ## Prerequisites * Read access to your code base. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/amazon-pay/amazon-pay.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/amazon-pay/amazon-pay.md index 29448f18f46..665d091b489 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/amazon-pay/amazon-pay.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/amazon-pay/amazon-pay.md @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ redirect_from: related: - title: Obtaining an Amazon Order Reference and information about shipping addresses link: docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/page.version/base-shop/third-party-integrations/amazon-pay/obtain-an-amazon-order-reference-and-information-about-shipping-addresses.html - - title: Amazon Pay - Rendering a “Pay with Amazon” Button on the Cart Page + - title: Amazon Pay - Rendering a "Pay with Amazon" Button on the Cart Page - title: Configuring Amazon Pay link: docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/page.version/base-shop/third-party-integrations/amazon-pay/configure-amazon-pay.html - title: Handling orders with Amazon Pay API diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/billie.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/billie.md index f09201ca4bc..d355c1de14b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/billie.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/billie.md @@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ redirect_from: B2B-PayAfterDelivery for the 21st century -Billie is Germany’s innovative online-only provider of flexible working capital solutions. Whether it's our award-wining, 100% digital factoring platform or our B2B-PayAfterDelivery solution for online stores: +Billie is Germany's innovative online-only provider of flexible working capital solutions. Whether it's our award-wining, 100% digital factoring platform or our B2B-PayAfterDelivery solution for online stores: Aspiring start-ups, established SMEs and world-leading hidden champions all trust in Billie when it comes to fast, reliable and simple liquidity provision. Focus fully on your core business — Billie takes care of your debtor management, provides a white-label dunning & collection process and includes full protection against payment defaults. -Offer your business customers their preferred payment option, fully integrated into your online store’s checkout process: easily integrate our B2B-PayAfterDelivery module and experience dramatically improved conversion rates by allowing your customers to pay by invoice. Experience reliable payouts to your bank account on the next business day. +Offer your business customers their preferred payment option, fully integrated into your online store's checkout process: easily integrate our B2B-PayAfterDelivery module and experience dramatically improved conversion rates by allowing your customers to pay by invoice. Experience reliable payouts to your bank account on the next business day. YOUR ADVANTAGES: * Fully automated PayAfterDelivery module for your B2B-eCommerce store diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/computop/computop.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/computop/computop.md index 7841c228d02..7905c17daca 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/computop/computop.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/computop/computop.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ related: ## Partner Information -[Computop](https://www.computop.com/de/) is a leading international Payment Service Provider that enables merchants and white label customers to process global multichannel payments. Computop’s state of the art and wholly owned payment platform Computop Paygate offers seamless solutions for mobile, online and in store payment transactions. All transactions processed by Computop Paygate are secure as our platform is PCI certified. +[Computop](https://www.computop.com/de/) is a leading international Payment Service Provider that enables merchants and white label customers to process global multichannel payments. Computop's state of the art and wholly owned payment platform Computop Paygate offers seamless solutions for mobile, online and in store payment transactions. All transactions processed by Computop Paygate are secure as our platform is PCI certified. Computop offers a global payment management solution that is connected to over 350 payment methods and acquirer connections worldwide, customizable fraud prevention, tokenization and other value added services like currency conversion and debt management that result in secure transaction processing and higher conversion rates. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/crefopay/crefopay-notifications.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/crefopay/crefopay-notifications.md index 9c66fc69a46..6aea2cb2f05 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/crefopay/crefopay-notifications.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/crefopay/crefopay-notifications.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ redirect_from: - /docs/scos/dev/technology-partner-guides/202204.0/payment-partners/crefopay/crefopay-notifications.html --- -Merchant Notification System (MNS) is a push notification service for merchants. The MNS allows merchants to receive a multitude of notifications asynchronously in order to decouple the merchant system from CrefoPay’s payment systems. Also, with the MNS, merchants can react to any kind of change in the payment status of processed transactions. +Merchant Notification System (MNS) is a push notification service for merchants. The MNS allows merchants to receive a multitude of notifications asynchronously in order to decouple the merchant system from CrefoPay's payment systems. Also, with the MNS, merchants can react to any kind of change in the payment status of processed transactions. Notification calls will be targeted at the notification-URL that is configured for the shop. Multiple notification-URLs may be configured for a single shop. This allows merchants to inform more than one system, for example shop system and ERP system. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/heidelpay/integrate-payment-methods-for-heidelpay/integrate-the-invoice-secured-b2c-payment-method-for-heidelpay.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/heidelpay/integrate-payment-methods-for-heidelpay/integrate-the-invoice-secured-b2c-payment-method-for-heidelpay.md index 2eaf783c4ba..2fa4cddd3ec 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/heidelpay/integrate-payment-methods-for-heidelpay/integrate-the-invoice-secured-b2c-payment-method-for-heidelpay.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/heidelpay/integrate-payment-methods-for-heidelpay/integrate-the-invoice-secured-b2c-payment-method-for-heidelpay.md @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ $config[SalesConstants::PAYMENT_METHOD_STATEMACHINE_MAPPING] = [ ``` ## Notifications -Heidelpay InvoiceSecuredB2C payment method uses push notifications to inform the shop about the results of the transaction. An HTTP post request sends a push notification to a shop URL. The push notification contains the transaction response in XML format with all necessary data related to payment and transaction type. Headers of the HTTP request contain information about timestamp when the notification was sent and the number of retries. The body of the HTTP POST request includes the XML response of the reported transaction. There is no additional parameter encoding available; it's posted raw "text/xml". To confirm the notification, the shop server must reply with the HTTP status code "200". All other HTTP status codes are considered as an error, and a resend of the notification. Delivery is repeated up to 30 times if the merchant's server has not responded with HTTP status code "200“. The periods between the trials are increasing. +Heidelpay InvoiceSecuredB2C payment method uses push notifications to inform the shop about the results of the transaction. An HTTP post request sends a push notification to a shop URL. The push notification contains the transaction response in XML format with all necessary data related to payment and transaction type. Headers of the HTTP request contain information about timestamp when the notification was sent and the number of retries. The body of the HTTP POST request includes the XML response of the reported transaction. There is no additional parameter encoding available; it's posted raw "text/xml". To confirm the notification, the shop server must reply with the HTTP status code "200". All other HTTP status codes are considered as an error, and a resend of the notification. Delivery is repeated up to 30 times if the merchant's server has not responded with HTTP status code "200". The periods between the trials are increasing. Notification URL for your website is `http://mysprykershop.com/heidelpay/notification`. It should be set up on Heidelpay's side with the help of Heidelpay support team. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/payone/app-composition-platform-integration/payone-acp-app.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/payone/app-composition-platform-integration/payone-acp-app.md index 443c956b95c..95a54e74b13 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/payone/app-composition-platform-integration/payone-acp-app.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/payone/app-composition-platform-integration/payone-acp-app.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ The Payone App supports the B2B and B2C business models and the following paymen For the *Payone Credit Card* payment method, the following modes are supported: -- *Preauthorization and Capture*: After a customer entered the credit card details during the checkout, the seller preauthorizes or reserves the payable amount on the customer’s credit card. As soon as the items have shipped, this amount is captured. Capture kicks off the process of moving money from the customer’s credit card to the seller’s account. The preauthorization and capture mode is the best choice for physical goods. It ensures that in case the ordered items are not available anymore or the customer cancels the order before it's shipped, the seller does not have to transfer the money back to the customer's account and thereby avoids a chargeback. +- *Preauthorization and Capture*: After a customer entered the credit card details during the checkout, the seller preauthorizes or reserves the payable amount on the customer's credit card. As soon as the items have shipped, this amount is captured. Capture kicks off the process of moving money from the customer's credit card to the seller's account. The preauthorization and capture mode is the best choice for physical goods. It ensures that in case the ordered items are not available anymore or the customer cancels the order before it's shipped, the seller does not have to transfer the money back to the customer's account and thereby avoids a chargeback. - *3DS*: Messaging protocol that enables consumer authentication with their card issuer when making online purchases. - *PCI DSS Compliance via SAQ A*: A set of security standards designed to ensure that you accept, process, and transmit credit card information in a secure environment. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/ratenkauf-by-easycredit/ratenkauf-by-easycredit.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/ratenkauf-by-easycredit/ratenkauf-by-easycredit.md index 43af18ca266..3f1595827f3 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/ratenkauf-by-easycredit/ratenkauf-by-easycredit.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/ratenkauf-by-easycredit/ratenkauf-by-easycredit.md @@ -19,9 +19,9 @@ related: [ABOUT RATENKAUF](https://www.easycredit-ratenkauf.de/) -Germany’s easiest installment purchase solution ratenkauf by easyCredit's the first payment option to offer a simple and standardized solution for e-commerce and for the point of sale. +Germany's easiest installment purchase solution ratenkauf by easyCredit's the first payment option to offer a simple and standardized solution for e-commerce and for the point of sale. -TeamBank, with its easyCredit product family, is the liquidity management specialist in the Volksbanken Raiffeisenbanken cooperative financial network. Its ‘ratenkauf by easyCredit’ product is the first installment purchase solution that combines a simple and uniformly designed installment purchase function both for e-commerce and for a physical point of sale. Customers can make their ratenkauf by easyCredit installment purchase in just three steps. No paperwork, immediate approval, and complete flexibility throughout. Simple. Fair. +TeamBank, with its easyCredit product family, is the liquidity management specialist in the Volksbanken Raiffeisenbanken cooperative financial network. Its ‘ratenkauf by easyCredit' product is the first installment purchase solution that combines a simple and uniformly designed installment purchase function both for e-commerce and for a physical point of sale. Customers can make their ratenkauf by easyCredit installment purchase in just three steps. No paperwork, immediate approval, and complete flexibility throughout. Simple. Fair. YOUR ADVANTAGES: * Revenue booster: more revenue because of higher purchase amounts. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/stripe/stripe.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/stripe/stripe.md index 40894b1ae86..78e7e77de01 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/stripe/stripe.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/stripe/stripe.md @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ However, our team only tested the following payment methods: ## Current limitations -* The Stripe App has limited or no support for multi-capture. Partial capture of payment for orders with multiple items isn't covered. So, payments can’t be partially canceled. One payment intent is created per order, and the payment for the order can either be authorized, captured, or cancelled from Stripe's side. +* The Stripe App has limited or no support for multi-capture. Partial capture of payment for orders with multiple items isn't covered. So, payments can't be partially canceled. One payment intent is created per order, and the payment for the order can either be authorized, captured, or cancelled from Stripe's side. * Payments can be properly canceled only from the the Back Office and not from the Stripe Dashboard. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/debug-payment-integrations-locally.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/debug-payment-integrations-locally.md index 9d3646735f3..b00727e7639 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/debug-payment-integrations-locally.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/debug-payment-integrations-locally.md @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ redirect_from: --- Unlike [cloud](/docs/ca/dev/getting-started-with-cloud-administration.html) environments, local development environments let you debug your application using your IDE. This document shows how to debug most payment integrations locally to ensure that your integration works before deploying it. -Most payment integrations rely on a push notification to send feedback to requests made by your application. Normally, these push notifications would never reach your local development environment because the payment provider would not be able to resolve its DNS name. You can use tools like NGROK to set up a publicly available reverse proxy that gives you a publicly reachable URL that you can add to the configuration on your payment provider’s management console. +Most payment integrations rely on a push notification to send feedback to requests made by your application. Normally, these push notifications would never reach your local development environment because the payment provider would not be able to resolve its DNS name. You can use tools like NGROK to set up a publicly available reverse proxy that gives you a publicly reachable URL that you can add to the configuration on your payment provider's management console. ## Prerequisites * Read access to your code base. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/amazon-pay/amazon-pay.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/amazon-pay/amazon-pay.md index 29448f18f46..665d091b489 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/amazon-pay/amazon-pay.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/amazon-pay/amazon-pay.md @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ redirect_from: related: - title: Obtaining an Amazon Order Reference and information about shipping addresses link: docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/page.version/base-shop/third-party-integrations/amazon-pay/obtain-an-amazon-order-reference-and-information-about-shipping-addresses.html - - title: Amazon Pay - Rendering a “Pay with Amazon” Button on the Cart Page + - title: Amazon Pay - Rendering a "Pay with Amazon" Button on the Cart Page - title: Configuring Amazon Pay link: docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/page.version/base-shop/third-party-integrations/amazon-pay/configure-amazon-pay.html - title: Handling orders with Amazon Pay API diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/billie.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/billie.md index af750037316..ea99c8fecae 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/billie.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/billie.md @@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ redirect_from: B2B-PayAfterDelivery for the 21st century -Billie is Germany’s innovative online-only provider of flexible working capital solutions. Whether it's our award-wining, 100% digital factoring platform or our B2B-PayAfterDelivery solution for online stores: +Billie is Germany's innovative online-only provider of flexible working capital solutions. Whether it's our award-wining, 100% digital factoring platform or our B2B-PayAfterDelivery solution for online stores: Aspiring start-ups, established SMEs and world-leading hidden champions all trust in Billie when it comes to fast, reliable and simple liquidity provision. Focus fully on your core business — Billie takes care of your debtor management, provides a white-label dunning & collection process and includes full protection against payment defaults. -Offer your business customers their preferred payment option, fully integrated into your online store’s checkout process: easily integrate our B2B-PayAfterDelivery module and experience dramatically improved conversion rates by allowing your customers to pay by invoice. Experience reliable payouts to your bank account on the next business day. +Offer your business customers their preferred payment option, fully integrated into your online store's checkout process: easily integrate our B2B-PayAfterDelivery module and experience dramatically improved conversion rates by allowing your customers to pay by invoice. Experience reliable payouts to your bank account on the next business day. YOUR ADVANTAGES: * Fully automated PayAfterDelivery module for your B2B-eCommerce store diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/computop/computop.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/computop/computop.md index 7841c228d02..7905c17daca 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/computop/computop.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/computop/computop.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ related: ## Partner Information -[Computop](https://www.computop.com/de/) is a leading international Payment Service Provider that enables merchants and white label customers to process global multichannel payments. Computop’s state of the art and wholly owned payment platform Computop Paygate offers seamless solutions for mobile, online and in store payment transactions. All transactions processed by Computop Paygate are secure as our platform is PCI certified. +[Computop](https://www.computop.com/de/) is a leading international Payment Service Provider that enables merchants and white label customers to process global multichannel payments. Computop's state of the art and wholly owned payment platform Computop Paygate offers seamless solutions for mobile, online and in store payment transactions. All transactions processed by Computop Paygate are secure as our platform is PCI certified. Computop offers a global payment management solution that is connected to over 350 payment methods and acquirer connections worldwide, customizable fraud prevention, tokenization and other value added services like currency conversion and debt management that result in secure transaction processing and higher conversion rates. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/crefopay/crefopay-notifications.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/crefopay/crefopay-notifications.md index 9c66fc69a46..6aea2cb2f05 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/crefopay/crefopay-notifications.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/crefopay/crefopay-notifications.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ redirect_from: - /docs/scos/dev/technology-partner-guides/202204.0/payment-partners/crefopay/crefopay-notifications.html --- -Merchant Notification System (MNS) is a push notification service for merchants. The MNS allows merchants to receive a multitude of notifications asynchronously in order to decouple the merchant system from CrefoPay’s payment systems. Also, with the MNS, merchants can react to any kind of change in the payment status of processed transactions. +Merchant Notification System (MNS) is a push notification service for merchants. The MNS allows merchants to receive a multitude of notifications asynchronously in order to decouple the merchant system from CrefoPay's payment systems. Also, with the MNS, merchants can react to any kind of change in the payment status of processed transactions. Notification calls will be targeted at the notification-URL that is configured for the shop. Multiple notification-URLs may be configured for a single shop. This allows merchants to inform more than one system, for example shop system and ERP system. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/heidelpay/integrate-payment-methods-for-heidelpay/integrate-the-invoice-secured-b2c-payment-method-for-heidelpay.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/heidelpay/integrate-payment-methods-for-heidelpay/integrate-the-invoice-secured-b2c-payment-method-for-heidelpay.md index 2eaf783c4ba..2fa4cddd3ec 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/heidelpay/integrate-payment-methods-for-heidelpay/integrate-the-invoice-secured-b2c-payment-method-for-heidelpay.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/heidelpay/integrate-payment-methods-for-heidelpay/integrate-the-invoice-secured-b2c-payment-method-for-heidelpay.md @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ $config[SalesConstants::PAYMENT_METHOD_STATEMACHINE_MAPPING] = [ ``` ## Notifications -Heidelpay InvoiceSecuredB2C payment method uses push notifications to inform the shop about the results of the transaction. An HTTP post request sends a push notification to a shop URL. The push notification contains the transaction response in XML format with all necessary data related to payment and transaction type. Headers of the HTTP request contain information about timestamp when the notification was sent and the number of retries. The body of the HTTP POST request includes the XML response of the reported transaction. There is no additional parameter encoding available; it's posted raw "text/xml". To confirm the notification, the shop server must reply with the HTTP status code "200". All other HTTP status codes are considered as an error, and a resend of the notification. Delivery is repeated up to 30 times if the merchant's server has not responded with HTTP status code "200“. The periods between the trials are increasing. +Heidelpay InvoiceSecuredB2C payment method uses push notifications to inform the shop about the results of the transaction. An HTTP post request sends a push notification to a shop URL. The push notification contains the transaction response in XML format with all necessary data related to payment and transaction type. Headers of the HTTP request contain information about timestamp when the notification was sent and the number of retries. The body of the HTTP POST request includes the XML response of the reported transaction. There is no additional parameter encoding available; it's posted raw "text/xml". To confirm the notification, the shop server must reply with the HTTP status code "200". All other HTTP status codes are considered as an error, and a resend of the notification. Delivery is repeated up to 30 times if the merchant's server has not responded with HTTP status code "200". The periods between the trials are increasing. Notification URL for your website is `http://mysprykershop.com/heidelpay/notification`. It should be set up on Heidelpay's side with the help of Heidelpay support team. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/payone/app-composition-platform-integration/payone-acp-app.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/payone/app-composition-platform-integration/payone-acp-app.md index e854a66546d..60972abe819 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/payone/app-composition-platform-integration/payone-acp-app.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/payone/app-composition-platform-integration/payone-acp-app.md @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ The Payone App supports the B2B and B2C business models and the following paymen For the *Payone Credit Card* payment method, the following modes are supported: -- *Preauthorization and Capture*: After a customer entered the credit card details during the checkout, the seller preauthorizes or reserves the payable amount on the customer’s credit card. As soon as the items have shipped, this amount is captured. Capture kicks off the process of moving money from the customer’s credit card to the seller’s account. The preauthorization and capture mode is the best choice for physical goods. It ensures that in case the ordered items are not available anymore or the customer cancels the order before it's shipped, the seller does not have to transfer the money back to the customer's account and thereby avoids a chargeback. +- *Preauthorization and Capture*: After a customer entered the credit card details during the checkout, the seller preauthorizes or reserves the payable amount on the customer's credit card. As soon as the items have shipped, this amount is captured. Capture kicks off the process of moving money from the customer's credit card to the seller's account. The preauthorization and capture mode is the best choice for physical goods. It ensures that in case the ordered items are not available anymore or the customer cancels the order before it's shipped, the seller does not have to transfer the money back to the customer's account and thereby avoids a chargeback. - *3DS*: Messaging protocol that enables consumer authentication with their card issuer when making online purchases. - *PCI DSS Compliance via SAQ A*: A set of security standards designed to ensure that you accept, process, and transmit credit card information in a secure environment. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/ratenkauf-by-easycredit/ratenkauf-by-easycredit.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/ratenkauf-by-easycredit/ratenkauf-by-easycredit.md index 43af18ca266..3f1595827f3 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/ratenkauf-by-easycredit/ratenkauf-by-easycredit.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/ratenkauf-by-easycredit/ratenkauf-by-easycredit.md @@ -19,9 +19,9 @@ related: [ABOUT RATENKAUF](https://www.easycredit-ratenkauf.de/) -Germany’s easiest installment purchase solution ratenkauf by easyCredit's the first payment option to offer a simple and standardized solution for e-commerce and for the point of sale. +Germany's easiest installment purchase solution ratenkauf by easyCredit's the first payment option to offer a simple and standardized solution for e-commerce and for the point of sale. -TeamBank, with its easyCredit product family, is the liquidity management specialist in the Volksbanken Raiffeisenbanken cooperative financial network. Its ‘ratenkauf by easyCredit’ product is the first installment purchase solution that combines a simple and uniformly designed installment purchase function both for e-commerce and for a physical point of sale. Customers can make their ratenkauf by easyCredit installment purchase in just three steps. No paperwork, immediate approval, and complete flexibility throughout. Simple. Fair. +TeamBank, with its easyCredit product family, is the liquidity management specialist in the Volksbanken Raiffeisenbanken cooperative financial network. Its ‘ratenkauf by easyCredit' product is the first installment purchase solution that combines a simple and uniformly designed installment purchase function both for e-commerce and for a physical point of sale. Customers can make their ratenkauf by easyCredit installment purchase in just three steps. No paperwork, immediate approval, and complete flexibility throughout. Simple. Fair. YOUR ADVANTAGES: * Revenue booster: more revenue because of higher purchase amounts. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/stripe/stripe.md b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/stripe/stripe.md index ac8add16777..554f668dcb8 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/stripe/stripe.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/stripe/stripe.md @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ However, our team only tested the following payment methods: ## Current limitations -* The Stripe App has limited or no support for multi-capture. Partial capture of payment for orders with multiple items isn't covered. So, payments can’t be partially canceled. One payment intent is created per order, and the payment for the order can either be authorized, captured, or cancelled from Stripe's side. +* The Stripe App has limited or no support for multi-capture. Partial capture of payment for orders with multiple items isn't covered. So, payments can't be partially canceled. One payment intent is created per order, and the payment for the order can either be authorized, captured, or cancelled from Stripe's side. * Payments can be properly canceled only from the the Back Office and not from the Stripe Dashboard. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/pbc.md b/docs/pbc/all/pbc.md index 270e09a40e3..0c31eeccae0 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/pbc.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/pbc.md @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ This section is in beta because not all the PBCs are covered. Marketplace functi | [Carrier Management](/docs/pbc/all/carrier-management/{{site.version}}/carrier-management.html) | The Spryker Cloud Commerce OS integrates with several shipping carriers and methods and lets you define their availability, price, and tax set. During the checkout process, customers have the option to select their preferred shipment method and relevant carrier. | Ensures quick and cost-effective delivery. | | [Cart and Checkout](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{site.version}}/cart-and-checkout.html) | The online shopping cart and checkout process act as a gateway for customer and order management. It lets your customers organize and manage their purchases, apply vouchers and coupon codes. Based on their roles and permissions, your B2B customers can add or remove products, share the cart, and manage their purchases. | Increases conversion rates and reduces drop-off rates. Offers additional B2B specific, permission-related functionalities. | | [Content Management System (CMS)](/docs/pbc/all/content-management-system/{{site.version}}/content-management-system.html) | The CMS features let you customize your store, enrich it with information, stories, or other content, and make it easily findable in search engines. Several SEO features enable you to add customized meta information to all your content and create search engine-friendly URLs. | Provides compelling content and stories where your customers need it. | -| [Customer Relationship Management (CRM)](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{site.version}}/customer-relationship-management.html) | The customer management tool lets B2B and B2C businesses manage customer accounts and efficiently monitor shopping habits. It provides your B2B Customers with a way to map their business hierarchies, permissions, and role management. With the creation of distinctive Business Units, the internal hierarchy can easily be mapped out, and each Unit can operate independently. The Roles and Permissions System lets your customer’s buyers define the purchase and approval process. | Increases conversion rates and average order values with a compact Customer Relationship Management tool. | -| [Data Exchange](/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/{{site.version}}/data-exchange.html) | You can import your business logic and data, including product information, customer base, categories, and more, into the Spryker Cloud Commerce OS. You can use the out-of-the-box functionality “export data” as a generic blueprint for any data set that you need to export. | Lets you import and export specific data points quickly and easily. | +| [Customer Relationship Management (CRM)](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{site.version}}/customer-relationship-management.html) | The customer management tool lets B2B and B2C businesses manage customer accounts and efficiently monitor shopping habits. It provides your B2B Customers with a way to map their business hierarchies, permissions, and role management. With the creation of distinctive Business Units, the internal hierarchy can easily be mapped out, and each Unit can operate independently. The Roles and Permissions System lets your customer's buyers define the purchase and approval process. | Increases conversion rates and average order values with a compact Customer Relationship Management tool. | +| [Data Exchange](/docs/pbc/all/data-exchange/{{site.version}}/data-exchange.html) | You can import your business logic and data, including product information, customer base, categories, and more, into the Spryker Cloud Commerce OS. You can use the out-of-the-box export data functionality as a generic blueprint for any data set that you need to export. | Lets you import and export specific data points quickly and easily. | | [Discount Management](/docs/pbc/all/discount-management/{{site.version}}/discount-management.html) | You can define several types of discounts based on a brand, the overall cart value, specific product ranges, or unique customer groups. You can also offer discount vouchers or incentivize certain products through coupon codes. | Lets you run effective promotional campaigns to boost conversion rates. | | [Dynamic Multistore](/docs/pbc/all/dynamic-multistore/{{site.version}}/dynamic-multistore.html) | Manage stores in the Back Office | Make changes to your stores setup quickly and easily. | | [Emails](/docs/pbc/all/emails/{{site.version}}/emails.html) | You can send automated account e-mails and confirmations or offer different types of newsletter subscriptions. | Keep in touch with your customers. | @@ -38,21 +38,21 @@ This section is in beta because not all the PBCs are covered. Marketplace functi | [Identity Access Management (IAM)](/docs/pbc/all/identity-access-management/{{site.version}}/identity-access-management.html) | Enables the creation of new accounts for end customers and B2B customers. It also allows users to define password settings and utilize multi-login blockers for security purposes. Moreover, a third-party access management function is integrated. | Allows for quick and easy authorization and authentication of customers | | [Merchant Management](/docs/pbc/all/merchant-management/{{site.version}}/merchant-management.html) | For efficient Merchant Management, two parts are important. One, the overview and management on the Operator side, like approvals, edits, etc. And two, the self-service management of the Merchants, where they can take care of their daily business, like order or product management. | Gives you an overview of all your Merchants' activities. | | Miscellaneous | This category holds the documents that are not related to any PBC. | | -| [Offer Management](/docs/pbc/all/offer-management/{{site.version}}/offer-management.html) | Lets your Merchants create Offers on existing products in your Marketplace. By doing so, duplicates in the product catalog can be avoided and the management of Merchants, Products, and Offers becomes much more convenient. | Saves time because of a good overview of Merchant’s Offers. | +| [Offer Management](/docs/pbc/all/offer-management/{{site.version}}/offer-management.html) | Lets your Merchants create Offers on existing products in your Marketplace. By doing so, duplicates in the product catalog can be avoided and the management of Merchants, Products, and Offers becomes much more convenient. | Saves time because of a good overview of Merchant's Offers. | | [Order Management System (OMS)](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{site.version}}/order-management-system.html) | Helps you keep track of your order processing from your B2B, B2C, or Marketplace, and ensure quick fulfillment. You can manage incoming orders in the Back Office, view and edit orders, track their progress, or contact customers who make open orders directly. With the compact Order Management features, you can keep your order processing running smoothly. | Lets you pProcess orders smoothly to fulfill them quickly. | -| [Payment Service Provider (PSP)](/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/{{site.version}}/payment-service-provider.html) | Provides integration of payment methods. You can integrate multiple payment gateways, define their availability, and customize how they appear on your site. | Lets you provide an excellent shopping experience and integrate your customers’ preferred payment methods. | -| [Price Management](/docs/pbc/all/price-management/{{site.version}}/price-management.html) | The Spryker Cloud Commerce OS supports multiple currencies and automatically detects the payment currency based on a customer’s preference. You can manage gross and net prices per product and per country. You can also offer volume discounts to encourage customers to purchase products in larger quantities. | Saves you time by letting you implement your pricing strategy in one place and catering it to your business needs. | +| [Payment Service Provider (PSP)](/docs/pbc/all/payment-service-provider/{{site.version}}/payment-service-provider.html) | Provides integration of payment methods. You can integrate multiple payment gateways, define their availability, and customize how they appear on your site. | Lets you provide an excellent shopping experience and integrate your customers' preferred payment methods. | +| [Price Management](/docs/pbc/all/price-management/{{site.version}}/price-management.html) | The Spryker Cloud Commerce OS supports multiple currencies and automatically detects the payment currency based on a customer's preference. You can manage gross and net prices per product and per country. You can also offer volume discounts to encourage customers to purchase products in larger quantities. | Saves you time by letting you implement your pricing strategy in one place and catering it to your business needs. | | [Product Information Management (PIM)](/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/{{site.version}}/product-information-management.html) | Encompasses all functionality that is needed to set up your product catalog. With PIM, you can create and extend the product catalog to match your business needs. | Helps you expand your business by organizing your products in a fast and efficient way. | | [Product Relationship Management](/docs/pbc/all/product-relationship-management/{{site.version}}/product-relationship-management.html) | Helps you enhance your shop with cross- and up-selling capabilities to increase sales. | Increases average order values with product relations. | | [Ratings and Reviews](/docs/pbc/all/ratings-reviews/{{site.version}}/ratings-and-reviews.html) | Lets you incorporate user reviews and ratings. You can receive and moderate feedback in the Back Office. The Ratings and Reviews feature also comes with the functionality to add text-free reviews and star ratings. | Inspires trust among customers with ratings and reviews. | | [Request for Quote (RFQ)](/docs/pbc/all/request-for-quote/{{site.version}}/request-for-quote.html) | Your customers can request a quote for products and services that you sell. The Request for Quote feature supports all functionalities of the price engine and product capabilities, such as Volume Prices, Customer Specific Prices, Measuring and Packaging units, Shipping costs, Product Options, etc. | Enhances customer loyalty and increase conversion rates. | | [Return Management](/docs/pbc/all/return-management/{{site.version}}/marketplace/marketplace-return-management-feature-overview.html) | Lets you establish a return policy and execute returns. | Increase customer satisfaction and loyalty. | -| [Search](/docs/pbc/all/search/{{site.version}}/base-shop/search-feature-overview/search-feature-overview.html) | The out-of-the-box Elasticsearch technology lets you include full-text search, auto-suggestions, and auto-completion. You can set individual search preferences for multiple stores and categorize your products by adding dynamic filters and facets to help your customers further refine the search results. You can also add more advanced filters that use the product’s metadata or promote a brand’s top-sellers or highly rated products. | Helps you increase conversion rates by providing an excellent Search and Filter experience. | +| [Search](/docs/pbc/all/search/{{site.version}}/base-shop/search-feature-overview/search-feature-overview.html) | The out-of-the-box Elasticsearch technology lets you include full-text search, auto-suggestions, and auto-completion. You can set individual search preferences for multiple stores and categorize your products by adding dynamic filters and facets to help your customers further refine the search results. You can also add more advanced filters that use the product's metadata or promote a brand's top-sellers or highly rated products. | Helps you increase conversion rates by providing an excellent Search and Filter experience. | | [Service Points Management](/docs/pbc/all/service-point-management/{{site.version}}/service-point-management.html) | Set up offline service points where customers can interact with your business. | Creates touch points to connect a shop with offline locations. | | [Shopping List and Wishlist](/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/{{site.version}}/shopping-list-and-wishlist.html) | Your B2B customers can save the products they wish to purchase, in shopping lists. Different roles and permission systems ensure smooth sharing and contribution management amongst company users. This PBC encompasses additional features like printing, barcode generation, and direct-to-cart. Enabling your B2C customers to track and save the products they wish to purchase through a wish list function effectively reduces cart abandonment, boosts your sales, and allows you to keep track of which products are of interest to your customers. | Lets you increase conversion rates and loyalty by offering rich Shopping and B2B Wish Lists. | | [Tax Management](/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/{{site.version}}/tax-management.html) | Lets you adhere to respective tax regulations in the countries you sell by configuring and managing tax rates for products, shipments, and additional services. You can define tax rates for different countries and apply integrations to manage US taxes. | Lets you comply with fiscal regulations. | | [User Management](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{site.version}}/user-management.html) | Lets the Back Office users manage user access, set rights, and onboard customers. | Ensures high security and compliance through managed user flows. | -| [Warehouse Management System (WMS)](/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/{{site.version}}/warehouse-management-system.html) | Lets you keep an overview of your stock levels in the Back Office to determine accurate availabilities on your store’s website. Any open orders or reserved items are taken into consideration when stock availabilities are displayed. | Helps you save your time by keeping an eye on your stock levels. | +| [Warehouse Management System (WMS)](/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/{{site.version}}/warehouse-management-system.html) | Lets you keep an overview of your stock levels in the Back Office to determine accurate availabilities on your store's website. Any open orders or reserved items are taken into consideration when stock availabilities are displayed. | Helps you save your time by keeping an eye on your stock levels. | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/float-stock-for-products-migration-concept.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/float-stock-for-products-migration-concept.md index 5f25359e549..b92d0e5d2ad 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/float-stock-for-products-migration-concept.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/float-stock-for-products-migration-concept.md @@ -38,9 +38,9 @@ related: We have changed the type of stock and quantity fields from int to float. With this change, we allow to manage fractions of items in the system. -As stock and quantity are very basic concepts of any commerce system, changing their type is a horizontal barrier for the modules. This means that, if a module is upgraded to a version that uses float stock, all the other modules in the project which are involved in the float stock barrier must be upgraded to avoid accidental type incompatibilities. For example, if ModuleX uses float stock and ModuleY uses int stock and there is no hard dependency between them, it’s technically possible to upgrade only one of them, however, during runtime, both modules may happen to process the same request data and, as a result, the response will either be calculated incorrectly or a fatal error will be thrown because of a data type mismatch. +As stock and quantity are very basic concepts of any commerce system, changing their type is a horizontal barrier for the modules. This means that, if a module is upgraded to a version that uses float stock, all the other modules in the project which are involved in the float stock barrier must be upgraded to avoid accidental type incompatibilities. For example, if ModuleX uses float stock and ModuleY uses int stock and there is no hard dependency between them, it's technically possible to upgrade only one of them, however, during runtime, both modules may happen to process the same request data and, as a result, the response will either be calculated incorrectly or a fatal error will be thrown because of a data type mismatch. -In case of upgrading one of the modules involved into the float stock concept, we strongly recommend upgrading all the modules in your project from the list below. Mostly, the migrations have very low or even zero effort, because they only break type of a transfer object or an internal function’s signature. Some modules changed database field types to DOUBLE which is automatically upgradable by running the necessary console commands. +In case of upgrading one of the modules involved into the float stock concept, we strongly recommend upgrading all the modules in your project from the list below. Mostly, the migrations have very low or even zero effort, because they only break type of a transfer object or an internal function's signature. Some modules changed database field types to DOUBLE which is automatically upgradable by running the necessary console commands. {% info_block errorBox %} diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-features/install-the-measurement-units-feature.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-features/install-the-measurement-units-feature.md index 3f48f3a3957..cfbb6226b92 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-features/install-the-measurement-units-feature.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-features/install-the-measurement-units-feature.md @@ -895,7 +895,7 @@ Make sure that checkout workflow works with measurement unit by ordering item wi {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure that abstract products which have measurement units don’t have `add_to_cart_sku` field at Elasticsearch document. +Make sure that abstract products which have measurement units don't have `add_to_cart_sku` field at Elasticsearch document. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/products/create-service-offerings-best-practices.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/products/create-service-offerings-best-practices.md index 7cd6e9e06ad..56dda4d973b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/products/create-service-offerings-best-practices.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/products/create-service-offerings-best-practices.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Imagine the scenarios: *Scenario 2*: you sell equipment that requires specific installation, and installation by your service technician is required for the warranty to apply. This means, when buyers add specific products to cart, you want the installation service to be automatically included in the cart as well. -Let’s consider how you can handle both of the scenarios for your store. +Let's consider how you can handle both of the scenarios for your store. ## Prerequisites @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ To create the product option, do the following: 4. Click **Save**. The product option is now created and appears in the **Product option list** on the **Catalog > Product Options** page. 5. Activate the option by clicking **Activate** in the *Actions* column of the **Product option list**. -That’s it. The option appears for the product on the Storefront: +That's it. The option appears for the product on the Storefront: ![image](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/User+Guides/Back+Office+User+Guides/Products/Creating+Service+Offerings/service-as-option-storefront.png) {% info_block infoBox "Note" %} -Keep in mind that depending on the use case you want to implement for your shop, additional development effort may be required on your project's side. For example, if you don’t want to allow buyers to add the Service option more than once if they have a set of specific products in carts. +Keep in mind that depending on the use case you want to implement for your shop, additional development effort may be required on your project's side. For example, if you don't want to allow buyers to add the Service option more than once if they have a set of specific products in carts. {% endinfo_block %} @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ One more way to have a product with an optional service offering would be to mak {% info_block infoBox "Note" %} -If you don’t want to display the Service products in the Storefront so buyers can not find them in the products catalog, don’t check the Searchable checkbox for it in the **General** tab of the **Create/Edit Concrete Product** page. +If you don't want to display the Service products in the Storefront so buyers can not find them in the products catalog, don't check the Searchable checkbox for it in the **General** tab of the **Create/Edit Concrete Product** page. {% endinfo_block %} @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ First of all, you need to somehow identify the products for which the custom sol #### 2. Override the Add to Cart functionality -At this step, you need the development team to change the default *Add to Cart* functionality to meet your project’s needs. +At this step, you need the development team to change the default *Add to Cart* functionality to meet your project's needs. The *Add to Cart* functionality implies a call to both Yves and Zed, which means the development team can execute a back-end logic for it. This logic could be triggered when products with specific labels are added to the cart. For example, it could automatically add the service product to the cart. It could also imply a check, that if another product with the same label is added to cart, the service product is not added, or another service product (for example, a service of another type with another price) is added to cart instead. You could also have a logic that if they buy more than a specific number of the products, the service product is for free. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/abstract-products/glue-api-retrieve-abstract-products.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/abstract-products/glue-api-retrieve-abstract-products.md index e16473b14df..3490ca8d4c2 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/abstract-products/glue-api-retrieve-abstract-products.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/abstract-products/glue-api-retrieve-abstract-products.md @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", @@ -1523,7 +1523,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "067", "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/concrete-products/glue-api-retrieve-concrete-products.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/concrete-products/glue-api-retrieve-concrete-products.md index f0fbebe3c3a..9ae96298bb0 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/concrete-products/glue-api-retrieve-concrete-products.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/concrete-products/glue-api-retrieve-concrete-products.md @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ To retrieve general information about a concrete product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ To retrieve general information about a concrete product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ To retrieve general information about a concrete product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ To retrieve general information about a concrete product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ To retrieve general information about a concrete product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ To retrieve general information about a concrete product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ To retrieve general information about a concrete product, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "067", "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", @@ -1130,7 +1130,7 @@ To retrieve general information about a concrete product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", @@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ To retrieve general information about a concrete product, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "067", "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-bundled-products.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-bundled-products.md index 278cbc383a8..929a5743c1a 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-bundled-products.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-bundled-products.md @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ To retrieve related abstract products, include both `concrete-products` and `abs "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "067", "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ To retrieve related abstract products, include both `concrete-products` and `abs "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ To retrieve related abstract products, include both `concrete-products` and `abs "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "067", "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-configurable-bundle-templates.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-configurable-bundle-templates.md index 37e96ddec54..1b6396a1c34 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-configurable-bundle-templates.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-configurable-bundle-templates.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ related: This endpoint allows retrieving information about the configurable bundle templates and their slots. -A configurable bundle doesn’t have any SKU but contains an identifier to distinguish from other elements in the system. +A configurable bundle doesn't have any SKU but contains an identifier to distinguish from other elements in the system. In your development, this resource can help you to let the customers set up the product the way they want and increase the diversity of the products sold. @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ To retrieve information about a specific Configurable Bundle template, send the "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "111", "name": "Sony SmartWatch", - "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world’s just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that’ll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", + "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world's just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that'll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", "attributes": { "shape": "square", "bluetooth_version": "3", @@ -756,8 +756,8 @@ You can use the configurable bundle resource in the following way: * [Add a configurable bundle to a guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-cart-items.html#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-guest-cart) * [Change the quantity of the configurable bundles in a guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-cart-items.html#change-quantity-of-configurable-bundles-in-a-guest-cart) * [Remove a configurable bundle from a guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-cart-items.html#remove-a-configurable-bundle-from-a-guest-cart) -* [Add a configurable bundle to a registered user’s cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart) -* [Change the quantity of the configurable bundles in a registered user’s cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html#change-quantity-of-configurable-bundles-in-a-registered-users-cart) -* [Remove a configurable bundle from a registered user’s cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html#remove-a-configurable-bundle-from-a-registered-users-cart) +* [Add a configurable bundle to a registered user's cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart) +* [Change the quantity of the configurable bundles in a registered user's cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html#change-quantity-of-configurable-bundles-in-a-registered-users-cart) +* [Remove a configurable bundle from a registered user's cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html#remove-a-configurable-bundle-from-a-registered-users-cart) * [Checking our purchases with configurable bundles](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/check-out/glue-api-check-out-purchases.html) * [Retrieving orders with configurable bundles](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/customers/glue-api-retrieve-customer-orders.html) diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/censhare-pim.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/censhare-pim.md index cb1fd225b8f..61d840a95b4 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/censhare-pim.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/censhare-pim.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ redirect_from: [ABOUT CENSHARE](https://www.censhare.com/) -Our pioneering, universal content management platform lets you connect with your audiences on any channel, in any language, locally or globally. Expect complete control over all your content. Enjoy new freedom to create. Experience lower costs. And join Jaguar Land Rover, Dyson, Christie’s, Lufthansa and hundreds more in delivering quality communications with exceptional efficiency. +Our pioneering, universal content management platform lets you connect with your audiences on any channel, in any language, locally or globally. Expect complete control over all your content. Enjoy new freedom to create. Experience lower costs. And join Jaguar Land Rover, Dyson, Christie's, Lufthansa and hundreds more in delivering quality communications with exceptional efficiency. **Product Information Management (PIM)** – Manage and provide product data for efficient and accurate use across the business diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/howto-integrate-and-use-precise-decimal-numbers.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/howto-integrate-and-use-precise-decimal-numbers.md index 47499042d19..4867f2b548b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/howto-integrate-and-use-precise-decimal-numbers.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/howto-integrate-and-use-precise-decimal-numbers.md @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ To install the `{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}decimal-object{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}` li ## How decimal numbers work with transfer objects -You can specify Decimal as a type of your Data Transfer Object’s property. To define it, use the `decimal` type: +You can specify Decimal as a type of your Data Transfer Object's property. To define it, use the `decimal` type: ``` diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/product-data-from-import-to-frontend-views.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/product-data-from-import-to-frontend-views.md index 183016b3733..298ecbaf31e 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/product-data-from-import-to-frontend-views.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/product-data-from-import-to-frontend-views.md @@ -78,9 +78,9 @@ In the preceding example, when rendering the product details page, you can see t Adding a new attribute to a product can be done without having to make many changes. -Let’s consider that you want to add a `waterproof` attribute to abstract products that have associated boolean values. +Let's consider that you want to add a `waterproof` attribute to abstract products that have associated boolean values. -In the `product_abstract.csv` file, add the `waterproof` key the already defined but empty `attribute_key_x` (where *`x`* is a number) field and the desired value to its related `value_x` field. If there’s no empty product attribute key-value field for the product to edit, you can introduce a new column in CSV with the same pattern. +In the `product_abstract.csv` file, add the `waterproof` key the already defined but empty `attribute_key_x` (where *`x`* is a number) field and the desired value to its related `value_x` field. If there's no empty product attribute key-value field for the product to edit, you can introduce a new column in CSV with the same pattern. The process of importing products can happen only once to reimport every product, reset the data stores, and reinstall it: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-product.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-product.md index 9089fc4f337..88ab536a096 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-product.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-product.md @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ related: This tutorial shows how to add information to products regarding the country where the product was manufactured (for example, Made in "China") and display it on the product details page rather than just adding it as an attribute. -**Bonus challenge**: Add a glossary key for “Made in”. Show this string translated in the product detail page. +**Bonus challenge**: Add a glossary key for "Made in". Show this string translated in the product detail page. ## ProductCountry module (Zed) diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/abstract-products/create-marketplace-abstract-products.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/abstract-products/create-marketplace-abstract-products.md index 04d97a2b04c..06c5bc4ec9f 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/abstract-products/create-marketplace-abstract-products.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/abstract-products/create-marketplace-abstract-products.md @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ The following table describes attributes you select and enter on the **Create an This section describes attributes you select and enter on the **Create an Abstract Product with 1 Concrete Product** drawer. -You can select as many super attributes as you need and define one or more values for them. When you select a product attribute value, a concrete product based on this value is displayed. In the **Concrete Products’ Preview** pane you can view the products to be created. +You can select as many super attributes as you need and define one or more values for them. When you select a product attribute value, a concrete product based on this value is displayed. In the **Concrete Products' Preview** pane you can view the products to be created. By selecting **Autogenerate SKUs**, the SKU numbers for the variants are generated automatically, based on the SKU prefix of their abstract product. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/concrete-products/create-marketplace-concrete-products.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/concrete-products/create-marketplace-concrete-products.md index 8e0858dd190..1ce20a13a01 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/concrete-products/create-marketplace-concrete-products.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/concrete-products/create-marketplace-concrete-products.md @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Once the product is created, it needs to be activated. Only the active marketpla ### Reference information: Create Concrete Products for [Abstract product name SKU] -This page contains a drop-down menu that displays super attribute values based on a super attribute selected while [creating a marketplace abstract product](/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/{{page.version}}/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/abstract-products/create-marketplace-abstract-products.html). When you select a product attribute value, a concrete product based on this value is displayed. In the **Concrete Products’ Preview** pane, you can view the products to be created. +This page contains a drop-down menu that displays super attribute values based on a super attribute selected while [creating a marketplace abstract product](/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/{{page.version}}/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/abstract-products/create-marketplace-abstract-products.html). When you select a product attribute value, a concrete product based on this value is displayed. In the **Concrete Products' Preview** pane, you can view the products to be created. By selecting **Autogenerate SKUs**, the SKU numbers for the concrete products are generated automatically, based on the SKU prefix of their abstract product. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-abstract-products.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-abstract-products.md index f0a8a99f5cb..bb27d5f6332 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-abstract-products.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-abstract-products.md @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request:             "averageRating": null,             "reviewCount": 0,             "name": "Canon IXUS 160", -            "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", +            "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.",             "attributes": {                 "megapixel": "20 MP",                 "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony SW2 SmartWatch", - "description": "Anywhere. Any weather SmartWatch 2 is the wireless accessory that has something for everybody. If you are a busy communicator, you will appreciate being on top of everything. If you like to get out running, you can use SmartWatch as your phone remote. If it rains, you can keep on going. SmartWatch 2 can take the rain. If it's bright and sunny, SmartWatch 2 has an impressive sunlight-readable display. Take it anywhere. When you are using a wireless Bluetooth® headset for music, you can use SmartWatch 2 as a phone remote to make or receive calls. When a call comes in, you can see who’s calling in your SmartWatch display, press once to answer and enjoy hands-free calling at its easiest. You can also browse recent calls in your call log and use SmartWatch to initiate a call.", + "description": "Anywhere. Any weather SmartWatch 2 is the wireless accessory that has something for everybody. If you are a busy communicator, you will appreciate being on top of everything. If you like to get out running, you can use SmartWatch as your phone remote. If it rains, you can keep on going. SmartWatch 2 can take the rain. If it's bright and sunny, SmartWatch 2 has an impressive sunlight-readable display. Take it anywhere. When you are using a wireless Bluetooth® headset for music, you can use SmartWatch 2 as a phone remote to make or receive calls. When a call comes in, you can see who's calling in your SmartWatch display, press once to answer and enjoy hands-free calling at its easiest. You can also browse recent calls in your call log and use SmartWatch to initiate a call.", "attributes": { "display_type": "LCD", "shape": "square", @@ -1356,7 +1356,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony SW2 SmartWatch", - "description": "Anywhere. Any weather SmartWatch 2 is the wireless accessory that has something for everybody. If you are a busy communicator, you will appreciate being on top of everything. If you like to get out running, you can use SmartWatch as your phone remote. If it rains, you can keep on going. SmartWatch 2 can take the rain. If it's bright and sunny, SmartWatch 2 has an impressive sunlight-readable display. Take it anywhere. When you are using a wireless Bluetooth® headset for music, you can use SmartWatch 2 as a phone remote to make or receive calls. When a call comes in, you can see who’s calling in your SmartWatch display, press once to answer and enjoy hands-free calling at its easiest. You can also browse recent calls in your call log and use SmartWatch to initiate a call.", + "description": "Anywhere. Any weather SmartWatch 2 is the wireless accessory that has something for everybody. If you are a busy communicator, you will appreciate being on top of everything. If you like to get out running, you can use SmartWatch as your phone remote. If it rains, you can keep on going. SmartWatch 2 can take the rain. If it's bright and sunny, SmartWatch 2 has an impressive sunlight-readable display. Take it anywhere. When you are using a wireless Bluetooth® headset for music, you can use SmartWatch 2 as a phone remote to make or receive calls. When a call comes in, you can see who's calling in your SmartWatch display, press once to answer and enjoy hands-free calling at its easiest. You can also browse recent calls in your call log and use SmartWatch to initiate a call.", "attributes": { "display_type": "LCD", "shape": "square", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-concrete-products.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-concrete-products.md index e779c166995..37521bfc6f1 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-concrete-products.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-concrete-products.md @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "076", "name": "Sony Xperia Z3 Compact", - "description": "Dive into new experiences Xperia Z3 Compact is the smartphone designed to enhance your life. And life isn’t lived inside. With the highest waterproof rating*, Xperia Z3 Compact lets you answer calls in the rain or take pictures in the pool. And it can handle all the drops into the sink in between. Combined with a slim, compact design that’s easy to use with one hand, Xperia Z3 Compact is the Android smartphone that teams durability with beauty. Some of the best times happen in the lowest light. Years of Sony camera expertise have been brought to Xperia Z3 Compact, to deliver unparalleled low-light capability. Thanks to Cyber-shot and Handycam technologies you can record stunning videos on the move and take crisp shots under water. Want to take your shots to the next level? Get creative with our unique camera apps. It’s our best smartphone camera yet – for memories that deserve more than good.", + "description": "Dive into new experiences Xperia Z3 Compact is the smartphone designed to enhance your life. And life isn't lived inside. With the highest waterproof rating*, Xperia Z3 Compact lets you answer calls in the rain or take pictures in the pool. And it can handle all the drops into the sink in between. Combined with a slim, compact design that's easy to use with one hand, Xperia Z3 Compact is the Android smartphone that teams durability with beauty. Some of the best times happen in the lowest light. Years of Sony camera expertise have been brought to Xperia Z3 Compact, to deliver unparalleled low-light capability. Thanks to Cyber-shot and Handycam technologies you can record stunning videos on the move and take crisp shots under water. Want to take your shots to the next level? Get creative with our unique camera apps. It's our best smartphone camera yet – for memories that deserve more than good.", "attributes": { "internal_ram": "2048 MB", "display_type": "TFT", @@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr ], "metaTitle": "Sony Xperia Z3 Compact", "metaKeywords": "Sony,Communication Electronics", - "metaDescription": "Dive into new experiences Xperia Z3 Compact is the smartphone designed to enhance your life. And life isn’t lived inside. With the highest waterproof ratin", + "metaDescription": "Dive into new experiences Xperia Z3 Compact is the smartphone designed to enhance your life. And life isn't lived inside. With the highest waterproof ratin", "attributeNames": { "internal_ram": "Internal RAM", "display_type": "Display type", @@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "111", "name": "Sony SmartWatch", - "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world’s just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that’ll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", + "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world's just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that'll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", "attributes": { "shape": "square", "bluetooth_version": "3", @@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony SmartWatch", - "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world’s just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that’ll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free. ", + "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world's just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that'll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free. ", "attributes": { "shape": "square", "bluetooth_version": "3", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/alternative-products-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/alternative-products-feature-overview.md index 3f0eca1555f..dc35f0da480 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/alternative-products-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/alternative-products-feature-overview.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Alternative Products feature overview -description: Product alternatives is a great way to ease the user’s product finding process. It lets the user jump over product pages until they find a relevant item. +description: Product alternatives is a great way to ease the user's product finding process. It lets the user jump over product pages until they find a relevant item. last_updated: Jul 20, 2021 template: concept-topic-template originalLink: https://documentation.spryker.com/2021080/docs/alternative-products-overview @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ redirect_from: - /docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202204.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/alternative-products-feature-overview.html --- -Suggesting product alternatives is a great way to ease the user’s product finding process. Instead of browsing the product catalog, product alternatives let customers jump from one product page to the next until they find a relevant item. +Suggesting product alternatives is a great way to ease the user's product finding process. Instead of browsing the product catalog, product alternatives let customers jump from one product page to the next until they find a relevant item. For marketplace relations, alternative products are useful because for a marketplace owner it's irrelevant from what merchant a buyer has bought a product. If a merchant does not have this product, the alternative product can be shown on the marketplace. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/product-barcode-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/product-barcode-feature-overview.md index 5ece91332d6..524827dcf49 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/product-barcode-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/product-barcode-feature-overview.md @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Creating barcodes requires two main prerequisites: 1. *Unique product codes for each product you offer*. These can be UPC codes that identify manufactured goods, unique SKU numbers that you use to track inventory your way, or other identifying numbers. 2. *A system that lets you input codes to create barcodes*. Your codes need to be entered into a device or software system that can translate the numeric or alphanumeric code into a scannable barcode. -Nowadays, B2B businesses face extraordinary challenges as more and more consumers are making comparisons of various ecommerce applications. To stay on top of the industry trends, improve customer experience and increase sales, every business must innovate with a deep understanding of their customer’s physical, emotional, and financial needs and triggers. +Nowadays, B2B businesses face extraordinary challenges as more and more consumers are making comparisons of various ecommerce applications. To stay on top of the industry trends, improve customer experience and increase sales, every business must innovate with a deep understanding of their customer's physical, emotional, and financial needs and triggers. Barcodes are often overlooked as a way to cut costs and save time. A valuable and viable choice for businesses looking to improve efficiency and reduce overhead, barcodes are both cost-effective and reliable. Both inexpensive and user-friendly, barcodes provide an indispensable tool for tracking a variety of data, from pricing to inventory. The ultimate result of a comprehensive barcoding system is a reduction in overhead. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/product-bundles-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/product-bundles-feature-overview.md index 68bee567a60..2046e5313fa 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/product-bundles-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/product-bundles-feature-overview.md @@ -87,8 +87,8 @@ When bundle item added to cart there is the additional `ExpandBundleItemsPlugin` For example: -1. Item with SKU “123” is added to cart, expander will look if this item is bundle. If it’s bundle then it will read all bundled items from persistence. -2. Item with SKU “123” is then added to `QuoteTransfer:bundleItems`. +1. Item with SKU "123" is added to cart, expander will look if this item is bundle. If it's bundle then it will read all bundled items from persistence. +2. Item with SKU "123" is then added to `QuoteTransfer:bundleItems`. 3. This item is given special `ItemTransfer:bundleItemIdentifier` unique ID which have each bundle in cart. 4. At the same time bundled items are created and stored into `CartChangeTransfer:items` with referenced bundled identifier `ItemTransfer:relatedBundleItemIdentifier` this is the same ID where bundle got assigned. This helps to track back belonging bundle items in quote object. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/product-feature-overview/product-attributes-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/product-feature-overview/product-attributes-overview.md index a461abfd182..5fcfdf10269 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/product-feature-overview/product-attributes-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/product-feature-overview/product-attributes-overview.md @@ -133,12 +133,12 @@ In the DB, the following localized keys are saved: `attribute.length.de`, `attri Now for each of the attribute keys we add the attribute values. -For the key “attribute.length.de” the value is `1.5 meter`. +For the key "attribute.length.de" the value is `1.5 meter`. -For the key “attribute.length.ie” the value is: +For the key "attribute.length.ie" the value is: Value = 1.5 meter -For the key “attribute.length.us” the value is: +For the key "attribute.length.us" the value is: Value = 4.92 feet What you see on the Irish and German versions of the shop: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/product-labels-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/product-labels-feature-overview.md index e3f5d56f207..d8bd1aefbb4 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/product-labels-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/feature-overviews/product-labels-feature-overview.md @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ The following dynamic product labels are shipped by default:
The *NEW* label is added when you create a product. It is active for the time period defined inclusively in the **New from** and **New to** fields. To learn more, see [Creating an abstract product](/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/products/manage-abstract-products-and-product-bundles/create-abstract-products-and-product-bundles.html). * *SALE* -
The *SALE* product label is added to a product automatically when the product’s original price is superior to the default price. To learn more, see [Creating an abstract product](/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/products/manage-abstract-products-and-product-bundles/create-abstract-products-and-product-bundles.html). +
The *SALE* product label is added to a product automatically when the product's original price is superior to the default price. To learn more, see [Creating an abstract product](/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/products/manage-abstract-products-and-product-bundles/create-abstract-products-and-product-bundles.html). {% info_block infoBox "Prices" %} diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/products-data-import/import-file-details-product-abstract.csv.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/products-data-import/import-file-details-product-abstract.csv.md index 93d83ebf24e..249347f7ce3 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/products-data-import/import-file-details-product-abstract.csv.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/import-and-export-data/products-data-import/import-file-details-product-abstract.csv.md @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ This document describes the `product_abstract.csv` file to configure [Abstract P | new_from | | Date | | To be considered a new product from this presented date. | | new_to | | String | | To be considered a new product until this presented date. | | avalara_tax_code | | String | | [Avalara tax code](/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/tax-feature-overview.html#avalara-system-for-automated-tax-compliance) for automated tax calculation. Add this field if Avalara is used for tax management. | - diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/float-stock-for-products-migration-concept.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/float-stock-for-products-migration-concept.md index 62640dcb9ff..beab2dca893 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/float-stock-for-products-migration-concept.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/float-stock-for-products-migration-concept.md @@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ related: We have changed the type of stock and quantity fields from int to float. With this change, we allow to manage fractions of items in the system. -As stock and quantity are very basic concepts of any commerce system, changing their type is a horizontal barrier for the modules. This means that, if a module is upgraded to a version that uses float stock, all the other modules in the project which are involved in the float stock barrier must be upgraded to avoid accidental type incompatibilities. For example, if ModuleX uses float stock and ModuleY uses int stock and there is no hard dependency between them, it’s technically possible to upgrade only one of them, however, during runtime, both modules may happen to process the same request data and, as a result, the response will either be calculated incorrectly or a fatal error will be thrown because of a data type mismatch. +As stock and quantity are very basic concepts of any commerce system, changing their type is a horizontal barrier for the modules. This means that, if a module is upgraded to a version that uses float stock, all the other modules in the project which are involved in the float stock barrier must be upgraded to avoid accidental type incompatibilities. For example, if ModuleX uses float stock and ModuleY uses int stock and there is no hard dependency between them, it's technically possible to upgrade only one of them, however, during runtime, both modules may happen to process the same request data and, as a result, the response will either be calculated incorrectly or a fatal error will be thrown because of a data type mismatch. -In case of upgrading one of the modules involved into the float stock concept, we strongly recommend upgrading all the modules in your project from the list below. Mostly, the migrations have very low or even zero effort, because they only break type of a transfer object or an internal function’s signature. Some modules changed database field types to DOUBLE which is automatically upgradable by running the necessary console commands. +In case of upgrading one of the modules involved into the float stock concept, we strongly recommend upgrading all the modules in your project from the list below. Mostly, the migrations have very low or even zero effort, because they only break type of a transfer object or an internal function's signature. Some modules changed database field types to DOUBLE which is automatically upgradable by running the necessary console commands. {% info_block errorBox %} diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-features/install-the-measurement-units-feature.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-features/install-the-measurement-units-feature.md index 3f48f3a3957..cfbb6226b92 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-features/install-the-measurement-units-feature.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-features/install-the-measurement-units-feature.md @@ -895,7 +895,7 @@ Make sure that checkout workflow works with measurement unit by ordering item wi {% info_block warningBox "Verification" %} -Make sure that abstract products which have measurement units don’t have `add_to_cart_sku` field at Elasticsearch document. +Make sure that abstract products which have measurement units don't have `add_to_cart_sku` field at Elasticsearch document. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/products/create-service-offerings-best-practices.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/products/create-service-offerings-best-practices.md index 8eafa02c77e..2e347313f57 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/products/create-service-offerings-best-practices.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-in-the-back-office/products/create-service-offerings-best-practices.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Imagine the scenarios: *Scenario 2*: you sell equipment that requires specific installation, and installation by your service technician is required for the warranty to apply. This means, when buyers add specific products to cart, you want the installation service to be automatically included in the cart as well. -Let’s consider how you can handle both of the scenarios for your store. +Let's consider how you can handle both of the scenarios for your store. ## Prerequisites @@ -70,12 +70,12 @@ To create the product option, do the following: 4. Click **Save**. The product option is now created and appears in the **Product option list** on the **Catalog > Product Options** page. 5. Activate the option by clicking **Activate** in the *Actions* column of the **Product option list**. -That’s it. The option appears for the product on the Storefront: +That's it. The option appears for the product on the Storefront: ![image](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/User+Guides/Back+Office+User+Guides/Products/Creating+Service+Offerings/service-as-option-storefront.png) {% info_block infoBox "Note" %} -Keep in mind that depending on the use case you want to implement for your shop, additional development effort may be required on your project's side. For example, if you don’t want to allow buyers to add the Service option more than once if they have a set of specific products in carts. +Keep in mind that depending on the use case you want to implement for your shop, additional development effort may be required on your project's side. For example, if you don't want to allow buyers to add the Service option more than once if they have a set of specific products in carts. {% endinfo_block %} @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ One more way to have a product with an optional service offering would be to mak {% info_block infoBox "Note" %} -If you don’t want to display the Service products in the Storefront so buyers can not find them in the products catalog, don’t check the Searchable checkbox for it in the **General** tab of the **Create/Edit Concrete Product** page. +If you don't want to display the Service products in the Storefront so buyers can not find them in the products catalog, don't check the Searchable checkbox for it in the **General** tab of the **Create/Edit Concrete Product** page. {% endinfo_block %} @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ First of all, you need to somehow identify the products for which the custom sol #### 2. Override the Add to Cart functionality -At this step, you need the development team to change the default *Add to Cart* functionality to meet your project’s needs. +At this step, you need the development team to change the default *Add to Cart* functionality to meet your project's needs. The *Add to Cart* functionality implies a call to both Yves and Zed, which means the development team can execute a back-end logic for it. This logic could be triggered when products with specific labels are added to the cart. For example, it could automatically add the service product to the cart. It could also imply a check, that if another product with the same label is added to cart, the service product is not added, or another service product (for example, a service of another type with another price) is added to cart instead. You could also have a logic that if they buy more than a specific number of the products, the service product is for free. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/abstract-products/glue-api-retrieve-abstract-products.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/abstract-products/glue-api-retrieve-abstract-products.md index e16473b14df..3490ca8d4c2 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/abstract-products/glue-api-retrieve-abstract-products.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/abstract-products/glue-api-retrieve-abstract-products.md @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", @@ -1523,7 +1523,7 @@ To include `bundled products`, include `concrete-products` and `bundled-products "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "067", "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/concrete-products/glue-api-retrieve-concrete-products.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/concrete-products/glue-api-retrieve-concrete-products.md index 20f103f778b..129d4e05e47 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/concrete-products/glue-api-retrieve-concrete-products.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/concrete-products/glue-api-retrieve-concrete-products.md @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ To retrieve general information about a concrete product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ To retrieve general information about a concrete product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ To retrieve general information about a concrete product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ To retrieve general information about a concrete product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ To retrieve general information about a concrete product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ To retrieve general information about a concrete product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ To retrieve general information about a concrete product, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "067", "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", @@ -1130,7 +1130,7 @@ To retrieve general information about a concrete product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", @@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ To retrieve general information about a concrete product, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "067", "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-bundled-products.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-bundled-products.md index a91ba60c16a..b4c921c141a 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-bundled-products.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-bundled-products.md @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ To retrieve related abstract products, include both `concrete-products` and `abs "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "067", "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ To retrieve related abstract products, include both `concrete-products` and `abs "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go. ", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ To retrieve related abstract products, include both `concrete-products` and `abs "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "067", "name": "Samsung Galaxy S5 mini", - "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini’s support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", + "description": "Galaxy S5 mini continues Samsung design legacy and flagship experience Outfitted with a 4.5-inch HD Super AMOLED display, the Galaxy S5 mini delivers a wide and vivid viewing experience, and its compact size provides users with additional comfort, allowing for easy operation with only one hand. Like the Galaxy S5, the Galaxy S5 mini features a unique perforated pattern on the back cover creating a modern and sleek look, along with a premium, soft touch grip. The Galaxy S5 mini enables users to enjoy the same flagship experience as the Galaxy S5 with innovative features including IP67 certification, Ultra Power Saving Mode, a heart rate monitor, fingerprint scanner, and connectivity with the latest Samsung wearable devices.The Galaxy S5 mini comes equipped with a powerful Quad Core 1.4 GHz processor and 1.5GM RAM for seamless multi-tasking, faster webpage loading, softer UI transition, and quick power up. The high-resolution 8MP camera delivers crisp and clear photos and videos, while the Galaxy S5 mini's support of LTE Category 4 provides users with ultra-fast downloads of movies and games on-the-go.", "attributes": { "display_diagonal": "44.8 in", "themes": "Wallpapers", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-configurable-bundle-templates.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-configurable-bundle-templates.md index 3d5593ed2d8..7a5775daeee 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-configurable-bundle-templates.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-configurable-bundle-templates.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ related: This endpoint allows retrieving information about the configurable bundle templates and their slots. -A configurable bundle doesn’t have any SKU but contains an identifier to distinguish from other elements in the system. +A configurable bundle doesn't have any SKU but contains an identifier to distinguish from other elements in the system. In your development, this resource can help you to let the customers set up the product the way they want and increase the diversity of the products sold. @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ To retrieve information about a specific Configurable Bundle template, send the "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "111", "name": "Sony SmartWatch", - "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world’s just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that’ll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", + "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world's just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that'll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", "attributes": { "shape": "square", "bluetooth_version": "3", @@ -756,8 +756,8 @@ You can use the configurable bundle resource in the following way: * [Add a configurable bundle to a guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-cart-items.html#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-guest-cart) * [Change the quantity of the configurable bundles in a guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-cart-items.html#change-quantity-of-configurable-bundles-in-a-guest-cart) * [Remove a configurable bundle from a guest cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-guest-carts/glue-api-manage-guest-cart-items.html#remove-a-configurable-bundle-from-a-guest-cart) -* [Add a configurable bundle to a registered user’s cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart) -* [Change the quantity of the configurable bundles in a registered user’s cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html#change-quantity-of-configurable-bundles-in-a-registered-users-cart) -* [Remove a configurable bundle from a registered user’s cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html#remove-a-configurable-bundle-from-a-registered-users-cart) +* [Add a configurable bundle to a registered user's cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html#add-a-configurable-bundle-to-a-registered-users-cart) +* [Change the quantity of the configurable bundles in a registered user's cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html#change-quantity-of-configurable-bundles-in-a-registered-users-cart) +* [Remove a configurable bundle from a registered user's cart](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html#remove-a-configurable-bundle-from-a-registered-users-cart) * [Checking our purchases with configurable bundles](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/check-out/glue-api-check-out-purchases.html) * [Retrieving orders with configurable bundles](/docs/pbc/all/customer-relationship-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/customers/glue-api-retrieve-customer-orders.html) diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/censhare-pim.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/censhare-pim.md index dd8c139a2be..7ccfdb18210 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/censhare-pim.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/censhare-pim.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ redirect_from: [ABOUT CENSHARE](https://www.censhare.com/) -Our pioneering, universal content management platform lets you connect with your audiences on any channel, in any language, locally or globally. Expect complete control over all your content. Enjoy new freedom to create. Experience lower costs. And join Jaguar Land Rover, Dyson, Christie’s, Lufthansa and hundreds more in delivering quality communications with exceptional efficiency. +Our pioneering, universal content management platform lets you connect with your audiences on any channel, in any language, locally or globally. Expect complete control over all your content. Enjoy new freedom to create. Experience lower costs. And join Jaguar Land Rover, Dyson, Christie's, Lufthansa and hundreds more in delivering quality communications with exceptional efficiency. **Product Information Management (PIM)** – Manage and provide product data for efficient and accurate use across the business diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/howto-integrate-and-use-precise-decimal-numbers.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/howto-integrate-and-use-precise-decimal-numbers.md index 47499042d19..4867f2b548b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/howto-integrate-and-use-precise-decimal-numbers.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/howto-integrate-and-use-precise-decimal-numbers.md @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ To install the `{% raw %}{{{% endraw %}decimal-object{% raw %}}}{% endraw %}` li ## How decimal numbers work with transfer objects -You can specify Decimal as a type of your Data Transfer Object’s property. To define it, use the `decimal` type: +You can specify Decimal as a type of your Data Transfer Object's property. To define it, use the `decimal` type: ``` diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/product-data-from-import-to-frontend-views.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/product-data-from-import-to-frontend-views.md index e9656d1bd4f..2f818c36298 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/product-data-from-import-to-frontend-views.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/product-data-from-import-to-frontend-views.md @@ -79,9 +79,9 @@ In the preceding example, when rendering the product details page, you can see t Adding a new attribute to a product can be done without having to make many changes. -Let’s consider that you want to add a `waterproof` attribute to abstract products that have associated boolean values. +Let's consider that you want to add a `waterproof` attribute to abstract products that have associated boolean values. -In the `product_abstract.csv` file, add the `waterproof` key the already defined but empty `attribute_key_x` (where *`x`* is a number) field and the desired value to its related `value_x` field. If there’s no empty product attribute key-value field for the product to edit, you can introduce a new column in CSV with the same pattern. +In the `product_abstract.csv` file, add the `waterproof` key the already defined but empty `attribute_key_x` (where *`x`* is a number) field and the desired value to its related `value_x` field. If there's no empty product attribute key-value field for the product to edit, you can introduce a new column in CSV with the same pattern. The process of importing products can happen only once to reimport every product, reset the data stores, and reinstall it: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-product.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-product.md index ddf557c9486..9677eb2514a 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-product.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-product.md @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ related: This tutorial shows how to add information to products regarding the country where the product was manufactured (for example, Made in "China") and display it on the product details page rather than just adding it as an attribute. -**Bonus challenge**: Add a glossary key for “Made in”. Show this string translated in the product detail page. +**Bonus challenge**: Add a glossary key for "Made in". Show this string translated in the product detail page. ## ProductCountry module (Zed) diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/abstract-products/create-marketplace-abstract-products.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/abstract-products/create-marketplace-abstract-products.md index 04d97a2b04c..06c5bc4ec9f 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/abstract-products/create-marketplace-abstract-products.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-in-the-merchant-portal/abstract-products/create-marketplace-abstract-products.md @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ The following table describes attributes you select and enter on the **Create an This section describes attributes you select and enter on the **Create an Abstract Product with 1 Concrete Product** drawer. -You can select as many super attributes as you need and define one or more values for them. When you select a product attribute value, a concrete product based on this value is displayed. In the **Concrete Products’ Preview** pane you can view the products to be created. +You can select as many super attributes as you need and define one or more values for them. When you select a product attribute value, a concrete product based on this value is displayed. In the **Concrete Products' Preview** pane you can view the products to be created. By selecting **Autogenerate SKUs**, the SKU numbers for the variants are generated automatically, based on the SKU prefix of their abstract product. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-abstract-products.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-abstract-products.md index f0a8a99f5cb..bb27d5f6332 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-abstract-products.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-abstract-products.md @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request:             "averageRating": null,             "reviewCount": 0,             "name": "Canon IXUS 160", -            "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", +            "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.",             "attributes": {                 "megapixel": "20 MP",                 "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony SW2 SmartWatch", - "description": "Anywhere. Any weather SmartWatch 2 is the wireless accessory that has something for everybody. If you are a busy communicator, you will appreciate being on top of everything. If you like to get out running, you can use SmartWatch as your phone remote. If it rains, you can keep on going. SmartWatch 2 can take the rain. If it's bright and sunny, SmartWatch 2 has an impressive sunlight-readable display. Take it anywhere. When you are using a wireless Bluetooth® headset for music, you can use SmartWatch 2 as a phone remote to make or receive calls. When a call comes in, you can see who’s calling in your SmartWatch display, press once to answer and enjoy hands-free calling at its easiest. You can also browse recent calls in your call log and use SmartWatch to initiate a call.", + "description": "Anywhere. Any weather SmartWatch 2 is the wireless accessory that has something for everybody. If you are a busy communicator, you will appreciate being on top of everything. If you like to get out running, you can use SmartWatch as your phone remote. If it rains, you can keep on going. SmartWatch 2 can take the rain. If it's bright and sunny, SmartWatch 2 has an impressive sunlight-readable display. Take it anywhere. When you are using a wireless Bluetooth® headset for music, you can use SmartWatch 2 as a phone remote to make or receive calls. When a call comes in, you can see who's calling in your SmartWatch display, press once to answer and enjoy hands-free calling at its easiest. You can also browse recent calls in your call log and use SmartWatch to initiate a call.", "attributes": { "display_type": "LCD", "shape": "square", @@ -1356,7 +1356,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony SW2 SmartWatch", - "description": "Anywhere. Any weather SmartWatch 2 is the wireless accessory that has something for everybody. If you are a busy communicator, you will appreciate being on top of everything. If you like to get out running, you can use SmartWatch as your phone remote. If it rains, you can keep on going. SmartWatch 2 can take the rain. If it's bright and sunny, SmartWatch 2 has an impressive sunlight-readable display. Take it anywhere. When you are using a wireless Bluetooth® headset for music, you can use SmartWatch 2 as a phone remote to make or receive calls. When a call comes in, you can see who’s calling in your SmartWatch display, press once to answer and enjoy hands-free calling at its easiest. You can also browse recent calls in your call log and use SmartWatch to initiate a call.", + "description": "Anywhere. Any weather SmartWatch 2 is the wireless accessory that has something for everybody. If you are a busy communicator, you will appreciate being on top of everything. If you like to get out running, you can use SmartWatch as your phone remote. If it rains, you can keep on going. SmartWatch 2 can take the rain. If it's bright and sunny, SmartWatch 2 has an impressive sunlight-readable display. Take it anywhere. When you are using a wireless Bluetooth® headset for music, you can use SmartWatch 2 as a phone remote to make or receive calls. When a call comes in, you can see who's calling in your SmartWatch display, press once to answer and enjoy hands-free calling at its easiest. You can also browse recent calls in your call log and use SmartWatch to initiate a call.", "attributes": { "display_type": "LCD", "shape": "square", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-concrete-products.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-concrete-products.md index d7db394d9ce..f66a733e838 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-concrete-products.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-information-management/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-concrete-products.md @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "076", "name": "Sony Xperia Z3 Compact", - "description": "Dive into new experiences Xperia Z3 Compact is the smartphone designed to enhance your life. And life isn’t lived inside. With the highest waterproof rating*, Xperia Z3 Compact lets you answer calls in the rain or take pictures in the pool. And it can handle all the drops into the sink in between. Combined with a slim, compact design that’s easy to use with one hand, Xperia Z3 Compact is the Android smartphone that teams durability with beauty. Some of the best times happen in the lowest light. Years of Sony camera expertise have been brought to Xperia Z3 Compact, to deliver unparalleled low-light capability. Thanks to Cyber-shot and Handycam technologies you can record stunning videos on the move and take crisp shots under water. Want to take your shots to the next level? Get creative with our unique camera apps. It’s our best smartphone camera yet – for memories that deserve more than good.", + "description": "Dive into new experiences Xperia Z3 Compact is the smartphone designed to enhance your life. And life isn't lived inside. With the highest waterproof rating*, Xperia Z3 Compact lets you answer calls in the rain or take pictures in the pool. And it can handle all the drops into the sink in between. Combined with a slim, compact design that's easy to use with one hand, Xperia Z3 Compact is the Android smartphone that teams durability with beauty. Some of the best times happen in the lowest light. Years of Sony camera expertise have been brought to Xperia Z3 Compact, to deliver unparalleled low-light capability. Thanks to Cyber-shot and Handycam technologies you can record stunning videos on the move and take crisp shots under water. Want to take your shots to the next level? Get creative with our unique camera apps. It's our best smartphone camera yet – for memories that deserve more than good.", "attributes": { "internal_ram": "2048 MB", "display_type": "TFT", @@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr ], "metaTitle": "Sony Xperia Z3 Compact", "metaKeywords": "Sony,Communication Electronics", - "metaDescription": "Dive into new experiences Xperia Z3 Compact is the smartphone designed to enhance your life. And life isn’t lived inside. With the highest waterproof ratin", + "metaDescription": "Dive into new experiences Xperia Z3 Compact is the smartphone designed to enhance your life. And life isn't lived inside. With the highest waterproof ratin", "attributeNames": { "internal_ram": "Internal RAM", "display_type": "Display type", @@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "111", "name": "Sony SmartWatch", - "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world’s just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that’ll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", + "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world's just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that'll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", "attributes": { "shape": "square", "bluetooth_version": "3", @@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ To retrieve product offer prices, include `product-offers` and `product-offer-pr "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony SmartWatch", - "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world’s just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that’ll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free. ", + "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world's just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that'll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free. ", "attributes": { "shape": "square", "bluetooth_version": "3", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-relationship-management/202311.0/glue-api-retrieve-related-products.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-relationship-management/202311.0/glue-api-retrieve-related-products.md index ad164f5ddfc..a8b37b5a9c9 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-relationship-management/202311.0/glue-api-retrieve-related-products.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-relationship-management/202311.0/glue-api-retrieve-related-products.md @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ To get upselling items for all products in a cart of a registered customer, send "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Asus ZenPad Z380C-1B", - "description": "Bigger while smaller ASUS ZenPad 8.0 is an 8-inch tablet with a 76.5% screen-to-body ratio—an incredible engineering achievement made possible by reducing the bezel width to the bare minimum. ASUS VisualMaster is a suite of exclusive visual enhancement technologies that combine hardware and software to optimize all aspects of the display—including contrast, sharpness, color, clarity, and brightness—resulting in an incredibly realistic viewing experience. With ASUS VisualMaster, it’s just like being there. ASUS Audio Cover is an entertainment accessory that brings cinematic, 5.1-channel surround sound to ASUS ZenPad 8.0. DTS-HD Premium Sound and SonicMaster technology provide further enhancement, ensuring the ultimate audio experience on ASUS ZenPad 8.0. Intelligent contrast enhancement analyzes and optimizes each pixel in an image before it's reproduced, rendering more detail in the highlights and shadows to reveal the true beauty in your pictures.", + "description": "Bigger while smaller ASUS ZenPad 8.0 is an 8-inch tablet with a 76.5% screen-to-body ratio—an incredible engineering achievement made possible by reducing the bezel width to the bare minimum. ASUS VisualMaster is a suite of exclusive visual enhancement technologies that combine hardware and software to optimize all aspects of the display—including contrast, sharpness, color, clarity, and brightness—resulting in an incredibly realistic viewing experience. With ASUS VisualMaster, it's just like being there. ASUS Audio Cover is an entertainment accessory that brings cinematic, 5.1-channel surround sound to ASUS ZenPad 8.0. DTS-HD Premium Sound and SonicMaster technology provide further enhancement, ensuring the ultimate audio experience on ASUS ZenPad 8.0. Intelligent contrast enhancement analyzes and optimizes each pixel in an image before it's reproduced, rendering more detail in the highlights and shadows to reveal the true beauty in your pictures.", "attributes": { "processor_cores": "4", "storage_media": "flash", @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ To get upselling items for all products in a cart of a registered customer, send "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Asus ZenPad Z380C-1B", - "description": "Bigger while smaller ASUS ZenPad 8.0 is an 8-inch tablet with a 76.5% screen-to-body ratio—an incredible engineering achievement made possible by reducing the bezel width to the bare minimum. ASUS VisualMaster is a suite of exclusive visual enhancement technologies that combine hardware and software to optimize all aspects of the display—including contrast, sharpness, color, clarity, and brightness—resulting in an incredibly realistic viewing experience. With ASUS VisualMaster, it’s just like being there. ASUS Audio Cover is an entertainment accessory that brings cinematic, 5.1-channel surround sound to ASUS ZenPad 8.0. DTS-HD Premium Sound and SonicMaster technology provide further enhancement, ensuring the ultimate audio experience on ASUS ZenPad 8.0. Intelligent contrast enhancement analyzes and optimizes each pixel in an image before it's reproduced, rendering more detail in the highlights and shadows to reveal the true beauty in your pictures.", + "description": "Bigger while smaller ASUS ZenPad 8.0 is an 8-inch tablet with a 76.5% screen-to-body ratio—an incredible engineering achievement made possible by reducing the bezel width to the bare minimum. ASUS VisualMaster is a suite of exclusive visual enhancement technologies that combine hardware and software to optimize all aspects of the display—including contrast, sharpness, color, clarity, and brightness—resulting in an incredibly realistic viewing experience. With ASUS VisualMaster, it's just like being there. ASUS Audio Cover is an entertainment accessory that brings cinematic, 5.1-channel surround sound to ASUS ZenPad 8.0. DTS-HD Premium Sound and SonicMaster technology provide further enhancement, ensuring the ultimate audio experience on ASUS ZenPad 8.0. Intelligent contrast enhancement analyzes and optimizes each pixel in an image before it's reproduced, rendering more detail in the highlights and shadows to reveal the true beauty in your pictures.", "attributes": { "processor_cores": "4", "storage_media": "flash", @@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ To get upselling items for all products in a cart of a registered customer, send "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Asus ZenPad Z580CA-1B", - "description": "Fashion-inspired design The design of ASUS ZenPad S 8.0 carries modern influences and a simple, clean look that gives it a universal and stylish appeal. These elements are inspired by our Zen design philosophy of balancing beauty and strength. ASUS VisualMaster is a suite of exclusive visual enhancement technologies that combine hardware and software to optimize all aspects of the display—including contrast, sharpness, color, clarity, and brightness—resulting in an incredibly realistic viewing experience. With ASUS VisualMaster, it’s just like being there. ASUS ZenPad S 8.0 is equipped with ASUS Tru2Life+ technology, which improves video with fast action scenes—such as sports—by increasing the screen refresh rate, resulting in reduced blur and smooth, detailed motion.", + "description": "Fashion-inspired design The design of ASUS ZenPad S 8.0 carries modern influences and a simple, clean look that gives it a universal and stylish appeal. These elements are inspired by our Zen design philosophy of balancing beauty and strength. ASUS VisualMaster is a suite of exclusive visual enhancement technologies that combine hardware and software to optimize all aspects of the display—including contrast, sharpness, color, clarity, and brightness—resulting in an incredibly realistic viewing experience. With ASUS VisualMaster, it's just like being there. ASUS ZenPad S 8.0 is equipped with ASUS Tru2Life+ technology, which improves video with fast action scenes—such as sports—by increasing the screen refresh rate, resulting in reduced blur and smooth, detailed motion.", "attributes": { "internal_memory": "4 GB", "display_technology": "IPS", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-relationship-management/202311.0/third-party-integrations/econda/add-the-econda-tracking-code.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-relationship-management/202311.0/third-party-integrations/econda/add-the-econda-tracking-code.md index 9873116fc8e..52ca11523cc 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-relationship-management/202311.0/third-party-integrations/econda/add-the-econda-tracking-code.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-relationship-management/202311.0/third-party-integrations/econda/add-the-econda-tracking-code.md @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ List of the accepted template variables: | NAME | DESCRIPTION | NOTES | | --- | --- | --- | -| content |Path of the current page, as displayed in econda Monitor. Use slashes (“/”) to separate path components for drill-down analysis. | Translated into CONTENTLABEL parameter | +| content |Path of the current page, as displayed in econda Monitor. Use slashes ("/") to separate path components for drill-down analysis. | Translated into CONTENTLABEL parameter | |query |Search query (could be passed to the search results page template) | Translated into QUERY parameter | |number |Number of results returned by the search query (can be passed to the search results page template) | Translated into NUMBEROFHITS parameter | |product | Associative array representing product data (can be passed to the product page template). Accepted keys: `abstract_name`, `abstractSku`, `price` | Product Information | diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/product-relationship-management/202311.0/third-party-integrations/econda/export-econda-data.md b/docs/pbc/all/product-relationship-management/202311.0/third-party-integrations/econda/export-econda-data.md index f453b3eb884..ddd6daaf7e5 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/product-relationship-management/202311.0/third-party-integrations/econda/export-econda-data.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/product-relationship-management/202311.0/third-party-integrations/econda/export-econda-data.md @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ If you need to modify the CSV column mapping for any reason you will have to ext ## Console -To export the products and categories, we must register the Collectors we have just created in the Console. The Econda module already has everything in place and the only thing you need to do is add `EcondaFileExportConsole` to `Pyz\Zed\Console\ConsoleDependencyProvider` as bellow: +To export the products and categories, we must register the Collectors we have just created in the Console. The Econda module already has everything in place and the only thing you need to do is add `EcondaFileExportConsole` to `Pyz\Zed\Console\ConsoleDependencyProvider` as bellow: ```php @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ Returning this JSON data as an object shows you an empty result page. {% info_block infoBox %} -To see what is supported by Spryker’s template, refer to `CatalogDependencyProvider::createCatalogSearchResultFormatterPlugins`. +To see what is supported by Spryker's template, refer to `CatalogDependencyProvider::createCatalogSearchResultFormatterPlugins`. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/search/202311.0/marketplace/glue-api-retrieve-autocomplete-and-search-suggestions.md b/docs/pbc/all/search/202311.0/marketplace/glue-api-retrieve-autocomplete-and-search-suggestions.md index 36ba42d9e7c..f15947d1921 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/search/202311.0/marketplace/glue-api-retrieve-autocomplete-and-search-suggestions.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/search/202311.0/marketplace/glue-api-retrieve-autocomplete-and-search-suggestions.md @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ To retrieve a search suggestion, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Acer Liquid Jade", - "description": "Edge Handle Assign a colour and place on People Edge to five of your favourite contacts. Reach out to them at any time by simply swiping inwards from the Edge Handle. When words aren’t enough, send a poke or an emoticon to your People Edge contacts. OnCircle lets you communicate in ways that really count. When it comes to your favourite tracks, sound quality matters. Enjoy rich, balanced audio with Bluetooth audio accessories that support UHQ Audio. Celebrations are always better when you are sharing. Livestream the fun straight from your Galaxy S6 edge+ using the camera’s Live Broadcast function. 4GB RAM and LTE Cat.9 support ensure uninterrupted streaming. No more shaky handheld videos. Video Digital Imaging Stabilisation meets Optical Image Stabilisation to ensure you get clear and steady footage every time.", + "description": "Edge Handle Assign a colour and place on People Edge to five of your favourite contacts. Reach out to them at any time by simply swiping inwards from the Edge Handle. When words aren't enough, send a poke or an emoticon to your People Edge contacts. OnCircle lets you communicate in ways that really count. When it comes to your favourite tracks, sound quality matters. Enjoy rich, balanced audio with Bluetooth audio accessories that support UHQ Audio. Celebrations are always better when you are sharing. Livestream the fun straight from your Galaxy S6 edge+ using the camera's Live Broadcast function. 4GB RAM and LTE Cat.9 support ensure uninterrupted streaming. No more shaky handheld videos. Video Digital Imaging Stabilisation meets Optical Image Stabilisation to ensure you get clear and steady footage every time.", "attributes": { "form_factor": "Bar", "sim_card_type": "NanoSIM", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/search/202311.0/marketplace/glue-api-search-the-product-catalog.md b/docs/pbc/all/search/202311.0/marketplace/glue-api-search-the-product-catalog.md index e7d0af32e30..c6628175919 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/search/202311.0/marketplace/glue-api-search-the-product-catalog.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/search/202311.0/marketplace/glue-api-search-the-product-catalog.md @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ To search by products, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Acer Liquid Jade", - "description": "Edge Handle Assign a colour and place on People Edge to five of your favourite contacts. Reach out to them at any time by simply swiping inwards from the Edge Handle. When words aren’t enough, send a poke or an emoticon to your People Edge contacts. OnCircle lets you communicate in ways that really count. When it comes to your favourite tracks, sound quality matters. Enjoy rich, balanced audio with Bluetooth audio accessories that support UHQ Audio. Celebrations are always better when you are sharing. Livestream the fun straight from your Galaxy S6 edge+ using the camera’s Live Broadcast function. 4GB RAM and LTE Cat.9 support ensure uninterrupted streaming. No more shaky handheld videos. Video Digital Imaging Stabilisation meets Optical Image Stabilisation to ensure you get clear and steady footage every time.", + "description": "Edge Handle Assign a colour and place on People Edge to five of your favourite contacts. Reach out to them at any time by simply swiping inwards from the Edge Handle. When words aren't enough, send a poke or an emoticon to your People Edge contacts. OnCircle lets you communicate in ways that really count. When it comes to your favourite tracks, sound quality matters. Enjoy rich, balanced audio with Bluetooth audio accessories that support UHQ Audio. Celebrations are always better when you are sharing. Livestream the fun straight from your Galaxy S6 edge+ using the camera's Live Broadcast function. 4GB RAM and LTE Cat.9 support ensure uninterrupted streaming. No more shaky handheld videos. Video Digital Imaging Stabilisation meets Optical Image Stabilisation to ensure you get clear and steady footage every time.", "attributes": { "form_factor": "Bar", "sim_card_type": "NanoSIM", @@ -7070,7 +7070,7 @@ To search by products, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "001", "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -7130,7 +7130,7 @@ To search by products, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/search-migration-concept.md b/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/search-migration-concept.md index 418350f7677..cc89bfe916c 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/search-migration-concept.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/search-migration-concept.md @@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ redirect_from: - /docs/scos/dev/migration-concepts/search-migration-concept/search-migration-concept.html --- -Previously, out of the box, Spryker provided support only for Elasticsearch 5 as the search provider. It was impossible to use major versions of Elasticsearch later because of the breaking changes introduced in its version 6 - primarily because of the removal of mapping types. From the very beginning, Spryker’s search setup included one index per store, which was logically divided into several mapping types to support different types of resources. Besides, there was no easy way to substitute Elasticsearch with alternative search providers. +Previously, out of the box, Spryker provided support only for Elasticsearch 5 as the search provider. It was impossible to use major versions of Elasticsearch later because of the breaking changes introduced in its version 6 - primarily because of the removal of mapping types. From the very beginning, Spryker's search setup included one index per store, which was logically divided into several mapping types to support different types of resources. Besides, there was no easy way to substitute Elasticsearch with alternative search providers. -Refactoring of the Spryker’s search sub-system has two main goals: +Refactoring of the Spryker's search sub-system has two main goals: 1. Prepare the infrastructure for replacing Elasticsearch with alternative search providers as well as for using several search providers at a time. 2. Unblock the ability to use Elasticsearch 6, by changing the way, in which the search data is stored in Elasticsearch - rather than having all the data inside of a single index with multiple mapping types, indexed documents are now stored across multiple Elasticsearch indexes each having its own single mapping type. This is compatible with Elasticsearch 6, which allows a single mapping type per index, and is a solid foundation for the future migration to Elasticsearch 7, where the concept of mapping types is removed completely. @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ This article describes the changes made to add support of Elasticsearch 6 and cr ## Preparing the infrastructure for replacing Elasticsearch -The central place of the Spryker’s search sub-system is the *Search* module. This module provides APIs for: +The central place of the Spryker's search sub-system is the *Search* module. This module provides APIs for: * installing the infrastructure for search (creating/updating Elasticsearch indexes) * searching for data diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-the-product-catalog.md b/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-the-product-catalog.md index 78025586f03..8a1abe2d1fc 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-the-product-catalog.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-the-product-catalog.md @@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ To search by products, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Acer Liquid Jade", - "description": "Edge Handle Assign a colour and place on People Edge to five of your favourite contacts. Reach out to them at any time by simply swiping inwards from the Edge Handle. When words aren’t enough, send a poke or an emoticon to your People Edge contacts. OnCircle lets you communicate in ways that really count. When it comes to your favourite tracks, sound quality matters. Enjoy rich, balanced audio with Bluetooth audio accessories that support UHQ Audio. Celebrations are always better when you are sharing. Livestream the fun straight from your Galaxy S6 edge+ using the camera’s Live Broadcast function. 4GB RAM and LTE Cat.9 support ensure uninterrupted streaming. No more shaky handheld videos. Video Digital Imaging Stabilisation meets Optical Image Stabilisation to ensure you get clear and steady footage every time.", + "description": "Edge Handle Assign a colour and place on People Edge to five of your favourite contacts. Reach out to them at any time by simply swiping inwards from the Edge Handle. When words aren't enough, send a poke or an emoticon to your People Edge contacts. OnCircle lets you communicate in ways that really count. When it comes to your favourite tracks, sound quality matters. Enjoy rich, balanced audio with Bluetooth audio accessories that support UHQ Audio. Celebrations are always better when you are sharing. Livestream the fun straight from your Galaxy S6 edge+ using the camera's Live Broadcast function. 4GB RAM and LTE Cat.9 support ensure uninterrupted streaming. No more shaky handheld videos. Video Digital Imaging Stabilisation meets Optical Image Stabilisation to ensure you get clear and steady footage every time.", "attributes": { "form_factor": "Bar", "sim_card_type": "NanoSIM", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/algolia/algolia.md b/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/algolia/algolia.md index ccde08b895b..69eee188bb6 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/algolia/algolia.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/algolia/algolia.md @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Here is an example of product data stored in Algolia: "sku": "017_21748906", "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W800", "abstract_name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W800", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "url": "/en/sony-cyber-shot-dsc-w800-17", "product_abstract_sku": "017", "rating": 4.5, diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-content-and-search-attribute-cart-based-catalog-personalization/tutorial-boost-cart-based-search.md b/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-content-and-search-attribute-cart-based-catalog-personalization/tutorial-boost-cart-based-search.md index 0416ae01cd1..ad73fe1926f 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-content-and-search-attribute-cart-based-catalog-personalization/tutorial-boost-cart-based-search.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-content-and-search-attribute-cart-based-catalog-personalization/tutorial-boost-cart-based-search.md @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ related: This tutorial describes how you can improve the cart-based search in your project. -Based on the colors of the products in the user's cart, the catalog must first display products that have the same color. For example, if there’s a red product in the cart, the top results in the catalog must also contain red products. +Based on the colors of the products in the user's cart, the catalog must first display products that have the same color. For example, if there's a red product in the cart, the top results in the catalog must also contain red products. To solve the challenge, use instructions from the following sections. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-integrate-any-search-engine-into-a-project.md b/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-integrate-any-search-engine-into-a-project.md index e2bea2198ef..bd8c20cbae0 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-integrate-any-search-engine-into-a-project.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-integrate-any-search-engine-into-a-project.md @@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ To use FACT-Finder as a search data provider, do the following: 1. [Execute search and search suggestion requests](#executing), which implies the following actions: 1. Handling the search request. - 2. Building a query object from the customer’s request. Usually, the request contains a query string, facets, and pagination. All project-specific parameters must be used. + 2. Building a query object from the customer's request. Usually, the request contains a query string, facets, and pagination. All project-specific parameters must be used. 3. Making a request to FACT-Finder with the built query object. - 4. Mapping the response to the shop’s specific format. + 4. Mapping the response to the shop's specific format. 2. [Handle search update events](#populate). @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ To execute the search and search suggestion requests, follow these steps: #### 1. Build and pass a query -1. Define, for example, the `FfSearchQueryTransfer` object, which must contain at least `searchString` (string, customer’s input) and `requestParams` (string, containing, for example, pagination and filters): +1. Define, for example, the `FfSearchQueryTransfer` object, which must contain at least `searchString` (string, customer's input) and `requestParams` (string, containing, for example, pagination and filters): ```xml @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ Returning this JSON data as an object shows you an empty result page. {% info_block infoBox %} -To see what is supported by Spryker’s template, refer to `CatalogDependencyProvider::createCatalogSearchResultFormatterPlugins`. +To see what is supported by Spryker's template, refer to `CatalogDependencyProvider::createCatalogSearchResultFormatterPlugins`. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/marketplace/glue-api-retrieve-autocomplete-and-search-suggestions.md b/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/marketplace/glue-api-retrieve-autocomplete-and-search-suggestions.md index 36ba42d9e7c..f15947d1921 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/marketplace/glue-api-retrieve-autocomplete-and-search-suggestions.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/marketplace/glue-api-retrieve-autocomplete-and-search-suggestions.md @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ To retrieve a search suggestion, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Acer Liquid Jade", - "description": "Edge Handle Assign a colour and place on People Edge to five of your favourite contacts. Reach out to them at any time by simply swiping inwards from the Edge Handle. When words aren’t enough, send a poke or an emoticon to your People Edge contacts. OnCircle lets you communicate in ways that really count. When it comes to your favourite tracks, sound quality matters. Enjoy rich, balanced audio with Bluetooth audio accessories that support UHQ Audio. Celebrations are always better when you are sharing. Livestream the fun straight from your Galaxy S6 edge+ using the camera’s Live Broadcast function. 4GB RAM and LTE Cat.9 support ensure uninterrupted streaming. No more shaky handheld videos. Video Digital Imaging Stabilisation meets Optical Image Stabilisation to ensure you get clear and steady footage every time.", + "description": "Edge Handle Assign a colour and place on People Edge to five of your favourite contacts. Reach out to them at any time by simply swiping inwards from the Edge Handle. When words aren't enough, send a poke or an emoticon to your People Edge contacts. OnCircle lets you communicate in ways that really count. When it comes to your favourite tracks, sound quality matters. Enjoy rich, balanced audio with Bluetooth audio accessories that support UHQ Audio. Celebrations are always better when you are sharing. Livestream the fun straight from your Galaxy S6 edge+ using the camera's Live Broadcast function. 4GB RAM and LTE Cat.9 support ensure uninterrupted streaming. No more shaky handheld videos. Video Digital Imaging Stabilisation meets Optical Image Stabilisation to ensure you get clear and steady footage every time.", "attributes": { "form_factor": "Bar", "sim_card_type": "NanoSIM", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/marketplace/glue-api-search-the-product-catalog.md b/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/marketplace/glue-api-search-the-product-catalog.md index e7d0af32e30..c6628175919 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/marketplace/glue-api-search-the-product-catalog.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/search/202404.0/marketplace/glue-api-search-the-product-catalog.md @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ To search by products, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Acer Liquid Jade", - "description": "Edge Handle Assign a colour and place on People Edge to five of your favourite contacts. Reach out to them at any time by simply swiping inwards from the Edge Handle. When words aren’t enough, send a poke or an emoticon to your People Edge contacts. OnCircle lets you communicate in ways that really count. When it comes to your favourite tracks, sound quality matters. Enjoy rich, balanced audio with Bluetooth audio accessories that support UHQ Audio. Celebrations are always better when you are sharing. Livestream the fun straight from your Galaxy S6 edge+ using the camera’s Live Broadcast function. 4GB RAM and LTE Cat.9 support ensure uninterrupted streaming. No more shaky handheld videos. Video Digital Imaging Stabilisation meets Optical Image Stabilisation to ensure you get clear and steady footage every time.", + "description": "Edge Handle Assign a colour and place on People Edge to five of your favourite contacts. Reach out to them at any time by simply swiping inwards from the Edge Handle. When words aren't enough, send a poke or an emoticon to your People Edge contacts. OnCircle lets you communicate in ways that really count. When it comes to your favourite tracks, sound quality matters. Enjoy rich, balanced audio with Bluetooth audio accessories that support UHQ Audio. Celebrations are always better when you are sharing. Livestream the fun straight from your Galaxy S6 edge+ using the camera's Live Broadcast function. 4GB RAM and LTE Cat.9 support ensure uninterrupted streaming. No more shaky handheld videos. Video Digital Imaging Stabilisation meets Optical Image Stabilisation to ensure you get clear and steady footage every time.", "attributes": { "form_factor": "Bar", "sim_card_type": "NanoSIM", @@ -7070,7 +7070,7 @@ To search by products, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "001", "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -7130,7 +7130,7 @@ To search by products, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/search-migration-concept.md b/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/search-migration-concept.md index 9e50f95754b..96d528e3174 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/search-migration-concept.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/search-migration-concept.md @@ -19,9 +19,9 @@ redirect_from: - /docs/scos/dev/migration-concepts/search-migration-concept/search-migration-concept.html --- -Previously, out of the box, Spryker provided support only for Elasticsearch 5 as the search provider. It was impossible to use major versions of Elasticsearch later because of the breaking changes introduced in its version 6 - primarily because of the removal of mapping types. From the very beginning, Spryker’s search setup included one index per store, which was logically divided into several mapping types to support different types of resources. Besides, there was no easy way to substitute Elasticsearch with alternative search providers. +Previously, out of the box, Spryker provided support only for Elasticsearch 5 as the search provider. It was impossible to use major versions of Elasticsearch later because of the breaking changes introduced in its version 6 - primarily because of the removal of mapping types. From the very beginning, Spryker's search setup included one index per store, which was logically divided into several mapping types to support different types of resources. Besides, there was no easy way to substitute Elasticsearch with alternative search providers. -Refactoring of the Spryker’s search sub-system has two main goals: +Refactoring of the Spryker's search sub-system has two main goals: 1. Prepare the infrastructure for replacing Elasticsearch with alternative search providers as well as for using several search providers at a time. 2. Unblock the ability to use Elasticsearch 6, by changing the way, in which the search data is stored in Elasticsearch - rather than having all the data inside of a single index with multiple mapping types, indexed documents are now stored across multiple Elasticsearch indexes each having its own single mapping type. This is compatible with Elasticsearch 6, which allows a single mapping type per index, and is a solid foundation for the future migration to Elasticsearch 7, where the concept of mapping types is removed completely. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ This article describes the changes made to add support of Elasticsearch 6 and cr ## Preparing the infrastructure for replacing Elasticsearch -The central place of the Spryker’s search sub-system is the *Search* module. This module provides APIs for: +The central place of the Spryker's search sub-system is the *Search* module. This module provides APIs for: * installing the infrastructure for search (creating/updating Elasticsearch indexes) * searching for data diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-the-product-catalog.md b/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-the-product-catalog.md index 78025586f03..8a1abe2d1fc 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-the-product-catalog.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-the-product-catalog.md @@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ To search by products, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Acer Liquid Jade", - "description": "Edge Handle Assign a colour and place on People Edge to five of your favourite contacts. Reach out to them at any time by simply swiping inwards from the Edge Handle. When words aren’t enough, send a poke or an emoticon to your People Edge contacts. OnCircle lets you communicate in ways that really count. When it comes to your favourite tracks, sound quality matters. Enjoy rich, balanced audio with Bluetooth audio accessories that support UHQ Audio. Celebrations are always better when you are sharing. Livestream the fun straight from your Galaxy S6 edge+ using the camera’s Live Broadcast function. 4GB RAM and LTE Cat.9 support ensure uninterrupted streaming. No more shaky handheld videos. Video Digital Imaging Stabilisation meets Optical Image Stabilisation to ensure you get clear and steady footage every time.", + "description": "Edge Handle Assign a colour and place on People Edge to five of your favourite contacts. Reach out to them at any time by simply swiping inwards from the Edge Handle. When words aren't enough, send a poke or an emoticon to your People Edge contacts. OnCircle lets you communicate in ways that really count. When it comes to your favourite tracks, sound quality matters. Enjoy rich, balanced audio with Bluetooth audio accessories that support UHQ Audio. Celebrations are always better when you are sharing. Livestream the fun straight from your Galaxy S6 edge+ using the camera's Live Broadcast function. 4GB RAM and LTE Cat.9 support ensure uninterrupted streaming. No more shaky handheld videos. Video Digital Imaging Stabilisation meets Optical Image Stabilisation to ensure you get clear and steady footage every time.", "attributes": { "form_factor": "Bar", "sim_card_type": "NanoSIM", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/algolia/algolia.md b/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/algolia/algolia.md index d7ba1e83340..7eb2c5ff0dd 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/algolia/algolia.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/algolia/algolia.md @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Here is an example of product data stored in Algolia: "sku": "017_21748906", "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W800", "abstract_name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W800", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "url": "/en/sony-cyber-shot-dsc-w800-17", "product_abstract_sku": "017", "rating": 4.5, diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-content-and-search-attribute-cart-based-catalog-personalization/tutorial-boost-cart-based-search.md b/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-content-and-search-attribute-cart-based-catalog-personalization/tutorial-boost-cart-based-search.md index 0416ae01cd1..ad73fe1926f 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-content-and-search-attribute-cart-based-catalog-personalization/tutorial-boost-cart-based-search.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-content-and-search-attribute-cart-based-catalog-personalization/tutorial-boost-cart-based-search.md @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ related: This tutorial describes how you can improve the cart-based search in your project. -Based on the colors of the products in the user's cart, the catalog must first display products that have the same color. For example, if there’s a red product in the cart, the top results in the catalog must also contain red products. +Based on the colors of the products in the user's cart, the catalog must first display products that have the same color. For example, if there's a red product in the cart, the top results in the catalog must also contain red products. To solve the challenge, use instructions from the following sections. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-integrate-any-search-engine-into-a-project.md b/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-integrate-any-search-engine-into-a-project.md index e2bea2198ef..bd8c20cbae0 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-integrate-any-search-engine-into-a-project.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/base-shop/tutorials-and-howtos/tutorial-integrate-any-search-engine-into-a-project.md @@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ To use FACT-Finder as a search data provider, do the following: 1. [Execute search and search suggestion requests](#executing), which implies the following actions: 1. Handling the search request. - 2. Building a query object from the customer’s request. Usually, the request contains a query string, facets, and pagination. All project-specific parameters must be used. + 2. Building a query object from the customer's request. Usually, the request contains a query string, facets, and pagination. All project-specific parameters must be used. 3. Making a request to FACT-Finder with the built query object. - 4. Mapping the response to the shop’s specific format. + 4. Mapping the response to the shop's specific format. 2. [Handle search update events](#populate). @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ To execute the search and search suggestion requests, follow these steps: #### 1. Build and pass a query -1. Define, for example, the `FfSearchQueryTransfer` object, which must contain at least `searchString` (string, customer’s input) and `requestParams` (string, containing, for example, pagination and filters): +1. Define, for example, the `FfSearchQueryTransfer` object, which must contain at least `searchString` (string, customer's input) and `requestParams` (string, containing, for example, pagination and filters): ```xml @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ Returning this JSON data as an object shows you an empty result page. {% info_block infoBox %} -To see what is supported by Spryker’s template, refer to `CatalogDependencyProvider::createCatalogSearchResultFormatterPlugins`. +To see what is supported by Spryker's template, refer to `CatalogDependencyProvider::createCatalogSearchResultFormatterPlugins`. {% endinfo_block %} diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/marketplace/glue-api-retrieve-autocomplete-and-search-suggestions.md b/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/marketplace/glue-api-retrieve-autocomplete-and-search-suggestions.md index 36ba42d9e7c..f15947d1921 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/marketplace/glue-api-retrieve-autocomplete-and-search-suggestions.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/marketplace/glue-api-retrieve-autocomplete-and-search-suggestions.md @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ To retrieve a search suggestion, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Acer Liquid Jade", - "description": "Edge Handle Assign a colour and place on People Edge to five of your favourite contacts. Reach out to them at any time by simply swiping inwards from the Edge Handle. When words aren’t enough, send a poke or an emoticon to your People Edge contacts. OnCircle lets you communicate in ways that really count. When it comes to your favourite tracks, sound quality matters. Enjoy rich, balanced audio with Bluetooth audio accessories that support UHQ Audio. Celebrations are always better when you are sharing. Livestream the fun straight from your Galaxy S6 edge+ using the camera’s Live Broadcast function. 4GB RAM and LTE Cat.9 support ensure uninterrupted streaming. No more shaky handheld videos. Video Digital Imaging Stabilisation meets Optical Image Stabilisation to ensure you get clear and steady footage every time.", + "description": "Edge Handle Assign a colour and place on People Edge to five of your favourite contacts. Reach out to them at any time by simply swiping inwards from the Edge Handle. When words aren't enough, send a poke or an emoticon to your People Edge contacts. OnCircle lets you communicate in ways that really count. When it comes to your favourite tracks, sound quality matters. Enjoy rich, balanced audio with Bluetooth audio accessories that support UHQ Audio. Celebrations are always better when you are sharing. Livestream the fun straight from your Galaxy S6 edge+ using the camera's Live Broadcast function. 4GB RAM and LTE Cat.9 support ensure uninterrupted streaming. No more shaky handheld videos. Video Digital Imaging Stabilisation meets Optical Image Stabilisation to ensure you get clear and steady footage every time.", "attributes": { "form_factor": "Bar", "sim_card_type": "NanoSIM", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/marketplace/glue-api-search-the-product-catalog.md b/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/marketplace/glue-api-search-the-product-catalog.md index cdde7ae0cc7..1d866919511 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/marketplace/glue-api-search-the-product-catalog.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/search/202410.0/marketplace/glue-api-search-the-product-catalog.md @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ To search by products, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Acer Liquid Jade", - "description": "Edge Handle Assign a colour and place on People Edge to five of your favourite contacts. Reach out to them at any time by simply swiping inwards from the Edge Handle. When words aren’t enough, send a poke or an emoticon to your People Edge contacts. OnCircle lets you communicate in ways that really count. When it comes to your favourite tracks, sound quality matters. Enjoy rich, balanced audio with Bluetooth audio accessories that support UHQ Audio. Celebrations are always better when you are sharing. Livestream the fun straight from your Galaxy S6 edge+ using the camera’s Live Broadcast function. 4GB RAM and LTE Cat.9 support ensure uninterrupted streaming. No more shaky handheld videos. Video Digital Imaging Stabilisation meets Optical Image Stabilisation to ensure you get clear and steady footage every time.", + "description": "Edge Handle Assign a colour and place on People Edge to five of your favourite contacts. Reach out to them at any time by simply swiping inwards from the Edge Handle. When words aren't enough, send a poke or an emoticon to your People Edge contacts. OnCircle lets you communicate in ways that really count. When it comes to your favourite tracks, sound quality matters. Enjoy rich, balanced audio with Bluetooth audio accessories that support UHQ Audio. Celebrations are always better when you are sharing. Livestream the fun straight from your Galaxy S6 edge+ using the camera's Live Broadcast function. 4GB RAM and LTE Cat.9 support ensure uninterrupted streaming. No more shaky handheld videos. Video Digital Imaging Stabilisation meets Optical Image Stabilisation to ensure you get clear and steady footage every time.", "attributes": { "form_factor": "Bar", "sim_card_type": "NanoSIM", @@ -7070,7 +7070,7 @@ To search by products, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "001", "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", @@ -7130,7 +7130,7 @@ To search by products, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-wishlists.md b/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-wishlists.md index acb63da2ee4..79b2633dfd1 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-wishlists.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-wishlists.md @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ To retrieve all wishlists of a customer, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W830", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "attributes": { "hdmi": "no", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ To retrieve wishlist items, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W830", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "attributes": { "hdmi": "no", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ To retrieve wishlist items, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W830", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "attributes": { "hdmi": "no", "sensor_type": "CCD", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-shopping-lists.md b/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-shopping-lists.md index 5460491fa34..063d44a3874 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-shopping-lists.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-shopping-lists.md @@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ To retrieve product offers in a shopping list, include `shopping-list-items` and "deliveryTime": "1-3 Tage", "faxNumber": "+49 30 234567800", "legalInformation": { - "terms": "

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel



(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages



(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-E-Mail. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt



Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit



Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

", + "terms": "

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel



(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages



(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-E-Mail. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt



Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit



Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

", "cancellationPolicy": "Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.", "imprint": "

Spryker Systems GmbH

Julie-Wolfthorn-Straße 1
10115 Berlin
DE

Phone: +49 (30) 2084983 50
Email: info@spryker.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Alexander Graf, Boris Lokschin
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: HRB 134310

", "dataPrivacy": "Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Spryker Systems GmbH." diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-wishlists.md b/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-wishlists.md index 25945db5d87..a25afd80f5f 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-wishlists.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202311.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-wishlists.md @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ To retrieve all wishlists of a customer, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W830", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "attributes": { "hdmi": "no", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W830", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "attributes": { "hdmi": "no", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W830", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "attributes": { "hdmi": "no", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "109", "name": "Sony SW2 SmartWatch", - "description": "Anywhere. Any weather SmartWatch 2 is the wireless accessory that has something for everybody. If you are a busy communicator, you will appreciate being on top of everything. If you like to get out running, you can use SmartWatch as your phone remote. If it rains, you can keep on going. SmartWatch 2 can take the rain. If it's bright and sunny, SmartWatch 2 has an impressive sunlight-readable display. Take it anywhere. When you are using a wireless Bluetooth® headset for music, you can use SmartWatch 2 as a phone remote to make or receive calls. When a call comes in, you can see who’s calling in your SmartWatch display, press once to answer and enjoy hands-free calling at its easiest. You can also browse recent calls in your call log and use SmartWatch to initiate a call.", + "description": "Anywhere. Any weather SmartWatch 2 is the wireless accessory that has something for everybody. If you are a busy communicator, you will appreciate being on top of everything. If you like to get out running, you can use SmartWatch as your phone remote. If it rains, you can keep on going. SmartWatch 2 can take the rain. If it's bright and sunny, SmartWatch 2 has an impressive sunlight-readable display. Take it anywhere. When you are using a wireless Bluetooth® headset for music, you can use SmartWatch 2 as a phone remote to make or receive calls. When a call comes in, you can see who's calling in your SmartWatch display, press once to answer and enjoy hands-free calling at its easiest. You can also browse recent calls in your call log and use SmartWatch to initiate a call.", "attributes": { "display_type": "LCD", "shape": "square", @@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "109", "name": "Sony SW2 SmartWatch", - "description": "Anywhere. Any weather SmartWatch 2 is the wireless accessory that has something for everybody. If you are a busy communicator, you will appreciate being on top of everything. If you like to get out running, you can use SmartWatch as your phone remote. If it rains, you can keep on going. SmartWatch 2 can take the rain. If it's bright and sunny, SmartWatch 2 has an impressive sunlight-readable display. Take it anywhere. When you are using a wireless Bluetooth® headset for music, you can use SmartWatch 2 as a phone remote to make or receive calls. When a call comes in, you can see who’s calling in your SmartWatch display, press once to answer and enjoy hands-free calling at its easiest. You can also browse recent calls in your call log and use SmartWatch to initiate a call.", + "description": "Anywhere. Any weather SmartWatch 2 is the wireless accessory that has something for everybody. If you are a busy communicator, you will appreciate being on top of everything. If you like to get out running, you can use SmartWatch as your phone remote. If it rains, you can keep on going. SmartWatch 2 can take the rain. If it's bright and sunny, SmartWatch 2 has an impressive sunlight-readable display. Take it anywhere. When you are using a wireless Bluetooth® headset for music, you can use SmartWatch 2 as a phone remote to make or receive calls. When a call comes in, you can see who's calling in your SmartWatch display, press once to answer and enjoy hands-free calling at its easiest. You can also browse recent calls in your call log and use SmartWatch to initiate a call.", "attributes": { "display_type": "LCD", "shape": "square", @@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "011", "name": "Canon IXUS 180", - "description": "Effortless creativity Just point and shoot to capture fantastic photos or movies with one touch of the Auto Button, which allows Smart Auto to take control and choose the perfect camera settings for you. Play with your creativity in stills or movies using a range of Creative Filters such as Fish Eye, Miniature and Toy Camera. Enjoy exceptional quality, detailed images ideal for creating stunning poster sized prints thanks to 20.0 Megapixels and DIGIC 4+ processing. An intelligent optical Image Stabilizer ensures sharp stills and steady movies in any situation, while the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen allows easy viewing and sharing.", + "description": "Effortless creativity Just point and shoot to capture fantastic photos or movies with one touch of the Auto Button, which allows Smart Auto to take control and choose the perfect camera settings for you. Play with your creativity in stills or movies using a range of Creative Filters such as Fish Eye, Miniature and Toy Camera. Enjoy exceptional quality, detailed images ideal for creating stunning poster sized prints thanks to 20.0 Megapixels and DIGIC 4+ processing. An intelligent optical Image Stabilizer ensures sharp stills and steady movies in any situation, while the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen allows easy viewing and sharing.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "111", "name": "Sony SmartWatch", - "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world’s just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that’ll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", + "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world's just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that'll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", "attributes": { "shape": "square", "bluetooth_version": "3", @@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "011", "name": "Canon IXUS 180", - "description": "Effortless creativity Just point and shoot to capture fantastic photos or movies with one touch of the Auto Button, which allows Smart Auto to take control and choose the perfect camera settings for you. Play with your creativity in stills or movies using a range of Creative Filters such as Fish Eye, Miniature and Toy Camera. Enjoy exceptional quality, detailed images ideal for creating stunning poster sized prints thanks to 20.0 Megapixels and DIGIC 4+ processing. An intelligent optical Image Stabilizer ensures sharp stills and steady movies in any situation, while the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen allows easy viewing and sharing.", + "description": "Effortless creativity Just point and shoot to capture fantastic photos or movies with one touch of the Auto Button, which allows Smart Auto to take control and choose the perfect camera settings for you. Play with your creativity in stills or movies using a range of Creative Filters such as Fish Eye, Miniature and Toy Camera. Enjoy exceptional quality, detailed images ideal for creating stunning poster sized prints thanks to 20.0 Megapixels and DIGIC 4+ processing. An intelligent optical Image Stabilizer ensures sharp stills and steady movies in any situation, while the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen allows easy viewing and sharing.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -1602,7 +1602,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "111", "name": "Sony SmartWatch", - "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world’s just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that’ll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", + "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world's just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that'll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", "attributes": { "shape": "square", "bluetooth_version": "3", @@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "011", "name": "Canon IXUS 180", - "description": "Effortless creativity Just point and shoot to capture fantastic photos or movies with one touch of the Auto Button, which allows Smart Auto to take control and choose the perfect camera settings for you. Play with your creativity in stills or movies using a range of Creative Filters such as Fish Eye, Miniature and Toy Camera. Enjoy exceptional quality, detailed images ideal for creating stunning poster sized prints thanks to 20.0 Megapixels and DIGIC 4+ processing. An intelligent optical Image Stabilizer ensures sharp stills and steady movies in any situation, while the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen allows easy viewing and sharing.", + "description": "Effortless creativity Just point and shoot to capture fantastic photos or movies with one touch of the Auto Button, which allows Smart Auto to take control and choose the perfect camera settings for you. Play with your creativity in stills or movies using a range of Creative Filters such as Fish Eye, Miniature and Toy Camera. Enjoy exceptional quality, detailed images ideal for creating stunning poster sized prints thanks to 20.0 Megapixels and DIGIC 4+ processing. An intelligent optical Image Stabilizer ensures sharp stills and steady movies in any situation, while the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen allows easy viewing and sharing.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -1986,7 +1986,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "111", "name": "Sony SmartWatch", - "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world’s just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that’ll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", + "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world's just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that'll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", "attributes": { "shape": "square", "bluetooth_version": "3", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-wishlists.md b/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-wishlists.md index 843e9759e8e..266ffcb8079 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-wishlists.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-wishlists.md @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ To retrieve all wishlists of a customer, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W830", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "attributes": { "hdmi": "no", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ To retrieve wishlist items, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W830", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "attributes": { "hdmi": "no", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ To retrieve wishlist items, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W830", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "attributes": { "hdmi": "no", "sensor_type": "CCD", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-shopping-lists.md b/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-shopping-lists.md index 5460491fa34..063d44a3874 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-shopping-lists.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-shopping-lists.md @@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ To retrieve product offers in a shopping list, include `shopping-list-items` and "deliveryTime": "1-3 Tage", "faxNumber": "+49 30 234567800", "legalInformation": { - "terms": "

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel



(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages



(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-E-Mail. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt



Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit



Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

", + "terms": "

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel



(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages



(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-E-Mail. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt



Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit



Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

", "cancellationPolicy": "Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.", "imprint": "

Spryker Systems GmbH

Julie-Wolfthorn-Straße 1
10115 Berlin
DE

Phone: +49 (30) 2084983 50
Email: info@spryker.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Alexander Graf, Boris Lokschin
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: HRB 134310

", "dataPrivacy": "Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Spryker Systems GmbH." diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-wishlists.md b/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-wishlists.md index 25945db5d87..a25afd80f5f 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-wishlists.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202404.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-wishlists.md @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ To retrieve all wishlists of a customer, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W830", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "attributes": { "hdmi": "no", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W830", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "attributes": { "hdmi": "no", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W830", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "attributes": { "hdmi": "no", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "109", "name": "Sony SW2 SmartWatch", - "description": "Anywhere. Any weather SmartWatch 2 is the wireless accessory that has something for everybody. If you are a busy communicator, you will appreciate being on top of everything. If you like to get out running, you can use SmartWatch as your phone remote. If it rains, you can keep on going. SmartWatch 2 can take the rain. If it's bright and sunny, SmartWatch 2 has an impressive sunlight-readable display. Take it anywhere. When you are using a wireless Bluetooth® headset for music, you can use SmartWatch 2 as a phone remote to make or receive calls. When a call comes in, you can see who’s calling in your SmartWatch display, press once to answer and enjoy hands-free calling at its easiest. You can also browse recent calls in your call log and use SmartWatch to initiate a call.", + "description": "Anywhere. Any weather SmartWatch 2 is the wireless accessory that has something for everybody. If you are a busy communicator, you will appreciate being on top of everything. If you like to get out running, you can use SmartWatch as your phone remote. If it rains, you can keep on going. SmartWatch 2 can take the rain. If it's bright and sunny, SmartWatch 2 has an impressive sunlight-readable display. Take it anywhere. When you are using a wireless Bluetooth® headset for music, you can use SmartWatch 2 as a phone remote to make or receive calls. When a call comes in, you can see who's calling in your SmartWatch display, press once to answer and enjoy hands-free calling at its easiest. You can also browse recent calls in your call log and use SmartWatch to initiate a call.", "attributes": { "display_type": "LCD", "shape": "square", @@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "109", "name": "Sony SW2 SmartWatch", - "description": "Anywhere. Any weather SmartWatch 2 is the wireless accessory that has something for everybody. If you are a busy communicator, you will appreciate being on top of everything. If you like to get out running, you can use SmartWatch as your phone remote. If it rains, you can keep on going. SmartWatch 2 can take the rain. If it's bright and sunny, SmartWatch 2 has an impressive sunlight-readable display. Take it anywhere. When you are using a wireless Bluetooth® headset for music, you can use SmartWatch 2 as a phone remote to make or receive calls. When a call comes in, you can see who’s calling in your SmartWatch display, press once to answer and enjoy hands-free calling at its easiest. You can also browse recent calls in your call log and use SmartWatch to initiate a call.", + "description": "Anywhere. Any weather SmartWatch 2 is the wireless accessory that has something for everybody. If you are a busy communicator, you will appreciate being on top of everything. If you like to get out running, you can use SmartWatch as your phone remote. If it rains, you can keep on going. SmartWatch 2 can take the rain. If it's bright and sunny, SmartWatch 2 has an impressive sunlight-readable display. Take it anywhere. When you are using a wireless Bluetooth® headset for music, you can use SmartWatch 2 as a phone remote to make or receive calls. When a call comes in, you can see who's calling in your SmartWatch display, press once to answer and enjoy hands-free calling at its easiest. You can also browse recent calls in your call log and use SmartWatch to initiate a call.", "attributes": { "display_type": "LCD", "shape": "square", @@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "011", "name": "Canon IXUS 180", - "description": "Effortless creativity Just point and shoot to capture fantastic photos or movies with one touch of the Auto Button, which allows Smart Auto to take control and choose the perfect camera settings for you. Play with your creativity in stills or movies using a range of Creative Filters such as Fish Eye, Miniature and Toy Camera. Enjoy exceptional quality, detailed images ideal for creating stunning poster sized prints thanks to 20.0 Megapixels and DIGIC 4+ processing. An intelligent optical Image Stabilizer ensures sharp stills and steady movies in any situation, while the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen allows easy viewing and sharing.", + "description": "Effortless creativity Just point and shoot to capture fantastic photos or movies with one touch of the Auto Button, which allows Smart Auto to take control and choose the perfect camera settings for you. Play with your creativity in stills or movies using a range of Creative Filters such as Fish Eye, Miniature and Toy Camera. Enjoy exceptional quality, detailed images ideal for creating stunning poster sized prints thanks to 20.0 Megapixels and DIGIC 4+ processing. An intelligent optical Image Stabilizer ensures sharp stills and steady movies in any situation, while the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen allows easy viewing and sharing.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "111", "name": "Sony SmartWatch", - "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world’s just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that’ll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", + "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world's just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that'll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", "attributes": { "shape": "square", "bluetooth_version": "3", @@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "011", "name": "Canon IXUS 180", - "description": "Effortless creativity Just point and shoot to capture fantastic photos or movies with one touch of the Auto Button, which allows Smart Auto to take control and choose the perfect camera settings for you. Play with your creativity in stills or movies using a range of Creative Filters such as Fish Eye, Miniature and Toy Camera. Enjoy exceptional quality, detailed images ideal for creating stunning poster sized prints thanks to 20.0 Megapixels and DIGIC 4+ processing. An intelligent optical Image Stabilizer ensures sharp stills and steady movies in any situation, while the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen allows easy viewing and sharing.", + "description": "Effortless creativity Just point and shoot to capture fantastic photos or movies with one touch of the Auto Button, which allows Smart Auto to take control and choose the perfect camera settings for you. Play with your creativity in stills or movies using a range of Creative Filters such as Fish Eye, Miniature and Toy Camera. Enjoy exceptional quality, detailed images ideal for creating stunning poster sized prints thanks to 20.0 Megapixels and DIGIC 4+ processing. An intelligent optical Image Stabilizer ensures sharp stills and steady movies in any situation, while the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen allows easy viewing and sharing.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -1602,7 +1602,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "111", "name": "Sony SmartWatch", - "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world’s just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that’ll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", + "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world's just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that'll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", "attributes": { "shape": "square", "bluetooth_version": "3", @@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "011", "name": "Canon IXUS 180", - "description": "Effortless creativity Just point and shoot to capture fantastic photos or movies with one touch of the Auto Button, which allows Smart Auto to take control and choose the perfect camera settings for you. Play with your creativity in stills or movies using a range of Creative Filters such as Fish Eye, Miniature and Toy Camera. Enjoy exceptional quality, detailed images ideal for creating stunning poster sized prints thanks to 20.0 Megapixels and DIGIC 4+ processing. An intelligent optical Image Stabilizer ensures sharp stills and steady movies in any situation, while the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen allows easy viewing and sharing.", + "description": "Effortless creativity Just point and shoot to capture fantastic photos or movies with one touch of the Auto Button, which allows Smart Auto to take control and choose the perfect camera settings for you. Play with your creativity in stills or movies using a range of Creative Filters such as Fish Eye, Miniature and Toy Camera. Enjoy exceptional quality, detailed images ideal for creating stunning poster sized prints thanks to 20.0 Megapixels and DIGIC 4+ processing. An intelligent optical Image Stabilizer ensures sharp stills and steady movies in any situation, while the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen allows easy viewing and sharing.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -1986,7 +1986,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "111", "name": "Sony SmartWatch", - "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world’s just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that’ll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", + "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world's just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that'll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", "attributes": { "shape": "square", "bluetooth_version": "3", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-wishlists.md b/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-wishlists.md index f1e6c7d9bf6..a894022186c 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-wishlists.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-wishlists.md @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ To retrieve all wishlists of a customer, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W830", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "attributes": { "hdmi": "no", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ To retrieve wishlist items, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W830", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "attributes": { "hdmi": "no", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ To retrieve wishlist items, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W830", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "attributes": { "hdmi": "no", "sensor_type": "CCD", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-shopping-lists.md b/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-shopping-lists.md index b85500ec650..77b0dd92fa3 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-shopping-lists.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-shopping-lists.md @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ To retrieve product offers in a shopping list, include `shopping-list-items` and "deliveryTime": "1-3 Tage", "faxNumber": "+49 30 234567800", "legalInformation": { - "terms": "

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel



(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter“) und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages



(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-E-Mail. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt



Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit



Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

", + "terms": "

§ 1 Geltungsbereich & Abwehrklausel



(1) Für die über diesen Internet-Shop begründeten Rechtsbeziehungen zwischen dem Betreiber des Shops (nachfolgend „Anbieter") und seinen Kunden gelten ausschließlich die folgenden Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen in der jeweiligen Fassung zum Zeitpunkt der Bestellung.

(2) Abweichende Allgemeine Geschäftsbedingungen des Kunden werden zurückgewiesen.

§ 2 Zustandekommen des Vertrages



(1) Die Präsentation der Waren im Internet-Shop stellt kein bindendes Angebot des Anbieters auf Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages dar. Der Kunde wird hierdurch lediglich aufgefordert, durch eine Bestellung ein Angebot abzugeben.

(2) Durch das Absenden der Bestellung im Internet-Shop gibt der Kunde ein verbindliches Angebot gerichtet auf den Abschluss eines Kaufvertrages über die im Warenkorb enthaltenen Waren ab. Mit dem Absenden der Bestellung erkennt der Kunde auch diese Geschäftsbedingungen als für das Rechtsverhältnis mit dem Anbieter allein maßgeblich an.

(3) Der Anbieter bestätigt den Eingang der Bestellung des Kunden durch Versendung einer Bestätigungs-E-Mail. Diese Bestellbestätigung stellt noch nicht die Annahme des Vertragsangebotes durch den Anbieter dar. Sie dient lediglich der Information des Kunden, dass die Bestellung beim Anbieter eingegangen ist. Die Erklärung der Annahme des Vertragsangebotes erfolgt durch die Auslieferung der Ware oder eine ausdrückliche Annahmeerklärung.

§ 3 Eigentumsvorbehalt



Die gelieferte Ware verbleibt bis zur vollständigen Bezahlung im Eigentum des Anbieters.

§ 4 Fälligkeit



Die Zahlung des Kaufpreises ist mit Vertragsschluss fällig.

", "cancellationPolicy": "Sie haben das Recht, binnen vierzehn Tagen ohne Angabe von Gründen diesen Vertrag zu widerrufen. Die Widerrufsfrist beträgt vierzehn Tage ab dem Tag, an dem Sie oder ein von Ihnen benannter Dritter, der nicht der Beförderer ist, die letzte Ware in Besitz genommen hat. Sie können dafür das beigefügte Muster-Widerrufsformular verwenden, das jedoch nicht vorgeschrieben ist. Zur Wahrung der Widerrufsfrist reicht es aus, dass Sie die Mitteilung über die Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts vor Ablauf der Widerrufsfrist absenden.", "imprint": "

Spryker Systems GmbH

Julie-Wolfthorn-Straße 1
10115 Berlin
DE

Phone: +49 (30) 2084983 50
Email: info@spryker.com

Vertreten durch
Geschäftsführer: Alexander Graf, Boris Lokschin
Registergericht: Hamburg
Registernummer: HRB 134310

", "dataPrivacy": "Für die Abwicklung ihrer Bestellung gelten auch die Datenschutzbestimmungen von Spryker Systems GmbH." diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-wishlists.md b/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-wishlists.md index 25945db5d87..a25afd80f5f 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-wishlists.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/shopping-list-and-wishlist/202410.0/marketplace/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-marketplace-wishlists.md @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ To retrieve all wishlists of a customer, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W830", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "attributes": { "hdmi": "no", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W830", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "attributes": { "hdmi": "no", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Sony Cyber-shot DSC-W830", - "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There’s a range of modes to choose from – you don’t even have to download image-editing software.", + "description": "Styled for your pocket Precision photography meets the portability of a smartphone. The W800 is small enough to take great photos, look good while doing it, and slip in your pocket. Shooting great photos and videos is easy with the W800. Buttons are positioned for ease of use, while a dedicated movie button makes shooting movies simple. The vivid 2.7-type Clear Photo LCD display screen lets you view your stills and play back movies with minimal effort. Whip out the W800 to capture crisp, smooth footage in an instant. At the press of a button, you can record blur-free 720 HD images with digital sound. Breathe new life into a picture by using built-in Picture Effect technology. There's a range of modes to choose from – you don't even have to download image-editing software.", "attributes": { "hdmi": "no", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "109", "name": "Sony SW2 SmartWatch", - "description": "Anywhere. Any weather SmartWatch 2 is the wireless accessory that has something for everybody. If you are a busy communicator, you will appreciate being on top of everything. If you like to get out running, you can use SmartWatch as your phone remote. If it rains, you can keep on going. SmartWatch 2 can take the rain. If it's bright and sunny, SmartWatch 2 has an impressive sunlight-readable display. Take it anywhere. When you are using a wireless Bluetooth® headset for music, you can use SmartWatch 2 as a phone remote to make or receive calls. When a call comes in, you can see who’s calling in your SmartWatch display, press once to answer and enjoy hands-free calling at its easiest. You can also browse recent calls in your call log and use SmartWatch to initiate a call.", + "description": "Anywhere. Any weather SmartWatch 2 is the wireless accessory that has something for everybody. If you are a busy communicator, you will appreciate being on top of everything. If you like to get out running, you can use SmartWatch as your phone remote. If it rains, you can keep on going. SmartWatch 2 can take the rain. If it's bright and sunny, SmartWatch 2 has an impressive sunlight-readable display. Take it anywhere. When you are using a wireless Bluetooth® headset for music, you can use SmartWatch 2 as a phone remote to make or receive calls. When a call comes in, you can see who's calling in your SmartWatch display, press once to answer and enjoy hands-free calling at its easiest. You can also browse recent calls in your call log and use SmartWatch to initiate a call.", "attributes": { "display_type": "LCD", "shape": "square", @@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "109", "name": "Sony SW2 SmartWatch", - "description": "Anywhere. Any weather SmartWatch 2 is the wireless accessory that has something for everybody. If you are a busy communicator, you will appreciate being on top of everything. If you like to get out running, you can use SmartWatch as your phone remote. If it rains, you can keep on going. SmartWatch 2 can take the rain. If it's bright and sunny, SmartWatch 2 has an impressive sunlight-readable display. Take it anywhere. When you are using a wireless Bluetooth® headset for music, you can use SmartWatch 2 as a phone remote to make or receive calls. When a call comes in, you can see who’s calling in your SmartWatch display, press once to answer and enjoy hands-free calling at its easiest. You can also browse recent calls in your call log and use SmartWatch to initiate a call.", + "description": "Anywhere. Any weather SmartWatch 2 is the wireless accessory that has something for everybody. If you are a busy communicator, you will appreciate being on top of everything. If you like to get out running, you can use SmartWatch as your phone remote. If it rains, you can keep on going. SmartWatch 2 can take the rain. If it's bright and sunny, SmartWatch 2 has an impressive sunlight-readable display. Take it anywhere. When you are using a wireless Bluetooth® headset for music, you can use SmartWatch 2 as a phone remote to make or receive calls. When a call comes in, you can see who's calling in your SmartWatch display, press once to answer and enjoy hands-free calling at its easiest. You can also browse recent calls in your call log and use SmartWatch to initiate a call.", "attributes": { "display_type": "LCD", "shape": "square", @@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "011", "name": "Canon IXUS 180", - "description": "Effortless creativity Just point and shoot to capture fantastic photos or movies with one touch of the Auto Button, which allows Smart Auto to take control and choose the perfect camera settings for you. Play with your creativity in stills or movies using a range of Creative Filters such as Fish Eye, Miniature and Toy Camera. Enjoy exceptional quality, detailed images ideal for creating stunning poster sized prints thanks to 20.0 Megapixels and DIGIC 4+ processing. An intelligent optical Image Stabilizer ensures sharp stills and steady movies in any situation, while the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen allows easy viewing and sharing.", + "description": "Effortless creativity Just point and shoot to capture fantastic photos or movies with one touch of the Auto Button, which allows Smart Auto to take control and choose the perfect camera settings for you. Play with your creativity in stills or movies using a range of Creative Filters such as Fish Eye, Miniature and Toy Camera. Enjoy exceptional quality, detailed images ideal for creating stunning poster sized prints thanks to 20.0 Megapixels and DIGIC 4+ processing. An intelligent optical Image Stabilizer ensures sharp stills and steady movies in any situation, while the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen allows easy viewing and sharing.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "111", "name": "Sony SmartWatch", - "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world’s just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that’ll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", + "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world's just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that'll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", "attributes": { "shape": "square", "bluetooth_version": "3", @@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "011", "name": "Canon IXUS 180", - "description": "Effortless creativity Just point and shoot to capture fantastic photos or movies with one touch of the Auto Button, which allows Smart Auto to take control and choose the perfect camera settings for you. Play with your creativity in stills or movies using a range of Creative Filters such as Fish Eye, Miniature and Toy Camera. Enjoy exceptional quality, detailed images ideal for creating stunning poster sized prints thanks to 20.0 Megapixels and DIGIC 4+ processing. An intelligent optical Image Stabilizer ensures sharp stills and steady movies in any situation, while the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen allows easy viewing and sharing.", + "description": "Effortless creativity Just point and shoot to capture fantastic photos or movies with one touch of the Auto Button, which allows Smart Auto to take control and choose the perfect camera settings for you. Play with your creativity in stills or movies using a range of Creative Filters such as Fish Eye, Miniature and Toy Camera. Enjoy exceptional quality, detailed images ideal for creating stunning poster sized prints thanks to 20.0 Megapixels and DIGIC 4+ processing. An intelligent optical Image Stabilizer ensures sharp stills and steady movies in any situation, while the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen allows easy viewing and sharing.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -1602,7 +1602,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "111", "name": "Sony SmartWatch", - "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world’s just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that’ll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", + "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world's just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that'll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", "attributes": { "shape": "square", "bluetooth_version": "3", @@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "011", "name": "Canon IXUS 180", - "description": "Effortless creativity Just point and shoot to capture fantastic photos or movies with one touch of the Auto Button, which allows Smart Auto to take control and choose the perfect camera settings for you. Play with your creativity in stills or movies using a range of Creative Filters such as Fish Eye, Miniature and Toy Camera. Enjoy exceptional quality, detailed images ideal for creating stunning poster sized prints thanks to 20.0 Megapixels and DIGIC 4+ processing. An intelligent optical Image Stabilizer ensures sharp stills and steady movies in any situation, while the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen allows easy viewing and sharing.", + "description": "Effortless creativity Just point and shoot to capture fantastic photos or movies with one touch of the Auto Button, which allows Smart Auto to take control and choose the perfect camera settings for you. Play with your creativity in stills or movies using a range of Creative Filters such as Fish Eye, Miniature and Toy Camera. Enjoy exceptional quality, detailed images ideal for creating stunning poster sized prints thanks to 20.0 Megapixels and DIGIC 4+ processing. An intelligent optical Image Stabilizer ensures sharp stills and steady movies in any situation, while the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen allows easy viewing and sharing.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "sensor_type": "CCD", @@ -1986,7 +1986,7 @@ To retrieve a specific wishlist, send the request: "reviewCount": 0, "productAbstractSku": "111", "name": "Sony SmartWatch", - "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world’s just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that’ll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", + "description": "Your world at your fingertips SmartWatch features an easy-to-use, ultra-responsive touch display. Finding your way around SmartWatch is super simple. Your world's just a tap, swipe or press away. Want to do more with your SmartWatch? Download compatible applications on Google Play™. And customise your SmartWatch to make it exclusively yours. Customise your SmartWatch with a 20mm wristband. Or wear its stylish wristband. You can even use it as a clip. This ultra-thin Android™ remote was designed to impress. An elegant Android watch that'll keep you discreetly updated and your hands free.", "attributes": { "shape": "square", "bluetooth_version": "3", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/tax-module-reference-information.md b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/tax-module-reference-information.md index 7824e0d174f..303d3d2dcd1 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/tax-module-reference-information.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/tax-module-reference-information.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ The Tax module is responsible for handling tax rates that can apply for products The tax sets can have different tax rates for each country defined in your shop. You can see in the diagram below how these entities are modeled in the database. ![Database for tax sets](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Features/Tax/Tax+Version+1.0/tax.png) -A tax set is defined by a name and is uniquely identified by an `id`. As its name says, it’s associated to a set of rates. A tax rate is defined by a name, a numeric rate value and it’s linked to a country. +A tax set is defined by a name and is uniquely identified by an `id`. As its name says, it's associated to a set of rates. A tax rate is defined by a name, a numeric rate value and it's linked to a country. All in one, a tax set contains of collection of tax rates that apply by country. @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ The calculator plugins are registered in the `CalculationDependencyProvider:getC One of the most common use cases of extending the Tax module is to provide a custom calculator. -In the coding example below, we’ll implement a calculator that uses a flat tax rate for all the products. +In the coding example below, we'll implement a calculator that uses a flat tax rate for all the products. The new calculator plugin must extend the `AbstractPlugin` class and implement the `CalculatorPluginInterface`. @@ -151,4 +151,4 @@ class CalculationDependencyProvider extends SprykerCalculationDependencyProvider ## Migration guide -If you’re migrating the Tax module from version 2 to version 3, you need to follow the steps described in the [Upgrade the Tax module](/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/upgrade-the-tax-module.html). +If you're migrating the Tax module from version 2 to version 3, you need to follow the steps described in the [Upgrade the Tax module](/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/upgrade-the-tax-module.html). diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/avalara/install-avalara.md b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/avalara/install-avalara.md index 0d42aed785a..d26a3a35b6d 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/avalara/install-avalara.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/avalara/install-avalara.md @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ Response: **data/import/common/common/product\_abstract.csv** ```csv category_key,category_product_order,abstract_sku,name.en_US,name.de_DE,url.en_US,url.de_DE,attribute_key_1,value_1,attribute_key_1.en_US,value_1.en_US,attribute_key_1.de_DE,value_1.de_DE,attribute_key_2,value_2,attribute_key_2.en_US,value_2.en_US,attribute_key_2.de_DE,value_2.de_DE,attribute_key_3,value_3,attribute_key_3.en_US,value_3.en_US,attribute_key_3.de_DE,value_3.de_DE,attribute_key_4,value_4,attribute_key_4.en_US,value_4.en_US,attribute_key_4.de_DE,value_4.de_DE,attribute_key_5,value_5,attribute_key_6,value_6,attribute_key_6.en_US,value_6.en_US,attribute_key_6.de_DE,value_6.de_DE,color_code,description.en_US,description.de_DE,tax_set_name,meta_title.en_US,meta_title.de_DE,meta_keywords.en_US,meta_keywords.de_DE,meta_description.en_US,meta_description.de_DE,new_from,new_to,avalaraTaxCode -digital-cameras,16,001,Canon IXUS 160,Canon IXUS 160,/en/canon-ixus-160-1,/de/canon-ixus-160-1,megapixel,20 MP,,,,,flash_range_tele,1.3-1.5 m,flash_range_tele,4.2-4.9 ft,,,memory_slots,1,,,,,usb_version,2,,,,,brand,Canon,,,color,Red,color,Weinrot,#DC2E09,"Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.","Beeindruckende Aufnahmen, ganz einfach Smart Auto ermöglicht die mühelose Aufnahme von fantastischen Fotos und Movies – die Kamera wählt in diesem Modus automatisch die idealen Einstellungen für die jeweilige Aufnahmesituation. Sie müssen nur noch das Motiv anvisieren und auslösen. Ein Druck auf die Hilfe-Taste führt zu leicht verständlichen Erklärungen der Kamerafunktionen. Zahlreiche Kreativfilter laden zum Experimentieren ein und bieten echten Fotospaß. So lässt sich neben vielen anderen Optionen der Verzeichnungseffekt eines Fisheye-Objektivs nachempfinden oder in Fotos und Movies werden die Dinge wie Miniaturmodelle dargestellt.",Entertainment Electronics,Canon IXUS 160,Canon IXUS 160,"Canon,Entertainment Electronics","Canon,Entertainment Electronics",Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results whi,"Beeindruckende Aufnahmen, ganz einfach Smart Auto ermöglicht die mühelose Aufnahme von fantastischen Fotos und Movies – die Kamera wählt in diesem Modus au","",2020-01-01 00:00:00.000000,PC040111 +digital-cameras,16,001,Canon IXUS 160,Canon IXUS 160,/en/canon-ixus-160-1,/de/canon-ixus-160-1,megapixel,20 MP,,,,,flash_range_tele,1.3-1.5 m,flash_range_tele,4.2-4.9 ft,,,memory_slots,1,,,,,usb_version,2,,,,,brand,Canon,,,color,Red,color,Weinrot,#DC2E09,"Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.","Beeindruckende Aufnahmen, ganz einfach Smart Auto ermöglicht die mühelose Aufnahme von fantastischen Fotos und Movies – die Kamera wählt in diesem Modus automatisch die idealen Einstellungen für die jeweilige Aufnahmesituation. Sie müssen nur noch das Motiv anvisieren und auslösen. Ein Druck auf die Hilfe-Taste führt zu leicht verständlichen Erklärungen der Kamerafunktionen. Zahlreiche Kreativfilter laden zum Experimentieren ein und bieten echten Fotospaß. So lässt sich neben vielen anderen Optionen der Verzeichnungseffekt eines Fisheye-Objektivs nachempfinden oder in Fotos und Movies werden die Dinge wie Miniaturmodelle dargestellt.",Entertainment Electronics,Canon IXUS 160,Canon IXUS 160,"Canon,Entertainment Electronics","Canon,Entertainment Electronics",Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results whi,"Beeindruckende Aufnahmen, ganz einfach Smart Auto ermöglicht die mühelose Aufnahme von fantastischen Fotos und Movies – die Kamera wählt in diesem Modus au","",2020-01-01 00:00:00.000000,PC040111 ``` 4. Import data: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/install-vertex/integrate-the-vertex-app.md b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/install-vertex/integrate-the-vertex-app.md index 45e36a376e1..f75103c7215 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/install-vertex/integrate-the-vertex-app.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/install-vertex/integrate-the-vertex-app.md @@ -366,19 +366,19 @@ The following table reflects the mapping of the Spryker Quote/Order transfer obj | billingAddress | lineItems[].customer.administrativeDestination | | | items[].merchantStockAddresses | lineItems[].seller.physicalOrigin | Multiple addresses are mapped to multiple items in the Vertex PBC and Vertex API lineItems[]. | | items[].merchantProfileAddress | lineItems[].seller.administrativeOrigin | | -| items[].unitDiscountAmountFullAggregation | lineItems[].discount.discountValue | Prices are converted from the Spryker’s cent-based format to the Vertex decimal format. | +| items[].unitDiscountAmountFullAggregation | lineItems[].discount.discountValue | Prices are converted from the Spryker's cent-based format to the Vertex decimal format. | | - | lineItems[].discount.discountType | Always `DiscountAmount`. Spryker stores discount based on amount, so there is no need for percentage-based discounts. | -| items[].unitPrice (either GROSS or NET depending on the currently selected mode) | lineItems[].unitPrice | Prices are converted from Spryker’s cent-based format to Vertex decimal format. | +| items[].unitPrice (either GROSS or NET depending on the currently selected mode) | lineItems[].unitPrice | Prices are converted from Spryker's cent-based format to Vertex decimal format. | | items[].merchantStockAddresses.quantityToShip | lineItems[].quantity.value | If quantityToShip is less than quantity requested in cart - in this case this item will be mapped to multiple items in the Vertex API. | -| - | lineItems[].quantity.unitOfMeasure | Always `EA` (“each”). Other units of measure are not supported yet. | +| - | lineItems[].quantity.unitOfMeasure | Always `EA` ("each"). Other units of measure are not supported yet. | | items[].taxMetadata | Mapped over specific lineItem 1:1 | Metadata is supposed to follow the structure of the Vertex API request. For lineItems it's mapped over each corresponding item based on lineItemId. | | items[].taxMetadata.seller.company | lineItems[].seller.company | Required by Vertex from the legal point of view. | -| expenses (only for expenses with type `SHIPMENT_EXPENSE_TYPE`) | lineItems | Shipments are treated just like products in Vertex - it’s all a line item. | +| expenses (only for expenses with type `SHIPMENT_EXPENSE_TYPE`) | lineItems | Shipments are treated just like products in Vertex - it's all a line item. | | expenses.hash | lineItems[].lineItemId | | | expenses.shipment.shipmentAddress | lineItems[].customer.destination | | | billingAddress | lineItems[].customer.administrativeDestination | | | expenses.sumPrice (either GROSS or NET depending on currently selected mode) | lineItems[].extendedPrice | | -| expenses.sumDiscountAmountAggregation | lineItems[].discount.discountValue | Prices are converted from the Spryker’s cent-based format to the Vertex decimal format. | +| expenses.sumDiscountAmountAggregation | lineItems[].discount.discountValue | Prices are converted from the Spryker's cent-based format to the Vertex decimal format. | | - | lineItems[].discount.discountType | Always `DiscountAmount`. Spryker stores discount based on amount, so there is no need to use percentage-based discounts. | ##### Location mapping diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/troubleshooting-vertex.md b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/troubleshooting-vertex.md index 4287a3e1250..9401f94a582 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/troubleshooting-vertex.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/troubleshooting-vertex.md @@ -16,6 +16,6 @@ Also, make sure that the Vertex app is activated in the ACP catalog: You can also use the Vertex log files on your Vertex platform to check the logs on the Vertex side. To access the logs, go to **System -> Administration -> Log Files**. -## I don’t know if the right address is being sent to Vertex +## I don't know if the right address is being sent to Vertex Ensure that you have the needed fields for the address in your country. For example, if you are in the US, ensure that a state field is on your address form on the Storefront. Alternatively, Vertex offers an [address cleansing product](https://www.vertexinc.com/solutions/products/vertex-o-series-address-cleansing) for the US only. It can be integrated into your project for address cleansing and validation. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/vertex-faq.md b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/vertex-faq.md index 3fffb9a25df..718342a3a62 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/vertex-faq.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/vertex-faq.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ The Product Class Code is used to represent groups or categories of products or **How will stock address information be used in the Marketplace? Does it calculate freight tax for shipment?** -We do not support freight shipment in terms of big packaging support, but if it’s about just calculating taxes for shipping price, yes, it’s supported. +We do not support freight shipment in terms of big packaging support, but if it's about just calculating taxes for shipping price, yes, it's supported. **Could you share more information about sending invoices to Vertex through the OMS feature?** diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/vertex.md b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/vertex.md index 7f960a2bd28..e3c8ba3468c 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/vertex.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202311.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/vertex.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirect_from: ![vertex-hero](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/vertex/vertex.md/vertex-hero.png) -The Spryker-Vertex integration is part of the tax Category of Spryker’s App Composition Platform. This integration is built with support for both the default Storefront as well as Spryker’s GLUE APIs. For more information about Vertex, see the [Vertex website](https://www.vertexinc.com/). +The Spryker-Vertex integration is part of the tax Category of Spryker's App Composition Platform. This integration is built with support for both the default Storefront as well as Spryker's GLUE APIs. For more information about Vertex, see the [Vertex website](https://www.vertexinc.com/). The Spryker Vertex app, constructed on the basis of the *Vertex O Series* software, performs automatic, near-real-time tax calculations at the point of purchase while accounting for the following: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202404.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/tax-module-reference-information.md b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202404.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/tax-module-reference-information.md index 7824e0d174f..303d3d2dcd1 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202404.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/tax-module-reference-information.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202404.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/tax-module-reference-information.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ The Tax module is responsible for handling tax rates that can apply for products The tax sets can have different tax rates for each country defined in your shop. You can see in the diagram below how these entities are modeled in the database. ![Database for tax sets](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Features/Tax/Tax+Version+1.0/tax.png) -A tax set is defined by a name and is uniquely identified by an `id`. As its name says, it’s associated to a set of rates. A tax rate is defined by a name, a numeric rate value and it’s linked to a country. +A tax set is defined by a name and is uniquely identified by an `id`. As its name says, it's associated to a set of rates. A tax rate is defined by a name, a numeric rate value and it's linked to a country. All in one, a tax set contains of collection of tax rates that apply by country. @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ The calculator plugins are registered in the `CalculationDependencyProvider:getC One of the most common use cases of extending the Tax module is to provide a custom calculator. -In the coding example below, we’ll implement a calculator that uses a flat tax rate for all the products. +In the coding example below, we'll implement a calculator that uses a flat tax rate for all the products. The new calculator plugin must extend the `AbstractPlugin` class and implement the `CalculatorPluginInterface`. @@ -151,4 +151,4 @@ class CalculationDependencyProvider extends SprykerCalculationDependencyProvider ## Migration guide -If you’re migrating the Tax module from version 2 to version 3, you need to follow the steps described in the [Upgrade the Tax module](/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/upgrade-the-tax-module.html). +If you're migrating the Tax module from version 2 to version 3, you need to follow the steps described in the [Upgrade the Tax module](/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/upgrade-the-tax-module.html). diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/avalara/install-avalara.md b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/avalara/install-avalara.md index 0d42aed785a..d26a3a35b6d 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/avalara/install-avalara.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/avalara/install-avalara.md @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ Response: **data/import/common/common/product\_abstract.csv** ```csv category_key,category_product_order,abstract_sku,name.en_US,name.de_DE,url.en_US,url.de_DE,attribute_key_1,value_1,attribute_key_1.en_US,value_1.en_US,attribute_key_1.de_DE,value_1.de_DE,attribute_key_2,value_2,attribute_key_2.en_US,value_2.en_US,attribute_key_2.de_DE,value_2.de_DE,attribute_key_3,value_3,attribute_key_3.en_US,value_3.en_US,attribute_key_3.de_DE,value_3.de_DE,attribute_key_4,value_4,attribute_key_4.en_US,value_4.en_US,attribute_key_4.de_DE,value_4.de_DE,attribute_key_5,value_5,attribute_key_6,value_6,attribute_key_6.en_US,value_6.en_US,attribute_key_6.de_DE,value_6.de_DE,color_code,description.en_US,description.de_DE,tax_set_name,meta_title.en_US,meta_title.de_DE,meta_keywords.en_US,meta_keywords.de_DE,meta_description.en_US,meta_description.de_DE,new_from,new_to,avalaraTaxCode -digital-cameras,16,001,Canon IXUS 160,Canon IXUS 160,/en/canon-ixus-160-1,/de/canon-ixus-160-1,megapixel,20 MP,,,,,flash_range_tele,1.3-1.5 m,flash_range_tele,4.2-4.9 ft,,,memory_slots,1,,,,,usb_version,2,,,,,brand,Canon,,,color,Red,color,Weinrot,#DC2E09,"Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.","Beeindruckende Aufnahmen, ganz einfach Smart Auto ermöglicht die mühelose Aufnahme von fantastischen Fotos und Movies – die Kamera wählt in diesem Modus automatisch die idealen Einstellungen für die jeweilige Aufnahmesituation. Sie müssen nur noch das Motiv anvisieren und auslösen. Ein Druck auf die Hilfe-Taste führt zu leicht verständlichen Erklärungen der Kamerafunktionen. Zahlreiche Kreativfilter laden zum Experimentieren ein und bieten echten Fotospaß. So lässt sich neben vielen anderen Optionen der Verzeichnungseffekt eines Fisheye-Objektivs nachempfinden oder in Fotos und Movies werden die Dinge wie Miniaturmodelle dargestellt.",Entertainment Electronics,Canon IXUS 160,Canon IXUS 160,"Canon,Entertainment Electronics","Canon,Entertainment Electronics",Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results whi,"Beeindruckende Aufnahmen, ganz einfach Smart Auto ermöglicht die mühelose Aufnahme von fantastischen Fotos und Movies – die Kamera wählt in diesem Modus au","",2020-01-01 00:00:00.000000,PC040111 +digital-cameras,16,001,Canon IXUS 160,Canon IXUS 160,/en/canon-ixus-160-1,/de/canon-ixus-160-1,megapixel,20 MP,,,,,flash_range_tele,1.3-1.5 m,flash_range_tele,4.2-4.9 ft,,,memory_slots,1,,,,,usb_version,2,,,,,brand,Canon,,,color,Red,color,Weinrot,#DC2E09,"Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.","Beeindruckende Aufnahmen, ganz einfach Smart Auto ermöglicht die mühelose Aufnahme von fantastischen Fotos und Movies – die Kamera wählt in diesem Modus automatisch die idealen Einstellungen für die jeweilige Aufnahmesituation. Sie müssen nur noch das Motiv anvisieren und auslösen. Ein Druck auf die Hilfe-Taste führt zu leicht verständlichen Erklärungen der Kamerafunktionen. Zahlreiche Kreativfilter laden zum Experimentieren ein und bieten echten Fotospaß. So lässt sich neben vielen anderen Optionen der Verzeichnungseffekt eines Fisheye-Objektivs nachempfinden oder in Fotos und Movies werden die Dinge wie Miniaturmodelle dargestellt.",Entertainment Electronics,Canon IXUS 160,Canon IXUS 160,"Canon,Entertainment Electronics","Canon,Entertainment Electronics",Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results whi,"Beeindruckende Aufnahmen, ganz einfach Smart Auto ermöglicht die mühelose Aufnahme von fantastischen Fotos und Movies – die Kamera wählt in diesem Modus au","",2020-01-01 00:00:00.000000,PC040111 ``` 4. Import data: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/install-vertex/integrate-the-vertex-app.md b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/install-vertex/integrate-the-vertex-app.md index 62bdaa2471c..16085db0984 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/install-vertex/integrate-the-vertex-app.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/install-vertex/integrate-the-vertex-app.md @@ -381,11 +381,11 @@ The following table reflects the mapping of the Spryker Quote and Order transfer | billingAddress | lineItems[].customer.administrativeDestination | | | items[].merchantStockAddresses | lineItems[].seller.physicalOrigin | Multiple addresses are mapped to multiple items in the Vertex PBC and Vertex API `lineItems[]`. | | items[].merchantProfileAddress | lineItems[].seller.administrativeOrigin | | -| items[].unitDiscountAmountFullAggregation | lineItems[].discount.discountValue| Prices are converted from the Spryker’s cent-based format to the Vertex decimal format. | +| items[].unitDiscountAmountFullAggregation | lineItems[].discount.discountValue| Prices are converted from the Spryker's cent-based format to the Vertex decimal format. | | - | lineItems[].discount.discountType | Always `DiscountAmount`. Spryker stores discounts based on amount, so there is no need for percentage-based discounts. | -| items[].unitPrice (either GROSS or NET depending on the selected mode) | lineItems[].unitPrice | Prices are converted from Spryker’s cent-based format to Vertex decimal format. | +| items[].unitPrice (either GROSS or NET depending on the selected mode) | lineItems[].unitPrice | Prices are converted from Spryker's cent-based format to Vertex decimal format. | | items[].merchantStockAddresses.quantityToShip | lineItems[].quantity.value | If `quantityToShip` is less than the quantity requested in cart, the item is mapped to multiple items in the Vertex API. | -| - | lineItems[].quantity.unitOfMeasure | Always `EA` (“each”). Other units of measure are not supported. | +| - | lineItems[].quantity.unitOfMeasure | Always `EA` ("each"). Other units of measure are not supported. | | items[].taxMetadata | Mapped over specific `lineItem` one to one. | Metadata needs to follow the structure of the Vertex API request. For `lineItems`, it's mapped over each corresponding item based on `lineItemId`. | | items[].taxMetadata.seller.company | lineItems[].seller.company | Required by Vertex from the legal standpoint. | | expenses (only for expenses with the `SHIPMENT_EXPENSE_TYPE` type) | lineItems | Shipments are treated like products in Vertex - like a line item. | @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ The following table reflects the mapping of the Spryker Quote and Order transfer | expenses.shipment.method.shipmentMethodKey | lineItems[].product.value | Depends on the selected shipment method. | | billingAddress | lineItems[].customer.administrativeDestination | | | expenses.sumPrice (either GROSS or NET depending on the selected mode) | lineItems[].extendedPrice | | -| expenses.sumDiscountAmountAggregation | lineItems[].discount.discountValue | Prices are converted from the Spryker’s cent-based format to the Vertex decimal format. | | - | lineItems[].discount.discountType | Always `DiscountAmount`. Spryker stores discounts based on amount, so there is no need to use percentage-based discounts. | +| expenses.sumDiscountAmountAggregation | lineItems[].discount.discountValue | Prices are converted from the Spryker's cent-based format to the Vertex decimal format. | | - | lineItems[].discount.discountType | Always `DiscountAmount`. Spryker stores discounts based on amount, so there is no need to use percentage-based discounts. | | priceMode| lineItems[].taxIncludedIndicator | NET mode: false; GROSS mode: true. | ### Location mapping diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/troubleshooting-vertex.md b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/troubleshooting-vertex.md index 4287a3e1250..9401f94a582 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/troubleshooting-vertex.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/troubleshooting-vertex.md @@ -16,6 +16,6 @@ Also, make sure that the Vertex app is activated in the ACP catalog: You can also use the Vertex log files on your Vertex platform to check the logs on the Vertex side. To access the logs, go to **System -> Administration -> Log Files**. -## I don’t know if the right address is being sent to Vertex +## I don't know if the right address is being sent to Vertex Ensure that you have the needed fields for the address in your country. For example, if you are in the US, ensure that a state field is on your address form on the Storefront. Alternatively, Vertex offers an [address cleansing product](https://www.vertexinc.com/solutions/products/vertex-o-series-address-cleansing) for the US only. It can be integrated into your project for address cleansing and validation. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/vertex.md b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/vertex.md index d5693153625..a3dc54d80be 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/vertex.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202404.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/vertex.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirect_from: ![vertex-hero](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/vertex/vertex.md/vertex-hero.png) -The Spryker-Vertex integration is part of the tax Category of Spryker’s App Composition Platform. This integration is built with support for both the default Storefront as well as Spryker’s GLUE APIs. For more information about Vertex, see the [Vertex website](https://www.vertexinc.com/). +The Spryker-Vertex integration is part of the tax Category of Spryker's App Composition Platform. This integration is built with support for both the default Storefront as well as Spryker's GLUE APIs. For more information about Vertex, see the [Vertex website](https://www.vertexinc.com/). The Spryker Vertex app, based on the *Vertex O Series*, performs automatic, near-real-time tax calculations at the point of purchase while accounting for the following: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202410.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/tax-module-reference-information.md b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202410.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/tax-module-reference-information.md index 7824e0d174f..303d3d2dcd1 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202410.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/tax-module-reference-information.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202410.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/tax-module-reference-information.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ The Tax module is responsible for handling tax rates that can apply for products The tax sets can have different tax rates for each country defined in your shop. You can see in the diagram below how these entities are modeled in the database. ![Database for tax sets](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/Features/Tax/Tax+Version+1.0/tax.png) -A tax set is defined by a name and is uniquely identified by an `id`. As its name says, it’s associated to a set of rates. A tax rate is defined by a name, a numeric rate value and it’s linked to a country. +A tax set is defined by a name and is uniquely identified by an `id`. As its name says, it's associated to a set of rates. A tax rate is defined by a name, a numeric rate value and it's linked to a country. All in one, a tax set contains of collection of tax rates that apply by country. @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ The calculator plugins are registered in the `CalculationDependencyProvider:getC One of the most common use cases of extending the Tax module is to provide a custom calculator. -In the coding example below, we’ll implement a calculator that uses a flat tax rate for all the products. +In the coding example below, we'll implement a calculator that uses a flat tax rate for all the products. The new calculator plugin must extend the `AbstractPlugin` class and implement the `CalculatorPluginInterface`. @@ -151,4 +151,4 @@ class CalculationDependencyProvider extends SprykerCalculationDependencyProvider ## Migration guide -If you’re migrating the Tax module from version 2 to version 3, you need to follow the steps described in the [Upgrade the Tax module](/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/upgrade-the-tax-module.html). +If you're migrating the Tax module from version 2 to version 3, you need to follow the steps described in the [Upgrade the Tax module](/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/{{site.version}}/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/upgrade-the-tax-module.html). diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/avalara/install-avalara.md b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/avalara/install-avalara.md index 404153be3de..64e7fdfd215 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/avalara/install-avalara.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/avalara/install-avalara.md @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ Response: **data/import/common/common/product\_abstract.csv** ```csv category_key,category_product_order,abstract_sku,name.en_US,name.de_DE,url.en_US,url.de_DE,attribute_key_1,value_1,attribute_key_1.en_US,value_1.en_US,attribute_key_1.de_DE,value_1.de_DE,attribute_key_2,value_2,attribute_key_2.en_US,value_2.en_US,attribute_key_2.de_DE,value_2.de_DE,attribute_key_3,value_3,attribute_key_3.en_US,value_3.en_US,attribute_key_3.de_DE,value_3.de_DE,attribute_key_4,value_4,attribute_key_4.en_US,value_4.en_US,attribute_key_4.de_DE,value_4.de_DE,attribute_key_5,value_5,attribute_key_6,value_6,attribute_key_6.en_US,value_6.en_US,attribute_key_6.de_DE,value_6.de_DE,color_code,description.en_US,description.de_DE,tax_set_name,meta_title.en_US,meta_title.de_DE,meta_keywords.en_US,meta_keywords.de_DE,meta_description.en_US,meta_description.de_DE,new_from,new_to,avalaraTaxCode -digital-cameras,16,001,Canon IXUS 160,Canon IXUS 160,/en/canon-ixus-160-1,/de/canon-ixus-160-1,megapixel,20 MP,,,,,flash_range_tele,1.3-1.5 m,flash_range_tele,4.2-4.9 ft,,,memory_slots,1,,,,,usb_version,2,,,,,brand,Canon,,,color,Red,color,Weinrot,#DC2E09,"Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.","Beeindruckende Aufnahmen, ganz einfach Smart Auto ermöglicht die mühelose Aufnahme von fantastischen Fotos und Movies – die Kamera wählt in diesem Modus automatisch die idealen Einstellungen für die jeweilige Aufnahmesituation. Sie müssen nur noch das Motiv anvisieren und auslösen. Ein Druck auf die Hilfe-Taste führt zu leicht verständlichen Erklärungen der Kamerafunktionen. Zahlreiche Kreativfilter laden zum Experimentieren ein und bieten echten Fotospaß. So lässt sich neben vielen anderen Optionen der Verzeichnungseffekt eines Fisheye-Objektivs nachempfinden oder in Fotos und Movies werden die Dinge wie Miniaturmodelle dargestellt.",Entertainment Electronics,Canon IXUS 160,Canon IXUS 160,"Canon,Entertainment Electronics","Canon,Entertainment Electronics",Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results whi,"Beeindruckende Aufnahmen, ganz einfach Smart Auto ermöglicht die mühelose Aufnahme von fantastischen Fotos und Movies – die Kamera wählt in diesem Modus au","",2020-01-01 00:00:00.000000,PC040111 +digital-cameras,16,001,Canon IXUS 160,Canon IXUS 160,/en/canon-ixus-160-1,/de/canon-ixus-160-1,megapixel,20 MP,,,,,flash_range_tele,1.3-1.5 m,flash_range_tele,4.2-4.9 ft,,,memory_slots,1,,,,,usb_version,2,,,,,brand,Canon,,,color,Red,color,Weinrot,#DC2E09,"Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.","Beeindruckende Aufnahmen, ganz einfach Smart Auto ermöglicht die mühelose Aufnahme von fantastischen Fotos und Movies – die Kamera wählt in diesem Modus automatisch die idealen Einstellungen für die jeweilige Aufnahmesituation. Sie müssen nur noch das Motiv anvisieren und auslösen. Ein Druck auf die Hilfe-Taste führt zu leicht verständlichen Erklärungen der Kamerafunktionen. Zahlreiche Kreativfilter laden zum Experimentieren ein und bieten echten Fotospaß. So lässt sich neben vielen anderen Optionen der Verzeichnungseffekt eines Fisheye-Objektivs nachempfinden oder in Fotos und Movies werden die Dinge wie Miniaturmodelle dargestellt.",Entertainment Electronics,Canon IXUS 160,Canon IXUS 160,"Canon,Entertainment Electronics","Canon,Entertainment Electronics",Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results whi,"Beeindruckende Aufnahmen, ganz einfach Smart Auto ermöglicht die mühelose Aufnahme von fantastischen Fotos und Movies – die Kamera wählt in diesem Modus au","",2020-01-01 00:00:00.000000,PC040111 ``` 4. Import data: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/install-vertex/integrate-the-vertex-app.md b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/install-vertex/integrate-the-vertex-app.md index 62bdaa2471c..16085db0984 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/install-vertex/integrate-the-vertex-app.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/install-vertex/integrate-the-vertex-app.md @@ -381,11 +381,11 @@ The following table reflects the mapping of the Spryker Quote and Order transfer | billingAddress | lineItems[].customer.administrativeDestination | | | items[].merchantStockAddresses | lineItems[].seller.physicalOrigin | Multiple addresses are mapped to multiple items in the Vertex PBC and Vertex API `lineItems[]`. | | items[].merchantProfileAddress | lineItems[].seller.administrativeOrigin | | -| items[].unitDiscountAmountFullAggregation | lineItems[].discount.discountValue| Prices are converted from the Spryker’s cent-based format to the Vertex decimal format. | +| items[].unitDiscountAmountFullAggregation | lineItems[].discount.discountValue| Prices are converted from the Spryker's cent-based format to the Vertex decimal format. | | - | lineItems[].discount.discountType | Always `DiscountAmount`. Spryker stores discounts based on amount, so there is no need for percentage-based discounts. | -| items[].unitPrice (either GROSS or NET depending on the selected mode) | lineItems[].unitPrice | Prices are converted from Spryker’s cent-based format to Vertex decimal format. | +| items[].unitPrice (either GROSS or NET depending on the selected mode) | lineItems[].unitPrice | Prices are converted from Spryker's cent-based format to Vertex decimal format. | | items[].merchantStockAddresses.quantityToShip | lineItems[].quantity.value | If `quantityToShip` is less than the quantity requested in cart, the item is mapped to multiple items in the Vertex API. | -| - | lineItems[].quantity.unitOfMeasure | Always `EA` (“each”). Other units of measure are not supported. | +| - | lineItems[].quantity.unitOfMeasure | Always `EA` ("each"). Other units of measure are not supported. | | items[].taxMetadata | Mapped over specific `lineItem` one to one. | Metadata needs to follow the structure of the Vertex API request. For `lineItems`, it's mapped over each corresponding item based on `lineItemId`. | | items[].taxMetadata.seller.company | lineItems[].seller.company | Required by Vertex from the legal standpoint. | | expenses (only for expenses with the `SHIPMENT_EXPENSE_TYPE` type) | lineItems | Shipments are treated like products in Vertex - like a line item. | @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ The following table reflects the mapping of the Spryker Quote and Order transfer | expenses.shipment.method.shipmentMethodKey | lineItems[].product.value | Depends on the selected shipment method. | | billingAddress | lineItems[].customer.administrativeDestination | | | expenses.sumPrice (either GROSS or NET depending on the selected mode) | lineItems[].extendedPrice | | -| expenses.sumDiscountAmountAggregation | lineItems[].discount.discountValue | Prices are converted from the Spryker’s cent-based format to the Vertex decimal format. | | - | lineItems[].discount.discountType | Always `DiscountAmount`. Spryker stores discounts based on amount, so there is no need to use percentage-based discounts. | +| expenses.sumDiscountAmountAggregation | lineItems[].discount.discountValue | Prices are converted from the Spryker's cent-based format to the Vertex decimal format. | | - | lineItems[].discount.discountType | Always `DiscountAmount`. Spryker stores discounts based on amount, so there is no need to use percentage-based discounts. | | priceMode| lineItems[].taxIncludedIndicator | NET mode: false; GROSS mode: true. | ### Location mapping diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/troubleshooting-vertex.md b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/troubleshooting-vertex.md index 8db1fcd377f..47abb0243c4 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/troubleshooting-vertex.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/troubleshooting-vertex.md @@ -16,6 +16,6 @@ Also, make sure that the Vertex app is activated in the ACP catalog: You can also use the Vertex log files on your Vertex platform to check the logs on the Vertex side. To access the logs, go to **System -> Administration -> Log Files**. -## I don’t know if the right address is being sent to Vertex +## I don't know if the right address is being sent to Vertex Ensure that you have the needed fields for the address in your country. For example, if you are in the US, ensure that a state field is on your address form on the Storefront. Alternatively, Vertex offers an [address cleansing product](https://www.vertexinc.com/solutions/products/vertex-o-series-address-cleansing) for the US only. It can be integrated into your project for address cleansing and validation. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/vertex.md b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/vertex.md index 4de6d90fd24..14c2c3fe497 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/vertex.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/202410.0/base-shop/third-party-integrations/vertex/vertex.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ redirect_from: ![vertex-hero](https://spryker.s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/docs/pbc/all/tax-management/vertex/vertex.md/vertex-hero.png) -The Spryker-Vertex integration is part of the tax Category of Spryker’s App Composition Platform. This integration is built with support for both the default Storefront as well as Spryker’s GLUE APIs. For more information about Vertex, see the [Vertex website](https://www.vertexinc.com/). +The Spryker-Vertex integration is part of the tax Category of Spryker's App Composition Platform. This integration is built with support for both the default Storefront as well as Spryker's GLUE APIs. For more information about Vertex, see the [Vertex website](https://www.vertexinc.com/). The Spryker Vertex app, based on the *Vertex O Series*, performs automatic, near-real-time tax calculations at the point of purchase while accounting for the following: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202311.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-the-agent-assist-feature.md b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202311.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-the-agent-assist-feature.md index 2113d121807..97a97e72c1a 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202311.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-the-agent-assist-feature.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202311.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-the-agent-assist-feature.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Install the Agent Assist feature -description: Agent Assist enables agent users to log in to shop to perform actions on customers’ behalf. This guide describes how to install Agent Assist in your project. +description: Agent Assist enables agent users to log in to shop to perform actions on customers' behalf. This guide describes how to install Agent Assist in your project. last_updated: Feb 8, 2023 template: feature-integration-guide-template originalLink: https://documentation.spryker.com/2021080/docs/agent-assist-feature-integration diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-impersonate-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-impersonate-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md index 0b53974d37b..97afcbfef93 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-impersonate-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-impersonate-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ To view generic errors that originate from the Glue Application, see [Reference ## Next steps -After you’ve authenticated as a customer, you can impersonate them: +After you've authenticated as a customer, you can impersonate them: * [Manage carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html) * [Manage cart items](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html) * [Manage gift cards](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-gift-cards-of-registered-users.html) diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-by-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-by-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md index ede2de93419..29bbf6b84fe 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-by-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-by-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md @@ -320,4 +320,4 @@ To view generic errors that originate from the Glue Application, see [Reference ## Next steps -After you’ve found the reference of the customer you want to assist, impersonate the customer to perform any actions available to them. See [Impersonate customers as an agent assist](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-impersonate-customers-as-an-agent-assist.html) for details. +After you've found the reference of the customer you want to assist, impersonate the customer to perform any actions available to them. See [Impersonate customers as an agent assist](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-impersonate-customers-as-an-agent-assist.html) for details. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202311.0/base-shop/user-and-rights-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202311.0/base-shop/user-and-rights-overview.md index f01701bd0fd..a2106b648dd 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202311.0/base-shop/user-and-rights-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202311.0/base-shop/user-and-rights-overview.md @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ User and rights management is implemented in the following three bundles: It is important to distinguish between users and customers. A user works with the back-end side of the store and handles the store maintenance such as creating users and assigning them to roles that will let them perform actions such as editing the CMS, activating and deactivating products, and managing discounts. A customer on the other hand is the final consumer of the online store—for example, the person who places orders. Customers are also managed in Zed but in a different section. -Users are assigned to groups. Groups are a collection of Roles—for example, customer-care, root, or 3rd party. Roles have Resources (rules) assigned to them. Resources (rules) are used to assign specific privileges to a Role for example, a Sales Representative Role or a System Administrator Role. Resources are always /module/controller/action and you can use * as placeholder. +Users are assigned to groups. Groups are a collection of Roles—for example, customer-care, root, or third-party. Roles have Resources (rules) assigned to them. Resources (rules) are used to assign specific privileges to a Role for example, a Sales Representative Role or a System Administrator Role. Resources are always /module/controller/action and you can use * as placeholder. * `/customer/*/*` would mean everything in /customer. * `/customer/view/*` would mean a user can only see customers but can't edit them. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202404.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-the-agent-assist-feature.md b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202404.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-the-agent-assist-feature.md index 4b953679940..e26f7812956 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202404.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-the-agent-assist-feature.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202404.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-the-agent-assist-feature.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Install the Agent Assist feature -description: Agent Assist enables agent users to log in to shop to perform actions on customers’ behalf. This guide describes how to install Agent Assist in your project. +description: Agent Assist enables agent users to log in to shop to perform actions on customers' behalf. This guide describes how to install Agent Assist in your project. last_updated: Feb 8, 2023 template: feature-integration-guide-template originalLink: https://documentation.spryker.com/2021080/docs/agent-assist-feature-integration diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-impersonate-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-impersonate-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md index 0b53974d37b..97afcbfef93 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-impersonate-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-impersonate-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ To view generic errors that originate from the Glue Application, see [Reference ## Next steps -After you’ve authenticated as a customer, you can impersonate them: +After you've authenticated as a customer, you can impersonate them: * [Manage carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html) * [Manage cart items](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html) * [Manage gift cards](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-gift-cards-of-registered-users.html) diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-by-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-by-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md index ede2de93419..a38064f0d94 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-by-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-by-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ To search by customers, send the request: | REQUEST | USAGE | | --- | --- | | `GET http://glue.mysprykershop.com/agent-customer-search` | Return the list of all customers. | -| `GET http://glue.mysprykershop.com/agent-customer-search?page[limit]=5&page[offset]=5` | Return a list of 5 customer entries starting from the 6th entry. | +| `GET http://glue.mysprykershop.com/agent-customer-search?page[limit]=5&page[offset]=5` | Return a list of 5 customer entries starting from the sixth entry. | | `GET http://glue.mysprykershop.com/agent-customer-search?q=sonia@spryker.com` | Search for the customer with the `sonia@spryker.com` email address. | | `GET http://glue.mysprykershop.com/agent-customer-search?q=spencor` | Search for the customer with the `spencor` name. | | `GET http://glue.mysprykershop.com/agent-customer-search?q=DE--5` | Search for the customer with the `DE--5` customer reference. | @@ -320,4 +320,4 @@ To view generic errors that originate from the Glue Application, see [Reference ## Next steps -After you’ve found the reference of the customer you want to assist, impersonate the customer to perform any actions available to them. See [Impersonate customers as an agent assist](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-impersonate-customers-as-an-agent-assist.html) for details. +After you've found the reference of the customer you want to assist, impersonate the customer to perform any actions available to them. See [Impersonate customers as an agent assist](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-impersonate-customers-as-an-agent-assist.html) for details. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202404.0/base-shop/user-and-rights-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202404.0/base-shop/user-and-rights-overview.md index f01701bd0fd..a2106b648dd 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202404.0/base-shop/user-and-rights-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202404.0/base-shop/user-and-rights-overview.md @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ User and rights management is implemented in the following three bundles: It is important to distinguish between users and customers. A user works with the back-end side of the store and handles the store maintenance such as creating users and assigning them to roles that will let them perform actions such as editing the CMS, activating and deactivating products, and managing discounts. A customer on the other hand is the final consumer of the online store—for example, the person who places orders. Customers are also managed in Zed but in a different section. -Users are assigned to groups. Groups are a collection of Roles—for example, customer-care, root, or 3rd party. Roles have Resources (rules) assigned to them. Resources (rules) are used to assign specific privileges to a Role for example, a Sales Representative Role or a System Administrator Role. Resources are always /module/controller/action and you can use * as placeholder. +Users are assigned to groups. Groups are a collection of Roles—for example, customer-care, root, or third-party. Roles have Resources (rules) assigned to them. Resources (rules) are used to assign specific privileges to a Role for example, a Sales Representative Role or a System Administrator Role. Resources are always /module/controller/action and you can use * as placeholder. * `/customer/*/*` would mean everything in /customer. * `/customer/view/*` would mean a user can only see customers but can't edit them. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202404.0/marketplace/merchant-portal-agent-assist-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202404.0/marketplace/merchant-portal-agent-assist-feature-overview.md index edde086b685..c1ace149349 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202404.0/marketplace/merchant-portal-agent-assist-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202404.0/marketplace/merchant-portal-agent-assist-feature-overview.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ To act as a Merchant Agent, the Marketplace Operator user must have the Agent pe ## Agent Assist in Merchant Portal -To act on a merchant’s behalf, the Merchant Agent signs in to the Merchant Portal with the Merchant Agent credentials on a dedicated Agent Assist Login page and finds the necessary merchant user. To impersonate this user, the agent clicks **Assist User**, and then **Confirm** to impersonate them. +To act on a merchant's behalf, the Merchant Agent signs in to the Merchant Portal with the Merchant Agent credentials on a dedicated Agent Assist Login page and finds the necessary merchant user. To impersonate this user, the agent clicks **Assist User**, and then **Confirm** to impersonate them. This logs the agent into the selected merchant account so they see the Merchant Portal as the merchant user does. To finish the merchant assistance session, the agent clicks **End User Assistance**. This is how the Agent Assist in Merchant Portal feature works in the Merchant Portal: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202410.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-the-agent-assist-feature.md b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202410.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-the-agent-assist-feature.md index 5f89a9553f8..9c4f4891354 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202410.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-the-agent-assist-feature.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202410.0/base-shop/install-and-upgrade/install-the-agent-assist-feature.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Install the Agent Assist feature -description: Agent Assist enables agent users to log in to shop to perform actions on customers’ behalf. This guide describes how to install Agent Assist in your project. +description: Agent Assist enables agent users to log in to shop to perform actions on customers' behalf. This guide describes how to install Agent Assist in your project. last_updated: Feb 8, 2023 template: feature-integration-guide-template originalLink: https://documentation.spryker.com/2021080/docs/agent-assist-feature-integration diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-impersonate-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-impersonate-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md index a195cb56ddb..ee75f07248d 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-impersonate-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-impersonate-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ To view generic errors that originate from the Glue Application, see [Reference ## Next steps -After you’ve authenticated as a customer, you can impersonate them: +After you've authenticated as a customer, you can impersonate them: * [Manage carts](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html) * [Manage cart items](/docs/pbc/all/cart-and-checkout/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/manage-carts-of-registered-users/glue-api-manage-items-in-carts-of-registered-users.html) * [Manage gift cards](/docs/pbc/all/gift-cards/{{page.version}}/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-gift-cards-of-registered-users.html) diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-by-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-by-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md index ede2de93419..a38064f0d94 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-by-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-search-by-customers-as-an-agent-assist.md @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ To search by customers, send the request: | REQUEST | USAGE | | --- | --- | | `GET http://glue.mysprykershop.com/agent-customer-search` | Return the list of all customers. | -| `GET http://glue.mysprykershop.com/agent-customer-search?page[limit]=5&page[offset]=5` | Return a list of 5 customer entries starting from the 6th entry. | +| `GET http://glue.mysprykershop.com/agent-customer-search?page[limit]=5&page[offset]=5` | Return a list of 5 customer entries starting from the sixth entry. | | `GET http://glue.mysprykershop.com/agent-customer-search?q=sonia@spryker.com` | Search for the customer with the `sonia@spryker.com` email address. | | `GET http://glue.mysprykershop.com/agent-customer-search?q=spencor` | Search for the customer with the `spencor` name. | | `GET http://glue.mysprykershop.com/agent-customer-search?q=DE--5` | Search for the customer with the `DE--5` customer reference. | @@ -320,4 +320,4 @@ To view generic errors that originate from the Glue Application, see [Reference ## Next steps -After you’ve found the reference of the customer you want to assist, impersonate the customer to perform any actions available to them. See [Impersonate customers as an agent assist](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-impersonate-customers-as-an-agent-assist.html) for details. +After you've found the reference of the customer you want to assist, impersonate the customer to perform any actions available to them. See [Impersonate customers as an agent assist](/docs/pbc/all/user-management/{{page.version}}/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-impersonate-customers-as-an-agent-assist.html) for details. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202410.0/base-shop/user-and-rights-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202410.0/base-shop/user-and-rights-overview.md index f01701bd0fd..7bfaabcebfd 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202410.0/base-shop/user-and-rights-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202410.0/base-shop/user-and-rights-overview.md @@ -18,14 +18,14 @@ redirect_from: User and rights management is implemented in the following three bundles: * ACL—ACL stands for Access Control List. This is where you can manage your roles, groups, privileges and resources. -* Auth—manages the authorization of a specific user by returning true or false if the credentials are allowed to access the system or not. It is used for login, logout, and used by the login controller to verify if a given user token is authenticated. Login is authenticated with a form or a header (via token). Auth is also used to validate that Zed has authorization to process incoming requests from Yves or 3rd parties such as payment providers. +* Auth—manages the authorization of a specific user by returning true or false if the credentials are allowed to access the system or not. It is used for login, logout, and used by the login controller to verify if a given user token is authenticated. Login is authenticated with a form or a header (via token). Auth is also used to validate that Zed has authorization to process incoming requests from Yves or third parties such as payment providers. * User—lets you create users and assign them to groups. Each group contains a set of roles. ## Users and customers It is important to distinguish between users and customers. A user works with the back-end side of the store and handles the store maintenance such as creating users and assigning them to roles that will let them perform actions such as editing the CMS, activating and deactivating products, and managing discounts. A customer on the other hand is the final consumer of the online store—for example, the person who places orders. Customers are also managed in Zed but in a different section. -Users are assigned to groups. Groups are a collection of Roles—for example, customer-care, root, or 3rd party. Roles have Resources (rules) assigned to them. Resources (rules) are used to assign specific privileges to a Role for example, a Sales Representative Role or a System Administrator Role. Resources are always /module/controller/action and you can use * as placeholder. +Users are assigned to groups. Groups are a collection of Roles—for example, customer-care, root, or third-party. Roles have Resources (rules) assigned to them. Resources (rules) are used to assign specific privileges to a Role for example, a Sales Representative Role or a System Administrator Role. Resources are always /module/controller/action and you can use * as placeholder. * `/customer/*/*` would mean everything in /customer. * `/customer/view/*` would mean a user can only see customers but can't edit them. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202410.0/marketplace/merchant-portal-agent-assist-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202410.0/marketplace/merchant-portal-agent-assist-feature-overview.md index edde086b685..c1ace149349 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202410.0/marketplace/merchant-portal-agent-assist-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/user-management/202410.0/marketplace/merchant-portal-agent-assist-feature-overview.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ To act as a Merchant Agent, the Marketplace Operator user must have the Agent pe ## Agent Assist in Merchant Portal -To act on a merchant’s behalf, the Merchant Agent signs in to the Merchant Portal with the Merchant Agent credentials on a dedicated Agent Assist Login page and finds the necessary merchant user. To impersonate this user, the agent clicks **Assist User**, and then **Confirm** to impersonate them. +To act on a merchant's behalf, the Merchant Agent signs in to the Merchant Portal with the Merchant Agent credentials on a dedicated Agent Assist Login page and finds the necessary merchant user. To impersonate this user, the agent clicks **Assist User**, and then **Confirm** to impersonate them. This logs the agent into the selected merchant account so they see the Merchant Portal as the merchant user does. To finish the merchant assistance session, the agent clicks **End User Assistance**. This is how the Agent Assist in Merchant Portal feature works in the Merchant Portal: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/inventory-management-feature-modules-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/inventory-management-feature-modules-overview.md index 2145c8f317a..df4b819bdc2 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/inventory-management-feature-modules-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/inventory-management-feature-modules-overview.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ This section describes how the availability modules works. A product's availability is checked with the following operations: * The product details page doesn't show the **Add to cart** button when a concrete product is out of stock. Instead, a message about the product being out of stock is displayed. -* `\Spryker\Zed\AvailabilityCartConnector\Communication\Plugin\CheckAvailabilityPlugin` checks if all items in cart are available. It’s executed after the "Add to cart" operation. If an item is not available, an error message is sent to Yves. +* `\Spryker\Zed\AvailabilityCartConnector\Communication\Plugin\CheckAvailabilityPlugin` checks if all items in cart are available. It's executed after the "Add to cart" operation. If an item is not available, an error message is sent to Yves. * `Spryker\Zed\Availability\Communication\Plugin\ProductsAvailableCheckoutPreConditionPlugin` checks if all items in the cart are available before placing the order. If one or more items are not available, order placing is aborted and an error message is displayed. ### Reserved flag @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Product availability can have the flag `is_never_out_of_stock`. This indicates t In the state machine, items get reserved for an open order. There are certain states that release items—for example, when the payment fails and the order is canceled. However, if the order is successfully fulfilled, and the item is delivered, the item stays reserved until the next stock update. -A stock update triggers the event `stock update`. For example, in our dummy payment's implementation, this would move the items from the “Shipped” state to next state. As the consecutive state is not reserved, the items that have already been shipped will no longer be reserved. +A stock update triggers the event `stock update`. For example, in our dummy payment's implementation, this would move the items from the "Shipped" state to next state. As the consecutive state is not reserved, the items that have already been shipped will no longer be reserved. ### Import or change stock diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/inventory-management-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/inventory-management-feature-overview.md index 26ba417dc00..9398d50d46e 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/inventory-management-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/inventory-management-feature-overview.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ redirect_from: - /docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202204.0/base-shop/inventory-management-feature-overview.html --- -The *Inventory Management* feature refers to warehousing and managing your store’s stock. In this context, a *warehouse* is a physical place where your products are stored, and *stock* is the number of products available in the warehouse. See [Warehouse management](#warehouse-management) and [Stock management](#stock-management) for details about how to manage them. +The *Inventory Management* feature refers to warehousing and managing your store's stock. In this context, a *warehouse* is a physical place where your products are stored, and *stock* is the number of products available in the warehouse. See [Warehouse management](#warehouse-management) and [Stock management](#stock-management) for details about how to manage them. Stock does not always reflect the real availability of products, as not all the items available in stock are available for sale. For example, if items are *reserved*, that is, there are pending orders with these items, they can not be ordered, even though physically, they are still in stock. The value that reflects the difference between the current quantity of products in stock and the quantity of these products in the pending orders, is referred to as the *availability* of products. The availability is calculated per store. For details about managing availability, see [Availability management](#availability-management). ## Warehouse management @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ By default, a warehouse is not linked to a sales order item. The logic described During the checkout, once a buyer entered delivery addresses for all order items, be it a [single delivery](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{page.version}}/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/split-delivery-overview.html) or a split delivery, the order items are assigned to warehouses to fulfill them. -By default, if a buyer orders several items of the same SKU, the requested item’s stock is checked in all the warehouses of the store. Based on the item stock, the warehouses are sorted in descending order—for example: +By default, if a buyer orders several items of the same SKU, the requested item's stock is checked in all the warehouses of the store. Based on the item stock, the warehouses are sorted in descending order—for example: 1. Never out of stock 2. 1000 items diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-availability-notifications.md b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-availability-notifications.md index 2642edd973f..78b6316b466 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-availability-notifications.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-availability-notifications.md @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Request sample: unsubscribe from availability notifications ### Response -If a customer’s subscription is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the `204 No Content` status code. +If a customer's subscription is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the `204 No Content` status code. | CODE | REASON | |-|-| @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ If a customer’s subscription is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the | 901 | SKU or email is not provided; email is invalid. | | 4601 | Product is not found. | | 4602 | Subscription already exists. | -| 4603 | Subscription doesn’t exist. | +| 4603 | Subscription doesn't exist. | | 4606 | Request is not authorized. | To view generic errors that originate from the Glue Application, see [Reference information: GlueApplication errors](/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/{{site.version}}/old-glue-infrastructure/reference-information-glueapplication-errors.html). diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-abstract-products.md b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-abstract-products.md index 9de17213892..5c567a7382a 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-abstract-products.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-abstract-products.md @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-concrete-products.md b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-concrete-products.md index 30327d02a9a..7ad18f8c2b7 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-concrete-products.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-concrete-products.md @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ To retrieve general information about a concrete product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/manage-availability.md b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/manage-availability.md index dedddb72f1c..d6645d47b90 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/manage-availability.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/marketplace/manage-availability.md @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ This document includes the information you need to know when working with the ** On the **Overview of Products Availability** page, you see the following: -* The SKUs and names of the abstract products and SKU values are a hyperlink to this product’s **Edit** page. +* The SKUs and names of the abstract products and SKU values are a hyperlink to this product's **Edit** page. * The number of products in current stock and the number of reserved products (meaning ordered ones). * The identifier for the bundled product and those that are *never out of stock* (Yes/No values). @@ -88,6 +88,6 @@ Let's say you have two products: a smartphone and three glass screen protectors This means that a customer can either buy those separately from their product details pages or buy a "smartphone+3 glass screen protectors" bundle. Each product has its own stock and availability value if bought separately. -But in the case of a bundle, the availability is calculated based on each item’s availability taking into account their *quantity in the bundle*. +But in the case of a bundle, the availability is calculated based on each item's availability taking into account their *quantity in the bundle*. Even if each item is available on its own, but the availability does not meet the minimum quantity for a bundle (for example, there are only two glass screen protectors, but the bundle goes with three), then the whole bundle is *unavailable*. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/unified-commerce/fulfillment-app-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/unified-commerce/fulfillment-app-overview.md index f326e92ec48..309adbb1b37 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/unified-commerce/fulfillment-app-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202311.0/unified-commerce/fulfillment-app-overview.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Fulfillment App is an app used by warehouse users to fulfill orders. When a cust ## Warehouse assignment -By default, when a customer orders several items of the same SKU, the requested item’s stock is checked in all of the store's warehouses. The warehouses are sorted in the descending order of how much stock of the item they are holding. The warehouse holding the biggest stock of the item is assigned to the order. The warehouse holding the never-out-of-stock item quantity is considered to be holding the biggest stock. +By default, when a customer orders several items of the same SKU, the requested item's stock is checked in all of the store's warehouses. The warehouses are sorted in the descending order of how much stock of the item they are holding. The warehouse holding the biggest stock of the item is assigned to the order. The warehouse holding the never-out-of-stock item quantity is considered to be holding the biggest stock. In some cases, the ordered quantity might not be available in the warehouse holding the biggest stock of the item. Then, the warehouse fulfills the order partially. The remaining quantity is fulfilled by the the warehouse holding the next biggest stock of the item. For example, the customer orders 100 tablets. The store's warehouses hold the following stock: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/inventory-management-feature-modules-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/inventory-management-feature-modules-overview.md index 2145c8f317a..df4b819bdc2 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/inventory-management-feature-modules-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/inventory-management-feature-modules-overview.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ This section describes how the availability modules works. A product's availability is checked with the following operations: * The product details page doesn't show the **Add to cart** button when a concrete product is out of stock. Instead, a message about the product being out of stock is displayed. -* `\Spryker\Zed\AvailabilityCartConnector\Communication\Plugin\CheckAvailabilityPlugin` checks if all items in cart are available. It’s executed after the "Add to cart" operation. If an item is not available, an error message is sent to Yves. +* `\Spryker\Zed\AvailabilityCartConnector\Communication\Plugin\CheckAvailabilityPlugin` checks if all items in cart are available. It's executed after the "Add to cart" operation. If an item is not available, an error message is sent to Yves. * `Spryker\Zed\Availability\Communication\Plugin\ProductsAvailableCheckoutPreConditionPlugin` checks if all items in the cart are available before placing the order. If one or more items are not available, order placing is aborted and an error message is displayed. ### Reserved flag @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Product availability can have the flag `is_never_out_of_stock`. This indicates t In the state machine, items get reserved for an open order. There are certain states that release items—for example, when the payment fails and the order is canceled. However, if the order is successfully fulfilled, and the item is delivered, the item stays reserved until the next stock update. -A stock update triggers the event `stock update`. For example, in our dummy payment's implementation, this would move the items from the “Shipped” state to next state. As the consecutive state is not reserved, the items that have already been shipped will no longer be reserved. +A stock update triggers the event `stock update`. For example, in our dummy payment's implementation, this would move the items from the "Shipped" state to next state. As the consecutive state is not reserved, the items that have already been shipped will no longer be reserved. ### Import or change stock diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/inventory-management-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/inventory-management-feature-overview.md index 52777e331e4..41541836b7b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/inventory-management-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/inventory-management-feature-overview.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ redirect_from: - /docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202204.0/base-shop/inventory-management-feature-overview.html --- -The *Inventory Management* feature refers to warehousing and managing your store’s stock. In this context, a *warehouse* is a physical place where your products are stored, and *stock* is the number of products available in the warehouse. See [Warehouse management](#warehouse-management) and [Stock management](#stock-management) for details about how to manage them. +The *Inventory Management* feature refers to warehousing and managing your store's stock. In this context, a *warehouse* is a physical place where your products are stored, and *stock* is the number of products available in the warehouse. See [Warehouse management](#warehouse-management) and [Stock management](#stock-management) for details about how to manage them. Stock does not always reflect the real availability of products, as not all the items available in stock are available for sale. For example, if items are *reserved*, that is, there are pending orders with these items, they can not be ordered, even though physically, they are still in stock. The value that reflects the difference between the current quantity of products in stock and the quantity of these products in the pending orders, is referred to as the *availability* of products. The availability is calculated per store. For details about managing availability, see [Availability management](#availability-management). ## Warehouse management @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ By default, a warehouse is not linked to a sales order item. The logic described During the checkout, once a buyer entered delivery addresses for all order items, be it a [single delivery](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{page.version}}/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/split-delivery-overview.html) or a split delivery, the order items are assigned to warehouses to fulfill them. -By default, if a buyer orders several items of the same SKU, the requested item’s stock is checked in all the warehouses of the store. Based on the item stock, the warehouses are sorted in descending order—for example: +By default, if a buyer orders several items of the same SKU, the requested item's stock is checked in all the warehouses of the store. Based on the item stock, the warehouses are sorted in descending order—for example: 1. Never out of stock 2. 1000 items diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-availability-notifications.md b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-availability-notifications.md index 2642edd973f..78b6316b466 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-availability-notifications.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-availability-notifications.md @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Request sample: unsubscribe from availability notifications ### Response -If a customer’s subscription is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the `204 No Content` status code. +If a customer's subscription is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the `204 No Content` status code. | CODE | REASON | |-|-| @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ If a customer’s subscription is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the | 901 | SKU or email is not provided; email is invalid. | | 4601 | Product is not found. | | 4602 | Subscription already exists. | -| 4603 | Subscription doesn’t exist. | +| 4603 | Subscription doesn't exist. | | 4606 | Request is not authorized. | To view generic errors that originate from the Glue Application, see [Reference information: GlueApplication errors](/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/{{site.version}}/old-glue-infrastructure/reference-information-glueapplication-errors.html). diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-abstract-products.md b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-abstract-products.md index 9de17213892..5c567a7382a 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-abstract-products.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-abstract-products.md @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-concrete-products.md b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-concrete-products.md index 30327d02a9a..7ad18f8c2b7 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-concrete-products.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-concrete-products.md @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ To retrieve general information about a concrete product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/manage-availability.md b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/manage-availability.md index dedddb72f1c..d6645d47b90 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/manage-availability.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/marketplace/manage-availability.md @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ This document includes the information you need to know when working with the ** On the **Overview of Products Availability** page, you see the following: -* The SKUs and names of the abstract products and SKU values are a hyperlink to this product’s **Edit** page. +* The SKUs and names of the abstract products and SKU values are a hyperlink to this product's **Edit** page. * The number of products in current stock and the number of reserved products (meaning ordered ones). * The identifier for the bundled product and those that are *never out of stock* (Yes/No values). @@ -88,6 +88,6 @@ Let's say you have two products: a smartphone and three glass screen protectors This means that a customer can either buy those separately from their product details pages or buy a "smartphone+3 glass screen protectors" bundle. Each product has its own stock and availability value if bought separately. -But in the case of a bundle, the availability is calculated based on each item’s availability taking into account their *quantity in the bundle*. +But in the case of a bundle, the availability is calculated based on each item's availability taking into account their *quantity in the bundle*. Even if each item is available on its own, but the availability does not meet the minimum quantity for a bundle (for example, there are only two glass screen protectors, but the bundle goes with three), then the whole bundle is *unavailable*. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/unified-commerce/fulfillment-app-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/unified-commerce/fulfillment-app-overview.md index f326e92ec48..309adbb1b37 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/unified-commerce/fulfillment-app-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202404.0/unified-commerce/fulfillment-app-overview.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Fulfillment App is an app used by warehouse users to fulfill orders. When a cust ## Warehouse assignment -By default, when a customer orders several items of the same SKU, the requested item’s stock is checked in all of the store's warehouses. The warehouses are sorted in the descending order of how much stock of the item they are holding. The warehouse holding the biggest stock of the item is assigned to the order. The warehouse holding the never-out-of-stock item quantity is considered to be holding the biggest stock. +By default, when a customer orders several items of the same SKU, the requested item's stock is checked in all of the store's warehouses. The warehouses are sorted in the descending order of how much stock of the item they are holding. The warehouse holding the biggest stock of the item is assigned to the order. The warehouse holding the never-out-of-stock item quantity is considered to be holding the biggest stock. In some cases, the ordered quantity might not be available in the warehouse holding the biggest stock of the item. Then, the warehouse fulfills the order partially. The remaining quantity is fulfilled by the the warehouse holding the next biggest stock of the item. For example, the customer orders 100 tablets. The store's warehouses hold the following stock: diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/inventory-management-feature-modules-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/inventory-management-feature-modules-overview.md index 2145c8f317a..df4b819bdc2 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/inventory-management-feature-modules-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/extend-and-customize/inventory-management-feature-modules-overview.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ This section describes how the availability modules works. A product's availability is checked with the following operations: * The product details page doesn't show the **Add to cart** button when a concrete product is out of stock. Instead, a message about the product being out of stock is displayed. -* `\Spryker\Zed\AvailabilityCartConnector\Communication\Plugin\CheckAvailabilityPlugin` checks if all items in cart are available. It’s executed after the "Add to cart" operation. If an item is not available, an error message is sent to Yves. +* `\Spryker\Zed\AvailabilityCartConnector\Communication\Plugin\CheckAvailabilityPlugin` checks if all items in cart are available. It's executed after the "Add to cart" operation. If an item is not available, an error message is sent to Yves. * `Spryker\Zed\Availability\Communication\Plugin\ProductsAvailableCheckoutPreConditionPlugin` checks if all items in the cart are available before placing the order. If one or more items are not available, order placing is aborted and an error message is displayed. ### Reserved flag @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Product availability can have the flag `is_never_out_of_stock`. This indicates t In the state machine, items get reserved for an open order. There are certain states that release items—for example, when the payment fails and the order is canceled. However, if the order is successfully fulfilled, and the item is delivered, the item stays reserved until the next stock update. -A stock update triggers the event `stock update`. For example, in our dummy payment's implementation, this would move the items from the “Shipped” state to next state. As the consecutive state is not reserved, the items that have already been shipped will no longer be reserved. +A stock update triggers the event `stock update`. For example, in our dummy payment's implementation, this would move the items from the "Shipped" state to next state. As the consecutive state is not reserved, the items that have already been shipped will no longer be reserved. ### Import or change stock diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/inventory-management-feature-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/inventory-management-feature-overview.md index 52777e331e4..41541836b7b 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/inventory-management-feature-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/inventory-management-feature-overview.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ redirect_from: - /docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202204.0/base-shop/inventory-management-feature-overview.html --- -The *Inventory Management* feature refers to warehousing and managing your store’s stock. In this context, a *warehouse* is a physical place where your products are stored, and *stock* is the number of products available in the warehouse. See [Warehouse management](#warehouse-management) and [Stock management](#stock-management) for details about how to manage them. +The *Inventory Management* feature refers to warehousing and managing your store's stock. In this context, a *warehouse* is a physical place where your products are stored, and *stock* is the number of products available in the warehouse. See [Warehouse management](#warehouse-management) and [Stock management](#stock-management) for details about how to manage them. Stock does not always reflect the real availability of products, as not all the items available in stock are available for sale. For example, if items are *reserved*, that is, there are pending orders with these items, they can not be ordered, even though physically, they are still in stock. The value that reflects the difference between the current quantity of products in stock and the quantity of these products in the pending orders, is referred to as the *availability* of products. The availability is calculated per store. For details about managing availability, see [Availability management](#availability-management). ## Warehouse management @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ By default, a warehouse is not linked to a sales order item. The logic described During the checkout, once a buyer entered delivery addresses for all order items, be it a [single delivery](/docs/pbc/all/order-management-system/{{page.version}}/base-shop/order-management-feature-overview/split-delivery-overview.html) or a split delivery, the order items are assigned to warehouses to fulfill them. -By default, if a buyer orders several items of the same SKU, the requested item’s stock is checked in all the warehouses of the store. Based on the item stock, the warehouses are sorted in descending order—for example: +By default, if a buyer orders several items of the same SKU, the requested item's stock is checked in all the warehouses of the store. Based on the item stock, the warehouses are sorted in descending order—for example: 1. Never out of stock 2. 1000 items diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-availability-notifications.md b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-availability-notifications.md index 8efa75e5b9f..af1c4899350 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-availability-notifications.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-manage-availability-notifications.md @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Request sample: unsubscribe from availability notifications ### Response -If a customer’s subscription is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the `204 No Content` status code. +If a customer's subscription is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the `204 No Content` status code. | CODE | REASON | |-|-| @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ If a customer’s subscription is deleted successfully, the endpoint returns the | 901 | SKU or email is not provided; email is invalid. | | 4601 | Product is not found. | | 4602 | Subscription already exists. | -| 4603 | Subscription doesn’t exist. | +| 4603 | Subscription doesn't exist. | | 4606 | Request is not authorized. | To view generic errors that originate from the Glue Application, see [Reference information: GlueApplication errors](/docs/dg/dev/glue-api/{{site.version}}/old-glue-infrastructure/reference-information-glueapplication-errors.html). diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-abstract-products.md b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-abstract-products.md index 5761bd9a089..ff11d6bf3f2 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-abstract-products.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-abstract-products.md @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ To retrieve general information about an abstract product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-concrete-products.md b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-concrete-products.md index 23eebf3e5aa..6ee6a2fbd78 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-concrete-products.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/base-shop/manage-using-glue-api/glue-api-retrieve-availability-when-retrieving-concrete-products.md @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ To retrieve general information about a concrete product, send the request: "averageRating": null, "reviewCount": 0, "name": "Canon IXUS 160", - "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7”) LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", + "description": "Add a personal touch Make shots your own with quick and easy control over picture settings such as brightness and colour intensity. Preview the results while framing using Live View Control and enjoy sharing them with friends using the 6.8 cm (2.7") LCD screen. Combine with a Canon Connect Station and you can easily share your photos and movies with the world on social media sites and online albums like irista, plus enjoy watching them with family and friends on an HD TV. Effortlessly enjoy great shots of friends thanks to Face Detection technology. It detects multiple faces in a single frame making sure they remain in focus and with optimum brightness. Face Detection also ensures natural skin tones even in unusual lighting conditions.", "attributes": { "megapixel": "20 MP", "flash_range_tele": "4.2-4.9 ft", diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/manage-availability.md b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/manage-availability.md index dedddb72f1c..d6645d47b90 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/manage-availability.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/marketplace/manage-availability.md @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ This document includes the information you need to know when working with the ** On the **Overview of Products Availability** page, you see the following: -* The SKUs and names of the abstract products and SKU values are a hyperlink to this product’s **Edit** page. +* The SKUs and names of the abstract products and SKU values are a hyperlink to this product's **Edit** page. * The number of products in current stock and the number of reserved products (meaning ordered ones). * The identifier for the bundled product and those that are *never out of stock* (Yes/No values). @@ -88,6 +88,6 @@ Let's say you have two products: a smartphone and three glass screen protectors This means that a customer can either buy those separately from their product details pages or buy a "smartphone+3 glass screen protectors" bundle. Each product has its own stock and availability value if bought separately. -But in the case of a bundle, the availability is calculated based on each item’s availability taking into account their *quantity in the bundle*. +But in the case of a bundle, the availability is calculated based on each item's availability taking into account their *quantity in the bundle*. Even if each item is available on its own, but the availability does not meet the minimum quantity for a bundle (for example, there are only two glass screen protectors, but the bundle goes with three), then the whole bundle is *unavailable*. diff --git a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/unified-commerce/fulfillment-app-overview.md b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/unified-commerce/fulfillment-app-overview.md index e6c7a4d9152..248537513b9 100644 --- a/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/unified-commerce/fulfillment-app-overview.md +++ b/docs/pbc/all/warehouse-management-system/202410.0/unified-commerce/fulfillment-app-overview.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Fulfillment App is an app used by warehouse users to fulfill orders. When a cust ## Warehouse assignment -By default, when a customer orders several items of the same SKU, the requested item’s stock is checked in all of the store's warehouses. The warehouses are sorted in the descending order of how much stock of the item they are holding. The warehouse holding the biggest stock of the item is assigned to the order. The warehouse holding the never-out-of-stock item quantity is considered to be holding the biggest stock. +By default, when a customer orders several items of the same SKU, the requested item's stock is checked in all of the store's warehouses. The warehouses are sorted in the descending order of how much stock of the item they are holding. The warehouse holding the biggest stock of the item is assigned to the order. The warehouse holding the never-out-of-stock item quantity is considered to be holding the biggest stock. In some cases, the ordered quantity might not be available in the warehouse holding the biggest stock of the item. Then, the warehouse fulfills the order partially. The remaining quantity is fulfilled by the the warehouse holding the next biggest stock of the item. For example, the customer orders 100 tablets. The store's warehouses hold the following stock: diff --git a/vale/styles/Google/EmDash.yml b/vale/styles/Google/EmDash.yml index 1befe72aa88..01e1a126edc 100644 --- a/vale/styles/Google/EmDash.yml +++ b/vale/styles/Google/EmDash.yml @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ extends: existence message: "Don't put a space before or after a dash." link: 'https://developers.google.com/style/dashes' nonword: true -level: error +level: warning action: name: edit params: diff --git a/vale/styles/Google/EnDash.yml b/vale/styles/Google/EnDash.yml index b314dc4e98a..60ee021c015 100644 --- a/vale/styles/Google/EnDash.yml +++ b/vale/styles/Google/EnDash.yml @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ extends: existence message: "Use an em dash ('—') instead of '–'." link: 'https://developers.google.com/style/dashes' nonword: true -level: error +level: warning action: name: edit params: diff --git a/vale/styles/Google/Exclamation.yml b/vale/styles/Google/Exclamation.yml index 3e15181b2fa..9566702dc79 100644 --- a/vale/styles/Google/Exclamation.yml +++ b/vale/styles/Google/Exclamation.yml @@ -1,7 +1,11 @@ extends: existence -message: "Don't use exclamation points in text." -link: 'https://developers.google.com/style/exclamation-points' +message: "Avoid using exclamation points per the Google Style Guide." +level: warning +scope: sentence nonword: true -level: error tokens: - - '\w!(?:\s|$)' + - '!' +ignorecase: false +exceptions: + - '' # Ignore exclamation marks inside comments + - '!\\[*\\]' # Ignore exclamation marks before square brackets (Markdown images/links) diff --git a/vale/styles/Google/Quotes.yml b/vale/styles/Google/Quotes.yml index 3cb6f1abd18..ba3bcfca686 100644 --- a/vale/styles/Google/Quotes.yml +++ b/vale/styles/Google/Quotes.yml @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ extends: existence message: "Commas and periods go inside quotation marks." link: 'https://developers.google.com/style/quotation-marks' -level: error +level: warning nonword: true tokens: - '"[^"]+"[.,?]' diff --git a/vale/styles/Google/Units.yml b/vale/styles/Google/Units.yml deleted file mode 100644 index 9c15835676e..00000000000 --- a/vale/styles/Google/Units.yml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -extends: existence -message: "Put a nonbreaking (' ') space between the number and the unit in '%s'." -link: 'https://developers.google.com/style/units-of-measure' -nonword: true -level: error -tokens: - - \d+(?:B|kB|MB|GB|TB) - - \d+(?:ns|ms|s|min|h|d) diff --git a/vale/styles/Google/WordList.yml b/vale/styles/Google/WordList.yml index 37bb50fbc99..de49aa60d02 100644 --- a/vale/styles/Google/WordList.yml +++ b/vale/styles/Google/WordList.yml @@ -48,7 +48,6 @@ swap: check box: checkbox CLI: command-line tool click on: click|click in - Cloud: Google Cloud Platform|GCP Container Engine: Kubernetes Engine cons: disadvantages content type: media type @@ -96,4 +95,3 @@ swap: vs\.: versus World Wide Web: web whitelist: allowlist - diff --git a/vale/styles/Google/qurly-quotes.yml b/vale/styles/Google/qurly-quotes.yml index 071f0c788d8..d330312bba2 100644 --- a/vale/styles/Google/qurly-quotes.yml +++ b/vale/styles/Google/qurly-quotes.yml @@ -4,4 +4,4 @@ link: 'https://developers.google.com/style/quotation-marks#straight-and-curly-qu level: error nonword: true tokens: - - “|”|‘|’ \ No newline at end of file + - “|”|‘|’ diff --git a/vale/styles/Vocab/Base/accept.txt b/vale/styles/config/vocabularies/Base/accept.txt similarity index 100% rename from vale/styles/Vocab/Base/accept.txt rename to vale/styles/config/vocabularies/Base/accept.txt diff --git a/vale/styles/Vocab/Base/reject.txt b/vale/styles/config/vocabularies/Base/reject.txt similarity index 100% rename from vale/styles/Vocab/Base/reject.txt rename to vale/styles/config/vocabularies/Base/reject.txt